OPPT
 orientation
 manual

-------
                     OPPT ORIENTATION MANUAL
                        Table of Contents
  I. OPPT
     A.   Vision Statement
     B.   Organizational Chart
     C.   Operational Chart
 II. INVOLVING THE PUBLIC IN OUR VISION
     A.   Pollution Prevention Implementation
     B.   33/50 Program
     C.   Design for the Environment
     D.   EPCRA/Toxics Release Inventory
     E.   Information Products
III. PROMOTING RISK REDUCTION
     A.   Source Reduction Review Project
     B.   Testing & Data Gathering
     C.   Exposure Assessment
     D.   Hazard Assessment
     E.   Risk Assessment
     F.   Risk Management
 IV. SAFER CHEMICALS
     A.   New Chemicals Program
     B.   Biotechnology
  V. NATIONAL PROGRAM CHEMICALS
     A.   Lead
     B.   PCBs
     C.   Asbestos
VI.  OVERSIGHT
     A.   Budget Workgroups & Functions - OPME
     B.   OPME Human Resources Team
     B.   Contracts
     C.   Ethics
     D.   Confidential Business Information (CBI)

-------
VI.  OVERSIGHT  (continued)

     D.   Information Access
          o    Libraries
          o    Dockets
          o    Databases
          o    Publications & Newsletters
          o    Hotlines & Clearinghouses
          o    The LAN

VII. OPPT's Connections

     A.   Congress
     B.   The Regions
     C.   Office of Policy, Planning 6 Evaluation (OPPE)
     D.   Office of General Counsel (OGC)

-------
                           APPENDICES
  I.  HOW OPPT FITS INTO THE BIG PICTURE OF EPA

     A.    EPA Organizational Chart
     B.    OPPTS

          1.   Organizational Chart
          2.   OPPTS' Mission
          3. i Our Sister Offices-Office of Pesticide Programs
          4.   EPA Regional Offices (see "OPPT Connections")

 II.  OVERVIEW OF OPPT DIVISIONS—FUNCTIONAL STATEMENTS

     A.    Office of the Director                          (
     B.    Office of Program Management and Evaluation
     C.    Chemical Control Division
     D.    Chemical Management Division
     E.    Chemical Screening and Risk Assessment Division
     F.    Economics, Exposure and Technology Division
     G.    Environmental Assistance Division
     H.    Health and Environmental Review Division .
     I.    Information Management Division
     J.    Pollution Prevention Division

III.  OPPT'S STATUTORY AUTHORITIES

     A.    Toxic Substances Control Act, including, Title IV and
          Title X (l»b)
     B.    Pollution Prevention Act
     C.    Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-know Act

 IV.  GENERAL INFORMATION

     A.    Compressed Workweek
     B.    Taking Leave
     C.    Hazardous Weather Policy
     D.    Performance Agreements/Standards
     E.    Meeting Rooms
     F.    Wellness Center
     G.    Union Officials (Agreements Available Upon Request)
     H.    OPPT Acronyms

-------

-------
                        OPPT ORIENTATION
                             AGENDA
                      DAY 1—March l, 1994
                        9:00 am - 4:00 pm
                    Room Number—WIC  \ North
 9:00 - 9:05     Welcome                Kathleen Bailey


 9:05 - 9:30     Introductions


 9:30 - 9:55     OPPT's Mission         Mark Greenwood/Joe Carra


 9:55 - 10:00    The Organizational Chart              Pat Grim
                    & The Operational Chart


                INVOLVING THE  PUBLIC  IN OUR VTSIOK


10:00 - 10:15     BREAK


10:15 - 10:45     Pollution Prevention                Dave Kling


10:45 - 11:30     33/50 Program                  -    Dave Sarokin


11:30 - 12:30     LUNCH


12:30 - 1:00      Design for the Environment    Stephanie Bergman


 1:00 - 1:30      EPCRA/Toxics Release Inventory     Aiming Smith


 1:30 - 2:00      Information Products               Odelia Funke


 2:00 - 2:15      BREAK


                     PROMOTING RISK RKDUCTIOM


 2:15 - 2:45      Exposure Assessment                  Tom Murray


 2:45 - 3:00      EXERCISE

-------
                       OPPT ORIENTATION.
                            AGENDA
                     DAY  I—March 1,  1994
                       9:00 am - 4:00 pm
                          (Continued)
3:00-3:45    .  Hazard Assessment                  Joe Merenda


3:45 - 4:00      Closing Remarks                      Pat Grim

-------
                        OPPT ORIENTATION
                             AGENDA
                      DAY 2—April 8, 1994
                        9:00 an - 4:00 pm
                    Room Number—WIC  3 North
 9:00 - 9:05        Welcome                                 HRT


 9:05 - 9:15        GAME for Introductions                  BAD


                PROMOTING RISK REDUCTION (Cont.)




 9:15 - 10:00       Risk Assessment                       CSRAD
i


10:00 - 10:15       BREAK


10:15 - 10:45       Risk Management                         CCD


10:45 - 11:15       Source Reduction Review Project         PPD


11:15 - 12:00       Testing and Data Gathering              CCD


12:00 - 1:00        LUNCH


                         SAFER CHEMICALS


 1:00 - 1:45        New Chemicals Program/                  CCD
                         Biotechnology


 1:45 - 2:00        BREAK


 2:00 - 3:45        Myers-Briggs                           HRT


 3:45 - 4:00        Closing Remarks

-------

-------
 8:30 - 8:35
10:15 - 11:00
11:00 - 11:20
11:20 -


11:40 -


12:00 -


 1:00-


 1:30 -


 2:0£ -


 2:15-
        11:40


        12:00


        1:00


        1:30


        2:00


        2:15


        2:35
     OPPT ORIENTATION
          AGENDA
    DAY 3—May 2, 1994
     8:30  am -  4:00  pm
 Room Number—WIC 3 North
   Welcome
NATIONAL PROGRAM CHEMICALS
   Asbestos


           OVERSIGHT


   Budget Workgroups & Functions


OPPT's CONNECTIONS — AN OVERVIEW


   The Regions


   Congress


   LUNCH


   OGC


   OCM  (?)


   BREAK


   OPPE
                                         HRT
8:
9:

10:
35 -
30 -

00 -
9:
10

10
30
:00

:15
Lead (Pb)
PCBs
t
BREAK
CMD
CMD


                                         CMD
                                         OPME
                                         EAD


                                         EAD
                                  Jim Nelson


                                 Janet Bearden
                                 Chris  Kirtz

-------
                        OPPT  ORIENTATION
                       AGENDA (continued)
                             DAY 3
                       8:30 am - 4:00 pro
                     GENERAL—NEED-TO-KNOff


2:35 - 2:45        Contracts                               OPME


2:45 ;- 3:00        Ethics in Government                    OPME


3:00 - 3:30        Confidential Business Information       IHD


3:30 - 3:45        Closing Remarks                         HRT

-------
                  THE   OE>r>T   VISION

                        STATEMENT


     Our purpose is to protect and improve public health and
environmental resources that are key to long-term sustainability
and quality of life.  We serve this purpose by using both
regulatory and nonregulatory approaches to:

     o    Promote pollution prevention as a principle of first
          choice to achieve environmental stewardship throughout
          society;

     o    Promote the design, development and application of
          safer chemicals, processes and technologies in the
          industrial sector of the economy;

     o    Promote risk reduction and responsible risk management
          practices through the life cycle of major chemicals of
          concern; and

     o    Promote public understanding of the risks of chemicals
          and public involvement in environmental decisionmaking
          through the development and dissemination of
          information on toxic chemicals.

OUR STRATEGY FOR ACHIEVING THIS VISION:

o    Acquire, help to interpret, and disseminate information to
     governments, industry and the public on:

          the uses, hazards, releases, exposures and risks of
          chemicals;

          reductions of the toxic chemicals in releases and in
          waste streams; and

          pollution prevention technologies, strategies and
          successes.

o    Advance the understanding and application of the pollution
     prevention ethic in society by:

          supplying information, training,  technical assistance
          and other support to public and private institutions
          that want to develop pollution prevention strategies;

          pushing for use of pollution prevention principles in
          the actions of EPA, Federal agencies, other
          governments, and the private sector;

          providing public recognition of those who have
          successfully implemented pollution prevention.

-------
Provide a focused agenda for the toxics program, both in
terms of responding to statutory requirements and selecting
from other priority projects by considering the following
factors:

     maximize risk reduction opportunities, emphasizing
     ecological as well as human health concerns;

     focus on multi-media exposure situations;

     link OPPT activities to Agency priorities;

     emphasize pollution prevention opportunities;

     balance short-term and long-term results;

—   utilize fully OPPT talents and experience.

Develop and implement risk reduction strategies for new and
existing chemicals.  These strategies should emphasize:

     application of pollution prevention principles;

     building new and enhancing existing public/private
     partnerships, where feasible;

     application of information exchange and market
     incentives to change behavior;

     creative use of OPPT's many regulatory tools to obtain
     results as efficiently as possible;

     consideration of the Regional and State partnerships in
     designing the implementation of these strategies.

Work with international organizations to share information
on chemicals and pollution prevention and to promote the
"right to know11 as a principle for environmental
stewardship.

-------
OFFICE OF POLLUTION PREVENTION AND TOXICS


1
TSCA Interagency
Testing Committee
John Walker
TS-792
260-1820
1
De
1

1
Chemical Control
Division
Charlie Auer
Denlse Kaehner
Deputy Director
•"
Existing Chemical*
Branch
* i
Robert McN&lly''
Chemical Screening & Health « Environmental
Risk Assessment Review Division
Division v, Jo „ „ d
Joseph Colruvo r
William Waugh Vanessa Vu
Deputy Director Deputy Director
|

Risk Anatysi* Roger Garrett
Branch .. 	 	 	
Oscar Hernandez Health Effects
Office
Mark Gr«
FS-792 J
puty Offl
Joseph
"S-792

Director
>enwood
J60-3810
ce Director
Carra
260-1815


1
Chemical Manangement
' Division
John Melona
Lin Moos
Deputy Director

Pollution Prevention
Division '
Vacant
David Kllng
Deputy Director

Program Development
• Branch
Doreen Cantor
Paulina Wagner (Act)
• <-!_ i
NewChemlcala
Branch
Paul Campanella
Analysis 1 Information
Environmental
MarkTownsend - Effects Branch
Prevention Integration
Branch
John Cross
(Acting)

Technical Programs
Branch
Cindy Slroup
Maurice Zeeman
Chemical Testing ft
Information Branch
Frank Kover


PoDcy Analysis
Branch
Jamas Craig

Operations
Branch
Henry Baney


Field Programs
Bianch
Regina Bushong





Office of Program
Management and
Evaluation
Joseph Powers, Jr.
TS-792A 260-1761


Economics, Exposure
&Technology Division
Mary Elian Weber
Larry Longanecker
Deputy Director
	 	 I

Design for
Environment Staff
Jean Parker
Regulatory Impacts
Branch
Robert E. Lee


Industrial Chemistry
Branch
Joseph Breen

Chemical Engineering
Branch
Wardner Penberthy


Exposure Assessment
Branch
Thomas Murray
t
\
Information
Management Division
Linda Travers
George Bonina
Deputy Director

TRI Information
Management Branch
Steve Newburg-RInn


TSCA Information
Management Branch
Frank Caesar

Information Access
Branch
Odella Funke
Environmental
Assistance Division
Susan Hazen
Jim Willis ,
Deputy Director
i
33/50 Program .
Mgmt Staff
David Sarokln
Communication &
Outreach Branch
Thomas Tillman
•
Toxics Release
Inventory Branch
I
Samuel Sasnett


                                                                            9/93

-------

-------
     DIVISION
                        BRANCH
                                LEAD FUNCTIONS
Environmental
Assistance
                     Communication
                     & Outreach
a.    Outreach and assistance strategies
b.    TSCA Hotline
c.    Liaison with environmental and labor organizations
d.    Press relations
e.    Section 12 (b and PIC) chemical export notifications
f.     Congressional liaison
g.    Legislative tracking and analysis on intermedia and other regulatory authorities
h.    Publish Congress and Toxics and Chemicals-In-Progress Bulletin
i.     FOSTTA
j.     Regional liaison
Environmental
Assistance
                     TRI
a.    Section 313 of SARA Title III (EPCRA) regulatory development and
      implementation
b.    TRI list/delisting and petition review management
c.    TRI Outreach programs
d.    TRI Hotline
e.    Community Right-To-Know programs, including international programs
Pollution Prevention
                     Prevention
                     Integration
a.    Pollution Prevention State Grants program                         ^   ,
b.    PP Technical Assistance program
c.    PPICandlCPIC
d.    PP Hotline
e.    PP outreach, including Monthly Activity Report, Model Community program, etc.
f.     PP sector strategies                                                  :
g.    PP Training Program
h.    International PP liaison
Pollution Prevention
                     Policy
                     Analysis
a.    Pollution Prevention in regulatory development
b.    Headquarters Pollution Prevention advocacy
c.    Analysis related to pollution prevention - cost accounting, cost assessment,
      economies, etc.
d.    DFE (Design for Environment) tools - insurance, accounting
e.    Environmental Labelling
f.    Voluntary Pollution Prevention initiatives
g.    Pollution Prevention Act implementation, including measurement programs
h.    Source  Reduction Review Project

-------
DIVISION
Economics,
Exposure &
Technology
Chemical Control
Chemical Control
Chemical Control
Information
Management
* *,.
Information
Management
Environmental
Assistance
BRANCH
Chemical
Engineering
Existing
Chemicals
New
Chemicals
Chemical
Testing &
Information
TRI
Information
Management
c
TSCA
Information
Management
33/50 Program
Staff
Management
LEAD FUNCTIONS
a.
b.
c.
d.
a.
b.
c.
a.
b.
9
b.
c.
d.
a.
b.
c.
d.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g-
a.
b.
Occupational exposure assessments '
Assessment of environmental releases from industrial sources
Analyses of effectiveness of control equipment in reducing exposures and releases of
industrial chemicals
Analyses of effectiveness of pollution prevention strategies in reducing exposures
and releases of industrial chemicals
RM1 and RM2 program management
Post-RM2 regulatory and non-regulatory activities under Sections 5, 6, 7, and 9 f
Section 21 citizens petitions
New Chemicals and BioTechnology/Microorganisms Program (TSCA Section 5)
PMNs, TMEAs, SNURs
Section 4 Testing Program, Master Testing List, Test rules and negotiated testing
QECD SIDS program
Section 5a, Existing Chemical, SNURs, Section 8, record keeping and reporting rules
Section 13 import policy and regulations
Collect and process information submitted under EPCRA and PPA
TRI Reporting Center . .
TRI information dissemination and access
TRI Database - design and utilization '.
Receive, process, and manage TSCA CBI data (TSCA CBI Center)
OPPT public docket and public reading room
Document Processing Center
Receive, process, and manage non-confidential information received under TSCA
Management and support for OPPT PCs and LANs
FOLA request responses
Develop and implement strategies and policies for information management '
technology, systems development, data quality, and records management
"33/50 Program" (reduction of use and emissions of 17 toxic chemicals)
Implementation of Agency Pollution Prevention strategy and other PP projects as
assigned

-------
DIVISION
Chemical
Management
H
Chemical
Management
Economics,
Exposure &
Technology
Economics,
Exposure &
Technology
Economics, -•*•<
Exposure &
Technology
Economics,
Exposure &
Technology
BRANCH
Operations
Field
Programs
Design
For the
Environment
Exposure
Assessment
Regulatory
Impacts
Industrial
Chemistry
LEAD FUNCTIONS
a.
b.
c.
a.
a.
b.
a.
b.
a.
b.
c.
a.
b.
c.
Section 6(3)(1) - implementation - PCB disposal ;
Section 6(e)(2) and Section 6(e)(3) - implementation, manufacture, use, and
distrii-.,.:on of PCBs
Section 21 petitions dealing with PCBs
ASHAA, AHERA, and TSCA implementation for Lead and Asbestos programs
including:
• state training programs
• federal grants
• outreach, public education
• worker training and accreditation and designed to reduce risks associated with
asbestos in schools and public/commercial buildings and general population
risks from expqsure to lead
Develop and implement DFE program activities
Use Clusters Cleaner Technologies program development and implementation
Assessment of total chemical exposure to humans and the environment ]
Environmental fate test guidelines
Chemical market, use and substitute analyses for new and existing chemicals
program
Regulatory Impact Analyses and Economic Analyses in support of RMI/RM2
program; rulemakings under TSCA, EPCRA, etc.; and other actions of interest to
OPPT
Economic/policy studies, economic models and annual 'Toxics in Context" report
TSCA Chemical Substances Inventory
Industrial chemistry support, including chemical structure and physical-chemical
properties, analog identification, chemical nomenclature
BioTechnology Inventory (develop and implement)

-------
OPPT BRANCH FUNCTIONS OVERVIEW
DIVISION
Chemical Screening
& Risk Assessment
Chemical Screening
& Risk Assessment
Health &
Environmental
Review
Health &
Environmental
Review
Health &
Environmental
Review
Chemical
Management
i
Chemical
Management
BRANCH
Risk
Analysis
Analysis &
Information
Management
Health
EffCy^
\
Environmental
Effects
Senior
Science
Staff
Technical
Programs
Program
Development
LEAD FUNCTIONS
a.
b.
c.
d.
a.
b.
a.
b.
c.
d.
a.
b.
a.
b.
c.
a.
b.
a.
Risk assessment for new and existing chemicals and biologic agents
Chemical profiles and advisories and assessments for chemicals of concern
Disposition and follow up on Section 4 testing data sets
OECD SIDS program Hazard Advisory Board
Coordinating, integrating assessments under Section 5 (new chemicals and
biotechnology products)
ASTDR coordination under SARA 110


Review epidemiological and toxicological data of new and existing chemicnls (and
micro-organisms)
Dose-response relationship
Human Health Test Guidelines development
Human Health Risk Assessment guidelines
Ecological and environmental hazards of new and existing chemicals and
microorganisms
Structure Activity Team (co-chair)
Science policy
Test Guidelines Harmonization
Peer review
Statistical and analytical chemistry support, data collection and analysis, survey
sampling design, quality assurance, quality control for NCPs (National Program
Chemicals), the Existing Chemicals Program, the New Chemicals Program, and
designated chemicals
Texas Eastern Consent Decree oversight
Rules and non-regulatory risk reduction strategies for lead, asbestos and other
designated chemicals


and
other


-------
  OPPT  OPERATIONAL CHART
       OPPT SENIOR MANAGEMENT GROUP
                      Infrastructure
             BUDGET WORKGROUPS
                   1
            Existing Chemical Programs
  New
Chemicals
 TRI
 GUI
OPPT
  Info
RM1/2 •
Testing
SRRP
 DfE
 Lead
Asbestos
 PCBs
Pol. Prev.
  Inst. DfE
  Non-Cherr

-------

-------
September 19, 1993


             EPA'3 POLLUTION PREVENTION if2) PROGRAM

     o    The Agency's P2 program was initiated in the late 1980s
          to advance prevention solutions over EPA's traditional
          pollution control and cleanup approaches.

     o    Pollution Prevention Act of 1990 established, as
          national policy, P2 (or source reduction) as the
          preferred approach over recycling, treatment and
          disposal.

     o    EPA Administrator Carol Browner, on Earth Day 1993 and
          again in a June 1993 policy statement to all Agency
          personnel, identified prevention as the new "central
          (environmental) ethic" for all EPA's programs and
          activities.'

     o    Vice President Al Gore's National Preformance Review,
          released in September 1993, recommends that "EPA needs
          to emphasize pollution prevention by implementing an
          effective pollution prevention strategy that includes
          amending regulations and motivating the private sector
          to invest in cleaner, less polluting technologies and
          practices."


SEVEN THEMES which characterize EPA's P2 ACTIVITIES

     l.   Incorporate prevention •• the principle of first choice
          into the mainstream work of the Agency and the Federal
          government.

          o    Regulation - EPA's Source Reduction Review Project
               (SRRP) targets upcoming air, water and solid waste
               rulemakings in 17 industrial categories for P2
               action.
          o    Enforcement - Supplemental environmental projects
               (SEPs) can be used to promote prevention in
               combination with fines and penalties, and more P2
               is being achieved through increased multi-media
               inspections;
          o    State grant* .- EPA's media program offices have.
               been encouraged to advance P2 solutions through
               the use of about $500 million in various state
               program support grants.
          o    Research - New tools, such as facility opportunity
               and life cycle assessment guidance, are being
               developed to facilitate prevention.

          o    Also, P2 approaches are being incorporated into
               EPA permitting, training and outreach.

-------
2.   Help build and facilitate a national network of
     prevention programs, particularly among states and
     local governments.

     o    Special P2 grants to states - EPA Regions provide
          about $6-8 million specifically to help develop
          and sustain state P2 programs.
     o    Technical assistance/transfer - EPA, with
          increased state involvement, directs the national
          Pollution Prevention Information Clearinghouse
          (PPIC) to share P2 information, case studies and
          technologies with industry and the public.

3.   Identify and pioneer new environmental programs which
     emphasize cross-media prevention, reinforce the mutual
     goals of economic and environmental well-being, and
     represent new models for government/industry
     interaction.

     o    33/50 Program - This effort highlights 17 toxics
          for 50% voluntary industry reduction by 1995.
     o    "Green programs" - Green Lights, Energy Star
          Computers and Natural Gas Star are among EPA's
          several voluntary efforts with private groups to  '
          improve energy efficiency and reduce environmental
          impacts.
     o    Other new EPA voluntary programs are underway,
          including those to promote environmentally
          conscious building design and conserve water in
          hotels and motels.
     o    Design for the Environment - DfE, through
          collaborative ventures, promotes the design of
          safer products and processes, and harnesses
          environmental information, especially in the
          financial community, to advance new prevention
          approaches and technologies.

4.   Establish new federal partnerships to promote
     prevention within the national government.

     o    A new executive order, signed by President Bill
          Clinton ihis summer, requires federal facilities
          to report wastes and emissions.  Another planned
          order will build prevention into specifications
          and standards which guide federal purchases.
     o    The Agency has cooperative ventures and joint
          grant programs to increase energy efficiency with
          DOE, sustainable agriculture with USDA, "green
          procurement" with GSA, and other similar
          prevention efforts with federal agencies.

-------
5.   Generate and share information to promote prevention,
     track progress through measurement systems, and
     recognize success.

     o    Toxic Release Inventory (TRI) -  TRI's Form R
          collects and EPA assesses new source reduction
          information from industry.
     o    Environmental marketing/eeo-labeling - EPA is
          investigating ways to provide better environmental
          information about products to consumers.
     o    The Agency is considering greater involvement in
          voluntary environmental standard setting
          activities, with groups such as the American
          National Standards Institute (ANSI), and is
          examining an environmental leadership program for
          nationwide industry P2 recognition.

6.   Develop partnerships in technological innovation with
     the private sector to increase industrial
     competitiveness and enhance environmental stewardship.

     o    DOE national laboratories - EPA is working to
          advance prevention and other environmental
          considerations in OOE's new technological
          development ventures.
     o    Environmental Technology Initiative - New
          Presidential initiative to enhance P2 technical
          assistance to small businesses to improve
          environmental protection, efficiency and
          competitiveness.

7.   Seek changes, where justified, in federal environmental
     law that will encourage source reduction.

-------

-------
SERA             Z

    POLLUTION    PREVENTION
             POLICY    STATEMENT
                New Directions For Environmental Protection
1. Pollution Prevention: The New
Environmental Ethic

      The Pollution Prevention Act establishes a bold
national objective for environmental protection: "(T]hat
pollution should be prevented or reduced at the source
whenever feasible."  This  policy statement offers my
thoughts on how we can achieve that goal by making
pollution prevention the guiding principle for all our
programs at the Environmental Protection Agency.
      We have already taken concrete  actions  that
reflect the Clinton-Gore Administration's commitment to
environmental solutions that reduce  pollution at its
source. For example:

   "he Administration's budget request for the 1994 fiscal
r a  includes a $33 million increase  in spending for
pollution prevention programs at EPA;

•  On Earth  Day,  the   President  announced   his
commitment to an Executive Order establishing voluntary
source reduction goals for procurement, and requiring
federal agencies to comply with Right-to-Know public
reporting requirements for toxic chemical wastes;

• On May 25,1 released new Pollution Prevention Act
data on the type and amount of toxic chemicals generated
as waste, and announced my intention to expand Right-
to-Know to include different chemicals and sources of
pollution.

      We  can  take   pride  in  each  of these
accomplishments,  but we must go further.  We must
build pollution  prevention into the very framework of
our  mission   to  protect  human  health and   the
environment
      The new  focus  on pollution prevention  will
require a significant change in the way EPA carries out
its responsibilities and allocates resources. The discussion
below explains the  multiple dimensions  of EPA's
investment in pollution prevention, and establishes basic
  :nciples to guide programs and regions toward our
   il  of  integrating  prevention  into the  Agency's
                                                "corporate culture."
                                                      This policy statement is only a starting point:  if
                                                we are  to succeed, we  must continually renew our
                                                commitment by  questioning  established  practices,
                                                working  cooperatively  across  program  and agency
                                                boundaries,  and  not   hesitating  to   acknowledge
                                                shortcomings as well as success stories.  I know 1 can
                                                count on your support as we work together to chart a
                                                new course for environmental protection.

                                                2. Why Pollution Prevention?

                                                      When EPA was created in the early \97Vs, our
                                                work had to focus first on controlling and cleaning up the
                                                most immediate problems.  Those efforts  have yielded
                                                major reductions in pollution in which we should all take
                                                pride.   Over time, however, we  have  learned that
                                                traditional "end-of-pipe"  approaches not  only can be
                                                expensive and less than fully effective, but sometimes
                                                transfer  pollution  from  one  medium  to  another.
                                                Additional improvements to environmental quality will
                                                require us to move "upstream" to prevent pollution from
                                                occurring in the first place.
                                                      Preventing  pollution also  offers  important
                                                economic benefits, as pollution never created avoids the
                                                need for expensive investments in waste management or
                                                cleanup.  Pollution prevention has the exciting potential
                                                for both protecting the environment and strengthening
                                                economic growth through more efficient manufacturing
                                                and raw. material use.

                                                3. Summary Of Objectives

                                                      Pollution prevention is influenced by a number of
                                                factors, including EPA regulations and state programs,
                                                collaborative efforts mat offer recognition and technical
                                                assistance,  public   data,   the  availability  of  dean
                                                technologies, and the practices and policies of large
                                                public agencies. To be effective, our pollution prevention
                                                program must establish the following objectives for each
                                                of these  areas:

                                                 *  Regulations and Compliance:  The mainstream

-------
activities - at EPA, sucn  -a  regulate   -—;- . r-- •• ••
permitting, inspections, and enf orcemer..""     erlect our
commitment to reduce pollution  at the  source, and
minimize the cross-media transfer of waste.

» State and Local Partnerships:  Increasingly, state and
local agencies are the "face of government" for the general
public. We will strengthen the national network of state
and local prevention programs, and seek to integrate
prevention into state and local regulatory, permitting, and
inspection programs supported with federal funds.

» Private Partnerships:  We will identify and pioneer
new cooperative  efforts that emphasize  multi-media
prevention  strategies, reinforce the mutual goals of
economic and environmental well-being, and represent
new models for government/private sector interaction.

* Federal Partnerships: We must work closely with our
counterparts in other agencies to ensure that pollution
prevention guides our  management and procurement
decisions, and to pursue opportunities for reducing waste
at the source in the non-industrial sector.

• Public  Information/The  Right-to-Know:   We will
collect and share useful information that helps identify
pollution prevention  opportunities, measure progress,
and recognize success.

• Technological Innovation:   We will try to meet high
priority needs for new pollution prevention technologies
that increase competitiveness and enhance environmental
stewardship, through partnerships with other federal
agencies, universities, states, and the private sector.

• New Legislation: Where justified, we must not hesitate
to seek changes in federal environmental law that will
encourage investment in source reduction.

4. Definition

      EPA has defined pollution prevention as "source
reduction" as that term is explained under the Pollution
Prevention Act, as well as protecting natural resources
through conservation or increased efficiency in the use of
energy,  water,  or other materials.  EPA staff should
continue to  use  this definition, as elaborated  in  the
Agency  guidance issued in May of 1992.
      The  guidance  makes  dear   that   pollution
prevention is not the  only strategy  for reducing risk but
is the preferred one.  Environmentally  sound recycling
shares many of the advantages of prevention -  it can
 educe the need for treatment or disposal, and conserve
energy  and  natural  resources.  Where prevention or
recycling are not feasible, treatment followed by safe
disposal as a last resort will play  an important role in
          environrr.c./..-. 0---  maiici;--   „ ..._-. ._-
 guided by applicable statutory requirements

. 5. Regulations And Compliance

        Our first obligation at EPA  is  to  fulfill  the
 statutory responsibilities  we have  been  given  by
 Congress.     That  generally   means  developing
 environmental   standards  through   regulation,  and
 ensuring compliance through  a system of permits,
 inspections, and enforcement actions.   I firmly believe
 that strong environmental requirements, if designed to
 encourage cost-effective  compliance   strategies  from
 industry, can promote pollution prevention and improve
 the competitiveness of American industry.
        We can take a number of actions  to realize this
 potential. First, we must work within the law to design
 and implement our regulations to provide incentives for
 source reduction. That will mean better coordination of
 different regulations  that  affect the same industry  to
 reduce transaction costs, minimize cross-media transfers
 of waste, and provide a dearer sense  of our long-term
 goals for the regulated community.
   —   EPA's Source Reduction Review Project (SRRP),
 which  is exploring how  best to encourage pollution
 prevention in the design and implementation of rules
 affecting 17  high priority industries,  is  a good st
 toward this goal.  I also will expect programs to eva'
 opportunities  for  preventing pollution in each    	
 proposed regulation,  as the  Pollution Prevention A;..
 requires.
        Second, we must encourage pollution prevention
 as a  means of  compliance  through  our  permitting,
 inspection, and enforcement programs, relying on  the
 first-hand experience of regions and states in this area.
 We can learn valuable lessons from experiments like the
 Massachusetts  Waste  Prevention  F.I.R.S.T.  project,
 through which the state promotes source reduction as the
 principal means of correcting violations detected through
 multi-media inspections.   ,
        Finally, we need to collect better  data on those
 cost  savings that  occur when regulations  encourage
 investments  in  deaner, more efficient manufacturing
 processes.  As part  of this  effort, we must develop
 credible  measures  of the  economic value of natural
 resources protected through prevention.  We must also
 explore non-traditional alternatives, such as life-cycle
 analysis, that  help  shed  light  on   the  advantages
 prevention can offer in meeting our objectives.

 6. State and Local Partnerships
                     \
        The Clinton Administration has called for a  full
 partnership between federal, ste    nd local governments
 in defining and carrying out:.    ^al  policy objective.
 We delegate so many resp.     ities  to states
L 1 U1C3
i  start
 m

-------
 localities under federal environmental law; we simply
   nnot hope to offer effective  incentives for pollution
   jvention in permits or inspections without their dose
 .ooperation. Furthermore, some states have served as
 national laboratories for the incubation of exciting new
 multi-media experiments in reducing waste at the source,
 and are often more in  touch with industry and public
 needs and how best to meet them. Several states also
 have  taken the lead  in  helping  their citizens and
 businesses use energy more efficiently.
        We can explore different methods for offering
 state and local governments more flexibility in the federal
 grants  used  to  support  delegated  activities like
 permitting, inspections, and enforcement actions.  EPA's
 new  guidance,  beginning  in  the  1994 fiscal  year,
 encourages our regions to work with states to adjust
 administrative procedures in grant workplans to make
 room for pollution prevention investments. EPA regions
 and states should make maximum use of this flexibility,
 working within the statutory limits that govern grant
 eligibility. The guidance requires programs to report on
 legal  barriers  to  funding worthwhile  state pollution
 prevention projects,  so  that  we  may consult  with
 Congress to seek appropriate remedies.
        We also must trust our state partners with greater
 responsibility for the Pollution Prevention Information
 Clearinghouse, which will facilitate prevention technology
 ' Tnsfer and technical assistance. Our Regional Offices
    a have lead responsibilities in the allocation of State
••grant  monies under the Pollution Prevention Act and in
 the use of Regional extramural resources (Le. the  2%
 funds) allocated to pollution prevention activities.  We
 must  make effective use of these resources to support
 strong state and local pollution prevention programs.

 7. Private Partnerships

        Collaborative  efforts with industry or  public
 agencies in many cases can help us achieve results
 through pollution prevention more quickly than could be
 obtained through regulation alone. For example, EPA's
 Green Programs to promote voluntary energy efficiency
 will play a critical role in helping meet our obligations
 under the U.S. Action Plan to stabilize greenhouse gas
 emissions by the year 2000.
        Furthermore, regulations often do not reach  the
 more complicated corporate decisions needed to evaluate
 design,  manufacturing, packaging,  distribution and
 marketing  practices  to reduce pollution and energy
 consumption.   We must  encourage these  efforts  by
 entering into  partnerships with public  and  private
 organizations  where  such cooperation can  produce
 tangible  environmental results.   EPA's  collaborative
 efforts - like the Green Programs, 33/50 and Design for
    vironment -  offer  encouragement, assistance and
    .blic recognition to those companies and groups willing
to commit the resources needed to get the job done.
       Recently, these. initiatives  have  expanded  to
include  WAVE,  a  program  to   encourage  water
conservation with the hotel/motel industry. Earlier this
year,  EPA proposed  an "Environmental Leadership"
program to reward corporations willing to go beyond
compliance by making  measurable  commitments  to
pollution  prevention.  EPA's  FY 94  budget  proposal
requests  a substantial increase in funding for these
programs,  reflecting  our  commitment  to  achieve
environmental gains by working cooperatively  with
industry.  These investments  will supplement, but not
substitute for, regulatory  approaches  to  pollution
prevention.

8. Federal Partnerships

       President Clinton's Earth Day speech challenged
the federal government to, lead by  example - not  by
bureaucratic fiat" Our government  has a tremendous
impact  on the environment  as the  nation's largest
landlord, and its biggest consumer of goods and services.
Later  this summer, we expect  to complete action on  an
Executive Order mat commits federal facilities to publicly
report wastes  and emissions  under  TRI,  establishes a
voluntary goal of cutting federal TRI  releases 50%  by
1999,   and  builds   pollution  prevention   into  the
specifications and standards that guide federal purchases.
EPA recognizes that other federal agencies can create
major  opportunities for pollution prevention through
investments in new technologies, and  through policies
that shape decisions in agriculture, energy, transportation,
and the management of  natural resources.  If we want
pollution prevention to expand in these sectors, we must
form partnerships that take advantage of the authority
and expertise at other federal agencies.

9. Public Information/The Right-To-Know

       Since pollution prevention is motivated in part by
public information, one of EPA's most important tasks is
to  collect and disseminate "user-friendly" data that
measures progress in reducing waste at its source. The
Toxics Release Inventory (TRI)  as  amended  by the
Pollution Prevention Act now  'requires 28,000 industrial
facilities  to publicly report on the  amounts  of toxic
chemicals generated  as waste  or  released  to  the
environment These and other environmental data have
proved vital in helping industry to identify opportunities
to  reduce waste and  improve economic efficiency.
Through  public disclosure, the TRI  empowers local
communities, State agencies and other public interest
groups to become  stronger  advocates  for  pollution
prevention.
       I- am  committed to strengthening the  Toxics
Release Inventory, both by improving the quality of the

-------
information and by making more effective use of EPA's
existing authority to expand the scope of reporting to
additional chemicals ana major sources of pollution. We
will  also  make the information more  accessible and
understandable to states and local communities that
depend on timely and accurate data.
       EPA's public data bases are not  limited to TRI.
Preventing chemical accidents also is important, and the
Agency collects information on chemicals that can present
a hazard if released during an accident  Data collected
under  laws such as the dean Air, dean Water, and
Resource Conservation and Recovery Acts are important
indicators  of environmental risk as well as prevention
opportunities, and EPA must take steps to integrate this
information and make it more readily accessible to the
public.
       We cannot stop at collecting and interpreting
data.  We  should encourage public education, from the
university  to the grade school level, that illustrates the
importance of environmental protection and the benefits
of prevention.

10.  Technological Innovation

       Cooperative efforts with universities,  industry,
and  other Federal agencies help raise awareness  of
prevention opportunities and attract leading  scientists
and engineers to engage in demonstration, development,
and research focused on new prevention technologies.
Accordingly, we must expand work with groups like the
Department of Energy and its National Laboratories, the
National Science Foundation, the National Institute for
Standards  and Technology (NIST), states, and the private
sector to adva ! i* both the development of new pollution
prevention technology  and  the effective delivery  of
information about such technology to companies looking
for more efficient environmental solutions.
       I want  to make sure  that some  of the funding
available  through  the   President's   Environmental
Technology Initiative is targeted to help small businesses
meet compliance requirements through pollution
prevention while remaining competitive. As part of
effort, I will expect pur programs to work togetht
identify small business needs so that we may target short
term technical assistance  and long  term  cooperative
research   in   developing  cleaner,   more   efficient
technologies.

11. New Legislation

       I  am  convinced  that  we can achieve many
important pollution prevention goals working under
existing federal environmental laws. Where these statutes
present significant barriers to reducing waste at the
source, however, we should  not hesitate to share this
information   with  Congress   and,  if needed,  seek
appropriate statutory changes.  I want to be sure that any
effort to seek new authority is informed by fact. That is
why it is particularly important to gather specific and
accurate information on legal barriers to source reduction
identified when developing regulations and negotiating
grants with states.

12. Conclusion

       I  expect  pollution prevention to continj
evolve at EPA. As we learn more, no doubt we wi  _
to make adjustments to our programs that reflect 7
knowledge. In the final analysis, what is critical in
efforts to advance pollution prevention is a willingness or
take chances, to question established practices and
experiment with new ideas, and above all to cooperate
with each other as  we try to harmonize environmental
protection with economic growth. I hope you share my
excitement  at  the new  possibilities for'  pollution
prevention in the Clinton-Gore Administration, and I look
forward to working with all of you to achieve the
ambitious goals of this policy.
Carol M. Browner
EPA Administrator
June 15,1993

-------
                   Environmental Protection
                                             Offinof PC
                                    DC 204«0
                                                                              1981
                   Pollution Prevention
                   Fact  Sheet
                     Pollution Prevention
                     Act of 1990
Purpose
Pollution
Prevention
Hierarchy
Definition
of Source
Reduction
The Pollution Prevention Act of 1990, signed into law in November
1990, establishes pollution prevention as a "national objective.* The
Act notes that:                •

There are significant opportunities for industry to reduce or prevent
pollution at the source through cost-effective changes in production,
operation, and raw materials use. . . The opportunities for source
reduction are often not TT nMTfd • btcaufff **fctfag regulations, and the
industrial resources they require for compliance, focus upon
treatment and disposal, rather than source reduction . . . Source
reduction is fundamentally different and more desirable than waste
management and pollution control.
                                 i
The Act establishes the pollution prevention hierarchy as national
policy, declaring that pollution should be prevented or reduced at
the source wherever feasible, while pollution that cannot be
prevented should be recycled in an environmentally safe manner.  In
the absence of feasible prevention or recycling opportunities,
pollution should be treated; disposal or other release into the
environment should be used as a last resort

Source reduction is defined in the law to mean any practice which
reduces the ynuyufit of any hazardous substance, pollutant or
contaminant entering any waste stream or otherwise released into
the environment (including fugitive emissions) prior to recycling,
treatment or disposal; and which reduces the hazards to public
health and the environment associated with the release of such
substances, pollutants, or contaminai
                                                              Prlnttd en fteycfed Paper

-------
 Requirements
 Grant
 Program
 TRI Reporting
 Report to
 Congress
For more
Information
Contact:
The Pollution Prevention Act formalizes the establishment of EPA's
Office of Pollution Prevention, independent of the single medium
programs, to carry out the functions required by the Act and to
develop and implement a strategy to promote source reduction.
Among other provisions, the law directs EPA to:

•  facilitate the adoption of source reduction techniques by
   businesses and by other federal agencies;

•  establish standard methods of measurement for source reduction;

•  review regulations to determine their effect on source reduction;

•  investigate opportunities to use federal procurement to
   encourage source reduction;

•  develop improved methods for providing public access to data
   collected under federal environmental
•  develop a training program on source reduction opportunities,
   model source reduction auditing procedures, a source reduction
   clearinghouse, and an ••*•»•!• award PUMM*™

The Act authorizes an $8 million state grant program to
promote source reduction by businesses, with a 50 percent state
match requirement

Under the Act, facilities required to report releases to EPA for the
Toxic Release Inventory (TRI) must also now provide information
on pollution prevention and recycling, for each faculty and for each
toxic chemical.  The information includes:  the  quantities of each
tone chemical entering the waste stream and the percentage change
from the previous year, the quantities recycled and percentage
change from die previous year, source reduction practices, and
changes in production from the previous year.
The Act
EPA to report to Congress within 18 months (and
ds) on the actions needed to implement the
  	^	  — —0	— — — —  —    -    ^
strategy to promote source reduction, and providing m assessment
of the clearinghouse and the grant program.

EPA's Office of Pollution Prevention will be providing supplemental
guidance concerning state pollution prevention grants that
incorporate the new Act's requirements. (Grants already awarded
are not  affected by the legislation.)

Pollution Prevention Information Clearinghouse  (PPIC)
EPA/ 401 N. St., SW (PM-211A)
Washington/ DC 20460             (202)  260-1023

-------
 *
£ij\
aJfteVV
            UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY

                       WASHINGTON. O.C.  20460
                             MAY 2 8 1992
                                                         orncc or
                                                         AOMIMl«TI»ATO<
SUBJICTs  EPA Definition of "Pollution Prevention"

                              !Nil
FROMt     F. Henry Habicht II1
          Deputy Administrate!

TO:       All EPA Personnel

     EPA is seeking to integrate pollution prevention as an ethic
throughout its activities, in accordance with the national policy
expressed in the Pollution Prevention Act of 1990.  Your         &
individual efforts to push development of nev opportunities,
approaches, and processes to prevent pollution are impressive an*
exciting.

     While the concept of pollution prevention is broadly
applicable—a tool to accomplish many environmental tasks—this
memo attempts to guide more consistent use of the term in our
activities and written materials.  Pollution prevention requires
a cultural change—one which encourages more anticipation and
internalizing of real environmental costs by those who may
generate pollution, and which requires EPA to build a new
relationship with all of our constituents to find the most cost-
effective means to achieve those goals.

     The following EPA "Statement of Definition" is a formal
embodiment of what has been the Agency's working definition of
pollution prevention, and is consistent with the Pollution
Prevention Act of 1990 and the Agency's 1991 Pollution Prevention
strategy.  It makes clear that prevention is our first priority
within an environmental management hierarchy, that includes: l)
prevention, 2) recycling, 3) treatment, and 4) disposal or
release.

     While it is subject to further refinement, this definition
should provide a common reference point for all of us.  As you
review and apply the definition in your work, please keep the
following points in mind:

     •  As always, whether the pollution prevention option is
     selected in any given situation will depend on the

-------
     requirements-of applicable law, the level of risk reduction
     that can be achieved, and the cost-effectiveness of- that
     option.

     •  Accordingly, the hierarchy should be viewed as
     establishing a set of preferences, rather than an absolute
     judgement that prevention is always the most desirable
     option.  The hierarchy is applied to many different kinds of
     circumstances that>will require judgement calls.

     •  Drawing an absolute line between prevention and recycling
     can be difficult.  "Prevention" includes what is commonly
     called "in-process recycling," but not "out-bf-process
     recycling."  Recycling conducted in an environmentally sound
  •   manner shares many of the advantages of prevention, e.g.
     energy and resource conservation, and reducing the need for
     end-of-pipe treatment or waste containment.
         # "-•
     As EPA looks at the "big picture" in setting strategic
directions for.the decade ahead, it is clear that prevention is
key to solving the problems that all our media programs face,
including the increasing cost of treatment and cleanup.  In the
common-sens* words of Benjamin Franklin, "an ounce of prevention
is worth a pound of cure."

     Please use the Statement of Definition of Pollution
Prevention in all of your EPA activities. -



         (pursuant to the Pollution Prevention Aet of HiO
              and the Pollution Prevention Strategy)


     Under Section 6602(b) of the Pollution Prevention Act of
1990, Congress established a national policy that:

•    pollution should be prevented or reduced at the source
     whenever feasible;
•    pollution that cannot b« prevented should b« recycled in an
     environmentally safe manner whenever feasible;
•    pollution that cannot be prevented or recycled should b«
     treated in an environmentally safe manner whenever feasible;
     and
•    disposal or other release into the environment should be
     employed only as a last resort and should to* conducted in an
     environmentally safe manner.

     Pollution prevention means "sourca reduction,* as defined
under the Pollution Prevention Act, and other practices that
reduce or eliminate the creation of pollutants through:

-------
     —increased efficiency in the use of raw materials, energy,
     water, or other resources, or
     —protection of natural resources by conservation.

     The Pollution Prevention Act defines "source reduction" to
mean any practice which:

     —reduces the amount of any hazardous substance, pollutant,
     or contaminant entering any waste stream or otherwise
     released into the environment (including fugitive emissions)
     prior to recycling, treatment, or disposal; and
     --reduces the hazards to public health and the environment
    . associated with the release of such substances, pollutants,
     or contaminants.

     The term includes:  equipment or technology modifications,
process or procedure modifications, reformulation or redesign of
products, substitution of raw materials, and improvements in
housekeeping, maintenance, training, or inventory control.

     Under the Pollution Prevention Act, recycling, energy
recovery, treatment, and disposal are not included within the
definition of pollution prevention.  Some practices commonly
described as "in-process recycling" may qualify as pollution
prevention.  Recycling that is conducted in an environmentally
sound manner shares many of the advantages of prevention—it can
reduce the need for treatment or disposal, and conserve energy
and resources.

     Pollution prevention approaches can be applied to all
pollution-generating activity, including those found in the
energy, agriculture, Federal, consumer, as well as industrial
sectors.  The impairment of wetlands, ground water sources, and
other critical resources constitutes pollution, and prevention
practices may be essential for preserving these resources.  These
practices may include conservation techniques and changes in
management practices to prevent harm to sensitive ecosystems.
Pollution prevention does not include practices that create new
risks of concern.

     In the agricultural sector, pollution prevention approaches
include:

     —reducing the use of water and chemical inputs;
     —adoption of less environmentally harmful pesticides or
     cultivation of crop strains with natural resistance to
     pests; and
     —protection of sensitive areas.

     In the energy sector, pollution prevention can reduce
environmental damages from extraction, processing, transport, and

-------
                                4

combustion of fuels.  Pollution prevention approaches include:


     —increasing efficiency in energy use;
     —substituting environmentally benign fuel sources; and
     —design changes that reduce the demand for energy.
For more information contact:
  —the Pollution Prevention Policy staff (2«o-tC2l), or
  —the Pollution Prevention Division, Office of Pollution
Prevention and Toxics (260-3557)

-------
&EPA
             United States
             Environmental Protection
             Agency
                 Office of Pollution
                 Prevention and Toxics
                 TS-799
EPA-745-R-93-005
 September 1993
EPA's 33/50  Program
Fourth Progress Update

Interim Reduction Goal Achieved
One Year Early
                                         printed on recycled paper

-------

-------
                      ERA'S 33/50 PROGRAM:  REDUCING RISKS
                            THROUGH VOLUNTARY ACTION
                          The 33/50 Program, an EPA voluntary pollution prevention
                '   initiative, derives its name from its overall goals — an interim goal of
                  a 33% reduction by 1992 and an ultimate goal of a 50% reduction by
                 1995 in emissions of 17 high-priority toxic chemicals (see box), using 1988
TRI reporting as a baseline.  12.800 facilities reported that 1.474 billion pounds of 33/50
Program chemicals were either directly released to the environment or transferred off-site
to waste management facilities during 1988. The aim of the 33/50 Program is to reduce this
1.474 billion pounds of pollution by at least 50% — 737 million pounds — by 1995, with an
interim reduction target of more than 486 million pounds by 1992.

1992 INTERIM GOAL OF 33/50 PROGRAM ACHIEVED ONE YEAR EARLY

      On May 25, 1993, EPA officially released the Toxics Release Inventory (TRI) reporting
data for 1991.  One of the more noteworthy findings revealed in the 1991 TRI reporting data
is that releases and transfers of 33/50 Program chemicals declined by 34% between 1988
and 1991, surpassing the Program's  1992 interim 33% national reduction goal a full year
ahead of schedule (see Figure 1). Data reported by facilities to TRI for 1991 indicate that
releases and transfers of 33/50 Program chemicals declined from 1.474 billion pounds in the
Program's 1988 baseline year to 973 million pounds in 1991, when categories of reporting in
1991 that were not required for reporting in 1988 are excluded (see below). The 501 million
pound reduction in reported emissions through 1991
exceeds by nearly 15 million pounds the amount required
to achieve the Program's 1992 interim 33% reduction goal.
The early achievement of the Program's 1992 reduction
goal, together with an analysis of facilities' projected
on-site releases and off-site transfers to treatment and
disposal of the 17 target chemicals through 1993
(reported for the first time in 1991), offers strong
encouragement that the 33/50 Program's ultimate goal of
a 50% reduction by 1995 will be achieved.
I
      Many states, a number of industry associations, and
numerous individual companies include 33/50 Program
chemicals within the scope of their own reduction
programs. Twenty-six states had established toxics use
reduction and pollution prevention programs prior to
establishment of the 33/50 Program, and these
contributed to its design. Others have used the 33/50
Program as a model. EPA views the 33/50 Program as an
umbrella under which the federal government, states,
industry, and communities work in partnership to achieve
common goals. Any progress in reducing emissions of
33/50 Program chemicals reflects the efforts of all these
partners.
17 PRIORITY CHEMICALS
TARGETED BY THE 33/50
     PROGRAM
           BENZENE
    CADMIUM & COMPOUNDS
   • CARBON TETRACHLORIDE
        CHLOROFORM
   CHROMIUM & COMPOUNDS
          CYANIDES
      DICHLOROMETHANE
      LEAD & COMPOUNDS
    MERCURY & COMPOUNDS
      METHYL ETHYL KETONE
    METHYL ISOBUTYL KETONE
     NICKEL & COMPOUNDS
     TETRACHLOROETHYLENE
           TOLUENE
      TRICHLOROETHANE
      TRICHLOROETHYLENE
           XYLENES
                                     -1 -

-------
  1,750
  1,500
  1,250
  1,000
    750
    500
    250
        Millions of Pounds
                                       1992 Goal:
                                       987.7 million
                                       pounds


                                       1995 Goal:
                                       737.1 million
                                       pounds
               1988
1989
1990
1991
Figure 1.   TRI Releases and Transfers of 33/50 Program Chemicals, 1988-1991.
      EXCLUSIONS OF NEW TRI REPORTING DATA

      TRI reporting requirements were significantly expanded for 1991 as a result of
Congress' passage of the Pollution Prevention Act of 1990 (PPA). (A detailed description of
the new TRI reporting requirements and related modifications to Form R, the TRI reporting
form, is provided in the Appendix to this report.) However, analyses of the progress of the
33/50 Program consider only environmental releases reported in Section 5 of Form R and
those off-site transfers reported in Section 6 that facilities were required to report under 1988
TRI reporting requirements: transfers to POTWs and other transfers for treatment and disposal
(as well as "other," which includes reports with missing or invalid off-site transfer codes).
                                      -2-
                                                                                   •>rt

-------
      Accordingly, the following quantities of the 1 7 33/50 Program chemicals that are
reported by facilities in Sections 6 and 8 of Form R are excluded when comparing 1991 and
future years' TRI data to the Program's 1988 baseline:

      •  Off-site Transfers to Energy Recovery (Form R Section 6.2);
      •  Off-site Transfers to Recycling (Form R Section 6.2);
      •  All Quantities Reported for Items in the new Mandatory Source Reduction and
         Recycling Activities Section (Form R Section 8.1 - 8.10).

      These new reporting categories do, however, provide valuable Information to EPA,
the public, and the reporting facilities themselves, and are discussed later in this report.
These data will be used by the 33/50 Program extensively in the future to determine how
facilities achieve reductions In environmental releases.

      COMPANY PARTICIPATION IN THE 33/50 PROGRAM

      The 33/50 Program represents an Innovative experiment almed'at demonstrating
whether voluntary reduction programs can augment the Agency's traditional command-
and-control approach to protecting the environment by achieving targeted reductions
more quickly than would regulations alone. The Program is part, of a broad group of EPA
activities designed to encourage pollution prevention as the best means of achieving
reductions in toxic chemical emissions. The 33/50 Program seeks to Instill a pollution
prevention ethic throughout the highest echelons of American businesses.

      Initial communications about the 33/50 Program are directed to the Chief Executive
Officers of the parent companies of the more than 16,400 industrial facilities that have
reported to EPA's Toxics Release Inventory (TRI) emitting any of the Program's 17 target
chemicals between 1988 and 1990. To date, more than 7,600 companies have been
invited to participate, and more than 700 additional companies Identified as being asso-
ciated with 33/50 Program chemicals for the first time In the 1991 TRI data will be contacted
by EPA this fall. The Program achieved a major milestone in November 1992 when the
1,000th company committed to reducing its releases of toxic chemicals into the environ-
ment. As of August 1993, 1,172 companies have elected to participate, pledging to
reduce voluntarily nearly 355 million pounds of pollution (see Figure 2). Company partici-
pation in the 33/50 Program has risen steadily from its
inception in early 1991, increasing twofold from July 1991 to
February 1 992 (publication dates for the Program's first two
Progress Reports), and again by more than 50% in the       I  More About
Program's second year.                                |  Want to find out more
      r> _,  *,              *,              ^*u         I  about EPA's 33/50
      Reduction pledges .continue to approach the        |  program? See the back
Program's national goals, their slower growth rate reflect-    •  _age Qf ^ report for
ing the fact that companies with the greatest amounts of   •  Chat's available whom
releases and transfers (the "Top 600') were the first to be    •  |o contact, and where
contacted. In addition, the 355 million pounds of reduc-    •  to ca(| V|S||
tions pledged to date represent a lower bound, as         •
                                      -3-

-------
                     Commitments
                    Number of Companies
1995 Pledged Reductions
     Millions of Pounds
                July'91  Feb'92  Aug'93
  July'91  Feb'92  Aug'93
                                                                     1,300

                                                                     1,200

                                                                     1,100

                                                                     1,000

                                                                     900

                                                                     800

                                                                     700

                                                                     600

                                                                     500

                                                                     400

                                                                     300

                                                                     200

                                                                     100

                                                                     0
Figure 2.  33/50 Program Commitment Status, August 1993.
numeric reduction targets are still being set by about a third of the participating
companies, and companies appear to be achieving greater reductions than they initially
anticipated.

      Facilities owned by companies that have elected to participate in the 33/50
Program are reporting greater reductions in emissions of the 17 target chemicals than are
the facilities associated with nonparticipating companies. Between 1988 and 1991, partici-
pating companies reported a nearly 40% decrease in releases and transfers of Program
chemicals, compared to a 25% decline reported by nonpartlcipants. The difference
between participants and nonparticipants is somewhat greater for on-site environmental
releases: a 36% reduction in releases for participants versus a 20% reduction for non-
participants. Participating companies, representing only  15% of the companies invited to
participate, were responsible for 62% of the total releases and transfers of Program chemi-
cals in the 1988 baseline year and 57% in 1991.
                                      -4-

-------
Table 1.   33/50 Program Commitment Status Overview, August 4,1993.
"5400" New " New New Total from
"Top 600" Companies in 1989 in 1990 in 1991 All Companies
Contacted in Contacted in Contacted in Contacted in Not Yet as of
March 1991 July 1991 July 1992 January 1993 Contacted 08/04/93
Numbers of Companies
Companies Contacted by EPA 542 5,028 1.085 971 725
Responses with Commitments
to 33/50 Program 321 767 54 30 0
Responses with Quantifiable
Commitments 242 • 446 2 7 0
Quantities of the 17 Targeted Chemicals Covered by the 33/50 Program (Millions of Pounds, 1988)
Total Releases and Transfers
Reported to TRI in 1988 1,053 398 3.34 13.97 6
Total from the Companies
Making Commitments 823 84 0.86 4.77 0
Total from the Companies with
Quantifiable Commitments 724 54 0.86 4.72 0
Amount of Reductions Pledged by
1995 in Quantifiable Commitments 328 25 0.23 1.69 0

8,351
1.172
697

1,474
913
784
355
      Assessing the success of our efforts to encourage companies to participate in the
33/50 Program yields two conclusions. EPA's outreach to the larger companies has proven
highly successful, with nearly 60% choosing to enroll (see Table 1).  However, getting the
message across to the more numerous smaller companies has been decidedly more
difficult; only one in ten has elected to participate. Accordingly, EPA is Initiating new
outreach approaches to encourage smaller companies to participate, such as calling
facilities directly to discuss the benefits of the Program and to identify and address any
barriers that prevent them from participating.

      33/50 PROGRAM CHEMICAL RELEASES AND TRANSFERS, 1986-1991

      Figure 3 and Table~2 present facilities' reports of on-site releases and off-site transfers
to treatment and disposal for 1988 through 1991.  The data are aggregated for all TRI
chemicals that have been included in TRI reporting requirements for each of the four years.
In addition, 33/50 Program chemicals are broken out in aggregate for comparison to all
other TRI chemicals.

      Facilities' 1991 TRI reports show that, in the first year after formal announcement of
the 33/50 Program, the 17 target chemicals experienced substantially greater proportional
reductions (-21%) than all other TRI chemicals (-8%). This represents a significant change in
the reduction pattern from the two previous years. Prior to 1991, reductions in the releases
                                      -5-

-------
           8000
           7000
           6000
           5000
           4000
           3000
           2000
           1000
               Millions of Pounds
                  All TRI Chemicals
                     (Excluding
                  Additions/Deletions)
TRI Chemicals Less
 33/50 Chemicals
33/50 Program
Chemicals Only
Figure 3.  Releases and Transfers of 33/50 Program Chemicals Compared to Other TRI Chemicals,
         1988-1991.


and off-site transfers of the 17 33/50 Program chemicals lagged significantly behind
reductions in other TRI chemicals. When the 17 33/50 Program chemicals are subtracted,
remaining TRI releases and transfers declined by 23% from 1988 through 1990, from just
under 5 billion pounds to 3.7 billion pounds. During that same period, emissions of the 17
targeted 33/50 Program chemicals were reduced by only 16%, from 1.47 billion pounds to
1.24 billion pounds (see Table 1).

      At the time that EPA was formulating the 33/50 Program (late 1990 - early 1991), 1988
was the most recent year for which TRI data were available.  The Program's baseline and
goals were set accordingly. Reductions that companies achieved between 1988 and 1990
therefore contribute to the 33/50 Program's national reduction goals. However, these prior
reductions should not be viewed as resulting from the 33/50 Program, as companies were
first informed about the Program in February of T991.
                                       -6-

-------
Table 2.   Releases and Transfers of 33/50 Program Chemicals Compared to Other TRI Chemicals,
         1988-1991.
Year
1988
1989
1990
1991
1988-1991
1988-1990
1990-1991
All TRI Chemicals
(Excluding Additions/
Deletions)
Pounds
6,450,516,964
5,829,763,906
4,996,203,787
4,419,162,282
. Percent Change
-31.4%
-22.5%
-11.5%
TRI Chemicals
Less 33/50
Chemicals
Pounds
4,976,369.274
4,434,701,979
3,760,960,034
3,446,042,372
Percent Change
-30.7%
-24.4%
. -8.3%
33/50 Program
Chemicals
Only
Pounds
1,474,147,690
1,395,061,927
1,235,243,753
973,119,910
Percent Change
-33.9%
-16.2%
-21.2%
      Commencing in 1991, the 17 33/50 Program chemicals appear to have been the
focus of increased reduction activities at TRI facilities. The 21.2% reduction in releases and
transfers of Program chemicals reported by facilities for 1990 -1991 is nearly twice the
amount of reductions reported in the previous year (11.5% between 1989 and 1990), and
fully four times greater than the reductions observed between 1988 and 1989 (5.4%). 33/50
Program chemicals also contributed significantly to aggregate TRI release and transfer
reductions observed between 1990 and 1991. While representing only 22% of the total
volume of 1988-comparable TRI releases and transfers in 1991, 33/50 Program chemicals
accounted for nearly half (45%) of the total TRI 1990 - 1991  reductions.  Of the 577 million
pounds in total TRI release/transfer reductions reported for  1991; 262 million are associated
with the Program's 17 target chemicals.

      Facilities' 1991 TRI reports on releases and off-site transfers of 33/50 Program chemi-
cals, as well as updated reports for 1988 through 1990, are  summarized by chemical and
release medium/transfer management method in Table 3 (organics are listed first).  Off-site
transfers of 33/50 Program chemicals have declined at a much higher rate than have their
on-site environmental releases. Transfers are down 50% from 1988, 39% in the last year
alone.  On-site releases, which accounted for 80% of the 33/50 Program 1988 release/
transfer baseline, declined by 30% through 1991 and 17% in the last year (compared to 9%
for all other TRI chemicals).
                                                                             i
      Figures 4 and 5 present reduction trends for 33/50 Program chemicals aggregated
by on-site release medium/off-site transfer type and by chemical, respectively.

-------
Table 3.  TRI Releases and Transfers of 33/50 Chemicals, 1988-1991.
Chemical
Benzene



Carbon tetrachloride



Chloroform



Dichloromethane



Methyl ethyl ketone



Year
91
90
89
88
91
90
89
88
91
90
89
88
91
90
89
88
91
90
89
88
Methyl isobutyl ketone 91



Tetrachloroethylene



Toluene




1,1,1 -Trichloroethane



Trichloroethylene



Xylenes



Cadmium and
cadmium compounds


90
89
88
91
90
89
88
91
90
89
88

91
90
89
88
91
90
89
88
91
90
89
88
91
90
89
88
Fugitive or
Nonpoint Air
Emissions
Pounds
9,971,308
14,516,266
15,045,660
20,235,191
528,100
419,001
943,133
1,081,552
7,660,997
8,388,150
8,872,690
7,566,776
31,726,830
37,744,015
42,295,554
48,751,550
33,149,766
42,863,784
41,693,966
38,687,923
8,411,877
9,688,471
10,850,259
13.015,362
6,482,575
9,074,857
11,966,038
16,125,229
73,620,294
84,413,528
93,193,936
102,808,393

69.230,762
83,389,447
91,649,649
90,767,027
16,642,065
18,565,243
22,579,951
25.879,146
31,107,600
35,488,852
39,705,859
38,303,001
18,923
31,249
41,571
32,649
Stack or
Point Air
Emissions
Pounds
7,503,182
10,686,871
11,694,181
11,027,298
1,018,701
1,320,225
2,507,116
2,695,101
11,421,891
14,138,445
16,841.084
17,469,790
47,611,641
62,532.366
81.864,100
79,242.388
70,271,889
85,627,333
94,365,489
97,348,615
18,786,642
18,021,527
20,673,502
18,610,414
10,204,876
13,321,145
15,512,638
19,668.296
124,944,414
157,264,379
176,358,467
189.388,805
i
68,274,801
81,112,035
84,215,221
86,001,968
18,416,403
20,358,601
26,769,836
27,900,517
92,889,918
109.258,390
124,577,635
126,721,344
55,518
78,820
79.336
90,293
Surface
Water
Discharges
Pounds
26,896
24,524
169,274
46,998
2,844
4.718
15,656
15,627
769,569
1,005,860
1,177,743
1,126.484
98,877
190,500
226,823
350,050
141,354
77,514
71.781
91.344
167,405
53,798
449.407
762,108
7.448
21,510
53.940
33.314
104.645
198,500
182,297
197.820

21,803
16,722
27,309
95,934
12,750
14,210
15,849
13,802
60,644
46,920
193,497
211,898
4,241
3,339
4,731
4,397
Underground
Injection
Pounds
834,242
689,066
668,610
825,035
42,470
31,557
122,043
98,054
65,089
89,560
64,338
36,002
1,317,706
850,018
1,937,469
1.478,834
355,736
146,199
200,703
253,762
161.600
52,221
81,850
1 16,650
14.000
11,012
50,005
72,250
1,373,207
1,432,918
620,403
1,473,666

2,805
1,581
2,318
1,000
800
805
390
390
139,963
105,394
70,161
144,978
1,540
1,575
1,772
2,409
Releases
to Land
Pounds
111,928
722,486
120,355
127,920
2,152
1,005
1,616
14,759
22,150
57,924
70,265
68,546
117,788
21,024
15,894
157,211
180,492
50,423
171,347
166,458
177,939
24,733
20,891
31,770
23,302
1,255
10.791
82,144
185,012
383,904
427.055
741,301

171,807
62,176
70,630
187,786
62,991
12,554
8,686
21,186
344,052
434.245
486,326
651,589
251,127
404,423
350,503
389,729
Total
Releases
Pounds
18,447,556
26,639,213
27,698,080
32,262,442
1,594,267
1,776,506
3,589.564
3,905,093
19,939,696
23,679,939
27,026,120
26,267,598
80,872,842
101,337,923
126,339,840
129,980,033
104,099,237
128,765,253
136.503,286
136,548,102
27,705,463
27,840,750
32,075,909
32,536.304
16,732,201
22,429,779
27,593,412
35.981,233
200,227,572
243,693,229
270,782,158
294,609,985

137,701,978
164,581,961
175,965,127
177,053,715
35,135,009
38,951,413
49,374,712
53,815,041
124,542,177
145,333,801
165,033,478
166,032.810
331,349
519,406
477,913
519,477
                                         -8-

-------
Table 3. TRI Releases and Transfers of 33/50 Chemicals, 1988-1991, Continued.
Chemical
Benzene
Carbon tetrachloride
Chloroform
Dichloromethane
Methyl ethyl ketone
Methyl isobutyl ketone
Tetrachloroethylene
Toluene
v 1,1,1-Trichloroethane
Trichloroethylene
Xylenes
Cadmium and
cadmium compounds
Year
91
90
89
88
91
90
89
88
91
90
89
88
91
90
89
88
91
90
89
88
91
90
89
88
91
90
89
88
91
90
89
88
91
90
89
88
91
90
89
88
91
90
89
88
91
90
89
88
Transfers
toPOTWs
Pounds
613,449
634,025
1,107,975
1,135,172
621
42,050
3,841
5,014
809,427
802,260
M.101,731
1,226,573
1,308,202
1,281,832
921,911
1,830,832
772,861
867,891
886,502
962,868
816,066
1,258,294
1,286,727
1,509,030
234,637
450,787
467,081
586,288
1,266,355
1,724,465
3,001,993
3,549,792
293,508
169,540
312,010
304,103
72,845
11,353
31,269
79,252
1,593,182
1,948,480
3,970,355
4,224,204
265,771
14,278
19,564
21,613
Transfers Off-site
for Treatment'
Disposal/Other
Pounds
1,799,039
2,221,216
1,839,858
2,295,959
980,569
1,082,188
1,716,813
1,350,511
1.827,299
1,321,726
865,533
1,369,922
12,605,336
9,163,437
12,813,000
22,688,907
9,998,866
20,323,777
28,506,748
28,620,683
2,274,295
4,548,341
6,468,802
10,323,972
3,830,559
4,433,734
4,279,472
5,511,471
22,006,245
39,898,984
63,484,088
61,614,018
' 8,000,615
12,472,740
16,662,054
• 19413,105
2,793,368
3,690,232
4,966,856
6,401,817
20,542,421
24,427,444
33,828,419
37,878,912
1,449,863
1,325,800
748,958
1,289,122
Total
Transfers
Pounds
2,412,488
2,855,241
2,947,833
3,431,131
981,190
1,124,238
1,720,654
1,355,525
2,636,726
2,123,986
1,967,264
2,596,495
13,913,538
10,445,269
13,734,911
24,519,739
10,771,727
21,191,668
29,393,250
29,583,551
3,090,361
5,806,635
7,755,529
11,833,002
4,065,196
4,884,521
4,746,553
6,097,759
23,272,600
41,623,449
66,486.081
65,163,810
8,294,123
12,642,280
16,974,064
19,817,208
2,866,213
3,701,585
4,998,125
6,481,069
22,135,603
26,375,924
37,798,774
42,103,116
1,715,634
1,340,078
768,522
1,310.735
                                         -9-

-------
Table 3. TRI Releases and Transfers of 33/50 Chemicals, 1988-1991, Continued.
Chemical
Chromium and
chromium compounds
Cyanide compounds
Lead and
lead compounds
Mercury and
mercury compounds
Nickel and
nickel compounds
Total
Total less
33/50 Chemicals
Total for All
TRI Chemicals
Year
91
90
89
88
91
90
89
88
91 '
90
89
88
91
90
89
88
91
90
89
88
91
90
89
88
91
90
89
88
91
90
89
«8
Fugitive or
Nonpolnt Air
Emissions
Pounds
585.757
582,076
1,624,574
615,838
125.870
240,688
313,594
657,222
553.782
917.589
757,704
858,635
11,912
14,798
18,112
17.037
469,498
375,830
819,300
414,913
290,297,916
346,713,844
382,371,550
405,817.444
319,467,748
360,034,463
411,226,231
417,921,098
609,765,664
706,748,307
793,597,781
823,738,542
Stacker
Point Air
Emissions
Pounds
532,744
596,901
737,750
713,310
1,899,044
1,620.330
1,485,888
1,606,398
1,285,604
1,569,431
1,664,854
1,821,383
7,830
8,759
11.482
8,724
322,989
315,836
319,959
285,076
475,448,087
577,831,394
659,678.538
680499.720
894,132.227
998,123,454
1,108,918,301
1,161,770,936
1,369,580,314
1.575,954,848
1,768496,839
1,842,370,656
Surface
Water
Discharges
Pounds
352,522
448,076
546,412
400,837
119,860
129,089
160,186
197,201
138,433
132.656
149.235
241,243
671
809
1.568
1.656
126,954
146,456
206,813
219,780
2,156,916
2415,201
3,652,521
4.010,493
241.340,401
194,317,559
184,372,712
307,060,098
243,497,317
196,832,760
188,025,233
311,070,591
Underground
Injection
Pounds
35,150
83,222
59,803
54,902
4,727,763
4.981,212
8,025,123
5,445,176
928
1,648
1,564
2,760
9
21
36
27
370,948
268,958
288,212
239,263
9,443,956
8,746,967
12,194,800
10.245,158
700,804,048
736.666,595
1,163,389.036
1,333,388,310
710,248,004
745,413,562
1,175483,836
1,343,633,468
Releases
to Land
Pounds
25,916,872
28,257,128
34,477,025
40,228,739
26,785
24,320
29,499
108,969
17,022,789
19,069,275
20.075,314
26,962,797
5,315
4,199
5,202
13,779
1,672,468
6,060,825
4,413,068
3,629,809
46.294,969
55,591,899
60,754,467
73,584,492
374,865,144
407,087,493
394,274,534
453,962.230
421.160,113
462,679,392
455,029,001
527,546.722
Total
Releases
Pounds
27,423,045
29,967,403
37,445,564
42,013,626
6,899,322
6.995,639
10,014,290
8,014,966
19,001,536
21,690,599
22,648,671
29,886,818
25,737
28,586
36,400
41,223
2,962,857
7,167,905
6,047,352
4.788,841
823,641,844
991,399,305
1.118,651,876
1,174,257,307
2,530,609,568
2,696,229,564
3,262,180,814
3,674,102,672
3.354,251,412
3,687,628,869
4,380,832,690
4,848,359.979
                                        -10-

-------
Table 3. TRI Releases and Transfers of 33/50 Chemicals, 1988-1991, Continued.
Chemical
Chromium and
chromium compounds
• Cyanide compounds
Lead and
lead compounds
Mercury and
mercury compounds
Nickel and
nickel compounds
Total
Total less
33/50 Chemicals
Total for All
TRI Chemicals
Year
91
90
89
88
91
90
89
88
91
90
89
88
91
90
89
88
91
90
89
88
91
90
89
88
91
90
89
88
91
90
89
88
Transfers
toPOTWs
Pounds
1,188,103
1,113,077
1,330,666
2,125,066
121,728
1 19,291
149,462
1,152,581
592,526
191,277
152,316
211,951
64
316
2,058
2,141
639,048
314,721
449,440
902,504
10,588,393
10,943,937
15,194,901
19,828,984
400,008,494
455,179,147
543,380,257
554,216,396
410,596,887
466,123.084
558,575,158
574,045,380
Transfers Off-site
for Treatment
Disposal/Other
Pounds
20,265,897
35,623,076
32,774,374
31,664,881
824,994
1,589,950
2,436,901
2,719,125
20.156,681
56,043,501
31,041,273
30,708,010
193,973
213,305
188,144
275,017
9,339,653
14,521,060
18,593,857
15,835,967
138,889,673
232,900,511
261,215,150
280,061,399
515,424,310
609,551,323
629,140,908
748,050,206
654,313,983
842,451,834
890,356,058
1,028,111,605
Total
Transfers
Pounds
21,454,000
36.736,153
34,105,040
33,789,947
946,722
1,709,241
2,586,363
3,871,706
20,749,207
56,234,778
31,193,589
30,919,961
194,037
213,621
190,202
277,158
9,978,701
14,835,781
19,043,297
16.738,471
149,478,066
243,844,448
276.410,051
299,890,383
915,432,804
1,064,730,470
1,172.521,165
1,302,266,602
1,064,910,870
1,308,574,918
1,448,931,216
1,602,156,985
                                         -11 -

-------
    800
         Millions of Pounds
    700
    600
    500
    400
    300
    200
    100
•1988
•1989
•1990
01991
          Fugitive    Stack    Surface    Under-    Land     Transfers  Treatment/
            Air        Air       Water     ground            to POTWs  Disposal/
                                        Injection                        Other
                                                                     Off-site
Figure 4.  Total TRI Releases and Transfers of 33/50 Program Chemicals, by On-site Release Medium/
         Transfer Management Type, 1988-1991.


                                        -12-

-------
                          Benzene

                Carbon tetrachloride

                        Chloroform

                   Dichloromethane

                 Methyl ethyl ketone

              Methyl isobutyl ketone

                Tetrachloroethylene

                          Toluene

               1,1,1 -Trichloroethane

                  Trichloroethylene

                          Xylenes

   Cadmium and cadmium compounds

  Chromium and chromium compounds

                Cyanide compounds

           Lead and lead compounds

     Mercury and mercury compounds

         Nickel and nickel compounds
                        • 1988
                        •1989
                        • 1990
                        EJ1991
                                               100
      200
Millions of Pounds
300
400
Figure 5.  Total TRI Releases and Transfers of 33/50 Program Chemicals, by Chemical, 1988-1991.

                                            -13-

-------
TRI POLLUTION PREVENTION ACT DATA FOR 33/50 PROGRAM CHEMICALS

      As described in the Appendix to this report, the Pollution Prevention Act of 1990
substantially expanded the scope of TRI to include reporting on additional toxic chemical
management activities.  Off-site transfers to energy recovery and recycling processes are
now reported in Section 6.2 of Form R in addition to the previously reported transfers to
POTWs and other treatment and disposal facilities.  Off-site transfers to energy recovery and
recycling.facilities are also reported in Section 8 of Form R, which was made mandatory
under the PPA, in addition to amounts of toxic chemicals combusted for on-site energy
recovery or recovered in on-site recycling processes. Section 8 also includes reporting on
amounts of toxic chemicals destroyed in on-site treatment systems and amounts sent to off-
site treatment facilities, as well as an aggregate of the amounts of each chemical the
facility released to the environment as a result of on-site operations plus the amounts
shipped off-site for disposal.

      Section 8 reporting items described above pertain only to chemical quantities  con-
tained in wastes that are the result of regular production-related activities. Toxic chemical
quantities contained in wastes that are generated at the facility through non-routine activi-
ties, such as spill cleanups and other catastrophic events, are reported in a separate Sec-
tion 8 reporting item. Each of the items reported for production-related wastes in Section 8
is reported in aggregate, by chemical, for the reporting year (1991), the prior year (1990),
and forecasted by facilities for the two successive years (1992 and 1993).

      33/50 TRANSFERS TO ENERGY  RECOVERY AND RECYCLING

      Tables 4 and 5 present a complete summary of 1991 on-site releases and off-site
transfers reported by facilities in Sections 5 and 6 of Form R for each 33/50 Program chemi-
cal, by on-site release medium and off-site transfer type. Release reporting in Section 5,
summing to 823.6 million pounds, 'is identical in nature to reporting in prior years. Reporting
on off-site transfers, however, has been significantly affected by the new PPA requirement
to include transfers to energy recovery (216.4 million pounds) and transfers to recycling
(523.2 million pounds). Each  of these new reporting categories on its own exceeds the total
for all off-site transfers that were previously required to be reported (149.5 million pounds).

      These new data indicate that the bulk of 33/50 Program metals and their associated
compounds were shipped off-site for recycling. Some quantities of metals erroneously
have been reported as sent off-site for energy recovery, as metals do not contribute to the
heating value of the wastes in which they are contained and are not destroyed in energy
recc.very processes. Off-site recycling of lead and its compounds alone accounted for
nearly 40% of all such transfers of 33/50 Program chemicals.  Greater quantities of the
organic chemicals were also recycled than were burned for energy.  Energy recovery was
a more prevalent "off-site management method than recycling  only for benzene, methyl
ethyl ketone, toluene, and xylenes.

      MANAGEMENT OF 33/50 PROGRAM CHEMICALS IN WASTES

      Tables 6 through 10 present all four years of Section 8 reporting data for each 33/50
Program chemical, by waste management activity (non-production-related wastes are
reported only for 1991). Again, the magnitude of the quantities associated with new report-


                                      -14-

-------
Table 4.   TRI Releases of 33/50 Chemicals, 1991.
Chemical ,
Benzene
Carbon tetrachloride
Chloroform
Dichloromethane
Methyl ethyl ketone
Methyl rsobutyl ketone
Tetrachloroethylene
Toluene
1,1,1 -Trichloroethane
Trichloroethylene
Xylenes
Cadmium and
cadmium compounds
Chromium and
chromium compounds
Cyanide compounds
Lead and lead compounds
Mercury and
mercury compounds
Nickel and
nickel compounds
Total
Total less
33/50 Chemicals
Total for All
TRI Chemicals
Fugitive or
Nonpoint Air
Emissions
Pounds
9,971,308
528,100
7,660,997
31,726,830
33,149.766
8,411,877
6,482,575
73,620,294
69,230.762
16,642,065
31,107,600
18,923

585,757

125,870
553,782
11,912

469,498

290,297,916
336,081,480

626,379,396

Stacker
Point Air
Emissions
Pounds
7,503.182
1,018.701
11,421,891
47,611,641
70,271,889
18,786,642
10,204,876
124,944,414
68,274,801
18,416,403
92.889,918
55,518

532,744

1,899,044
1,285.604
7.830

322,989

475,448,087
908,726,582

1,384,174,669

Surface
-- Water
Discharges
Pounds
26,896
2,844
769.569
98,877
141,354
167.405
7,448
104,645
21,803
12,750
60,644
4,241

352,522

1 19,860
138,433
671

126,954

2,156,916
241,356,856

243,513,772

Underground
Injection
Pounds
834,242
42,470
65,089
1,317,706
355,736
161,600
14,000
1.373,207
2,805
800
139.963
1,540

35,150

4,727,763
928
9

370,948

9,443,956 •
700,933,181

710,377,137

Releases
to Land
Pounds
111,928
2,152
22,150
117,788
180,492
177,939
23,302
185,012
171,807
62.991
344,052
251,127

25,916,872

26,785
17,022,789
5,315

1,672,468

46,294,969
375,133,175

421,428,144

Total
Releases
Pounds
18,447,556
1,594,267
19,939,696
80,872,842
104,099,237
27,705,463
16,732,201
200,227,572
137,701,978
35,135.009
124,542,177
331,349

27,423,045

6,899,322
19,001.536
25,737

2,962,857

823.641,844
2,562,231,274

3,385,873,118

ing categories is overwhelming relative to the amounts for previously reported releases and
transfers. On-site recycling (4.3 billion pounds) dominates the waste management picture
for the 17 Program chemicals, more than quadrupling the 1988-comparable figures in 1991.
As expected, quantities associated with on-site waste management activities are substan-
tially greater than off-site transfers to similar management methods.

      Analysts will note significant discrepancies between reported off-site transfers to
energy recovery and recycling in Sections 6 and 8. Less significant discrepancies can also
be observed in the reporting of off-site shipments to treatment.  The causes and meaning of
these  discrepancies are discussed in the Appendix to this report. Figure 6 presents two
profiles of 1991 reporting data for 33/50 Program chemicals to illustrate the impact of the
expansions to TRI reporting brought about by the PPA. Two profiles are presented to
accommodate the significant discrepancies in reporting for off-site energy recovery and
recycling between Sections 6 and 8.  In one profile (left), off-site energy recovery and
recycling data are taken from Section 6.  In the other profile (right), off-site energy recovery
and recycling data are taken, from Section 8. In both profiles. Section 8 data for off-site
treatment (77 million pounds) are omitted, as their inclusion would duplicate off-site
treatment quantities (102.5 million pounds) included in the 1988-comparable release/
transfer amount reported In Section 6. Section 8.1 reporting for on-site releases and off-site
                                      -15-

-------
Table 5. TRI Transfers of 33/50 Chemicals, 1991.
Chemical
Benzene
Carbon tetrachloride
Cnloroform
Dichloromethane
Methyl ethyl ketone
Methyl isobutyl ketone
Tetrachloroethylene
Toluene
1,1,1-Trichloroethane
Trichloroethylene
Xylenes
Cadmium and
cadmium compounds
Chromium and
chromium compounds
Cyanide compounds
Lead and lead compounds
Mercury and
mercury compounds
Nickel and
nickel compounds
Total
Total less 33/50 Chemicals
Total for All TRI Chemicals
Transfers
toPOTWs
Pounds
613,449
621
809.427
1,308,202
772,861
816,066
234,637
1,266.355
293,508
72,845
1,593,182
265,771

1,188,103

121,728
592.526
64

639,048
_
10,588,393
401,318,705
411,907,098
Transfers to Transfers
Treatment to Disposal
Pounds Pounds
1,656,194
939,774
1,755.778
11,956,118
9,365,077
2,112,745
3,580,303
20,171,434
6,743,974
2,577,754
19,283,497
388,557.

3,969,938

447,295
.4,559,119
65,531

2,318,764

91,891,852
260,541,316
352,433,168
142,460
39,111
71,518
495.762
512,746
155,643
112,237
1.636,162
969,200
115,974
1,001,342
1,019,701

15,972,793

365,309
15,494,344
128,442

6,648,274

44,881,018
254,161,433
299,042,451
Transfers
to Energy
Recovery
Pounds
3.675,466
11.061
255,288
3,717,385
35,111,556
18,801,198
1,232,887
80,207,715
3.2J 2,938
802,290
69,220.174
7,460

69,423

500
68,833
5

12,353

216,406,532
221,818,810
438,225,342
Transfers
to Recycling
Pounds
353,205
390,625
2.077,870
29,163,629
26,033,673
20,346,186
10,694,61 1
24.882,493
27.237,545
6,785,517
38,913,506
2,266,912

68,437,500

82.660
204,841,122
445,451

60,230.889

523,183,394
1,830,940,192
2,354,123.586
Other
Off-site
Transfers
Pounds
385
1,684
3
153,456
121,043
5,907
138,019
198,649
287,441
99,640
257,582
41,605

323,166

12,390
103,218
0

372,615

2', 11 6.803
7,433,076
9,549,879
Total
Transfers
Pounds
6,441,159
1.382,876
4,969,884
46,794.552
71,916,956
42,237.745
15,992,694
128,362,808
38,744,606
10,454,020
130,269,283
3,990,006

89,960,923

1,029,882
225,659,162
639,493

70.221,943

889,067,992
2,976,213,532
3,865,281,524
transfers to disposal (846.3 million pounds) is also excluded in favor of their counterparts
from Section 5 and 6 (823.6 million pounds of on-site releases plus 44.9 million pounds of
transfers to disposal).

      As indicated in Figure 6, the 140 million pound discrepancy between Section 6 and
Section 8 reporting for transfers to energy recovery and recycling, while nearly equal to the
total for all other off-site transfers of 33/50 Program chemicals, is less significant in the con-
text of total waste management for the 17 Program chemicals. More importantly, the
figure illustrates that 1988-comparable releases and off-site transfers play a relatively small
role in the management of 33/50 Program chemicals in wastes. When all quantities In
Section 8.1 through 8.8 are summed, the total amount of 33/50 Program chemicals in
wastes reported by facilities to TRI for 1991 is 7.3 billion pounds. (A similar total Is developed,
50 million pounds (less than 1%) greater,  when summing the figures used from Sections 5,6,
and 8 in constructing the right bar of Figure 6.)  The 973 million pounds of  releases and
transfers that are the focus of the 33/50 Program's reduction goals account for only 13% of
this total.

      Figures 7 and 8 present the data reported for 33/50 Program chemicals in Section 8
of Form R, aggregated by management method and chemical, respectively.
                                      -16-

-------
      SOURCE REDUCTION REPORTING HIGHEST FOR 33/50 PROGRAM CHEMICALS

      Facilities are also required to report in.Section 8 of Form R any source reduction
efforts that were directed toward TRI chemicals during the reporting year. Table 11 sum-
marizes facilities' reporting of source reduction activities for each of the 17 33/50 Program
chemicals. As a group and individually, 33/50 Program chemicals evidenced higher rates
of source reduction reporting than other TRI chemicals. Of the more than 21,000 Form R's
reporting that a source reduction activity was implemented during 1991, fully 40% (8,609)
were for the 17 33/50 Program chemicals,  even though Program chemicals account for
only 30% of total TRI Form R's. More than a third of the Form R's for 33/50, Program chemi-
cals reported the occurrence of source reduction, compared to slightly more than a fifth of
the forms for other TRI chemicals.

      Individual 33/50 Program chemicals had some of the highest rates of reporting on
source reduction. The three TRI chemicals with the greatest number of Form R's reporting
source reduction, and four of the top five, wore 33/50 Program chemicals (1,1,1-trichloro-
ethane,  toluene, xylenes, and methyl ethyl ketone). The high ranking for 33/50 Program
chemicals is partially due to the fact that they rank among the highest TRI chemicals in total
number  of Form R's submitted, but they also evidenced some of the highest percentages of
Form R submissions indicating source reduction.

      Sixteen 33/50 Program chemicals are among the top 35 TRI chemicals reporting
source reduction. Of these, organic chemicals generally evidenced higher percentages of
Form R's reporting source reduction than did the metals, ranging from 30% to 45% for the
nine organic chemicals with the largest number of source reduction reports.  Among the
three 33/50 Program metals with large numbers of Form R's, lead came the closest to
achieving a similarly high source reduction reporting rate (28%). Twenty percent of the
reports for cadmium, the'most frequently reported metal, indicated source reduction, as
did 16.5% of the reports for nickel.

      Facilities described the type of source reduction activity that they implemented for
each chemical (see Table 11). 33/50 Program chemicals as a group did not differ signifi-
cantly from other TRI chemicals in the types of activities employed.  Improvement in facility
operating practices is the most common approach. If, however, Form R source reduction
activity categories for Cleaning and Degreasing and for Surface Preparation and Finishing
are aggregated into another category. Process Modifications, Process Modifications would
rank as the most frequently employed source reduction activity, particularly so for 33/50
Program chemicals.

      Facilities also described the methods they employed in identifying source reduction
opportunities. Table 12 summarizes facilities' reporting of source reduction activity identifi-
cation methods for each of the 17 33/50 Program chemicals.  Here again, facilities did not
seem to treat Program chemicals differently than other TRI chemicals in their search for
source reduction opportunities. For the most part, facilities are drawing on their own
resources to investigate pollution prevention options, either by conducting formal audits
('Pollution Prevention Opportunity Audits or Materials Balance Audits) or by developing
ideas from management teams and employees. The 33/50 Program is built on the premise
                                     -17-

-------
Table 6.  TRI Data Collected under the Pollution Prevention Act for 33/50 Chemicals, 1990-1993:
         Quantity Recycled(a).


Chemical

Benzene
Carbon tetrachloride
Chloroform
Dichloromethane
Methyl ethyl ketone
Methyl isobutyl ketone
Tetrachloroethylene
Toluene
1,1,1-Trichloroe thane
Trichloroethylene
Xylenes
Cadmium and cadmium compounds
Chromium and chromium compounds
Cyanides
Lead and lead compounds
Mercury and mercury compounds
Nickel and nickel compounds
Subtotal On-site for 33/50 Chemicals
Subtotal On-site less 33/50 Chemicals
Subtotal On-site for All TRI Chemicals


Chemical

Benzene
Carbon tetrachloride
Chloroform
Dichloromethane
Methyl ethyl ketone
Methyl isobutyl ketone
Tetrachloroethylene
Toluene
1,1,1-Trichloroe thane
Trichloroethylene
Xylenes
Cadmium and cadmium compounds
Chromium and chromium compounds
Cyanides
Lead and lead compounds
Mercury and mercury compounds
Nickel and nickel compounds
Subtotal Off-site for 33/50 Chemicals
Subtotal Off-site less 33/50 Chemicals
Subtotal Off-site for All TRI Chemicals
Total for 33/50 Chemicals
Total less 33/50 Chemicals
Total for All TRI Chemicals
Projected Data
1990
On-site
Pounds
186,221,940
13,809,422
4,120,879
153,704,577
860,316,285
172,649,101
141,398,774
1,044,915,519
188,056,560
223,411,546
176,416,278
3,680,759
66,854,044
4,826,689
722,419,745
1,544,836
40,416,570
4,004,763,524
10,447,403,204
14,452,166.728
1991
On-site
Pounds
196,393,605
10,238,966
4,125,901
182,108,296
864,307,237
184,837,606
118,584,078
1,118,482,253
204,077.933
253,517,471
207,081,028
3,865,283
91,951,101
3,815,454
774,086,405
1,282.925
48,601,735
4,267,357,277
12,111,751,405
16,379,108.682
1992
On-site
Pounds
202,417,036
14,299,143
4,149,851
171,887,424
873,842,445
183,517,967
100,085,824
1,126,516,579
170,420,702
253,726,305
173,057,124
3,800,234
84,412,237
5,370,332
843,333,074
946,870
44,418,955
4,256,202,102
11,643,298,317
15,899,500,419
1993
On-site
Pounds
205,490,682
14,824,425
4,189,401
175,443,735
877,203,944
179,009,876
100,707.105
1,108,863,252
104,844,395
250,591,479
176,307,518
3,765,578
86,717,179
4,666,497
896.477,272
951,870
46.024,696
4,236,078,904
11,765,547.167
16,001,626,071
Projected Data
1990
Off-site
Pounds
825,048
9,901
,301,029
27,349,922
26,615,454
12,259,999
8,587,970
19,940,589
29,815,008
7,142,607
25,237,600
2,536,773
64,485,821
62,415
274,126,453
111,001
51,718,854
551,126,444
1,983,231,225
2,534,357,669
4,555,889,968
12,430,634,429
16,986,524,397
1991
Off-site
Pounds
1,414,752
390,538
2,078,744
26,224,925
24,888,298
17,952,566
9,035,196
24,557,245
28,751,600
7.446,327
33,701,307
2,039,641
106,599,026
38,280
273,499,683
274,247
78,737,821
637,630,196
2,624,350,735
3,261,980,931
4,904,987,473
14,736,102,140
19,641,089,613
1992
Off-site
Pounds
1,314,877
367,312
2,041,306
23,995,107
25,029,100
17,722,322
7,963,251
24,863,740
22,123,251
6,052,720
30,886,210
2,060,981
94,945,018
44,074
281,759,583
336,080
72,225,397
613,730,329
2,602,497,818
3,216,228,147
4,869,932.431
14,245,796,135
19,115,728,566
1993
Off-site
Pounds
814,678
366,722
2,041,313
19,742,164
24,040,995
18,119,834
7.924.658
23,355,561
14,070,105
4,984,824
32,032,227
2,081,824
99,739,938
8,465
294,874,150
336,334
73.600,958
618,134,750
2,598,748,897
3,216,883.647
4,854,213,654
14,364,296,064
19,218,509,718
                                        -18-
                                                                                            /TU

-------
Table 7.   TRI Data Collected under the Pollution Prevention Act for 33/50 Chemicals, 1990-1993:
          Quantity Used for Energy Recovery(a).


Chemical

Benzene
Carbon tetrachloride
Chloroform
Dichloromethane
Methyl ethyl ketone
Methyl isobutyl ketone
Tetrachloroethylene
Toluene ,
1,1,1-Trichloroethane
Trichloroethylene
Xylenes
Cadmium and cadmium compounds
Chromium and chromium compounds
Cyanides
Lead and lead compounds
Mercury and mercury compounds •
Nickel and nickel compounds
Subtotal On-site for 33/50 Chemicals
Subtotal On-site less 33/50 Chemicals
Subtotal On-site for All TRI Chemicals


Chemical

Benzene
Carbon tetrachloride
Chloroform
Dichloromethane
Methyl ethyl ketone
Methyl isobutyl ketone
Tetrachloroethylene
Toluene
1,1,1-Trichloroethane
Trichloroethylene
Xylenes
Cadmium and cadmium compounds
Chromium and chromium compounds
Cyanides
Lead and lead compounds
Mercury and mercury compounds
Nickel and nickel compounds
Subtotal Off-site for 33/50 Chemicals
Subtotal Off-site less 33/50 Chemicals
Subtotal Off-site for All TRI Chemicals
Total for 33/50 Chemicals
Total less 33/50 Chemicals
Total for All TRI Chemicals
Projected Data
1990
On-site
Pounds
21,176,508
3,288,879
1.990,067
15,632,408
90,352.222
42,654.440
12.382,080
250,558,252
7,363.780
6,083.419
197.292,824
0
0
42,279,210
83,604
0
0
691,137,693
2,070,035,242
2,761,172,935
1991
On-site
Pounds
33,714,288
5.964,156
5,499,527
14.270,049
94.341,416
36,906,508
4,013.084
254.980.246
14.001,816
6,188,130
217,136,701
0
0
22,849,436
116,475
0
0
709,981,832
2,476,813,901
3.186,795.733
1992
On-site
Pounds
28.812,538
15,555.356
7,519,104
15,310,887
95,158,244
37.823,204
4,226,835
262,443.091
14,637.770
6,212.991
223.801,420
0
1
20.922.422
118.500
0
10
732,542,373
2,491,144,959
3.223.687.332
1993
On-site
Pounds
26.158,418
18,746,865
9.496,582
16,221,100
107,555,209
42,955.740
4.452.966
288.619,559
15,354,150
6,581,666
239,747.588
0
0
21,279,382
119,200
0
10
797,288,435
3,157,142,198
3,954,430,633
Projected Data
1990
Off-site
Pounds
3.372,068
1.835
346,140
5,746,239
36,653,958
12,022,235
909,105
72,799.299
3.493.538
1.002,311
64,803,135
6.282
53.683
14
32,312
0
13,875
201,256.029
225,699.366
426,955,395
892,393,722
2,295,734,608
3,188,128,330
1991
Off-site
Pounds
4.932.365
10.849
720,671
6,066,234
38,424,594
19,306.703
1.504.622
86,805.609
3.913,519
1.045.752
78.056.842
8,317
74,993
24
69,831
3.241
9.629
240,953,795
256,803,676
497.757.471
950,935.627
2,733,617.577
3,684,553,204
1992
Off-site
Pounds
4.529.408
5,281
621,330
5,319,225
36,077,565
18,676,693
1,080,036
86,510.188
3.033,116
811.472
75,318,262
7.620
74.344
415
66,704
9,435
4,701
232,145.795
253,747.321
485,893,116
964.688,168
2.744,892,280
3.709,580.448
1993
Off-site
Pounds
4,943,593
291
546,922
4,906,635
34,365,357
19,096,258
893,510
84,352,277
2,131,378
581,760
71,066,260
6,968
66,578
3,915
64,264
500
4,694
223,031,160
249,733,225
472,764,385
1,020,319,595
3,406,875,423
4,427,195,018
                                         -19-

-------
Table 8.   TRI Data Collected under the Pollution Prevention Act for 33/50 Chemicals, 1990-1993:
          Quantity Treated(a).


Chemical

Benzene
Carbon tetrachloride
Chloroform
Dichloromethane
Methyl ethyl ketone
Methyl isobutyl ketone
Tetrachloroethylene
Toluene
1,1,1-TrichIoroe thane
Trichloroethylene
Xylenes
Cadmium and cadmium compounds
Chromium and chromium compounds
Cyanides
Lead and lead compounds
Mercury and mercury compounds
Nickel and nickel compounds
Subtotal On-site for 33/50 Chemicals
Subtotal On-site less 33/50 Chemicals
Subtotal On-site for All TRI Chemicals


Chemical

Benzene
Carbon tetrachloride
Chloroform
Dichloromethane
Methyl ethyl ketone
Methyl isobutyl ketone
Tetrachloroethylene
Toluene
1,1,1-Trichloroethane
Tnchloroethylene
Xylenes
Cadmium and cadmium compounds
Chromium and chromium compounds
Cyanides
Lead and lead compounds
Mercury and mercury compounds 	
Nickel and nickel compounds
Subtotal Off-site for 33/50 Chemicals
Subtotal Off-site less 33/50 Chemicals
Subtotal Off-site for All TRI Chemicals
Total for 33/50 Chemicals
Total less 33/50 Chemicals
Total for All TRI Chemicals
Projected Data
1990
On-site
Pounds
21,865,259
13,123,649
33,086,010
31,161,206
33,969,950
9,079,196
19.531,235
99,851,002
3,620,168
1,798,181
32,087,790
962,670
25,996,738
49.102,212
44,258,209
35,157
18,885,365
438,413,997
' 8,608,976,557
9,047,390.554
1991
On-site
Pounds
31,256,769
15,074,894
26,581,978
34,185,873
45,423,894
11,765,185
15,284,084
128,268,450
3,047,769
4,886,629
49,180,388
712,333
35,697,855
50,527.548
42,243,213
35,853
19,545,273
513,717,988
9,269,656,632
9,783,374,620
1992
On-site
Pounds
30,799,920
14,924,565
26,600,006
36,339,814
48,814,259
11,945,634
15,786,368
142,527,931
2.439,239
4,698,415
52,651,046
705.249
40,377,635
51,209,641
42,763,966
37,450
18,863,329
541,484,467
9,615,878,074
10,157,362,541
1993
On-site
Pounds
31,517,292
15,362,639
26,773,101
38,081.156
48,466,536
12,198,975
15,981,873
163,838,919
2.850,333
4,790,711
55,059,974
612,729
42,648,217
52,074,846
42,621,846
99,321
18,847,258
571,825,726
9,584,434,494
10,156,260.220
Projected Data
1990
Off-site
Pounds
2,662.027
971,935
1,935,098
8,345,059
7,708,590
3,207,654
2,841,310
16,850,242
4,633,476
2,472,268
11,536,274
187,530
5,481,567
364,474
6.759,380
100,779
4,391,217
80,448,880
773,451,024
853,899,904
518,862,877
9,382,427,581
9,901,290,458
1991
Off-site
Pounds
2,163,924
840,933
2,007,797
10,528,620
7,757,468
2,532,919
3,305.286
13,865.706
5,253.041
2,630,021
11,994,985
357,559
4,972,054
418,974
5,719,036
64,797
2,593,065
77,006,185
797,279,247
874,285,432
590,724,173
l(j;066,935,879
10.657,660,052
1992
Off-site
Pounds
1,956,285
1,020,048
2,090,584
11,176,243
6,933,344
2.304,960
2,458,500
15,388,873
. 4,008,457
2,593,185
8,251,526
459,238
3,903,276
328,280
5,763,383
41,108
1,625,926
70,303.216
702,432,610
772.735,826
611,787,683
10,318,310,684
10,930,098,367
1993
Off-site
Pounds
1,819,685
658,157
1,485,414
11,040,959
5,865,304
2,050,784
858.165
13,451,138
2,752,287
2,440,062
7,538,476
386,540
3,205,968
263,037
5,232,153
31.997
1,555,650
60,635,776
675,556,541
736,192,317
632,461,502
10,259,991,035
10,892,452,537
                                         -20-

-------
Table 9.   TRI Data Collected under the Pollution Prevention Act for 33/50 Chemicals, 1990-1993:
         Quantity Released (Includes Off-site DisposaD(a).
Chemical
Benzene
Carbon tetrachloride
Chloroform
Dichloromethane
Methyl ethyl ketone
Methyl isobutyl ketone •
Tetrachloroethylene
Toluene
1,1,1 -Trichloroethane
Tnchloroethylene
Xylenes
Cadmium and cadmium compounds
Chromium and chromium compounds
Cyanides
Lead and lead compounds
Mercury and mercury compounds
Nickel and nickel compounds
Total Released On-site/Disposed of
Off-site for 33/50 Chemicals
Total Released On-site/Disposed of
Off-site less 33/50 Chemicals
Total Released On-site/Disposed of
Off-site for All TRI Chemicals
Projected Data
1990 .
Pounds
22,777,071
1,711.637
23,184,204
90,259,930
117.221,288
26.480.175
19,170,142
215,032,891
141,349,697
38.020,135
123,317.694
1.319,468
38,085,219
8,810.822
42.676,945
133,963
13,215.548 ,
922.766,829

2,873.922.207

3,796,689,036

1991
Pounds
18,760.658
1.649,063
19,739,220
80,189,944
102,309,424
28,194,835
16,407,683
196,784,903
132,160,136
34,532,204
122,964,725
1,235,362
40,080,347
7,055,445
35,455,972
98,786
8,708,102
846.326,809

2,924.868,083

3.771,194,892

1992
Pounds
14,341,727
1,359,662
16,871,435
64,243,069
86,053,440
27,164,097
11.940.254
171.886.924
104.897,302
29.156,169
111,356,550
1.256,353
38,551,411
7,068,939
32,792,185
205,295
7,797.482
726.942,294

2,831,907,246

3,558,849,540

1993
Pounds
12,669,477
1,272,155
14,278,092
57,398,045
76,789,187
25,506,386
9,051.251
156,803,806
72,454,478
23,989,725
107,104,561
1,179,702
37,435.248
6,716.208
30,778,099
54,531
7,470,241
640.951,192

2,466,510,911

3.107,462.103

and promise of forging partnerships to achieve pollution prevention, and companies
appear to be relying heavily on partnerships with their employees and managers in
seeking source reduction opportunities.

      Where facilities have sought outside assistance in Identifying prevention oppor-
tunities, material/product/process vendors are the dominant choice. Facilities report little
reliance on State and Federal programs for assistance in their source reduction endeavors.
This may be a consequence of the fact that most government pollution prevention assist-
ance programs are in their infancies.  But the heavy reliance on internal resources suggests
that familiarity with facility-specific conditions is critical to successful identification of
source reduction opportunities.

POLLUTION PREVENTION TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE FROM THE 33/50 PROGRAM

      The 33/50 Program is developing ways to promote pollution prevention through
information collection and exchange and is facilitating the use and growth of existing
technical assistance programs and resources across the country.  Some of EPA's pollution
prevention technology assistance and transfer efforts are listed below.
                                      -21-

-------
Table 10. TRI Data Collected under the Pollution Prevention Act for 33/50 Chemicals, 1990-1993:
         Total Wastes(a).
Chemical
Benzene
Carbon tetrachloride
Chloroform
Dichloromethane
Methyl ethyl ketone
Methyl isobutyl ketone
Tetrachloroethylene
Toluene
1,1,1-Trichloroethane
Trichloroethylene
Xylenes
Cadmium and
cadmium compounds
Chromium and
chromium compounds
Cyanides
Lead and lead compounds
Mercury and
mercury compounds •
Nickel and
nickel compounds
Total for 33/50 Chemicals
Total less 33/50 Chemicals
Total for All TRI Chemicals
1990
Total Production
Related Wastes
Pounds
258,899,921
32,917,258
64,963,427
332,199,341
1,172,837,747
278,352,800
204,820,616
1.719,947,794
378,332,227
279,930,467
630,691.595
8.693,482

200,957,072

105,445,836
1,090,356,648
1,925,736

128,641,429

6,889.913,396
26,982,718,825
33,872,632,221
1991
Total Production
Related Wastes
Pounds
288,636,361
34,169,399
60,753,838
353,573,941
1,177,452,331
301,496,322
168,134,033
1,823,744,412
391,205,814
310,246,534
720,115,976
8,218,495

279,375.376

84,705,161
1,131;190,615
1,759,849

158,195.625

7.292,974.082
30,461,523,679
37,754,497,761
Projected Data
1992
Total Production
Related Wastes
Pounds
284,171,791
47,531,367
59,893,616
328,271,769
1,171,908,397
299.154,877
143,541,068
1,830,137,326
321,559,837
303,251,257
675,322,138
8,289,675

262,263,922

84,944,103
1,206,597,395
1,576,238

144,935,800

7,131.955,496
30,182,301,425
37,314,256,921
1993
Total Production
Related Wastes
Pounds
283,413,825
51,231,254
58,810,825
322,833,794
1,174,286,532
298,937,853
139,869,528
1,839,284,512
214,457,126
293,960,227
688,856,604
8,033,341

269,813,128

85,012,350
1,270,166.984
1.474,553

147,503,507

7,147,945,943
30,137,673,433
37,285,619,376
1991
Non-Production
RelatedWastes
Pounds
108,722
101,757
124,714
490,093
164,607
57,244
221,631
666,612
293,081
161,449
633,162
115,133

370,195

3,508
830,774
5,299

145,458

4,493,439
26,957,593
31,451,032
      Pollution Prevention Information Clearinghouse and
      the Pollution Prevention Information Exchange System (PIES)

      The Clearinghouse contains technical, policy, programmatic, legislative, and finan-
cial information on pollution prevention activities across the country and abroad. The
Clearinghouse is a free, non-regulatory service of EPA and may be reached by personal
computer modem (via PIES), telephone, or mall. PIES Is a free computer bulletin board that
allows users to access the full range of information contained in the Clearinghouse. Since
the PIES system is Interactive, users can address questions to other users and Clearinghouse
technical staff, order documents, and exchange information.  PIES contains message
centers, technical databases, issue-specific "mini-exchanges," bulletins on pollution
prevention events, and a calendar of pollution prevention conferences and events. PIES
contains a specialized bulletin board, or mini-exchange, devoted to the 33/50 Program. To
(a)    Submission of prior year (1990) data was optional in this first year of reporting. Data for 1992 and ] 993
      were estimated projections by the facilities submitting Form Rs for the 1991 reporting year. They do not
      represent reported totals for the 1992 or 1993 reporting years (Tables 4-5 through 4-9).


                                       -22-

-------
       8,000
              Millions of Pounds
       6,000
       4,000	r	-
       2,000	.	
                              Off-site Energy
                              Recovery and
                              Recycling from
                                Section 6
Off-site Energy
 Recovery and
Recycling from
   Section 8
                      On-site Recycling, Energy Recovery, and Treatment (4,267.4 million + 710.0 million
                      + 513.7million = 5,491.1 million in Sections)

                      Off-site Recycling and Energy Recovery (739.6 million in Section 6; 878.6 million in
                      Section 8)

                      1988 Comparable Releases and Transfers (823.6 million Releases in Section 5 +
                      149.5 million Transfers to POTWs, Treatment, Disposal, and Other in Section 6 =
                      973.1 million)
Figure 6.   New Reporting under the Pollution Prevention Act in 1991 for 33/50 Program Chemicals.

                                              -23-

-------
   8,000
         Millions of Pounds
   6,000
   4,000
   2,000
             • 1990
             • 1991
             • 1992
             01993
          Recycled   Recycled   Energy    Energy    Treated    Treated   Released    Total
           On-site    Off-site    Recovery  Recovery   On-site    Off-site   On-site/  Production
                              On-site    Off-site                      Disposed of Wastes
                                                                      Off-site
Figure 7.  TRI Data Collected under the Pollution Prevention Act (or 33/50 Program Chemicals, by
          Management Method, 1990-1993.

                                           -24-

-------
                             Benzene

                   Carbon tetrachloride

                           Chloroform

                      Dichloromethane

                    Methyl ethyl ketone

                  Methyl isobutyl ketone

                   Tetrachloroethylene

                             Toluene

                  1,1,1-Trichloroethane

                     Trichloroethylene

                              Xylenes

      Cadmium and cadmium compounds

     Chromium and chromium compounds

                            Cyanides

              Lead and lead compounds

         Mercury and mercury compounds

            Nickel and nickel compounds
• 1990
•1991
• 1992
01993
                                                500         1,000        1,500
                                                       Millions of Pounds
         2,000
Figure 8.   Total Production Wastes for 33/50 Program Chemicals, by Chemical, 1 990- 1 993.
                                           -25-

-------
Table 11.  Number of Forms Reporting Source Reduction, by Source Reduction Category, by
         Chemical, 1991.
Chemical ,
Benzene
Carbon tetrachloride
Chloroform
Dichloromethane
Methyl ethyl ketone
Methyl isobutyl ketone
Tetrachloroethylene
Toluene
1 , 1 , 1 -Trichloroethane
Trichloroethylene
Xylenes
Cadmium and cadmium compounds
Chromium and chromium compounds
Cyanide compounds
Lead and lead compounds
Mercury and mercury compounds
Nickel and nickel compounds
Total for 33/50 Chemicals
Total less 33/50 Chemicals
Total for All TRI Chemicals
Forms Reporting Source
Redaction Activities
Number of
TRI Forms
480
99
183
1,258
2,499
1,015
558
3.794
3,563
697
3.639
210
2,867
308
1.739
54
2,218
25.181
57.112
82,293
Number
155
28
67
517
958
382
210
1.475
1,590
290
1.341
59
578
91
480
12
364
8.597
12.784
21.381
Percent of
All Forms
32.3
28.3
36.6
41.1
38.3
37.6
37.6
38.9
44.6
41.6
36.9
28.1
20.2
29.5
27.6
22.2
16.4
34.1
22.4
26.0
Table 12.  Methods Used to Identify Source Reduction Activity, by Chemical, 1991.
Chemical

Benzene
Carbon tetrachloride
Chloroform'
Dichloromethane
Methyl ethyl ketone
Methyl isobutyl ketone
Tetrachloroethylene
Toluene
1 , 1 , 1 -Trichloroethane
Trichloroethylene
Xylenes
Cadmium and
cadmium compounds
Chromium and
chromium compounds
Cyanide compounds
Lead and lead compounds
Mercury and
mercury compounds
Nickel and nickel compounds
Total for 33/50 Chemicals
Total less 33/50 Chemicals
Total for All TRI Chemicals
Number of PoDntion Prevention
Forms Reporting Opportunity Audit
Source Reduction
Activities Internal External

155
28
67
517
958
382
210
1,475
1,590
290
1341 !
59

578

79
480
12

364
8485 ,
12.796
21.381

71
10
28
194
350
149
93
512
680
120
529
21

212

35
183
5

138
3,330
4,878
8,208

16
0
1
20
45
19
14
76
87
9
62
3

24

6
31
2

13
428
556
984
Materials
Balance
Audit

14
4
8
82
131
53
23
178
197
37
149
9

75

12
54
1

57 '
1,084
1449
2,633
Participative
Team

37
13
36
214
4S6
183
96
650
690
120
573
29

253

41
223
4

169
3,787
5,793
9480
Employee
Recommendation
i Formal
Informal Procram

19
7
7
96
206
76
39
289
306
68
290
15

110

14
101
2

85
1,730
2,590
4,320

14
6
8
50
98
45
19
143
212
28
115
9

47

7
50
3

30
884
1.288
2,172
                                       -26-

-------
Table 11.  Number of Forms Reporting Source Reduction, by Source Reduction Category, by
         Chemical, 1991, Continued.
Chemical
Benzene
Carbon tetrachloride
Chloroform
Dichloromethane
Methyl ethyl ketone
Methyl isobutyl ketone
Tetrachloroethylene
Toluene
1,1,1-Trichloroe thane
Trichloroethylene
Xylenes
Cadmium and cadmium compounds
Chromium and chromium compounds
Cyanide compounds
Lead and lead compounds
Mercury and mercury compounds
Nickel and nickel compounds
Total for 33/50 Chemicals
Total less 33/50 Chemicals
Total for All TRI Chemicals
Category of Source Reduction Activity (number of forms reporting)
Good
Operating
Practices
47
17
21
202
433
189
117
620
678
132
562
29
263
30
222
3
192
3,757
6.209
9,966
Inventory
Control
5
0
0
31
184
64
17
243
106
18
221
4
64
11
41
0
39
1,048
1,562
2,610
Spill
and Leak
Prevention
121
17
13
109
187
101
61
328
192
44
338
14
112
21
91
1
86
1,836
4,235
6,071
Raw
Material
Modlfl.
cations
10
2
30
138
265
90
25
420
304
16
300,
26
133
16
156
2
48
1.981
2,113
4,094
Process
Modifi-
cations
98
14
53
153
267
141
45
463
302
71
450
23
252
51
199
7
195
2,784
5,246
8,030
Cleaning
and
Degreaslng
1
0
2
152
134
42
88
157
812
168
112
8
49
14
12
0
42
- 1,793
1,300
3,093
Surface
Preparation
and
Finishing
0
1
0
22
296
125
4
401
119
6
485
0
38
2
16
0
9
1.524
787
2,311
Product
Modifi-
cations
4
0
3
51
106
1 53
7
173
138
9
145
11
60
2
79
2
30
873
925
1.798
Table 12.  Methods Used to Identify Source Reduction Activity, by Chemical, 1991, Continued.
Chemical
Benzene
Carbon tetrachloride
Chloroform
Dichloromethane
Methyl ethyl ketone
Methyl isobutyl ketone
Tetrachloroethylene
Toluene
1,1,1-Trichloroethane
Trichloroethylene
Xylenes
Cadmium and
cadmium compounds
Chromium and
chromium compounds.
Cyanide compounds
Lead and lead compounds
Mercury amd
mercury compounds
Nickel and nickel compounds
Total for 33/50 Chemicals
Total less 33/50 Chemicals
Total for All TRI Chemicals
State
Program
, 3
0
0
6
11
11
2
23
21
6
21
1

7

1
8
0

5
126
124
250
Federal
Program
1
0
0
4
5
3
1
8
13
1
4
0

4

1
0
0

0
45
45
90
Trade/
Industry
Program
7
0
10
26
81
35
21
110
111
11
99
3

45

4
31
1

21
616
775
1,391
Vendor
Assistance
17
3
7
117
299
107
49
466
443
76
458
17

132

19
90
2

77
2,379
2.532
4.911
Other
57
5
18
104
145
68
37
271
197
51
243
10

110

21
124
3

62
1,526
2,349
3,875
Number
of Forms
256
48
123
913
1,827
749
394
2,726
2,957
527
2,543
117

1,019

161
895
23

657
15,935
22,479
38,414
Percent
of Total
Forms
0.7
0.1
0.3
2.4
4.8
' 1.9-
1.0
7.1
7.7
1.4
6.6
0.3

2.7'

0.4
2.3
0.1

1.7
41.5
58.5
100.0
                                        -27-

-------
university, and other pollution prevention programs across the country. For example, the
guide contains a complete listing of state and university programs that offer technical
assistance on pollution prevention and waste minimization to businesses and industry.
Copies of this guide may be obtained by calling EPA's Clearinghouse at (703) 821-4800.

      Industry-Specific Pollution Prevention Guidance Manuals

      The Pollution Prevention Research Branch of EPA's Office of Research and Develop-
ment is publishing a series of industry-specific Guides to Pollution Prevention.  Sixteen
manuals have been published to date, and two additional manuals are scheduled for
publication late this year. The manuals supplement EPA's generic waste reduction manual,
the Facility Pollution Prevention Guide.  The industry-specific manuals and the generic
manual are available by calling the Clearinghouse at (703) 821-4800, or by calling EPA's
Center for Environmental Research  Information in Cincinnati OH, at (513) 569-7662. A
complete list of these guidance manuals, as well as many other pollution prevention
manuals, appears in Section 1 of the 7993 Reference Guide to Pollution Prevention
Resources.

      Identifying Research Needs and Documenting Pollution Prevention Successes

      EPA is identifying areas where new research efforts could lead to beneficial and
readily transferable pollution prevention results. In addition, EPA is identifying successful and
innovative pollution prevention practices that companies have implemented as part of the
33/50 Program, and sharing this information with others.  Companies who are aware of
pollution prevention needs, or that would like to share their pollution prevention successes
with others,  are encouraged to contact the 33/50 Program at (202) 260-6907, or leave an
electronic message on the PIES system.

      A summary of research opportunities related to the 17 targeted chemicals of the
33/50 Program was published  this year by EPA's Risk Reduction Engineering Laboratory  in
Cincinnati, OH. The document. Opportunities for Pollution Prevention Research to Support
the 33/50 Program, can be obtained by calling the Clearinghouse at (703) 821-4800.
                                      -28-

-------
LOOKING TO THE FUTURE: AN AGENDA FOR ACTION              -      '      .

      The 33/50 Program faces an ambitious agenda as It matures. Despite the evidence
that the Program's 1992 interim 33% reduction goal has been achieved a year early, efforts
to expand company participation will continue. In addition to the reduction goats, the
33/50 Program strives to promote the benefits of pollution prevention as widely as possible
throughout American industry. Accordingly, industry trade associations are being asked to
assist EPA in convincing smaller companies to participate. The Program's communications
with all companies include challenges to exceed their initial goals and stress the concept of
continuous improvement.

      Increasing attention is also being directed toward recognizing companies' environ-
mental improvements. The Agency is following up on the Program's popular Certificates of
Appreciation (sent to all Program participants) by recognizing companies when they
achieve their reduction goals. More than 200 companies have already achieved some or
all of the 33/50 Program reduction targets. EPA also is planning to conduct a national 33/50
Program conference in Spring of 1994 to showcase the accomplishments of the Program's
company, state, and community partners.

      Finally, preparations are underway to commence evaluating-the Program's success
formally by using the expanded pollution prevention data reported in facilities' 1991 and
subsequent TRI reports. As detailed in the preceding pages, the 1991 TRI data suggest
exciting developments to date. However, important issues remain that require in-depth
analysis, including assessing the actual role played by the 33/50 Program in bringing about
reported reductions in facilities' releases and transfers of the target chemicals. The new TRI
data provide profiles of facilities' waste management patterns that will be useful in analyz-
ing these and other issues.
                                     -29-

-------

-------
33/50 PROGRAM FOURTH PROGRESS UPDATE—APPENDIX A

             NEW FORM R INFORMATION REQUIRED

      BY THE POLLUTION PREVENTION ACT (PPA) OF 1990

         BEGINNING WITH THE 1991  REPORTING YEAR


      Beginning with the 1991 reporting year, new information required by the Pollution
Prevention Act (PPA) of 1990 on the prevention and management of toxic chemicals in
wastes will be reported on Form R, the TRI Reporting Form. This new information gives, for
the first time, a comprehensive' look at the quantities of TRI chemicals In wastes, an indica-
tion of how those quantities are managed, and an indication of what efforts are being
made to reduce or eliminate those quantities. This information expands the data collected
under TRI, beyond on-site releases and off-site transfers for treatment and disposal, to
include on-site recycling, energy recovery, and treatment, as well as off-site transfers to
recycling and energy recovery facilities. It also provides a baseline for assessing progress in
the prevention of quantities of toxic chemicals from entering wastes as well as for assessing
the management of toxic chemicals that enter wastes.

      Some of this Information, such as the quantities released and the quantities sent off-
site for treatment or disposal (including quantities released or transferred off-site due to
catastrophic events), has been reported before 1991.  The remainder of the information is
completely new to Form R reporting. Still, other data that have been reported prior to 1991,
such  as the quantities released and the quantities sent off-site for treatment, are now
aggregated and reported in a new and additional way. To assist readers in learning what
this new information is, what it means, and how it relates to the information that has been
collected in the past, a copy of the 1991 Form R has been included at the end of this
appendix, along with a section-by-section annotation of differences between the Form R's
for 1990 and 1991 (Figure A-3).

      The following quantities of toxic chemicals in wastes are now required in Section 8 of
EPA's Form R to meet the requirements of section 6607(b) of the PPA:

      •   quantity released at the facility and disposed off-site;
      •   quantity used for energy recovery at the facility;
      •   quantity used for energy recovery off-site;
      •   quantity recycled at the facility;
      •   quantity recycled off-site;
      •   quantity treated at the facility;
      •   quantity treated off-site; and
      •   quantity released or transferred off-site due to catastrophic events or
         remedial actions.
                                    -Al-

-------
      In addition to the quantities listed above, facilities are required to provide an indica-
tion of production or activity modification at the facility to help assess changes in the quan-
tities of toxic chemicals in wastes relative to changes in production.  Facilities also indicate
any source reduction activities they have implemented to reduce or eliminate quantities of
the reported toxic chemical in wastes and describe the methods they employ to identify
source reduction opportunities. A discussion of each of these data elements is presented
later in this document.

      These new data categories required by the PPA provide important information to the
EPA, the public and the reporting facilities themselves. In addition, this new information can
help assess movement in the waste management hierarchy, established in the PPA as
national policy:

      •  pollution should be prevented at the source Whenever feasible;
      •  pollution that cannot be prevented should be recycled in an
         environmentally safe manner whenever feasible;
      •  pollution that cannot be prevented or recycled should be treated in an
         environmentally safe manner whenever feasible; and
      •  disposal or other release into the environment should be employed only as
         a last resort and should be conducted in an environmentally safe manner.
                  POLLUTION PREVENTION  CHOICES
         If aoiirce reduction Is not possible,
                            possible, energy recovery?;
                  Is the next best option (where applicable).
                            not possible, treatment la the next best opt
                            ? »:•""•' "^ • f^" "•.•.-vr,-!T
                              If treatment la not possible, disposal la used as a last resort  DISPOSAL
Figure A-1.  Waste Management Hierarchy.
                                     -A2-

-------
      The decision-making processthat should be used when determining how to prevent
and manage toxic chemicals in wastes is illustrated in Figure A-l.

      In separate items of Section 8, the new Form R requires the-reporting of chemical
quantities contained in wastes that are generated at a facility through production-related
activities and non-routine activities (i.e. spills or other catastrophic events).  The quantities of
the toxic chemical contained in production-related wastes are to be reported for the
reporting year, the year prior to and the two years following the current reporting year.
Since 1991 was the first year for which this new Section 8 information was required, the PPA
did not require facilities to report quantities for 1990 when they did not have adequate
information to make a reasonable estimate.  As a result, information for 1990 may not be
available to make comparisons across the four years reported. It should be noted that the
quantities reported'for 1992 and 1993, the two years following the reporting year, are
projections only and not commitments that facilities reporting under TRI are required to
meet. The intent of requiring this information is to encourage facilities to implement source
reduction activities and move up the waste management hierarchy.

DATA REQUIRED BY THE POLLUTION PREVENTION ACT

      To better understand the new information required by the PPA, a> description for
each of the new data categories is presented below.
       What is Pollution Prevention?

             Through pollution prevention, risks to people and the environment can
       be reduced, financial and natural resources can be saved that would
       otherwise have to be expended on environmental cleanup or pollution
       control, and industrial processes can become more efficient.  Pollution pre-
       vention is source reduction, which is defined in the PPA as any practice that:

       •    reduces the amount of any hazardous substance, pollutant, or contaml-
            nantentering any waste stream or otherwise released into the
            environment (including fugitive emissions); and

       •    reduces the hazards to public health and the environment associated
            with the release of such substances, pollutants, or contaminants.

             Pollution-prevention practices can include equipment, process, pro-
       cedure, or technology modifications, reformulation or redesign of products,
       substitution of raw materials, and improvements in maintenance and inven-
       tory  controls. Under this definition, waste management activities, including
       recycling, treatment, and disposal are not considered forms of pollution
       prevention.
                                      -A3-

-------
      Quantity released (Section 8.1 of Form R). This is the total quantity that was released
to the environment at the facility (directly discharged to air, land, and water, and injected
underground) and sent off-site for the purposes of disposal. Because this quantity includes
amounts disposed off-site, it differs from the total releases to the environment that facilities
report in Section 5 of Form R.

      Quantity used for energy recovery on-site (Section 8.2 of Form R). This is the quantity
that was actually combusted for the purposes of energy recovery on-site.  The reported
toxic chemical has to have a heating value that is high enough to sustain combustion in
some form of energy recovery device, such as a furnace (including kilns) or a boiler. For
example, metals or metal compounds should not be reported as combusted for energy
recovery because the parent metals do not contribute any heating value, to the wastes
being combusted. The parent metals would be discharged to air or remain in the ash,
which is usually disposed. The amount reported should represent the amount actually
destroyed in the combustion process, not the amount that entered the energy recovery
unit. For example, 100,000 pounds of toluene entered a boiler which, on average, com-
busted 98% of the toluene. The remaining toluene was discharged to air. A total  of 98,000
pounds is reported as combusted for energy recovery, and the remaining  2,000 pounds is
reported as released to air.

      Quantity used for energy recovery off-site (Section 8.3 of Form R). This is the quantity
that was sent off-site for the purposes of energy recovery.  It is the quantity that left the
facility boundary, not the amount actually combusted at the off-site location. The toxic
chemical must have a significant heating value and the off-site location must have some  (
form of energy recovery unit in place. These quantities should also have been reported in
Section 6 of Form R as off-site transfers, along with the receiving facility's name and
location.

      Quantity recycled on-site (Section 8.4 of Form R). This is the quantity that was
recovered and made available for further use at the facility. It is not the quantity that
entered a recycling or recovery operation. This quantity may be greater than the actual
amount of the toxic chemical managed at the facility, depending on how the facility
reported. For example, a facility used a total of 15,000 pounds of 1,1,1-trichloroethane for
cleaning and other purposes during the reporting year. The toxic chemical was recycled in
batches for a total of 15 batches, resulting in 225,000 pounds of 1,1,1-trichloroethane
recycled during that year.  This quantity is much greater than the amount of the toxic
chemical that was actually used at the facility, but reflects the amounts of 1,1,1-trichloro-
ethane in wastes that were managed at the facility during the reporting year. However,
not all facilities have reported in this manner.

      Quantity recycled off-site (Section 8.5 of Form R). This is the quantity that was sent
off-site for the purposes of recycling.  It is the quantity that left the facility boundary, not the
amount actually fecovered at the off-site location.  These quantities should also have been
reported in Section 6 of Form R as off-site transfers, along with the receiving facility's name
and location.

      Quantity treated on-site (Section 8.6 of Form R).  This is the quantity that was
destroyed in on-site waste treatment operations, not the amount that enteredjany treat-
ment operation. If 100,000 pounds of benzene were combusted in an incinerator that

                                      -A4-

                                                                                70

-------
destroyed 99% of the benzene, the facility would have reported 99,000 pounds as treated
on-site. If the remaining 1,000 pounds were released through a stack, the 1,000 pounds
would have been reported as a quantity released (Section 8.1). For this data element,
"destroyed" means that the chemical no longer exists in its reportable form. For example,
reduction of a certain quantity of hexavalent chromium to trivalent chromium would not be
reported as a quantity treated because the chromium was not destroyed and was still in its
reportable form.

      Quantity treated off-site (Section 8.7 of Form R). This is the quantity that was sent to
publicly owned treatment works (POTWs) and other off-site treatment locations. It is the
quantity that left the facility boundary, not the amount actually treated at the off-site
locations. Quantities included here should also be reported in Section 6 of Form R.

      Data users should be aware that off-site locations can have varying levels of treat-
ment capabilities, which means that a toxic chemical sent to a POTW or another off-site
location may or may not have been treated in the sense that the chemical was destroyed
and not released to the environment.

      For example, metals and certain organic chemicals may have been "passed
through" a POTW, meaning that they were discharged directly from the POTW. Metals may
also have been contained in the sludges from POTWs, which were disposed of on land. As
a result, quantities may have been reported as treated when they were ultimately released
to the environment. This could also have occurred at other off-site locations in that the
toxic chemical in wastes may have been treated and then disposed. In situations where
the toxic chemical was stabilized and/or solidified, this is almost always a treatment step
prior to disposal, usually in a landfill.

      Quantity released to the environment due to one-time events (Section 8.8 of Form R).
This is the quantity that was released to the environment or sent off-site for recycling, energy
recovery, treatment, or disposal due to one-time events not associated with routine pro-
duction practices. Such events include catastrophic events, such as accidental releases,
and remedial actions. This quantity is separate from the quantities recycled, used for
energy recovery, treated and released, to allow distinctions to be made between those
quantities that are routinely associated with production operations and are more amen-
able to source reduction and those quantities that are not routinely associated with
production processes and are not as amenable to source reduction since they are not
readily anticipated. This separation of quantities is important in assessing progress in source
reduction at facilities.

      An important consideration when looking at and using these data is that the indi-
vidual quantities are intended to be mutually exclusive of each other in order to avoid
double-counting. This is important because the sum of the quantities reported as recycled
(on- and off-site), used for energy recovery (on- and off-site), treated (on- and off-site) and
released, provides the total production-related quantity of the toxic chemical in wastes
that a facility must manage in that year.
                                      -A5-

-------
ASSESSMENT OF PROGRESS IN SOURCE REDUCTION

      Quantifying progress in waste reduction is a complex question that cannot be
answered by simply comparing quantities over time. Many factors affect the quantity of
toxic chemicals in wastes.  One such factor is changes in production or activity at a facility.
For this reason, the Pollution Prevention Act requires facilities to provide on Form R (Section
8.9) a production ratio or activity index as an indicator of whether production or activity
Involving the reported toxic chemical  has increased, decreased, or remained steady from
the prior year to the current reporting year. For the  1991 reporting year, the ratio is calcu-
lated by dividing the production or activity involving the reported toxic chemical in 1991 by
the production or activity involving the reported toxic chemical in 1990. A ratio that is less
than 1.0 indicates that production or activity is down in 1991 as compared to 1990.  A ratio
of 1.0 indicates that production or activity  has remained steady. A ratio greater than 1.0
indicates that production or activity has increased.  While the information reported on Form
R can be used to estimate changes in the  quantities of toxic chemicals in wastes relative to
changes in production or activity, an accurate assessment of source reduction progress
would require more detailed information than is currently included on Form R.  This and
other Issues associated with the new information required on Form R are discussed later in
this document.

WHAT IS BEING DONE TO REDUCE THESE WASTES?

      As previously mentioned, facilities are required to provide information on any source
reduction activity implemented during the reporting (calendar) year. Source reduction
activities are those that reduced or prevented a quantity of the reported toxic chemical
from being recycled, combusted for energy recovery, treated, or released (including
disposal).

      The categories or types of source reduction activities that can be reported are:

      •  Good operating practices         •  Process modifications
      • . Inventory control                 •  Cleaning and degreasing
      •  Spill and leak prevention          •  Surface preparation and finishing
      •  Raw material modifications         •  Product modifications

      For each of these categories, there  are more detailed activities reported on Form R
using specific codes.  For example, raw material modifications include increasing the purity
of raw materials, substitution of raw materials, and "other" raw material modifications.
                                                                N

      The revised Form R also requires that facilities indicate the method(s) used to identify
the reported source reduction activity. These methods include the following:

      •  Internal pollution prevention opportunity audit(s)
      •  External pollution prevention opportunity audit(s)
      •  Materials balance audits
      •  Participative team management
      •  Employee recommendation (independent of a formal company program)


                                      -A6-

-------
      •  Employee recommendation (under a formal company program)  -
      •  State government technical assistance program.
      •  Federal government technical assistance program
      •  Trade association/industry technical assistance program
      •  Vendor assistance
      •  Other


ISSUES ASSOCIATED WITH NEW FORM R REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

      As with the first year of data collection under TRI (1987), EPA recognizes that the
quality of the data required by the PPA and reported for the first time under TRI in 1991 is
questionable. Just as the TRI program has developed over time since 1987, the issues and
problems associated with the collection of these additional data will be resolved with the
help of the public. EPA is currently providing as much guidance as possible through training
courses and workshops held across the country.

      From analyses performed for the 1991 TRI Data Release, four of the top twenty-five
chemicals reported as treated on-site are metal compounds: zinc, copper, lead, and
chromium.  Because the amounts reported should reflect only the parent metal portion of
the metal compound and because the parent metals are not destroyed in on-site treat-
ment, the metal compounds should not be reported as treated on-site. If a facility
interprets the quantity treated on-site to represent the amount of the toxic chemical
removed from wastes and not the amount of toxic chemical in wastes destroyed, the
facility may double-count the amount of toxic chemical in wastes and incorrectly
categorize the ultimate disposition of the toxic chemical in wastes. Quantities of metals
undergoing on-site treatment are not destroyed, but are either released on-site or
transferred off-site, and should be reported as such.  If a facility reports a metal as both
treated on-site and released or disposed, this results in the double-counting of the quantity
of the metal in waste. Because of this problem, metals should not be reported as treated
on-site. Metals can, however, be reported as sent off-site for treatment. This is acceptable,
because facilities are only required to report the ultimate known disposition of toxic
chemicals transferred off-site and because quantities reported as treated off-site represent
the quantities leaving the facility for the purposes of treatment, not the amount actually
destroyed off-site.  However, it should be realized that parent metals sent off-site for
treatment will not be destroyed and will ultimately be released or disposed to the
environment.

      Further complicating this is the issue of how to report a quantity that is treated and
subsequently disposed.  In reporting transfers off-site, facilities should report the ultimate
known disposition of the toxic chemical. In a situation where a metal is sent off-site and
stabilized prior to disposal in a landfill, the quantity of the metal sent off-site should be
reported as disposed, not treated, off-site in both Sections 6 and 8 of Form R. There may,
however, be situations where the facility transfers the toxic chemical off-site and does not
know that it is being landfilled or where it is being landfilled and the only information avail-
able to the facility is the treatment prior to disposal.  While the  quantity can be reported as
                                      -A7-

-------
a quantity treated off-site, this makes if difficult to clearly categorize or assess the difference
between the treatment and release/disposal categories of the waste management
hierarchy.   '                                                  •

      The new information reported on Form R may not match exactly the release and
transfer information in Sections 5 and 6 that has been collected since the inception of the
TRI program (see Figure A-2). In some cases, information on the quantities of toxic chemi-
cals transferred off-site as reported in Section 6 does not match with the new information;
some facilities have reported quantities as sent off-site but did not provide a code indi-
cating the activity to which the quantity was subject (recycle, energy recovery, treatment,
or disposal). Some facilities reported quantities sent off-site, but provided codes that are v
not in the instructions for Form R; these codes cannot be assigned to any particular off-site
activity and, along with the quantities that have no codes, are identified as "other' off-site
activities.

      Even with the use of valid codes, however, there still may exist some discrepancies.
For example, the quantity released (including disposal) as reported in Section 8.1 of Form R
may not equal the sum of the quantities reported as released on-site and the amounts
reported as sent off-site for disposal (reported in Sections 5 and 6 respectively). EPA
believes that this is a problem in relating the data that should be reported in different
sections of Form R that will be reduced over time.

      The largest discrepancy in the new information is the difference between what is
reported as recycled off-site in Section 8 and what is reported as sent off-site for recycling in
Section 6.  This discrepancy may be due to factors beyond just relating the data reported in
different sections of Form R. Facilities may have interpreted what was to be reported as
recycled off-site for the new jnformation (Section 8) differently from what was to be
reported as sent off-site as a transfer in wastes (Section 6.2).

      To resolve these and other complex outstanding issues, EPA has initiated a public
dialogue process, in which members of environmental groups, industry. States, and aca-
demia are being brought together. The representatives of these  groups will discuss the
issues associated with reporting this new information and provide EPA with advice and
recommendations as to how to resolve them. This process will insure that the intent of the
PPA is met and that the users of TRI data are provided with meaningful information on the
management of toxic chemicals in wastes.
                                      -A8-

-------
       1991 Form R
     On-site Releases
        (Section 5)
          On-site
         Releases
       3,386 million
        824 million
    1991 Form R
Source Reduction and
Recycling Information
     (Section 8)
   On-site Releases
 and Off-site Disposal
     3,771 million
     846 million
                                             On-site
                                         Energy Recovery
                                           3,187 million
                                            770 million
                                             Off-site
                                         Energy Recovery
                                            498 million
                                            247 million
                                             On-site
                                             recycling
                                           16,379 million
                                           4,267 million
                                             Off-site
                                            Recycling
                                           3,262 million
                                            638 million
                                              On-site
                                            Treatment
                                           9,783 million
                                            574 million
                                             Off-site
                                            Treatment
                                            874 million
                                            77 million
                                          Non-Production
                                          Related Releases
                                            31 million
                                             4 million
  1991 Form R
Off-site Transfers
   (Section 6)
     Off-site
    Disposal
   299 million
    45 million
                                           Off-site
                                      Energy Recovery
                                         438 million
                                         276 million
                                           Off-site
                                         Recycling
                                        2,354 million
                                         523 million
                                           Off-site
                                         Treatment
                                         352 million
                                         92 million
                                          POTWs

                                         412 million
                                          77 million
                                                                              Other Off-site
                                                                            Waste Management
                                                                                10 million
                                                                                2 million
Figure A-2.   Relationship of Data from Various Form R Sections (all TRI chemicals; 33/50 chemicals;
              amounts in pounds).

                                                  -A9-

-------
              1990 Form R
                 Parti
               Sections 1-4
                 Facility
               Identification
       1991 Form R
           Parti
           Minor
       Reorganization
                 Part II
          PartH
             Sections 1 and 2
             POTW and Other
             Off-site Location
               Identification
     Now part of Part EL
      Section 6.1 and 6.2
      Chemical-Specific
         Information
         (see below)
                  Part IH
       Chemical-Specific Information
            Part HI
 Chemical Specific Information
             Sections 1.2. 3. and 4
            Chemical and Mixture-
         Component Identity, Activities
           and Uses of the Chemical,
         and Maximum Amount On-site

                  Section 5
           Releases of the Chemical
          to the Environment On-Site

                 Section 6.1
             Transfers to POTWs
                 Section 6.2
      Transfers to Other Off-dte Locations
           for Treatment or Disposal
                  Section 7
           Waste Treatment Methods
                and Efficiency
          No Corresponding Element
               in 1990 Form R
                  Section 8
         Pollution Prevention Optional
       Information on Waste Minimization
                (see next page)
       Sections 1.2.3. and 4
          No Change
            Section 5
           No Change
           Section 6.1
     Amounts sent to POTWs
 now aggregated into one number

           Section 6.2
Transfers to Other Off-site Locations
  for Treatment, Disposal, Energy
     Recovery, or Recycling
             (new)

           Section 7A
          Reorganized

           Section 7B
On-site Energy Recovery Processes
              and
           Section 7C
   On-site Recycling Processes
              New

            Section  8
 Mandatory Source Reduction and
       Recycling Activities
         (see next page)
Figure A-3.   Relationship of 1990 and 1991 Form R's.
                                              -A10-
                                                                                                        3-1,

-------
         1990 Form R
      Part HI (continued)
     Section 8 — Optional
          1991 Form R
       Part III (continued)
     Section 8 — Mandatory
           Section 8A
   Type of Pollution Prevention
          Modification

           Section 8B
Quantity of the Chemical in Wastes
  Prior to Treatment or Disposal
   No Corresponding Element
         in 1990 Form R
           Section 8C
             Index
           Section 8D
        Reason for Action
   No Corresponding Element
         in 1990 Form R
     No Corresponding Element
          in 1991 FormR
            Section 8.1
         Quantity Released

            Section 8.2
         Quantity Used for
      Energy Recovery On-site

            Section 8.3
         Quantity Used for
      Energy Recovery Off-site

           • Section 8.4
     Quantity Recycled On-site

            Section 8.5
     Quantity Recycled Off-site

            Section 8.6
      Quantity Treated On-site

            Section 8.7
      Quantity Treated Off-site

            Section 8.8
Quantity Released to the Environment
   as a Result of Remedial Actions,
      Catastrophic Events, or
One-Time Events Not Associated with
        Production Processes

            Section 8.9
    Quantity Production Ratio or
           Activity Index

     No Corresponding Element
          in 1991 Form R

            Section 8.10
   Source Reduction Activities and
    Methods to Identify Activity
                                          -A11-

-------
(IMPORTANT: Type or print; read Instructions before completing form)
                                                         Form Approved OMB Number: 2070-0093
                                                         Approval Expires: 11/92                Page 1 of 9
                     FORMR
                                         TOXIC CHEMICAL RELEASE
                                         INVENTORY REPORTING FORM
United States
Environmental Protection   Secton 313 of the Emergency Planning and Community Right-toKnow Ad of 1966.
Agency               abotawwnasTitfcllloflheSqwIundAmerKlriw^
                                                                         •miFACLOYD NUMBER
                                                                         Tado O««Tiod. Caigoiy. or Otrmto Mum
  WHERE TO SEND
                    1. EPCRA Reporting Center    4—,  ^ APPROPRIATE STATE OFFICE
 rnilDl PTPn FrtRIKS-    P-0. Box 23779          ^    (See Instructions In Append* F)
 COMPLETED FORMS:    Washington. DC  200264779  T=T
                      ATTN: TOXIC CHEMICAL RELEAgyVENTORY	^^^
 IMPORTANT:  See Instructions to determlntjriken "Not
               Applicable (NA)" boxes shouldbe checked.
                                                                        Enter-X'lwrelf
                                                                        this Is a revision
                                                                          FWEPAUMOMT
               PARTI.  FACILITY ID
                                               FICATION INFORMATION
   SECTION 1.

   REPORTING
      YEAR
     19
                      SECTION 2.  TRAD
                                               RET INFORMATION
                            Are you claiming tmroxic chemical identified on page 3 trade secret?
                               Yes (Answer question 2.2;
                               Attach substapCaEpn forms)
                                                            No (Do not answer 2.2;
                                                            GotoS/fc«¥i3)
                            If yes in 2.1, is tl
Sanitiz
* ^~\
                                                                        Unsanrtized
SECTION 3.  CERTIFICATION  (lmportant.£fliad and sign after completing all form sections.)
	f=i	    vv                    '—-
I  hereby certify, that I hale reviewed the attached
submitted information is tnialand complete and
 reasonable estimates using oala available to the p
                                                  and that, to the
                                              amounts and values in
                                               this report.
                                                                       my knowledge and belief, the
                                                                       -eport are accurate based on
 Slgnaturej

 SECTION 4. FACIL!-?«bENTIFICATION
        Facffity or Establishment Nama
                                          m
                                                                TRIfacHlly ID Number!
        StreatAddress
                                           (5)
        Cily
                                                 County   I

                                                  Zip Coda |
        Malltag Address (Hdrnerent from street address)
        (NJy

          '  '
                             Zip Code
                                                                  PUT LABEL HERE
EPA Form 9350-1 (Rev. 5/14/92) • Previous edroons are obsolete.

-------
                                                                                                                                  Page 2 of 9
A CD A EPA FORM R
*xtPA
EnvSntll Protect.cn PART '• FACILITY IDENTIFICATION
Agency INFORMATION (CONTINUED)
TRI FACILITY ID NUMBER

Tox« Chttincal Category, or Gvrwrc Nam»
•
^
SECTION 4. FACILITY IDENTIFICATION JgJntinued)
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
4.10
This report contains information for: U J i— i i — i
(Important: check only one) c =ff ' 1 — 1 An emire Tacillly D' 1 — 1 ^n OI a tacillly
Name
Technical Contact 	
Name

SIC Code
(4-digit) ^
Oft)
Latitude ^peg,^
nnri rMu-r-r
Longitude ^3
Dun & Bradstz^et Numb
EPA Identification Numt
Facility NPlSg] Permit N
t==) (9ch
1
""in
(9)
5o^
b. pte. d.
Telephone Number (include area code)

Telephone Number (include area code)

e. f.
Latitude VlT^1 ^^ Longitude
Minutes \tyi 1 Seconds . Oegrees^^)
Lor) g
Minutes Seconds

er(?) (9^^is) a- -l^

	 t-_i imu
22^
ier(s) (RCRA I.D. No.) «•
(12 characters) . "Ull
*— il b. x^>
sd
umberfsJc^ a- ^H)

aracters) ra
Underground Injection Well CodeftWP) I.D. a.
Number(s)
(Digits)
*lHJ " b.
©
SECTION 5. PARENT COMPANY INFORNJ3SDN
n
5.1
5.2
Name of Parent Company |
DNA
^
Parent Company's Dun ABradstreet Number | ^^
[[] NA (9 digits)
^^•^p' ^*

EPA Form 9350-1 (Rev. 5/14/92) • Previous editions are obsolete.

-------
                                                                              Page 3 of 9
 AEPA
 UnRed States
 Environmental Protection
 Agency
           EPA FORM R   	

 PART II. CHEMICAL-SPECIFIC
          INFORMATION
                                                                 TBIFACinYD NUMBER
                      To«e O«rteml. Cmgory. oc Qmiie N*m
SECTION 1. TOXIC CHEMICAL IDENTITY ^r
fr\

-•Nf.2'V'
.«.;
CAS Number (Importam: Enter only one number exactly as ft ^ej
(Important: 00 NOT complete this
^section If you complete Section 2 below.)
is on tie Section 313 list Enter category code If reporting a chemical category.)
•-ll
Toxic Chemical or Chemical Category Name (Important: Entegufe
one name exactly as K appears on me Section 31 3 fist)
HJll
©
Generic Chemical Name flmportanU Complete only If Part I.SSki
n 2.1 is checked "yes' Generic Name must be structurally descriptive.)
5a)
 SECTION 2.  MIXTUf
COMPONENT IDE!
(Important: OO NOT complete this
section if you complete^^ption 1 above.)
       Generic Chemical Namafrgfrted by Suppto (Important: Maxiflitfof 70 characters. Inducing numtefsjjla^ spaces, and punctuation.)
     .
  2.1
 SECTION 3. ACTIVITOS AND USES OF TH^pXIC CHEMICAL AT fl& FACILITY
             (Importafarrbheck all that apply.)  tf^	||—'	
                         a. I	I  Produce
                         b. |  |  Import ,—0
                                   If prp^qpe or import:
                                   c. I   I For on-site use/processing

                                   d. IjfTror sale/distribution

                                   Q- l(£BAs a byproduct
                                   f. f5B^s an impurity
                         a. I  I As a re;
                                   c. I   I As an article component
   b. |  I As a fornngttion component   d. |   | Repackaging
                                       DTm                 i	1
                               As a chermal processing aid  c. |	| Ancillary or other use

                         b. |~~] As a mapuBjcturing aid
  SECTION 4. MAXIMUM AMOUNT OF THE    IC CHEMICAL ON-SITE AT ANY TIME
             DURING THE CALENDAR YEAR
                 (Enter two-digit code from instruction package.)
EPA Form 9350-1 (Rev. 5/1*92) - Previous editions are obsolete.

-------
 AEPA
 United States
 Environmental Protection
 Agency
                         EPA FORM R

              PART II. CHEMICAL-SPECIFIC
               INFORMATION (CONTINUED)
                                                                              Page 4 ol 9
                                                                 TRI FACILITY ID NUMBER
                          Toxe Chemcal. Category, of Gvnerc N*m»
 SECTION 5. RELEASES OF THE TOXIC egEMICAL TO THE ENVIRONMENT ON-SITE
A. Total Release (pounds/
  year) (enter range code Irom
  instructions or estimate)
                                                             B. Basis of
                                                               Estimate
                                                               (enter code)
                                                                 C. % From
                                                                   Stormwater
5.1
Fugitive or non-point air
emissions
5.2
Stack or point air
emissions
5.3
Discharges to receiving
streamsrfjftyvater bodies
(enter orjs~name per box)
  5.3.1   Stream
           iter Body Name
  5.3.2   Stream
              Body Name   ^^
  5.3.3   Stream ot-Water Body Name
 5.4
 5.5
  5.5.1
 5.5.2
  5.5.3
  5.5.4
UndergSSnd injections
on-site £E3
Releases to land on-site
  Landfill
  Land treatment/
  application farming
  Surface impoundment
  Other disposal
       Check here only if additional Section 5.3 information is provided on page 5 of this form.
EPA form 9350-1 (Rev 5/14/92) • Previous editions are obsolete.
                                                Range Codes A = t • to pounds, B = 11 - 499 pounds.
                                                        C = 500-999 pounds

-------
wEPA EPA FORM R
UnrtedStates PART II. CHEMICAL-SPECIFIC
Environmenta, Protect.on INFORMATION (CONTINUED)



TRI FACILITY lUNUMnFR

TMIC ChOTvaj. c*^,., o, G^C nun


SECTION 5.3 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION-C-N RELEASES OF THE TOXIC CHEMICAL TO THE
ENVIRONMENT ON-SITE 2=
5.3
5.3._

5.3._
Discharges to receiving V:
streams or water bodies c=
(enter one name per box)
Stream or Water Body Name c[
€
Stream or Water Body Name §

5.3._

Stream (ft^ater Body Name (E
fe &
'A. Total Release (pounds/
f] year) (enter range code from
u instructions or estimate)
P
i)
i)

' @
ij ^^
. 	 Js
B. Basis of
Estimate
(enter code)


)
C. % From
Stormwater



^
SECTION 6. TRArW
VE
6.1 Dl^pf
6.1 .A Total QuantOV
^RS OF THE TOXIC CHEMICAL IN WASTES^
OFF-SITE LOCATIONS
?ARpES TO PUBLIC^OWNED TREATMENpWORKS (POTW)
Transferred to POTWsjand Basis of Estimat^TLT.
6.1. A. 1 Total TransfersJpounds/year)
(enter range coSJ^r estimate) 	 q
© 3
6.1. B POTW Namj^Jd Location information

.l.D. 	



City |
Stale |
c2)
©
CounJLJ 5£J
Zip Code | , ,, "
	 1 	 j^^, 	 1
6.1. A.2 Basis of Estimal
(enter codeTTJ\

9
(9)


.I.B. 	

Street Address
'
Ply |
Stale |



County [
^2»J
 If additional pages of Part II, Sections S&and/or 6.1 are attached, indicate the total number of
                          and indicate which Part II, Sections 5.3/6.1 page this is, here.|~~
                                                       ,              (example: 1,2,3, etc.)
pages in this box
EPA Form 9350-1 (Rev. 5/14/92) • Previous editions are obsolete.
                                                                  Range Codes' A = 1 - n V>.-
-------
                                                                                Page 6 of 9
            EPA FORMR

  PART II.  CHEMICAL-SPECIFIC
   INFORMATION (CONTINUED)
                                                                   TRI FACILITY ID NUMBER
                                                                   Toxo Chemical, Cat«gwy.or G*r*rK Nwm
SECTION 6.2 TRANSFERS TO OTHER OF^JTE LOCATIONS
Oil-she EPA Identiricafcn Number (RCRA)D No.) | ^—r1
— (O)
Oil-Site Location Name )

Street Address {


C^l
City | UU
Slate | Zip Code \
A. Total Transfers (pounds/yearp - '"*f. ' ',,
(enter range codeor estimate) ', "-•-:<,•;''
1. ^
O f~^~^
3. ra
4- 0=
^S 1- s location under
2 facility or parent <
jp, Baste o(Es«mate
1. ^
\L/t'
2. frin
3. —
4. /R)



County |
control of reporting i — i i 	 1
x>mpany? | 	 | Yes | 	 | No
C. Type ol Waste Treatment/Disposal/
Recycling/Energy Recovery (enter code)
(g^M
jgJM
^M
iSPM
 SECTION 6.2 TRANSFERS TO OTHER od&ITE LOCATIONS
      Oft-slte EPA ktentrfi
ricag^mber(BCRA ID NO.)]
                                      ^1
 Off-Site Location Name }   VS'
 Stfeel Address ^'j

 State
                          Is location under control ol reporting
                          facility or parent company?
                                                                           Y«»
                                             No
 A* Total Tr
                                            a Type o( Waste TreatmenVDisposaV
 1.
              1.
§1)
1.   M
                                                             2.   M
 3.
             3
4.
                       3.   M
                                            4.   M
                                                         the total number of pages In this
                                                        • - A"- • .^^*^^*^*-> A .^ % > .v*. . .. .^'- .." >\ «5^ •.-.•'-
EPA Form 9350-1 (Rav. SrKAS) - Prwtaw •fltamam obwtote.
                                          Range Codes; A-1-10poondS; B-11 -499 pound*;
                                                  C.500-999 pound*

-------
                                                                      Page 7 ol 9
**EPA               EPA FORM R

fflja&PmMta. PART II. CHEMICAL-SPECIFIC
                INFORMATION (CONTINUED)
                                                          TfU FACILITY D NUMBER
                                                          Twe Clwmcri. Cmgofnx Gwwc Item.
 If additional copies of page 7 are attached, Indicate the total number of pages in this
 box |   f and Indicate which page 7 this is, here.]    | (example: 1,2,3, etc.)
EPA Form 9350-1 (Rev. 5/1*92) - Previous editions are obsolete.

-------
                                                                                                                                   Page 8 of 9
S-EPA
United States OA
Environmental Protection *H
Agency ||\J
TRI FACILITY ID NUMBER
EPA FORM R
RT II CHEMICAL-SPECIFIC T«O,«*C-W..O««H-.
FORMATION (CONTINUED)
g
SECTION 7B. ON-SITE ENERGY RECOVE^PROCESSES
| | Not Applicable (NA) - Check here if no on-site energy recovery is applied to any waste

stream contamK g the toxic chemical or chemical category.
Energy Recovery Method* [enter 3-charecter code(s)] (Oy
•j
' — -\
&^
jj=>
SECTION 7C. ONgHfj
2 ^=> 3 ^^ 4
g ^.
'•^ r — '
o k
E RECYCLING PROCESSES jnjj]
i-O'
Q Not ApplicabJfriNA) - Check here if no. on-site recycling is gPPjI'ed to any waste
~i!u stream contamftia the toxic chemical iinJchemical category.
Recycling Methods [enter 3-cV»eeti
1 '~~

6

•reode(s)] gg V^
^ ' i 2A)
2 §^ 4 -*— J 5
uuu
7 ^3] 9 10
1
EPA Form 9350-1 (Rev. 5/14/92) - Previous editions are obsolete

-------
                                                                                   Page 9 of 9
     EPA
 United States
 Environmental Protection
 Agency
                              EPA FORM R

                   PART II. CHEMICAL-SPECIFIC
                    INFORMATION (CONTINUED)
                                                                     TRI FACILITY to NUMBER
                                              Chwncal. Category, or Q«n«nc Name
 SECTION 8. SOURCE REDUCTION AND R@CI.ING ACTIVITIES
 All quantity estimates can be reported
 using up to two significant figures.
                                    Coli
                                           Column B
                                             1991
                                           (pounds/year)
                                         Column C
                                           1992
                                         (pounds/year)
                                  Column 0
                                    1993
                                  (pounds/year)
 8.1
Quantity released
 8.2
Quantity used for energy
recovery on-slte
 8.3
Quantity used for energy
recovery off-site  	
 8.4
Quantity recytfttRl on-site
 8.5
Quantity recywgg off-site
 8.6
Quantity treatectm-site
 8.7
Quantity
 8.8
Quantity released to the environment* a result of
remedial actiqaancatastrophic events, or one-time events
not assoclatedjffith production proceafes  (pounds/year)
 8.9
8.10
Production raxbur activity Index
   Did your fi
   the report!
ty engage in any source reduction activitie£gi
                        ear? If not, enter
                      this chemical during
in Section 8.10.1 arhTShswer Section 8.11.
         Source Reduction Activities
              [enter code(s)]
                                      Methods to Identify Activity (enter codes)
8.10.1
                                 a.
                                               b.
                                                  c.
 8.10.2
                                 a.
                                  2ST
                                 -4
                               b.
                                                                         c.
 8.10.3
                                 a.
                                               b.
                                                  c.
 8.10.4
                                 a.
                                               b.
                                                  c.
 8.11
Is additional optional information on source reduction, recycling, or
pollution control activities included with this report? (Check one box)
                                                                              YES    NO
* Report releases pursuant to EPCRA Section 329(8) including "any spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging
  injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping, or disposing into the environment." Do not include any quantity treated on-site or off-site.     i
EPA Form 9350 -1 (Rev. 5/14/92) - Previous editions are obsolete.

-------
       FOR MORE INFORMATION
       Anyone interested in obtaining additional information about the 33/50 Program can
do so by calling EPA's TSCA Assistance, Hotline at (202) 544-1404 Monday through Friday
between 8:30 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. EST. Or contact us directly at EPA headquarters at
(202) 260-6907 or by directing letters to Mail Code TS-799, Office of Pollution Prevention and
Toxics, U.S. EPA, 401 M Street, SW, Washington, DC 20460. Written communications from
companies are maintained in a publicly  available 33/50 Program Administrative Record.
Copies of company communications and computer-generated lists of participating
companies are available upon request.

       Information about the 33/50 Program can also be obtained from 33/50 Program
Coordinators in EPA's ten Regional offices:
 Region I
 33/50 Program Coordinator (MS: ATR)
 US Environmental Protection Agency
 Pesticides & Toxics Substances
 1 Congress Street
 Boston. MA 02203
 Phone: (617)565-3230     Fax:(617)565-4939
 Connecticut, Massachusetts, Maine, New Hampshire,
 Rhode Island. Vermont

 Region II
 33/50 Program Coordinator (MS: 105)
 US Environmental Protection Agency
 Environmental Services Division
 2890 Woodbridge Avenue, Building 10
 Edison. NJ 08837-3679
 Phone: (908)906-6890     Fax: (908)321-6788
 New Jersey. New York. Puerto Rico, Virgin Islands

 Region III
 33/50 Program Coordinator (MS: 3AT01)
 US Environmental Protection Agency
 841 Chestnut Street
 Philadelphia PA 19107
 Phone: (215)597-9302     Fax: (215)580-2011
 Delaware, District of Columbia, Maryland. Pennsylvania,
 Virginia West Virginia

 Region IV
 33/50 Program Coordinator
 US Environmental Protection Agency
 Title III & Toxics Section
 345 Courtland Street, NE
 Atlanta GA 30365
 Phone: (404)347-1033     Fax: (404)347-1681
 Alabama, Florida, Georgia Kentucky, Mississippi,
 North Carolina, South Carolina Tennessee

 Region V
 33/50 Program Coordjnator (MS: SP-14J)
 US Environmental Protection Agency
 Pesticides & Toxic Substances Branch
 77 West Jackson Blvd.
 Chicago, IL 60604
 Phone: (312)353-5907     Fax: (312)353-4342
 Illinois. Indiana Michigan, Minnesota Ohio. Wisconsin
Region VI
33/50 Program Coordinator (MS: 6T-PT)
US Environmental Protection Agency
1445 Ross Avenue
Dallas. TX 75202-2733
Phone (214) 655-7582      Fax: (214)655-2164
Arkansas, Louisiana New Mexico. Oklahoma Texas

Region VII
33/50 Program Coordinator (MS: ARTX)
US Environmental Protection Agency
Air & Toxics Division
726 Minnesota Avenue
Kansas City. KS 66101
Phone: (913)551-7600    Fax: (913)551-7065
Iowa Kansas, Missouri, Nebraska

Region VIII
33/50 Program Coordinator (MS: 8ART-AP)
US Environmental Protection Agency
999 18th Street. Suite 600
Denver, CO 80202-2405
Phone: (303)294-7684    Fax: (303)293-1229
Colorado. Montana North Dakota South Dakota.
Utah, Wyoming

Region IX
33/50 Program Coordinator (MS: A-4-3)
US Environmental Protection Agency
75 Hawthorne Street
San Francisco, CA 94105
Phone: (415)744-1069    Fax: (415)744-1073
Arizona, California, Hawaii. Nevada American Samoa,
Guam, Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands

Region X
33/50 Program Coordinator (MS: AT-083)
US Environmental Protection Agency
Toxics Substances Section
1200 6th Avenue
Seattle, WA 98101
Phone: (206)553-4762    Fax: (206)553-8338
Alaska Idaho, Oregon, Washington

-------

-------
The Design for the Environment Program

     With the advent of the pollution prevention philosophy, many
firms have begun directing their environmental efforts earlier in
the production cycle; from clean-up and control technologies, to
better management of manufacturing processes, to reuse, source
reduction, and ultimately to the very design of their products.
Decisions made at the design phase affect a product's impact on
worker and consumer safety, the risks and releases to human
health and the environment, and the characteristics of waste
streams.  Given the flexibility of the design stage, it is
logical that private sector efforts to "design for the
environment" will be increasingly important to environmental
efforts in manufacturing.  The EPA's Design for the Environment
(DfE) program has been created to apply EPA's expertise in multi-
media risk analysis and management to inform and facilitate
pollution prevention efforts. The DfE program assists industry in
making informed, environmentally responsible design choices by
providing a standardized methodology and analytical tools for
industry application and by providing information on the
comparative risk and performance of chemicals and processes.

     The methodology first necessitates an identification of the
relevant use clusters in the industry process.  A use cluster is
a set of chemicals, processes, and technologies that can
substitute for one another in order to perform a specific
function.  Next, all of the industry use clusters are ranked
using an EPA system that incorporates factors such as human and
ecological risks, exposure, regulatory interest and pollution
prevention opportunities. , The scoring system helps to prioritize
and direct research into- more environmentally beneficial
alternatives.  Finally, a substitutes assessment is conducted for
the high priority use clusters.  The assessment compares trade-
off issues associated with alternatives, including risk,
releases, performance, cost, energy usage, resource conservation,
and pollution prevention opportunities.  A completed assessment
provides all the information that a company needs to decide
between alternatives.  The DfE program is currently conducting
substitutes assessments in the printing and dry cleaning
industries.  Preparations are being made for conducting
substitutes assessments in the metal plating, textiles, and
aerospace industries.

     The DfE program also seeks to break down various
institutional barriers to pollution prevention and design for the
environment through its accounting and capital budgeting,
financing, insurance, and chemical design projects.  The DfE
accounting project provides guidance, tools and project pilots to
businesses to help them understand environmental costs and to
integrate those costs in decision making through the use of
improved cost accounting and capital budgeting.  The DfE
financing project seeks to familiarize the financial community
with the opportunities associated with prevention, and to harness

-------
their inherent influence over business to promote
prevention-oriented behavior.  The project also helps small and
medium-sized businesses obtain financing for pollution prevention
projects by providing guidance and technical assistance in the
preparation of loan application packages.

     The DfE program is also working with the insurance industry
to incorporate pollution prevention into the curriculum and day-
to-day practices of insurance underwriters and brokers and
corporate risk managers.  Finally, the DfE chemical design
project aims to change the way organic chemists approach the
design of synthetic pathways for chemical production.  EPA is
encouraging consideration of alternative synthetic pathways,
using less toxic catalysts with somewhat lesser yields, through:
(1) grant awards to academic institutions; (2) discussion at
national symposia; and (3) use of computer programs which assist
in the design of chemical pathways.

-------
INTRODUCTION                         •-..-.

The Design for the Environment (DfE) program in EPA's Office of Pollution Prevention and
Toxics was created in 1992 to promote the incorporation of environmental considerations
in the design and redesign of products, processes, and technical and management systems.
By consciously designing for the environment, the program aims to encourage pollution
prevention and efficient risk reduction in a wide variety of activities. Under the DfE
program, EPA works through voluntary partnerships with industry, professional
organizations, state and local governments, other federal agencies, and the public.

DfE projects operate through three levels of involvement:

•      Institutional projects are broad in scope and aimed at changing aspects of general
       business practices in order to remove barriers to behavior  change and to provide
       incentives for undertaking environmental design and pollution prevention efforts.

•      Cooperative industry projects are joint efforts with trade associations and businesses
       in specific industry segments to evaluate comparative risks, performance, and costs
       of alternatives, and to elicit changes in behavior.

•  .    Firm-based  projects will help individual businesses undertake environmental design
       efforts on their own through the  development and application of specific methods,
       tools,  and models.

DEVELOPING  TOOLS TO HELP ACHIEVE DfE GOALS

Analytical tools are an important method for  achieving the goals of the DfE program.
Through a number of DfE projects, EPA is working (t) to develop tools that will eventually
be available to companies and the public; and (2) to modify existing private sector tools.
Our aim is to make available tools to industries and firms that will enable them to make
more environmentally informed design decisions.

•      Cleaner Technology Substitutes Assessments (CTSAs):  These assessments provide a
       flexible format for comparing the factors associated with different technologies or
       product alternatives.  Cost, performance, comparative risk, releases to the
       environment, energy impact, and  resource conservation are among the factors
       assessed for each alternative. The DfE program is developing a generic CTSA as well
       as guidance documents to assist companies interested in doing their own
       assessments.

-------
       Relative Risk Ranking System:  Risk ranking systems can help companies identify
       clusters of processes or products where they might want to search for alternatives.
       Risk ranking systems can also provide preliminary comparative information about
       chemicals that might serve as substitutes for currently used chemicals.  Many
       manufacturers, defense contractors, federal agencies, and EPA offices have already
       developed computerized risk ranking systems.  EPA's DfE program is working to
       standardize these approaches through a series of cooperative workshops.

       Accounting Tools  EPA is partially funding projects and working jointly with the
       private sector to develop new accounting tools and modify existing ones.  The new
       accounting methods will be pilot tested before  being disseminated by EPA.

       Life-Cycle Assessment Tools: to come
CURRENT DfE PROJECTS

Current DfE projects are listed below.  EPA's DfE program is exploring projects and
partnerships with other industries, firms, and fields as well.

A. Institutional Projects

•      Environmental Accounting and Capital Budgeting: Most accounting systems and
       capital budgeting processes treat part or all of the environmental costs associated
       with treatment, disposal, and administration as overhead  costs. This masks the true
       environmental costs of a particular product or process, and fails to provide sufficient
       information for managers to make an informed and  optimal decision.  Without the
       pertinent cost information, managers do not see the advantages of investments that
       prevent pollution and minimize environmental impacts. EPA's DfE program seeks to
       promote more appropriate managerial accounting and capital budgeting practices.

•      Curriculum Development:  EPA has established a National Pollution Prevention Center
       at the University of Michigan. The Center is developing curricula in multiple
       disciplines (e.g., business, accounting, marketing) which incorporate pollution
       prevention, lifecycle analysis, and DfE principles, rather than traditional end-of-pipe
       pollution control techniques, in courses in engineering, business, and natural
       resources.

•     Alternate Synthetic Pathways: Many of the traditional synthetic pathways used in
       chemical design to create high volume industrial chemicals utilize toxic feedstocks,
       catalysts, or create hazardous and toxic byproducts. Through grants with the

-------
       National Science Foundation, EPA is encouraging university research into alternative
       methods for producing chemicals which minimize or eliminate hazardous substances.
                                                                N
•      Insurance:  EPA has entered into a cooperative effort with the American Institute of
       Chartered  Property and Casualty Underwriters (AICPCU), an independent non-profit
       organization offering educational programs and professional certification to people
       in the property and liability insurance business.  EPA is helping to incorporate
       pollution prevention into the curriculum for AICPCU's certification program for
       Associates in Risk Management.

•      Pollution Prevention financing: An important constraint on the adoption of new
       technologies is the availability of financing.  Due to a limited familiarity with
       environmental issues and a shifting legal landscape, the financial community tends to
       associate potential investments in the environmental realm more with liability than
       with opportunity. At the same time, many businesses, especially small and mid-sized
       firms, lack the necessary resources to package their loan requests effectively. EPA
       intends to address these issues through a variety of outreach efforts to businesses
       and the financial community.  The first such effort will  be a pilot project to test the
       feasibility of'adding financial counseling to the menu of services currently provided
       by state technical assistance programs for pollution prevention.
                                                            •
B. Cooperative Industry Projects

•      Dry Cleaning Project: Through  the DfE program, EPA is working in partnership with
       the dry cleaning industry and environmental organizations to reduce exposure to
       pcrchlorocthylcne (or "perO-  P«* is a chemical solvent used by most dry cleaners
       which poses potential health and environmental concerns.  EPA will examine
       alternative technologies, solvents, and control methods as part of a Cleaner
       Technology Substitutes Assessment. At the conclusion of the assessment, EPA plans
       to publish  a technical summary of alternative solvents and processes and an
       informational document on cost
-------
        Computers and Electronics Project: The electronics industry is conducting a lifecyde
        assessment of a computer workstation. The assessment will identify pollution
        orTu^n T^5 ** "" bc incorPora
-------
                    United States
                    Environmental Protection
                    Agency
                Pollution Prevention
                and Toxics
                (TS-779)
EPA744-F-93-003
July 1993
                    Design  for the  Environment
                    Printing  Project
                           Why Is EPA Working With Printers?

                           Over 62,000 printing establishments are located in the United States.
                           They perform functions as diverse as printing brochures, decals on
                           T-shirts, and labels for cans of soup, as well as publishing books and
                           daily newspapers. In the course of providing their services, printers
                           select chemicals from hundreds of printing inks, solvents, and other
                        -   chemical products. Because 80 percent of printing establishments
                           employ fewer than 20 employees, very few printers have the time or
                 •-    .  ;   resources to research chemicals, work practices, and technologies that
                           are safer for the environment.  .--
 What Is the Design for . ..>,- -^-. -,.-••
 the Environment   :,,.'  •     What Is the Printing Project? ..,..

                      . ,;. ~ The DfE Printing-Project is a cooperative effort by EPA and industry
 Than  •  f  «h c  •    --''•',••"• aimed at developing specific polhition prevention information for
    11MB P       Sw ^ -:;  8maU-aoA medium-sized printers: The Printing Project brings to-
 mem (Ult) Program in tr*&~ ^   gether comparative information on the risks, exposures, performance,
 Office  of Pollution PreventiorKx*,  fln<^ ^^^ Of alternatives so that printers can 'make informed, environ-
 and Toxics harnesses ERAfs<   '   '

 change and research ore
 pollution prevention efforts!
    letterpress, flexography^ grayure, screen printing^ andplateless
      bgies) has a different set of chenrical and technological altema-
                     _._,,^- --.-..m^,n^         „	was
         Mayl992as
              safe    s    .      ....,.,_,.,.,
      data and information ab^ni dEi5&ren€ printing methods and
               . Represen^tri^l^^ti^^mt^&diistry are cur-
rently, working with EPA to r^vislai£ffi^dcuinent for final nubUcation.
 DfE works with
 voluntary basis;
            *
  Changing general busi-
  ness practices to
  pollution, -;;;;<-
  Working with b
  and trade assocS
  specific ind
  ate the risks
  and
 • Helping individual busKc
  nesses undertake environ-
^ mental design efforts
  through the application of
  specific tools and methods;

-------
What Is the Focus of the Printing

Project?

The Printing Project is Reusing on three areas of
environmental concern:^ .-

• Blanket washes in lithography

• Screen reclamation in screen printing

• Inks in flexography

Industry representatives prioritized these areas, us-
ing information on risk, printers' priorities, and
EPA regulatory activities. A draft list of federal
regulations that affect the printing industry is
available. For each area identified, industry repre-
sentatives and EPA are working together to com-
pare the risks, performance, and costs of
alternatives. This information will be presented in
a document called a Cleaner Technologies Substi-
tutes Assessment (CTSA).
                                 >
How Are Printers Helping To Identify

Pollution Prevention Opportunities?
       -a            - /
Two committees, which include members from both
industry and EPA, are working to assist EPA scien-
tists and the University of Tennessee in conducting
the CTSA:,, „_ , -_ ,-, *?*%fc&^ • -; 4^^
• The Use Cluster Committee has formed three sepa-
  rate groups to work on lithography, screen print-
  ing, and flexography.. Subgroups on chemicals,
  work practices, and technologies are collecting
  data on existing, anoVemergi^alternatrves.
                                              How Will This Information Reach

                                              Individual Printers and Suppliers?

                                              Two committees composed of representatives fro.
                                              EPA, environmental organizations, state govern-
                                              ment, academia, and industry are working to
                                              develop outreach strategies and information prod-
                                              ucts that communicate the information developed
                                              by the Project:

                                              • The Information Products Committee is creating ve-
                                                hicles for communicating information on
                                                alternatives. The committee developed a case
                                                study of a lithographic printer that has changed
                                                its work practices and solvents. Products like
                                                newsletter articles, televideo conferences, comic
                                                books, and even "how-to" videotapes might sup-
                                                plement more traditional information, products
                                                to communicate the results of the CTSA.

                                              • The Publicity Committee is developing a strategy
                                                for communicating project information (created •
                                                by the Information Products Committee) to print-
                                                ers throughout the cduntry. In January;1993,
                                                the committee held 16 focus groups in eight dif-
                                                ferent cities to find out where printers currejn
                                                get information* what information they find irai
                                                ful, 'and what will motivate printers to incorpc
                                                rate pollution prevention intOjtheir daily work.
                                              ,,:, Erom, these* focus groups^a communication strat-
                                                egy including local, state, and regional, networks
                                              How Can I Get More Information?
                                                         '        •
protocols for comparihg.the performance and
cost of various altern^^eMjTh^wlmmitiee
    ,     „-- -T ^.iDIElfeiSp-iiiv*^^.-- ."•
members will overseeTfiSeltestihgof Various
alternatives in	, ^-.^ —K^!
                          mi£'-
                                                EPAb Pollution Prevention;fi^r4natioi^%fi''^/  , „
                                                UJS^Environmental Protection Agency^
                                                401M Street; SW. (PBt

-------
                  United States
                  Environmental Protection
                  Agency
                     Pollution Prevention
                     and Toxics
                     (TS-779)
                                   EPA 744-F-93-004
                                   April 1993
>EPA
         ^PM7\
Design for the Environment
Dry Cleaning Project

       Cleaner Clothes,
       Cleaner Neighborhoods,
       Cleaner Solutions
 What Is Design
 for the Environment?

 The Design for the Environ-
 ment (DfE) Program BI EPA's
 Office of Pollution Prevention
 and Toxics harnesses EPA's
 expertise and leadership to
 facilitate information ex-
 change and research on pollu-
 tion prevention efforts. DfE
 works with both large and
 small businesses on a volun-
 tary basis, and its wide-
 ranging projects include:

 • Changing general busi-
  nesses practices to provide
  incentives for pollution pre-
  vention efforts.

 • Working with businesses
  and trade associations in
  specific industries to evalu-
  ate the risks, performance,
  and costs of alternative
  chemicals, processes, and
  technologies.

 • Helping individual busi-
  nesses undertake environ-
  mental design efforts
  through the application of
  specific tools and methods.
       Why Is EPA
       Working With
       Dry Cleaners?
                EPA has been working with the dry cleaning
                industry for some time to reduce exposure to
                perchloroethylene, often referred to as "perc."
                Perc is a chemical solvent used by most dry
                cleaners. With more than 31,000 commercial
                shops in neighborhoods and malls across the
country, dry cleaners make up one of the largest groups of chemical
users that come into direct contact with the public. Because of the
potential health and environmental concerns associated with the use
of perc, EPA is now working in partnership with the dry cleaning
industry to reduce exposures and to evaluate alternatives through its
Design for the Environment (DfE) Program.
                      In May 1992, EPA invited dry cleaning industry
                      representatives, researchers, and government
                      officials to an international roundtable discus-
                      sion. The roundtable participants exchanged
                      information about many issues related to the dry
                      cleaning industry, including pollution control,
       exposure reduction, financing options, regulatory activities in the
       United States and other countries, and information dissemination. At
       a wrap-up session, participants listed issues that need to be addressed
       through research initiatives and future discussion forums.
What Is EPA
Doing About
Dry Cleaning?

-------
As a followup to the roundtable, EPA decided to
apply the "design for the environment" approach
to working cooperatively with the dry cleaning
industry. Industry leaders and EPA agreed that un-
resolved issues from the roundtable could be ad-
dressed most effectively using DfE's nonregulatory,
voluntary, and proactive approach. In addition to in-
vestigating cleaner options, the DfE Program pro-
vides outreach to dry cleaners and consumers.

A major piece of the dry cleaning project is DfE's
Cleaner Technologies Substitutes Assessment
(CTSA), a collaborative effort between EPA and the
dry cleaning industry. Through the CTSA, EPA is
systematically examining a number of alternative
cleaning technologies, substitute solvents, and
methods to control and limit chemical exposure
from dry cleaning.
For alternative cleaning processes that appear vi-
able, EPA will evaluate each option as it compares
to dry cleaning, primarily based on cost and per-
formance, but also considering factors such as en-
ergy input and resource conservation. The CTSA
also will weigh "tradeoffs," the pros and cons of com-
peting environmental objectives, to help dry clean-
ers make informed business choices. As part of the
CTSA, EPA recently compared the costs and per-
formance of dry cleaning against an alternative
cleaning process that relies on the controlled appli-
cation of heat, steam, and natural soaps to clean
clothes that typically are drycleaned.

At the conclusion of the CTSA, EPA plans to publish
a technical summary of alternative technologies,
solvents, and processes. EPA also will produce an
informational document for industry and the public
that will communicate cost-effective, environmen-
tally safer choices discovered as a result of this
public/private partnership.
How Does the
Dry Cleaning
Project
Affect Me?
                    By joining DfE in its comm
                    ment to finding safer, cleant.
                    technologies, dry cleaners can
                    maintain a competitive edge
                    in the marketplace. In addi-
                    tion, the information from
                    the project will help dry clean-
ers in their desire to be good neighbors. With an
enhanced awareness of available technological
options, dry cleaners can improve their operations
and bottom line, while contributing to a cleaner en-
vironment. As consumers increasingly tend to opt
for "green," environmentally sound products and
services, dry cleaners that consider the health and
environmental impacts of their business decisions
are more likely to sustain solid customer support.

Like businesspeople, consumers also benefit from
understanding how their everyday choices affect the
environment. Consumers today face an ever-widen-
ing array of products and services from which to
choose. As people understand better how a product's
design and manufacturing process affects  the   4
environment, they will be able to make responsi!
decisions that benefit them, their families, and
their community.

How Can I Get More Information?

To learn more about EPA's Design for the Environ-
ment Program or its Dry Cleaning Project, contact:

EPA's Pollution Prevention Information
Clearinghouse (PPIC)
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
401M Street, SW. (PM-211A)
Washington, DC  20460
Tel: 202-260-1023
Fax: 202-260-0178

-------
                   United State*
                   Environmental Protection
                   Agency
                         Office of Pollution Prevention
                         end Toxic*
                         Washington, DC 20460
EPA744F-93-002
   March 1993
How do Financial
Practices and
Professions Affect
the Environment?
Design  for  the  Environment

Fact  Sheet


Accounting and Insurance Projects
Applications for Pollution Prevention
in Financial Professions

                                                 1>
                                                      SEPA
ft is now well recognized that every business decision, whether
it involves the choice of raw materials, production processes, or
products, has an impact on the environment Two even more
certain maxims are mat financial or economic criteria affect every business
decision and mat every business decision affects the firm's 'bottom line.*
While it is true mat some business planners and product developers have
begun to look beyond the boundary of their firm to the environmental impacts
of their activities, these same people have not moved away from the
fundamental premise that if an activity is profitable or cost-effective, the
business should trytodoit;andifitisnot profitable or cost-effective, it
should not  The challenge ahead for securing long-term environmental
protection is to develop the link between businesses' economic self-interest
and protection of the  environment. The most straight forward way to
accomplish this is to integrate environmental considerations into traditional
business functions, among them are financial functions such as accounting,
capital budgeting, insurance, risk management, and lending and finance.

To mobilize the power and potential of the financial professions to protect the
environment, the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) has initiated
several cooperative efforts with stakeholders who have an interest in financial
issues. The goal of these efforts is to effect voluntary changes in
organizational decisionmaking thrt will facilitate investment in 3"d expanded
use of pollution prevention technologies.  As a starting point, EPA, along with
some of our partners  in the financial disciplines, has current projects in the
following areas:

•      investment analysis/capital budgeting;
•      cost or managerial accounting; and
•      insurance/risk management.

-------
                                             -2-

What is "Design for the Environment", or DFE?

As it is generally used, the term "Design for the Environment" (DFE) means making environmental
considerations an integral part in the design of a product, process or technology. Hie concept of
DFE originated from industry's efforts to target specific environmental objectives for design engineers
to incorporate when creating a new product. Examples of DFE initiatives include designing for CFC
elimination, disassembly and recyclability.


What is the EPA's Design for the Environment Program?

The Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics (OPPT) created EPA's Design for the Environment
Program (DfE) as a voluntary program mat works closely with private sector partners.  The DfE
Program promotes the incorporation of environmental considerations, especially risk reduction and
pollution prevention, at the front end of the design process. The DfE Program is OPPTs
contribution to industry environmental design initiatives.

The DfE Program has initiated a number of wide-ranging projects which operate through three levels
of involvement: infrastructure projects are aimed at changing general business practices in order to
remove barriers to change and to provide incentives for environmental design and redesign of existing
systems (e.g., modify management accounting systems to fully account for environmental costs and to
improve capital budgeting practices to examine an array of investment options including pollution
prevention alternatives); cooperative industry projects are joint efforts to evaluate substitutes, share
risk, regulatory, and prevention information, and invoke behavioral change; and facility, based
activities are projects to help individual businesses begin environmental design initiatives and adopt
new business practices as a result of their own assessment of alternatives.
How is Capital Budgeting and Cost Accounting Related to DfE?

Every business collects information for its own internal decisionmakrag, e.g., costing and pricing
decisions, (managerial accounting) and to provide to external audiences such as bank stockholders,
creditors, bankers, and government (financial accounting).  Every business also must decide how to
invest its available capital in new equipment and products.  The process by which a firm makes these
investment decisions is known as the capital budgeting process and is part of the managerial
accounting process.  At present, many cost accounting systems and capital budgeting processes do not
provide enough information to business managers to make optimal decisions in increasingly
competitive global markets.  In the environmental arena, for example, part or all environmental costs
for treatment, disposal, and administration are often allocated to overhead cost pools which in turn
mask the true environmental costs of a particular product or process. Potential future liabilities may
not be  accounted for at all. As long as mis and other cost information is hidden from managers,
costing and pricing decisions will underestimate the costs of some products and overestimate the costs
of others. Managers face a similar lack of information when they evaluate investment alternatives in

-------
                                             -3-

new equipment and products.  Without adequate information to include in the financial analysis of
capital investments, and given problems in the methods of analysis, mangers will not see the
advantages of investments that prevent pollution and minimize environmental impacts.

EPA's DfE project seeks to promote the design and development of better accounting and capital
budgeting practices within firms* managerial accounting systems.
What is the Capital Budgeting and Environmental Accounting Project?

The long-term objective for the accounting/capital budgeting project is to promote "full cost pricing"
of products and processes with emphasis on environmental cost/benefits. Initial emphasis will be on
those costs and benefits which impact the firm's bottom line.  There are four specific goals for this
project:

(1)     Stimulate the development and adoption of unproved managerial cost accounting systems that
       allocate environmental costs to products and processes.
(2)     Stimulate the development and adoption of financial analysis/capital budgeting tools and
       practices to evaluate the quantitative and qualitative aspects of investments, thereby putting
       pollution prevention investments on a level playing field.
(3)     Stimulate development of programs to educate relevant disciplines (e.g., MBAs, CPAs,
       CFAs, engineers, and environmental policy and natural resource professionals).
(4)     Facilitate dialogue and interest among the many stakeholders traditionally involved in
       managerial accounting, including capital budgeting. Traditional stakeholders include plant and
     • corporate personnel for operations, finance and accounting, and the outside accounting
       community.  Additional stakeholders include federal, state,  and local governments,
       universities, labor and environmental interest groups, and the public.

       Dialogue afld Building Partnerships with the Experts

To  facilitate dialogue on the design of better accounting and financial analysis tools, EPA continues to
develop a network of experts and to solicit meir input on me best ways to develop and promote
innovative accounting and capital budgeting practices. The culmination of these efforts will be a
multi-sponsored workshop held in Washington, DC hi September, 1993.
              - v'                                                                         \
       Develop and, Pilot Analytical Tools and Methods

The most important goal of EPA's voluntary partnership  is to develop and implement  analytical tools
and methods for environmentally aware managerial accounting and investment analysis.  For some
years now, EPA has been funding the development and piloting of tools.  The Total Cost Assessment
Methodology (which is contained in the EPA report "Total Cost Assessment - Accelerating Industrial
Pollution Prevention through Innovative Financial Analysis," EPA/741/R-92/002, May 1992) and the
Pollution Prevention Benefits Manual are two methods for innovative capital budgeting analysis.  The
                                                                                             I0\

-------
Agency is presently funding the development and pilot testing of an innovative managerial accounting
methodology with the World Resources Institute and New York University.

To disseminate innovative financial tools, EPA is working with the American Society for Testing and
Materials to incorporate a "total cost assessment" methodology into their upcoming "Guide to Setting
up a Corporate Pollution Prevention Program."

       Curriculum Development

Because EPA recognizes the opportunity and importance of preparing future generations of
decisionmakers to grapple with tough problems concerning environmental protection and wise
business practices, we established the National Pollution Prevention Center at the University of
Michigan.  The Center is a collaborative effort of EPA, business, industry and academia and offers:
curriculum  modules; short courses; internships; and conferences and workshops.

In addition  to other disciplines, the Center has begun developing pollution prevention modules for
undergraduate and graduate courses in business and accounting.

What is the DIE Insurance Project?

EPA is working to incorporate pollution prevention principles into the day-to-day practices of
insurance underwriters and brokers, and corporate risk managers.  Through cooperative ventures
with these groups, EPA believes mere axe significant opportunities to stimulate voluntary changes in
these important business activities.

In the short run, the Agency has entered into a cooperative effort with the American Institute of
Chartered Property and Casualty Underwriters (AICPCU).  AICPCU is a non-profit, independent
organization offering educational programs and professional certification to people in the property and
liability insurance business. The Institute offers a broad array of certification programs for insurance
underwriters and brokers, and corporate risk managers.

EPA is working with AICPCU to modify the curriculum for the Associates in Risk Management
(ARM) program to incorporate pollution prevention into their certification program.

Is There Additional Information Available on EPA Initiatives for the Financial Professions?

For more information about the EPA's initiatives for the financial professions: Marty Spitzer, capital
budgeting or accounting; or Julie Shannon, insurance; Pollution Prevention Division (7409), Office of
Pollution Prevention and Toxics, US EPA, 401 M Street, SW, Washington, DC 20460; .telephone,
(202) 260-3557; and FAX, (202) 260-0178. For copies of DfE fact sheets or the reports mentioned
in mi$  fact  sheet, contact the Pollution Prevention Information Clearinghouse at (202) 260-1023.

                                                      •              Printed on Recycled Paper

-------
                         United States
                         Environmental Protection
                         Agency
Why Focus on
Research in Organic
Chemistry?
What environmental
concerns are
•Associated with the
   ithesis of
cnemkals?
What is the
Chemical Design
Project?
What is EPA doing
to encourage
academic research
in this area?
                         Office of Pollution Prevention
                         and Toxics
                         Washington, DC 20460
EPA744F-93-005
    April 1993
                         Design  for  the  Environment
                         Chemical  Design  Project
The moment a chemist puts pencil to paper to design a synthetic sequence for
a chemical product, he also intrinsically makes decisions about whether that
sequence will use or generate hazardous substances that require treatment,
recycling, transportation or disposal. There are literally hundreds of different
chemical reactions that can be utilized to construct a desired organic chemical,
some which provide more pollution prevention benefits than others.  With
proper forethought and analysis, organic chemists can avoid many of the
environmental problems and liabilities chemical producers face before they
arise.

The traditional approach to chemical design has been to search for synthetic
pathways or reaction steps that produce the greatest yield at the least cost.
Many approaches that produce high yields, however, also generate toxic by-
products or use high-risk substances as feedstocks, solvents, and catalysts.
When .these chemicals are used or produced in large volumes in their industrial
applications, the associated cost to human health and the environment can be
high. The development of alternative synthetic pathways which avoid or
reduce the use of toxic chemicals will provide chemical producers with
powerful tools for pollution prevention. Companies can save money by
lowering disposal costs, avoiding regulatory problems and reducing health
hazards for employees.

EPA's Chemical Design Project aims to change the way organic chemists
approach the design of synthetic pathways for chemical production.  EPA is
encouraging consideration of alternative synthetic pathways through: (I) grant
awards to academic institutions; (2) discussion at national symposia; and (3)
use of computer programs which assist in the design of chemical pathways.

In 1992, EPA awarded six grants to fund basic research projects which
consider environmental impacts, and not just yield, in the design of chemical
synthetic pathways. Now EPA is joining forces with the National Science
Foundation (NSF) through a memorandum of understanding to award
approximately two million dollars in additional grants.  By fostering this kind
of basic research  in organic chemistry, EPA and NSF hope to bring about a
paradigm shift in the way chemists, in  both academia and the chemical
industry, think about the design and manufacture of chemicals.
                                                                         Printed OB Raided Pw«r

-------
What kinds of research constitute alternative synthesis?

The six research projects funded by the 1992 EPA grants provide excellent examples of novel approaches
that minimize or eliminate hazardous feedstocks, catalysts, solvents, or by-products.
Replacing Heavy Metal Catalysts
Catalysts are of utmost importance to the industrial
production of chemicals, yet they often have toxic
components, including silver and mercury, that
contribute to hazardous waste disposal problems when
discarded. The University of Connecticut's research
project, directed by  Dr. Gary Epling, is considering
the effectiveness of a more environmentally benign
alternative:  molecules that can be activated by
inexpensive artificial light sources. This research is
developing large-scale methodology for the light-
induced cleavage of dithianes and benzyl  ethers,
reactions commonly used  in the dye industry.

New Synthesis  of Styrene
Styrene is a  high volume  chemical that has hundreds
of applications in everyday products.  UCLA's
research project, lead by Dr. Orville Chapman,  is
developing an alternative  synthetic method for the
manufacture of Styrene.  The proposed method uses
less toxic chemicals as substitutes for problem
environmental chemicals including the known
carcinogen benzene, which presently serves as a basic
feedstock of styrene.

Visible Light to Replace the Fried el-Crafts
Reaction
Dr. George  Krauss is leading Iowa State  University's
research into an innovative photochemical alternative
to the Friedei-Crafts reaction, one of the  top ten most
used chemical reactions.  The use of visible  light as a
mechanism  for initiating the reaction could provide an
economic incentive for replacing a well-known
reaction step that uses toxic pollutants.
 Elimination of Tin Based Catalysts
v Dr. Barry Snider of Brandeis University is working
 to reduce the hazard posed by radical cyclization
 reactions which  use highly toxic  tin-based catalysts
 by substituting a recyclable catalyst that will not
 accumulate in waste effluents. The improved
 synthetic selectivity of this approach should result in
 greater yields of the target compound and fewer
 impurities that enter the waste stream.

 Replacing Benzene with Simple Sugars
 Benzene is a basic ingredient in many commercially
 important industrial chemicals including
 hydroquinone and benzoquinone.  Although benzene
 is an extremely  useful  petrochemical, it is a known
 carcinogen and problem pollutant. Dr. John F<^^f
 Purdue University is working on a new,
 environmentally benign method of producing
 hydroquinone and benzoquinone, that replaces the
 use of benzene.  This method utilizes a genetically
 engineered bacterium  that produces quinic acid from
 D-glucose.  The quinic acid is converted into
 hydroquinone and benzoquinone  under more
 environmentally safe conditions.

 Alternative for Toxic Solvents
 Dr. James Tanko at the Virginia Polytechnic Institute
 and State University is evaluating the    utility of
 supercritical carbon dioxide (carbon dioxide between
 liquid and gaseous states) as the  solvent for certain
 free-radical chemical reactions.   This approach may
 provide an economic incentive for private industry to
 make the transition away from the currently used
 problem solvents such as chlorofluorocarbons,
 carbon tetrachloride and  benzene.
Is there additional information available on the Chemical Design Project?

For more information contact EPA's Pollution Prevention Information Clearinghouse (202) 260-1023 or
Paul Anastas, Economics and Technology Division (TS-779), Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics,
U.S. EPA, 401 M Street, S.W. Washington,  D..C. 20460; (202) 260-2659.

-------
    SARA TITLE  III  FACT  SHEET
    Emergency Planning  and
    Community Right-To-Know
                                      ?f7EPA
                                                                          February 1990
                                                                               (Revised)
                       U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
      Introduction

 Tl\e Emergency Planning and Com'
 mumty Right-to-Know Act of 19S6 es-
 tabtislia requirements for Federal, State
 and local governments and industry
 regarding emergency planting and "com-
 munity  nght-to-know"  reporting on
 hazardous and toxic chemicals.  This
 legislation builds upon EPA's Chemi-
 cal Emergency Preparedness Program
 (CEPP) and numerous State and local
 programs aimed at Helping communi-
 ties to better meet their responsibilities
 in regard to potential chemical emer-
 gencies. The community nght-to-know
 provisions will help to increase the
 public's knowledge and access to infor-
 mation on the presence of hazardous
 chemicals in  their communities and
 releases of these chemicals into tht
 environment. States andcommunuies,
 working with facilities,  will be better
 able to improve chemical safety and
 protect public health and tht environ-
 ment.

 Nothing in this document should be
 construed to indicate that EPA has
 determined states hovt TitUin author-
 ity over Indian reservations. Far pur- •
 poses of this document, definition of
 the terms "State" and "Governor" in-
 clude "Indian Tribe" and "Tribal Oar-
 man." EPA has issuedaproposedrule
 on March 29,1990, regarding Ae appli-
 cation of the emergency planning and
 community right-to-know  law to In-
. dian lands.
The Emergency Planning and Com-
munity Right-to-Know Act (alsoknown
as SARA Title III) has four major sec-
tions:  emergency planning (Section
301-303), emergency release notifica-
tion (Section 304), community nght-to-
know reporting requirements (Sections
311, 312), and toxic chemical release
inventory (Section 313). Information
from these four reporting requirements
will help States and communities de-
velop a broad perspective of chemical
hazards for the entire community as
well as for individual facilities.
Section 301-303:
Emergency Planning

The emergency planning sections are
designed to develop State and local
governments' emergency response and
preparedness  rap?^*''**  through
better coordination  and planning,
"State Emergency
Response Commission"

The Emergency Planning and Com*
inanity Right-to-Know Act required
the Governor of each state to desig-
nate  a State Emergency Response
Commission (SERQ. ManySERCs
include public agencies and depart-
ments concerned with issues relating
to environment, natural resources.
emergency services, public health, oc-
cupational safery, and transportation.
Also, interested public and private
sector groups and associations with
experience in emergency planning and
community right-to-know issues may
be included in the SERC. At this time,
all governors have established SERC.

The SERC must also nave designated
localemergency planning districts and
appointed local emergency planning
committees (LEPC) for each district.
SERC have designated over 4.000 local
districts. Thirty-five  State  commis-
sions chose counties as the basic dis-
trict designation (often with separate
districts for municipalities), ten SERC
designated substate planning districts
and five SERC designated the entire
State as a district The SERC is re-
sponsible for supervising and coordi-
nating the activities of the LEPC, for
»cfahH«hing procedures for receiving
and processing public requests for
information collected under other
sections of SARA Title III, and for
reviewing local emergency plans.
"Local Emergency
Planning Committee"

This LEPC must include, at a mini-
mum, elected state and local officials,
police, fire, civil defense, public health
professionals, environmental, hospi-
tal, and transportation officials as well
                             Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Fact Shea

-------
                  SARA TITLE HI KEY DATES
            17. 1986
  Starch 17,1987
  April 17, 1987
  April 22,1987
  May 17, 1987
  July 17. 1987
  August 17. 1987
  (or 30 days after
  designation of
  districts, which-
  ever is sooner)

  August 24,1987
  September 17,1987
  (or 30 days after
  local committee
  is formed, which-
  ever is earlier)

  October 15,1987
  October 17,1987
  December 17,1987
  (continued page 4)
EPA initiated comprehensive review of
emergency systems (Section 305(b)).

National Response Team published guidance
for preparation and implementation of emer-
gency plans (Section 303(f))).

State governors appointed state emergency
response commissions (SERC) (Section
EPA published Final List of Extremely
Hazardous Substances and Threshold
Planning Quantities in Federal Register
(Sections 302, 303, 304).

Facilities subject to Section 302 planning re-
quirements notified SERC (Section 302(c)).

SERC designated emergency planning
districts (Section 301(b)).

SERC appointed members of local emer-
gency planning committees (LEPCs) (Section
30l(c)).
OSHA's Hazard Communication Standard
was revised to cover all employers with em-
ployees exposed to hazardous chemicals.

Facilities notified LEPCs of selection of a
facility representative (Section 303(d)(l)).
EPA published final format for emergency
inventory forms and reporting requirements
in the Federal Register (Sections 311 and
312).

Manufacturing facilities submitted MSDS's
or lists of MDSD chemicals to SERC, LEPC
and local fire department (Section 311(d)).

EPA published a fi>>al rule rtf!itf"'g four
rK»«i|i«^i| from the Extremely Hazardous
Substance List (Section 302).
as representatives of faculties
to the  emergency  planning require-
ments, community groups, and ;.-.i
media. As soon as facilities are sub-
ject to the emergency planning re-
quirements,  they  must  designate  a
representative  to  participate  in the
planning process. The LEPC must es-
tablish rules, give public notice of its
activities, and establish procedures for
handling public requests for informa-
tion.

The LEPCs primary responsibility is
to develop an emergency  response
plan by October 17,1988 and review it
at least annually thereafter.  In devel-
oping this plan, the LEPC evaluates
available resources for preparing for
and responding to a potential  chemi-
cal accident. The plan must:

•  identify facilities and transporta-
   tion routes of extremely hazardous
   suittta
• describe emergency response pro-
  cedures, on-site and off-site;

• H<»«ignaf* £ rntnfniinjfy coordina-
  tor and facility coordinator(s)  co
  implement the plan;

• outline  emergency  notification
  procedures;

• describe methods for determining
  the occurrence of a release and the
  probable affected area and popula-
  tion;

• describe community and industry
  emergency equipment and  facili-
  ties and the identity of persons re-
  sponsible for them;

• outline evacuation plus;

• describe i training program for
  emergency  response   personnel
  (in/»^»4ing schedules); and,

• present methods and schedules for
  exercising  emergency  response
  plans.
2 — Emergency Planning and Community Ktfit-tthKnow Fact Shut
                                                                                                     I0(p

-------
 "Emergency Response
 Plans"

 In order to assist the LEPCs in pre-
 paring and reviewing plans. Congress
 required the National Response Team
 (VRT), composed of 14 Federal agen-
 cies wuh emergency response respon-
 sibilities, to publish guidance on emer-
 gency response planning.  This guid-
 ance, the "Hazardous Materials Emer-
 gency PlanmngGuide," was published
 by che NRT in March 1987.

 The emergency response plan must
 be initially reviewed by the SERC and,
 at least, annually by the LEPC. Re-
 gional Response Teams, composed of
 federal regional officials andstate rep-
 resentatives, may review the plans and
 provide assistance to the LEPCs upon
 request.

 Planning activities of LEPCs and fa-
 cilities should be initially focused on,
 but not limited to, the 360 extremely
 hazardous substances published in the
 Federal Register.  Plans should be
 comprehensive, addressing all hazard-
 ous materials of concern and  trans-
 portation as well as fixed facilities.
 The list includes the threshold plan-
 ning quantities (minimum limits) for
 each substance. Through rulemaking,
 EPA can revise the list and threshold
 planning quantities based on the tox-
 icity, reactivity, volatility, dispenabil-
 ity, combustibility, or flammabuity of
 a substance.

Any facility that has present any of the
listed chemicals in a quantity equal to
or greater 'ban its th*»«K«iii planning
quantity is subject to the emergency
 planning requirements.  In addition,
the SERC or the Governor can desig-
 nate additional facilities, after pubik
comment, to be subject to these re-
quirements.  Covered facilities most
notify the SERC and LEPC that they
are subject to these requrements withm
60 days after they begin to have pres-
ent any of the extremely hazardous
 substances in an amount equal to or in
 excess of threshold  planning quanti-
. ties.

 In addition, the facility must notify the
 EPA Regional Office of all facilities
 subject to the emergency planning re-~
 quirements, including facilities desig-
 nated by the SERC or the governor.
 Section 304:
 Emergency Notification

 Facilities must immediately notify the
 LEPCs and the SERCs likely to be af-
 fected if there is a release into the en-
 vironment of a listed hazardous sub-
 stance that exceeds the reportabfe quan-
 tity  for that  substance.  Substances
 subject to this requirement are those
 on the list of 360 extremely hazardous
 substances as published in Federal
 Register (40 CFR 355) or on a list of
 725  substances subject to the emer-
 gency notification requirements un-
 der CERCLASection 103(a) (40 CFR
 302.4). Some chemicals are common
 to both lists.

 Initial notification can  be made by
 telephone, radio, or in person. Emer-
 gency notification requirements involv-
 ing  transportation incidents  can be
 met by dialing911, or in the absence of
 911  emergency number, calling the
 operator.

 This emergency notification needs to
 include:

 • the chemical name;

 • an indication of whether the sub-
   stance is extremely hazardous;

 • an estimate of the quantity released
   inro the environment;

 • the time and  duration of the re-
   lease;

 • whether the release occurred into
   air, water,  and/or land;   -
 • any known or anticipated .ic.:;  -
   chronic health risks associate a .MM
   the emergency, and *bcre neces-
   sary, advice regarding medical at-
   tention for exposed individuals;

 • proper precautions, such as evacu-
   ation; and,

 • name and telephone number  of
,   contact person.

 Section 304 also requires  a written
 follow-up emergency notice after the
 release.  The follow-up notice or no-
 tices must:

 • update information included in the
   initial notice, and

 • provide information on
    -  actual response actions taken;
       and

     - advice regarding medical at-
       tention necessary for exposed
       individuals.

 If LEPC are not yet formed, releases
 should be reported to appropriate local
 response officials.
 Section 311-312:
 Community Right-To-
 Know Requirements

 There are two community right-to-
 know reporting requirements within
 the Emergency Planning and Com-
 munity Right-to-Know Act.  Section
 311 requires facilities that must pre-
 pare  material safety  data  sheets
 (MSDS) under the Occupational Safety
 atiM Health Administration (OSHA)
 regulations to submit either copies of
 their MSDSs or a list of MSDS chemi-
 cals to:

 . the LEPC;

 • the SERC; and,
                               Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Fact Sheet--3

-------
          SARA TITLE III KEY DATES (confirm^
  F^bruan. 16. 1988
  Fsbruarv 25, 1988
  March 1,1988
  (and annually
  thereafter)
  June 1988
  June :0, 1988
  July 1, 1988
  (and annually
  thereafter)

  July 29.1988
  August 4,1988
  September 24,1988
  (three months
  alter the OSHA
  expansion)
  October 17,1988
  (and review at
  test annually
  (hereafter)

  March 1,1989
  March 13,1989

 j( continued on page 6)
EPA published final tone chemical release
regulations, form and instructions (Section
30(g)).

EPA published a final rule delisting 36
chemicals from the Extremely Hazardous
Substance List (Section 302).

Manufacturing facilities submit their
hazardous chemical inventory forms to
LEPC, SERC and local fire department
(Section 312(a)(2)).

Final report on emergency systems study
submitted to Congress (Section 305(b)).

EPA published fi"^* rule delisting titanium
dioxide from the Toxic Chemical List
(Section  3D).

Covered facilities submitted initial toxic
chemical forms to EPA and designated state
officials (Section 313(a)).

EPA published final regulation governing
trade secret claims (Sections 322 and 323).

EPA clarified Reporting Dates for facilities
newly covered by the OSHA expansion of the
Hazard Communication Standard (Sections
311 and 312).

Non-manufacturing faculties covered under
the new OSHA expansion as of June 24,
1988 submit MSDSs or a list of chemicals
present in quantities over the first year
threshold to the SERC, LEPC, and local fire
department (Section 311).

LEPCs complete preparation of an emer-
gency plan (Section 303(a)).
                  acilities submit their
emergency inventory forms to SERC, LEPC,
and local fire department (Section
312(a)(2)).

OSHA's Hazard Communication Standard is
ffffndfd to cover the construction industry.
• the local fire department was,u.-:;i.
  diction over the faciut}

If the facility owner or operator chooses
to submit a list of MSDS chemicals.
the list must include the chemical or
common name of each substance and
must identify  the applicable hazard
categories.  These hazard categories
are:

• immediate (acute) health hazard;

• delayed (chronic) health hazard:

• fire hazard;

• sudden release of pressure hazard;
  and,

• reactive hazard.

If a list is submitted, the facility must
submit a copy of the MSDS for any
chemical on the list upon the request
of the LEPC or SERC. Also, EPA has
citfaMinhffd  threshold quantities for
hazardous chcniKnU below which n
-------
,.r 4 list ot MiDi -asmicaJs *ithin 3
months alter thev become covered.

•\n MSDS or a revised list must be
provided when new hazardous chemi-
cals become present at a  facility in
quantities ac or above the established
threshold levels after the deadline. A
revised MSDS must be provided to
update the original MSDS if signifi-
cant new information is discovered
about the hazardous chemical.

Reporting under Section 312 requires
a facility to submit an emergency and
hazardous chemical inventory form to
the LEPC, the SERC. and the local
fire department with jurisdiction over
the facility.   Hazardous  chemicals
covered by Section 312 are those for
which facilities are required to pre-
pare or have available an MSDS un-
der OSHA's Hazard Communication
Standard and that were present at the
facility at any time  during previous
calendar year above specified thresh-
olds.

EPA established threshold quantities
for Section 312 for hazardous chemi-
cals below which no facility must re-
port. Currently those thresholds are:

•  for extremely hazardous substances:
   500 pounds or the threshold plan-
   ning quantity, whichever is lower;
  January to December 1987 or first
  year of reporting...lO,000 pounds.

  January to December 1988 or sec-
  ond  year  of  Tfrnrt^nt- • • 10,000
  pounds.

  January to December 1999 or third
  year  of  reportmg~zero  pounds.
  (Now: On October 12,1969, EPA
  issued an interim final rule extend-
  ing the threshold of the first two re-
  porting  yean under the October
  15,1987, section 311/312 Final Rule
  for the  manufacturing sector.  A
  final rule establishing p"»i thresh-
  olds is expected in the near future.
  The zero threshold will be revised
  pending further study).

The  inventory form incorporates a
"two-tier" approach.  Under Tier I,
facilities must submit the following
aggregate information for each appli-
cable hazard category:

• an estimate (in ranges) of the maxi-
  mum amount of chemicals for each
  category present at the facility at
  any time during the preceding cal-
  endar year;

• an estimate (in ranges) of the aver-
  age daily amount of chemicals in
  each category, and

• the general location of hazardous
  chemicals in each category.

If requested by an LEPC, SERC or
local fire department, the facility must
provide the following Tier II informa-
tion for each substance subject to the
request:

• the chemical name or the common
  name as indicated on the MSDS;

• an estimate (in ranges) of the maxi-
  mum amount of the chemical pres-
  ent at any time during the preced-
  ing calendar year;
• for all other hazardous chemicals:   •
  a brief description of the manner of
  storage of the chemical;

  the location of the chemical at the
  facility, and,

  an indication of whether the owner
  elects to withhold  location infor-
  mation from disclosure to the pub-
  lic
EPA published a uniform format for
the inventory forms on October 15,
1987.  Since many state
have additional requirements or have
incorporated the federal contents in
their own forms, Tier l/U forms should
be obtained from the SERC The Tier
I information must be :>ubmiue.i :. -
covered facilities annually on ,T -.
fore March 1.

The Tier II form'may be sent by the
facility instead of a Tier I form.  The
public may also request Tier II infor-
mation from the SERC and the LEPC.
The information submitted by facili-
ties under  Sections 311 and 312 must
generally be  made available  to  the
public by LEPCs and SERCs during
normal working hours.
Section 313:
Toxic Chemical Release
Reporting

Section 313 of the Emergency Plan-
ning and Community Right-to-Know
Act of 1986 requires EPA to establish
an inventory of routine toxic chemical
emissions  from  certain  facilities.
Facilities subject to this reporting re-
quirement are required to complete a
Toxic Chemical Release Inventory
Form (Form R) for specified chemi-
cals. The form must be submitted to
EPA and those state officials desig-
nated by the governor, on or before
July L 1988, and annually thereafter
on July 1.

these reports should reflect releases
during the preceding calendar year.

The purpose of this reporting require-
ment is to inform the public and gov-
ernment officials about  routine re-
leases of toxic chemicals to the envi-
ronment It will also assist in research
and the development of regulations,
guidelines, and y»ndanfaL

The reporting requirement applies to
owners and operators of facilities that
have 10 or more full-time employees,
th«t are in Standard Industrial Classi-
fication (SIC) codes 20 through 39
(Lex, manufacturing faculties) and that
manufacture  (including importing),
process or otherwise use a listed toxic
                                Emergency Planning and Community K&t-to-Knaw Fact Sheet-5

-------
           SARA TITLE til KEY DATES (concluded)
  \fjrch 19, 1989



  June 19. 1989


  April 30, L989
  June 20, 1989

          i

  October 12,1989




  October 17,1989




  December 1,1989


  December 14, 1989



  February 14, 1990



  February 15,1990
  March 1,1990
 June 20,1991
  October 17,1991
EPA published final rule detisting melamine
crystal from the Toxic Chemical List (Section
313).

EPA released the 1987 Toxic Release Inven-
tory data.

Construction industry submit MSDS or a list
of chemicals present in quantities equal to or
in excess to the first year threshold to the
SERC, LEPC, and local fire department
(Section 311).

EPA published final rule delisting sodium
sulfate from the Toxic Chemical ^ **T (Section
313).

EPA published interim final rule extending,
for manufacturing facilities, the reporting
thresholds of the  first two yean under the
October 13, 1987 final rule.

Manufacturing facilities submit MSDS or a
list of chemicals overthe final threshold to the
SERC, LEPC, and local fire department
(Section 311).
EPA published fi*^| rule adding «y
r«i^ to the Toxic Chemical * to (Section 313).

EPA published final rule delisting sodium
hydroxide from the Toxic Chemical f vft
(Section 313).

EPA published fi"«i rule d»ii«tiftg non-
fibrous aluminum oxide from the Task
Chemical lAtf (Section 313).
EPA published f"«a* rule ^»i'T*"ift SB
chrmicali from the Extremely Hazardous
Substance *-*T* (Section 302) •*"* changed the
thr^lwJ/l planning qii«nfity fgf
oa the tut
            industry submit their Emer-
geocy and Hazardous Chemical Inventory
Forms to SERC LEPC. and local fire de-
partment (Section 3l2(a)(2)).

Comptroller General submits Report to
Congress oa toxic chemical release informa-
tion collection, use and availability (Section
313(k)).

EPA submits to Congress a Mass Balance
Study (Section 313(1)).
chemical in excess of specified thrj ,.1-
old quanuties.

Facilities manufacturing or process-
ing any of these chemicals in excess of
25,000 pounds in 1989 and thereafter
are required to submit the form by
July 1st of the following calendar year.
Facilities otherwise using listed tone
chemicals in quantities over 10,000
pounds in a calendar year are required
to submit toxic chemical release forms
by July  1  of the following calendar
year. EPA  \revisethesethreshold
quantities     covered SIC codes.

The list  of toxic chemicals subject to
reporting consisted initially of chemi-
cals listed for similar reporting pur-
poses by the States of New Jersey and
Maryland. There are over 300 chemi-
cals  and categories on these  lists.
Through ruiemakiag, EPA can mod-
ify this combined list. To date, EPA
ha* delisted six chemicals from and
added nine chemicals to  the  Toxic
Chemical * »«*

The final Tone Chemical Release Form
and regulations were published in the
Federal Register on February 16. 1988
NOTE:  EPA has revised and updated
the Toxic Chemical Release Form since
that time.  The following information
is required oa the form:

• the name, location and type of
  business;

• off-site locations to which the facil-
  ity transfers toxic «*!«•«« **»!« in waste*,

• whether the chemical is manufac-
  tured (it"'M"lB importation), proc-
  essed, or otherwise used and the
  general categories of use of the
   anestimate(inranges)oftheffl
-------
 •  quantity ot  ;he chemical catering
   each medium-air. land, and water-
   •annually:

 •  waste treatment/disposal methods
   and efficiency of methods for each
   waste stream;

 •  optional  information  on  waste
   minimization; and,

 •  a certification by a senior facility
   official that  the report is complete
   and accurate.

 Reports are sent to EPA and desig-
 nated state agencies. EPA established
 and maintains  a national toxic chemi-
 cal inventory based on the data sub-
 mitted. The public is able to access
 this national database, and obtain the
 data through other  means.  See the
 Public Access  Section of this docu-
 ment for further details.

 In addition to  the toxic chemical re-
 lease reporting requirements. Section
 313 authorizes EPA to arrange for a
 Mass Balance Study to be carried out
 by the National Academy of Sciences
 (MAS). The study will determine the
 feasibility, utility, and alternatives to
 collecting mass balance type informa-
 tion as a supplement to the currently
 required toxic release data. A report
 of this study must be submitted by
 EPA to Congress no later than Octo-
 ber 17,1991. An interim report from
 NAS is due to EPA in early 1989.
 Other SARA Tttle
     III Provisions

Trade Secrets

Section 322 of the Emergency Plan-
ning and Community Right-to-Know
Act addresses  trade secrets as they
apply to  emergency planning, com-
munity right-to-know, "^ toxic *^**""-
cal release reporting. Any facility may
withhold the specific chemical iden-
tity on these  submittals.  No trade
secrets are allowed to be claimed under
Section 304 of the statute. The with-
hoider must show that:  -

•  the information has not been dis-
   closed to any person other than a
   member of  the local  planning
   committee, a government official,
   an employee of the withholder or
   someone bound by a confidential-
   ity agreement; measures have been
   taken to protect the confidentiality;
   and the withholder intends to con-
   tinue to take such measures;

•  the information is not required to
   be disclosed to the public under any
   other Federal or State law,

•  the information  is likely to cause
   substantial harm to the competitive
   position of the withholder, and,

•  the chemical identity is not readily
   discoverable through reverse engi-
   neering.

However, even if chemical  identity
information /*a" be legally withheld
from the public. Section 323 provides
for disclosure of this information to
health professionals who need the in-
formation for diagnostic and  treat-
ment purposes or local health officials
who need the information for preven-
tion and treatment activities. In non-
emergency cases, the health profes-
sional receiving the information must
«ign a rr>n^
-------
 Training Grants
       305t a) of the Emergency Plan-
 ning and Community Right-Co- Know
 Aa authorizes the Federal Emergency
 Management Agency to  provide $5
 million for each of fiscal years 1987,
 Ws«S. 1989, and 1990 for training grants
 to support state and local governments.
 These training grants are designed to
 im prove emergency planning, prepar-
 edness, mitigation, response, and re-
 covery capabilities. Such programs
 must provide special emphasis to haz-
 ardous chemical emergencies.  The
 training grants may not exceed 80 per-
 cent of the cost of any such programs.
 The remaining 20 percent must come
 from non-federal sources. These train-
 ing grants are coordinated within each
 state by the state emergency response
 commission.
Emergency Systems
Study

Under Section 305(b), EPA is required
to review emergency  systems  for
monitoring, detecting, preventing and
waning of accidental releases of ex-
tremely hazardous substances at rep-
resentative U.S. facilities that produce,
use, or store these substances. EPA
reported interim findings to Congress
in May 1987 and issued a final report
of finding* and recommendations to
Congress in June 1988.
  For more information contact the Emergency Planning &
  Community Right-to-Know Information Hotline:

 ; Hotline:  1-800-535-0202                         •
  (in Washington, DC: (202) 479-2449)

  Hours:  8:30 am • 7:30 pm
          (Eastern Time)
          Monday -Friday
                        This is NOT an
                      emergency number
 Public Access

 Section 324 of the Emergencv Pla
 ning and Community Right-to- Kao>
.Act provides for public access to  in-
 formation gathered under this law
 Under this section, all material safety
 data sheets, hazardous chemical  in-
 ventory forms, toxic chemical release
 form follow-up emergency notices, and
 the emergency response plan must be
 made available during normal work-
 ing hours by the SERC and LEPC. In
 order to inform the public of the availa-
 bility aad location of the information
 provided to the LEPC, the LEPC must
 publish a notice annually in the local
 newspaper.  la addition. Toxic Re-
 lease Inventory (Section 313) infor-
 mation collected by EPA is available
 by  telecommunications and other
 means. This information can be  ac-
 cessed through a variety of sources.
 On June 19, 1989, EPA  released  the
 'Toxic Release Inventory- A National
 Perspective",  which summarizes  the
 information that  was submitted  (M
 the 1987 Toxic Release Inventory. V
 computerized on-line database of  the
 Toxic Release Inventory data is avail-
 able through the National Library of
 Medicine's TOXNET on-line system
 24 hours a day. The complete Tone
 Release Inventory on magnetic tape is
 available from the National Technical
 Information Service (NTIS).  Also
 available through NTIS  on magnetic
 tape is a complete listing of the 1987
 Toxic Release Inventory reporting fa-
       Diskettes jg«>amtn» state spe-
                                  cific Toxic Release Inventory are also
                                  available from NTIS.  Interested par-
                                  ties may view the 1987 Toxic Release
                                  Inventory data on microfiche at se-
                                  lected Federal Depository and public
                                  libraries.
8 - Emergency Planning and Community ttght-to-Know Fact Sheet

-------
                            Chemical Lists Associated With
                Emergency Planning/ Community Right-to-Know
             List
Lkr of Extremely Hazardous
Substances
(360 Substances)
(40 CFR 355)
     	Section
     ^•MMMMM
§302:  Emergency Planning
§304:  Emergency Notification
§311/312:  Material  Safety  Data
          Sheets  and Emergency
          Inventory
          Purpose
   Facilities with more than thresh-
   old planning quantities of these
   substances must notify the SERC
   and LEPC.

   Initial focus for preparation of
   emergency plans by local emer-
   gency planning committees.

   Certain releases  of  these  sub-
   stances in excess of the report-
   able quantity (RQ) trigger  sec-
   tion 304 notification to SERC and
   LEPC.

   Separate and lower thresholds are
   established for these substances
   of concern for the MSDS  and
   Tier I/IT reporting requirements.
Substances requiring notification .
under Section 103 (a) of CERCLA
(724 Substances)
(40 CFR 302.4)
§304:  Emergency Notification
   Certain releases of these sub-
   stances in excess of che RQ trig-
   ger  section 304 notification to
   SERC and LEPC as well as sec-
   tion 103
-------

-------
                     United States
                     Environmental Protection
                     Agency
                               Office of
                               the Administrator
                               (1102)
March 1992
                     Pollution Prevention Policy Staff
          EPA   Source  Reduction  Review  Project
Why was the
SRRP
established?
What is the
goal of the
SRRP?

What is the
SRRP
process?
Section -l(b> of the Pollution Prevention Act iPPA) of 1990 (PL101-508) requires EP\ to "review
regulations ot the Agency prior and suosequent to their proposal to determine their effect on source
reduction.' As one response to this charge, EPA has established the Source Reduction Revie* Protect
i SRRP) to focus this review on a key list of regulations mandated by statute or court order under the
Clean Air Act. Clean Water Act, or Resource Conservation and Recover,' Act during the earliest
•>tages of their development

For the short-term, the SRRP aims to ensure source reduction measures and multi-media issues .ire
considered during the development of air. water, and hazardous waste standards affecting 16 industrial
categories. For the long-term,  this effort is designed to test different approaches that may provide a
model for the regulatory development process throughout EPA.

The project builds on EPA's existing regulatory development process but emphasizes-  1) intensive
analysis of source reduction measures in addition to traditional end-of-pipe controls: and 2\ -.onsivier-
auon ot" cross-media impacts when developing industrial standards.  EPA's analysis  will be consistent
'.v.th its statutory responsibilities. 2nd will take into account other environmental management options
(e.g.. recycling, treatment, disposal) as expressed in the hierarchy of PPA environmental practices.
Here are the three main steps for project implementation:
                                                           :-vj±-;>. ^ -•-'- - "•"-*••'- -•- "*?¥ -
                                                           AWKOna^farv^A a&aByfptoct& studies and
                         ittoaat dSftfrotffefi^aemiO^v;^^                 ar&otnpereftaend-of-pipe
                         ^meamrf^^S^foasSSaanf siatmt^autKari^pa^y^aiiot^s aJhne&n+cosu, andenergy
                      and rax
                                           - STEP Twor DEVELOPfiatREGULATION"
                                           "'
                      Where cons&ejst~wiifi its statutory duties, EPA uses this analysis to encourage source reduction
                      wh^n de^ofi^^re^ula^ons offering ^16 idenhfiedindustiylprocesy categories. The analysis
                      can ndpsupp^ standards, as wett as development ofc  ,Vr    . "5"

                             « -,     regulatory incentives for source reduction measures of an alternative means of
                              -  .;    compliance;and         -     ;,-- \ "        ,.    . :,
                             --" "'^v   w                    ."  '~""-   -•     •   -.-:x'.-"."-_
                             »-:'-.  -'  guidance materials that accompany the. final regulation to educate permit writers
                             • •-•  •"  a^6ulust^aboutpe^ormanrean^coa'^UHfc^rtdiic^^aieasures.
                                                         '~
                                                .     .
                          .-• _-£ _,;.!«*»*• •,. -.   -        •  .  •_ . •- >
                      EPA gntsifanaS-Jmt^rs, where needed, train^
                      source reduc^aifmetmifes-as a means ofcotnp^ncei

                                                   „ *.        »."wkerefeasible, to
                                        ^edtti&i^fiiaarelttfieff offer the most cost-
                                          '.T~.T"% t^«j* *i.:fc.~^ -  v»._r^v ^iH^-_.-
                                        ^t^^g3[jS«:«i*?<;ctS5>r7r"'Sj.*';r'!:'-x
                                          •-?«g||^a^.?feU'^g''^>''-'--  •

                                                                              Printed on Recycled Paper

-------
Who benefits
from SRRP?
By having the flexibility to invest in source reduction measures as .a means of compliance, irulustr.
make cost-effective environmental decisions that will help improve efficiency and competitiveness.
source reduction measures are chosen as the primary means to achieving compliance, then the snv iron-
ment will benefit in at least two significant ways: 1) the transfer of pollutants from one medium to
mother w\ll be prevented: ind 2^ energy and raw materials use as well as other waste streams mav be
reduced.
How did EPA
choose the
industrial/
process
categories?
What are
the key
industrial
categories?
EPA based its list on those industrial categories facing new air. water, and hazardous waste standards
over the next decade. Sixteen industrial/process categories were chosen based on one or more or the
following:

      •      Environmental releases to more than one media
      •      Potential for pollution reduction
      •      Known opportunity for source reduction
      •      Forthcoming regulatory requirements under multiple statutes.
                           Pesticide Formulating
                         Pulp and Paper Production
                         Pharmaceuticals Production
                Paints, Coatings, and Adhesives Manufacturing^
                             Printing/Publishing
                    Integrated Iron and Steel Manufacturing
                    Ply wood/Panic leBoafd Manufacturing
                            Pamt StripEffUsers	
                                         Rubber Chemicals Manufacturing
                                           Paper and Other Webs Coating
                                         Acrylic Fibers/Modacrylic Fibers
                                              Degreasing Operations
                                              Polystyrene Production
                                   'Styrene Butadiene Latex
                                      Reinforced Plastic Composites Production
                                           Metal Products and Machinery
                                           Wood Furniture Manufacturing
Where can I
get more
information?
 POLLUTION PREVENTION DIVISION
 OFFICE OF POLLUTION PREVENTION
    AND TOXICS, 7409
 U.S.  ENVIRONMENTAL  PROTECTION AGENCY
 401 M STREET, S.W.
 WASHINGTON,  DC   20460
 Phone 202/260-3557,  Fax 202/260-0178

-------
INFORMATION PRODUCTS


I.  Approach to Information Products

A.   Right-to-Know / Public Access Commitment

B.   Information encourages action from a variety of
     environmental players
     —companies initiate voluntary programs
     —public interest groups bring pressure on polluters
     —public health community offers advice on prevention
     —other levels of government have better information on
     which to base their decisions

C.   Mew Commitment for OPPT
     — based on experience with Toxics Release Inventory, the
     first major right-to-know environmental program

D.   Requires OPPT Cultural Shift: Consider Possible Products in
     Planning our Activities, - Programs, and Processes

E.   Some Experimentation
     — to better define customers and their needs
     — new uses of EPA data


II.  Types of Products and Outreach

A.   Hardcopy (paper) Products (reports, manuals, etc.)

B.   Computer Products (CD-Rom, diskettes, etc.)

C.   Online Services (KLM, RTKnet, GPO Bulletin Board, etc.)

D.   Trainings and Demonstrations of Information Products

E.   Use of Online Systems to Advertise Products, Demos

F.   Encourage Entrepreneurs to Create and Market Products


III.  Resources for Products

A.   OPPT Might Use In-house or Outside Support for the  Various
     Phases of Product Development:
     — design, develop, market, support, evaluate

B.   OPPT has a Separate Branch (in IMD) to Focus on Products

-------
OPPT Distributes Several Products
established:
— TRI reports, tapes, diskettes, cd-ross
— TSCATS online system (providing indexing information on
     health and safety studies j

underway:             ,
— diskettes containing (1) the results of OPPT-'s screening
of TSCA 8(e) health and safety studies submitted under the
CAP program, and (2) abstracts of TSCA 4 test rules

— PC-based system and manuals for assessing aquatic
toxicity (QSAR)

— Technology Transfer Agreement to market software that
will bring together and search two EPA databases to help
insure compliance with TSCA

-------
EPA's  Existing  Chemicals Program
                                                   Testing
                                                   Strategy
                               Testing
                               List
                                                 f Regional ^\
                                                 I Activities   I
                          need
                         osure/
                        azard
                        ssessment
Risk
Reduction
List
                                       keholden
                                        ogue
                        Dilution
                        revenlion
                        ssessment
Rule Making^
-Section 4
-Section 6
-Section 8
-SNUR
-TR1
Voluntary
Actions:
-Testing
-Public
 Awareness
-Risk Mgmt.


Findings
-Section 4(0
 Section 9(a)
                                                                  Enforcement
                                                                    Drop

-------

-------
            EPA'S EXISTING CHEMICALS PROGRAM:

                            AN OVERVIEW
What are "existing chemicals11?

The approximately 70,000 chfmimh that can be commercially produced or used under
the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA) are known as "existing chemicals." These
chemicals are listed on the TSCA Inventory.

Under what authority does EPA regulate existing chemicals?

TSCA, enacted in 1976, gives EPA authority to gather information about the toxicity of
existing chemicals and the extent to which people and the environment are exposed to
them, to assess whether those chemicals pose unreasonable risks to humans and the
environment, and to take appropriate actions to  control unreasonable risks.  (TSCA also
requires that EPA review most new chemicals before they are manufactured.)

The law exempts eight product categories from TSCA regulatory authorities: pesticides,
tobacco, nuclear material, firearms and ammunition, food, food additives, drugs, and
cosmetics.  Most of these product categories are  regulated under other federal laws.

What is the ExfeHng Chemicals Program?

The Existing Chemicals Program is in EPA's Office of Toxic Substances 'OTS). The
program screens, establishes testing requirements for, assesses, and develops strategies
for managing risks posed by chemicals currently in production or use. Risk
management  encompasses any actions, regulatory or nonregulatory, to reduce or
eliminate the likelihood of harm to human health or the environment.

OTS has recently revised Existing Chemicals Program policies and procedures. These
revisions are directed toward
               the program's productivity— in terms of both the number and
      effectiveness of risk sifnagement actions taken;
                                                                 i

      increasing public participation in the program;

         iporating die concept of pollution prevention into all stages of the program;
      and

      integrating piuguiu priorities as closely as possible with agencywide
               ital risk-reduction priorities.

-------
 To do this, OTS will

      focus on areas of highest risk;

      direct its efforts toward "clusters" of chemicals-groups of chemicals with
      common characteristics;

      apply a wide range of approaches to risk management, both regulatory and
      nonregulatory, including, for example, providing the affected public with better
      information about chemicals and their potential risks.


 How does the new Existing Chemicals Program work?

 The fundamental elements of the new program are described below.

 RISK MANAGEMENT ONE CRM1)

 A hallmark of the new Existing Chemicals Program is flexibility-flexibility to take quick,
 early action to reduce risk whenever possible.  The Risk Management One (RM1) phase
 of the program is a framework for ensuring that fact-finding and risk-management
 activities begin at the earliest possible time.

 initial Screening

 The first phase of RM1 is initial screening to identify potential health and
 environmental risks of chemicals and  to propose candidates for action under the
 Existing Chemicals Program. In broad terms, the population of potential candidates
 consists  of the approximately 14,000  chemicals (other than polymers, which are
generally nontoxic) on the TSCA Inventory that are produced in quantities greater than
 10,000 pounds annually.
                                                            »
 In addition to its own analyses and databases, OTS uses a variety of resources to
identify  likely candidates for action, including other federal agencies, other EPA offices,
international organizations, states, Indian tribes, and environmental and labor groups.
 Initial screening activities rely primarily on readily available data concerning potential
hazard and potential exposure.

 RM1 Committee
                                                                      •

 Chemicals identified as potential candidates for risk reduction during initial screening
 next move to the RM1 Committee, which consists of representatives from throughout
OTS.  The RM1 Committee, in consultation with other EPA offices and other federal
 agencies when appropriate, has two tasks:  (1) to reach initial qualitative conclusions

-------
about the risk presented by each chemical candidate identified during initial screening
and (2) to determine the next step for each chemical candidate. Where further action is
needed, OTS will notify industry of its concern through a 'letter of concern" and will
open an administrative record on the chemicals of concern to allow all members of the
public to track the written materials EPA is evaluating.

The program will, whenever possible, take immediate steps to reduce exposures to
chemicals found during initial screening to pose potential risk by (1) alerting industry
and the public to the problem and (2)  promptly initiating actions to limit exposures.
Actions at this stage may include encouraging voluntary pollution prevention or other
control activities by industry; listing the chemical on the Toxics Release Inventory (a
national inventory, established by the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-
Know Act, of annual releases of toxic chemicals from manufacturing facilities);
acquiring additional information about the chemical under TSCA authorities; requiring
notification of EPA before the chemical is manufactured for any new use; or referring
the chemical to another federal agency for risk management action.

In addition to taking any immediate action that is appropriate and feasible, the RM1
Committee has four options for proceeding with chemical candidates:

      Place the chemical on OTSTs Master Testing List, a list of chemicals given priority
      consideration for testing.  This course is taken when there are significant
      information  gaps about the chemical's hazard or exposure potential.  After testing
      is completed, the chemical may return to the RM1 Committee to determine
      whether it should be dropped from further consideration or put on course for
      additional action; the test results may be used in ongoing risk management
      deliberations or regulatory development activities.
      Place die rh^miryl on the Risk Reduction List. Chemicals suspected of posing or
      known to pose significant risks are placed on an action list, known as the Risk
      Reduction List.  Chemicals are not removed from this list until the concerns they
      present have been fully addressed and resolved.

      Place the chemical on die Regional Activities Track Chemicals assigned to the
      Regional Activities Track are those for which concern is limited to a few discrete
      geographical areas or those for which control activities require close coordination
      with state or local authorities. When a chemical of concern is identified that
      meets either or both of these criteria, OTS immediately notifies all appropriate
      EPA regional offices and provides them with any support necessary to address
      the concern.

      Drop the chemical from the list of candidates for further fact-finding or risk-
      management activities.  Decisions to drop are made when early fact-finding fails
      to indicate a significant basis for concern or need for additional action.  (If OTS

-------
      subsequently receives new information about a chemical that has been "dropped,"
      however, that •chemical may reenter RM1.)

RISK MANAGEMENT TWO CRM2)

Risk Management Two (RM2) is the second phase of the Existing Chemicals Program.
Activity in this phase focuses on (1) improving understanding about hazards posed by
and levels of exposure to particular chemicals and (2) developing and adopting
strategies to reduce or eliminate risks posed by individual chemicals to human health or
the environment.

Selecting Chemicals for RM2 Action

The Risk Reduction List is the bridge between RM1 and RM2. RM2 begins when a
chemical is selected from the Risk Reduction List for review.  In general, the following
criteria determine the order in which chemicals move from the Risk Reduction List to
RM2: (1) whether the chemical falls within the jurisdiction of TSCA; (2) the chemical's
potential or known toxicity;  (3) potential or known exposure to the chemical; (4) the
extent to which pollution prevention can be achieved.

RM2 Investigation

When a chemical moves from the Risk Reduction List to RM2, OTS staff review existing
information about the chemical and the risk it presents, identify options  to address the
risk, and determine what information is needed to select the most effective option.
Pollution prevention options are carefully considered at this stage and may be
recommended to industry for immediate voluntary adoption.  Other interested EPA
offices and federal agencies are also actively involved in this phase.

RM2 Decision

After completing the RM2 investigation and considering any information provided by
the public, OTS management reconvenes to select a strategy to manage risks posed by
the chemical in question. The strategy selected may contain one or more of a wide
range of actions, including

•     initiating a  public awareness campaign;

      calling for voluntary action by industry,
                  '                                             •
      referring the chemical to another EPA program office, regional office, or other
      federal agency for action;

      stepping up enforcement of existing  regulations;

-------
      developing regulations, such as labeling requirements, restrictions on processing
      or use, or bans (regulations developed under TSCA follow standard EPA
      rulemaking procedures, including provisions for public participation);

      dropping from further consideration, if warranted by information developed
      during the RM2 investigation.

How can the public get involved in the new existing chemicals process?

A central goal of the revitalized Existing Chemicals Program is that its work be carried
out with as much public involvement as possible. OTS invites and encourages active
public participation, via comment and consultation,  throughout the process.  The
Existing Chemicals Program also welcomes nominations of candidates for screening or
review and for inclusion on the Master Testing List, as well as suggestions for early
pollution-prevention and risk-reduction actions.

The vehicle that permits full public participation in the existing chirnicals process is the
administrative record,  a central collection point established by OTS for materials on
each chemical under consideration.  Contents of the administrative record include the
following:

      a screening dossier containing relevant exposure and hazard information,
      recommendations from the screening workgroup, and the supporting rationale
      for  that decision;

      summaries of major studies cited in the screening dossier;

      summaries of RM1  and RM2 meetings;

      any letters of concern to industry or others and replies;

      comments or correspondence from other parties outside of EPA.

The public can gain access to the administrative  record in three ways:

1.    In person, by going to room G-004 of the Northeast Mall, EPA headquarters, at
      401 M Street, S.W., Washington, JD ~   'tween 8:00 ajn. and noon and 1:00
      p.m. and 4:00 p-m. Monday througn  . '.day.  Facilities for photocopying are
      available.
                                                                  •

2.    By writing to EPA/OTS/PDB (TS-793), Attention:  RM1 Process, Room G-004,
      Northeast  Mall, 401 M Street, S.W., Washington, D.C 20460.

3.    By calling 202-260-3587.                                             10/91

-------
\

-------
                   FIGURE 3-1
EXISTING CHEMICAL REVIEW PROGRAM
                             Master
                             Testing
                              List
         Administrative
            Record/
          Consultation
           (EPA. Fed.
         States. Others)
Regional
Activities
                                RM2
                              LVecyde &
                               Pollution
                              Prevention
                              Assessment
  RM2
Decision
Program
Options
  Risk
Reduction
  List
                           Major Rule
                             -Sec 6
                             -Sec 4
                                                                 Voluntary Action     *
                                                                 - Consent Order
                                                                 - Testing
                                                                 - Risk Management
                                                                 - Public Awareness
                                                                 - Pollution Prevention
                                                                 - Source Reduction
Minor Rule
•SNUR
-TRI
- Into Rule
                                                                              Findings
                                                                               -4(t)
                                                                               -9(a)
                                                                            Enforcement

-------

-------
  OPPT_	    Toxics Program
                                    OPPT Programs Goals
                                         A
Promote pollution prevention as a principle of first
choice.

Promote risk reduction and responsible risk
management practices throughout the life cycle of major
chemicals of concern.

Promote public understanding of the risks of chemicals.

Promote the design, development, and application of
safer chemicals, processes, and technologies in the
industrial sector of the economy.

-------
 O PPT	Toxics Program
                     Strategy for Safer Chemicals and Processes,
• Increase productivity through management reforms,
     i          .    •

• Coordinate new chemicals, existing chemicals, and
 chemical testing activities.


• Cluster chemical reviews by use patterns.


• Apply pollution prevention principles.


• Emphasize collaborative approaches with industry.


• Align the TSCA agenda with the Agency agenda.

-------
        RM 2 FOCUSES ON THE FOLLOWING QUESTIONS
o   What portions of the chemical's Ufecycto poses a risk? What Is the estimated
    magnitude of the risk? Does this confirm the RM 1 determination that this Is a risk
    warranting priority risk management concern?
o   Do there appear to be potential solutions to the problem?
o   What risk management path appears to be most appropriate to pursue to develop the
    options and ultimate risk management solutions?

-------
                           RM 2 ASSESSMENT



o    standardized analytical framework for technical Inputs (will require adjustments for
     clusters)


o    lifecycle analysis of chemical


o    potential risk reduction actions within the pollution prevention hierarchy


o    the most desirable opportunities are those at the top of the hierarchy
                                                                   .-
          source reduction (including chemical substitution, technology changes and
          improved management practices)
                                                    *
          responsible recycling/reuse

          improved treatment technologies

          improved disposal technologies

-------
                     STAKEHOLDERS' DIALOGUE
o    technical input may mitigate risk concerns or point to potential solutions to reduce risk
o    indication of opportunities for joint efforts or voluntary actions versus problems
     requiring formal notice and comment regulatory action.
o    summary of Stakeholders' Dialogue included in RM2»Assessment

-------
                                 RM2
o    decisions generally by use
o    drop or identify risk management path and potential risk management options
o    risk management options—maximum flexibility—no unreasonable risk constraints-no
     need for section 6 findings.
o    post RM 2 implementation—further analysis of options-option selection and
     implementation whether it is rulemaking, holding workshops, voluntary agreements,
     etc.
o   closure package on Administrative Record

-------
         RM1  Assessment
o   Initial Screening to Identify Potential
    Health and Environmental Risks
o   Reliance on Readily Available Data
    Concerning Hazard and Exposure
o   Develop Qualitative Risk Characterization
o   Propose Candidates for Further Investigation

-------
       Outcomes  from  RM1
o   Letters of Concern to Industry
o   Initiate Testing Under Section 4
o   Further Analysis to Pinpoint Concerns
o   Referral to Another EPA Program or to
    Another State or Federal Agency
o   Drop the Chemical From Further Review

-------
         KM2  Assessment
o   In-Depth Focus on Components on the
    Lifecycle That Pose Problems
o   Identify Potential Risk Reduction Actions
    Within the Pollution Prevention Hierarchy
o   Discussion with "Stakeholders"
o   Determine if Further Action is Warranted

-------
       ftakeholdexs'  Dialogue
o   Meetings with Interested Parties to Secure
    Early Input on Chemical Problems and
    Possible Risk Management Solutions
o   Involve More than Just Industry
o   Allows for Correction of Hazard, Risk, Economic,
    and Other Information Before Agency Decision
o   Identify Potential Areas Where Voluntary
    Agreements Might be Possible

-------
    RM 2 Decision
Determine Whether There is Sufficient
Risk to Justify Corrective Action
Determine  Whether  Viable   Options
Appear to Exist
Decision and  Analysis Placed  in  the
Public Record

-------

-------
  Health and Environmental
        Review Division
Risk Assessment Roles:
 • Hazard Assessment
 • Dose-Response Assessment

-------
*:•• • AL.
    Senior Scientist
         Staff
                          Health and
                        Environmental
                       Review Division
Environmental
Effects Branch
Health Effects
   Branch

-------
The MAS Model for Risk Assessment
      EXPOSURE
      ASSESSMENT
       HAZARD
      ASSESSMENT
     DOSE-RESPONSt
      ASSESSMENT
     RISK
CHARACTERIZATION

-------
          Hazard Assessment
        (Also called Hazard Identification)
    Objective:
    Determine what dangers the chemical can
    present to human health and the environment
JC-

-------
     Hazard Assessment - 2

Approaches:
   Predictive
 ,.. Toxicology     Laboratory Studies      Field Data
Analog Chemicals    In vitro Studies      Incident Reports
  Other Relevant     Surrogate Species   Designed Studies
   Endpoints          Studies
 Quantitative SAR     Target Species
                    Studies

-------
     Hazard Assessment - 3

Key Issues:

 • What effects to look for
 •i *.
 • Ability of available studies to detect effects of
  concern

 • Relevance of observed effects to humans or
  the environment

-------
 Dose-Response Assessment
Objective:
Examine how the likelihood or severity of an effect
depends on the amount of exposure to the
chemical

-------
     Dose-Resp. Assessment - 2
    Approaches:
    • Reference Dose / Concentration of Concern
    • Unit Risk Estimate
eft

-------
  Dose-Resp. Assessment - 3

Key Issues:
                                   i
 • Extrapolating from high dose to low dose
  j
 • How to adjust for differences between test and
  target species

 • How to address uncertainty

-------
\

-------
THE "BASICS".
The  ABCs of Risk  Assessment
Some basic principles can help people
understand why controversies occur
by Dorothy E. Patton
     Risk assessment is a cornerstone of
     environmental decision making.
     Despite this role as the scientific
foundation for most EPA regulatory
actions, risk assessment means different
things to different people—a point that
comes across in subsequent articles in
this issue of EPA Journal—and is thus a
source of misunderstanding and
controversy. Some points-of controversy
involve the interpretation of scientific
studies. Others have to do with science
policy issues. Still others center on
distinctions between risk assessment and
nsk management.
  The scope and nature of risk
assessments range widely—from broadly
based scientific conclusions about an air
pollutant such as lead or arsenic affecting
the nation as a whole to site-specific
findings concerning these same chemicals
in a local water supply. Some
assessments are retrospective, focusing
on injury after the fact—for example, the
kind and extent of risks at a particular
Superfund site. Others seek to predict
possible future harm to human health or
the environment—for example, the risks
expected if a newly developed pesticide
is approved for use on food crops.
  In short, risk assessment takes many
different forms, depending on its
intended scope and purpose, the
available data and resources, and other
factors. It involves many different

(Patton is Executive Director of EPA's Risk
Assessment Forum.)
10
Assessing the safety of drinking water is one
possioie use of nsk assessment.

disciplines and specialists with different
kind* and levels of expertise,
representing many different
organi/.nions. Moreover, risk assessment
approaches differ somewhat in line with
differences in environmental laws and
related regulatory programs. (See box on
                                                   MM Bnsson pnoto
statutory mandate- p.icel?.)
  Even with ttvf Jittorences. some
features of the nsk d««t->*ment process
stand out as irwrvK :i\ i- principles that
clarify and demvsMt\ tru1 process for  ,
expert and novut- .I::M  This article
highlights thesr pir, -p .~

                    EPA JOURNAL

-------
Risk Assessment
and Risk Management
Risk assessment and nsk management
are closely related but different processes,
with the nature of the nsk management
decision often influencing the scope and
depth of a nsk assessment.  In simple
terms, nsk assessment asks, "How risky
is this situation?" and nsk management
then asks, "What shall we do about :t'"
(For a feature on the interface betv \ • T
nsk assessment and nsk managemu-it,
see page 35)
   Also, it is especially important to
understand that risk assessment and
comparative risk analysis for ranking
environmental problems are not the
same. (On distinctions between the two,
see box on page 19, and for a more
comprehensive discussion of
comparative nsk analysis, see article
        beginning on page 18 )
          I use the term "nsk assessment," as the
        National Academy of Sciences (NAS) and
        EPA nsk assessment guidelines have
        defined it for almost 10 years, to mean the
        process by which scientific data are
        analyzed to describe the form, dimension,
        and characteristics of risk—that is, the
        likelihood of harm to humans or the
        environment.  Risk jaanagement, on the
        other hand, is the process by which the
        nsk assessment is used with other
        information to make regulatory decisions.

        Contributing Disciplines
        What specific kinds of information are
        used for nsk assessment? For nsk
        management?
          Environmental nsk assessment is a
        multidisciplinary process. It draws on
        data, information, and principles from-
                                    many scientific disciplines including
                                    biology, chemistry, physics, medicine,
                                    geology, epidemiology, and statistics,
                                    among others. The feature distinguishing
                                    nsk assessment from the underlying
                                    sciences is this: After evaluating
                                    individual studies for conformity with
                                    standard practices within the discipline,
                                    the most relevant information from each
                                    of these areas is examined together to
                                    describe the nsk. This means that
                                    individual ctudies, or even collections of
                                    studies fror • a single discipline, are used
                                    to develop nsk assessments, but they are
                                    not in themselves generally regarded as
                                    risk assessments, nor can they alone
                                    generate nsk assessments.
                                       One way to highlight differences
                                    between nsk assessment and nsk
                                    management is by looking at differences
                                    in the information content of the two
   What's In a Number?
      Risk values are often stated,
      shorthand-fashion, as a number.
   When the nsk concern is cancer, the risk
   number represents a probability of
   occurrence of additional
   cancer cases. For example,
   such an estimate for
   Pollutant X might be
   expressed as 1 x 10*, or
   simply 10*. This number
   can also be wntten as 0.000001, or one in
   a million—meaning one additional case
   of cancer projected in a population of
   one million people exposed to a certain
   level of Pollutant X over their lifetimes.
   Similarly, 5 x 10"7, or 0.0000005, or five
   in 100 million, indicates a potential risk
   of five additional cancer cases in a
   population of 100 million people
   exposed to a certain level of the
   pollutant. These numbers signify
   incremental cases above the
   background cancer incidence in the
   general population. American Cancer
   Society statistics indicate that the
   background cancer incidence in
   the general population is one in
   three over a lifetime.
     If the effect associated with
   Pollutant X is not cancer but
   another health effect, perhaps
   neurotoxiaty (nerve damage) or birth
   defects, then numbers are not typically
1x10*
given as probability of occurrmi* but
rather as levels of exposure e.rrf /iled
to be without harm. This ctu.»ta.ies
the form o; •; -srencedosr (tfD'i. A
              is typically expressed
           *, :erms of milligrams (of
          pollutant) per kilogram of
          body weight per day, e.g.,
          0.004 mg/kg-
-------
               Disciplines Contributing to
               Environmental Decisions
                Laboratory
                and
                Field Work
Discipline-based •
• Chemistry
• Biology
• Geology
• Toxicology
• Epidemiology
                Risk          Multiple scientific disciplines:
                Assessment   • Chemistry, biology, etc
                              • Statistics
                              • Medicine
                              • Models
                           r   • Science  policy
                Risk          Multiple disciplines- natural sciences,
                Management  physical sciences, social sciences:
                              • Risk assessment
                              • Economics
                              • Politics
                              • Law
                              • Social values, concerns
processes. What kinds of information,
then, are used for nsk management but
not for nsk assessment? In general EPA
practice, data on technological feasibility,
•on costs, and on the economic and social
consequences (e.g., employment impacts)
of possible regulatory decisions are
critically important for nsk management,
but not for nsk assessment. To the extent
called for in various statutes, nsk
managers consider this information
together with the outcome of the nsk
assessment when evaluating nsk
management options and making
environmental decisions (See chart on
how disciplines are used, this page)

The NAS Paradigm
The nsk assessment paradigm put
forward by NAS in a 1983 publication
called Risk Assessment in the Federal
Government Managing tlie Process (or
more collequially, the "Red Book,"
alluding to its cover) provides a useful
system for organizing nsk science
information rrom these manv different
 12
          sources.  Moreover, in the last decade,
          EPA has used the basic NAS paradigm as
          a foundation for its published nsk
          assessment guidance and as an
          organizing system for many individual
          assessments. The paradigm defines four
          "fields of analysis" which descnbe the
            Rarely is there a single
                 "answer" to an
              environmental risk
             assessment question.
                           D
          use and flow of scientific information in
          the nsk assessment process. (See process
          chart, page 13)
            One virtue of this system of analysis is
          clanry The paradigm makes the nsk
          assessment process accessible so that
          scientists, regulators, lawyers, journalists,
educators, and committed laypersons can
use the paradigm as a relatively simple
frame of reference for understanding
where and how the data, scientific
pnnciples, and science policies have been
used in any nsk assessment developed in
line with the paradigm.  (Even where the
paradigm is not explicitly used—e.g.,
certain climate issues—the same kinds of
questions are studied to evaluate  .
potential nsk.)
  The following discussion walks
through the four fields of analysis. Note
at the outset that each phase employs
different parts of the information base.
For example, hazard identification relies
primarily on data from the biological and
medical sciences.- The dose-response
analysis then uses these data in
combination with statistical and
mathematical modeling techniques, so
that the second phase of the nsk analysis
builds on the first.

• Hazard Identification. The'objective of
hazard identification is to determine
whether the available scientific data
describe a causal relationship between an
environmental agent and demonstrated
injury to human health or the
environment. In humans, the observed
injury may include such effects as birth
defects, neurologic effects (nerve
damage), or cancer. Ecological hazards
might result in fish kills, habitat
destruction, or other effects on the natural
environment.
  Information on the agent responsible
for the effects may come from laboratory
studies in which test animals were
deliberately exposed to toxic materials, or
from other sources such as chemical
measurements in the workplace.  In
addition, studies on a pollutant's effects
on genetic material or metabolism, and
comparison of such effects in humans
and experimental test systems, may be
part of the analysis.
  The principal question is whether data
from populations in which effects and
exposure are known to occur together
suggest a potential hazard for other
populations under expected conditions of
exposure to the agent under study. If a
potential hazard is identified, three other
analyses become important for the
overall nsk assessment,  as discussed
below
• Dose-Responff Relationships. The dose-
response analysis is designed to establish
the quantitative relationship between

                         EPA JOURNAL

-------
exposure (or dose) and response in
existing studies in which adverse health
or environmental effects have been
observed. The dose-response analysis is
based mainly on two extrapolations. One
extrapolation uses the relatively high
exposure levels in most laboratory
studies (or, for example, human studies
at relatively high workplace levels) to
estimate the probable magnitude of the
effect in the same population at lower
environmental levels where little or no
data are available.
   The other extrapolation entails looking
for the expected level of response in
• humans, or in animals or plants in nature,
based on comparisons of data from
laboratory and natural test systems. As
explained later, each extrapolation
involves numerous scientific
uncertainties and assumptions, which in
turn involve policy choices.
   The number produced in the
dose-response analysis—perhaps a
cancer nsk value or a reference dose
(see article on noncancer effects on page
30)—is sometimes regarded as a risk
assessment because it describes
important information from animal  and
human studies. Under the NAS
paradigm and in most EPA practice,
however, nsk assessment is complete
only when human exposure assessment
information is joined with dose-response
analysis and all relevant information to
characterize the nsk.
•  Exposure Analysis. The exposure
analysis moves the assessment from the
study of known populations (laboratory
or epiderruologic) in which dose
(exposure) and response occur together,
to the task of identifying and.
characterizing exposure in other
potentially exposed populations. These
populations may be as general as the
nation as a whole for certain widely
distnbuted matenals (e.g., contaminated
food), or as limited as certain occupation
or user groups (e.g., pesticide
applicators). Questions raised in the
exposure analysis concern the likely
sources of the pollutant (e.g., incinerator
discharge, factory effluent, pesticide
application), its concentration at the
source, its pathways (air, water, food)
from the source to target populations,
and actual levels impacting target
organisms.
   The exposure analysis relies on many
very different kinds of information, some
based on actual measurements and some
developed using mathematical models.
Measurements ot the kind and quantity
of a pollutant in vanous environmental
media and, when available, in human,
plant, and animal tissues are used to
project expected exposure levels in
individuals, populations, or both.  The
   Risk assessment asks,
      "How risky is this
       situation?" and
      risk management
  then asks, "What shall
      we do about it?"
exposure analysis also develops
"lifestyle" data to identify and describe
populations likely to contact a pollutant.
For example, if a chemical that causes
birth defects in test animals contaminates
tomatoes, the exposure analysis would
consider such "lifestyle" information as
the number of women of childbearing
age who eat tomatoes, how often they eat
this food, and in what quantities. To
complete the exposure analysis, the
lifestyle information is combined with
information on how much chemical,
probably measured at very low levels,
remains in tomatoes when sold for
consumption.
•  If the estimated exposure for an
environmentally exposed population is
significantly smaller than the lowest dose
producing a response in the study
population, the likelihood of injury to
exposed humans is smaller; if the
estimated exposure is significantly
greater than the lowest dose, then the
likelihood of injury is greater.

• Risk Characterization. Although each of
the preceding analyses examines all
relevant data and information to describe
hazard or dose-response or exposure, . .
under the 1983 paradigm none reaches
conclusions about the overall nsk. That
task is reserved for the final analysis,
where important information, data, and
conclusions from each of the preceding
analyses are examined together to
characterize risk—that is, to fully describe
the expected risk by examining the
exposure predictions for real-world
         Risk Assessment Process
           Hazard
           Identification
           Data
           Dose-Response
           Evaluation
           Data
           Human Exposure
           Evaluation
           Data
JANUARY/FEBRUARY/MARCH 1993
                                                                                                                •3
                                                                                                                  154

-------
     'HOLV "TIE MEAT- W, THE CHICKED WAIT
      -HOLPTHEFlSH-WHATHAYFYlWtfOr
         IMTUE YW0FUNSPRAYFP VKflESr
conditions in bght of the dose-response
information from animals, people, and
special test systems
  Risk characterization—the product of
the nsk assessment—is much more than a
number (See box on page 15.) While the
nsk is often stated as a bare
number—for example, "a nsk of 10*" or
"one in a million new cancer cases"—the
analysis involves substantially more
information, thought, and judgment than
the numbers express. These factors take
us behind the simple structural
framework that the NAS paradigm
provides into a complex world of
scientific uncertainties, assumptions, and
policy choices. As discussed below,
14
     Copyngm 1992 Hy HertHock in The Washington Post

revisiting the NAS paradigm with these
conceptual principles in mind sheds new
light

Uncertainties and Policy Choices
Scientific uncertainty is a customary and
expected factor in all environmental nsk
assessment. Measurement uncertainty
refers to the usual variance that
accompanies scientific measurement such
as the range (10 ± 1) around a value.
Another kind of uncertainty refers to data
or information gaps—that is, information
needed but unavailable for any particular
assessment Sometimes the data gap
exists because specific measurements or
studies that would complete an
assessment are missing; sometimes the
data gap is broader, referring to a
fundamental lack of understanding about
a scientific phenomenon.
  The 1983 paradigm and EPA nsk
assessment guidelines stress the
importance of identifying uncertainties
and presenting them as part of risk •
characterization
  In ordinary scientific practice, scientific
uncertainties describe new data needs
and stimulate further research, with
questions remaining open until research
provides needed information. Like
traditional science, environmental risk
assessment invanably identifies new data
needs and generates recommendations
for additional research.
  However, "state-of-the-art" limitations
on nsk methods, resource limitations,
and statutory timetables for regulatory
decisions often require EPA as well as
other participants in the regulatory
process (other governmental agencies,
industry, environmental groups) to
complete nsk assessments in the face of
data gaps and other scientific
uncertainties. As a  result, "science
policies"—that is, technically reasonable
positions assumed in lieu of scientific
data—may be developed to address
some of these uncertainties.  Some
familiar policies relate to use (or nonuse)
of animal data to predict human nsk,
models used to quantify or project cancer
nsk, and the size of uncertainty factors
for health effects other than cancer.

Variability, Misunderstanding,
and Controversy
Vanability is an often overlooked but
important feature of the nsk assessment
process. Reasons for vanabihty in nsk
assessment should be obvious from the
preceding discussion. The need to use
data from many different disciplines,
characterized by data gaps and
uncertainties, is one source of vanability.
Assumptions and policy choices
spanning a spectrum of scientific theses
about the nature of  incompletely
understood biological processes is
another. These diverse elements can lead
to diverse results, an outcome that leads
to misunderstanding and seeds many
risk assessment controversies.
  Controversy might be less strident if
practitioners and observers recognized
that varying interpretations of the
scientific information may lead to a range
of science-based descnpnons of nsk for

                        EPA JOURNAL
                                                                                                 155"

-------
any particular situation. In addition,
depending on data selected, scientific
assumptions, policy calls and
perspectives, different experts or
organizations may describe risk
differently. For example, a single data
set, applied to different populations with
different assumptions, may result in
different numerical nsk estimates for a
single chemical.  However, if the nsk
characterization identifies data and
science policy choices, apparently
inexplicable inconsistencies may be
recognized as responsible, reasonable
descriptions of different aspects of the
same problem. The nsk characterization
process can also aid identification ot less
responsible, less reasonable descriptions
of the problem.
  Perhaps this clarities some of the
reasons for misunderstanding and
controversy.  Rarely is there a single
"answer" to an environmental nsk
assessment question.  The nsk
assessment process has an enormous
capacity to expand and contract in line
with the available data, science policies,
and problems. When risk management
information, options, and decisions are
examined along with the nsk assessment.
  opportunities for variability,
  misunderstanding, and controversy are
  even greater.
    The task is to look behind the process,
  always keeping in mind the multiple
  sources of information, the several kinds
  of scientific analyses, and the related
  uncertainties and science policy choices
  that shape each assessment. A related
  task is to remember that nsk a'ssessment
  and risk management are equally
  important but different processes, with
  different objectives, information content,
  and results. D
   Some Statutory Mandates on Risk
      EPA is responsible for implementing
      roughly a dozen major
  environmental statutes. These laws
  generally do not prescribe risk
  assessment methodologies.  However,
  many environmental laws do provide
  very specific risk management
  directives, and these directives vary
  from statute to statute. Moreover, in
  certain statutes (such as the Clean Air
  Act) different sections of the law set
  forth different nsk management
  mandates.
     Statutory risk management mandates
  can be roughly classified into three
  categories:  pure risk; technology-based
  standards; and reasonableness of risk
  balanced with benefits.

  Pure-Risk Standards
  Pure-risk standards (sometimes termed
  "zero-risk") are mandated or implied by
  only a few statutory provisions. Two
  examples in this category:
  • The "Delaney clause" of the Federal
  Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act prohibits
  the approval of any food additive that
  has been found to "induce cancer" in
  humans or animals.  (See articles
  beginning page 39 on the ongoing
  controversy concerning the Delaney
  clause.)
  • The provisions of the Clean Air Act
  pertaining to national ambient air
  quality standards call for standards for
  lis ed pollutants that "protect the public
  health allowing an adequate margin of
  safety"—i.e., that assure protection
  of public health without regard to
  technology or cost factors.

  Technology-Based Standards
  Technology-based environmental
  standards direct the Agency to focus
  on the effectiveness and costs of
  alternative control technologies
  rather than on how control actions
  could affect risks. Technology-based
  controls are considered appropriate
  to certain kinds of problems, such as
  industrial water pollution, where the
  installation of a single control system
  can reduce risks from a variety of
  different pollutants.
    Consider the several technology-
  based standards in  the Clean Water
  Act The Act requires industries to
  install several levels of technology-
  based controls for reducing water
  pollution. These include "best
  practicable control  technology,"
  "best conventional  technology,"
  and "best available technology
  economically achievable" for
  existing sources. New sources are
  subject to the "best  demonstrated
  control technology." Total costs,
  age of equipment and facilities,
  processes involved, engineering
  aspects, environmental factors
  other than water quality, and
  energy requirements are  to be
  taken into account  in assessing
  technology-based controls.
"No Unreasonable Risk*
A number of statutes require a
balancing of risks against benefits in
making risk management decisions.
Two examples in this category:
• The Federal Insecticide, Fungicide,
and Rodentidde Act requires EPA to
register (license) pesticides which, in      i
addition to other requirements, it finds
will not cause "unreasonable adverse
effects on the environment" The phrase
refers to "any unreasonable risks to man
or the environment taking into account
the economic, social, and environmental
costs and benefits of the use of any
pesticide."
• Under the Toxic Substances Control
Act, EPA is mandated to take action if it
finds that a chemical substance
"presents or will present an
unreasonable risk of injury to health or
the environment"  This includes
considering the effects of such substance
on health and the environment and the
magnitude of the exposure of human
beings and the environment to such
substance; the benefits of such substance
for various uses and the availability of
substitutes for such uses; and the
reasonably ascertainable economic
consequences of the rule, after
consideration of the effect on the
national economy,  small businesses,
technological innovation, the
environment, and public health.
                             —EJs.
JANUARY/FEBRUARY/MARCH 1993
                                                                                                              15

-------
   EPAvs  IRIS  Data  Base:
  Accessing the Science
  by Undo Tuxen
       What is the potential human
       leallh ha/ard of exposure Jo
  ben/ene' What tnr the possible
  i am IT and/or imruancer effects'
  One souixe of information on
  questions sin h as these is EPA's
  Integrated  Risk Inlormation System
  (IRIS) IRIS is a data base containing
  EPA consensus scientific positions on
  potential adverse human health effects
  thai may result from exposure to
  environmental pollutants  Currently,
  IRIS contains information on
  approximately 500 specific substances
  IRIS was created for EPA staff as the
  official repository of consensus
  information in 1986; in 1988 it was
  made available to the public.

  Background
  In the 1980s, as health risk assessment
  became more widely used across
  Agency programs, the need for
  consensus and consistency in the areas
  of hazard identification and dose-
  response assessment became clear In
  l*Wh HI'A  work groups were
  • mu iiM-d h i establish i onsensus
  ^••n* i |*i*iiM»ns on a ihemual hv
  • hitiii* 4J UIM* tin I hi **• \ubsta rut's ot
  • minium inli'it-tl and to .levelop *

  (luioi i* I  PA*. IRIS CuorJinalor in Hie
  Offueaf Health ami Environmental
  Assessment)
 system for communicating the
 positions to EPA nsk assessors and
 nsk managers  IRIS currently
 contains summaries of EPA human
 health hazard information that
 support two of the four step!)—hazard
 identification and dose-response
 evaluation—of the nsk assessment
 process
   Since IRIS was developed in 1986,
 and made available to the public in
 1988, its use by EPA and by the
 environmental  health community, in
 general, has grown substantially
 EPA uses the data base to provide
 consistent risk information across
 programs and regions States,
 national and international
 organizations, and other public and
 private organizations involved with
 assessing potential health hazards of
 exposure to a variety of
 environmental contaminants use IRIS
 as a source for EPA scientific opinion
. EPA's goal is that IRIS contain high
 quality human  health information,
 based on credible science

 Development of IRIS
 Health Hazard Information
 Two FI'A work groups—the
 C aninogfii Risk Assessment
 Ventilation Endeavor (CRAVE) and
 the Oral Reference Dose/Inhalation
 Reference Concentration Work
 Group—develop the consensus health
 hazard information for IRIS Each
 group consists of EPA scientists from a
. mix of disciplines and EPA program
 areas The work groups serve as the
 Agency's final review for EPA health
 hazard information
   When the work groups reach
 consensus for a particular substance,
 they add a descriptive summary to
 IRIS The information may become
 part of the supporting materials used
 to develop EPA health hazard
 assessments Combined with specific
 assessment information on situational
 exposure, the data may be used in
 evaluating potential public health
 risks to environmental contaminants.
 The summary directs users to the
 underlying animal and human data on
 which this risk information is based .
 IRIS risk information is not a nsk
 assessment or a risk management
 judgment; it should be used carefully
 and with scientific judgment

 Data Base Contents
 IRIS is comprised of three sections.
 noncancer health effects resulting from
 oral exposure, noncancer health effects
 resulting from inhalation exposure,
 and carcinogen assessment for both
 oral and inhalation exposure
 Generally, the information is for
 chronic effects, those that may result
 from lifetime exposure to a given
 substance or mixture
   IRIS contains full bibliographic
 citations for each substance file,
 directing the user to the primary cited
 studies and pertinent scientific
literature. In addition, IRIS substance
files may contain one or more of three
supplementary information sections, a
summary of the Office of Water's
Dnnkmg Water Health Advisory, a
summary of EPA regulatoryactions, and
a summary of physical/chemical
properties.

EPA Review of
Some Aspects of IRIS
As part of an Agency-wide effort to
improve the quality of science used to
evaluate and manage risks, EPA has
initiated a review -that seeks ways to
improve the way IRIS information is
developed and the way it is used by nsk
managers The intent of the review team
is to study the entire IRIS process, from
nomination of substances through
delivery of information
  As a first step, the team is focusing on
public involvement and external peer
review  Currently, peer review of the
technical bases for IRIS descriptive
summaries is undertaken by EPA
scientists familiar with the particular
substance Many undergo external peer
review as well, from groups ranging
from the Agency's Science Advisory
Board and the Office of Pesticide
Programs' Scientific Advisory Panel to
specially convened panels and
workshops
  EPA seeks ways to increase and
improve public involvement and external
peer review The Agency wishes to
identify  mechanisms that can involve
qualified outside scientists and members
of the public in improving the quality of
information in IRIS, while not unduly
delaying the process of adding critical
new information to the data base
  As part of the information gathering
effort supporting the Agency's review
of IRIS, a Federal Register notice was
published on February 25,1993
(58 FR 11490) that, among other things,
solicits public comments on the
review The notice also announces the
availability of a background paper
describing IRIS, its contents, and the
current processes used by the two
Agency work groups responsible for
developing the IRIS information
Interested persons are encouraged to
obtain a copy of the IRIS Federal
Register notice and companion
background paper
  IRIS will continue to be an
impc-^nt EPA resource and a
successful public product of the
Agency. The consequence of that
success is a substantial responsibility
to provide the highest possible quality
and credible information to IRIS users
That responsibility is taken seriously
by the Agency as evidenced by the
current self-appraisal activities
(Editors' Note  For further information an
haw to access IRIS and for a corn/ »/ the
Federal Register Notice on IRIS aiul the
IRIS Background Document, contact
IRIS User Support (staffed by Computer
Sciences Corjvralion). EPA Office of
Research and Development,
Environmental Criteria anil A^vssmtnl
Office (MS-190), Cinrimiah. Oil 45268,
Telephone (513) 569-7254, Fax (5/1)
569-7916)
22
                                                                                                    EPA JOURNAL
                                                                                                                             JANUARY/FEBRUARY/MARCH 1993

-------
I5S

-------
             I
Summing It All  Up
   • Public health agencies concerned with air quality perform risk
     assessments to determine the increased risk of illness from a
     specific human exposure to a toxic air pollutant.

   • Risk assessment is a four-step process: (1) hazard identification,
     (2) exposure assessment, (3) dose-response assessment..' nd
     (4) risk characterization.

   • Hazard identification describes the illnesses caused by a toxic
     air pollutant and the amount of evidence for those illnesses.

   • The size of the increased health risks depends on the exposure
     level and duration, as well as the number of people exposed.
     These are estimated as part of the exposure assessment.

   • The dose-response assessment estimates the dose-response
     relationship, which mathematically shows the change in the
     likelihood of health effects with changes in the levels of exposure
     to a toxic air pollutant.

   • The risk characterization uses the above assessments to
     describe the type and r .e of any increased risk expected as a
     result of exposure to tr   air pollutant. It also includes a discussion
     of the uncertainties associated with the risk estimates.
For More Information—
   Chemical Exposures: Effects on
   Health.  Fact Sheet CC.
   Write to: Dr. Maria Pavlova, U.S.
   EPA, 26 Federal Plaza. Rm. 737,
   New York. NY 10278.

   Elements of Toxicology and Risk
   Assessment. Write to: Environ
   Corporation, 1000 Potomac St.,
   NW, Washington. DC, 20007.

   The Risk Assessment Manual: A
   Guide to Understanding and Using
   Health  and Environmental
   Assessments, by B Brockband, J
   Cohrsson, and V T Covello Pub-
   lished by the Council on Environ-
   mental Quality,  NTISN9PB89-
   137772KNK. Write to: National
   Technical  Information Service, 5285
   Port Royal Rd., Soringfield, VA
   22161.  $17.50 charge.
                 Toxicology for the Citizen, by Alice
                 E. Marczewski and Michael Kamrm.
                 Write to: Center tor Environmental
                 Toxicology, Michigan State
                 University, C231 Holden Hall, East
                 Lansing, Ml 48824. $1.00 charge.

                 Air Pollution. Fact Sh jet LL.
                 Write to: Dr. Maria Pavlova. U.S.
                 EPA, 26 Federal Plaza, Rm. 737.
                 New York, NY 10278.

                 The Process of Risk Assessment
                 and Risk Management. Fact Sheet
                 BB   Write to: Dr Maria Pavlova,
                 U.S  EPA, 26 Federal Plaza, Rm.
                 737, New York, NY 10278. Free.

                 Glossary of Terms Related to
                 Health Exposure, and Risk
                 Assessment. EPA Air RISC.
                 Call (919) 541 -0888.
                               11
                               I OVFRNMFNT PRINTING OFflCl tVH - *17-OW/170n
                                                              United States        Air Risk Information              EPA 450/3-90-024
                                                              Environmental        Support Center                March 1991
                                                              Protection Agency     Research Triangle Park NC 27711	

                                                              SERA   Risk  Assessment
                                                                            for Toxic  Air

                                                                            Pollutants

                                                                                      A Citizen's Guide
                                                                                1-  u
                                                              WWii
      //Mr
      AMI
-AIR RISK INFORMATION SUPPORT CENTER
P

-------
                      Introduction
What are Toxic Air Pollutants?
     Toxic air pollutants are poisonous substances in the air that come
     from natural sources (for example, radon gas coming up from the
     ground) or from manmade sources (for example, chemical
     compounds given off by factory smokestacks) and can harm the
     environment or your health. Inhaling (or breathing) toxic air
     pollutants can increase your chances of experiencing health
     problems. For example, inhaling the benzene fumes that are given
     off when you pump gas into your car can increase your chances of
     experiencing health effects that have been associated with exposure
     to benzene, such as leukemia.
What are Health Risks?
     Health risks, put simply, are a measure of the chance that you will
     experience health problems. Exposure to toxic air pollutants can
     increase your health risks. For example, if you live near a factory
     that releases cancer-causing chemicals and inhale contaminated air,
     your risk of getting cancer can increase. Breathing air toxics could
     also increase your risk of noncancer effects such as emphysema or
     reproductive disorders.
                                                                              Noncancer Risks
  Health reference levels refer to exposure levels that will not cause
  significant risks of noncancer health effects. Long-term exposure to
  levels below these levels are assumed to produce no ill effects.

  Health reference levels are an example of one index that govern-
  ment agencies use in characterizing noncancer health risks. These
  levels are generally developed from exposure levels that do not
  produce il1 eft acts in experimental animals. These exposure levels
  are adjusted to account for animal-human differences (such as
  breathing rate) and for underlying uncertainties (such as the
  difference in sensitivity between healthy adults and more sensitive
  people like children and the elderly).
  Risk analysts then compare the health reference levels with the
  exposure estimates to determine how many people are exposed to "
  concentrations higher than the health reference level. Some of these
  people might experience  ill effects.

Uncertainty in Risk Estimates	

  Although scientists can estimate risks caused by toxic air pollutants
  in animals experimentally or in humans who have unusual
  exposures, converting these estimates to those expected in people
  under a wide range of conditions is difficult, and can be misleading.
  By their nature, risk estimates
  cannot be completely
  accurate.  The main problem
  is that scientists don't have
  enough information-on actual
  exposure and on how toxic
  air pollutants harm human cells. The exposure assessment often
  relies on computer models when the amount of pollutant getting from
  the source(s) to people can't be easily measured. Dose-response .
  relationships .often rely on assumptions about the effects of
  pollutants on cells for converting results of animal experiments at
  high doses to human, exposures at low doses.

  When information is missing or uncertain, risk analysts generally
  make assumptions that tend to prevent them from underestimating
  the potential risk — that is, these assumptions provide a margin of
  safety in the protection of human health.
                                                                                                             10

-------
                                             Exposure Assessment
                or, How Much of a Pollutant Do People Inhale During a Specific Time Period?
                                                                 Exposed Person's
                                                                 Concentration, C
     nnnn
     annn
An exposure assessment estimates how much of a pollutant people
inhale during a specific time period, as well as how many people are
exposed.
There are many sources of toxic air pollutants. For example, they
can come from a factory smokestack or from thousands of
automobiles crossing a busy intersection each day. So the first step
in an exposure assessment is to decide which sources are giving off
the pollutant of concern.

Once the identity and location of the source(s) are known, the next
step is to determine the amounts of the toxic air pollutant released in
a specific time period and how it moves away from the source(s).
Engineers use either monitors or computer models to estimate
the amount of pollutant released from the source and the amount of
pollutant at different distances from the source.  Monitors are used
to sample the air and measure how much of the pollutant is present.
Computer models use mathematical equations that represent the
processes that occur when a facility releases a pollutant and also the
movement of pollutants through the air.  Factors such as distance
from the source to exposed persons, wind speed and direction, and
smokestack height (for factories) affect these estimates.

The number of people exposed at different distances from the site of
release can be estimated with computer models that use information
from the census and from maps. Some  models can even estimate
exposures for the different places people are each day—including •
indoor, automobile, outdoor, and workplace exposures.

The final step in an exposure assessment is to estimate the amounts
each person inhales. To do this, scientists combine estimates of
breathing rates and lifespan of an average person with estimates of
the amount of pollutant in that person's air.

-------
              se-Response Assessment
                 or, What Are the Health
           Problems at Different Exposures?
                              How Toxic Air Pollutants
                              Move Through the Body

                              Entering the Body.  Toxic t.ir
                              pollutants get into the body nr.ainly
                              through breathing. They can also be
                              ingested (for example, children eating
                              soil contaminated with lead) or
                              absorbed through the skin.

                              Movement and Changes in the
                              Body. Once a pollutant enters the
                              body it can stay in the lungs (like
                              asbestos), be exhaled, or move into
                              the blood from the lungs (like the
                              oxygen we breathe) or from the
                              digestive system or skin. In the blood
                              it is carried to all parts 01 the body. As
                              it moves around the body, a pollutant
                              can undergo chemical changes,
                              especially as it passes'through the
                              liver, becoming less, or more, toxic.

                              Fate. The pollutant can be exhaled, it
                              can leave the body in urine, bowel
                              movements, sweat, or breast milk, or
                              it can be stored in hair, bone, or fat.
How Toxic Air Pollutants
Change the Way the Body Works
     Toxic air pollutants can cause health problems by interfering with
     normal body functions. Most commonly they change chemical
     reactions within individual cells, the building blocks of living things.
     These changes can kill cells, impair cell function, or redirect cell
     activity. The results can be damaged organs, birth defects when the
     cells of an unborn child are damaged, or cancer that develops when
     cells begin to grow at an uncontrolled rate.
Weight of Evidence for Health Problem*
of Concern
                                                                                                               Possibly Causes Cancer
                                       One good animal study,
                                         no human studies
                                     Probably Causes Cancer
In a hazard identification, scientists
evaluate all available information
about the effects of a toxic air
pollutant to estimate the likelihood
that a chemicil will cause a certain
effect in hur i  s. The better the
evidence, the more certain scientists
can be that a toxic air pollutant
causes specific health problems.
The amount, type, and quality of
evidence are all important.

The best type of evidence comes
from human studies. This evidence
may be in the form of case reports,
such as physicians' reports of an
unusual number of cases of a
specific illness.  Other more formal
studies can be done that compare
the number of cases of a particular
illness in groups of people with
different levels of exposures (for
example, cases of leukemia in
rubber manufacturing workers).
Because human information is very
limited for most toxic air pollutants,
scientists often conduct studies on
laboratory animals, such as rats.
Animal studies are performed under
controlled laboratory conditions.
Scientists can study a variety of
health effects by exposing animals
to pollutants a* varied concentra-
tions and for v  ied time periods.

When relying on animal studies only,
scientists need to be satisfied that
health effects in humans are likely to
be the same a those in the animals tested.  Scientists try to use
animal species with body functions that are similar to humans.
                                         Some evidence in
                                       human studies, or two or
                                      more good animal studies
                                     Known to Cause Cancer
                                          Good evidence
                                         in human studies

-------
                Hazard Identification
        or, What Health Problems Are Caused
                by the Toxic Air Pollutant?
Health Problems of Concern
     The toxic air pollutants of greatest concern are those ;hat cause
     serious health problems or affect many people. Hee* h problems
     can include cancer, respiratory irritation, nervous sysi Jin problems,'
     and birth defects.

     Some health problems occur very soon after a person inhales a
     toxic air pollutant. These immediate effects may be minor—such as
     watery eyes. Or they may be serious, such as life-threatening lung
     damage.
     Other health problems may not appear until many months or years
     after a person's first exposure to the toxic air pollutant. Cancer is
     one example of a delayed health problem.
Dose-Response Relationships	

 The dose-response relationship for a specific pollutant describes the
 association between exposure and the observed response (health
 effect).  In other words, it estimates how different levels of exposure
 to a pollutant change the likelihood and severity of health effects.
 Just as in the hazard identification, scientists use results of animal
 and human studies to establish dose-response relationships.
   Cancer
  Response . .
                                                                                                      Dose
                                                                                 Pose-Response Relationship for
                                                                                           Cancer
                                                                                  Non-
                                                                                 cancer
                                                                               Response
                                                                                                       Dose
                                                                                 Dose-Response Relationship for
                                                                                       Noncancer Effects
Dose-response relation-
ship for cancer. In the
absence of clear evidence to
the contrary, EPA assumes
that there are no exposures
that have "zero risk"—even
a very low exposure to a
cancer-causing pollutant can
increase the risk of cancer
(albeit a small amount).
EPA also assumes that the
re itionship between dose
a  J response is a straight
line—for each unit of
increase in exposure (dose).
there is an increase in
cancer response.

Dose-response relation-
ship for noncancer effects.
A dose may exist below
which no adverse effects
o- -ur. EPA typically
a  ,umes that at low doses
the body's natural protective
 mechanisms ?pair any
  image caused by the
pollutant, so there is no ill
effect at low doses.
However, for some
substances noncancer
effects may occur at low
doses. The dose-response
relationship (the response
occurring with increasing •
dose) varies with pollutant,
individual  sensitivity, and
type of health effect.

-------
               rtisk Characterization
         or, What Is the Extra Risk to Health?
     Risk information is presented in different ways to illustrate how
     individuals or populations may be affected. Some of the most
     common risk measures are described here.

Maximum Individual Lifetime Cancer Risks
     Combining the results of the exposure assessment and the dose-
     response assessment gives an estimate of the increased lifetime
     risk of cancer for an individual exposed to the maximum predicted
     long-term concentration.
                                                 Maxttnum
Distribution of Individual Risks
     Many people may be exposed to less than the maximum level.
     Depending on the amount of exposure, an individual's risk of cancer
     will vary. The distribution of individual risk is usually expressed as the
     number of people estimated to
     be at various levels of risk.
Population
Cancer Risks
     Distributions of individual risk
     are used to calculate population
     risk.  The population cancer risk
     is. usually expressed as the
     expected increased incidence
     of cancer (that is, the number of
     new cases each year) for all
     peopfe exposed to the pollutant.
     For example, the estimated
     population cancer risk may be
     the number of new cancer
     cases per year expected
     among residents within 30
     miles of a certain large source.
                                      Distribution of Individual Risk
PredKted
Cancer Cases
                       What is Risk Assessment?	

                        Risk assessment is one tool used in risk management. It is the
                        process that scientists and government officials use to estimate the
                        increased risk of health problems in people who are exposed to
                        different amounts of toxic substances.
                        A risk assessment for a toxic air pollutant combines results of
                       . studies on the health effects of various animal and human
                        exposures to the pollutant with results of studies that estimate the
                        level  of people's exposures at different distances from the source of
                        the pollutant.
                             The  4-Step Risk
                                                 Hazard
                                             Identification
                                             What health problems
                                              are caused by the
                                                 pollutant?
                              Exposure
                             Assessment
                         How much of the pollutant dp
                         people inhale during a specific/
                         time period? How many
                         people are exposed?
                                     Dose-Response
                                       Assessment
                                         What are the health
                                        problems at different
                                               exposures?
                                                  Risk
                                            Characterization
                                            What is the extra risk of
                                             health problems in the
                                             exposed population?
While the estimates provided by these risk assessments are far from
perfect, they do help scientists evaluate the risks associated with
emissions of toxic air pollutants. Using risk estimates and other
factors, the government can set regulatory standards to reduce
people's exposures to toxic air pollutants and reduce the risk of
experiencing health problems.

-------
 SUMMARY OF DATA DEVELOPMENT AND
 INFORMATION GATHERING/MONITORING
   AUTHORITIES IMPLEMENTED BY THE
 CHEMICAL TESTING AND INFORMATION
          BRANCH/CCD/OPPT
                and
STA1 \JS OF ACTIONS UNDER DEVELOPMENT
      OR RECENTLY COMPLETED
              (9/2/93)

-------
DATA DEVELOPMENT
(CHEMICAL TESTING)



    ACTIVITIES

-------
               DATA DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES (CHEMICAL TESTING)
Section 2(b) of-the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA)

       "It is the policy of the United  States that adequate data should be developed with
respect to the effect of chemical, substances and mixtures on health and the environment
and the development of such data be the responsibility of those who manufacture and
those who  process such chemicals and mixtures."
OPPT'S TSCA Chemical Testing Themes for the 90's

•      Increase the overall productivity of the Chemical Testing Program ~ get more
       chemicals tested

•      Establish a clear chemical testing agenda and publicize that agenda vi*» a Master
       Testing Li-l

•      Ensure that testing under TSCA is directed toward meeting real data needs, not just
       filling data  gaps

•      Apply a combination of formal test rules, enforceable consent agreements and
       voluntary approaches to meet testing needs

•      Consider the role of pollution prevention initiatives as a possible substitute for or
       adjunct to some types of testing

•      Promptly review/evaluate test results and improve public access to test data and
       EPA reviews
Role of the Interagencv Testing Committee (ITC)

•     As required by TSCA, ITC recommends/designates chemicals for testing to EPA

•     ITC is required under TSCA §4 to establish a Priority Testing List and update the list
      in a formal report to EPA every 6 months

•     ITC can designate chemicals for which EPA must respond within 12 months

•     Designates on the Priority Testing List are  limited to 50

•     In recent years, ITC has begun coordinating with and identifying the data needs of
      other Federal Agencies

•     ITC designated chemicals are immediately  added to the Master Testing List (MTL)
      and TSCA §8(a) and §8(d) information gathering activities are initiated as
      appropriate
                                                                                 IU

-------
Master Tasting List (MIL) (57 FR 61240; Dec. 23, 1992)

 PURPOSE: Establish a clear chemical testing agenda by:

•     Identifying chemical testing needs of Federal Government and international
      programs of interest to the U.S.

•     Focussing limited EPA resources on the highest priority chemical testing needs

•     Identifying and publicizing OPPT's testing priorities for industrial chemicals

•     Obtaining broad public input on OPPT's Chemical Testing Program and its priorities

•     Encouraging chemical industry initiatives to conduct testing designed to address
      and fill the data needs identified on the MTL
                                                     \

•     OPPT has been using the MTL since 1990 to establish the chemical te.«t{ng agenda

•     MTL now contains more than 320 specific chemicals and 9 categories - all active
      except for one category

•     Placing chemicals on the  MTL occurs  via OPPT's Existing Chemical process - RM
      decisions

•     All testing actions will come from the MTL


Integration of Existing Chemical/Chemical Testing Programs

•     Decisions concerning testing actions are fully integrated into the OPPT Existing
      Chemical Program (ECP) review process

•     Testing action development teams as well as RM-1 test data review teams are
      established via ECCG mechanism

•     The following RM-2 Cases have testing components

      Polychlorinated Dioxins/Furans - Pulp/Paper Mill Sludge
      Formaldehyde
     . Refractory Ceramic Fiber
      Indoor Air Source Characterization: Carpet/Carpet Products


TSCA Chemical Testing Actions (3 Mechanisms)

      Formal TSCA §4 Test Rules

      Negotiated Enforceable Consent Agreements

      Voluntary Testing Initiatives

-------
TSCA S4 Test Rules

•     Requires Notice/Comment rulemaking - time consuming

•     EPA must make statutory "A" and/or "B" findings

             "A" Finding - may present an unreasonable risk

             "B" Finding - exposure based

•     Must make data inadequacy/testing is necessary finding

•     Requires testing via EPA-approved test methodologies

•     Sometimes adversarial relationship with chemical industry

•     TSCA % 12(b) export notice requirements are triggered

•     Allows little recognition for industry efforts
TSCA §4 Testing Authority: Findings

  Either -

•    Activities involving the chemical may present an unreasonable risk ("A" Finding), cr

•    Chemical is produced in substantial quantities, and either enters the environment in
      substantial quantities fl£ there is substantial ox significant human exposure ("B"
      Finding)

  AM-

•    Data are inadequate for risk assessment

  And-

•    -Testing is necessary to develop the needed data
                                                                                     Ifcfl

-------
TSCA S4 Testing Authority; "A" Finding (TSCA §4(a)(1)(A))

•     D.C. Circuit Court Decision on 2-Ethylhexanoic Acid (CMA v. EPA, 859 F.2d 977
      (D.C. Cir. 1988)) provides guidance for making an "A" Finding

•     Because an  "A"  Finding-based TSCA §4 Test Rule is risk based and exposure is a
      component of risk, some possibility of  exposure must be demonstrated by EPA

•     The D.C. Circuit Court stated that EPA could rely upon inference to establish the
      possibility of exposure as long as the evidence (including that obtained from the
      industry), indicates that the probability of exposure is more than theoretical; the
      exposure component can also be based on a non-recurrent or brief exposure if the
      evidence supports a finding that such exposure may pose unreasonable risk
TSCA 14 Testing Authority: "B" Finding (TSCA  i4(aim(B»                           .

•     5th Circuit Court decision on cumene (CMA v. EPA, 899 F.2d 344 (5th Cir. 1990))
      remanded the rule to EPA to articulate criteria for making TSCA S4(a)(1)(B) findings


•     The following "B" criteria were articulated as EPA policy upon recent FR publication
      (58 FR 28736; May 14, 1993):

      Substantial production -    1 million pounds AND

      Substantial release -        1 million pounds or
                                10% of production OR

      Substantial human exposure -     1,000 workers or
                                      10,000 consumers or
                                      100,000 general population OR

      Significant human exposure - case-by-case

-------
Negotiated Enforceable Consent Agreements

•      Requires agreement between EPA, industry, and other interested parties on what
       testing must be conducted

•      Greater flexibility in the design of the testing program

•      Statutory "A" or "B" findings not required

•      EPA/industry relationship typically not adversarial

•      Allows greater recognition for industry efforts

•      Takes less than 1 year to begin testing

•      TSCA § 12(b) export notification still required

•      Industry can offer a balanced program combining testing with pollution prevention
       and/or risk reduction

•      In July 1992 (57 PR 31714), EPA announced an "Open  Season" to encourage
       industry to submit offers to conduct testing under Consent Agreement procedures
       (40 CPR 790) on chemicals for which TSCA §4 Final Test Rules had not issued

•      In response to its "Open Season" announcement, EPA received and evaluated
       numerous initial testing offers/submissions and is actively  negotiating testing
       consent agreements on several chemicals and chemical categories


Voluntary Testing Agreements

•      Requires industry to come forward  with a voluntary testing program before EPA
       contemplates rulemaking

•      Testing conducted by guidelines of industry's choice

•      EPA does not make any TSCA §4 findings

•      The relationship between EPA and industry is generally cordial  - agreement is
       sometimes captured in a MOU

•      Testing can begin immediately

•      No TSCA  §12(b) export notification requirement

•      Industry can offer a balanced program combining testing with pollution prevention
       and/or risk reduction with resulting recognition for stewardship activities

-------
Voluntary Testing; QECD HPV/SIDS Program

•     Voluntary international cooperative testing program started in 1989

•     Initial Focus: international high production volume (HPV) chemicals

•     Low concern or well characterized chemical substances were sorted out

•     Screening Information Data Set (SIDS) focus: developing  base level test information
      on approximately 600 poorly characterized chemicals

•     SIDS test data set includes: basic chemistry, ennvironmental fate, environmental
      effects and health effects

•     Sharing the burden: U.S. is responsible for 25% of the chemicals

•     SIDS data will be used to screen chemicals and set priorities for furthei testing or
      assessment

•     Progress  to date:

            SIDS testing completed on over 30 chemicals (more than 180 tests were
            conducted)

            Dossier development underway on over 100 chemicals

•     - 60 chemicals scheduled to begin testing in June, 1993 and another set of ~ 60
      chemicals is scheduled to begin testing in September, 1993

•     SIDS has become an integral part of the  U.S. domestic chemical testing program


Data Availability: Improving Access to TSCA §  4 Data

•     TSCA Test Submissions (TSCATS) Database

•     TSCA 14 Public Docket - EPA Headquarters

•     EB Notice of Receipt of Test Data [TSCA §4(d)l

•     NIOSH Registry of Toxic Effects of Chemical Substances  (RTECS)

•     RM1 Administrative Record - (Public Docket)

            When testing is completed, all chemicals re-enter the Existing Chemicals
            Program  review process

            Administrative record is opened for each RM1 case

            Letter to the manufacturers and study sponsors

-------
CONCLUSIONS

•     EPA has established and maintains a clear testing agenda via the Master Testing
      List (MTU

•     EPA has integrated testing into its Existing  Chemicals Program

•     More chemical testing is expected to be conducted

•     International efforts such as OECD/SIDS are integral to the Chemical Testing
      Program

•     Future testing actions will involve a mix of  test rules, enforceable negotiated
      consent agreements, and voluntary agreements

•     Industry has shown an increased willingness to conduct chemical testing

•     Consent agreements and  voluntary testing  agreements offer an increased role for
      pollution prevention and risk reduction measures as an  offset to some testing

-------
INFORMATION GATHERING



   AND MONITORING



      ACTIVITIES

-------
                INFORMATION GATHERING/MONITORING ACTIVITIES

TSCA Section 5 (a)(2) Significant New Use Rules (SNURs)

       Under TSCA § 5(a)(2), EPA may promulgate rules which require persons to notify
the Agency at least 90 davs before commencing the manufacture, import and/or
processing of a chemical substance for a "significant new use."

       A significant new use is a non-ongoing use that is determined by considering
factors including:

  *    the projected volume of manufacturing and processing of a chemical substance;

  •    the extent to which a use changes the type or form of exposure of human beings or
       the environment to a chemical substance;

  *    the extent to which a use increases the magnitude and duration of exposure of
       human beings or the environment to a chemical substance, and,

  *    the reasonably anticipated manner and methods of manufacturing, processing,
       distribution in commerce, and disposal of a chemical substance.

  PURPOSES OF A SNUR:
                                   /
       After a chemical is made the subject of a significant new use rule, industry must
inform  EPA 90 days prior to manufacturing, importing, or processing the substance for the
designated "new use" through a significant new use notice (SNUN). The notice furnishes
EPA with the information needed to evaluate the intended use and associated activities,
and an opportunity to protect against potentially adverse exposure to the chemical
substance before it can occur. Note that SNURs themselves are not control actions. Once
EPA receives a SNUN, EPA can take regulatory action  under TSCA sections 5(e), 5(f), 6,
or 7 to control the activities for which it has received a SNUN.

  SOME OF THE INFORMATION RECEIVED WITH A SNUN:

       CAS registry number
       (potential) "use" information
       molecular structural diagram;
       impurities anticipated to be present;
       known synonyms/trade names;
       known or reasonably ascertainable health and safety data;
       projected production data;
       expected exposure data.

  (See the PMN Form for additional data, requirements).

  PERSONS REQUIRED TO REPORT:

       Persons who manufacture, import, or process a subject substance for a designated
significant new use.   '

-------
TSCA SECTION 8(a) INFORMATION RETENTION AND REPORTING AUTHORITY

      Section 8(a) of TSCA gives EPA the authority to require, by rulemaking,
manufacturers, importers, and processors of chemical substances to maintain
records and/or report such data as the Administrator may reasonably require.

Examples of information that can be required include:

      a.  chemical or mixture identity;

      b.  categories of use;

      c.  quantity manufactured or processed;

      d.  byproduct description;

      e.  health and environmental effects;

      f.  number of individuals exposed;

      g.  methods of disposal.

      Section 8(a) regulations can  be  tailored to unique information needs (e.g.,
via chemical specific rules) or information can  be obtained through the use of
"model" or standardized reporting rules.  Examples of model section 8(a) reporting
rules include the Preliminary Assessment Information Rule (PAIR) and the
Comprehensive Assessment Information Rule (CAIR).

-------
TSCA SECTION 8(a) PRELIMINARY ASSESSMENT INFORMATION RULE (PAIR)

      PAIR (40 CFR 712, subpart B) is designed to gather information from certain
chemical manufacturers and importers of identified substances to support the
preliminary stage* of chemical assessment.  Processors are not subject to PAIR.
Persons are required to report under the rule for each site of a subject chemical's
manufacture or import.  Reporting takes place through the use of a two-page
reporting form.

      Chemicals designated or recommended for testing by the Interagency
Testing Committee (ITC) are automatically added to the rule.  Non-ITC chemicals
are added to the rule via notice and comment rulemaking.

 Information gathered through the use of PAIR includes:

 *    Names and quantities of chemicals manufactured or imported for sale/use;

 *    Quantity of chemicals lost during manufacture and to the environment;

 *    Quantity of enclosed, controlled, and open releases of chemicals;

 '    Hours and total workers exposed per release.

 Exemptions to reporting under the PAIR include (40 CFR 712.25);

 *    Manufacture or import only for research and development;

 '    Manufacture or import of less than 500 kilograms during the reporting period
      of a listed chemical substancp at a single plant site;

 *    Small manufacturers or importers - defined as companies whose total
      annual sales from all sites owned by the foreign or domestic parent were
      below $30 million for the reporting period and who produced less than
      45,400 kilograms of the listed substance at the plant site.

 *    Manufacture or import of the subject substance solely as an impurity, a non-
      isolated intermediate, and under certain circumstances,  as a byproduct.

-------
TSCA SECTION 8(a) COMPREHENSIVE ASSESSMENT INFORMATION RULE (CAIR)

      CAIR (40 CFR 704, subparts C and D) is a standardized, flexible information
gathering toor. Manufacturers, importers, and/or processors of specifically listed
substances can be required to report under the CAIR.  Persons are required to
report under the rule for each.site of a subject chemical's manufacture,.import,
and/or processing. The rule includes an extensive list of questions from which
different reporting requirements can be selected for different, specifically listed
chemicals.  Information required under CAIR can be tailored to specific items of
interest to the data users.  For example, CAIR question menus can be developed to
gather information specifically addressing such topics as
occupational/consumer/environmental exposure, pollution prevention, etc.

 Types of information gathered bv CAIR can include:

 *    identification and characterization of manufacturers, importers, and •
      processors;

 *    production volumes, trade names, and categories of uses;

 *    chemical composition and physical/chemical  properties;

 *    environmental fate and environmental release;

 •    market values, production cost, and availability of substitutes;

 *    manufacturing process descriptions;

 *    waste generation, treatment, and disposal;

 *    worker exposure.

-------
TSCA SECTION 8(c) INFORMATION RETENTION AND REPORTING AUTHORITY

      Under TSCA section 8(c), companies are required to record "allegations of
significant adverse reactions" to any substance/mixture that they manufacture, import*
process, or distribute. EPA's 8(c) rule (40 CFR part 717) requires manufacturers,
importers, and certain processors of chemical substances and mixtures to keep records
concerning significant adverse reaction allegations and report the records to EPA upon
notice in the Federal Register or upon notice by letter. The rule provides a mechanism to
identify  previously unknown chemical hazards.  It may reveal patterns of adverse effects
which otherwise may not be otherwise noticed or detected.

      "Allegation" is defined as  "a statement, made without formal proof or regard for
evidence, that a chemical substance or mixture that a chemical substance or mixture has
caused a significant adverse reaction to health or the environment."  § 717.3(a).

      "Significant adverse reactions" are defined as "reactions that may indicate a
substantial impairment of normal activities, or long lasting or irreversible damage to health
or the environment."  §717.3(1).

      Any person can make an allegation. Written and oral allegations are subject to 8(c).
Oral allegations must be transcribed either by the company or the individual; if transcribed
by the individual, they must be signed.  § 717.10(b)(1)

      To be recordable, allegations must implicate a substance that caused the alleged
reaction by naming either the specific substance, a mixture or article containing  the
substance, or a company process in which substances are involved, or identifying a
discharge from a site of manufacture, processing, or distribution of the substance.

 Examples of significant adverse reactions include (40 CFR 717.12):

 •    long-lasting or irreversible  damage to human health;

 *    partial or complete impairment of  bodily functions;

 '    impairment  of normal activity by all/most persons exposed at one time/each time an
      individual is exposed;

 *    gradual or sudden changes to animal or plant life in a given area;

 *    abnormal numbers of deaths/changes in behavior or distribution of organisms;

 *    long lasting or irreversible  contamination of  the physical environment.

 Allegations exempted from the 8(c) rule include:

 "    those alleging "known human effects" as defined at § 717.3(c) (§ 717.12(b));

 •    adverse reactions to the environment 'f the  alleged cause can be directly
      attributable to an incident of environmental  contamination already reported to the
      Federal Government under any applicable authority (§ 717.12(d));

 *    anonymous allegations.

-------
TSCA SECTION 8(c) INFORMATION RETENTION/REPORTING AUTHORITY  (Continued)

  Recordkeeoina Requirements

      Records must be kept at the company's headquarters or at a site,central to their
chemical operations. § 717.15(a). The record must contain (§ 717.15(b)):

  '    The original allegation as received;

  '    An abstract of the allegation and other information as described at
       § 717.15(b)(2);

  '    The results of any self-initiated investigation regarding the allegation;

  *    Copies of any further required allegations regarding the allegations (e.g., copies of
      any required OSHA reports).

      Records must be retrievable by the cause of the reaction (i.e., specific chemical
identity, mixture,  article company process or operation, or site emission, effluent, or
discharge). Employee allegations must  be kept for 30 years by the comoany. All other
claims must be held for 5 years by the company. § 717.15(d).

-------
TSCA SECTION 8(d) HEALTH AND SAFETY STUDY REPORTING

       Under TSCA Section Sid), EPA may promulgate rules to require manufacturers, importers,
and processors to submit to EPA lists and/or copies of ongoing and completed, unpublished health
and safety studies.  The TSCA section 8(d) Health & Safety Data Reporting Rule (40 CFR 716) was
developed to gather data on chemical substances and mixtures for which EPA requires health and
safety information in fulfilling the goals of TSCA (e.g. to support the testing program and set
priorities for risk assessment).  Chemicals designated or recommended for testing by the
Interagency Testing Committee (ITC) may be automatically added to the rule (up to 50
substances/yr), Non-ITC chemicals are added to the rule via notice and comment rulemaking.

  Persons who must report under the rule include (§ 716.51:

  •     Current and prospective manufacturers, importers, and processors.

  *     Persons who, in the 1 0 years preceding the effective date that a substance or  mixture is
       added to §  716.120, either had proposed to manufacture, import,  or process, or had
       manufactured, imported, or processed the substance 'or listed mixture.'

  Reporting Period

       Once a chemical substance or mixture is added to the rule, reporting obligations terminate
(i.e., sunset) no later than 10 years after the effective date of the listing of the substance or
mixture at i 716.120, or on the removal of the substance or mixture from the rule.  S  716.65.

  Reportable  Studies

       Unpublished studies on substances or mixtures listed at f 716.120 are potentially
reportable (i.e., studies may be subject to either copy submission requirements (S 716.30) or listing
requirements (f 716.35)). Generally, copies of studies possessed at the time a person becomes
subject to the rule must be submitted to the Agency, and the following categories of studies must
be listed:

  1 )    studies ongoing as of the date a person becomes subject to the rule (copies must be
       submitted when completed);
  2)    studies initiated after the date a person becomes subject to the rule (copies must be
       submitted when completed);
  3)    studies which are known as of the date a person becomes subject  to Part 716, but not
       possessed; and
  4)    studies previously sent to Federal agencies without confidentiality claims.

       The term "health and safety study" means  "any study of any effect of a chemical
substance or mixture on health or the environment or on both," including:

  •     epidemiological studies;
  *     studies of occupational exposure to a chemical substance or mixture;
  *     toxicologies!, clinical, ecological, or other studies of a chemical substance or mixture; and
       any test performed under TSCA.
 *
       Note that the term "health and safety data" is intended to be interpreted broadly.
Additional examples can be found at 40 CFR § 716.3. Several "Question and Answer" documents
are also available from EPA that contain further reporting guidance under Part 716 (available
through the Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics' TSCA Information Service, 202-554-1404).

-------
TSCA SECTION 13 IMPORT CERTIFICATION

o     U.S Customs promulgated the regulation to implement Section 13 of TSCA (19 CFR
      12.118-through 12.127, and 12.128 [amended]) on August 1,1983. It became
      effective on January 1,1984.                         '

o     EPA issued a policy statement addressing the Customs regulation (40 CFR 707.20)
      on December 13, 1983.

o     Customs regulation requires importers of chemical substances' and mixtures to
      certify on the invoice at the port of entry that either:

      o     The shipment is subject to TSCA and complies with all applicable rules and
             orders thereunder; or
      o     The shipment is not subject to TSCA

O  TSCA regulations that apply to imports include:     .        ...

      o Section 5 Premanufacture Notification and Significant New Use  Ruias
      O Section 6 Rules
      o Section 7 Judicial Actions
      O Section 4 and 8 Rules"

o     No certification is required for the following:

      o     Any food, food additive, drug, cosmetic or device, if accompanied by FDA
             Form FD701
      o     Tobacco or any tobacco product

o     A negative certification is required for:

      o     Any pesticide (except when accompanied by EPA Form 3540-1)
      o     Source material, special nuclear material, or by-product material
      o     Firearms and ammunitions

o     Certification for chemical substances/mixtures imported as part of articles is not
      presently required.

o     A shipment may be detained or refused entry if certification is not made or if the
      shipment is believed not to be in compliance with TSCA.

o     Certification ia required for substances which are imported and are  received by mail
      or commercial carrier, including those intended for research and development.

o     "Blanket" certification may be requested from the Customs District Director on an
      annual basis to cover several shipments of the same chemical over a 1-year period.

•     Microorganisms are "chemical substances' under TSCA.
* •    Though importers must satisfy all applicable requirements of section 4 and 8 rules,
compliance with most provisions is not required at the time of certification.

-------
                APPENDIX I
INFORMATION GATHERING/MONITORING ACTIVITIES
  ONGOING AND RECENTLY COMPLETED CASES
                                               1*3

-------
                   PROPOSED AMENDMENTS TO THE TSCA §8(a)
                COMPREHENSIVE ASSESSMENT INFORMATION RULE

      The Comprehensive Assessment Information Rule (CAIR) was promulgated on
December 22, 1988 under Section 8(a) of the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA). The
rule established a general framework for detailed reporting on chemical substances by
manufacturers, importers, and processors.  Nineteen substances were listed on the initial
CAIR.

      Subsequently, EPA received a Petition for Reconsideration from the Synthetic
Chemical Manufacturers Association (SOCMA) asking  EPA to reconsider certain aspects of
the CAIR in order to reduce the burden of reporting. In addition, a Petition for Judicial
Review was filed by CMA and the Society of the Plastics Industry (SPI). That litigation is
currently stayed pending publication of the proposed amendments to the CAIR.
      The Agency published a "Request for Additional Comments" on the CAIR in the
Federal Register of July 13,  1989 in response to the concerns raised by SOCMA, CMA,
and SPI.  The proposed amendments refect EPA's consideration of the petit^ner's
concerns and the comments received in response to the Federal Register request, as well
as other changes EPA found desirable.

      The subject amendments would:

o     piovide exemptions for persons who manufacture or process a CAIR listed
      substance in annual quantities of less than 10,000 IDS., and for persons who
      manufacture or  process a mixture containing  a concentration of less than 1.0% of a
      listed substance, or 0.1 % if the listen substance is a carcinogen;

O     modify the trade name reporting requirements to prevent possible inadvertent
      disclosure of confidential business information (CBI);

O     modify the requirements for substantiation of confidential business information
      (CBI) to exclude process and financial information from substantiation at the time of
      submission*;

0     establish  automatic reporting  (i.e., without notice and  comment rule-making) for a
      defined set of CAIR questions for substances which are added to the section 4(e)
      Priority List by the Interagency Testing Committee (ITC); and make other minor
      changes.

-------
              TSCA §8(a) PAIR and §8(d) HEALTH AND SAFETY DATA
                     REPORTING RULES FOR ITC SUBSTANCES

SUMMARY of MECHANISM

      Section 4(e) of TSCA established the Interagency Testing Committee (ITC) and
authorized it to recommend chemicals to be given priority consideration in proposing test
rules under TSCA section 4.  EPA must i aspond to the ITC's designations within 12
months by either initiating rulemaking or explaining its reasons for not doing so. To
support ITC recommendations and EPA's response to ITC designations, EPA collects health
and safety data using direct final rules under the TSCA section 8(d) model rule (40 CFR
716) and exposure data using the Preliminary Assessment Information  Rule (PAIR, 40 CFR
Part 712).

STATUS

28th ITC:  Expected publication early September  1993

29th ITC:  Published March 12, 1993 (58 FR 13556)

30th ITC:  Published May 14, 1992 (58 FR 28511), amendment early September 1993

31st ITC:  Expected publication late September 1993

32nd ITC:  Expected publication late September 1993

-------
                            ALKALI METAL NITRITES;
             TSCA S5(A)(2) FINAL SIGNIFICANT NEW USE RULE (SNUR)
                               (40 CFR PART 721)
DESCRIPTION

      This final significant new use rule (SNUR), published May 12, 1993, requires
persons to notify EPA at least 90 days before commencing the manufacture, import, or
processing of alkali (e.g., sodium or potassium) metal nitrites (AMNS) for use as an
ingredient in metalworking fluids (as defined in 40 CFR 721.3) containing amines
(MWFAs).
REASONS FO PROMULGATING THE SNUR

      OPPTS believes this SNUR is necessary because AMNs, when used as an ingredient
in amine-containing metalworking fluids, have a high potential to form nitrosamines, which
are believed to be among the more potent human carcinogens.

      Activities associated with the use  of AMNs as an ingredient in MWFAs may result
in significant human exposure to nitrosamines and pose a significant hazard to human
health. The required notice will provide EPA with the opportunity to evaluate the intended
use and associated  activities, and an opportunity to protect against potentially adverse
exposure to the nitrosamines before it can occur.

-------
       2,3,5.6-TETRACHLORO-2,5-CYCLOHEXADIENE-1,4-DIONE (CHLORANIL);
               PROPOSED TSCA §5(A)(2) SIGNIFICANT NEW USE RULE
                                (40CFR PART 721)
DESCRIPTION

      Chlorinated dibenzodioxins and dibenzofurans can be produced as inadvertent
byproducts during the manufacture or processing of chloranil. These contaminants have
the potential for causing toxic effects to human health and the environment at very low
levels. The proposed significant new use rule, published on May 12, 1993, will require
persons to notify EPA at least 90 days before commencing the manufacture, import, or
processing, for any use, of chloranil containing certain chlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxins
(COOs) and chlorinated  dibenzofurans (CDFs) in amounts that are greater than 20 parts per
billion (ppb).
REASONS FOR PROPOSAL

      The required notice will allow EPA to evaluate the risks associated with the
intended use and related activities, and provide EPA the opportunity to protect against any
unreasonable risks from CDO/COF exposure.

      Currently, all chloranil used in the United States is imported. Until recently, this
chloranil was contaminated by CDDs and CDFs to a level of approximately 3100 ppb
TCDO TEQ. EPA believes all presently imported chloranil is contaminated to 20 ppb TCDD
TEQ or less. In addition to providing EPA with the opportunity to evaluate a new use and
take action to prevent unreasonable risks, this SNUR encourages source reduction by
creating a disincentive for the future import, manufacture,  or processing of chloranil
containing CDDs/CDFs in amounts greater than 20 ppb.

-------
           TSCA S 8(e) "SUBSTANTIAL RISK INFORMATION' REPORTING -
        NOTICE OF CLARIFICATION AND SOLICITATION OF PUBLIC COMMENT
DESCRIPTION

      TSCA section 8(e) requires that any person who manufactures, processes, or
distributes in commerce chemical substances and mixtures and who obtains information
that "reasonably supports the conclusion that such chemical substance or mixture
presents substantial risk of injury to human health or the environment" to immediately
notify EPA.  The TSCA section 8(e) "Notice of Clarification and Solicitation of Public
Comment," published on July 14, 1993, would amend certain aspects of the 1978 TSCA
Section  8(e) Interpretive Policy regarding the types of information that EPA considers
reportable under section 8(e), the "substantial risk" reporting provision of TSCA, and
describes the procedures for reporting such information to EPA.

      OPPT is pursuing these amendments to its 1978 Policy in response to questions
raised by companies considering participating in OPPT's Section 8(e) Compliance Audit
Program (CAP). OPKT has determined that parts of the 1978 Policy Statement concerning
the reportability of information on "widespread and previously unsuspected distribution in
environmental media" and "emergency incidents of environmental contamination" need
some refinement.  The subject Federal Register notice solicits comment on: (1) refined
reporting guidance concerning "widespread and previously unsuspected distribution  in
environmental media"; (2) additional circumstances where information is not reportable
because it is considered already known to the Administrator; and (3) changes to the
section 8(e) reporting deadline.  Additionally, the notice states that refined reporting
guidance on emergency incidents of environmental contamination under section 8(e) will
be developed, as appropriate, by the Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response.
Finally, the notice reaffirms the standards for claims of confidentiality for information
contained in a notice of substantial risk under section 8(e).

[Note: The responsibilities associated with implementing TSCA section 8(e) have been
moved to the Chemical Screening and Risk Assessment Division (CSRAD/OPPT).

-------
                     TSCA !12(b) EXPORT NOTIFICATION RULE
                               40 CFR 707 Subpart D
 EXPORTER RESPONSIBILITIES

 Any person who exports or intends to export a chemical substance or mixture:

  O    for which the submission of data is required under section 4 or 5(b),
  O    for which an order has been issued under section 5,
  O    for which a rule has been proposed or promulgated under section 5 or 6, or
  O    with respect to which an action is pending, or relief has been granted under section
       5 or 7, must so notify the EPA Administrator.


  Timing of Exporter's  Notice

  O    For substances the subject  of TSCA section 5, 6, or 7 actions, the exporter must
       submit a notice to EPA of the first export within the calendar year per subject
       chemical per country of import,  for substances the subject of TSCA section 4
       actions, the exporter must submit a notice to EPA of the first export after January
       of 1994 (not per calendar year) per subject chemical per country of import.

  O    The notice must be postmarked within seven days after accepting a definite
       contractual obligation to export or an equivalent intracompany agreement to export.

  O    Where the actual export occurs less than seven days after the export obligation or
       agreement has been executed, the notice must be submitted to EPA no later than
       the same day as the export.


  Content of Exporter's Notice

The notice must be submitted by letter to EPA and include the following information:

  O    Name and address of the exporter;
  O    Name of the chemical substance or mixture;
  O    Date(s) of export or intended export;
  O    Country (countries) of import;
  O    Section of TSCA (4, 5, 6, or 7) under which EPA has taken action.
ERA'S RESPONSIBILITIES

 Timing

EPA must send a notice to the government of the importing country no later than five
working days after receipt of the first annual notification from the exporter for each
regulated chemical.

-------
                     TSCA §12(b) EXPORT NOTIFICATION RULE
                        40 CFR 707 Subpart D (Continued)
ERA'S RESPONSIBILITIES (Continued)

 Content of Notice

The EPA notice to the importing government includes the following information:

O     Identification of the regulated chemical;
O     Summary of the EPA regulatory action taken, or an indication of the availability of
      data under TSCA section 4 or 5(b);
O     EPA official to contact for further information; and
O     Copy of the pertinent Federal Register notice.

[Note: The responsibilities associated with implementing the TSCA section 12(b) program
have been consolidated in the Environmental Assistance Division (EAD/OPPT).

-------
             APPENDIX II
 CHEMICAL TESTING PROGRAM ACTIVITIES
ONGOING AND RECENTLY COMPLETED CASES
                                             \<\\

-------
         TSCA S4 MULTI-CHEMICAL NEUROTQXICITY END-POINT FINAL RULE
BACKGROUND
                                                                    s

EPA believes, and is supported by an Office of Technology Assessment (OTA) report, that
there are insufficient data available on the neurotoxic effects of many chemicals to which
there is widespread exposure.

The data resulting from this rule will help EPA determine if exposure to certain high-volume
chemicals may present an unreasonable risk of neurotoxicologic injury.
STATUS

The Neurotoxicity End-Point Final Rule covering 10 chemical solvents was published on 27
JUL 93 (58 FR 40262).

This model end-point rule will facilitate the development of future requirements for
neurotoxicological testing by simply adding chemicals of concern directly to the rule.
              TSCA S4 MULTI-CHEMICAL DEVELOPMENTAL TQXICITY/
                  REPRODUCTIVE TQXICITY END-POINT FINAL RULE
BACKGROUND

Although available studies suggest that the chemicals in this rule may have an adverse
effect on development and/or the reproductive system, OPPT currently believes that there
are insufficient data available to adequately assess the health risks in light of the existing
potential for exposure to these chemicals; the data resulting from this rule are expected to
enable EPA to assess such risks.
STATUS

Final Rule on 9 chemicals is currently in the post-workgroup stage of development.

This rule will facilitate development of future reproductive/ developmental toxicity testing
by simply adding the chemicals of concern directly to the rule.

-------
               TSCA J4 FINAL TEST RULE FOR OFFICE OF WATER/EPA
BACKGROUND

The 4 chemical substances covered by this final test rule are unregulated drinking water
contaminants. The test data are needed by EPA's Office of Water (OW) in order to
develop 1-day, 10-day and lifetime "Health Advisories" which are used  by operators of
drinking water systems and other public officials to determine the risks  associated with a
chemical spill that enters drinking water.

STATUS
In December 1992 during Red Border review, OW withdrew its offer to publish the test
guidelines under OW regulations thereby necessitating a search for another approach for
making the test guidelines available to the public. OPPT decided that modifications to
existing TSCA test guidelines would solve this problem; the final rule was sent to OPPE in
early June 93 for clearance to go to OMB.
                     TSCA §4 DIOXIN/FURAN FINAL TEST RULE

BACKGROUND

This TSCA §4 rule was promulgated due to EPA's concern for chlorinated and brominated
dibenzo-p-dioxins  (D) and dibenzofurans (F) contamination of certain organic chemicals.
The rule requires additional exposure and process information reporting if required analyses
show that D/F levels exceed target levels of quantitation (LOQs) specified in the rule. A
Consent Decree for this rule requires that within 180 days after submission of test data,
EPA must notify both the Environmental Defense Fund (EDF) and the National Wildlife
Federation (NWF)  of the Agency's decision (1) to commence a risk assessment, (2) not to
commence a risk assessment, or (3) to request additional information from the companies
conducting the testing.

STATUS

Of the 9 chemicals covered by this §4 rule, 4* still have analytical data remaining to be
submitted by at least one company. Octabromodiphenyl oxide and decabromodiphenyl
oxide have quantifiable D/F levels above and below the test rule target LOQs, respectively,
and have been forwarded to RM-1.  Most of the analytical tests required by the rule should
be completed by the end of the year. The D/F risk assessment activities will  likely
continue into FY-94.

 •    Chloranil
      2,4,6-Tribromophenol
 •    Decabromodiphenyl oxide
      Octabromodiphenyl  oxide
 *    Pentabromodiphenyl oxide
      1,2-Bis(tribromophenoxy)ethane
 '    Tetrabromobisphenol A
      Tetrabromobisphenol A ally! ether
      Tetrabromobisphenol A bis(ethoxylate)

-------
                 TSCA §4 PROPOSED TEST RULE - ITC 27th REPORT
BACKGROUND

In its 27th Report, the Interegency Testing Committee (ITC) designated 5 chemicals for
testing on the basis of Integrated Risk Information System (IRIS) listing and need for better
reference values.
STATUS

The Proposed Test Rule has been revised in response to comments received during Red-
Border review and is expected to publish early this fall.  A variety of ecotoxicological,
chemical fate and health effects tests will be proposed by OPPT for acetophenone, phenol,
ethyl acetate, N,N-dimethyl aniline, and  2,6-dimethylphenol.
                                 ITC 28th REPORT
BACKGROUND

In its 28th Report, the Interagency Testing Committee (ITC) designated 6 chemicals for
testing on the basis of IRIS listing and needs for better reference values.

In early 1993, OPPT received letters from CMA confirming its intention to develop
OECD/SIDS dossiers on 4 chemicals designated in the ITC's 28th Report (n-butyl alcohol,
isobutyl alcohol, 2-diethylhexyl adipate and acetone).  CMA also indicated that because
the obligation to complete the SIDS program on dimethyl terephthalate currently falls upon
Italy (Phase.2), a CMA commitment letter for testing this chemical was not needed by
EPA.

STATUS

In its 32nd Report to EPA, the ITC removed its designations for n-butyl alcohol, isobutyl
alcohol, ^diethylhexyl adipate, and dimethyl terephthalate. The ITC did not remove its
designation of acetone. OPPT is proceeding with §4 rulemaking to obtain health effects,
ecotoxicity and fate testing on thiophenol.

-------
                           ITC 31st AND 32nd REPORTS
BACKGROUND

On January 28, 1993, EPA received ITC's 31st Report designating a group of 24
chemicals of regulatory interest to OSHA for dermal absorption testing.  On June 2, 1993
EPA received ITC's 32nd report designating a group of 34 chemicals of regulatory interest
to OSHA for dermal absorption testing. .

STATUS

OPPT, in conjunction with other EPA Offices, other Federal agencies and the ITC,
developed a dermal absorption testing  protocol that was recently proposed in the FR for
use in an anticipated enforceable TSCA §4 consent agreement with industry to conduct
the needed testing.

The possibility of a consent agreement to test these chemicals did not materialize,
therefore rule development has been initiated for a consolidated list of 58 cl".--micals on
which we will require dermal absorption testing to be conducted via the  protocol
developed by the interagency workgroup.
                         PERSISTENT BIO ACCUMULATORS
BACKGROUND

Many chemical substances that both persist and bioaccumulate have been found to
present significant environmental problems.  An emerging concern especially in OW is
focussed on sediments contaminated with chemicals having these properties.
STATUS

OPPT is preparing hazard and exposure information profiles on over 30 chemicals
suspected to have persistence and bioaccumulative properties and may present significant
environmental risks.

OPPT plans to require the development of ecotoxicity and environmental fate data on a
sub-set (-7-10) of these chemicals where data is inadequate to support more
comprehensive risk assessments.

-------
                        "SCREENING" THE TRI CHEMICALS

BACKGROUND

The Toxics Release Inventory (TRI) was established under §313 of the Emergency Planning
and Community Right-to-Know Act (EPCRA).  OPPT has been screening the highest
production/highest release chemicals on TRI.  Testing will be considered for those chemical
substances for which a full set of screening level data is not available.

STATUS

Formal commitments have been obtained by OPPT from CMA to conduct voluntary
OECD/SIDS-type tests on at  least 10 high production/high release TRI chemicals.

At a meeting in late March 1993, OPPT staff supplied CMA with a list of 15 TRI chemicals
culled from a larger list of 67 high production/high release chemicals.  In addition, CMA
was given a list of 9 TSCA §4 chemicals  from the list of 67.

OPPT is supplying further information to CMA to facilitate their decision-making.
According to CMA, at least one industry group is eager to start preparing SIOS dossiers.
                          CAAA AIR TOXICS CHEMICALS
BACKGROUND

Data are needed by EPA's Office of Air and Radiation (OAR) to determine the "residual
risk" posed by 189 chemicals listed under § 112 of the  1990 Clean Air Act Amendments
(CAAA).
STATUS

OPPT discussions with OAR and the Office of Research and Development (ORD/EPA) are
underway to further refine the testing needs and options for as many as 30 chemicals
from among the list of 189 CAAA chemicals.

The testing needs are intended to be met using TSCA §4 so that the producers of these
chemicals will be required to bear the costs of the testing.

-------
                               ATSDR CHEMICALS

BACKGROUND

Pursuant to §104 of the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act (SARA), EPA
and the Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Research (ATSDR) are required to list
chemicals found frequently at Superfund sites.

ATSDR is charged with developing "Toxicological Profiles" for the chemicals, identifying
data gaps and research needs, and developing a testing program.  When appropriate,
TSCA authorities will be used by EPA to obtain the needed data.

STATUS

OPPT's evaluation of the proposed testing needs for 38 chemicals initially identified by
ATSDR and review of comments from other EPA Offices and other Federal Agencies on
the list of 38, has concluded that there are testing needs for 7-10 chemicals. Further
discussions am being scheduled with ATSDR, OERR, NTP and OPPT on a final set of test
needs.
                    RM-2 CASES WITH TESTING COMPONENTS
Polychlorinated Dioxins/Furans - Pulp/Paper Mill Sludge
Formaldehyde
Refractory Ceramic Fiber
Indoor Air Source Characterization: Carpet/Carpet Products

-------
                              PAST CASE EXAMPLE
                        METHYL TERT-BUTYL ETHER (MTBE1
Background

MTBE, a fuel additive used widely to comply with the 1990 Clean Air Act requirements for
oxygenated fuel to meet the carbon monoxide air quality standard during winter months.

In its 20th Report* the ITC designated MTBE for health effects testing and chemical fate
testing. ITC's designation was based on a concern for widespread human exposure to low
level fugitive MTBE emissions at gasoline pumps and the lack of information on chronic
health effects.

On March 31, 1988, OPPT and the MTBE manufacturers (represented by the MBT* Task
Force under the Oxygenated Fuels Association, Inc.) announced the signing of a negotiated
an "Enforceable Consent Agreement" (ECA) for MTBE testing.

Under the ECA, the MTBE Task Force agreed to conduct numerous health effects tests
including pharmacokinetics, subchronic toxicity, mutagencity, neurotoxicity, reproductive
toxicity, developmental toxicity and oncogenicity.
Status

All testing specified by the ECA has now been completed and forwarded (4/4/93) to
OPFT's Existing Chemicals Program RM-1 process. Unfortunately, the results of the ECA
testing do not offer any immediate insight into recent complaints of headache, nausea and
foul odor publicly associated with MTBE in Alaska resulting in temporary suspension of
MTBE use in Alaska in December 1992.

EPA's Office of Mobile Sources (OMS/OANR) and Office of Research and Development
(ORD), in conjunction with the Centers for Disease Control (CDC), are designing a program
to determine the extent to which MTBE is the cause of the complaints and allow QMS to
make an appropriate decision on MTBE use during the winter of 1993-1994.

The components of this joint study of MTBE include a survey of the complaints, monitoring
of emissions during refueling and use, and clinical studies.

-------
What Is the
New Chemicals
Program?
          Anyone who plans to manufacture or import a n
          chemical substance is required to provide the Envi-
          ronmental Protection Agency (EPA) with a pre-
          manufacture notice (PMN) at least 90 days prior to
          the activity.  EPA's New Chemicals Program,
          which is part of the Office of Toxic Substances
          (OTS), is responsible for reviewing PMN submis-
          sions and identifying new substances that require
          regulatory action..
          The PMN program is mandated by section 5 of the
          Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA). The law,
          enacted by Congress in 1976, gives EPA broad
          authority to identify and control substances that
          pose a threat to human health or the environment.
   300H
   2000-
   1000-
Total Notices Received*
                                                    2993
                                                             2738
         1979  1980  1981  1982  1983  1984  1985  1986  1987   1988  1989  '990  1991
                               Fiscal Year
      'Total includes PMNs, low-volcime exemptions, test-market exemptions, and polymer exeT cr-s.

-------
United States   Office of      EPA
Environmental   Toxic Substances Nover&es
Protection Agency
New Chen

-------
What chemicah
substances
are "new"
chemicals?
How can the
TSCA Inventory
be consulted?
EPA classifies chemical substances as either "exist-
ing" chemicals or "new" chemicals. The only way
to determine if die-substance you afcl working^
is a new chemical is by consulting EPA's Inventory
of Chemical Substances, which u commonly re-
ferred to as the TSCA Inventory. Any substance
that is not on the TSCA Inventory is classified as a
new chemical.
Note to importers: Many chemical substances that
are manufactured in other countries are not on the
TSCA Inventory. If you intend to import any of
these chemical substances into the United States,
you must follow all U.S. laws and regulations
pertaining to new chemicals.

The TSCA Inventory is available in report form or
on computer tape. The TSCA Inventory in report
form was updated in 1990 and does not reflect
additions to the inventory since then.  The com-
puter tape is updated every six months.  EPA does
not provide searches of the TSCA Inventory, but
there are a number of ways you can research
whether a chemical is listed on the TSCA
Inventory:
• Many public libraries and company libraries
  have copies of the TSCA Inventory.  In addition,
  the inventory is available at federal depository
  libraries. To find the closest federal depository
  library, call your local library or look in the
  Directory of U.S. Government Depository Libraries.
• Assistance in determining whether a chemical
  substance is on the TSCA Inventory is available
  from two companies:  CAS Online and Dialog.
                                  i
  To request assistance, phone CAS Online at
  (S<)0) 848-6533 or Dialog at (800) 334-2564.
  Other companies may offer similar services in the
  future-, contact the TSCA Assistance Information
  Service for an up-to-date list.

-------
How can it be
determined
whether a
substance is a
new chemical if
its identity is a
trade secret?
• Online access to the TSCA Inventory is availar^
  through Dialog.  To open an account, call
  (800) 334-2564.
• A copy of the TSCA Inventory can be purchased
  from the Government Printing Office (GPO) or
  the National Technical Information Service
  (NTIS).

GPO: (202) 783-3238
1985 TSCA Inventory (report form)
Order# 055-000-00254^1
Price 1161                      .
1990 Supplement (report form)
Order* 055-000-00361-1
Price $15
KTIS: (703)487-4650
TSCA Inventory (computer tape)
Order* PB90504226
Price $450 or $560 (depending (A type of tape)1
                            -w
                            «
The identity of an existing chemkal that has been
claimed as confidential business, information will
not be listed on the public|poni% of the TSCA
Inventory. In these cases, EPA will search the
confidential portion of the-TSCAlnventory for you
if a bona fide intent ttt manufacture or import a
chemical substance i/demonstrared.
                 %
For more information about submitting a bona
fide inquiry, see 40 CFR 720~25 or contact the
TSCA Assistance Information Service.

-------
Are any new
substances
exempt from
PMN reporting?
Some new chemical substances are not subject to
PMN reporting. These substances are either ex-
empt from TSCA, or EPA has determined that
they do not warrant review or require only a short
review.
EPA does not review new substances in the follow-
ing product categories, which are exempt from
TSCA authority: tobacco, nuclear materials, mu-
nitions, food additives, drugs, cosmetics, and sub-
stances used solely as pesticides.  These new sub-
stances fall under the jurisdiction of other federal
laws and  are reviewed by other federal programs.
In addition, the following are excluded from PMN
reporting under certain conditions: products of
incidental reactions, products of end-use reactions,
mixtures, byproducts, substances manufactured
solely for export, nonisolated intermediates, and
substances formed during the manufacture of an
article. See 40 CFR 720.3(XaMh) for more infor-
mation about exclusions from PMN reporting.
EPA has limited the reporting requirements for
new chemical substances in the following cases:
• the substance is manufactured in small quanti-
  ties for research and development, and special
  procedural and recordkeeping requirements are
  met;
• less than 1,000 kilograms of the substance will
  be manufactured or imported each year;
• the substance is being manufactured or imported
  for test marketing; or
• the substance is a polymer that meets certain
  specified criteria.
For information about PMN exemptions, contact
the prenotice coordinator at (202) 260-1745 or
(202) 260-3937.

-------
When Are You Required to Submit a  PMN?
 Does the chemical substance fall into one of
 the following categories:  drugs, tobacco,
 nuclear materials, munitions, food additives,
 cosmetics, or substances used solely as
 pesticides?
 Is the substance formed during the manu-
 facture of an article, manufactured solely for
 export, or formed by or an incidental reac-
 tion, end-use reaction, mixture, byproduct,
 or nonisolated intermediate?  .  .
 Is the chemical substance on the TSCA
 Inventory?
                      No
 WHI the substance be manufactured or
 imported in small quantities solely for
 research or development? See40CFR
 720.36 and 720.78.
 VWi less than 1,000 kilograms of the
 substance be manufactured or imported
 eacti year? See 40 CFR 723.50.
                      No
 Will the substance be manufactured
 or imported solely for test marketing?
 See 40 CFR 720.38.
                      No
 Is the substance a polymer?
 See 40 CFR 723.
                      No
 PMN submission is required at least 90
 days prior to manufacturing or importing
 the chemical substance.
Yos
        No PMN submission is required:
Ye*
Substance may be excluded from
PMN reporting. See 40 CFR
720.30(aMh).
Yos
Is the substance subject to regula-
tion by a SNUR?
        No PMN submission is required.
                                 1
                                            Yes
        Consult EPA's prenotice coordinator
        for more information on exemption
        requirements: (202) 260-1745 or
        (202) 260-3937.

-------
What   i;
information
must be
submitted about
new chemical
substances?
How does
EPA handle
proprietary
information
submitted in a
PMN?
PMN submissions must be made on a specific
form which requires all available data on chemical
identity, production volume, byproducts, use, envi-
ronmental release, disposal practices, and human
exposure.  EPA also requires that the following
information be submitted with the PMN: all exist-
ing health and environmental data in the possession
of the submitter, parent company, or affiliates, and
a description of any existing data known to or rea-
sonably ascertainable by the submitter.
The PMN instruction manual explains all reporting
requirements. When you request a PMN form, an
instruction manual is included. Both are available
from the TSCA Assistance Information Service.

Under section 14 of TSCA, EPA is required to
protect from disclosure confidential business
information (CBI) that is explicitly claimed by
a submitter.  Substantiation of CBI claims for
chemical identity is required when a Notice of
Commencement of Manufacture or Import is
submitted. OTS reviews CBI claims to determine
whether they meet the legal definition of CBI. If
the answer to any of the following questions is
"no," a submission probably will not meet the
legal definition of CBI when  reviewed by OTS.
• Is the information that is claimed as confidential
  known only to the company that is making the
  CBI claim?
• Has the  company made reasonable efforts to
  ensure that the information is and will remain
  confidential?
• Is the information obtainable only from the
  submitter?
• Is disclosure of the information likely to cause
  substantial harm to the company's competitive
  position?

-------
How are you
notified of the
outcome of the
PMN review?
What is the fee
for submitting a
PMN?
When is a new
chemical
substance added
to the TSCA
Inventory?
When EPA receives your PMN form, you wi
be sent a letter that includes the PMN numbet
assigned to your submission and the expiration
date of the PMN review period.  If the agency has
any concerns about the substance, you will be
notified by the end of the review period. Other-
wise, you will receive no subsequent notification,
and you are free to manufacture or import the
substance the day after the review period ends.

The fee for most PMN submissions is $2,500.
The fee is reduced under certain conditions:  (1) if
your company qualifies as a small business, the fee
is $100; (2) if a PMN for an intermediate sub-
stance is submitted with a final product PMN, the
fee for the intermediate substance is $1,000; and
(3) if a PMN is filed for multiple chemicals that
are related, the total fee is $2,500.
For information about filing a notice for mul
chemicals, contact the prenotice coordinator at
(202) 260-1745 or (202) 260-3937.
For information about PMN fees, contact the
TSCA Assistance Information Service.

A new chemical is eligible for addition to the
TSCA Inventory after the PMN review has been .
completed. To add a substance to the TSCA
Inventory, the company that submitted the PMN
must provide a Notice of Commencement of
Manufacture or Import to EPA within 30 days
of the date the substance is  manufactured or
imported for nonexempt commercial purposes.
Once a substance is listed on the TSCA Inventory,
it is considered an existing chemical.

-------
How does EPA
assess potential
risk?
         -Ml
What are the
possible-;*
outcome* of
PMN review?
EPA coxicologists, chemists, biochemists, engi-
neers, and scientists in other disciplines work to-
gether to predict the potential risks to humans or
the environment from each new substance.  In
doing so, they draw on data submitted with the
PMN form, other information available to the
agency, and exposure and release modeling.
TSCA does not require prior testing of new chemi-
cals. Consequently, more than half of the PMN
forms submitted do not include toxicological data.
In these cases, OTS scientists assess the chemical's
structural similarity to known toxic chemicals—
called a structure-activity relationship—to predict
toxicity.

Almost 90 percent of the PMNs submitted to the
program complete the review process without
being restricted or regulated in any way.  If the
agency determines that a new chemical substance
may pose a risk to health or the environment, how-
ever, section 5(e) of TSCA allows EPA to (1) enter
into a consent order permitting the PMN
submitter to manufacture or import the new sub-
stance under specified conditions or (2) allow the
PMN submitter to suspend the review period
while developing additional test data. In cases
where the agency determines that a new substance
will present an unreasonable risk, section 5(0 of
TSCA allows EPA to issue an injunction to pro-
hibit the  manufacture, processing, or distribution
in commerce of the substance.

-------
What is a—
significant new
use rule?
How is the
New Chemicals
Program related
to EPA's pollution
prevention
efforts?
A frequent outcome of PMN review is the
tion of a section 5(e) consent order to allow
PMN submitter to manufacture or import the new
substance under specified conditions. A section
5(e) consent order, however, is not binding on
other companies that may manufacture or import
the substance.  Consequently, EPA generally fol-
lows the signing of a section 5(e) consent order
with a significant new use rule (SNUR).
SNURs require that manufacturers, processors,
and importers notify EPA 90 days before begin-
ning any activities that are defined as new uses.
These typically are those activities not  permitted
by the section 5(e) consent order.  EPA also uses
SNURs when use of a new substance may present
risks to health or the environment if exposures or
releases are significantly different from those de-
scribed in the PMN. The advance notification
required by SNURs allows EPA to prevent p,
daily adverse exposure to or effects from the1
use of the substance.

By assessing new chemical substances before they
are  manufactured or imported, the New Chemicals
Program is actively carrying out EPA's strategy to
prevent pollution before it can occur. The pror
gram also supports development  of safer chemical
substances by minimizing regulatory burdens on
new chemicals if they will replace riskier sub-
stances already in the marketplace.
The New Chemicals Program strongly encourages
industry efforts to prevent pollution. One of the
ways this is accomplished is through the PMN
form, which requests industry to voluntarily pro-
vide information about steps taken to reduce expo-
sures to or releases of chemical substances.  Di
the PMN review, EPA carefully considers thii
information in evaluating potential risks.

-------
Summary of
accomplishments
New Chemicals
Program
Activities
Through
September
3BI
Since 1979, EPA's New Chemicals Program has
reviewed almost 20,000 new chemical substances.
This figure includes nearly 16,000 PMNs that
have undergone full review and approximately
4,000 low-volume, test-market, and polymer ex-
emptions.  In that time, the agency has taken ac-
tion to prevent potential risks to people and the
environment from nearly 1,700 new substances.
Premanufacture notices	.,15,901	7/1/79-9/30/91

Test marketing
exemption applications	547	7/1/79-9/30/91

Low-volume exemptions	1,941 ...6/10/85-9/30/91

Polymer exemptions	1,547	1/4/85-9/30/91

Total	19,936
                      Section 5(e) orders	504

                      Section 5(f) actions	4

                      PMNs withdrawn in face of action	779

                      Voluntary testing actions	,	401

                      Total cases regulated »	1,688

-------
                      The TSCA Assistance Information Service (TSCfl
For IHOrO            hotline) is available to answer general questions
                      about the PMN process or filing a PMN form. The
                      TSCA hotline operates Monday through Friday,
                      from 8:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Eastern time.  Call
                      (202)554-1404.  FAX requests for documents are
                      received every day, at all times, on (202) 554-5603.
                      To request assistance by mail, write
                      Environmental Assistance Division (TS-799)
                      Office of Toxic Substances                  «
                      U.S. EPA
                      401 M Street, S.V.
                      Washington, D.C 20460
                      For answers to questions about procedural, techni-
                      cal, or regulatory requirements prior to submitting
                      a PMN, call the PMN prenocice coordinator at
                      (202) 260-1745 or (202)  260-3937.

-------
PMN DAY 1
RECEIPT

fNtUJ LHtMIL
flL REUIEUJ PROCESS &
EARLY — CRSS DAY8.12 STHNDRRD REUIEUJ *
REVIEW DROPS 27% MEETING ^•••I^UIIIilf M1.1SII-US
\

SAT DAY 9-1 3
MEETING
DROP/NON 5(e) SNUR
DAY 15-19




FOCUS • 50/o
EXPOSURE or RISK - MEETING 	 EXEMPTIONS: (20% of all notices)
BAoCD5(e) | ••• 	 'TEST MARKET EXEMPTS
CATEGORIES 'POLYMER EXEMPTIONS G
9% STANDARD 5% 'LOW VOLUME EXEMPTION
REVIEW
(for additional concerns)
DAY 23-27 I ' DAY 44-48 DAY 57-65
WORKPLAN
MEETING
* All Statistics Based
JS GRANT OR DENY
RANT OR DENY
S GRANT OR DENY

MEETING DISPO DISPO

DAY 74-78
REQUEST ADDITIONAL C

DROP, DRO

Upon 1992 Data
FINAL REPORTS
DAY 66-71

ON MEETING :
P/ LETTER, or
)N5(e) SNUR

I
NON-5 (e)
SNUR
DAY 72-75

NCB OPTIONS
MEETINGS

DIVISION
DIRECTORS
BRIEFING


POST DDs
REGULATOR
ACTION

I
5 (e) CONSENT
ORDER



79-82
—DROP or
DROP / LETTEF

V

I
UP FRONT
TECTING

-------

-------
                   NEW CHEMICAL REVIEW PROCESS
              \,

DAY

1         PMN RECEIPT

8-12      CRS8 MEETING -, CHEMICAL REVIEW AND SEARCH STRATEGY

          - Review of Chemical Nomenclature, Structure, Physical
          and Chemical Properties, Reactions, Technical Aspect of
          Dae (is the identified use regulated under FIFRA ?,
          FFDCA ?; therefore, excluded from TSCA).

          - Some Polymers may be dropped from further review
          based on established criteria and professional
          judgement.

9-13      SAT MEETING- STRUCTURE ACTIVITY TEAM

          - Hazard Potential for Health and/or Environmental
          Effects is Evaluated.

          - Evaluation of Physical/Chemical properties, Data on
          Analogous Substances, Knowledge of Chemical Reactivity,
          and Test Data on the Substance (if available).

          PROFILE OF EXPOSURE AND RELEASES

          - Simultaneously to the SAT Meeting, Consumer Exposure,
          Worker Exposure, Environmental Release, Environmental
          Fate and any Pro-Release Treatments Are Evaluated.

15-20     FOCUS  MEETING

   7       - A Multidisciplinary Evaluation of PMN Is Conducted
          Based  on the Proceeding Reviews.   The First Point In
          the Review process Where a Regulatory Decision Is Based
          on Both Hazard and Exposure.

          Focus  Meeting Decisions Include:

          - 5(e)  Finding (Develop Risk-based and/or Exposure
          Based  Consent Order, Ban Pending the Development of
          Upfront Testing)

          - "Drop" from Further Review
               Drop
               Drop/Follow-up: Refer to Existing Chemical Review
               Drop/Letter of Concern: Identify Concerns of
               "Existing" Chemical as an intermediate or reaction
               product

          - Standard Review (More Detailed Review, a Final Risk
          Assessment is Prepared).

-------
                         Standard Review

Meetings within the standard Review Process Include Lhe
Following:
               o Workplan
               o Mid-course Meeting
               o HERD/ETD Briefings
               o Options
               o CCD Disposition Meeting/ or
               o Division Directors Meeting

DAY

23-27     WORKPLAN - Clarify objectives, assignments, and
          scheduling of review.  Attended by assigned Program
          Manager (oversees review process), Technical Integrator
          (responsible for technical oversight and 'integration of
          hazard and exposure to produce a risk assessment),
          Chemist/ Engineer/ Economist/ Hazard and Exposure
          Assessors, and Information Services Representative
          (performs literature search)

44-48     MID-COURSE MEETING - Assesses progress of the case and
          integrates completed reports.

57-65     ETD (Economics and Technology Division) DISPOSITION -
          ETD management reviews assessments of chemistry,
          engineering and economics.

57-65     HERD (Health and Environmental Review Division) DISPO -
          The Technical Integrator briefs HERD management on the
          case including a summary of background information on
          the substance, brief description of potentially toxic
         .effects and exposures, conclusion about potential
          risks/ and testing recommendations.  The outcome of the
          meeting is a decision on whether the PMN substance
          presents a potential health or ecological hazard and/
          if so, whether there is significant exposure to the
          chemical to pose a potentially significant risk.
          Recommendations for additional testing are also made.

72-75     OPTIONS - The Program Manager prepares a "briefing
          paper11 and presents the PMN case to her/his management
          in the New Chemicals Branch  (NCB). Regulatory
          recommendations are assessed from a legal and policy
          standpoint.

79-82     DIVISION DIRECTORS'BRIEFING - The DDs' of the Office of
          Toxic Substances are briefed on the case and they
          decide what action will be taken on the PMN substance.
          (CCD (Chemical Control Division) Disposition Meeting
          may be substituted for a DDs' briefing for certain
          "drop" cases.

-------
          OVERSIGHT OF BIOTECHNOLOGY PRODUCTS UNDER TSCA

Living Organisms are Considered "Chemical Substances" Under TSCA

     o    TSCA  defines a  chemical  substance  as any  organic or
          inorganic substance  of particular  Molecular identify,
          including substances occurring in whole or in part from
          a chemical reaction or occurring in nature.

     o    Living organisms, including microorganisms, are included
          in this definition.

•New" Microorganisms are Subject to the Premanufacture Notification
Requirements of Section 5 of TSCA

     o    Microorganisms  considered  new   are  subject  to  the
          premanufacture notification (PMN) requirements of Section
          5.

     o    New microorganisms are those which are "intergeneric" -
          i.e., microorganisms that contain genetic material from
          source organisms in different genera -  and which are not
          listed on the TSCA Inventory of Chemical Substances.

               Several types of microorganisms are not considered
               "new",  and  are  not subject "to  Section  5  WIN
               requirements:

                    Naturally occurring microorganisms;
               -    Genetically modified microorganisms other than
                    intergeneric;
                    Intergeneric  microorganisms  resulting  only
                    from   the   addition   of  genetic  material
                    consisting of  well-characterized,  non-coding
                    regulatory regions which do not result in the
                    expression of phenotypic characteristics.

     o    Under the 1986  Policy  statement, persons manufacturing
          intergeneric  microorganisms for  commercial purposes in
          the United  States  are  required to file  a PMN prior to
          doing so.

     o    Persons    intending    to    introduce    intergeneric
          microorganisms  into  the  environment for  research and
          development  purposes are  requested to  file a voluntary
          PMN with EPA before initiating such research.

Certain Potential Uses of Microorganisms are Subject to TSCA

     o    Specialty Chemical Production - the use  of microorganisms
          to manufacture chemical substances, e.g., enzymes.  Many
          enzyme  manufacturers  are already using intergeneric
          microorganisms to produce enzymes used in detergents.

-------
     o    Nitrogen Fixation - Some companies are experimenting with
          the use  of  intergeneric microorganisms  to  enhance the
          ability of crop plants to fix nitrogen from the air.

     o    Bioremediation -  the use of microorganisms  to degrade
          hazardous chemical substances in the environment.  Some
          companies are experimenting with the  use of intergeneric
          microorganisms to degrade hazardous waste.

     o    Biosensors -  the use  of microorganisms to  detect the
          presence  and  concentration  of  contaminants  in  the
          environment.   Intergeneric microorganisms may be used for
          this purpose in the future.

     o    Biomass Conversion - the use of microorganisms to convert
          agricultural  waste  material to fuels,  e.g.,  ethanol.
          Several companies have explored the use of intergeneric
          microorganisms for use in this process.

The TSCA Biotechnology  Program has Reviewed More -than 50 Product
Submissions Since its Establishment

     o    Commercial Purpose PMNs - The TSCA Biotechnology Program
          has reviewed 26 PMNs  for biotechnology products used for
          commercial purposes.   These have consisted primarily of
          specialty chemical and biomass conversion products, and
          intergeneric    microorganisms    used    as    pesticide
          intermediates.

     o    Environmental R&D -  The TSCA  Biotechnology Program has
          reviewed  24  voluntary PMNs for biotechnology products
          used  for  research  and development purposes  in  the
          environment.   These products have consisted primarily of
          intergeneric    strains    of     nitrogen-fixing    soil
          microorganisms.

Reference Documents:

     Proposed Policy Regarding  Certain Microbial Products (49 Fed.
     Reg. 50880 (December 31, 1984)).

     Statement of Policy; Microbial Products Subject to the Federal
     Insecticide,  Fungicide,  and  Rodenticide  Act and the Toxic
     Substances Control Act (51 Fed. Reg.  23313 (June  26, 1986)).

     Pamphlet,  "EPA's  Biotechnology Oversight Program Under the
     Toxic Substances Control Act" (EPA 745-F-93-003;  June  199J).

     (Reference Documents are available from the TSCA  Hotline, or
     by   calling   David   Giamporcaro,    Section  Chief,   TSCA
     Biotechnology Program, at 260-6362).

-------
     TOXIC SUBSTANCES
         CONTROL ACT
              (TSCA)
   May regulate chemical substances
   which present unreasonable risks
 of injury to health or the environment
"Chemical Substance" Defined

Any organic or inorganic substance of a
particular molecular identity, including substances:

(1) occurring in whole or in part from a
   chemical reaction,

OR

(2) occurring in nature


Microorganisms are included in this definition

-------
     NEW MICROORGANISMS
  SUBJECT TO TSCA SECTION 5
    ACCORDING TO THE 1986
        POLICY STATEMENT
  Intergeneric - contain genetic material
              from source organisms
              in different genera

  Not listed on TSCA Inventory
Exclusions
•  Naturally occurring microorganisms

•  Genetically modified microorganisms other
  than intergeneric
         x
•  Intergeneric microorganisms resulting
  only from addition of well-characterized,
  non-coding regulatory regions

-------
POTENTIAL USES OF
 MICROORGANISMS
   SUBJECT TO TSCA
 Specialty chemical production
 Nitrogen fixation
 Bioremediation
 Biosensors
 Biomass conversion
 Mineral recovery

-------
             INTERGENERIC
    MICROORGANISMS USED AS
  INTERMEDIATES IN SPECIALTY
      CHEMICAL PRODUCTION
Recipient
Microorganism
Modification
Use
Aspergillus orvzae
Bacillus spp.
Bacillus (alcalophiiic)
Bacillus licheniformis
Bacillus subtilis
Escherichia coll
Lipase
Subtilisin
Protease
Hydrolase
Alpha amylase
Alpha amylase
Protease
Alpha amylase

Lipase
Insulin-like
growth hormone
Detergent
Detergent
CBI*
CBI
Detergent
Detergent
CBI
Produce ethanol
for gasoline
Detergent
Cell culture
media
* CBI = Confidential Business Information        •
PMNs were received for the above contained system fermentation uses.
No regulatory action was taken on these microorganisms subsequent to
their review.

-------
            INTERGENERIC
      MICROORGANISMS USED
         IN R&D FIELD TESTS
Recipient
Microorganism
Rhizobium meliloti
Bradyrhizobium
japonicum
Pseudomonas
aureofaciens
Modification
N-fixation, Antibiotic
resistance markers
N-fixation, Antibiotic
resistance markers
lacZY marker genes
from Escherichia coli
#PMNs
18
6
1
# Field
Tests
4
2
2
Voluntary PMNs were received for small-scale field
tests of the above microorganisms.
TSCA section 5 (e) consent orders were negotiated
for all PMNs to restrict uses to the specific field tests.
Additional testing of the same microorganisms
required modifications to the consent orders.
Different combinations of microorganisms were used
for the various field tests.

EPA coordinated with Regional and State contacts
during consent order negotiations.

-------
                  DOCUMENTS AVAILABLE FROM EPA*8

                    T8CA BIOTECHNOLOGY PROGRAM
1.   The 1986 Policy Statement.

     The Federal Register notice which discusses the policy under
     which EPA's T8CA section 5 biotechnology program currently
     operates.  Citation:  51 FR 23313, June 26, 1986.
         ts to Consider in the Preparation a^d Submission of TSCA
     PMNs for Microorganisms.                        -  -  •

     Guidance for developing a biotechnology PMN.


3.   Status Report.

     A summary of the TSCA biotechnology PMNs received and major
     issues related to their review.
4.   Draft Proposed TSCA Biotechnology Rule.

     A draft of the proposed TSCA biotechnology rule dated June
     21, 1991, and made available for a public meeting of EPA's
     Biotechnology Science Advisory Committee.


CONTACTS: Ellie Clark               (202) 260-3402
               David Giamporcaro  (202) 260-6362

-------
                  ''                                        September 1, 1993

                               OPPT LEAD PROGRAM

Background

       In February  1991, the Agency released its Strategy for Reducing Lead Poisoning, a
comprehensive listing of agency-wide activities to reduce the incidence of childhood lead
levels above 10 jtg/dl and to significantly reduce unacceptable lead exposure to the general
population and the environment.  Within OPPT, activities to achieve these goals involved 1)
developing a program of research and outreach, originally to support the Department of
Housing and Urban  Development (HUD), to reduce the incidence  of childhood lead
poisoning by exposure to lead-based paint in housing, and 2) conducting regulatory
investigations and rulemakings under TSCA Section 6 to reduce exposure to lead from
plumbing solder, plumbing fittings, fishing sinkers, non-recycled batteries, and other
industrial uses of lead-based paint.  An ANPRM in May 1992, announced the Agency's
intent to regulate various sources of lead exposure.
       In October 1992, the Residential Lead-based Paint Hazard Reduction Act (known as
Title X) was passed  which required EPA and other Federal agencies to develop the necessary
infrastructure for States to conduct lead-based paint hazard reduction programs.
Implementation of Tide X has become the primary OPPT activity concerning lead.
       Within the Agency, lead activities are coordinated through the lead cluster, a 80-
member group from all program offices with lead activities.  Through the Office Director's
Lead Committee (ODLC) and technical subject matter subgroups the cluster promotes
coordination and consistency in addressing lead issues across the Agency.  OPPT has the
responsibility  of coordinating the activities of the lead cluster, arid  the OPPT Deputy Office
Director chairs the ODLC.

Current Activities

Regulatory

Under Title X, the Agency has a number of regulations under development:

       a) sections 402 and 404 requires the agency to promulgate regulations by April 1994
       (1) to ensure  that individuals involved in lead-based paint activities are trained,
       training programs accredited and contractors certified, (2) to set standards for
       performing abatement activities and (3)  to develop a model  state program for
       compliance with the training and accreditation requirements,

       b) section 403 requires the agency to identify by April 1994 lead-based paint hazards,
       lead-contaminated soil, and lead-contaminated dust,

       c) section 1018 mandated EPA and HUD to jointly issue regulations, by October
       1994, to require sellers and lessors (1) to disclose known lead-based paint hazards to
      purchasers or renters of residential property,  (2) to provide  an EPA-developed lead

-------
       information pamphlet to purchasers and renters, (3) to allow purchasers a 10-day
       period for inspection for lead-based paint hazards, and (4) to use sales contracts that
       contain a lead warning statement, and

       d) section 406 requires that, by October 1994, renovators begin to provide customers
       a copy of the EPA-developed lead information pamphlet.

Under TSCA, OPPT has initiated a number of regulatory investigations and rulemakings to
reduce exposure to lead from other sources:

       a) a regulatory investigation of industrial uses of lead-based paint,

       b) initiation of rulemakings to reduce the amount of lead leaching from brass
       plumbing fittings and to prohibit the use of lead containing solder in private water
       systems,

       c) response to Section 21 petitions concerning lead fishing sinkers and battery
       recycling (the fishing sinker investigation has proceeded to rulemaking under Section
       6), and

       d) initiation of a Significant New Use Rule to prohibit the new uses of lead without
       Agency notification.

Research

In April  1989, EPA and HUD signed a Memorandum of Understanding that provided
technical support to HUD to assist in developing a national program for reducing risks to
children from lead-based paint in housing.  Tide X has also provided OPPT with additional
research and data generation requirements.  Efforts have been undertaken to generate data
and information on lead-based paint abatement methodologies and measurement technology.
The abatement methodology studies include an evaluation of specific repair and maintenance
techniques in housing in Baltimore, an evaluation of the long-term,efficacy of HUD-
recbmmended abatement methods, cooperative studies with CDC to evaluate low-cost
abatement methods as currently practiced by local governments, a comprehensive
investigation of lead-based paint encapsulants and a study of lead-based paint hazards
involved  in remodelling and renovation activities.

Measurement technology efforts include the  development of a third -party environmental  .
laboratory accreditation program, a comparison of test kit and XRF technologies for
quantifying lead-based paint, an evaluation of different sample collection and analytical
methods for lead in dust,  paint, and soil, for the professional abatement contractor and
homeowners.

Agency research  efforts are coordinated through by the lead cluster by the research
subgroup.

-------
 Public Outreach and Education

 An important part of the OPPT lead program is communicating the risks of lead with the
 general population,  health professionals, lead-based paint abatement workers, and state and
 local government decision makers.  OPPT has initiated activities to reach these diverse
 groups.  Title X required the agency to establish a clearinghouse and hotline to disseminate
 information on lead hazards to the public. The National Lead Information Center, financially
 supported by EPA,  CDC, HUD and DoD, began operation in April 1993; it houses the
 Federal hotline (1-800-LEAD-FYI) and clearinghouse (1-800-424-LEAD). A standard
 information package will be sent by calling the hotline, while the clearinghouse, operated by
 the National Safety  Council (NSC), employs information specialists to answer specific
 questions from the public. In early summer 1993, OPPT sponsored, along with the
 Environmental Defense Fund and NSC a media campaign to promote the hotline, including
 radio and TV public service announcements and print media advertisements.

 In 1992, Regional Lead Training Centers were established in five universities around- the
 country to provide a network of facilities to train contractors and abatement professionals in
 lead-based paint identification and abatement techniques.  For the past 3 years, OPPT has
 provided grants to labor organizations and labor management trusts for training workers in
 correct lead-based paint abatement techniques. The President's FY1994 budget calls for  a
 $10 million grant program for states to implement training and certification activities
 mandated under Title X.  Through a grant, the Alliance to End Childhood Lead Poisoning is
 preparing a series of primary prevention handbooks which will serve as a resource tool for
 local and state governments to established programs of hazard identification and abatement
 aimed at the preventing lead poisoning in children.

 Public education documents include a four-color pamphlet describing lead hazards and aimed
 at parents of young  children.  The pamphlet and fact sheets describing how to have your
 home tested, what to consider when having your home renovated, common questions and
 answers about lead poisoning and state and local contacts are sent upon request from the
 hotline.  Title X requires the Agency to develop a pamphlet to be given to home purchasers
 and renters and  to occupants during home renovation to describe the hazards of lead-based
 paint.
                                                              V
 Federal. Regional and State Coordination

 At a Federal level, coordination of lead-based paint activities occurs through an interagency
 task force, co-chaired by EPA and HUD. The task force has been  in operation since April
 1989 and has a membership of to 18 Federal agencies, including CDC, OSHA, NIOSH,
 CPSC, and NIEHS.  OPPT also represents the Agency on a Congressionally-mandated
Department of Defense task force that addresses lead-based paint issues in military-owned
housing and other buildings.  Title X calls for the creation of a task force by HUD in
consultation with EPA to make recommendations  on technical and budget matters influencing
the reduction of lead-based paint hazards. This task force is composed primarily of private
sector housing organizations but also includes other Federal agencies, state representatives,
and health and environmental concerns.  This is a FACA-chartered task force and will

-------
operate between November 1993 and April 1995.  Lastly, the Public Health Service Act,
amended in 1992, calls for the Secretary of HHS to chair a task force including the EPA
Administrator and the Secretary of HUD to review agency and department policies and
funding regarding lead-based paint.

Each EPA regional office has a lead coordinator which coordinates regional lead activities
with headquarters staff.  Monthly conference calls provides a mechanism for an exchange
between the regions and headquarters.

Within EPA, the agency's lead cluster is charged with implementing the agency's lead
strategy.  The lead cluster is made up of Agency managers and staff who through committees
and workgroups coordinate the Agency's lead activities.  The Office Director's Lead
Committee, chaired by Joe Carra, composed of office directors from the various program
offices provides overall direction in implementation of the Agency's lead  strategy and
resolves complex policy issues.  The Lead Cluster Coordinating Committee, chaired by  .
Doreen Cantor, is composed of the chairpersons from the subject specific workgroups.  It is
responsible for coordination among program offices.

Workgroups composed primarily of technical staff from across the Agency are responsible
for providing the subject specific expertise. These workgroups include:  1) Risk Assessment
is responsible for linking health effects information with exposure data to determine the
magnitude of adverse health effects; 2) Urban Lead is preparing a policy for dealing with
exposures to lead in an urban environment; 3) Research is responsible for coordinating
research activities to answer  strategy research needs; 4) Evaluation and Planning is
responsible for evaluating the effectiveness of Agency activities in reaching  the goals of the
strategy; 5) Public Education is developing an Agency approach to communicating
information to the public on lead hazards; 6) Enforcement is responsible for coordinating the
Agency's efforts to make sure that regulatory standards are met.

-------
                     CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS
                 TITLE 40 - PROTECTION OF ENVIRONMENT
           CHAPTER I - ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
            SUBCHAPTER R - TOXIC SUBSTANCES CONTROL ACT
                             PARTS 700 TO 789
PART 763   ASBESTOS

           Authority - TSCA Sections 6 and 8(c)


Subparts A - C    [Reserved]

Subpart  D  Reporting Commercial and Industrial Uses of Asbestos
           763.60 et seq.
           47 FR 33207, July 30, 1982

Subpart  E  Asbestos-containing Materials in Schools
           (Asbestos in  Schools Rule)
           763.80 et seq.
           52 FR 41846, Oct. 30, 1987

Subpart  F  Friable Asbestos-containing Materials in Schools
           763.100 et seq.
           47 FR 23369, May 27, 1982

Subpart  G  Asbestos Abatement Projects
           (Worker Protection Rule)
           763.120 et seq.
           52 FR 5623, Feb. 25, 1987

Subpart  H  [Reserved]

Subpart  I   Prohibition of the Manufacture. Importation. Processing, and Distribution
           in Commerce of Certain Asbestos-Containing Products: Labeling
           Requirements
           (Asbestos Ban and Phase Out Rule)
           763.160 et seq.
           54 FR 29507, July 12, 1989

-------
                    ASBESTOS BAN AND PHASE OUT RULE
                                 August 30, 1993

       The Asbestos Ban and Phase Out (ABPO) Rule was issued by EPA on July 12,
 1989, after a decade of investigation and analysis. The Rule banned most asbestos-
 containing products in three stages. Stage 1 of the ban went into effect in August 1990.
 Stages 2 and 3 were scheduled to go into effect in August 1993 and August 1996.

       However, in October 1991, the federal 5th Circuit Court of Appeals voided most
 of the Rule. According to the Court, only those products banned in the RuleJhat were
 no longer in commerce when the Rule was issued in July  1989 are still subject to the
 Rule.  A notice is scheduled for publication in the Federal Register in  September 1993
 to announce which products are still subject to the Rule.  At least, all new uses of
 asbestos (those not listed in the Rule) will still be banned.

       Rather than reinstate the ban in its original form, EPA is responding to the
 Court's decision with a variety of targeted remedial measures.  They are:

 1.     OPPT is negotiating an agreement with the auto industry to permanently
       discontinue the use of all asbestos in all new cars, trucks, buses,  and motorcycles
       by October 1994. The auto industry has been a major user of asbestos, and most
       of the benefits of the ABPO Rule were attributable to the ban on such
       automotive friction products  as clutch facings, automatic transmission components,
       and brake linings, pads and blocks. A draft agreement was mailed to forty four
       motor vehicle manufacturers on August 30, 1993.

       The agreement is voluntary.  In order to provide some enforceability, OPPT plans
       to issue a Significant New Use Rule (SNUR).  The SNUR would designate the
       use of asbestos in new vehicles as a new use and require notice to EPA by anyone
       who intended to initiate such use.

       OPPT also plans to issue a SNUR that would designate the manufacture or
       import of asbestos  replacement parts for nonasbestos original equipment as a new
       use of asbestos, requiring notice to EPA by anyone who intended to commence
       such use. This SNUR would forestall development of an asbestos replacement
       parts industry after the original equipment market stops using asbestos.

2.     EETD is conducting a survey to determine what asbestos products are in
       commerce. This effort was last made in the early 80s for the ABPO Rule.
       Preliminary information indicates that the market has changed considerably.  The
       updated information will be used to issue a SNUR  that would designate any
       asbestos use not listed as a new use of asbestos; again, requiring notice to  EPA by
       anyone who  intended to commence any new use.

3.     Finally, OPPT is considering  a labelling, disclosure, and inventory rule for
       asbestos products, especially building products.

-------
                 EPA ASBESTOS WORKER PROTECTION RULE
                                 August 30, 1993

      The EPA Asbestos Worker Protection Rule (EPA WPR) prescribes certain work
practices and recordkeeping requirements that must be followed by state and local
governments to protect their employees when they perform asbestos abatement work
from exposure to asbestos. The work practices and recordkeeping requirements in the
EPA WPR are the same as in OSHA's Asbestos Standard for the Construction Industry,
which covers private sector workers and  all construction activities involving asbestos, not
just abatement activities.  OPPT is preparing amendments to the EPA WPR which would
extend expand the EPA WPR to cover all all asbestos-related construction activities, as
well as brake and clutch  repair in public vehicles.  A edited table of contents for the
EPA WPR follows:

763.120     Scope
763.121     Regulatory requirements
            (a)    [Reserved]
            (b)    Definitions
            (c)    Permissible exposure li
-------
             (i)    Protective clothing
                   (1)    General
                   (2)    Laundering
                   (3)    Contaminated clothing
                   (4)    Protective clothing for removal, demolition, and renovation
             (j)    Hygiene facilities and practices
                   (1)    General
                   (2)    Requirements for removal, demolition, and renovation
                          (i)    Decontam-nation area
                          (ii)    Clean room
                          (iii)   Shower area
                          (iv)   Equipment room
                          (v)    Decontamination area entry procedures
                          (vi)   Decontamination area exit procedures
             (k)    Communication of hazards to employees
                   (1)    Signs
                   (2)    Labels
                   (3)    Employee information and training
                   (4)    Access to training materials
             (1)    Housekeeping
                   (1)    Vacuuming
                   (2)    Waste disposal
             (m)   Medical surveillance
                   (1)    General
                          (i)    Employees  covered
                          (ii)    Examination by a physician
                   (2)    Medical examinations and consultation
                          (i)    Frequency
                          (ii)    Content
                   (3)    Information provided to the physician
                   (4)    Physician's written opinion
             (n)    Recordkeeping
                   (1)    Objective data for exempted operations
                   (2)    Exposure measurements
                   (3)    Medical surveillance
                   (4)    Training records
                   (5)    Availability
       	         (6)    Transfer of records
             (o)    Effective date
             (p)    Appendices
763.122      Exclusions for States
763.124      Reporting
763.125      Enforcement
763.126      Inspections

-------
                 ASBESTOS BRIEFING for OPPT New Employees

                          Chemical Management Division
                              Field Programs Branch
                                  Sep. 13, 1993

(EPA/OPPTs asbestos activities under TSCA generally fall under a Schools Program, and a
Public Buildings Program, with some overlap between the two.  The EPA Worker Protection
Rule affects certain people in both programs.)
ASBESTOS HAZARD EMERGENCY RESPONSE ACT (AHERA), and the Asbestos
in Schools Program

I.     In 1986, Congress passed the Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response Act (AHERA).

      *     In October, 1987 EPA published the Asbestos-Containing Materials in
            Schools Rule.

             Requirements of Asbestos-Containing Materials in Schools Rule
           ASBESTOS HAZARD EMERGENCY RESPONSE ACT (AHERA)

*     The AHERA regulations (promulgated October 17, 1987) apply to all public and
private elementary and secondary schools in the U.S. and its territories, and to American
schools on military bases in foreign countries.

      *     The regulations required schools (Local Education Agencies, or LEAs) to:

                   Designate a person to ensure that AHERA requirements are properly
                   implemented;

                   Conduct inspections in all areas for the presence of friable and non-
                   friable asbestos-containing building materials (ACBM) and to identify
                   its location;

                   Assess the condition of identified or assumed ACBM;

                   Develop (and update) comprehensive asbestos management plans for all
                   school buildings under their administrative control, and submit its
                   management plan to its State for review no later than May 9, 1989;

                   Begin to implement its management plan no later than July 9,  1989;

                   Notify parents and teachers annually about the availability of the
                   management plan;

-------
                  Select and implement appropriate asbestos response actions (removal,
                  repair, enclosure, encapsulation, operations and maintenance) to deal
                  with the ACBM (the AHERA rule did not require schools to remove all
                  ACEM);

                  Use accredited persons to design and conduct response actions;

                  Conduct periodic surveillance and reinspections;

                  Assure proper training and awareness;

                  Maintain records;

                  Develop and implement operations and maintenance (O&M) programs.


      *     SCHEDULE FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF AHERA

            By October 12. 1988r LEAs should have:

                  Completed an Initial Inspection

                  Submitted Management Plans to the State

            By July 9. 1989.  LEAS were required to:

                  Implement their management plans

            Reinspections:

                  Must be completed by accredited inspectors every three years. AJ1
                  initial reinspections were to be completed by July 9, 1992.

            Periodic Surveillance

                  Must be completed by trained operations and maintenance personnel
                  every six months.


II.    Follow-up activities to assist schools in implementing AHERA include

      *     ASHAA Loan and Grant Program

      *     Technical Assistance (from HQ and EPA Regions)

      *     AHERA Interpretive Guidance Workgroup  - CMD staff actively take
                  part on the AHERA  Interpretive Guidance Workgroup, which is chaired
                  byOCM.

-------
                   This WG met for more than 3 years, with the primary goals of assisting
                   the Agency, LEAs, States, and other customers by providing policy,
                   technical, and enforcement interpretations of the AHERA Rule
                   requirements and related issues.  Activities temporarily suspended while
                   work on AHERA Rule revision takes place.

             Reinspection Guide ("Yellow Book")

                   Yellow book was prepared in response to problems identified in
                   Evaluation Study.

             Limited AHERA Rule Revision (work in progress - EPA Region 7 has
                   lead, chairs the work group)

                   Workgroup has met regularly and frequently since its
                   organization, has reached consensus on most issues before it.
                   Several issues are still being discussed  within the workgroup.

                   Options papers oh several  issues were prepared for submission to
                   management for their decision, as well as draft proposed regulatory
                   text.
III.   MODEL ACCREDITATION PLAN, and ASBESTOS SCHOOL HAZARD
      ABATEMENT ACT (ASMARA)

The current EPA asbestos Model Accreditation Plan (MAP) was promulgated in April 1987.
It specifies minimum initial training requirements for those persons required to obtain
accreditation to conduct asbestos related work in schools.

The Asbestos School Hazard Abatement Reauthorization Act (ASHARA) of 1990 mandates
that EPA must revise the MAP.

      *      Specific ASHARA mandates

                   provide for the extension of accreditation requirements to certain
                   persons performing asbestos-related work hi public and
                   commercial buildings;

                   increase the minimum number.of training hours required for
                   accreditation.

      *  •    The mandated changes to the MAP apply to, and will thus affect,
             accreditation training for persons who

                   inspect buildings for asbestos-containing material;

                   design response actions for public and commercial buildings;

-------
                   carry out response actions (i.e., contractor/supervisors, and
                   asbestos abatement workers) in public and commercial buildings.

             The Agency invoked a 1-year extension of the statutory effective date to
             allow development of a revised MAP, as provided in the statute.

             A public meeting was held in Washington, D.C. in June 1992, for the
             purpose of taking oral comments on various  proposed modifications
             under consideration.

             An Agency workgroup has met regularly, and vigorous discussions have
             taken place on many of the issues.  OSHA staff have been in attendance
             at many of the workgroup meetings, and have been kept apprised of work
             in progress.

             The ASMARA statute took effect on November 28, 1992. Interim
             guidance was developed and  made available  to the public, with an OE
             staff person designated the primary contact.

             A workgroup closure meeting was held August 31, 1993.

             EPA staff anticipate publishing the MAP revision as an Interim Final
             Rule early in 1994.
ASBESTOS IN BUILDINGS PROGRAM

IV.   EPA Worker Protection Rule (WPR)


V.    Public Buildings - Information and Research

      *      Health Effects Institute-Asbestos Research (HEI-AR)
                   Background

                         HEI-AR was established in 1988 at the direction of
                         Congress.

                         Jointly funded by EPA and private sector (industry and
                         labor).

                         $ 6 million cooperative agreement with HEI/AR.

                   Accomplishments

                         Published "Asbestos in Public and Commercial Buildings:
                         A Literature Review and Synthesis of Current Knowledge,"
                         1991.

-------
                         Two new studies underway:
                         1)  Study on the exposure of building service
                               and maintenance workers to asbestos.
                         2)  Study of general building occupant
                               exposure.
                  EPA Oversight
                         The EPA/HEI-AR Oversight Committee includes EPA
                         representatives from ORD and OPPT.
            OSHA
                  CMD staff maintain regular contact with their OSHA counterparts,
                  and discuss matters of common interest.
ASBESTOS PROGRAM ACTIVITIES AFFECTING/BENEFITTING BOTH THE
SCHOOLS AND THE PUBLIC BUILDINGS AREAS

VI.   Asbestos Technical Assistance Activities

      *     AHERA Training Courses (after ASMARA, will provide the training
            curricula for accreditation for all asbestos-related work)

            *     5 Training/Accreditation Disciplines Specified in the AHERA
                  Model Accreditation Plan (April 1987).

            *     Model Courses Completed, and in Use:
                        Contractor/Supervisor, 1988;
                        Building Inspector, 1988;
                        Management Planner, 1988;
                        Asbestos Worker (English), 1990;
                        Asbestos Worker (Spanish), 1992;

            *     Courses under Development or Revision

                        Asbestos Project Designer
                        — This is the final course to be developed in terms of the
                           Model  Accreditation Plan disciplines.

                        - Expected completion date is late  1993.

                        Operations & Maintenance Training Course

                        - To meet AHERA 16-hour O&M training requirement; is
                           not a MAP accreditation requirement.

-------
Guidance Documents

*     Green Book,  "Managing Asbestos In Place"

             Conceptual, structural framework for establishing and
             implementing asbestos O&M program in buildings and
             schools.

             Where possible, recommends in-place management of ACM
             as an acceptable alternative to removal.

*     National Institute of Building Sciences (NIBS) "Guidance Manual:
      Asbestos Operations and Maintenance Work Practices"

             Published September 1992; Now available from NIBS.  The
             manual details specific asbestos O&M work practices for
             asbestos-containing materials in buildings.  (Surfacing, TSI,
             Miscellaneous;  3 "levels" of work practice for many tasks.)

             It supplements EPA's "Green Book," and should be helpful
             to those persons involved with in-place asbestos management
             programs in buildings.

*     Interim Guidelines for Stripping Asbestos-containing Floor Tiles

             Has served as EPA guidance since January 1990 until this
             routine maintenance procedure could be evaluated more
             carefully.  Recommendations were slightly revised, to be
             published as appendix to forthcoming report.

Outreach and Assistance to  LEAs, Regions, Public, and Others

*     CMD constantly provides asbestos technical and policy assistance
      to numerous customers.  Some  assistance is provided
      independently, some is through our interactions with other EPA
      offices.

*     Our customers include LEAs, EPA RACs and NACs; training
      providers; asbestos consultants and contractors; EPA offices such
      as NESHAP, OCM, IAD, ORD, Public Affairs; other Federal
      agencies (HUD, VA, Post Office, Navy Facilities Engineering,
      Army Corps of Engineers, Army Housing, Army Environmental
      Office,  Dob, GSA,  White House, Library of Congress,
      Smithsonian,  State Department; State agencies; private sector real
      estate, insurance, property management, building owner
      organizations; and individual homeowners.

*     CMD staff chair some workgroups, and. actively participate on a
      number of significant workgroups in a leadership role.

-------
      *      Among these are:
                   - AHERA Rule Amendment WG
                   - Asbestos in Buildings WG (MAP)
                   - NESHAP Revision WG
                   - AHERA Interpretive Guidance WG
                   - EPA Worker Protection Rule (WPR) WG
                   - Federal Asbestos Task Force (FATF)
                   - Asbestos Ban and Phaseout WG
                   - Asbestos Design and Development Initiatives
                         WG (ADDIG)

*     Grants Programs

      *      State Enhancement Grants

                   goal is to decentralize EPA's asbestos program

                   presently funded by annual Congressional set-aside

                   monies allocated from HQ but administered by Regions

                   primary objectives are'to promote the development of state
                   accreditation and waiver programs

                   appears in both the  Federal Catalog of Domestic Assistance and
                   the agency's TSCA Cooperative Agreement Guidance

                   from 1990-92, $3,879,300 was awarded to 33 states and 1
                   Indian tribe through 63 cooperative agreements.

                   EPA's funding commitments to the program have declined 20%
                   from $1.5 million in FY 90 to 1.2 million in FY 92

                   state needs for grant support will  likely increase as efforts  are
                   made to upgrade state programs to comply with increased
                   ASMARA standards

      *      Labor/Management Training Trust Grants

                   Purpose is to fund joint labor/management training trusts to
                   provide EPA-approved asbestos abatement worker training
                   courses leading to AHERA accreditation.

                   Fundable activities are those whose direct result is an
                   increased number of well-trained, accredited workers.

                   4 rounds of funding have distributed $ 4.9 million to 7
                   labor trust funds.  The initial funding  (1989) was for $ 400
                   thousand; subsequent funding has been $ 1.5 million per

-------
                        year, but was reduced to $1 million for 1993/1994.


VII.   EPA Research Activities

            *     OPPT activities, with ORD/RREL
                        Floor tile stripping methods evaluation
                        Study carried out July 1990
                        Report to be published soon

            *     New Jersey/EPA/ORD floor tile buffing study report
                  now undergoing EPA review.

VIII.  Coordination with Other Offices and Agencies

      A.    Other EPA Offices (OCM, NESHAP,  ORD, OE, OGC, IAD)
        t          '
      B.    Other Federal Agencies (Navy Facilities Engineering;
            ARMY COE & Environmental Office; HUD; DoD; GSA;
             Post Office; VA; State Department; White House; BIA; FAA)

-------
I. WHAT ARE PCBs?

      Polychlorinated biphenyls are a family of manmade chemicals first manufactured for
industrial purposes in the U.S. in 1929.  Chemically, they can be described as having two
adjacent rings of carbon atoms (the.biphenyl) with two or more chlorine atoms attached to
the rings. Since their introduction as high grade fluids for use in electrical transformers and
capacitors,  they  have been used extensively for their excellent insulating capabilities in
various  types of electrical equipment.  They are  chemically stable, are resistant to high
temperatures,  and  have  low flammability  and  low electrical  conductivity.   These
characteristics made PCBs ideal for other applications including uses in microwave ovens,
plasticizers, and fluorescent light fixtures.

      For some of the same reasons that PCBs were so useful in electrical equipment, they
pose significant environmental hazards. Because PCBs are extremely stable and decompose
very slowly, they are  found throughout the environment and are difficult to destroy once
they contaminate water or soils. Furthermore, they are stored in the fatty tissues of both
animals and humans  and are extremely toxic. Today, PCBs are found in varying concen-
trations in most living organisms due to their persistence in the environment and the  fact
they concentrate within the food chain.

      The  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) has aggressively sought to reduce
the environmental and health risks presented by PCBs. In order to reduce exposure, the
EPA issued a complete ban on the manufacture of PCBs in 1976. In addition, the EPA has
established  disposal  and  spill cleanup programs designed specifically for PCBs which
minimize the harmful effects of spills, leaks, uncontrolled discharges, and abandoned waste
sites contaminated by PCBs.

II. HOW DO PCBs ENTER THE ENVIRONMENT?

      PCBs are found in significant concentrations in nearly  all ecosystems and  living
organisms,  The  EPA is particularly concerned  with the release of PCBs from discarded
equipment  into the environment and clean up of contaminated sites.  In 1976, the Agency
estimated that 150 million pounds had been released and that the number was growing, as
PCBs escaped from old dump sites into the  ground, water, and air.

      Prior to  1976, PCBs were disposed  of haphazardly, with  little regulation.  PCB
articles, which  include  transformers,  capacitors, PCB hydraulic machines, electrical
equipment, electric motors, and pumps had been disposed of using incineration, chemical
waste landfills, or chemical decontamination.  PCBs entered the environment in one of
several ways, including improper disposal, leakage from equipment, discharge of rinse water,
spills, and leaching from landfills.  Illegal dumping has also contributed to  some of the
current problems; targets  for such dumping included sewers, vacant lots, and abandoned
buildings.

      Sediments and soils at many sites throughout the U.S. are contaminated due to the
discharge of water used to rinse out electrical equipment and the landfilling of electrical

-------
equipment and PCB contaminated waste.  Over time, PCBs often migrate away from the
original site of contamination - sometimes over great areas. For example, PCBs discharged
in a river will contaminate both the water as it runs downstream and the river bottom.
Eventually, much of the watershed, as well as the plants and animals that are dependent
upon the river, may become contaminated.

      While no longer manufactured, the  continued use of equipment containing PCBs
(which has  not  been replaced since the  ban)  poses  several environmental problems.
Electrical equipment may leak.  PCBs may spill  as equipment is transported.  PCBs and
PCB wastes stored  in barrels, drums, and tanks can leak. Small amounts of PCBs may be
released during disposal. Additionally, contaminated soils and sediments may contaminate
drinking water,  wildlife, and food  supplies.  The EPA, through regulations promulgated
under its toxic substance legislation, specifies precisely how PCB wastes must be handled
and how to  properly dispose  of PCB wastes. As  a result of these regulations, current
disposal practices are much safer and will minimize further contamination of our ecosystems.
III. WHAT ARE THE TOXIC EFFECTS OF PCBs

Human Health Effects                   '

      PCBs affect humans in a number of ways.  The EPA considers PCBs as a probable
carcinogen in humans; they also are thought to cause tumors. PCBs enter the human body
through the lungs, gastrointestinal tract and skin and are stored in the body's fatty tissue.
The organs where they are stored include the liver, kidneys, lungs, adrenal glands,  brain,
heart, and skin.  Acute symptoms of PCB exposure occur shortly after exposure.  They
include skin disorders (such as chloracne - an acne-like rash that is caused by the chlorine
content), nausea, dizziness, eye irritation, and bronchitis. After a longer period, PCBs may
result in reproductive  failures, birth defects, gastric disorders, skin lesions, swollen limbs,
cancers, tumors, and eye and liver disorders.

Ecotoxicological Effects      .                          ,

      PCBs affect plants and animals in some of the same ways as they do humans.  At
high concentrations, PCBs have caused the deaths of animals, birds and fish, as well as
death and low growth rates in plants. PCBs may impair the reproductive behavior of both
mammals and birds, and they are toxic to fish even at very low levels, affecting the survival
rate and reproductive functions  of fish.  Because PCBs are stored in the fatty tissues of
animals - a process called bioaccumulation - the concentration Of PCBs in tissues increases
as long as exposure continues. Additionally, PCBs are biomagnified within the food chain.
For example, larger fish may feed on crayfish which feed on plant matter and phytoplankton,
the lowest link in the food chain. In each step up the food chain, the predator consumes
and stores much of the PCBs found in their diet.  Consequently, the tissues of animals
higher up the food chain have the highest concentration because the organisms upon which
they feed are contaminated.

-------
      [A further environmental hazard is created by fires involving PCBs which produce
polychlorinated dibenzofurans (PCDFs) and polychlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxins (PCDDs).
These chemicals and have environmental and health effects exceeding even those of the
original PCB compounds.]

IV. WHAT IS THE GOVERNMENT DOING?

      The EPA is committed to a phase out of PCB containing equipment that poses the
greatest risks to the environment and human health. There are several necessary elements
to a comprehensive program to reduce human health and ecological risks ofPCBs.  Such
a program should: identify equipment containing PCBs; retire equipment and PCBs that are
still in use; identify PCB contaminated sites; ensure that PCBs and PCB wastes are handled
in environmentally sound manners; establish emergency notification for any releases; and
establish effective disposal requirements for PCB equipment and contaminated material.

      Recognizing the need for such a program, Congress passed the Toxic Substance and
Control Act (TSCA) in  1976.  Under TSCA, the EPA regulates the manufacture, use,
distribution in  commerce, and disposal of PCBs.  All federal regulations and requirements
related to PCBs are provided in the Code of Federal Regulations (40 CFR Part 761) which
is available at  larger libraries and at every U.S.  EPA Regional Office. The federal PCB
management program under TSCA includes all of the elements mentioned above and is the
most promising long term solution to reducing PCB exposures.

      By  1982, the manufacture and  processing of PCBs was banned,  and PCBs  or
equipment containing PCBs could no longer  be sold. As a result of the manufacturing ban,
industry, under EPA review, has developed environmentally preferable substitutes to take
the place  of PCBs.   Many power companies now use mineral  oil in transformers and
dielectric fluid in capacitors as safer substitutes for PCBs.

      EPA also regulates the disposal of PCBs. Under TSCA requirements, PCB disposal
is safer. For example, extensive air pollution controls and higher burn temperatures have
reduced the risks of incineration. In addition, more environmentally sound disposal methods
have been  developed.   These include  physical, chemical and  biological  treatment
alternatives.   Chemical detoxification, the most common disposal  method, attacks PCB
molecules at the  chlorine-carbon bonds and results in less toxic,chemicals.  New PCB
substitutes and safer disposal methods will continue to be developed until the nation's PCB
problems_are remedied.

      The EPA and its PCB management program continue to evolve as new concerns and
information are made available to the environmental community.  For example, in 1985, the
EPA promulgated the PCB Transformer Fires Regulation.  In these rules, installation of
PCB equipment near commercial buildings is prohibited. PCB transformer areas must be
marked, and  the transformers must  be  registered with  the  local fire department.
Additionally, transformer fires must be immediately reported to the U.S. Coast Guard's
National Spill Response Center.  As of October 1, 1990, any PCB use in equipment with a
high probability of electrical failure was prohibited.

-------
       Current PCB Uses Other than in Electrical Equipment

I.   PCBs were produced for the following general use categories
     in the approximate percentages below:
          Dielectric Fluid for Electrical Equipment         56%
               (Mostly capacitors and Transformers)
          Plasticizers              .                        28%
          Hydraulic Fluids                                  13%
          Heat Transfer Fluids                               3%
II.  There is very little known about "Plasticiser Uses", however
     there are indications that some of these uses would include:
     - sound dampening felt in nuclear submarines
     - air handling ductwork gaskets
     - launching tubes for rockets which deliver nerve agent
     - adhesives
     - caulking materials
     - paints
     - other coatings

III. other uses learned often through wearisome experience
     -. coating on ceiling tiles
     - oil in electric radiating home heaters
     - Epoxy coating applied to internal surfaces of water
       storage tanks
   	- Submersible irrigation pumps
     - Air compressors used to start natural gas pipeline
       compressors

-------
             PCB PRODUCTION, USE AND REMOVAL SUMMARY
       1              i

Pre-TSCA PCB Universe  (Based on 1976 FR notice estimates)

PCBs Produced  (1929-1977)                    1.55 billion Ibs

-  dielectric  fluids of transformers &
   capacitors  (965 million Ibs)
   hydraulic & heat transfer equipment
   (100 million Ibs)
-  plasticizers in carbonless copy paper
   (45 million Ibs)

PCBs Disposed of (landfills & dumps)         300 million Ibs

PCBs Released to Environment   -              150 million Ibs



Post-TSCA PCB Universe (Based on 1988 NSM RIA)

PCBs in Use (1976 estimate)        .          750 million Ibs

PCBs Disposed of (in accordance with 40      468 million Ibs
CFR 760.60)

PCBs Remaining in Service  (1988)              282 million Ibs

PCBs that could potentially be disposed      166 million Ibs
of by 1993 through Phase-Out
Requirements
1. The regulated community  has  other options than disposal, i.e.
provide  enhanced  electrical protection  (EEP)  or  reclassify the
transformer.

-------

-------
                          HUMAN    ^
                        RESOURCES
                            TEAM
                     TOTAL QUALITY MANAf.FMFNT
                 "We're responsible for Quality and so are you".
BACKGROUND

          The HRT was formed in May 1992  as a three person  team.
          Expanded to include Trudie & Brian.

     —   Primary goal of team:  to provide an infrastructure-for
          accessing, facilitating and evaluating  on-going
          improvements in the areas of staff  training and
          development, internal communications, and total quality
          management.

          The team works with all OPPT staff  members,  the Human
          Resources Panel,  management, and  other  groups.

COMMUNICATIONS

          Grapevine
     —   Directory
          New Moves News
          Focal Point Networks
          Bulletin Boards
          Library/Resource Center
TRAINING
          Recenty distributed results of OPPT completed training
          needs assessment to Division Directors.   Developed  a
          training plan based on needs identified  in survey.

          On-going training classes

          o Interpersonal Communications
          o Ethics Training
          o Career Development Workshop
          o Mentoring
          o New Employee Orientation
          o Other training opportunites announced.

          EPA Institute (Schedule included)

          Myers-Briggs/Teambuilding (available upon request)

-------
                               -2-
TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT
          Ongoing efforts to train all staff.
          Inter/Intra divisional QATs and Workgroups
          Total Quality Resource Center in Library

-------
 United Stales
 Enulronmental Protection
 agency
  -
I
                     Washington, DC 20460
                          HUMHN RESOURCE HRNHEEMFNT
          EPA INSTITUTE
EPA
INSTITUTE
FY 1994 CALENDAR
           OF
     LEARNING OPPORTUNITIES
      CURRICULUM OF THE 90'S
                    // EPA INSTITUTE'S
                     LEARNING LAB!

-------

-------
       BECOMING A LEARNING ORGANIZATION


     "Learning is not a task or a problem — It is a way to he in
      the world."             — Sidney Jourard

     This is the opening citation for the EPA National Performance
Review  (NPR)  Workforce Capacity Report  and  the  theme for  this
year's EPA Institute  Calendar.  The  report recommends that we begin
recreating EPA as a "learning organization"  — a  culture in which
learning is part of the way we do our environmental work every day,
and  that  EPA  "...   provide all  employees  with    consistent,
just-in-time access to learning systems, information  systems,  and
performance support systems through state-of-the-art  technology."

     To support these efforts, the EPA Institute and the EPA
Training Network (an association of forty-three separate EPA
training organizations) have been collaborating to make learning
more accessible and relevant to the workforce.  The representatives
of the  Training Network meet quarterly to  explore new delivery
mechanisms,  such  as  the .Air  Pollution   Training   Institute's
Satellite Distance Training  Network  and the  Underground  Storage
Tank program's interactive video  for  health  and safety training.

     The EPA Institute's role in the learning organization  is to
make available,  in the most effective way possible, the "Curriculum
of the 90 's" — the body of general knowledge, skills and abilities
that employees need to perform their jobs in a large organization.
To  help you  access  the   Curriculum  of the  90' s  at  your  own
convenience  in  your  busy schedule,  the  EPA  Institute and  the
Washington Information Center have created a Learning Lab,  a self-
paced, technology-based learning environment at the WIC facilities
in Waterside Mall.  The Learning Lab offers a variety  of  on-line
courses and technology-based  learning  systems.   There  is a  full
description of the Learning Lab and available courseware on  page
5 of this calendar.

     The  EPA  Institute's  learning   experts   are available to
familiarize you with the technology, and help  you  choose the  most
appropriate • learning  experiences.   Our  goal  is to help you  invest
your time in the best way  to acquire new skills  more  efficiently
and apply them more effectively on  the  job.

     Finally, in the  interest of  pollution prevention  and  process
simplification,  we have eliminated the use of the  10-part Standard
Form 182 for all EPA Institute-sponsored courses, both cost and no-
cost.  The one-page registration form attached can be used for all
courses in this calendar.   When applying for  classes  outside  the
Agency, or other than those listed here, you may still be required
to use -the SF-182.
                           Renelle Rae
                     Director,  EPA Institute
                            :-:0-6678

-------
                                      181
               jedJi^ppKctesW
                                     roc

                                Meetings Management
           m Prof;
                    '. f
                                    ^
''•FMS&^y^w..: x .-
••iB§|iBr^^|p^(e>based Tools
                             • Women's  ecuth/e Leadership
Current Issue Seminars
                               Looking Glass WoreKbp Program

                               Career Enhancement ••••
                               (College-levet Course Work)

-------
                     EPA INSTITUTE

           CURRICULUM OF THE 90'S

                         I

                      Table of Contents

     Course Title                             Course Description Page #'s


The EPA Institute Learning Laboratory 	 5-7
Computer Courseware	5
Communications Courseware	6
Health and Safety Courseware 	 	 6
Management Courseware  	 7


                  New Employees - Core Curriculum

Individual Work & Communication Skills Workshop  	 8
Resources Management Workshop 	 8
Pollution Prevention Workshop 	 8
Cultural Diversity Workshop  	 8
Environmental Management Workshop  	 	 8
Leadership Workshop 	 8
Total Quality Management Workshop	8


                          Cross-Cutting Skills
     FederalEm^^ovee^thics
Freedom of Information Act (FOIA)  .......................................... 9
Confidential Business Information (CBI)  .................................... 9
Ethics and Conflict of Interest  ............................................ 9

     Health and Safety
Occupational Health and Safety Basic Field Course (24 hrs)  ... .............. 9
Occupational Health and Safety Field Refresher Course (8 hrs)  .. ............ 9

     CojjtractsManagement
Contracts Administration (Certification)  ................................... 9
Contracts Administration for Supervisors  ................................... 9
Basic Project Officer (Certification) ...................................... 9
Recertif icaEion for Contract Managers ..................................... 10

     Careeranaernent
                         .....' ........................................... 10
      Individual Work Skills
Analytical Skills (Advanced),  (Intermediate)  . .............................  10
Proofreading & Editing  . .................... . ..............................  10
Learning Strategies  [[[  - 3
Learning How To Learn [[[  13
Effective Briefing  [[[  '- ?
Advanced Briefing [[[  • ~

-------
 Files Maintenance  	 n
 Business Writing  	]\ \ 13/
 Time Management  	;	n
 Advanced Time/Project Management  	 11
 Timekeeping	11
 Travel  	11
 International Travel  	12
 Vocabulary II	12


                                EPA Themes
Strategic Planning	»	12
      giaJjMajjaaemgnt
Risk Communication Workshop  ............................................... 12
                                     .................... , .................  8

      EnvTroninentaT^ManaQement Workshop  ..................................  8
                                 Leadership
Career Development Worksnop   ............................................. 12
Train the Trainer  . . [[[ 12
Planning for Career Advancement  ........................................... 12
How to be Interviewed  [[[ 12
Assertiveness Training  [[[ 13
Facilitation Skills [[[ 13
Interpersonal Communication  ............................................... 13
Myers-Briggs Type Indicator (MBTI)  ............... ....... . ................. 13
Negotiation Skills [[[ 13
Making Meetings Work   [[[ 13
Professional Ex ceence/Secret arias and AdminAssstants. ..... .......... 13
Professional Image 6 Self Esteem  .......................................... 13
Let Your Image Work for You  ............................................... 13
Accelerated Learning [[[ 14
Certified Professonasecretary  (CPS) . ... ............................ " ..... 14
Goalsetters Reaching for Opportunities (GRO) ............................... 14
Greater Leadership Opportunities  (GLO) ........................... ..... ..... 14
Women ' a Executive Leadership Program  ( WEL ) ................................. 14

-------
          The EPA Institute  Learning  Laboratory

      The  EPA  Institute is establishing a Learning Laboratory, a research and  development
      r*    lwrning7 "" ThfZeirnSni  EW?frTov£a«r Jf-'reW^paced  learning " center  for EPA
employees, with access to a variety of technology-based training and self-assessment tools.
The Lab is being operated  in cooperation with the Washington Information Center (WIC).

      The selection* for computer-based  instruction include  interactive video  disc (IVD),
computer-based training (CBT),  and CO-ROM.  The Institute can assist  program  offices and
individuals with demonstrations and product  evaluations.   For additional information about
accessing the self-paced training programs,  contact the EPA Institute at (202)  260-6678.
     COMPUTER COURSEWARE
              DESCRIPTION
DBase ill Plus
DBase IV
Lotus 1-2-3
WordPerfect  5.0
PC/DOS for Hard Disks
Introducing  Personal  Computers
Local Area Network  Concepts
Covers features  such  as  using  DBASE  ASSIST  and
dot prompts as the student sets up  a  database
file,  enters  and  edits data, indexes,  sorts  and
displays  the database, and prints a report.  (4-6
hours)      .             .

Teaches fundamentals  and many of  the  advanced
features   including  formulas,  range  commands,
formatting,    printing,    templates    and
consolidation,  graphics,  data management,   and
keyboard  macro capabilities. (6-10 hours)

Covers start-up, creating and editing documents,
pagination,   changing  format  settings,  using
search and replace, and advanced functions  such
as block  commands,  spelling verification, merge
files  and text columns.   (6-8 hours)

Introduces the  fundamentals of working on a PC
hard disk, loading DOS programs,  accessing  DOS
with commands, directories and directory  trees,
redirecting  output and  automated  batch  files.
(4-6 hours)

Introduces the  use  of  the  IBM  PC  and  disk
operating system,  care and operation,  using  the
keyboard,  working  with files and filenames,  and
using  the basic' DOS commands  and procedures to
work with disks and maintain files. (2-4 hours)

Provides   an   overview   of   the   technology,
implementations,  and  benefits  of LANs.   Covers
features   and  characteristics,    benefits   of
different configurations  and  topologies,   and
other  technical aspects.   (6-8  hours)

-------
         COMMUNICATIONS
            COURSEWARE
               DESCRIPTION
Beyond words:  Reading
Beyond words:  Writing
Beyond words:  Math
Reading i Writing  Enhancement
Interpersonal Skills
Comprehensive reading,  writing  and math skx
for adult*.   Lesson* include video  disc lessons,
paper and pencil practice sessions, and computer
review  and  practice   lessons.    Provides  16
reading,  10  writing and  15 math modules,  with
pro-  and  post-testing  for  every, module  and
extensive student  record-keeping.   (up to  120
hours)

Six videodiscs provide 24  to 36 hours  of  work
time to improve reading and writing  skills on the
job   through  instruction  and   practice   with
realistic workplace applications.   Includes  a
diagnostic pretest  which can be used to  place
participants  at  the appropriate  lesson.   (8-15
hours)

Emphasizes developing-better communication skills
through observation and interpretation'of others'
behavior,  as well as development  of  listening and
speaking  skills  in  small  group  and  one-on-one
situations.    Team effectiveness  and  problem-
solving skills are also presented.  (4-6 hours)
       HEALTH AND SAFETY
           COURSEWARE
              DESCRIPTION
Respiratory  Protection
Electrical Safety
Underground_Storaga Tank Health
and  Safety
Two  parts:  Air   Purifying   Respirators  __,
Atmosphere-Supplying Respirators.    Each  module
describes   the  characteristics  of  potentially
hazardous   atmospheres   requiring   protective
devices;   different  types  and   uses  of  air
purifying  respirators  and atmosphere  supplying
respirators are described along with conditions
appropriate  for   each.      Fit,   functions,
maintenance,  and  storage are  explained.  (8-12
hours)

Presents principles of basic electrical safety  as
well  as   how  to  perform  lockout  and  tagout
procedures in accordance with OSHA requirements.
(8-12 hours)

Developed  for the Office  of Underground Storage
Tanks at EPA, addresses the  fundamentals of  OSHA
and EPA safety requirements for inspectors and
workers.   (8-12 hours)

-------
  MANAGEMENT COURSEWARE
              DESCRIPTION
Management Skills  for  Project
Managers
Principles of Project
Management
Managing Waste
Designed  primarily  for  managing  information
systems  projects,  describes  the  role  of the
project  manager  including  techniques  for  time
management,    designing    the    project    plan,
identifying critical tasks and interdependencies,
decision-making  steps and  criteria,  job  aids,
checklists, and  charts.  (9-12 hours)

Three modules cover the  process,  planning  toolp
and techniques,  tracking,  and  control.   Defines
project   management,   identifies   the   key
activities,    the    manager's    roles,    the
interrelationships   between  the  three   prime
constraints and  their effect on  management, the
use  of  computer  software   to  plan  and  track
projects, dealing with problems.  Stresses, the
importance   of    leadership,    communications,
motivation and-   negotiation  skills  during  a
project's execution.  (2-3 hours)

Designed  for  operators   with  waste  management
responsibilities to  meet   personnel   training
requirements established under  RCRA.  Appropriate
for sites which  generate,  store,  treat,  and/or
dispose of hazardous waste.  (4-6  hours)

-------
                     COTTRSF, DESCRIPTIONS

This-entire seric»^)f courses is recommended for-att new-employees; Others may atten(
a space - available basis.
                    NEW EMPLOYEES - CORE CURRICULUM
INDIVIDUAL  WORK  «  COMMUNICATION  SKILLS
WORKSHOP ORIENTATION
Participant* will  develop an understanding
of  their  job  requirements,  performance
expectations  and  career  issues  through
assessment,    career   modeling  and   job
analysis.    At  the  end of   the  course,
participants   will    have    a   proposed
Individual Development Plan  (IDP)  and  be
prepared  for  a  discussion  with  their
supervisor on job  performance  requirements
and training and development needs.
Length:      1/2  day
Contact:    Virginia Rheinhardt, 260-8022
Cost:       No Cost
Dates:      1/18,  3/10, 5/2, 8/16

RESOURCES MANAGEMENT WORKSHOP ORIENTATION
The purpose  of this workshop is to acquaint
new  EPA  employees  with an   overview  of
resources management  issues,;  options  and
procedures.
Length:      1/2  day
Contact:    Virginia Rheinhardt, 260-8022
Cost:       No Cost
Dates:  .    11/4,  2/8, 4/12, 6/23, 8/25

POLLUTION PREVENTION WORKSHOP ORIENTATION
The  purpose  of  this  workshop is  to  help
people   understand    the   concept   and
philosophy of pollution  prevention.   This
course  helps people  to begin  to  think
"pollution  prevention"  and  will  enable
participants to adopt a prevention approach
to environmental decision making in their
lives.
Length:      1/2  day
Contact:    Virginia Rheiahardt, 260-8022
Cost:       No Cost
Dates:      11/10, 2/1, 4/12,  6/21

CULTURAL DIVERSITY WORKSHOP ORIENTATION
The purpose of this workshop  is to assist
the general  workforce in understanding many
of the key  issues in workforce diversity.
Differing values will  be examined as  well
as communication styles.
Length:      1/2  day
Contact:    Virginia Rheinhardt, 260-8022
Cost:       No Cost
Dates:      1/26,  3/8, 5/25, 9/14
MANAGEMENT
WORKSHOP
ENVIRONMENTAL
ORIENTATION
The  purpose  of   this   workshop  is  to
acclimate new employees  to EPA's work and
enable  them to  make  contributions  more
quickly and effectively.

Lengths     1/2 day
Contact:    Virginia  Rheinhardt, 260-8022
Cost:       No Cost
Dates:      5/10,  8/9

LEADERSHIP WORKSHOP ORIENTATION
This  course deals with leadership  as  a
group of  skills  that we can  all master.
Through individual and group exercises,  a
video,  and  class  discussion,  the course
describes three groups of skills/behaviors
that  are   consistently  identified  with
leadership.   Participants will be  asked to
develop an action plan for enhancing their
leadership skills and behaviors.
Length:     1/2 day
Contact:    Virginia  Rheinhardt, 260-8J
Cost:       No Cost
Dates:      12/9,  2/10,  6/29, 8/10
  MANAGEMENT
 WORKSHOP
TOTAL    QUALITY
ORIENTATION
The purpose of -this workshop is to acquaint
new employees with  the management method
the Agency is transitioning to, i.e., Total
Quality Management  (TQM).
Length:     1/2  day
Contact:    Virginia Rheinhardt, 260-8022
Cost:        No Cost
Dates:      12/2, 2/17,  4/19, 7/14

-------
       CROSS-CUTTING SKILLS
      __ FEPERAL-BMELQYEE ETHICS

 /KEBDOM OP INFORMATION ACT (POZA)
This program is designed by the EPA Freedom
of  Information office  and the  Office of
General Counsel to provide each participant
with  information  about  the  freedom  of
Information  Act  (FOIA)  and the Agency's
implementation  policies  and  procedures.
The  FOIA,  the  EPA '8  amended regulations,
the Agony's new manual,  and 'recent case law
are   discussed   through   lectures   and
workshops.
Length i     1 day
Contact:    Debora Dorsey, 260-9734 -
Cost:       No Cost
Dates t      11/3, 3/15, 7/12

CONFIDENTIAL BUSINESS INFORMATION (CBZ)
This program  is designed by  the Office of
General Counsel to provide each participant
with    information    about   confidential
Business Information (CBI) and the Agency's
implementation   of   CBI   policies   and
procedures.     The  Trade   Secrets   Act,
disclosure of CBI, security procedures and
recent case law are examples of the topics
discussed through lectures and workshops.
Lengtht   •  1 day
Contact:    Debora Dorsey, 260-9734
Cost i       No Cost
Dates t      3/17, 3/23, 7/20
       AND CONFLICT OF INTEREST
This program is designed  by the Office of
General Counsel to provide each participant
with a better understanding of conflict-of-
interest laws  and  EPA standards of conduct.
The course  format includes  lecture,  class
discussion, and case studies.
Length:     1/2 day
Contact:    Debora Dorsey, 260-9734
Cost:       No Cost

            HEALTH  AND SAFETY

OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY BASIC FIELD
COURSE (24 KRS)
This 24-hour workshop emphasizes safe and
healthful  working  conditions,   personal
protective  clothing  and  equipment,  the
importance  of   preparation  for   field
activities, and  stresses  the  employee's
responsibility    in   reporting   hazards
associated  with  such,  as  well as  their
responsibility, to learn health  and safety
procedures  to   protect  themselves   and
others.
Length:     3  days
Contact:    Owen James,  260-2594
Cost:       $250.00
Dates:      6/14,  7/26
 OCCUPATIONAL  HEALTH   AND  SAFETY  FIELD
 REFRESHER COURSE
 (8 HRS)
 This is   an 8-hour refresher session  for
 employees who  completed-the  3-day-basic
 field  or  a  40-hour   health   and  safety
 training course.  This course  is  required
 for employees to perform  field  activities
 or for  those  who supervise employees  who
 perform field activities.
 Length:      1 day
'Contact:    Owen James,  260-2594
 Cost:        $185.00
 Date:  7/19

            CONTRACTS MANAGEMENT

 CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION (Certification)
 This 3-day training course is designed to
 provide    EPA   Project    Officers,   Work
 Assignment  Managers   and  Delivery  Order
 Project    Officers,    with    a    better
 understanding of their roles.    The  course
 is  presented  through  a"  combination  of
 lecture, 'video  presentation,  -and  active
 student   participation.    It  includes  an
 open-book examination  at the end of  the
 course.
 Length:      3 days
 Contact:    Owen James,  260-2594
 Cost:        No Cost
 Dates:       10/5,   11/2,  12/4,  1/4, 2/1,
             3/1,  4/5,   5/3,   5/31,  7/12,
             8/2,  9/13

 CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR SUPERVISORS
 This course  is designed for supervisors  and
 managers to  provide an understanding of  the
 contract  administration  process  and   the
 role  of   EPA  project   officers,   work
 assignment  managers,  and  delivery  order
 officers.    It  will equip the  supervisor
 with information on  the  duties of these
 positions and ensure a better understanding
 of  the   project   officer  certification
 program.
 Length:      1 day
 Contact:    Virginia Rheinhardt, 260-8022
 Cost:        No  Cost
 Dates:       10/8,  11/5,  12/17,  1/7, 2/4,
             3/4,  4/8,  5/6,  6/3,  7/15, 8/5,
             9/16

 BASIC    PROJECT    OFFICER    TRAINING
 (CERTIFICATION)
 This course is  required  for all 'Contract
 Project  Officers.  It provides  the  attendee
 with  a  thorough  understanding  of   the
 Project  Officer's responsibilities  within
 the pre-award  phase  of  the  acquisition
 cycle.   The  course  discusses the authority
 of individuals  involved  in the acquisition
 process; what is required of  the Project
 Officer  in  acquisition planning;  how  to
 draft  a  Statement of Work; the  process of
 preparing a  Procurement  Request  Package;
 how  to  develop   technical    evaluation
 criteria;    procedures    for    evaluating
 technical proposals;  and the  process  or

-------
negotiating and  selecting a source.  This
course  does  not  provide training  in the
areas of grants or cooperative agreements.
Length!     3 days
Contactt    Owea Ja»es, 260-2994
Costt       $100.00
Dates i      U/16, 12/7

RECBXXXPXCATZON POM CONTRACT MANAGERS
This 1-day course is designed  to provide
EPA  Project   Officer,   Work  Assignment
Managers,  and   Delivery   Order  Project
Officers  with  information- to  make  them
aware  of new developments' of  concern in
procurement   and   to    enhance   their
performance  in  contract  administration.
The  course handouts will  serve  as handy,
desk-top reference materials.
Lengtht     1 day
Contact:    Owen James, 260-2594
Cost:       No Cost
Datesi       10/21, 11/17, 12/6, 1/26, 2/16,
            4/8, 6/3, 7/6, 8/5, 9/2

            CAREER  MANAGEMENT

CONFLICT/STRESS MANAGEMENT
This workshop deals with the theory behind
several conflict/stress management concepts
which   are   discussed   and  applied  to
examples.  A.large  portion of the time is
devoted   to    current    conflict/stress
management situations.
Lengths     1 day
Contact!    Debora Dorsey, 260-9734
Cost!       $100.00
Datei       3/23

          INDIVIDUAL WORK SKILLS
                 SKILLS
(ADVANCED)
ANALYTICAL
(INTERMEDIATE)
This course addresses the analytical skills
needed  to  effectively  assess  technical
documents/reports;  This course is designed
for  employees  who  possess  satisfactory
reading skills.  Emphasis is placed on how
reasoning  skills   help you  to  extract
meaning from words.   Topics to be discussed
are:  reading comprehension, word analysis;
new  terminology;  vocabulary  enrichment;
understanding written directives; analysis
and reading  skills;  outlining techniques;
summarizing  data^-and  critical evaluation
of technical documents.
Length:     2 days
Contact:    Debora Dorsey,  260-9734
Cost:        $300.00
Dates:      2/15, 3/28, 5/17

PROOFREADING AND EDITING
This   course  is   designed  to   sharpen
proofreading    skills   by    reviewing
proofreading rules;  proofreading for errors
in    abbreviations,     format,    grammar,
capitalization,  punctuation,  and  number;
editing for errors in content, clarity, a-.i
conciseness;  using  different methods  of
proofreading for different materials.
Length!     2 days
Contact!    Owen James, 260-2594 .
Cost!   —  $3OO.OO   •— •-•
Dates!      1/18, 5/24

LEARNING STRATEGIES
This  program  will provide  instruction in
attitude development,  note taking, memory
techniques,    critical    thinking    and
listening.    The   course  uses   lecture,
discussion, demonstration, written and oral
exercises, and video presentations.
Length!     3 days
Contact!    Owen James, 260-2594
Cost!       $300.00
Date:       7/12

LEARNING HOW TO LEARN
This workshop will help  make you aware of
the  learning process.   Apply  what  you
•learn" to  expand your ability  to create
the   results   you  desire,   develop  new
patterns  of  thinking,  and  achieve  new
levels of personnel mastry.
Length! ,    2 days
Contact!    Debora Dorsey, 260-9734
Cost!       $100.00
Datei       12/8

EFFECTIVE BRIEFING
This results oriented workshop will enable
participants to  make  their  presentations
more interesting,  powerful and effective "-•'
breaking down the task of public  s
into three  manageaole lists. Partici;j
will be shown ways to organize and
a  presentation  with  an  opportunity 'to
present   and   deliver    several   short
presentations.   These are then video taped
for  instant feedback on  the effectiveness
of the presentation.
Length!     2 days
Contact:    Debora Dorsey, 260-9734
Cost!       $250.00
Datei       1/11

ADVANCED BRIEFING
Building on lessons   learned  in Effective
Briefing,  this course focuses more closely
on planning and preparing  for  high-level
briefings, such  as policy  statements, media
briefings,  or  congressional  .testimony.
Participants will practice advanced skills
such  as  conducting an  audience analysis,
grabbing  . and   keeping   the   audience's
attention,  dealing  with  tough  quest ions.
(Briefings   will    be   videotaped   for
analysis.)
Length:     3 days
Contact:    Debora Dorsey, 260-9734
Cost:       $150.00
Dates:      3/15,  9/20

PROFESSIONAL PRESENTATIONS
In this workshop you will learn ter-.r..
for  structuring material  effective..I
devising   successful   introduceir-s "
                                            10

-------
 closings,   for   moving   and   gesturing
 powerfully,   and   for   gaining   greater
 strength,  clarity,   and control  in  your
 voice.   You will also  learn how you can
 replace- nervousness ^ or-r-, reluctance  with
 poise, confidence and enthusiasm.
 Length:     2 day*
 Contact:     Owen JAMS,  260-2594
 Cost!       $300.00
 Datei       12/7

 LISTENING AND MEMORY DEVELOPMENT
 Most  workers  spend  40  to. 50 percent  of
 their workday listening.  Through listening
 surveys,     brief.   lectures/    practical
 exercises  and  discussions,  participants
 learn  practical  techniques  for  improving
 listening skills.  They learn to recognize
 and   overcome   barriers   to .  effective
 listening;  better   organize  information
 transmitted orally;  and comprehend,  retain
 and recall information more effectively.
 Length:     2 days
 Contact!     Owen James,  260-2594
 Cost:       $200.00
 Date:       4/19                        ,

 RECORDS MANAGEMENT
 This  course  acquaints  participants  with
 proper  procedures   for  maintaining  and
 disposing  of.  Federal  records.     Topics
 include  organization  and  management  of
 records-retention period,  packaging,  and
 shipping.   Participants tour the  Records
 Center Facility.
 T^ngth:     2 days
L ontact:     Debora Dorsey,  260-9734
Pjost:       $150.00
 Dates:      11/18, 4/6

 FILES MAINTENANCE
 This two day course will examine a variety
 of  filing plans,  discuss   the  "how"  and
 "whys" of filing and  provide models for
 developing appropriate filing systems,  as
 well  as  assist  participants  in  resolving
 their special filing problems.
 Length:     2 days
 Contact:     Debora Dorsey,  260-9734
 Cost:       $200.00
 Dates:      11/3, 3/1

 BUSINESS WRITING
 This   workshop   -is  designed   to   help
 participants  write  clear,  and  organized
 letters,   memos   and reports,  and  do  so
 quickly and with confidence.  The first day
 covers how to produce and  organize  ideas,
 get  thoughts  down  quickly,  and  organize
 paragraphs so .your writing  flows smoothly.
 The second day deals with style and how to
 eliminate wordiness  and ambiguity.
 Length:     2 days
 Contact:     Owen James,  260-2594
 Cost:       $300.00
 Dates:      10/20, 11/9,  12/9, 6/7
  TIME MANAGEMENT
  The objective  of this  course is to  help
  employees  at  all   levels  make  the  best
  possible  use  of time—their  own,  their
i_subordinates',  . ..an^L. ^their  . .coworkers'.
  Topics include how  to save up to two full
  hours every working  day, how to decide what
  is important and what is urgent,  how to cut
  down the "time wasters* in a  day,  and how
  to conquer  procrastination.   Participants
  will also  learn a  systematic  approach to
  organizing time.
  Length:     1 day
  Contact:     Debora Dorsey,  260-9734
  Cost:        $200.00
  Dates:       11/9, 2/1,  4/5

  ADVANCED TIME/PROJECT MANAGEMENT
  This is  a  follow-up session  to the  Time
  Management  course.   All  applicants  must
  have taken the  Time  Management course prior
  to this session.
  Lengtht     1 day
  Contact:     Debora Dorsey,  260-9734
  Cost:        $300.00
  Date:        9/18

  TIMEKEEPING
  This course will  enable  timekeepers  and
  designated agents to understand timekeeping
  policies and  procedures.    The  course is
  intended to explain fully how to complete,
  certify,  and  correct time  cards; how to
  complete the T/A Batch  Control Sheet;  and
  how   .to    report   labor-distribution
  information.      It   also   familiarizes
  participants with   rules  and  regulations
  governing  premium   pay,  paid  leave,  and
  other absences.
  Length:     1 day
  Contact:     Virginia Rheinhardt, 260-8022
  Cost!        No Cost
  Dates:       10/28,  1/20, 4/28

  TRAVEL
  This course provides an understanding of
  travel policies  and procedures  under  the
  Diners Club Card  program  and  "Lodgings-
  Plus"  system applicable for temporary duty
  assignments  and   local   travel.      It
  familiarizes   participants   with   Agency
  travel  forms  and   proper  preparation  of
  these forms for new, amended,  and canceled
  travel arrangements; instructs participants
  on procedures  for   reimbursement of  local
  travel expenses;.familiarizes participants
  with   available   sources    of   travel
  information and services within the Agency
  and through, the  Travel  Management  Center;
  and fosters knowledge and understanding of
  the   Federal    Travel   Regulations    in
  determining   all    reimbursable   travel
  expenses.
  Length:     1/2 day
  Contact:     Virginia Rheinhardt, 260-8022
  Cost:        No Cost
  Dates:       10/22,  12/2, 2/17, 3/24,  5/17

-------
 INTERNATIONAL TRAVEL
 This   training   course  will  provide  an
 understanding of the  travel  policies and
 procedure* under the world-wid*."Lodgings-
 Plus"  system  applicable for international
 assignment*.
 Lengtht     1/2 day
 Contactt    Virginia Rheinhardt, 260-8022
 Costs       No Cost
 Datest      11/18, 4/12, 7/12

 VOCABULARY XX
 For those of you  who profited from Building
 a  More Professional  Vocabulary,  we  have
 developed  a  second   course,   Vocabulary
 Building  XX.    Learning  new words  takes
 work,  but  it  can be  fun and it  has  many
 rewards.   Having a good  vocabulary is an
 acquired skill,  not a special gift.
 Lengtht     1 day
 Contact!    Debora Dorsey, 260-9734
 Cost!       No Cost
 Datei       5/4
             EPA THEMES
            STRATBOXC PLANNXNO

STRATEGIC PLANNING
This one day  seminar addresses techniques
for developing and implementing a strategic
plan.  Topics  addressed are:  the nature of
strategic  planning,  relationship  between
strategic  planning  and  other  types  of
planning,  the   sequence  of   steps   for
developing a plan, and  the typical problems
and solutions encountered in the strategic
planning and  implementation process.   By
the end of the  seminar,  participants will
have a model  for strategic planning  and
insights on how to effectively conduct this
process.
Length!     1 day
Contact!  .  Debora Dorsey, 260-9734
Cost:       $200.00
Date:       11/16
              LEADERSHIP
RISK COMMUNICATION WORKSHOP
This workshop wilL-introduce the principles
of  communicating  about   the   risk  from
pollutants,  especially at the  community
level.   Using case studies, the workshop
presents the  participant with  the various
purposes and aspects of risk communication.
It  discusses  a  number  of  communication
options  and  provides  guidelines  for  more
effective communication about environmental
risks.
Length:     2 days
Contact:    Debora Dorsey,  260-9734
Cost:       No Cost
Dates:      10/26,  12/14,  1/11
 CAREER DEVELOPMENT WORKSHOP
 This  workshop introduces EPA's Curriculum
 of  the  90's  as a  tool  for  building a
 successful career by  integrating the needs
 of the job with the skills and interests of
 the  employees.  The  participants  will be
 prepared  for  a  well  organized discussion
 with  their supervisor  on job  performance
 requirements  and individual  training  and
 development needs.
 Length!     1  day
 Contact!    Virginia Rheinhardt, 260-8022
 Cost:       $150.00
 Date:       3/8

 TRAIN  THE TRAINER
 This   program   is   designed  by  the   EPA
 Institute to  prepare people who have been
 selected by their organizations as trainers
 for  Institute-courses.   The objectives of
 the  course  are to train people in making
 their  course presentations as  effective as
 possible, using a wide range of training
 techniques  and  approaches;   to  develop
 strategies for self-presentation, tailoring
 to the learner, participation by the group,
 and solving potential problems; to develop
 approaches suitable for adult learners in a
 peer  situation;  and to develop a aupp^-t
 network  of Institute  trainers at  EP'__
 they  can  exchange  ideas,   feedback,.
contacts.
Length:
Contact:
Cost:
Datesi
3 days
Owen J
TBA
3/1, 9/6
s, 260-2594
PLANNXNO FOR CAREER ADVANCEMENT
This   workshop   is   designed   to   help
participants in identifying and developing
.their potentials and capabilities. It will
enable participants to be more effective in
their present positions  and increase their
self-confidence   to   prepare  for  future
opportunities, including job enrichment and
advancement.
Length:     2 days
Contact:    Debora Dorsey, 260-9734
Cost:       $150.00
Date:       1/27               .

HOW TO BE INTERVIEWED
This one-day workshop will help anyone that
would like to  develop or strengthen their
interviewing  techniques.   This  workshop
will  deal  with  half-day  discussion  and
recommendations for interviewing styles and
the second half  of the day will  be actual
role  play situations  in  an   interviewing
situation.
Length:     1 day
Contact:    Debora Dorsey, 260-9734
Cost:       No Cost
Date:       10/27, 9/15
                                            12

-------
ASSERTIVENESS TRAINING
Upon   completion    of    this   workshop,
participants will be able to identify and
practice  skills  which  are  critical  to
satisfying interpersonal relationships.
 engtht  *•  1 «»y                	
 .ontact:     Debora Dorsey, 260-9734
Costt       $75.00
Oatet       12/7

FACILITATION SKILLS
This  three-day  workshop  is  designed  to
enable participants  to  be  more effective
facilitators.   It provides the basics for
those who have  not  facilitated before and
is  a refresher for  those 'with  previous
facilitation  experience.    The first  two
days   of   the  workshop  will   address
differences between good and poor meetings;
behaviors and  skills needed to facilitate
well; actions for facilitators to consider
prior to,  during,  and  after  the  meeting;
dealing effectively  with  difficult people
and   situations;   communications - skills;
conflict management; and meeting design and
co-facilitation.  The third day  consists, of
a series of  video-taped meetings  designed
and facilitated by the participants.
Length:     3 days
Contact:     Debora Dorsey, 260-9734
Cost:       $250.00
Dates:      1/18, 4/27

INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION '
This   course    is    designed   to   help
participants  increase their  personal  and
 rganizational    effectiveness    through
r.mproved  communications  in  the  office.
Participants  will   learn  to  deal  more
effectively  with  people  and  to  build
stronger working relationships.
Communication   techniques  which   reduce
conflict    and    misunderstanding    are
emphasized.
Length:     2 days
Contact:     Debora Dorsey, 260-9734
Cost:       $200.00
Date:       3/21

MYERS-BRIGGS TYPE INDICATOR (NBTZ)
This is not a course,  but an instrument and
its interpretation.   The Myers-Briggs Type
Indicator (MBTI) is  an  excellent  tool for
understanding  and- appreciating different
personalities   and   workstyles  in   the
workplace.
Length:     1 day
Contact:     Debora Dorsey, 260-9734
Cost:       $25.00
Dates:      11/12, 2/8,  5/20,  9/28

NEGOTIATION SKILLS
Course content  includes basic negotiation
concepts and  process  skills,  sharpening
communication and facilitation skills, time
management,     and    preparation    for
 ^gotiations.  The course objectives are to
 .icrease participants' skills  for effective
|iegotiating with counterparts both in and
outside EPA, and to introduce participants
to  a variety  of  negotiating styles  and
techniques.
Length:     2 days
Contact:    Debora Dorsey, 260-9734
Cost:       $200.00
Date:       4/12

MAKING MEETIN01 WORK
Because many matters  cannot  be handled by
individuals   acting    alone,   countless
meetings are held each year in government.
An   ineffective   meeting   can   mean   a
tremendous   loss  of   time   and   money.
Meetings should  be a means  of giving and
getting    information,     motivating
participants and solving problems.
Length:     1 day
Contact:    Debora Dorsey, 260-9734
Cost:       $150.00
Date:       1/26
 ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT/SBCRBTARIES/OFFICE
            MANAGERS LEADERSHIP
PROFESSIONAL    EXCELLENCE/SECRETARIES    I
ADMIN. ASSISTANTS
Secretaries and Administrative Assistants
are  essential  members  of the management
team.   Learn  more about  basic management
principals  and  explore  the  skills  and
traits which will make you an effective and
recognized office assistant.
Lengtht     2 days
Contact:    Debora Dorsey, 26O-9734
Cost:       $225.00
Date:       10/13

PROFESSIONAL IMAGE ft SELF ESTEEM
This   highly    interactive   workshop   is
designed    to   give   participants    an
opportunity  to  evaluate  the  image  of
themselves  that they  present to  others.
They will also  learn  how  they can enhance
that  image   using  wardrobe,   non-verbal
communications,  and  confidence  building
techniques.
Length:     1 day
Contact:    Debora Dorsey, 260-9734
Cost:       $150.00
Date:       2/10

LET YOUR IMAGE WORK FOR YOU
This workshop  will  help  the  participants
project a positive image  and  thereby gain
self-confidence.  They  will learn  how to
build  personal  credibility  through  the
effective use of  wardrobe,  body language,
(including posture and facial expressions),
and voice.  During the segment on wardrobe
the  participants  will  have  a  hands-on
opportunity to  see how separates  can be
inexpensively mixed and  matched to create a
professional look.
Length:     1 day
Contact:    Debora Dorsey, 260-9734
Cost:       $100.00
Date:       12/17
                                            13

-------
ACCELERATED LEARNING
This  workshop will  help  to  increase  the
pace  of  the learning process and help to
bring   about   more   positive   learning
technique*. 'ThiW Workshop will help you to           '      ' "     ,.._.--
strengthen the skills that  will  help  your
professional growth process.
Length!     2 days
Contacti     Oebora Dorsey,  260-9734
Cost!       $150.00
Datei       2/22


          EPA LEADERSHIP DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMS
CERTIFIED  PROFESSIONAL  SECRETARY   (CPS)
PROGRAM OS 4-10
The   Certified   Professional   Secretary
Program  is  a  3  to  4  year  developmental
program whose target audience includes GS-4
through    GS-10    Clerk-Typists    and
Secretaries.    College  level courses are
taught    on-site    to    prepare
secretarial/clerical  personnel  to  more
effectively carry out their administrative
responsibilities  by  enhancing skills and
increasing self-esteem.  Completion of this
training  program  will  also  equip  the
participants  to pass the 2-day, 6-part CPS
exam.   Certification by this program  is
recognized internationally as a standard  of
professionalism and accomplishment.
Location!  EPA host sites
Cost!      $600.00 per  semester (includes
           books)
Dates i      Sept.  - Dee.,  Jan. - Nay
Contact!    Ann Cherry,  202-260-8832

GOALSETTBRS  REACHING  FOR   OPPORTUNITIES
(GRO) OS 4-10
This development  program is designed for
EPA Headquarters  employees in grades GS 4
through 10.   It is a year-long program that
includes 40 hours of intensive training  in
leadership skills, motivation, professional
image,     self-marketing,    and   self-
presentation,  career  management,  goal-
setting,   and   a   number   of   follow-up
activities.
Locations  To b«  announced
Cost!      $300.00 tuition  plus travel
Dates!      To be  announced
Contact:    Connie=Thosqpkins,  202-260-6180

GREATER LEADERSHIP OPPORTUNITIES  (OLO)
GS 11-13
This is  a one-year developmental program
whose  target . audience  includes  GS   11
through 13 level  women  and  minorities with
at least  2 years of EPA employment who have
demonstrated  potential for leadership.  GLO
is  designed   to   increase   an  employee'a
leadership and management skills in order
to enhance career opportunities and to
enable participants to successfully compete
for supervisory positions.
Location!  Sessions are in DC and at EPA
           host sites nationwide
Cost!      $1500.00 tuition plus 2-3 weeks
           travel and per dies
Contact!   Laurie Reaer, 202-260-4156;  or
         .  Local OLO Coordinator

WOMEN'S EXECUTIVE LEADERSHIP PROGRAM (WEL)
OS 11-12
A    one-year,    OPM-sponsored    career
development  program  to   help   employees
develop  their  potential  for  management
advancement.  The  program is  designed  for
women and minorities GS-11 and 12.
Contact!   Laurie Raaer, 202-260-4156
EXECUTIVE POTENTIAL PROGRAM (EPP)
OS/ON 13-15
A one-year, OPM-sponsored program to
technical  specialists  develop  manage1
skills.  GS/GM-13 through 14.
Contact!   Brian Smith,  202-260-4155
LOOKING GLASS WORKSHOP OS/ON 13-15
The Looking  Glass  Workshop is a  five-day
intensive, residential leadership  training
taught by  EPA staff and outside  faculty.
It   is   'designed   for   non-supervisory
employees, GS  13-15,  who wish to  enhance
their  personal  effectiveness  and 'their
career opportunities in the organization.
Location i   To b«t announced
Cost:      $125O.OO tuition plua travel
Datesi     NOT. 15 - 19, 1993 (class  full)
  :;        June 13 - 17, 1994
           (Additional sessions at
           selected Regional sitss)
Contact:    Brian Smith, 202-260-41SS

CAREER ENHANCEMENT PROGRAM
Graduate  level  course  work  in  Public
Administration,  Environmental  Policy,  or
Public Health on site by three Washington,
DC area universities.   George Washington,
Johns Hopkins, and Maryland University.
Location:   EPA host sites .
Dates!     Sept. - Dec., Jan. - Hay
Contact:    Paul Jean, 202-260-3348
                                            14

-------
                            FEBRUARY 1994
MONDAY
  TUESDAY
WEDNESDAY
THURSDAY
                CONTRACT ADMIN.
                NO. CONF. cm. a
                9M-4M

                TIME MANAGEMENT
                C ARSON RM.
                *00-4.-M

                POLLUTION PREVENTION
                ORIENTATION
                MUIRRM.
                t-M-UM
                  CONTRACT ADMIN.
                                     CONTRACT ADMIN.
                                                        CONTRACT ADMIN. FOR
                                                        SUPERVISORS
                                                        NO. CONF. CTR. «3
                                                        9:00 - 4:00
                               8
                                                    10
                                                      11
                 RESOURCES MOMT.
                 ORIENTATION
                 C ARSON RM.
                 9M-4M

                 MBTI
                 MUIRRM.
                  BUSINESS WRTTINO
                  MUIRRM.
                  *00 - 4:0*

                  HOW TO PREPARE YOUR
                  171
                  C ARSON RM.
                  +M-12M
                  BUSINESS WRITINO

                  LEADERSHIP
                  ORIENTATION
                  C ARSON RM.
                  1:09-4:0*

                  PROFESSIONAL IMAGE *
                  SELF ESTEEM
                  BREAKROOM
                  *00-4K>»
            14
              15
              16
             17
18
                ANALYTICAL SKILLS
                (BEOINNINO)
                MUIRRM.
                9HW-4KW
                  ANALYTICAL SKILLS

                  RECERTOTCATION FOR
                  CONTRACT MORS.
                  NO. CONF. CTR. 19
                  TRAVEL
                  MUIRRM.
                  »:00.!2:M
                                                     TOTAL QUALTTY MOMT.
                                                     ORIENTATION
                                                     C ARSON RM.
                                                     9:00 • 12:09
            21
              22
ACCELERATED LEARNING
              23
ACCELERATED LEARNING
             24
25
                9M-4M
            28
                                            :=»

-------
' ' ' * % s .:.. ' 'v "^
MONDAY

7
14
21
28
ANALYTICAL SKILLS
(INTERMEDIATE)
CARSON RM.
9:06 • 4:00
^ MARCH 1994
¥. ~ 7 '--'"•• • :>;-?x- *'• ' . '•• •, '. .--i.:^^"""" ' ^: -
TUESDAY
i
CONTRACT ADMIN.
NO. CONF. CI1L 19
9#»-4M
TRAIN THE TRAINER
MURRM.
9^»'4>M
FILES MAINTENANCE
C ARSON RM.
MC-4.-M
8
CULTURAL DIVERSITY
ORIENTATION
C ARSON RM.
9M-12M
CAREER DEVELOPMENT
WORKSHOP
MURRM.
*t».4M
15
ADVANCED BRIEFINO
MURRM.
9M-4M
FREEDOM OF
INFORMATION ACT (POIA)
C ARSON RM.
*9»-4M
22
•ADVANCED TIME* '
PROJECT MOMT
MUIBRM.
9M-4HM
29
ANALYTICAL SKILLS
(INTERMEDIATE)
WEDNESDAY
2
CONTRACT ADMIN.
TRAIN THE TRAINER
FILES MAINTENANCE

9
16
ADVANCED BRIEFINO
23
CONFLICT/STRESS
CARSON RM.
*00-4:00
CONFIDENTIAL BUSINESS
INFORMATION (CBI)
MLTRRM.
*00 • 4:00
30
THURSDAY
3
CONTRACT ADMIN.
TRAIN THE TRAINER
INTERPERSONAL
COMMUNICATION
C ARSON RM.
9M-4M
. 10
INDIVIDUAL WORK*
COMMUNICATION SKILLS
ORIENTATION
CARSON RM.
M0-U.-M
17
ADVANCED BRffiFINa
24
TRAVEL
MURRM.
9:00 -12:M
31
f'' '
FRIDAY
4
CONTRACT ADMIN. FOR
SUPERVISORS
INTERPERSONAL
"COMMUNICATION .
11

25

20

-------
I
 APRIL1994
MONDAY
                         TUESDAY
     WEDNESDAY
      THURSDAY
                       FRIDAY
                      CONTRACT AOMIN.
                      NO. COW. CTR. a
                      TIME MANAGEMENT
                      CARSON KM.
                      9M-4M
     CONTRACT AOMIN.

     RECORDS MANAGEMENT
     C ARSON RM.
     9M-4M
     CONTRACT AOMIN.

     RECORDS MANAGEMENT
                   CONTRACT AOMIN. FOR
                   SUPERVISORS
                   NO. CONP. CTR. 13
                                            RECERTIFICATION FOR
                                            CONTRACT MORS.
                                            NO. CONF. CTR. 19
                 11
12
13
               14
                      NEGOTIATION SKEULS
                      MURRM.  '
                                         NEGOTIATION SKILLS
                      INTERNATIONAL TRAVEL
                      BREAKROOM
                      9M-UM

                      RESOURCES MOMT.
                      ORIENTATION
                      C ARSON RM.
                 18
19
20
                      USTENINO * MEMORY
                     •DEVELOPMENT
                      MUIRRM.
                      9M-4M

                      TOTAL QUALITY MOMT.
                      ORIENTATION
                     ' CARSON RM.
     LISTENING * MEMORY
     DEVELOPMENT
               21
POLLUTION PREVENTION
ORIENTATION
MUIRRM.
                                                                                          22
                 25
26
27
               28
                                                                                          29
                                         FACILITATION SKILLS
                                         MVIR RM.
                                         9:00 • 4.00
                                                             FACILITATION SKILLS
                                                                                FACILITATION SKILLS
                                                             TIMEKEEPING
                                                             CARSON RM.
                                                             >:00.4:00
                                                21

-------

^ •
MONDAY
2
INDIVIDUAL WORK*
COMMUNICATION SKILLS
ORIENTATION
C ARSON RM.
*:00-UH»
9
16







23




-"•
30

%,v •" v •• "" * ^ j" S*S^S-5- '. *
>v^ .A-*" ''• ' ' f v' -X^ f Ki ' * %""
TUESDAY
3
CONTRACT ADMIN.
NO. CONF. CTR. 19
*M'*M


10
ENVIRONMENTAL
MANAGEMENT
ORIENTATION
C ARSON RM.
17
TRAVEL
BREAKROOM
9M-12M
ANALYTICAL SKILLS
(ADVANCED REASONINO)
MUIRRM.
9M-4M
24
PROOFREADINa * EDITINa
MUIRRM.
*M-4M



31
CONTRACT ADMIN.
NO. CONF. CTR. 13
9-M-4M
MA^IS^^^ ; . -. .
WEDNESDAY
4
CONTRACT ADMIN

VOCABULARY a
MUIRRM.
9M-4M
11
18




ANALYTICAL SKILLS
(ADVANCED REASONINO)

25
PROOFREADINO* EDITINa

CULTURAL DIVERSITY
ORIENTATION
CARSON RM.
9:00 • 12:0»

THURSDAY
5
CONTRACT ADMIN.

VOCABULARY 0


12
1
19







26




•

FRIDA?
6
CONTRACT ADMIN. FOR
SUPERVISORS
NO. CONF. CTR. 13
*00-4:00

13
20
MBTI
MUIRRM.
9KW-4.-00




27







-------
^^^^_^^^^j^
MONDAY


6
13
/
20
27
1
"^.d^ 'yx%K^i/ <*
TUESDAY


7
BUSINESS WRTTINa
MUIRRM.
MO-4M
14
OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH
AND SAFETY (24 HRS)
CARSON RM.
21
POLLUTION
PREVENTION
ORIENTATION
MUIRRM.
Igt-UM
28
•"• *" ' '* fv ""' v •••. s' v % J •• ^ AV
WEDNESDAY
i
CONTRACT ADMIN.
NO. CONF. CTR. 13
*09-4.-M

8
BUSINESS WRITING
OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH
AND SAFETY (24 HRS)
22
29
LEADERSHIP
ORIENTATION
MUIRRM.
1:00 - 4.00
'S'.'^^!^^?^jt;%x
THURSDAY
2
CONTRACT ADMIN.

9
16
OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH
AND SAFETY (24 HRS)
23
RESOURC2SMOMT.
ORIENTATION
CARSON RM.
30
'= • -v '^4;>\ 1
FRTOAY 1
3
CONTRACT ADMIN. FOR
SUPERVISORS
NO. CONF. CTR /3
940- 4KM
RECERTIFICATION FOR
CONTRACT MORS
NO. CONF. CTR. *»
10
17
24

23

-------
1- ••-,**&
1 MONDAY

4
11





18.
•25
*fc^%
TUESDAY

5
12
CONTRACT ADMIN.
NO. CONF. CTR. 19
*M-4.-tt
LEARNING STRATEGIES
MUIRRM.

TRAVEL
BRBAEROOM
9KW-U.-M
FREEDOM OP
INFORMATION ACT
(FOIA)
C ARSON RM,
*M-4M
19
OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH
AND SAFETY (8 HR)
MUIRRM.
9M-4M
26
OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH
AND SAFETY (24 MRS)
MUIRRM.

WEDNESDAY
N
6
RECERTIFICATION FOR
CONTRACT MORS.
NO. CONF. CTR. 19
9M-4M
13
CONTRACT ADMIN.

LEARNING STRATEGIES


'
20
CONFIDENTIAL BUSINESS
INFORMATION (CBD
MUIRRM.
*00 -4:00
27
OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH
ANDSA(-mra4 HRS>

THURSDAY

7
14
CONTRACT ADMIN.
'
LEARNING STRATEGIES
TOTAL QUALITY MOMT
ORIENTATION
C ARSON RM.
9KW-U.-M

21
28
OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH
AND SAFETY (24 MRS)
.' • ' : • •• x s ^\ >-x?
"" ^ • * ^s 's < -*-% V
* ;> _x ^ ;•?- ->
FRIDA
i
8
15
CONTRACT ADMIN. FOR
SUPERVISORS
NO. CONF. CTR. 13

\


22
29
24

-------
•••••MBMI^B
MONDAY
i

8
15
22
29

TUESDAY
2
CONTRACT ADMIN.
NO. CONF. CTR. O

9
ENVIRONMENTAL
MANAGEMENT
ORIENTATION
C ARSON RM.
»-M • 12.-W
16
INDIVIDUAL WORK *
COMMUNICATION
SKILLS
ORIENTATION
CARSON RM.
. 23
30
f* ;•. •>'>•'•''••• ' , >. •
WEDNESDAY
3
CONTRACT ADMIN.
•
10
LEADERSHIP
ORIENTATION
CARSON RM.
17
24
\
31
"• ' ' v"1" *• A -v t
THURSDAY
4
CONTRACT ADM|N.

11
18
25
RESOURCES MOMT.
ORIENTATION
CARSON RM.

' "" ' ' *" '' •
^^^^^9^^^^^^9I^^^^BEB
FRIDAY
CONTRACT ADMIN. FOR 1
SUPERVISORS
NO. CONF. CTR. «
9M-4.-W
RECERTIFICATION FOR
CONTRACT MORS
NO. CONF. CTR. 19
12
"19
26

25

-------
               IEPTEMBER
      TUESDAY     WEDNESDAY
                          THURSDAY
                          FRIDAi
                                                            RECEXTIFICATIONFOR
                                                            CONTRACT MORS.
                                                            NO. CONF. CTR. 19
    TRAIN THE TRAINER
    MURRM.
    9M-4M
                     TRAIN THE TRAINER
                                         TRAIN THE TRAINER
12
13
14
15
16
    CONTRACT ADMIN.
    NO. CONF. CTR. a
                     CONTRACT AOMIN.
                                         CONTRACT AOMDI.
                     CULTURAL DIVERSmr
                     ORIENTATION
                     C ARSON RM.
                        HOW TO BE INTERVIEWED
                        MURRM.
                        9HM-4.-M
                       CONTRACT AOMIN. FOR
                       SUPERVISORS
                       NO. CONF. CTR. a
                       *M-4:00
19
20
21
22
23
    ADVANCED BRIEFING
    MUIRRMv
    ADVANCED BRIEFWO,
                                         ADVANCED BRIEFING
26
27
28
29
30
    ADVANCED
    TIME/PROJECT
    MANAGEMENT
    MUIRRM.
    MBTI
    MUIRRM.
    9:00 - 4:00
                             26

-------
United Statit
Enulronmantal Protection
Hq«ncy
    &L-	
                                             Washington, DC 20460
                                        HUHHN RESOURCES MHNB6EMENT
          EPA INSTITUTE

    COURSE REGISTRATION

Please register me for the EPA Institute course listed below:
Employee's Name	
EPA
INSTITUTE
Employee's Home Address


Social Security No. 	

Office Telephone #	
                                       (Number. Street. City. State. Zip Code)
                                         Home Telephone #
Position Title/Series/Grade

Supervisor's Signature 	
                                                      Mail Code
 (Name. Title. Telephone #)
Name of Course
                                                  Course No:
Date(s) of Course
     ***** FOR COST COURSES. COMPLETE
                                                   *****
ACCOUNT #	
TUITION COST $.
                                 APPROPRIATION #
                                 BOOK COST $	
       DCN#
TOTAL$.
FUNDS CERTIFYING OFFICER'S SIGNATURE
Collection of your social security number which is required for billing
identification purposes only is authorized by Executive Order  9397.
Providing your social security number is voluntary, but if you fail to do
so, you may not be able to enroll in the course.

PLEASE RETURN THIS FORM TO THE EPA INSTITUTE, PM-224, OR
RETURN IT TO YOUR PROGRAM MANAGER IN ROOM 3241 WSM.

                                    THIS FORM CAN BE COPIED!

-------

-------
                        Use one-part form lot work-sheet. Privacy Act Information on reverse of copy 8
                        Please read instructions' on the reverse side of the last copy before completing this form
                        Instructions for handling and completing copies 3. 4. 5 and 6 appear on reverse of copy 3
                        Please type form and do not remove carbons and copies 1-9 from set.
                        Typewriter tab stops indicated by V  below.
                                                                                                            U S. GPO. 1941-2«0-29Y
                                                                       A. Agency  code agency subelement  101
                                                                         and submitting office number    L—
                                                                         iCiimple—it-tt-****!
      REQUEST, AUTHORIZATION, AGREEMENT
          AND CERTIFICATION  OF TRAINING
                                                                                                       I OFFICE UK MIT
                                                                                                       C. Request status (Mart 1*1 ontl
                                                                  02
                                                 Section A-TRAINEE INFORMATION
 I. Applicant's name iLtil-Ftnt-UxHIb Initial)
I Enter tost
I & letters o>
', last name
                                                                  (03
                                                                       t Social Security Number

                             12!
                                                  1 Date of birth Wear tog month)
              [05
 4, Home address f«wno>r irrwr t• Section C-ESTIMATED COSTS AND BILLING INFORMATION
                                                                                           Section D-APPROVALS
 II. Direct costs and appropriation/fund chargeable
                                                                      Its Immediate supervisor—M>m« and Mlt       Area code/Tel  No/EXension
        Item
 1 Tuitm"
 I. Books or. materials
 c. Otne.
 i. (Enter 4 digits in   11 j
   dollar column)     <-==
           r»T
                           Amount
                         Dollars
                                   Cants
                                               Appropriation /fund
    Indirect costs and appropriation / fund chargeable
a. Signature                                         I Date



ill Second-line supervisor—Wame ana title      Area code/Tel No/Extension




I. Signature                                         ] Date



2Ss T.aimng officer—tome and title            Area code/Tel No/Extension





I. Signature                                         I Date



^	Section E-APPROVAL/CONCURRENCE	
21s. Authorizing official—flame end title         Area code/Tel No /Extension





I Signature                                [Approved   Date

                                          (Disapproved

»   Section F-CERTIFICATION OF TRAINING COMPLETION
30s. Certifying official—Mame and title         (Area code/Tel No /Extension





I. Signature                                         I Date
        Hem
 a. Travel
 I. Per diem
 e. Other (Specify)
^ (Enter 4 digits in
  dollar column)
          TOTALS
                 1 13
                 '—
                            Amount
                         Dollars
                                   Cents
                                               Appropriations hind
a. Document / Purchase Order / Requisition No
74. 8-Oigit station symbol
8 HOIK WITIUCTKHIt iFurnisK invoice 101
     TRAINING FACILITY .>• Bills should be twit to offic* indie*t»rf in rt*m 25  •  Plan* r»fer to number giver in item 23 to assure prompt p*yjn*nj

-------

-------
                       OPPT ETHICS PROGRAM
I    All employees in OPPT. are covered by the Standards of
     Ethical Conduct for Employees of the Executive Branch.

II   The OPPT Designated Ethics Official (DAO) is Mark Greenwood.
     Ethics advice is also available from Joyce Dain in the
     Directors Office and Jim Combs in OPME.

     The Agency Ethics Official is Gerald H. Yamada, in the
     Office of General Counsel (OGC).  His Alternate is Donne11
     Nantkes also in OGC.
                                                               \

III  SF 450 Executive Branch Personnel Confidential Financial
     Disclosure Report

     All OPPT employees at the GS/GM 13 level and Commissioned
     Officers above rank 04 must file an SF 450 within 30 days of
     reporting to OPPT.  Forms are available from your
     Administrative Officer or from Jim Combs in OPME.  In
     addition, employees below the GS/GM 13 level or CO-04 rank
     is designated must file an SF 450 if their responsibilities
     so dictate.  You should check with you supervisor to
     determine is you should file.

IV   Ethics Training

     You are allowed up to 1 hour of official time to review your
     ethics guidance.  In addition, all new employees will
     receive 1 hour of ethics training from an OPPT ethics
     official.

V    Outside Employment

     EPA requires that you obtain written permission from your
     DAO before you engage in outside employment.  Check with Jim
     Combs or Joyce Dain for guidance to obtain approval from the
     DAO.

-------

-------
  INFORMATION
WILL BE PROVIDED
   AT TIME OF
  PRESENTATION

-------

-------
         TSCA CONFIDENTIAL BUSINESS INFORMATION OVERVIEW


                     _..JSS INFORMATION (CBI1

          What is it?

          TSCA CBI is information claimed business confidential
          under EPA's confidentiality regulations at 40 CFR Part
          2,  TSCA CBI materials are documents or any other
          information-bearing media that contain TSCA CBI.  Most
          TSCA CBI materials and/or documents consist only
          partially of confidential business information.
TSCA CBI SECURITY MANUAL

     o    Why is handling TSCA CBI according to the TSCA CBI
          Security Manual important?

          The manual sets forth procedures for EPA, other Federal
          employees, contractors, and contractor employees to
          following handling information claimed CBI.  EPA is
          required to protect from public disclosure CBI obtained
          under TSCA, and it imposes criminal penalties for the
          knowing and willful unauthorized release or disclosure
          of such information.

ACCESS TO TSCA CBI

     Section 14(a)(l) of TSCA permits EPA to authorize Federal
employees, contractors and contractor employees for access to
TSCA CBI when such access is necessary to perform work in
connection with the agency's duties under a health or
environmental protection statute or for specific law enforcement
purposes.

     Most TSCA CBI access occurs at EPA Headquarters, where the
primary storage and use of TSCA CBI is in the EPA Confidential
Business Information Center (CBIC).  If required, EPA may
authorize CBI access at other facilities, including EPA Regional
Offices, other Federal agency offices, and contractor facilities.
Procedures for handling CBI are generally uniform at all
facilities.  However, some differences in security procedures are
required at facilities outside of EPA Headquarters, and-at
contractor sites as outlined in the TSCA CBI Security Manual.

DOCUMENT CONTROL OFFICERS

     Document Control Officers (DCOs) manage their facilities'
document tracking systems and oversee the receipt, storage,
transfer, and use of TSCA CBI by employees in their facilities.
All facilities that are authorized for access to TSCA CBI are
required to have a facility DCO and an alternate DCO, who will

-------
assume the facility DCO's responsibilities during his or her
absence .

     Facility DCOs must be approved and trained before TSCA CBI
can be transferred to any facility.  The OPPT DCO is responsible
for providing training materials and guidance on appropriate
document handling procedures to all DCOs.

     The duties of a DCO are outlined in the TSCA CBI Security
Manual.

HOif TO ACQUIRE AgC; TO TSCA CBI
     To obtain clearance for TSCA CBI access, employees of EPA,
other Federal agencies, and contractors must fill out EPA Form
7740-6, "TSCA CBI Access Request, Agreement, and Approval".  In
addition, a separate form is sometimes required for obtaining
computer access to TSCA CBI.

-------
INFORMATION ACCESS CHAPTER


   New Staff Orientation Manual
 Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
          January 22, 1993

-------
                    INFORMATION ACCESS CHAPTER
                           TABLE OF CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION	   1
      INFORMATION MANAGEMENT PHILOSOPHY	   1
      SUMMARY	:	   1

LIBRARIES	'.	   2
      OPPT LIBRARY  	   2
             Overview .,	   2
             Individual Assistance
                  Services	   2
                  Reference Interview	   2
                  Chemical Searches  	   2
             Resources	.•	   2
                  Circulation	,	   2
                  Interlibrary Loan (ILL)	'	2
                  Reference	   3
                  Online Services  	   3
                  CO-ROM Systems 	   3
                  Management Collection	   3
                  OPPT Reports	   3
                  Current Awareness	   3
             Computer and Other Equipment	   4
      EPA HEADQUARTERS LIBRARY	'	   4
      PUBLIC INFORMATION CENTER (PIC)	   4
      LAW LIBRARY	   4
      LEGISLATIVE REFERENCE LIBRARY	   5
      OTHER EPA LIBRARIES	   5

DOCKETS		   6
      TSCA PUBLIC DOCKET AND READING ROOM	   6
             Overview	   6
             Information Available 	   6
                  TSCA §4: Testing of  Chemical Substances and Mixtures	   6
                  TSCA §5: Manufacturing and Processing Notices	   6
                  TSCA §6: Regulation of Hazardous Chemical Substances and Mixtures ..   6
                  TSCA §8: Reporting  and Retention of Information	   6
                  TSCA §8(d): Reporting and Retention of Information/ Health and Safety
                        Studies  	   6
                  TSCA §8(e): Reporting and Retention of Information/ Notice of
                        Subtfantiai Risks	   7
                  Other TSCA and EPCRA Information	   7
                  Risk Management Administrative Record 	   7
                  FYI Submissions  	   7
      THE CONFIDENTIAL BUSINESS INFORMATION CENTER (CBIC) 	   7
             Overview	   7
      OTHER OFFICE DOCKETS	   8

DATABASES	   9
      OPPT DATABASES  	;	   9
             CBI Systems Access 	   9

-------
             CECATS 	   g
             Screening Information Systems (SIS/L)	   9
             Searching Mechanisms 	   9
                   Text Searching	   9
                  . Batch Retrieval	   9
                   Structure/Sub-Structure Searching	  10
"            33/50 Program Commitment Tracking System (CTS)	  10
             Division/Branch/PersonalDatabases	  10
             National Occupational Survey (NOES) Database	  10
             CBI Databases		..  10
                   Chemical Directory (CHEMD)	  10
                   Chemicals on the TSCA Inventory  	  11
                   8(A) Level A (PAIR) Information System  	  12
                   Comprehensive Assessment Information Rule (CAIR) System	  12
                   Confidential Business Information Tracking System (CBITS)	  12
                   Document and Personnel Security System (DAPSS)	".	  12
                   PENTA	  13
             Image Processing System (IPS)	  13
             PMN Pre-Notice Data Base	  13
             RMx	  13
      OTHER OPPT DATABASES 	  13
             LEGISLATE	  13
          •   Management Information Tracking System (MITS)	  14
             ROADMAPS	  14
             Toxic Release Inventory (TRI)	  14
             Toxic Substances Control Act Test Submissions (TSCATS)	  15
             TRI Hazardous Substance Fact Sheet  	  15
      AGENCY AND EXTERNAL DATABASES	  16
             Emergency  Response Notification System (ERNS)	  16
             GENE-TOX	.*	  16
             Nation Air Toxics Information Clearing House (NATICH) 	  16
             Information  Systems Inventory (ISI)	  16
             OAQPS Emission Factor Clearinghouse (EMC)	  16
             Register of Lists (ROL)	  16
             Title III List of Lists	  16
             OSHA Computerized Information System (OCIS)  	  17
             International Register of Potentially Toxic Chemicals (IRPTC) 	  17

PUBLICATIONS AND NEWSLETTERS	  18
      ACCESS EPA 	  18
      BI-WEEKLY REPORT	  18
      CHEMICALS-IN-PROGRESS BULLETIN	  18
      CONGRESS AND TOXICS  	  18
      EMERGENCY PLANNING AftD COMMUNITY RIGHT-TO-KNOW REPORTS STAFF
             UPDATE  	  18
      FOSTTA GRAM  	  19
      THE GRAPEVINE	  19
   .   INFORMATION MANAGEMENT NETWORK	  19
      POLLUTION PREVENTION  DIVISION MONTHLY ACTIVITY REPORT	  19
      POLLUTION PREVENTION  NEWS  	  20

HOTLINES AND CLEARINGHOUSES 	  21
      IN EPA	  21
             Air Risk Information Support Center	  21

-------
             Asbestos School Hazard Abatement Act (ASHAA) Hotline	           21
             CERCUS Helpline	  21
             Chemical Assessment Desk (CAD)	  21
             EPCRA Information Hotline	  22
             Freedom of Information Act Office  	  22
             National Radon Hotline	  22
             Office of Inspector General Hotline  .!	  22
             Pollution Prevention Information Clearinghouse (PPIC) 	  23
             RCRA/Superfund Hotline	  23
             Risk Communication Hotline	  23
             Safe Drinking Water Hotline	  24
             TRI-USER Support (TRI-US)	  24
             TSCA Hotline	  24
             Wetlands Protection Hotline	  25
       OUTSIDE OF EPA AND RELEVANT TO OPPT FUNCTIONS	,	  25
             Asbestos/Small Business Ombudsman's Office	  25
             Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry (ASTDR)	  25
             CPSC Hotline	  25
             Department of Transportation (DOT) Contact 	  25
             Food and Drug Administration (FDA) General Inquiries	-...  25
             Housing and Urban Development Inquiries	  25

REGULATORY STATUS INFORMATION  	  26
       CORR	  26
       REGISTER OF LISTS (ROP  	  26
       ROADMAPS	  26
       TITLE III LIST OF LISTS 	  26
       TSCA INFORMATION SERVICES 	  26
             CHEM Files	,	  26
             Federal Register Notebooks	  26
             Summary of TSCA Regulations	'	  26

AGENCY REPORTS	  27
       NATIONAL TECHNICAL INFORMATION SERVICE (NTIS)  	  27
       U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE (GPO)	  27
             Federal Notice Bulletin Board	,	  27
             Superintendent of Documents Sales Program	  28
             Depository Library Program 	  28
       CENTER FOR ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH INFORMATION (CERI)  	  28
       EPA HEADQUARTERS LIBRARY	  28
       THE OPPT LIBRARY	  29
       EPA PUBLICATIONS BIBLIOGRAPHY	  29
       EPCRA BIBLIOGRAPHY	  29

INFORMATION HELD ATTHE DIVISIONAL LEVEL	  30
       MAJOR REFERENCE COLLECTIONS	  30
             Chemical Regulation Reporter	  30
             CHIPs Files/List	  30
             •Current Awareness* of Structure-Activity Relations for Chemical
                   Carcinogens  	  30
             EETD Reference Collection  	  30
             8(e) Summary Notebooks	  30
             HERD Branch Reference Collections  	  30
             HERD CBI Library  	  30

-------
              HERD Divisional Reference Collections	  31
              Industrial Hygiene Publications	  31
              International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC) Monographs 	  31
              Kirk-Othmer Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology  	  31
              NIOSH-Publications	  31
       DIVISIONAL FILES	,	  32
              Biotechnology Issues	  32
              CEB. Files	  32
              Evaluation of Industrial Facilities' Progress in Source Reduction for Toxic
                    Chemicals	  32
              Exposure Assessment Support Files	  32
              Interagency Testing Committee  	  33
              Physical/Chemical Properties & Fate Testing Guidelines	  33
              Pollution  Prevention Information Tracking System	:	  33
              Premanufacture Notice (PMN) Information  	  33
              Production/Exposure Profiles (PEPs)	  33
              RM1 and RM2 Case Development; TSCA Section  6 Existing Chemical Control
                    Regulation Development  	  33
              Significant New Use Rule (SNUR) Files		  33
              33/50 Program Administrative Record	  34

HIDDEN INFORMATION SOURCES  	  35
       PERSONAL FILES AND KNOWLEDGE HELD BY INDIVIDUALS	  35

OPPT COMPUTER SUPPORT SERVICES	  36
       PC SERVICES	  36
       W1C TRAINING	  36
              Registration Procedure	  36
              Special Sessions	  37
              Personalized Training	  37
       ALL-IN-1 ELECTRONIC MESSAGING SYSTEM	  37
       CONTACT	  38

INDEX	'.	  39

-------
                     INFORMATION ACCESS CHAPTER
                                 INTRODUCTION
                   INFORMATION MANAGEMENT PHILOSOPHY
       Information management is more than just a support function in OPPT. It is a critical element
of OPPTs mission. Perhaps more than any other EPA program, OPPTs success depends on its
ability to manage large information collections. All of the statutes implemented by OPPT contain
explicit mandates to collect analyze, and disseminate information. Effective information management
depends on shared commitment and responsibility by ail OPPT staff.
                                     SUMMARY
       As an information seeker you may have a general sense of what you need but you may not
know specifics or location.  This chapter is organized by topic heading for the purpose of assisting
users. If you know the exact name of what you are looking for, use the table of contents or the
alphabetized index at the end of the chapter.
                 /
      If you do not know the exact name of the resource, the topic headings in the table of contents
should point you in the right direction. To find what you need quickly, locate the general topic and
skim down the left column. You will find resources which are located primarily in OPPT. Some are
located in other offices of EPA and some are located outside of EPA but relevant to OPPT functions.
Descriptions of these information resources can be found in the right column.  Whenever possible, we
have included contact names and phone numbers. You can call these people for further help.

-------
                                              LIBRARIES
OPPT LIBRARY

       Overview
       Individual Assistance
       Services

              Reference Interview
              Chemical Searches



       Resources

              Circulation
              Interllbrary Loan (ILL)
The Library for the Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics
(OPPT) contains chemical specific information.  It is operated
under contract to LABAT ANDERSON, Incorporated. Six
librarians and three technical assistants provide reference
assistance, document delivery, cataloging of research
materials, current awareness services, and specialized online
database searches.  The OPPT Library provides limited
reference services to non-EPA patrons.

Location:      Room B002. Northeast Mall

Hours:        8:00 am • 4:30 pm

Contacts:      Gerhard Brown, Chief, Nonconfidential
              Information Service Section, U.S. EPA
              (202) 260-7248

              Timothy Schoepke, Head Librarian;
              Randall Brinkhuis, Assistant Head Librarian;
              Isa Benson, Interlibrary Loan Librarian,
              LABAT ANDERSON (202) 260-3944
Most search requests received by the library are followed up
by a telephone call or a personal interview with the requestor
to clarify definition of the request so that meaningful search
results are provided.

The library has the capacity to search the entire Chemical
Abstracts file for structures, bibliographic citations and
chemical abstracts. The file contains over 12 million chemical
structures and literature associated with these chemicals.
Generally, OPPT library services are for EPA staff and an EPA
staff identification and a mail code number are required to
borrow items. Contractors can also borrow library materials but
they need clearance from the program office they are working
with to do so. Materials are loaned for a period of four weeks
and can be renewed. Reference materials can be checked out
for one night

One of the most important missions of the OPPT library is to
provide any book, document, or journal article requested by
       Libraries

-------
       Reference
       Online Services
       Online Systems
       CO-ROM Systems
       Management
       Collection
       OPPT Reports
       Current Awareness
EPA staff. In many cases EPA's demand for up-to-the-minute
research requires library staff to borrow materials from other
EPA libraries, one of the national libraries (Medicine,
Agriculture, or Library of Congress), or other research libraries.

Librarians answer inquiries from EPA staff and apprise private
citizens and businesses of the availability of agency
information and services.

Over 500 commercial and government databases provide
library staff with the ability to obtain comprehensive retrieval of
information in the fields of toxicology, biochemistry,
epidemiology, occupational medicine, economics and
biostatistics.

The OPPT library provides  patrons with the ability to search
instantly the catalogs of all other EPA libraries as well as the
collections of nearly every research library in the United States
and North America The library accesses archival EPA
research documents,  current Toxic Release Inventory (TRI)
data, and specialized electronic bulletin boards to answer EPA
staff inquiries.

Thousands of pages of reports, research results, and chemical
and toxicotogical data are provided in the library's collection of.
CD-ROM databases.  The library has obtained commercial and
government-issued CD-ROMs to assist EPA staff in scientific
data searches.

OPPT staff who want information about EPA training, jot*
related courses, or techniques for improving their daily work
can use the library's Total Quality Management (TQM) staff
resource center.

The library obtains and catalogs every document issued by the
Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics. The library provides
access to over 3,000 EPA documents and over 140,000
research reports.

Each month OPPT staff can receive an update on research in
toxicology, cancer studies, chemistry, and biosciences by
requesting the library's  current awareness service, TOXINFQ.
In addition to TOXINFO, staff are invited to meet with librarians
to discuss their information needs.  A personalized research
update can then be provided for as long as the patron
requests.  Topics which are currently being monitored include
biotechnology and risk, alternatives to animal testing, and cost-
benefit analysis and the environment
Libraries

-------
       Computer and
       Other Equipment
EPA HEADQUARTERS
LIBRARY
°UBLIC INFORMATION
  ENTER (PIC)
LAW LIBRARY
The OPPT Library has access to seven computers and six
printers of which three have CO-ROM hardware. Three
computers are usually available to library patrons.  The library
also maintains an automated microfiche carrousel, a book
security system, fax machine, microfiche duplicator/developer,
Canon photocopier, and an IBM Selectric II.

The library's extensive microfiche and microfilm collections are
accessed on two microfiche reader/printers and one microfilm
reader/printer.

The EPA Headquarters Library provides information services
covering a wide range of environmental and related subjects of
interest to EPA staff and the general public. There are major
collections relevant to each program area Also, the Catalyst,
the monthly EPA library newsletter provides information on
new collections.
                                          Location:
              Room 2904 (Mall)
Hours:        8:00 am • 5:30 pm, Monday - Friday

Telephone:    (202) 260-5921

The PIC is the focal point for public access to EPA information.
It dispenses selected agency booklets and refers walk-in
customers and telephone callers to other sources.
Workstations provide access to a few major EPA databases.

Location:      Off the plaza behind Waterside Mall

Hours:        9:00 am - 5:30 pm, Monday - Friday

Telephone:    (202) 260-7751

The Office of General Counsel (OQC) maintains the EPA Law
Library to provide legal information services primarily to its
staff, although services are also extended to the Agency's
enforcement personnel, the Administrative Law Judges, the
Environmental Appeals Board, program attorney-advisers, and
Regional office employees.

The collection contains approximately 11,000 volumes of legal
and law-related material concentrating on federal law, with
special emphasis on administrative and environmental law.
Included are statutes,  codes, regulations, case reporters,
digests, citators, and legal reference sources, as well as
looseleaf services, newspapers, and 75 current law reviews
and periodicals. In particular, the Law Library owns Statutes at
       Libraries

-------
LEGISLATIVE REFERENCE
LIBRARY
OTHER EPA LIBRARIES
                                           Large from 1931 to the present and U.S. Code Congressional
                                           and Administrative News from 1946 to the present
                                           Location:
              Room 2902
Hours:        8:00 am • 5:30 pm, Monday - Friday

Telephone:    (202) 260-5919

The Legislative Reference Library is maintained by the
Associate Administrator for Congressional and Legislative
Affairs, to provide federal environmental legislative information
for the Agency.

The collection contains more than 8,000 documents produced
by Congress, including copies of bills, reports, public laws,
committee prints, committee hearings, legislative histories, the
Congressional Record (5-6  years), Senate and House
calendars and phone books, the Congressional Directory, and
other congressional reports when possible. The collection also
contains many reference guides and a number of periodicals.

The library tracks the status of current environmental, budget,
and federal personnel legislation.  It compiles lists and reports
on the status of bills pending, before the current and past
Congresses, and also prepares legislative histories and
secures legislative histories from other sources.  Abstracts of
the Congressional Record are compiled each day Congress is
in session and any individual may request to be placed on the
mailing list for these abstracts.

Location:      Room 2439

Hours:        9:00 am - 5:00 pm, Monday - Friday

Telephone:    (202) 260-5425

There are 28 EPA libraries located in Washington, D.C., the ten
regions, and within specialized research laboratories
throughout the United States.  The libraries and other
information services contain a combined collection of more
than 136,000 books, 5,100  journal subscriptions, 364,000 hard
copy reports. 3,200,000 documents on microfilm and
microfiche, 9,000 journal  article reprints, and  25,000 maps.
       Libraries

-------
                                            DOCKETS
TSCA PUBLIC DOCKET AND
READING ROOM

       Overview
       Information Available

             TSCA 14: Testing of
             Chemical Subctance*
             and Mixtures

             TSCA 15:
             Manufacturing and
             Processing Notices
             TSCA S6: Regulation
             of Hazardous
             Chemical Substances
             and Mixtures

             TSCA 18: Reporting
             and Retention of
             Information
The TSCA Public Docket and Reading Room provides public
access to non-confidential information submitted to OPPT,
records of the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA) and the
Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act
(EPCRA) rulemaking activities, TRI rulemaking documents, and
chemical assessment documents created by OPPT.
Information older than 6 months to 1 year can be viewed on
microfiche and hard copies can be made of it. More recent
information is available in hard copy.

Location:      Room Q-004; new location in Spring, 1993:
             East Tower Basement Room 102

Hours:       8:00 am -12:00 pm,  1:00 pm - 4:00 pm,
             Monday - Friday

Telephone:    (202) 260-7099
Test data submitted under TSCA §4 rules, consent orders, and
negotiated agreements and records of test rules.
Premanufacture notices and significant new use notices
submitted to OPPT by outside parties and records of rules
defining significant new uses of chemicals and orders limiting
manufacture, or processing of chemicals pending development
of additional information.

Records of rules limiting or prohibiting the manufacture,
processing, distribution, use, or disposal of substances that
present unreasonable risk.
Records of rules requiring submission of information such as
health and safety studies; production, use, exposure data; and
allegations of significant adverse reactions.
             TSCA f8(d): Reporting
             and Retention of
             Information/ Health
             and Safety Studies
Health and safety studies submitted under TSCA to OPPT by
outside parties.
      Dockets

-------
             TSCA J8(e): Reporting
             •nd Retention of
             Information/ Notice of
             Substantial Rlaka
                          •

             Other TSCA and
             EPCRA Information
Substantial risk notices submitted under TSCA §8(e) to OPPT
by outside parties.
Materials on rules and rulemaking proceedings, including
technical support documents, comments/responses on the
following:
                                              TSCA §9: Relationship to Other Federal Laws
                                              TSCA §12: Exports;
                                              TSCA §13: Entry into Customs Territory of the U.S.
                                              TSCA §21: Citizens' Petitions;
                                              EPCRA: Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-
                                              KnowAct
                                              §313: Release Reporting Requirements
             Rlak Management
             Administrative Record
             FY1 Submissions


THE CONFIDENTIAL
BUSINESS INFORMATION
CENTER (CBIC)

       Overview
Contains information on OPPT preregulatory and nonregulatory
risk management decisions that do not appear in dockets,
RM1 and RM2 assessment documents and meeting
summaries, 'letters of concern* to industry and responses,
public comments and other correspondence on RM1/RM2
Voluntary submissions, primarily from industry, covering a wide
range of data on chemical toxicity and exposure.
In the Confidential Business Information Center (CBIC),
reviewers with TSCA CBI clearance may review copies of any
document submitted to EPA under TSCA. Documents may be
reviewed in the center, or copies may be logged out for long-
term use. Older documents (more than six months to a year)
are available for review in the center on microfiche. Wherever
possible, especially where large numbers of documents are
needed, the staff recommends that advance requests be
submitted.

Location:      Room 099, East Tower Tunnel

Hours:        8:00 am -11:00 am, 2:00 om - 4:00 pm

Contact:      Juanita Geer (202) 260-1532
       Dockets

-------
THER OFFICE DOCKETS
                                       Air Docket
                                       401 M Street, SW, Room M-1500
                                       Waterside Mall, (ground floor)
                                       (202)  260-7548

                                       Drinking Water Docket
                                       401 M Street, SW Room EB-15
                                       (202)  260-3027
                                       (The Office of Drinking Water Docket will become the Office of
                                       Water Docket by early 1993.  This new docket will expand to
                                       include water information not related to drinking water.  Water
                                       offices and the former Public Information Reference Unit (PIRU)
                                       will contribute this additional content  Contact: Gloria Posey
                                       (202) 260-3983.)

                                       Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (FtFRA)
                                       Docket (Pesticides Docket)
                                       Crystal Mall,  Building #2
                                       Jefferson Davis Highway
                                       Arlington, VA 22202
                                       (703) 305-5805

                                       Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) Docket
                                       401 M Street, SW, Room M-2427
                                       (202) 260-9327

                                       Superfund Docket
                                       401 M Street, SW, Room M-2427
                                       (202) 260-3046

                                       Superfund National Priorities List (NPL) Regional Dockets
                                       (See Access EPA for how to contact)

                                       Underground Storage Tank (UST) Docket
                                       401 M Street, SW Room M-2427
                                       (202) 475-9720
     Dockets

-------
OPPT DATABASES
                          •
       CBI Systems Access
       CECATS
      Screening Information
      Systems (SIS/L)
      Searching Mechanisms

             Text Searching
             Batch Retrieval
                                          DATABASES
In order to access TSCA CBI Systems, one must obtain a
separate computer clearance in addition to the general TSCA
CBI clearance.  To gain this clearance, complete and submit
paperwork through your DCO.  The IMO ADP coordinator will
assign a user i.d. for the accounts you will use and train you to
log onto the system.  CBI Systems searches may be requested
in writing through the CBIC.
                                        Contact:
             Eyvone Petty (202) 260-1444
CECATS is a mainframe tracking system in AOABAS/NATURAL
that contains detailed information on 8(e) substantial risk
notices and FY1 submissions.
                                        Contact:
             ECAO/CSB (202) 260-3436
SIS/L is a PC LAN pointer database that provides a brief
overview, in table form, of data availability of chemicals that
have been screened in the OPPT Existing Chemicals Program.
It also contains information on approximately 6000 chemicals.
                                        Contact:
             John Leitzke (202) 260-3507
Text Searching uses a string or fragment of information to
identify a record.  For example, users can use text searching
to find a chemical name when they have only part of the
chemical's name or users can use it to find a company name
when they have only part of it  Two primary mainframe data
base management systems in use in OPPT support text
searching. These are AOABAS/Natural and MACCS.
                                        Contact:
             Doris Btocn (202) 260-5457
Batch retrieval is used to provide a menu-driven means to
obtain data base information from the data base on the
mainframe. Using.acronyms which represent data base data
elements, users can query for specific data values. Users then
select data elements to be displayed in report formats. Batch
retrieval is currently used to query CICIS and CUS (TSCA
inventory  systems).  At a future date, batch retrieval will be
expanded to cover other data bases.
                                        Contact:
             Joanne Martin (202) 260-0431
      Databases.

-------
       Structure/Sub-
       Structur* Searching
33/50 Program
Commitment Tracking
System (CIS)
Division/Branch/Personal
Databases
National Occupational
Survey (NOES) Database
CBI Databases
       Chemical Directory
       (CHEMD)
Structure/sub-structure searching is based on chemical
diagrams. It enables you to query a data base for structural
analogs (i.e., structures that share common groups).  This can
be performed on PCs using CHEMBASE software and it can
be done on the OPPT mainframe using the Chemical Directory.
                                  Contact:
              Doris Bloch, (202) 260-5457
The 33/50 Program Commitment Tracking System (CTS) is an
extensive computer system that supports program	
management. CTS contains data from letters and other
sources on commitment status, reduction pledges, pollution
prevention activities, contacts,  and '88 • '90 TRI releases and
transfers. In addition, CTS supports the development of
progress reports, outreach targeting and tracking, geographic
analyses, etc.
                                  Contact:
              Mike Bums (202) 260-5496
The OPPT Database Inventory encompasses both automated
and manual systems in each Division and covers all program
areas (e.g. TSCA, EPCRA, Asbestos, etc.). The list currently
contains over 200 entries. The listing is in dBase and includes
fields for brief description, purpose, lead Division, keywords,
contacts,  hardware/software specifications.
                                  Contact:
              Doris Bloch (202) 260-5457
This database consists of approximately 70,000 individual
records covering 20,000 chemicals and 66 different 2-digit SIC
codes. Each record contains a chemical name, CAS number,
SIC code, estimated number of exposed workers and
estimated number of facilities using the chemical.
                                  Contact:
              Jay Jon (202) 260-7971
The Chemical Directory (CHEMD) provides a common storage
and retrieval capability for chemical structures and related
information for those chemicals regulated under TSCA.  It
contains chemical information from all OPPT automated
systems and offers search mechanisms for detailed chemical
structures and substructures through the use of sophisticated
graphic capabilities.

The Chemical Directory is accessed through the Chemical
Search and Assistance Center (CSAC) in room E107. This is a
walk-in center, contractor staffed, where searchers can use PC
software and hardware or request a CHEMD search.
Databases
                                                     10

-------
                                   CHEMD contains records for all substances covered by TSCA
                                   (about 80,000 records) and structures for approximately 54,000
                                   of those records. Data include chemical information (CAS
                                   registry numbers, chemical name, molecular formulae, melting
                                   point boiling point) and locators which point to other EPA data
                                   bases and files with more comprehensive data Data bases
                                   referenced include TRI, RTECS, ITC, SMART, FIFRA, SARA
                                   302(A),  IRIS, CERCLA CECATS, and RCRA, among others.

                                   Contact:      Doris Bloch (202) 260-5457

       Chemicals on the            Chemicals are placed on the TSCA inventory (CICIS or CCID)
       TSCA Inventory              via two  means: either the manufacturer/importer submitted an
                                   original inventory form in 1977, or the chemical has been
                                   approved for production or import through the premanufacture
                                   notice (PMN) process since that time. The three TSCA
                                   inventory data bases, CICIS, CCID, and CUS, contain various
                                   forms of inventory data

                                   The Chemicals in Commerce Information System (CICIS) and
                                   the Confidential Chemicals Identification System (CCID) data
                                   bases contain similar information. The principal difference is
                                   that the chemical identities of CCID chemicals have been
                                   claimed confidential by the manufacturer or importer.

                                   The Chemical Update System (CUS) captures updated
                                   production and supplier name and address data for a subset
                                   of substances covered under CICIS/CCID.  CUS contains
                                   information reported every four years under the Inventory
                                   Update Rule (IUR). In order to require reporting on IUR, a
                                   chemical must be on the TSCA inventory (CICIS/CCID). There
                                   are several differences between CICIS/CCID:

                                   •       CICIS/CCID submitters only have to report once;
                                          reporting under IUR is required every four years as
                                          k)ng as the reporting requirements continue to be met

                                   •       Production volumes on CICIS/CCID reflect chemical
                                          production at the time of commencement (or original
                                          inventory form filing). CUS production volumes are a
                                          snapshot of the fiscal year immediately preceding the
                                          reporting deadline.

                               *   •       CICIS and CCID production volumes are in ranges (0
                                          through 1,000 pounds through greater than 1 billion
                                          pounds). CUS contains specific production volume
                                          figures.

                                   •       CICIS and CCID reporters were required to report
                                          production even if the chemical was not produced in
Database*

-------
       8(A) Level A (PAIR)
       Information  System
       Comprehensive
       Assessment
       Information Rule
       (CAIR) System
       Confidential Business
       Information Tracking
       System (CBITS)
       Document and
       Personnel Security
       System (DAPSS)
       1977. Manufacturers and importers are required to
       report under the IUR only if 10.000 pounds or more
       were produced at any single plant site.

CICiS Contact: Eyvone Petty (202) 260-1444
CCID Contact: Eyvone Petty (202) 260-1444
CUS Contact:  Nancy Vogel (202) 260-3480

The 8(a) Level A database contains data collected under the
Preliminary Assessment Information Rule (PAIR). PAIR
requires chemical manufacturers, including certain producers
and importers, to submit general use and exposure data to
EPA on select groups of chemicals. The 8(a) Level A system
contains information on more than 500 chemicals and includes
the quantities of chemicals manufactured, the amounts
directed to certain classes of use, and the potential exposures
and environmental releases associated with manufacturer and
customer processing of the chemicals.
                                   Contact:
              Eyvone Petty  (202) 260-1444
The CAIR data system was created to store data submitted
under the Comprehensive Assessment Information Rule
(Section 8a).  CAIR gathers information on chemical risk
identification, all stages of risk assessment and control action
functions.  This rule is used to obtain information needed by
EPA and other federal agencies to support the assessment
and regulation of chemical substances and mixtures. CAIR
includes information on approximately 20 chemicals.
                                   Contact:
              Voicetta Bryant (202) 260-7098
CBITS monitors the receipt, login/logout activity and
disposition of all documents received under TSCA. CBITS is a
PC based Local Area Network consisting of 17 workstations.
CBITS went online for new document processing and tracking
in October 1990.  Documents received before this time are
tracked in DAPSS. The system is comprised of a document
tracking system and a personnel tracking system. The
document tracking system component tracks a document
through its life cycle. The personnel tracking system maintains
the status of CBI clearance.
                                   Contact:
              Les Smith (202) 260-0431
The Document and Personnel Security System (DAPSS) tracks
all support documents submitted to OPPT prior to October
1990. It tracks the receipt, circulation and archival disposition
of confidential and non-confidential documents, as well as
information on CBI-cleared government and contractor
Databases
                                                      12

-------
              PENTA
       Image Processing
       System (IPS)
       PMN Pre-Notice Data
       Base
       RMx
OTHER OPPT DATABASES

       LEGISLATE
                                          personnel.

                                          Contact:
              Evertyn Qoosby (202) 260-1739
PENTA serves as a repository for technical data collected
throughout new chemicals review under Section 5 of TSCA.
PENTA includes chemical data, the case disposition, the
decisions which have been made throughout the  review, and
other technical data from which OPPT staff may make
determinations regarding the risks to health and to the
environment for new chemicals which have been submitted for
review. Data are also used to identify related chemicals with
their end point data, health and environmental concerns, uses
of the substance, decision rationale, and disposition.
Bibliographic data (literature references) and test data
indicators are also included.
                                         Contact:
              Edna Pleasants  (202)260-6111
The OPPT Image Processing System (IPS) is a LAN system
that supports Section §5 New Chemicals Program activities. It
eliminates the need for multiple copies of all PMN submissions
and internally generated documents and provides an archival
function for completed PMN cases.  Access is limited at
present to personnel in the East Tower/
                                         Contact:
              Don Huddleston (202) 260-6386
The PMN Pre-Notice Data Base lists regulatory, technical,
legal, and procedural pro-notice decisions for PMN issues.
Includes PMN information, general contacts, and guidance;
PMN exclusions and exemptions; and compliance issues.  Use
of this data base requires CBI clearance.
                                         Contact:
              Carol Hetfield (202) 260-1745
                                         RMx is a PC-based tracking system that provides technical
                                         and administrative information on RM1/RM2 cases.  RMx
                                         provides information on the status and history of each case t
                                         it moves through the review process.  Searches and reports
                                         can be based on chemical identifiers, status/disposition
                                         descriptors, or date ranges.
                                         Contact:
              John Leitzke (202) 260-3507
LEGISLATE is an online tracking service that provides up-to-
date information about congressional legislation.
       Database*
                                                     13

-------
                                   Contact:
              Tom Tillman (202) 260-7605
Management Information
Tracking System (MITS)
ROAOMAPS
Toxic Release Inventory
(TRI)
MITS is designed to support the review of new chemicals by
OPPT.  MITS records, tracks, archives and reports the events
and decisions for each chemical substance as it goes through
the 'new chemical review process.  It helps the CCO Program
Managers manage their caseload by keeping case information
readily  available.  MITS is designed to allow immediate/Teal
time* updating of decisions, comments, actions.

MITS is used extensively by OPPT in the review process
mandated by TSCA.  Cases that can activate new chemical
review are Premanufacture Notices (PMNs), Biotechnology
Organisms (Biotechs), TSCA Environmental Release
Application (TERAs),  Significant New Use Notices (SNUNs).
Polymer and Low Volume Exemption Notices (Exemptions),
and Test Marketing Exemption Applications (TMEAs).

MITS resides on EPA's mainframe computer and is accessed
by users via PC computer workstations or via terminals that
have been hardwired to the mainframe computer at RTP.
                                  Contact:
              Delores Evans (202) 260-1625
ROADMAPS contains summary information on all major EPA
regulations that apply to the EPCRA Section 313 (TRI)
chemicals [e,g. CERCLA Responsible Quantities (RQs), Safe
Drinking Water Act (SDWA) Maximum Concentration Limits
(MCLs), RCRA Hazardous Wastes].  It also contains OSHA
Permissive Exposure Limits (PELs) and American Congress of
Governmental Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH) Threshold Limit
Values (TLVs).
                                  Contact:
              Jim Darr (202) 260-3441
TRI contains data collected under Section 313 of EPCRA. This
legislation requires manufacturing facilities that manufacture,
process or use any of over 300 designated chemicals above
threshold levels to report annually to EPA.  These reports
contain the estimated amount of each chemical released (by
media) into the environment or transferred off-site, how TRI
chemicals are used and treated, and since 1991, source
reduction and recycling information on the reported chemicals.

The THIS database is available on the EPA mainframe to EPA
users and states. Public access is provided on the National
Library of Medicine's TOXNET system. TRI is available for sale
on microfiche, floppy disks, CD-ROM, and magnetic tape from
GPO and NTJS; over 3,000 libraries across the country have
also received TRI in one or more formats.
Databases
                                                     14

-------
                                   Contact:
              Jan Enckson (202) 260-9389
Toxic Substances
Control Act Test
Submissions (TSCATS)
TRI Hazardous
Substance Fact Sheet
TSCATS is an index of unpublished, nonconfidential studies
covering chemical testing results and adverse effects of
chemicals on health and ecological systems. The studies are
submitted by U.S. industry to EPA under the Toxic Substances
Control Act (TSCA). The types of documents included in the
database are: TSCA section 4 chemical test results, TSCA
section 8(d) health and safety studies, TSCA section 8(e)
substantial risk of injury .to health or the environment notices,
and for your information* submissions that contain information
on exposure, epidemiology, environmental fate, and
monitoring.

TSCATS contains information that is pertinent to the risk
assessment and hazard evaluation processes.  The information
can be used in conjunction with published material and is a.
valuable source in the absence of published, data. The data
are used  by federal and state agencies, researchers,
lexicologists, risk assessors,  trade and professional
associations.

TSCATS can be accessed through Chemical Information
Systems,  Inc., and through the TOXNET database of the
National Library of Medicine.

Contact:       Qeraldine Nowak (202) 260-2320
              TOXNET:      1-800-638-8480

Also known as TRIFACTS, fact sheets are prepared by the
New Jersey Department of Health and EPA to provide the
public with information on the potential health  and
environmental effects associated with exposure to chemicals
identified  in the Toxic Chemical Release Inventory (TRI).

Contact:       Eileen Gibson (202) 260-6449
              For  individual copies, contact the EPCRA
              Hotline, (703) 920-9877 or (800) 535-0202.

              For  copies on diskette, contact:

                     KathyCain
                     26 W. Martin Luther King Jr. Blvd.
                     Cincinnati, OH 45242

              To retrieve by searching the online database,
              TOXNET (file: TRIFACTS), contact the National
              Library of Medicine, (301) 4964193 or (800)
              638-8480.
Database*
                                                     15
                                                                                       5oo

-------
\GENCY AND EXTERNAL
DATABASES

      Emergency Response
      Notification System
      (ERNS)
      GENE-TOX
      Nation Air Toxics
      Information Clearing
      House (NATICH)
      Information Systems
      Inventory (ISI)
      OAQPS Emission Factor
      Clearinghouse (EMC)
      Register of Lists (ROL)
      Title Ml List of Lists
The Emergency Response Notification System (ERNS)
contains initial release notification data gathered from the
National Response Center, EPA, and the U.S. Coast Guard.
The reports are filed as a consequence of accidental release
of chemicals above the Reportable Quantity (RQ).

Contact:      Dave Ouderkirk (202) 260-7731, (202) 366-
             7300

GENE-TOX, an online data bank created by EPA and mounted
on the National Library of Medicine's Toxicology Data Network
(TOXNET), contains genetic toxicology (mutagenicrty) data on
over 4,000 chemicals.
                                        Contact:
             Angela Auletta (202) 260-1513
This database is a compilation of air permits written by state or
local agencies that allow facilities to emit toxic chemicals to the
atmosphere if the permitted rate of release or concentration is
not exceeded.

Telephone:     (202) 488-3671

ISI is an automated,  easily searchable catalog of over 500
manual and electronic data systems in the Agency.
                                        Contact:
             Jeff SabOl (202) 260-8974
The OAQPS Emission Factor Clearinghouse (EMC) contains
information on air emission factors for various chemicals in a
variety of processes.

Telephone:     (919) 541-5742

The Register of Lists (RoL) contains summary information on
all chemicals on EPA statutory lists or subject to EPA final
regulations. RoL provides versatile search and report
capabilities that address individual chemicals, regulatory lists,
and program office identifiers.

Contact:       OPPT Library (202) 260-3944 for searches •
              Jim Daley/OPPE (202) 260-2743 for system
              information

This consolidated chemical list (in paper and computerized
forms) includes chemicals subject to reporting requirements
under the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know
      Databases
                                                    16

-------
OSHA Computerized
Information System
(OCIS)
International Register of
Potentially Toxic
Chemicals (IRPTC)
                                  Act (EPCRA). It has been prepared to help firms handling
                                  chemicals determine whether they need to submit reports
                                  under sections 302, 304, or 3131  of EPCRA and, for a specific
                                  chemical, what reports may need to be submitted.  Separate
                                  lists are also provided of RCRA waste streams and unlisted
                                  hazardous wastes, and of radionuclides reportable under
                                  CERCIA  These lists should be used as a reference tool, not
                                  as a definitive source of compliance information.
                                  Contact:
              Kenneth L Mitchell (202) 260-3960
The OSHA Computerized Information System (OCIS) contains
information on OSHA workplace exposure concentrations
based on compliance inspections in ranges of less than the
detection limit to levels equal to or greater than the Permissible
Exposure Limit (PEL). It assists in assessing worker exposures
to the chemical of concern and contains Material Safety Data
Sheets (MSDS) which communicate recommended exposure
controls and protective equipment, chemical properties, and
emergency procedures associated with a particular chemical.

Telephone:     (801) 524-5714

The International Register of Potentially Toxic Chemicals
(IRPTC) is a part of the United Nations Environment
Programme (UNEP).  It maintains centralized computer files of
chemical information which link a formal network of
government-nominated institutions.  IRPTC aims to help the
world community  make better use of existing  global resources
and it gives developing countries the information base to
manage chemicals effectively.

Location:      Washington, D.C.

Hours:        8:30 am - 5:00 pm, Monday - Friday

Telephone:     (202) 260-5109/8675
Databases
                                                     17

-------
                           PUBLICATIONS AND  NEWSLETTERS
ACCESS EPA
BI-WEEKLY REPORT
CHEMICALS-IN-PROGRESS
BULLETIN
CONGRESS AND TOXICS
EMERGENCY PUNNING AND
COMMUNITY RIGHT-TO-KNOW
REPORTS STAFF UPDATE
Access EPA is a guide to information services provided by
EPA.  Separate sections describe public information tools,
dockets, clearinghouses and hotlines, records management,
major EPA databases, and libraries. (Each section is also
available as an individual document.) The descriptions,
contact names and telephone numbers are useful for
information regarding laboratories and offices located outside
Washington, D.C. You may find a copy of Access EPA in the
Public Information Center (PIC) or within your branch or
division. To order Access EPA:

Contact:      National Technical Information Service
             (703) 487-4650

The Bi-Weekly Report is an informal report of OPPT branch
activities and items of interest  Every two weeks, each branch
prepares its own report which is first sent to its Division
Director, then to the Office Director.  Everyone in OPPT
receives a copy. If you are not receiving one, contact your
branch secretary.

The Chemicals-in-Progress Bulletin is a major public outreach
vehicle for OPPT. About 12,000 people receive the Bulletin in
the mail. Another 1,000 to 2,000 copies of each issue are
distributed through the TSCA Assistance Information Service
(TSCA hotline) and at meetings or symposia attended by
OPPT staff. Recipients of the Bulletin include those who work
in industry, state and local governments, foreign governments,
hospitals and health organizations, libraries, lawyers and
consultants, environmental and public interest groups, and
private citizens.

The Environmental Assistance Division (EAD) is responsible for
publishing Congress and Toxics for OPPT.  Articles in this
publication contain information about legislative developments
that effect OPPTs Toxics Program.  Congress and Toxics is
distributed internally on a periodic basis.
                                        Contact:
             Tom Tillman (202) 260-7605
The Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know
Reports Staff Update contains articles on Section 313 and the
33/50 Program. It is published by OPPT and OSWER on the
fifteenth of every month. The deadline for submitting articles is
on the second day of the month.
                                        Contact:
             Cassandra Vail (202) 2604675
       Publication* and Newsletters
                                                   18
                                                                                           303

-------
FOSTTA GRAM
THE GRAPEVINE
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT
NETWORK
POLLUTION PREVENTION
DIVISION MONTHLY ACTIVITY
REPORT
FOSTTA (Forum on State and Tribal Toxics Action) Gram
articles are written on toxics action of interest to states and
tribes by the National Conference of State Legislatures (NCSL),
OPPT and OCM staff at EPA Headquarters and in the Regions,
and States.  Each issua also includes a summary of the
previous FOSTTA meeting.

FOSTTA Gram is published between FOSTTA meetings •
approximately 3 to 4 times per year. Current plans are for
issues in October, January or February, and May.  Articles are
due approximately one month before publication. NCSL
publishes FOSTTA Gram under a cooperative agreement with
EPA (OCM and OPPT).

Articles may be submitted to :

George Hagevik
NCSL
1560 Broadway, Suite 700
Denver, CO 80202
Phone: (303) 830-2200
Fax: (303) 863-8003

Contact:      To be placed on the mailing list, contact NCSL
             at the above address. Individual copies may be
             obtained from NCSL or from Sarah Hammond
             at (202) 260-7858.

The Grapevine is a monthly newsletter which addresses topics
related to human resource issues, TQM, employee recognition
and accomplishments, special programs (e.g., academic
relations, internships, training) and general announcements.
Articles must be submitted by the first of each month.

Location:      OPPT Human Resources

Contact:      Vfcki Anderson (202) 260-0805

The Information Management Network aims to improve
communication between Document Control Officers. Produced
by IMD, it may also be of interest to project officers with CBI
access projects, records managers and to those who are
interested in TSCA.
                                        Contact:
             Qeorgianne McDonald (202) 26CM182
A Monthly Activity Report is distributed by the Pollution
Prevention Division to all agency prevention contacts and
managers. The goal of the report is to share with all agency
       Publications and Newsletters
                                                   19
                                                                                            504

-------
POLLUTION PREVENTION
NEWS
prevention players the breadth of activities and efforts
presently underway.  For EPA distribution onty, this is the only
agency document that combines program and regional
prevention activities in a single source.

Contact:       Lena Hann, Outreach Coordinator
              (202) 260-2237

The Pollution Prevention News, issued monthly by the Pollution
Prevention Division, is primarily targeted to an external
audience but it is also distributed to every agency manager.
PPN highlights prevention activities and trends from EPA,
Regions, the States, industry, the federal government, the
international community, and local communities.

Contact:       Lena Hann, Outreach Coordinator
              (202)260-2237
       Publications and Newsletters
                                                                                               20

-------
                           HOTLINES AND CLEARINGHOUSES
IN EPA
      Air Risk Information
      Support Center
      Asbestos School Hazard
      Abatement Act (ASHAA)
      Hotline
      CERCUS Helpline
      Chemical Assessment
      Desk (CAO)
The Air Risk Information Support Center, commonly called Air
RISC, helps state and local air pollution control agencies
answer questions about the health risks posed by exposure to
toxic air pollutants.

Location:      Research Triangle Park, NC

Hours:        8:00 am - 5:00 pm, Monday - Friday

Telephone:    (919) 541 -0888 (EPA operated)

The Asbestos School Hazard Abatement Act (ASHAA) Hotline
is a toll-free telephone service that provides information about
ASHAA to interested parties and technical assistance to local
education agencies that are applying for financial assistance
for asbestos removal under the annual ASHAA Loan and Grant
Program.  Hotline staff also receive and track ASHAA loan and
grant applications.

Location:      Rockville, MD

Hours:        7:30 am - 5:00 pm, Monday - Friday

Contact:      (800) 462-6706 or (301) 816-0818


The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation,
and Liability Information System (CERCUS) Helpline provides
information and referrals to the public and users of CERCUS.
Most calls concern the approximately 35,000 hazardous waste
sites whose investigation and cleanup under the Superfund
program are tracked in CERCUS, WasteLAN, and CleanLAN.

Hours:        8:30 am - 5:00 pm, Monday • Friday

Telephone:    (202) 260-0056

The Chemical Assessment Desk (CAD) provides expert
consultation for OPPT staff, other Headquarters programs, and
EPA Regional Offices on questions concerning toxicity,
persistence, exposure and risk assessment, production and
use patterns, safe handling, and regulatory status. The CAD
draws primarily on the information and knowledge gained by
OPPTs New and Existing Chemicals  Programs. The CAD also
provides referrals through its network of contacts within and
outside of the Agency.
      Hotlines and Clearinghouse*
                                                   21

-------
                                   Contact:
               Terry O'Bryan (202) 260-3483
EPCRA Information
Hotline
Freedom of Information
Act Office
National Radon Hotline
Office of Inspector
General Hotline
 The Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know
 (EPCRA) Information Hotline provides information and
 technical assistance on EPCRA (or SARA Title III). The toll-free
 hotline handles inquiries from the public, the regulated
 community, and state and local implementing agencies.  It is
 also the referral point for document requests, the conduit for
 disseminating changing information, and the primary means
 for answering factual questions on EPCRA regulations-and
 policies.

 Contact:   ,    Tami McNamara (202) 260-5997

 Hours:        8:30 am - 7:30 pm, Monday - Friday

 Telephone:    (800) 535-0202 or (703) 920-9877

 Any major  public request for Agency records should go
 through the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) Office.  This
 office establishes policies for FOIA and it tracks and processes
 all information requests.  All FOIA requests must  be submitted
 in writing to:

        Jeralene Green, Agency Freedom of Information Act
        Officer
        Mail Code A-101
        U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
        401 M Street S.W.
        Washington, DC 20460
                                  Telephone:
                                  Fax:
               (202)2604048
               (202) 260-0295
 The National Radon Hotline provides information to citizens on
 the hazards of radon.  Callers to the 24-hour hotline reach a
 recording that asks for their name and address.  They are
 subsequently sent a brochure that explains radon risks in
 layman's terms and urges callers to purchase a radon test kit
 from a commercial source and to test their homes.

 Hours:         24 hours a day, 365 days a year.

 Telephone:     (800) SOS-RADON (800-767-7236)
t,
 The Office of Inspector General Hotline is responsible for
 receiving, screening, and referring complaints concerning
 indications of fraud, waste, or mismanagement of EPA
 regulations.
Hotline* and Clearinghouse*
                                                      22

-------
Pollution Prevention
Information
Clearinghouse (PPIC)
RCRA/Superfund Hotline
Risk Communication
Hotline
Hours:        10:00 am • 3:00 pm, Monday • Friday

Telephone:    (202) 260-4977; toll-free (800) 424-4000

The Pollution Prevention Information Clearinghouse (PPIC) was
established to serve as a center for source reduction
technology transfer; establish active state outreach and
education programs to further the adoption of source
reduction technologies; and collect and compile information
reported by the states receiving pollution prevention grants on
the operation and success of the state source reduction
programs. PPIC provides general information  about pollution
prevention and waste minimization practices in addition to
technical summaries of source reduction and recycling
approaches in a range of industries.

Contact:       Beth Anderson (202) 260-2602
              PPIC Technical Support (703) 821-4300

The RCRA/Superfund Hotline provides regulatory information
on the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA), the
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and
Liability Act (CERCIA), the Superfund Amendments and
ReauthQrization Act (SARA), and Underground Storage Tanks
(UST). The hotline is a mechanism for EPA's response to
inquiries from the public and regulated community. It is also a
referral point for document requests, a conduit for
disseminating changing information, and the primary means
for answering factual questions on EPA regulations and
policies on RCRA, CERCLA. SARA, and UST.

Hours:        8:30 am - 7:30 pm, Monday - Friday .

Telephone: •   (800) 424-9346

The.Risk Communication Hotline responds to questions from
EPA program and regional offices, the academic/scientific
community, and the general public. The hotline provides
information on EPA's Risk Communication Program, responds
to questions on risk communication issues and literature, and
makes referrals to other related agency sources of information.
A small library is maintained with reports,  articles, books,
conference summaries, risk communication materials, and
training materials.  Available publications are mailed out upon
request

Hours:        8:30 am - 5:00 pm, Monday • Friday

Telephone:    (202)260-5606
Hotlines and Clearinghouse*
                                                     23
                                                                                       508

-------
Safe Drinking Water
Hotline
TRI-USER Support
(TRI-US)
TSCA Hotline
The Safe Drinking Water Hotline helps both the regulated
community and the public understand the regulations and
programs developed in response to the Safe Drinking Water
Act Amendments of 1986. The hotline provides clarification of
drinking water regulations, explanation of the EPA's policies
and guidelines, information on the availability of documents,
and federal, state, and local contacts for specific information
on local water conditions, certified labs, bottled water, and
home water treatment units.
                                   Hours:
              8:30 am - 5:00 pm, Monday - Friday
Telephone:    (800) 426-4791

TRI-US assists callers and walk-in visitors to the Chemical
Library interested in the Toxic Release Inventory (TRI).
Services available upon request include general information,
data base searching, assistance in using TRI data sources,
such as NLM and the TRI CD-ROM, copies of diskettes,
materials from the TRI vertical file, referrals to EPA staff and
others for information on related topics, and production of
special reports, as resources permit.

Location:      OPPT Chemical Library, Northeast Mall

Hours:        8:00 am to 4:30 pm, Monday - Friday

Telephone:    (202) 260-1531 (contractor operated)

The TSCA Assistance Information Service (TSCA Hotline)
provides information and technical assistance on programs   ,
implemented under the Toxic Substances Control Act  (TSCA),
the Asbestos School Hazard Abatement Act (ASHAA), and the
Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response Act (AHERA). Topics
typically addressed by the Hotline include PCB handling and
disposal,  asbestos in schools and public buildings, registration
of new chemicals, import certification, and reporting
requirements under TSCA.  Documents available through the
hotline include Federal Register notices, asbestos guidebooks,
Chemical Hazard Information Profiles, and the Chemicals-in-
Prooress Bulletin. The TSCA Hotline is open to all callers,
including the general public.
                                   Location:
              Washington, D.C.
                                   Hours:        8:30 am - 5:00 pm, Monday - Friday

                                   Telephone:    (202) 554-1404 (contractor operated)
Hotline* end Clearinghouse*
                                                      24

-------
      Wetlands Protection
      Hotline
OUTSIDE OF EPA AND
RELEVANT TO OPPT
FUNCTIONS

      Asbestos/Small Business
      Ombudsman's Office
      Agency for Toxic
      Substances and Disease
      Registry (ASTDR)
EPA's Wetlands Protection Hotline is a toll-free telephone
service that responds to questions and requests for
information about the value and functions of wetlands and
options for their protection. The hotline also acts as the
central point of contact for the Wetlands Division within EPA's
Office of Wetlands, Oceans, and Watersheds (OWOW).

Hours:       9:00 am - 5:30 pm, Monday • Friday

Telephone:    (800)832-7828
This office assists businesses with asbestos questions and
distributes Asbestos NESHAP documents. '
                                       Contact:
             (800) 368-5888 or (703) 305-5938
The Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry
produces toxicotogical profiles' for chemicals at
RCRA/CERCLA sites.  Final reports are available through NTISi
                                       Contact:
             (404)639-6000
      CPSC Hotline
      Department of
      Transportation (DOT)
      Contact
      Food and Drug
      Administration (FDA)
      General Inquiries


      Housing and Urban
      Development Inquiries
The CPSC Hotline addresses questions on chemicals in
consumer products, such as asbestos and formaldehyde.
                                       Contact:
             (800) 638-2772 or (301) 492-6800
The Standards Division of the Department of Transportation
answers inquiries about hazardous material transport
regulations, including PCBs and asbestos.
                                       Contact:
             (202)3664488
The General Consumer Inquiries line handles issues such as
the import of food, drugs and cosmetics, including lead in food
ceramics.
Contact:
(301) 443-3170
This line handles questions concerning leads-in-paint
remediation.
                                       Contact:
             (202) 708-1670
      Hotlines and Clearinghouses
                                                  25

-------
CORR
REGULATORY STATUS INFORMATION

             CORR is a hard copy listing of all chemicals (in CAS* order)
             subject to proposed or final TSCA regulations. It contains
             Federal Register/Code of Federal Regulations (FR/CFR)
             citation for each regulation.
REGISTER OF LISTS (ROL)
ROADMAPS
TITLE III LIST OF LISTS
-SCA INFORMATION
 IERVICES

      CHEM Files
      Federal Register
      Notebooks
      Summary of TSCA
      Regulations
             Contact:      TSCA Hotline (202) 554-1404 for copies; Jim
                          Bradshaw (202) 260-1543 for direct technical
                          questions

             See description in OPPT Databases section.

             Contact:      OPPT Library (202) 260-3944 for searches
                          Jim Daley/OPPE (202) 260-2743 for system
                          information

             See description in OPPT Databases section.

             Contact:      Jim Darr (202) 260-3441

             See description in OPPT Databases section.

             Contact:      Kenneth L Mitchell (202) 260-3960
             CHEM Files contain regulatory information on all chemicals
             subject to TSCA regulations, organized by chemical name.
             CHEM Files are for internal use only (Hotline and EPA staff).
                                      Contact:
                          Wanda Woodbum (202) 260-3795
             Federal Register Notebooks contain copies of all Federal
             Register notices pertinent to TSCA from April 1,1976 to
             present
                                      Contact:
                          Wanda Woodbum (202) 260-3795
             The Summary of TSCA Regulations lists all significant Federal
             Register notices published under TSCA, organized by section.
             Copies are available upon request
                                      Contact
                          Wanda Woodbum (202) 260-3795
      Regulatory Status Information
                                                              26
                                                                                          3>\l

-------
                                      AGENCY REPORTS
NATIONAL TECHNICAL
INFORMATION SERVICE
(NTIS>
U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING
OFFICE (GPO)
       Federal Notice Bulletin
       Board
NTIS, an agency of the U.S. Department of Commerce, is the
central source for the public sale of U.S. and foreign
Government-sponsored research, development, engineering
and business reports.  NTIS manages the Federal Computer
Products Center, which provides access to software data files
and databases by Federal agencies.

NTIS sells publications as well as information in electronic
formats. Additionally, NTIS offers online access to certain EPA
systems through an account on EPA's mainframe. Standing
orders are available which allow regular readers to subscribe
annually to publications, thus guaranteeing the immediate
receipt of new documents as  soon as they become  available.

Telephone:      (703) 487-4650

The mission of the QPO is the production or procurement of
printed material for Congress and the agencies of the Federal
Government GPO also disseminates information to the public
through the Superintendent of Documents Sales Program and
Depository Library Program. Established as the official printer
of the Nation, GPO is pan of the legislative branch of
government

The GPO now has a Federal Publications electronic bulletin
board, where EPA employees can review text of regulations,
download print files, or order hardcopy on line. If the
document is an EPA-generated one, there is a new Agency
mirror system, available without  charge.

Contact:        John Richards, EPA (202) 260-2253
               GPO (202) 512-1524

This electronic bulletin board provides public access to
government computer files. For a nominal fee, users may
download data to their PC, order diskettes, or order printed
copies  of files supplied by Federal agencies. Copies of
regulatory materials, Federal Register notices, policy
documents and other significant reports issued by OPPT are
available online.  TRI data by  state in dBase and Lotus formats
is also available. Use of the bulletin board by EPA and other
Federal agencies as a means for providing public access to  .
government information is expected to expand

Computer Access: (202) 512-1387

Contact:        John Richards, EPA (202) 260-2253
               GPO (2021 512-1524        	
       Agency Report*
                                                    27

-------
       Superintendent of
       Documents Sales
       Program
       Depository Library
       Program
CENTER FOR
ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH
INFORMATION (CERI)
EPA HEADQUARTERS
LIBRARY
 There are approximately 17,000 publications available for sale.
 To facilitate access to these publications, GPO produces a
 variety of catalogs, lists and other informational materials. The
 most important of these are:

 U.S. Government Books, a catalog of popular publications;
, New Books, a bimonthly listing of all new titles placed on sale
 in the previous two months;
 Government Periodicals and Subscription Services (Price
 Lists) subject bibliographies.

 These catalogs are free and provide complete ordering
 information, prices, stock numbers and annotations.

 Telephone:    (202) 783-3238

 The publications sales program embraces only a fraction of
 the titles issued by government agencies. To assure
 comprehensive access, the GPO administers the Federal
 Depository Library Program.  Each year, nearly 1,400
 Depository Libraries select titles relevant to their local needs
 from the thousands of new publications issued by the
 government

 Telephone:    (202) 512-1014
                                 v
 CERI is the focal point for the exchange of scientific and
 technical information produced by EPA. It supports the
 activities of the Office of Research and Development (ORD), its
 laboratories, and associated programs nationwide.

 CERI's technical information components are responsible for
: the production and distribution of scientific and technical
 reports, and for responding to requests for publications. CERI
 publishes brochures, capsule and summary reports,
 handbooks, newsletters, project reports, and manuals.

 The CERI Research Information Unit distributes Superfund
 reports, publications and project summaries produced by all
 ORD  laooratories.

 Location:     Cincinnati, Ohio

 Telephone:    (513) 569-7562

 The EPA Headquarters Library provides access to the majority
 of EPA agency reports written since 1985.  These are
 catalogued on CD ROM and microfiche. They can also be
 accessed by personal computer using the online library
 system  (OLS) which is updated on a bi-weekly basis. Older
       Agency Reports
                                                     28

-------
THE OPPT LIBRARY
EPA PUBLICATIONS
BIBLIOGRAPHY
EPCRA BIBLIOGRAPHY
agency reports (pre-1985) are also available and are
catalogued on microfiche.  Contact the library for assistance
with these resources.

Telephone:    (202) 260-5921

The OPPT Library provides recent OPPT reports through the
online library system. Resources for older documents include
two directories: Office of Pesticides and Toxic Substances
Scientific and Technical Reports: 1968 -1982 and Office of
Toxic Substances Scientific and Technical Reports: 1983 •
1
Telephone:     (202) 260-3944

The EPA Publications Bibliography. Quarterly Abstract Bulletin
lists agency reports and is available in most EPA libraries. This
publication contains bibliographic citations with abstracts for
reports generated by EPA. It lists and indexes  EPA technical
reports and journal articles submitted to NTIS.

The Bibliography of Materials on the Emergency Planning and
Community Riaht-to-Know Act (Title III of SARA) [U.S. EPA,
Solid Waste and Emergency Response (580/CE 91-002),
August 1991] is a selected bibliography of materials that are
related to EPCRA of 1986. The bibliography was prepared by
EPA's Chemical Emergency Preparedness and Prevention
Office and the Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics.
                                         Contact:
              Kenneth L Mitchell (202) 260-3960
       Agency Report*
                                                     29

-------
                   INFORMATION HELD AT THE DIVISIONAL LEVEL
MAJOR REFERENCE
COLLECTIONS

      Chemical Regulation
      Reporter
      CHIPS Files/List
      "Current Awareness" of
      Structure-Activity
      Relations  for Chemical
      Carcinogens
      EETD Reference
      Collection
      8(e) Summary
      Notebooks
      HERD Branch Reference
      Collections
      HERD CBI Library
The Chemical Regulation Reporter is a weekly publication
summarizing major environmental legislative and regulatory
actions.  Recent issues and several years of back issues are
available.
                                       Contact:
             Florence Crews (202) 260-3488
Complete copies of chemical hazard information profiles are
available through the TSCA Hotline.  Current listing of available
CHIPs by CAS number and chemical name are also available.
                                       Contact:
             Wanda Woodbum (202) 260X3795
This reference collection is a ten volume set covering a wide
range of structural classes known or suspected of
carcinogenic activity and including summaries of published
literature and evaluations by EPA scientists.
                                       Contact:
             Florence Crews (202) 260-3488
The EETD Reference Collection includes: 'Applied &
Environmental Microbiology Journal*, 'Environmental
Toxicology & Chemistry Journal*, the Chemical Exposure
Assessment Methods Series and the Consumer Exposure
Assessment Volumes.
                                       Contact:
             Pat Kennedy (202) 260-3916
Contains all TSCA Section 8(e) status reports from the
initiation (January 1977) to the present Single copies are
available upon request from the TSCA Hotline.
                                       Contact:
             Wanda Woodbum (202) 260-3795
HERD'S Health Effects Branch (HEB) and Environmental
Effects Branch (EEB) have small reference collections which
were purchased by individuals or with divisional funds.

Contact:      Yin-Tak Woo, HEB (202) 260-0291
             Bill Rabert, EEB (202) 260-1266

The HERD CBI Library contains  CBI and non-CBI files.  CBI
files include Premanufacture Notices (PMNs), Structure Activity
Team (SAT) reports, HERD Risk Assessments, Standard
      Information Held it the Divisional Level
                                                  30
                                                                                     .  3 IS"

-------
HERD Divisional
Reference Collections
Industrial Hygiene
Publications
International Agency for
Research on Cancer
(IARC) Monographs
Kirk-Othmer
Encyclopedia of
Chemical Technology
NIOSH Publications
Review Reports, Minimum Pre-Market Data Sets (MPD)
European Chemicals, and internal memos.  Some of the SAT
reports and internal memos contain non-CBI data The Library
is also used as a reading room to review SID dossiers, RM-1,
and RM-2 chemicals.

Contact:       Eileen White (202) 260-1282
              Vivian Hart (202) 260-0729

Housed in CSRAD/RAB, the HERO Divisional Reference
Collections include International Agency for Research on
Cancer (IARC) Monograph Books, National Toxicology
Program (NTP) Bioassays, the Public Health Service (PHS)
Publication No. 149 collection, scientific journals, Merck Index
and medical dictionaries.

Contact:       Eileen White (202) 260-0729
              Vivian Hart (202) 260-1282

The American Industrial Hygiene Association Journal and The
Applied Occupational and Environmental Hygiene Journal
contain articles about occupational exposure, engineering
controls, biological monitoring, etc. These journals are
available in the OPPT Library and in EETD/CEB.
                                  Contact:
              Cathy Fehrenbacher (202) 260-0696
IARC Monographs provide detailed evaluations of cancer data
on several hundred chemicals and industrial processes by
internationally recognized experts.
                                  Contact:
              Florence Crews (202) 260-3488
The Kirk-Othmer Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology
provides information on manufacturing synthesis and uses of
chemicals. Because the current edition of Kirk-Othmer was
published between 1979 and 1984, the information on
manufacturing and uses may be out of date.  The last volume
of the encyclopedia contains an index.
                                  Contact:
              Dan Fort (202) 260-1694
NIOSH publishes health hazard evaluations for many existing
chemicals. It also completes industry wide studies of those
chemicals. These publications give descriptions of various
processes, compile worker exposure sampling data and
describe engineering controls employed to reduce workplace
concentrations.
                                  Contact:
              Cathy Fehrenbacher (202) 260-0696
Information Held at the Divisional Level
                                                    31

-------
DIVISIONAL FILES

      Biotechnology Issues
      CEB Files
      Evaluation of Industrial
      Facilities' Progress in
      Source Reduction for
      Toxic Chemicals

      Exposure Assessment
      Support Files
These files contain specialized materials on biotechnology,
including regulations and PMN issues.  Biotechnology Issues
are handled by CCO/NCB.
                                       Contact:
              David Giamporcaro (202) 260-6362
CEB Files are engineering reports of chemicals that have been
prepared over the years. In many cases, chemicals will enter
again into the RM1 process upon receipt of Section 4 test
data, of which an RM1 Engineering Report was prepared to
support the test rule.

Contact:      Dan Fort, (202) 260-1694
Contact:      James Craig (202) 260-4168
PCBs:
John Smith
(202) 260-3964
Sid Abel
(202)260-3873

Dioxin in Paper:
Pat Jennings
(202) 260-5588

CFCs:
Conrad Ressner
(202) 260-3918

Formaldehyde:
Sid Abel
(202) 260-3873

Indoor Air
Christina Cinalli
(202) 260-3913

Carpet:
Christina Cinalli
(202) 260-3913

Chemical Biodegradation:
Bob Boethling
(202) 260-3912
     Information Held at the Divisional Level
                                                    32

-------
Interagency Testing
Committee
Physical/Chemical
Properties & Fate
Testing Guidelines

Pollution Prevention
Information. Tracking
System
Premanufacture Notice
(PMN) Information
Production/Exposure
Profiles (PEPs)
RM1 and RM2 Case
Development; TSCA
Section 6 Existing
Chemical Control
Regulation Development

Significant New Use
Rule (SNUR) Files
This Committee conducts Information Reviews (IRs), or brief
summaries, of hazard and exposure data on over 1200
chemicals.

Contact:      John Walker (202) 260-1820
             TSCA Hotline to obtain copies (202) 554-1404

The Physical/Chemical Properties & Fate Testing Guidelines
are maintained in EETD/EAB.
Contact:
Asa Leifer (202) 260-3915
The Pollution Prevention Information Tracking System awards
grants to states for pollution-related activities under a variety of
initiatives. Used as a management tool to track the progress
of grants in meeting their stated goals. PPIS grantees will
make available to PPIC various technical and programmatic
information generated over the course of these grants.
                                 Contact:
             Lena Hann (202) 260-2237
Premanufacture Notice (PMN) Information includes regulated
chemicaj categories, PMN Exemptions-general information,
low-volume/site limited, test market exposure-based
regulation, PMN review process, PMN Rule, PMN Research
and Development, and TSCA Section 5(e) Consent Order
Issues.
                                 Contact:
             New Chemicals Branch (202) 260-3725
Production Exposure Profiles (PEPs) are summaries of data on
production quantities, uses, and exposures prepared by EETD
staff and contractors for ECAO chemical screening work.
Profiles are available on about 250 chemicals.  Indices by
CAS* and chemical name are also available. PEPs are housed
in ECAD/AIM.
                                 Contact:
             Jim Darr (202) 260-3441
RM1 and RM2 case Development Files are housed in
CCD/ECB.
Contact:
Robert McNally (202) 260-3945
SNUR files include a proposed Data Base and tracking system
for comprehensive SNUR files and SNUR docket files.
                                 Contact:
             Stuart McArthur (202) 260-8994
Information Held at the Divisional Level
                                                   33
                                                                                  3 IS

-------
33/50 Program                  The 33/50 Program Administrative Record contains more than

Administrative Record          2-500 official fi|es of company communications. It is supported
                                  by the Administrative Record System (ARS), a simple PC

                                  system to assist retrieval of documents.
                   •

                                  Contact:       Mike Bums (202) 260-5496
Information Held it th« Divisional Level                                                   34

-------
PERSONAL FILES AND
KNOWLEDGE HELD BY
INDIVIDUALS
HIDDEN INFORMATION SOURCES

           Many staff in OPPT have compiled extensive files related to
           their fields of expertise and to specific projects they have
           worked on.  In some cases, the most complete files on a
           project may be held by the project manager rather than in a
           central location.

           OPPT staff possess a wealth of knowledge and expertise in a
           variety of scientific, technical, and administrative disciplines.
           Certain OPPT staff have national and even international stature
           in their respective fields.

           At present there is no central directory or standard procedure
           for identifying 'hidden* information and knowledge held by
           individuals in OPPT.  Experienced staff can often provide
           informal assistance in developing avenues of investigation and
           in identifying contacts.

           Contact:      Experienced staff who are readily accessible to
                        the information seeker (varies by division)
      Hidden Information Sources
                                                              35

-------
PC SERVICES
WIC TRAINING
OPPT COMPUTER SUPPORT SERVICES

               There are a significant number of computer systems available
               to OPPTs staff including those on PCs, LANs, Minicomputers
               and Mainframes.  Various procedures exist for obtaining
               access to these systems. CBI clearance is needed for some.
               To determine access requirements for a specific system (or
               software/hardware support for the system),

               Contact:       The appropriate System Administrator, your
                             Division PC Site Coordinator, or the OPPT PC
                             Site Coordinator, Don Huddleston, 260-6386.

               Personal Computer (PC) classes are offered primarily through
               the Washington Information Center (WIC). Classes are
               designed for a variety of skill levels and include training in
               WordPerfect 5.1, Lotus 2.3, dBase III, Microsoft Windows and
               other systems.  Attendance requires supervisor approval and
               generally each class is a full day session from 9:00 am to 4:00
               pm.
       Registration Procedure
                                         Contact:
                             Don Huddleston, (202) 260-6386
               Registration procedures are as follows:

               1.      Get an EPA/NCC Training Course Registration Form
                      and Quarterly Training Schedule. Registration forms
                      and schedules can be found at the Reception Desk at
                      the Washington Information Center (WIC).  You can
                      also call (202) 260-3201 and request that the
                      registration forms and training schedules be sent to
                      your office.
                          %.
               2.      Select the courses you wish to take.  Look over the
                      course schedule. Select the courses you want to take.
                      Make sure that you have the required prerequisites.
                      Make sure that the  features covered in  the course
                      meet your needs.

               3.      Refer to the course syllabus If you need course
                      Information.  A copy  of the Training Course Syllabus is
                      available at the WICs Reception Desk.  Please call
                      (202) 260-3201 for additional .information. .

               4.      Return the completed Registration Form to the
                      following Mall Drop:

                            Washington Information Center
                            WIC Training
                            401 M Street SW
       OPPT Computer Support Services
                                                                   36

-------
       Special Sessions
       Personalized Training
ALL-IN-1 ELECTRONIC
MESSAGING SYSTEM
              Washington O.C. 20024
              Attention: Registrar

If there are a number of people in your office who need
training, you may request a special session just for your
Program Office. The training could be conducted in our
classroom or at your site. The WIC will work with your PCSC,
satellite or training coordinator to plan and implement the
training.

Contact:       Tonya Barnes (202) 260-3650
              Ellen Ball (202) 260-2337

If necessary, you can schedule an appointment with a WIC
analyst for one-on-one training.
                                         Contact:
              (202)260-7200
ALL-IN-1 is the electronic mail (Email) system for EPA and
agency affiliates.  It is a user-friendly, computer-based,
messaging system that enables agency employees,
contractors, independent researchers, and others to
correspond with each other through their computer terminals.
ALL-IN-1 is an office automation system that runs on Digital
Equipment Corporation VAX computers. You can
communicate with ALL-IN-1  through a personal computer (PC)
or a terminal. ALL-IN-1 uses menus to  prompt you step-by-
step through system use.

To register for a new ALL-IN-1 account  you must have the
Email application request form completed by someone who
already has an ALL-IN-1 Email account This individual, known
as the requestor, can be anyone in the organization.  The
Email application request form is located in the ALL-IN-1
Information Management (IM) system under the 'Request
Forms' (REO) option. The entire process is completed
through ALL-IN-1.

ALL-IN-1 has extensive training resources available to the user,
including instructor-led courses, hardcopy  documentation and
on-line resources.

ALL-IN-1 customers can receive help by calling the customer
technical support hotline. Helpful and knowledgeable support
personnel are available to answer questions Monday through
Friday from 8:00 am to 7:00 pm, Eastern time.  Questions can
also be submitted through ALL-IN-1 by  sending a message to
USER.SUPPORT.
                                         Contact:
              1-919-541-7862 or 1-800-334-2405
       OPPT Computer Support Services
                                                     37

-------
CONTACT
CBI LAN (New Chemicals)
                                       Contractor LAN and PC
                                       Image Processing System
                                       Mainframe Systems/TRIS
                                       Mainframe Systems/TSCA
                                       Non-CBI LAN System
                                       Administrator

                                       PC Site Coordinator
                                       Support Team
Amie Freistedt. CBI LAN
System Administrator

Dennis Gorres, UNISYS
(202) 260-9420

Les Smith. EPA
(202) 260-5730

Steve Newburg-Rinn, EPA
(202) 260-3757

TSCA Systems Section, IMO
(202) 260-0431

Mark Mitchell
(202)260-1702

Don Huddleston, EPA
(202)260-6386

Doug Iran, UNISYS
(202)2600946

Amie Freistedt, UNISYS
(202)260-0644

Mark Mitchell,  UNISYS
(202) 260-1702
      OPPT Computer Support Services
                                                   38

-------
                      INFORMATION ACCESS CHAPTER
                                        INDEX

33/50 Program Administrative Record	34
8(A) Level A (PAIR) Information System	12
8(e) Summary Notebooks	30
Access EPA	8,18
Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry (ATSDR)	25
Agency reports	 27-29
Air Risk Information Support Center	21
ALL-IN-1	!	37
Asbestos School Hazard Abatement Act (ASHAA) Hotline	21
Asbestos/Small Business Ombudsman's Office	25
Batch Retrieval	9
Bi-Weekly Report	18
Biotechnology issues	'.....	-..'.	32
CBI databases	._.,	10
CBJ systems access	9
CEB files	32
CECATS	9, 11
Center for Environmental Research Information (CERI)	28
CERCUS Helpline  	21
CHEM Files	26
Chemical Assessment Desk (CAD)	21
Chemical Directory (CHEMD)	10
Chemical Regulation Reporter  	30
Chemical Update System (CUS)	11
Chemicals in Commerce Information System (CICIS) 	11
Chemicals-ln-Progress Bulletin	18, 24
CHIPS Files/List 	30
Comprehensive Assessment Information Rule (CAIR) System	12
Confidential Business Information Center (CBIC)	7
Confidential Business Information Tracking System (CBITS) 	12
Confidential Chemicals Identification System (CCID)	11
Congress and Toxics	18
CORR 	i	t	26
CPSC Hotline	25
Department of Transportation	—	25
Depository Library Program 	27, 28
Divisional files	32
Dockets	  6-8, 18
Document and Personnel Security System (DAPSS)	12
Emergency Planning and Communi^Right-to-Know Reports Staff U	18
Emergency Response Notification System (ERNS)  	16
EPA Headquarters Library	4, 28
EPA Publications Bibliography	,	29
EPCRA Bibliography	29
EPCRA Information Hotline	22
Evaluation of industrial facilities' progress in source reduct	32
Exposure Assessment support files  	32
Index                                                                               39

-------
Federal Notice Bulletin Board	,             27
Federal Register Notebooks	26
Food and Drug Administration	                         25
FOSTTA GRAM 	.......'.'......'.'.'........ 19
Freedom Of Information Act	;	22
FYI submissions	7, 9
GENE-TOX	16
Grapevine  	19
HERD Branch reference collections  	30
HERD CBI Library	30
HERD Divisional reference collections	,. 31
Hidden information sources	35
Hotlines and Clearinghouses	21
Housing and Urban Development	25
Image Processing System (IPS) 	13
Industrial Hygiene publications	31
Information Management Network	19
Information management philosophy  	,	1
Information Systems Inventory (ISI)	16
Interagency Testing Committee  	,	33
Interiibrary Loan	2
International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC) Monographs  	31
International Register of Potentially Toxic Chemicals	17
Kirk-Othmer Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology  	31
Law Library  	4
LEGISLATE	13
Legislative Reference Library  	5
Libraries	  2, 3, 5, 14, 18, 28, 29
Major reference collections	30
Management Information Tracking System (MITS)	14
Nation Air Toxics Information Clearing House (NATICH)  	16
National Occupational Survey (NOES) database	10
National Radon Hotline  	22
National Technical Information Service (NT1S)	27
NIOSH publications	31
OAQPS Emission Factor Clearinghouse  (EMC)	16
Office of Inspector General Hotline >	22
OPPT computer support services	36
OPPT databases 	9,13, 26
OPPT Library	2-4, 16, 26, 29, 31
OSHA Computerized Information System (OCIS)  	17
PC services	36
PENTA	13
Personal files	f	;	35
Physical/Chemical properties & Fate Testing Guidelines	33
PMN pre-notice data base	.	13
Pollution Prevention Division Monthly Activity Report	 19
Pollution Prevention Information Clearinghouse (PPIC) 	23
Pollution Prevention Information Tracking System	33
Pollution Prevention News  	20
Index                                                                                   40

-------
Premanufacture Notice (PMN) Information  	,	33
Production/Exposure Profiles (PEPs) 	33
Public Information Center (PIC)  	4,18
Publications and newsletters  	18
RCFWSuperfund Hotline 	23
Register of Lists (ROL)	16, 26
Regulatory status information	26
Risk Communication Hotline	23
flisk Management Administrative Record  	7
RM1 and RM2 case development	'.	33
RMx	T7T.	13
ROADMAPS	14, 26
Safe Drinking Water Hotline	24
Searching mechanisms	9
Significant New Use Rule (SNUR) files	33
SIS/L	,	9
Structure Searching	 10
Structure-Activity Relations for Chemical Carcinogens	...'	30
Superintendent of Documents Sales Program	27, 28
Text Searching	9
Title III List Of Lists	16, 26
Toxic Release Inventory	3,14, 24
Toxic Substances Control Act Test Submissions	15
TOXNET  	 14-16
TRI-USER support	24
TRI-USER support (TRI-US) 	15
TSCA Hotline	  18, 24, 26, 30, 33
TSCA Public Docket and Reading Room  	6
TSCA Regulations	26
TSCA §4: Testing of Chemical Substances and Mixtures	6
TSCA §5: Manufacturing and Processing Notices	6
TSCA §6: Regulation of Hazardous Chemical Substances and Mixtures	6
TSCA §8: Reporting and Retention of Information	6
TSCA §8(d): Reporting and Retention of Information/ Health  	6
TSCA §8(e): Reporting and Retention of Information/ Notice  	7
U.S. Government Printing Office (QPO)	27
Wetlands Protection Hotline	25
WIC training	36
Index  •                                                                                41

-------
  INFORMATION
WILL BE PROVIDED
   AT TIME OF
  PRESENTATION

-------

-------
               OFFICE  OF
                          »r*AN»9
                  AND   EVALUATION

     The Office of Policy, Planning and Evaluation (OPPE)
encompasses the following offices:

     o    Office of Policy Analysis:  OPA conducts evaluations of
          Agency programs, policies, and standards; studies
          emerging environmental issues, such as global climate
          change; coordinates,  evaluates, and develops Agency-
          wide and program-specific policies; and analyzes and
          develops Agency position on the environmental impacts
          of other federal policies, including energy,
          agriculture,  and transportation.

     o    Office of Regulatory Management and Evaluation;  ORME
          provides procedural management, planning, and
          evaluation of Agency standards, regulations, and
          guidelines,  and information collection activities;
          provides Agency-wide program evaluation; conducts
          science and statistical policy analysis and
          development;  conducts economic analysis and research,
          manages risk communication for Headquarters and
          Regions; and directs the  regulatory negotiation and
          consensus-building  project.

-------

-------
                             THE STEERING COMMITTEE


Purpose:   The  Steering Committee is  a standing group with  representation from  each Assistant
Administrator and the General  Counsel.  It is the primary  mechanism for coordinating and  integrating
the Agency's regulatory development activities.  Its  key functions are to approve Start Action Notices
(SANs);  charter and  monitor the  progress of staff-level workgroups,  especially regarding cross-
media or inter-office problem-solving; and ensure, when appropriate,  that significant Issues  are
resolved  or elevated  to top management.  Regions participate in Steering  Committee activities through
Regional Regulatory  Contacts.   These Contacts coordinate  reviews in the Regions and facilitate rule-
related-activities for  the Regional Administrators (RAs). >

Participants:

       CHAIR: Thomas Kelly          OW:. Cythnia Puskar    OE:    Winston Haythe
                202-260-4001              202-260-8532         202-260-8783

       OAR: Tom Eagles             ORD: Jay Benforado    OARM: Kathleen Herrin
               202-260-5585                 202-260-7669            202-260-3352

       OPPE: Maryann Froehlich       OPPTS:  Sherry Sterling      OSWER: Margaret Schneider
              202-260-4012                    202-260-2890           202-260-4617

       OGC: Dana On               OROS/LR:  Brenda Greene
               202-260-5466                    202-260-3870
Operation:   The Steering Committee meets biweekly (every other Wednesday), with  additional
meetings scheduled  as necessary.  Its regular format  (a) consideration of pending Workgroup Reports
(b) discussion and disposition  of SANs, and  (c) other issues.  Upon request, the Chair will schedule a
separate meeting to consider a proposed or final rulemaking package, or arrange for some other form
of Steering Committee review.  Any office may submit documents or issues for the agenda through its
Steering Committee Representative.   Regional Contacts receive all Steering Committee documents.
Typically they are not  able to  attend meetings, but Regions  can send written comments.   Due to time
limitations, they may  call the Regulatory Development Branch (RDB)  in  the  Office of Regulation
Management and Evaluation with issues, so that RDB can present these views at a meeting. After each
meeting, the Committee Chair issues  a closure memo that documents outstanding issues, agreements,
and action to  be taken. RDB provides staff support for the Committee.

In addition to  their role as  members of the Steering Committee, these representatives  play an
important regulatory  management role within their offices. They direct the flow of documents  into and
through  trie  agency's regulatory  review  systems  (including  Red  Border,  and  Federal  Register
activities); serve as their Assistant Administrator's  liaison with  OMB under Executive Orders 12291
and 12498; and direct their programs' review of other offices' regulatory development activities.

See Also:  Administrator's Memorandum,  The Regulatory Development Process:  Change in Steering
Committee Emphasis*  (October  16, 1986); and "Information Sheet to  Guide New Steering Committee
Process" (November 19, I986).  Available from the  Regulatory  Development Branch (202-260-5475).
Fact Sheet 1 (Rev. 6/93)                                         Regulation Management Series

-------
                             START  ACTION  NOTICES

Purpose:  A Start Action  Notice (SAN)  initiates work  on a rule or related action and establishes the
Agency workgroup.   It provides  brief, descriptive information  and should be  prepared  at  the  very
outset  of an office's effort.  Its principal purposes are to alert other Agency offices to the  lead office's
intention to develop a rule,  and provide the Steering Committee with the opportunity to discuss and plan
for the inter-office or inter-media aspects of the action.   The SAN summarizes  the problem and
proposed  action;  presents'  the  major  regulatory  issues  and  cross  media concerns;  identifies
enforcement  implications,  schedules, and  key technical data  needed for the action.   In  addition,
submitting the SAN to the  Steering  Committee is the mechanism for:  (a)  reaching  agreement on the
necessary review steps  (e.g., Workgroup Reports,  and an  Information  Collection  Request),  and (b)
helping all Agency programs decide  at the start of the process  whether to designate  members  to
participate on the workgroup and what skills would best  contribute to the rulemaking.

Preparing the Document:  The  SAN  is a two-page  form with instructions  on  the removable .first
page.  It asks primarily for  descriptive information, which should  be available to the lead office when  it
starts work on a regulation. The Steering  Committee uses this information to determine the significance
of the  action  for the  Agency and for individual offices, the composition of the workgroup, and the type
of management'review that is appropriate.  For these reasons, the description should give information
on any likely  cross-program effects,  issues or problems. The description should:

        o       clearly summarize the problem, including its health and environmental significance;

        o       indicate  the  effect  of the problem and the  intended regulatory  action  on  other
               environmental media or programs;

        o       identify the  EPA Regions and other groups that should be involved;

        o       identify technical data and information that will be needed and when it will be available.

Operation:   The lead office Steering Commitee Representative approves the SAN, catagorizes it as
either 'discussion* or  "nondiscussion*.  and submits 25 copies to the Regulatory Development Branch
(ROB)  for  distribution.  "Discussion* SANs  warrant  a briefing  from  the lead office  to  facilitate
discussion of  the Steering Committee and .workgroup  nominations.   "Nondiscussion* SAN's  only require
nomination of workgroup  representatives at the meeting.   The lead office should submit *nondiscussion*
SANs 15 days-prior to the  biweekly  Steering Committee meeting..  Steering Committee Representatives
can decide before the final agenda is set (one week before the meeting) if the SAN needs a briefing and
RDB can reschedule it as a  'discussion* Item.  ' Discussion* SANs need only be submitted 8 days before
the Steering Committee meeting for inclusion in the final agenda.   The Committee charters a workgroup,
designates workgroup members, and determines what further reviews are appropriate.  If the  SAN
does  not  provide sufficient information  for  Steering Committee Reormsentatives to  select  their
workgroup members,  they can give RDB the .name or names after the meeting.  RDB will include these
names in the closure  memo  for the meeting.  The lead office then  convenes the workgroup.

See Also:  SAN  forms are available from Steering Committee Representatives or from the Regulatory
Development  Branch  (202-260-5475).
Fact Sheet 2 (Rev. 2/92)                                          Regulation Management Series

-------
                                    THE WORKGROUP
Purpose:   Workgroups  are EPA-wide, staff-level groups formed  to  develop regulatory actions  and
supporting  materials.  The workgroup's  primary responsibilities are to:  1) support the lead office in
its design,  technical and analytical work;  2) identify and assess principal policy issues and options,
especially those that are cross-media;  3) resolve issues or elevate  them for upper management's
resolution; 4) ensure the quality and completeness of regulatory packages.  Workgroup members  are
expected to  represent the  policy positions and perspectives of  their management as well as  to
contribute their technical  and analytic expertise.

Participants:   Typically the lead office  will  place  several people on  the workgroup to support the
chair and conduct the bulk of the .technical, analytical, and drafting work.  OGC, OPPE, and often ORD
and OE participate; other program offices--OAR. OPPTS, OSWER,  and  OW--often participate  actively
especially when  there are significant inter-media issues.  OARM and Regional Offices participate less
frequently.   If a Steering Committee Representative assigns more than  one workgroup member, they
usually  designate one  person  as lead  to represent  their Assistant  Administrator's  position  and
coordinate the efforts of  the other members.   (If workgroup progress  requires that there be a single
lead from other  offices,  the lead  program Steering Committee Representative can ask each office to
designate a lead workgroup member.)  Except  in special cases, it is difficult for Regions to  participate
actively on workgroups.   Therefore, the  lead office should initiate efforts to solicit  Regional office
perspectives, especially those that pertain  to implementation  issues.

Operation:  The workgroup's formal  operation begins with the approval of the Start  Action Notice
(SAN)  and  the chartering of the  workgroup by the  Steering Committee. The lead  office chairs and
convenes workgroup  meetings.   Other members of the workgroup  are assigned  by  their  offices'
Steering Committee Representatives.  How the workgroup should operate will  vary, depending on  the
rulemaking.  The workgroup chair should discuss and clarify  members' roles and expectations early in
the process  to  avoid  misunderstandings.  For  most rules,  the  Steering Committee  will ask  the
workgroup to report on its progress through periodic Workgroup Reports, which the workgroup chair
must prepare.    To ensure workgroup and Steering Committee consensus on the agenda of issues for
discussion, the  workgroup  chair should prepare a  comprehensive list  of issues  and revise  it  as
appropriate throughout the rulemaking.

See  Also:  Fact  Sheet  #4, "Workgroup Reports", available  from the Regulatory Development Branch
(202-260-5475).
Fact Sheet 3 (Rev. 2/92)                                          Regulation Management Series

-------
                                WORKGROUP REPORTS
Purpose:  Workgroup Reports keep the Steering Committee informed about workgroup progress on a
regulatory action.   They describe:  (a) issues and alternatives being addressed and resolved; (b)  any
issues that need to be elevated for resolution; and (c) the status of ongoing work and any anticipated
delays.  The Steering Committee's discussion of the Workgroup Report focuses on cross-media or other
issues or alternatives  not being considered by the workgroup.  Steering Committee concurrence with
the Report  is designed to ensure that issues resolved by the workgroup are not raised again at a later
date, and that unresolved issues are dealt with in a timely way.

Preparing  the Document:   The workgroup, chair prepares the Report in consultation with workgroup
members. The document should summarize the status of  issues but need not be exhaustive.  It .should be
sufficiently  detailed to  allow workgroup members to determine that all  issues are included and that
their status is presented accurately.  Steering Committee Representatives  are expected to confer with
their workgroup member(s).   A cumulative or master  list  of issues (both resolved  and unresolved)
should accompany the Report as an attachment.   This list should reflect the issues outlined in the
Development  Plan, and might not change throughout  the workgroup effort unless issues change or new
ones arise.  If no  Development Plan is prepared, the first Workgroup Report should contain  the initial
list of issues to be addressed.  Any additional issues arising during the rule's  development should be
added to the  master list.

Operation:   The lead  office submits  the Report to its Steering Committee Representative,  who
reviews the Report before  sending  it to the Steering  Committee  Chair for distribution.  (Workgroup
members should already have received a copy.) The Steering Committee review period is two weeks.
To get a report on the agenda the Steering Committee  Representative  must submit  25 copies to the
Office of Regulation Management and Evaluation, Regulation Development Branch by  COB (4:00 p.m.;
Tuesday, 15 days  before the biweekly Wednesday meeting.  At the meeting, the program office briefs
the Steering Committee on the Report  Typically the workgroup chair attends the Steering Committee
meeting to  participate in the  discussion.   After discussion, the Steering Committee approves the Report
or requests revisions and makes recommendations.   If  issues must be  elevated,  Steering Committee
Representatives determine what  these  issues are and  in  what forum  to raise them.  The Steering
Committee  Chair  issues a closure memo  that documents  issues  raised and decisions  made at  the
Steering  Committee meeting.

See Also:  Fact Sheet *3, The Workgroup*, available  from the Regulatory  Development Branch (260-
5475).  A  Workgroup  Report Format and  copies of  prototype Workgroup Reports are available from
Steering  Committee Representatives.
Fact Sheet 4 (Rev.  10/91)                                         Regulation Management Series

-------
                INFORMATION  COLLECTION  REQUESTS (ICRs)

Purpose:  Under the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA), Agency offices must prepare an ICR to obtain
OMB clearance for any activity that will  involve collecting substantially the same information from ten
or more  non-Federal respondents.   ICRs  are  submitted for  review initially to the  Information Policy
Branch (IPS), in OPPE, and then to OMB. Offices or workgroups may need to prepare ICRs for:

         o      information requirements to be included  in  a rule - e.g., reporting,  monitoring, or
               record-keeping requirements,  and/or
         o      other information collection activities - e.g.,  conducting  studies or surveys,  sending
               out application forms, doing audits, etc.

Information  requirements  in  final  rules may  not  be valid  and enforceable until OMB clears the
corresponding ICR.  In the absence of clearance, enforcement actions taken on the basis of information
so collected may be subject to challenge on  grounds  of non-compliance with the PRA.

Preparing   the  Document:  An  ICR  consists  of  an  SF 83  form plus an  attached  justification
statement.  In this justification, the following points serve as the focus for both the IPB'OPPE and OMB
reviews:
         o      the statement of need for -- and use of -- the  information to be collected;
         o      the plans for managing the  information and assuring data quality;
         o      the calculations  of cost to  the  government and burden on respondents,, especially to
               make sure that they  are  consistent  with calculations  of economic  impact  in  the
               rulemaking package; and
         o      a detailed  explanation of any statistical components  in surveys, including the sampling
               and analysis plans. •

Operation:  To address  information requirements in  rules,  the first  step should be to  use the  Start
Action  Request to  indicate  that there  may be reporting or record-keeping requirements.   These
information  requirements  may involve rulemaking  issues of  interest  to  other offices.    Such issues
should  be discussed in the workgroup, and  if unresolved should be included in workgroup reports to the
Steering  Committee.   Once the  ICR is  ready,  the  originating  office's Information Management
Coordinator submits  it to IPB.  This should  be  no later than when the rulemaking package first reaches
formal  Agency-wide  review (workgroup closure  or Red  Border review).  IPB then reviews the ICR for
information  policy issues  and responds with  any  problems  within two or three weeks.   Any such
problems must be resolved at the latest in  conjunction  with Red Border review, since IPB must submit
the ICR to OMB on the date that the proposed rule is published. OMB  review normally take 60-90 days.
In the case of Information requirements in proposed  rules, If OMB does not approve the ICR,  it must be
resubmitted  when the final  rule is published.   Similarly, if information  requirements change  from
proposed to final rule, a revised ICR must be submitted.

For other information activities, the ICR should be  ready to submit  four months before  the  infomation
collection is scheduled to  begin - earlier  if there may be  survey design issues.  The  program office
should  discuss concepts at the workgroup level, and  Development Plans should  include enough lead time
to allow for preparation, review and clearance of the ICR.   Bear in mind  that  for surveys a pilot or
pretest may be  necessary and that - in some cases - the pilot or pretest may need its own ICR.

See  Also:  'Information Collection Request  Handbook*,  available from IPB (202-260-2706) or the
Information  Management Coordinator in  your Assistant Administrator's office.  For  further discussion
of the PRA see  5 CFR Part 1320.
Fact Sheet 5 (Rev.  10/91)                                         Regulation Management Series

-------
                             WORKGROUP CLOSURE MEETINGS

Purpose:  The  workgroup closure meeting is an. alternative to  Steering Committee review of the
decision package prior to  Red  Border (Assistant Administrators')  review.   This closure meeting
provides a forum for confirming  that (a) the workgroup has successfully completed its job, resolving
as many issues as possible and clearly defining others, (b) the rulemaking package is ready for AA, RA,
and DA-level review, and (c) Agency and external requirements have been met

Participants:   The  Director  of the  Regulation Management Division  (from  Office  of  Regulation
Management and  Evaluation [ORME]), or a representative, chairs the closure meeting.  The role of the
ORME chair is to facilitate closure, not to  decide substantive issues.   Members of the workgroup
participate  in  the  meeting as  representatives  of  their  Assistant  or Regional ^Administrators.
Participation in the  closure meeting normally is a precondition for an office's participation in the Red
Border Review.  '                                                         •.•••'•

Operation:   (1) The Steering  Committee  Representative  from  the  lead office requests a closure
meeting through the appropriate Desk Officer in the Regulation Development Branch of ORME. The lead
office must provide  a  complete  draft rulemaking package to  workgroup  members at least ten working
days before the closure meeting.  This draft  package includes  materials that normally are expected  to
be part of the Steering Committee review-the rule,  action memo, preamble,  supporting analysis,
information collection request (ICR),  and  other relevant  materials.  A copy of the memo  announcing the
closure meeting must be sent simultaneously to all members of the Steering Committee.

(2) The typical format  for the meeting is: with  the  ORME chair presiding, the workgroup chair gives a
brief summary of issues resolved arid those still outstanding, and describes any changes since the lead
office distributed the draft package to the workgroup.   Workgroup members then  offer  their respective
Assistant  or Regional  Administrators'  positions  (e.g.,  concurrence,  concurrence with comment,
concurrence with conditions, or nonconcurrence).  Each AAship or Region presents a single position  at
closure even if an office has more than one workgroup member.  The ORME chair will then establish:

               a)     matters that  should be addressed before Red Border,
               b)     issues (if any) to be presented in Red Border,
              c)     participation  in, and date for beginning,  Red Border review.

(3) The workgroup chair should assure the participation in workgroup closure of all offices and Regions
which have  been involved  In rule development.   In the event that an  office or  Region is  unable  to
participate in the closure meeting, the workgroup chair should attempt to determine the office  or
regional position prior  to the meeting, and request written comments.

(4) Following the  closure meeting, ORME will issue a  brief summary  that certifies a package for Red
Border review or documents other conclusions.   This closure memo defines the conditions,-timing, and
other aspects of Red Border review.  The lead office and affected parties resolve any problems, either
before or during Red Border review, using the Steering Committee as a forum if appropriate.

See  Also:  Fact Sheet f3, The Workgroup*, available from the Regulatory Development
Branch (202-260-5475)
Fact Sheet 6  (Rev. 8/91)                                           Regulation Management. Senes

-------
   CLEAN AIR  ACT AMENDMENTS WORKGROUP  CLOSURE MEETINGS

Purpose:  The workgroup closure meetings for the Clean Air Act Amendments regulations are the final
point for  internal Agency concurrence  (there is no Red Border review for CAAA actions).  This closure
meeting provides a forum for confirming that (a) the workgroup has successfully completed its job and
that all issues have been resolved or elevated, (b) the rulemaking package is ready for OMB review,
and (c) Agency and external requirements have been met.

Participant*:   The Director of  the Regulatory Management  Division (in the Office of  Regulatory
Management and Evaluation [ORME]), or a representative, chairs the  closure meeting.  The role of the
ORME chair is to facilitate closure and ensure that the package.is ready for OMB review.  Members  of
the workgroup  participate  in  the  meeting  as  representatives  of  their Assistant or  Regional
Administrators.

Operation:

       1.     The Steering Committee  Representative from the  lead office  requests a closure meeting
              through the appropriate Desk Officer in the Regulatory Development Branch  of ORME.
              The  lead office  must provide  a  complete draft rulemaking  package to workgroup
              members at least  ten working days before  the closure  meeting.  This draft package
              includes  materials that normally are  expected to be part of the  Steering Committee
              review-the rule,  action  memo, preamble,  supporting analysis, information collection
              request, and other relevant materials.  Because the process for CAAA regulations does
              not include Red  Border review, the draft package should  be  a "Red  Border*  quality
              package at the time of workgroup closure.  A copy of  the memo announcing the closure
              meeting must be  sent simultaneously to all members of the Steering  Committee.

       2.     The typical format for the meeting is:  with the ORME chair presiding, the workgroup
              chair  gives a brief summary  of issues resolved and those that have  been elevated
              (Note:  All issues must  be  resolved or elevated  by this  point), and  describes any
              changes  since the lead  office distributed the draft package to the  workgroup.  Other
              Workgroup members  offer their respective  Assistant or Regional  Administrators'
              positions (i.e., concurrence, concurrence with comment,  or  nonconcurrence). If there
              is more than one workgroup member from an office, they should be sure to coordinate
              in order to arrive at a  single position for their office.  Because the CAAA procedures do
              •not use Red  Border review following  workgroup  closure, any office that has identified
              unresolved issues at  the time of workgroup closure must  raise those issues  to the
              AA/OAR or the Deputy Administrator before the package is sent to OMB.  For the same
              reason, offices may  not "concur with  conditions'  at  workgroup closure;  they  may
              concur with or without comment or may nonconcur.   Any conditions that offices would
              impose must be elevated  at or before  the time of workgroup  closure.

       3.     Following the closure meeting, ORME will issue a brief  summary  that certifies  a
              package for OMB review  or documents other conclusions.  This closure memo defines
              the conditions, timing,  and other aspects of OMB review.'  The lead office and affected
              parties resolve any problems,  either before  or during  OMB review.
Fact Sheet 7 (2/92)                                       Regulation Management Seoes

-------
                                    RED  BORDER REVIEW

Purpose:  Rod Border is the formal  review mechanism by which senior management (usually Assistant and
Regional Administrators and the General Counsel) reviews and  approves  regulatory packages before they are
presented  to  the Administrator or other  approving  official.   The workgroup,  with  Steering  Committee
oversight, should  already have defined all significant issues and resolved  all or most of them, so that no new
Issues or problems arise during Red Border review.

Participants:  The  Assistant Administrator for the lead  office approves  the package for Red Border review
by signing the transmittal memo.  The review may Include only the Assistant Administrator for OPPE and the
General  Counsel.   However,  other Assistant  Administrators or  Regional Administrators may participate It
their offices were represented  on the  workgroup with the approval of  the lead  office  Steering Committee
Representative.

Preparing  the Document:   The Red border package should include: '              •   '  •          ' .

       o      Action Memorandum

       o      Current Workgroup Member List

       o      Preamble and Regulatory Text

       o      Communications Strategy

       o      Federalism Review Form (EPA  Form 3720-11)


The lead office submits enough copies of the regulatory package for all  reviewing offices and  regions', plus
three  for the Regulatory Development  Branch  (RDB).  If the rule  is approved for concurrent  Red Border and
OMB review, it should also include OMB form SFB3 and four additional copies of the p'e^mble and rule.

* RDB can, if the Program office so desires, send the Red Border package by e-mail.  This transfer eliminates
delays of several  days in pouch mail, copying  and distribution within the regional office. This is accomplished
by submitting the package (under 250 pages) on computer desk to RDB along with the copies of the Red Border
package  for distribution.  The document(s)  should be In WordPerfect 5.0 or 5.1.   For further  details contact
RDB.              •    .

Operation: The review period la generally 15 working days.  The  lead  Assistant Administrator may request
a shorter Agency review If the rulemaklng Is under a  tight schedule; I.e., court or statutory  deadlines.  Any
such request must be in writing, and include the reason for expedited review.  During the Red  Border review
the appropriate RDB  desk officer receives written comments from the reviewing offices and transmits them to
the lead office.   After Red  Border Is complete and the lead office has considered  and responded  to all
comments, the lead office prepares the package for OMB review.


See  Also:  Fact Sheet *9, *OMB Review Under  E.O.  1229V  and Fact Sheet 95, •Information Collection
Requests,* available  from  the Regulatory Development Branch (202*260-5475).
Fact Sheet 8 (Rev.  6/93)                    .                      Regulation Management Series

-------
                          OMB REVIEW  UNDER E.O.  12291
Purpose:  Under Executive Order  (E.O.) 12291. each proposed and  final rule  (including some policy
documents and  guidelines)  which the agency  issues  must be  sent  to OMB for review before  the
Administrator signs it.  The Order defines two categories of rules:  major and non-major.  Major rules
are those having a very large  impact on  society, either in terms of costs (over $lOOm annually), or in
terms of effects  on  an industrial sector, employment,  or  international trade.  The purpose of OMB
review is to assure that, within the constraints  of their statutes,  agencies  choose among the various
alternatives by considering the costs and benefits associated with each.  OMB  has exempted certain
high-volume classes  of rules with limited  impacts (e.g.,  pesticide  tolerances) from E.O. 12291 review.

Participants:   The lead office responds  to  OMB issues or questions on its rule.   The Steering
Committee Representative for that office  takes the lead  in arranging all  OMB  meetings and  in
coordinating the office's response to OMB.  The lead program office should include OPPE and OGC in any
meetings with OMB,  and confer with other affected offices  on the appropriate  response before making
substantive changes.  OPPE tracks  and reports on the status and current  issues of rules under OMB
review for senior management.

Operation:   Except for the  exempted rules  -- and those in  certain special categories (e.g.  TSCA 8(a)
Rules) » all rules are  sent to  OMB's Office of  Information and Regulatory Affairs (OIRA) before they
are signed by the Administrator or  a designated official.  OMB review normally follows  Red Border
review.  If this sequence of  review  would cause EPA to miss a  statutory or court-order deadline, the
Steering Committee may authorize concurrent OMB and Red Border review.

To initiate the E.O 12291 review, the lead office  must submit five copies of the preamble and  rule  along
with  a single copy  of a SF-83 form signed  by their Steering Committee Representative to the
Regulatory Development Branch (ROB).  OPPE clears and  signs the SF-83 for submittal to OMB. For
interim final rules without prior  proposals,  OGC must also sign the SF-83 (before  submittal  to OPPE) to
verify that they agree that an  interim final meets the  Agency's responsibilities  for notice and comment
under the Administrative Procedures Act.

The period for OMB review cited in the Order varies according to the type of action:  major rules have
a 60-day review at proposal and 30 days at final; non-major proposed and final rules have a 10-day
review.. If OMB  does not complete  its review within the specified review period the OIRA  desk officer
calls the RDB desk'officer to extend the review.   In virtually all cases,  rules do not go forward for final
signature in  EPA until  the program  office addresses OMB concerns and resolves outstanding issues.
Court-ordered deadlines and  stringent statutory deadlines may occasionally  require that EPA publish a
rule before OMB has finished its analysis and comment  After OMB review is completed the lead  office
prepares  the  package for  AX  (Administrator's Correspondence  Control) and the  Administrator's
signature.  The  package includes two copies  of the preamble  and  rule, the  signed action memo,
communications  strategy, Federal Register typesetting request (EPA Form 2340-15), and request for
reprints,  if desired  (EPA Form  2340-1).  The lead office  should deliver  the  package  to  RDB for
transmission to AX.  Obtaining  the Administrator's signature usually takes a week to ten days.

See  Also:  Fact Sheet f8, "Red Border Review*, available  from the  Regulatory Development Branch
(202-260-5475).    Steering Committee Representatives can advise on exemptions  from  E.O.  12291
review.
Fact Sheet 9 (Rev. 10/91)                                         Regulation Management Series

-------
                        FEDERAL  REGISTER  PUBLICATION
Purpose:  The Federal  Register publication  system was  established by Congress as a means  of
informing the public, of regulations that affect them.  Publication in the  Federal  Register has certain
legal effects, including:   providing official notice of a document's  existence and content; creating  a
rebuttable presumption that the text is a true copy of the original document; establishing  that the
document was duly  issued, prescribed, or promulgated; and providing evidence that is recognized by a
court of law.

Preparing  the  Document: When preparing a document  for Federal Register  publication,  the lead
office should follow  the formal  requirements of the Office of  the Federal Register (OFR), found  in the
Federal Register Document Drafting Handbook.  Trie Federal Register package should include:

       o       the signed original of the preamble and regulation plus three copies

       o  •     the  Federal Register  Checklist, signed by the  Steering Committee  Representative or
               other approving official;

       o       typesetting .request (EPA  form  2340-15); and

       o       EPA form  2340-1  if reprints are being ordered.

OFR follows strict publication requirements, so  even minor problems can  delay  publication.  The most
common  problems causing delay  are:  errors in codification;  unclear graphs, charts, and tables; too
few copies; unclear  signatures; omitting a typesetting request or Federal Register  Checklist.

Operation:  If the package  requires  the Administrator's  signature the lead  office must submit the
Federal Register mataiials with the package for transmission to AX (See'Fact Sheet 9).  In any case,
direct  all  Federal Register packages to  EPA's Federal Register Officer, Regulatory  Development Branch
(ROB), Room 409WT,  202-260-7204.  ROB reviews documents for consistency with  OFR requirements
and transmits them  to OFR for publication.  Documents  usually appear in the Federal Register  within
four days after RDB approves them.  However, if a document is particularly long (250 pages or  more),
and contains many tables, graphs, and figures,.publication will take at least one  week.  RPB provides a
listing on AII-IN-1 E-Mail that describes  all documents sent to the Federal Register or published within
the past five da vs.  This listing is available in the "Federal  Register* section of AII-IN-1 E-Mail  under
the "Bulletin Board".

See  Also: Federal Register Document Drafting Handbook, available from the Agency's supply store;
Federal Register Checklist, available from Steering Committee  Representatives or the Regulatory
Development Branch  (202-260-5475)..                                                     .
Fact Sheet 10 (Rev. 2/92)                                         Regulation Management Series

-------
                       THE  REGULATORY  FLEXIBILITY ACT

Purpose:   The purpose of the  Regulatory  Flexibility Act of 1980  is to require federal  agencies to
consider the economic  impact  of their regulations on 'small entities* (I.e., small businesses, small
governments, small non-profit organizations).   The Act applies to all rules subject to the notice and
comment procedures of the Administrative  Procedures Act; certain other rules  are covered by all or
some of the Act's provisions.
       Under the  Act's provisions, agencies are required to conduct a  regulatory flexibility (regflex)
analysis if  a rule will have a "significant economic impact on a substantial number*  of small entities.
The  purpose is  to consider any  regulatory alternatives that  accomplish  the  objectives of applicable
statutes while minimizing economic impacts on small  entities.  Regflex analysis is not required if  an
agency certifies  that the rule will not have a significant economic impact on  a substantial number of
small entities.  The Act also mandates special efforts to involve small  entities in rulemaking.
Agency  Policy:   Under the Agency's  new (4/9/92)  Guidelines for implementation of the
economic  impact  is a significant impact,  and anv  number of small  entitles impacted Is a substantial
number.  In other words,  EPA will perform a regflex analysis if a rule will have anv economic impact.
however small, on any small entities, even though the agency  may not be legally required to do so.
Under this  policy, regflex certifications  are permissable only when a rule will have no  impact on any
small entity.  The new regflex Guidelines are mandatory for any rulemaking for which  a Start Action
Notice  (SAN)  had not been submitted to the Agency's Steering Committee on or after  April 9, 1992.

       Rules  which were underway prior  to  April 9, 1992,  are  subject  to the Agency's regflex
Guidelines issued February 9, 1982.  Under these Guidelines, a regflex analysis is required only if the
rule will have a "significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.*

Preparing  Regflex   Analyses:   At the  rule proposal  stage, the  lead  office prepares  an  'initial
regulatory flexibility analysis* (IRFA), which  must contain the following information:  (1) why agency
action is being considered; (2) objectives/legal basis for the proposed rule; (3) small entities affected;
(4)  reporting,  recordkeeping,  compliance  requirements; (5) duplicative, overlapping   or  conflicting
federal rules;  (6) alternatives which may minimize economic impacts.   A 'final  regulatory flexibility
analysis* (FRFA)  must beprepared for  the final rule, and must  contain:  (1) a statement of need for
/objectives of the  rub; (2; a summary of public comments on the IRFA, the agency's response,  and. any
changes resulting from public comments;  (3)  a description of significant alternatives considered and the
Agency's justification for rejection of any.

Participants:  The  lead office is responsible for preparing  the  IRFA/FRFA or preparing and justifying
regflex  certifications.  The  Regulatory  Development  Branch  (ROB)  in the Office  of  Regulatory
Management and  Evaluation (ORME) oversees EPA's compliance with the Act  EPA's Small Business
Ombudsman (in the Office of Smalland Disadvantaged Business Utilization)  can advise on  small business
issues, and the Agency's Small Community Coordinator  (Office of Regional Operations, State and Local
Relations) can advise on small community issues.   The  Small Business Administration's Office  of
Advocacy has  responsibility for monitoring compliance with the Act.

Operation: As previously mentioned,  the Act directs agencies  to assure that small entities have an
opportunity to  participate in rulemaking.   In the  early stages of  rulemaking, such  participation  of small
entities can be especially beneficial to the Agency in helping  to Identify the nature and extent of impacts
and ways  to reduce those impacts.  See also:  "Guidelines for  Implementing the Regulatory Flexibility
Act  (Revised   April  1992)*. and  "Guidelines  for Implementing  the  Regulatory Flexibility  Act*
(2/9/82).  Copies are available from the Regulatory Development  Branch  (202-260-5475). _ ^^

Fact Sheet 1 1  (Rev. 5/93)                                          Regulation Management Series

-------
                REGULATORY NEGOTIATION  & CONSULTATION

Description:   Negotiation  and  consultation with outside parties  are an important part of the
rutemaking process at EPA.   Such consultation during  the Agency's development of regulations and
policy actions offers several benefits:  it brings outside information and perspectives to the Agency's
decisions;  it  allows representatives of different interests to engage in policy deliberations with each
other and with the Agency;  it builds support  for the Agency's decisions and increases the overall
efficiency  of EPA's decision making process.   Agency staff can rely on a variety of approaches that
EPA and other agencies have found effective, ranging from highly structured regulatory negotiations to
more informal processes such  as  policy  dialogues, facilitated  public  meetings, and facilitated
workshops.  With all of these approaches,  the  Agency uses an experienced,  neutral facilitator to  help
the parties  prepare an  agenda, define issues, share information, clarify interests,  and otherwise
establish a process for achieving their goals.

Operation:   Program  offices are  invited  to call on the Regulatory Negotiation  Project Staff in the
Regulation Management Division to help decide when to use a consensus-building approach and which one
to use.  The Project Staff can recommend an  approach or a combination of  approaches suited to an
office's  needs.   They  can also provide  criteria for selecting items a? candidates for regulatory
negotiation.

The  Regulatory Negotiation Staff is trained in facilitating meetings and  in training  others in the use  of
consensus-building approaches.  When these  activities require contract support, the Staff can direct the
program office to appropriate  experts.  The Project has a contract  mechanism which program offices
can use to engage this outside support.

In the regulation development  process, the  Start Action Notice (Fact Sheet #2) is the appropriate point
at which an office should consider what  kinds of  consultative approaches  to incorporate  into the
rulemaking.   At this stage the Steering  Committee  reviews the documents and may inquire about or
recommend  strategies for consulting with outside groups.

Agency  Participation:   The   Steering  Committee participates  in  the initial  consideration  of
consensus-building approaches in its review of SANs.  When a lead office participates  in a regulatory
negotiation, it represents  the Agency as a whole in making decisions.  In this capacity, it must keep the
workgroup and Agency, managers informed of the status of negotiations, assure that they express ideas
and- reservations in a timely manner and  obtain agreement before committing the Agency.  In  addition,
formal negotiations will entail briefing senior managers, OMB,  and possibly the Administrator.  When a
lead office  participates in less formal consensus-building activities, it should  keep  workgroups
informed and raise issues internally if it will be taking any position that will commit the Agency.

See Also:   'Regulatory Negotiation Selection Criteria",  a project  description,  and a 'Regulatory
Negotiation  Overview*, are available from  the Regulatory Negotiation  Project Staff  (202-260-7565).
Fact Sheet 12 (Rev. 2/92)                                          Regulation Management Series
                                                                                                3I43L

-------
                              REGULATORY IMPACT ANALYSIS

Purpose:   Under Section 2 of Executive Order (E.O.) 12291, each major proposed regulatory action
must be  accompanied  by a Regulatory Impact Analysis (RIA) when submitted to OMB for review.   An
RIA document is written primarily  to describe the  need for the proposed regulatory changes, and the
benefits and costs of these changes.  The  RIA contains the full  complement of economic information
considered  by the  Agency  as it develops  a regulation.   Economic information is included  into the
regulatory decision, within the constraints of statutes, so that the effects of a proposed regulation  on
individuals' economic welfare and the economic behavior of markets, can  be considered in conjunction
with  other  regulatory objectives.

Participants:  The lead office is responsible  for preparing  the  RIA document, although other offices
may  request to contribute to its preparation.

Preparing  the  Document:   An RIA document should consist of the sections described below.   The
extent of detailed analysis and discussion allotted to each section will depend upon  which questions are -
crucial  to guiding  the development of the regulation.  The RIA  should describe the following:

       1)   the  need for and consequences of the proposed action (i.e., the  market imperfections,
       quantities of pollutants and risks, current controls, and changes in environmental risks);

       2)   alternative approaches for achieving the environmental objective (e.g., negotiated  rules,
       market incentives, judicial, state and local mechanisms);

       3)  the expected and measurable benefits of the regulation (where possible, benefits should  be
       described in qualitative, quantitative  and  monetary terms);

       4)   the estimated economic costs of the regulation  (e.g.,  costs to  industry and consumers,
       government costs,  "social welfare costs',  adjustment costs  associated with employment and
       changes  in other productive resources, and other market conditions and impacts);

       5)   an evaluation of the benefits and costs (e.g.,  the  relevance  of time to the realization of
       benefits and costs associated with the regulation, and the economic efficiency of the action  as
       measured by net economic benefits);

       6)   the rationale for choosing the proposed regulatory action (including the extent to  which
       economic information was a factor in  the decision); and

       7)  the statutory authority under which the regulation has been developed.

The RIA  is  best viewed as  a document that organizes  information and comprehensively assesses the
effects of alternative actions and the trade-offs among them.  Ideally, the schedule by which the RIA
document-is prepared should closely follow the  regulatory development process, in  order that it can  be
of immediate use as regulatory decisions are made.

See  elso: The Agency has produced a series of documents to assist staff in the  preparation  of RIAs.
Included  among  these are  "Guidelines for  Preparing  Regulatory Impact Analysis', which  includes a
series of appendices on specific issues (benefits, costs, discounting,  and economic impacts).  Copies of
these documents and  collateral  literature  are  available from the  Economic  Analysis  and Research
Branch, Office of Policy, Planning and Evaluation  (202-260-3354).
Fact Sheet 13 (Rev. 10/91)                                        Regulation Management Series

-------
                                REGIONAL  PARTICIPATION

Purpost:   Regional participation is MMntial to the development of Agency  regulations to assure they reflect
the views of not only Headquarters program offices but Regional and state interests as well.  The Regions also
play a critical role in Implementation and enforcement of the  regulations once they become law.  To  ensure
Regional Input, the program offices and  Regions should coordinate throughout all phases of the regulatory
development process.

SANe:  A  Start  Action  Notice (SAN) initiates  work on  a rule Or related action  and establishes the Agency
workgroup.  It provides brief, descriptive Information  and should  be prepared at the very outset of an  office's
effort.  The principal purposes are to alert other Agency offices to the lead  office's intention to develop  a rule.
and to provide the Steering Committee with  the opportunity to discuss and.plan«for  the  Inter-office or inter-
media aspects of the action.  In addition, submitting the SAN to the Steering Committee is the mechanism for:
(a) reaching agreement on the necessary review steps and (b) helping all Agency programs decide at the  start of
the  process whether to designate  members to participate on  the workgroup and  what  skills would  best
contribute to the  rulemaking.  In preparation for the  bi-weekly Steering  Committee meetings, the Regulatory
Development Branch (ROB) sends via ALL-IN-1 E-mail draft and  final copies of the Steering Committee agenda to
all Regional Regulatory  Contacts.  Paper copies of all Steering Committee agenda.items are sent by pouch  mail to
Regional Regulatory Contacts.  Regions may nominate Workgroup members by contacting the Steering •Committee
representative  for the Office Regional Operations State/Local Relations (Brenda Greene.  202-260-3870).

Workgroup  Closure:  The Workgroup  Chair should assure the  participation in workgroup closure of  any
•Region(s) that have been involved in rule development.   In some cases, the lead office will choose to work with a
lead Region, which has the responsibility to coordinate input on  rules  from other Regions.  When this occurs, the
lead Region will develop a single Regional position during  rule development.   All Regions  providing comments
during Red Border review should participate In Workgroup Closure. The Regional response at elosura must ha at
the  Rational Administrator level. The lead office memorandum announcing a Workgroup Closure will be  sent to
the appropriate Region(s), and will include the time and date of the meeting, as well as a teleconference number.
In the event that a Region is unable to-participate in the Closure meeting, the Region should provide Its position
to the Workgroup  Chair prior to the meeting.

Red Border:   Red Border (RB)  is  the formal  review mechanism  by which senior management  (usually
Assistant and  Regional Administrators and the General  Counsel) reviews and approves regulatory pawk-^ej
before  they .are reviewed by the  Office of Management and Budget and  signed by the Administrator or other
approving  official.   The workgroup, with  Steering  Committee  oversight,  should already  have defined all
significant issues  and resolved all or most  of them, so that no  new Issues or problems arise during  RB review.
The Assistant Administrator for  the  lead office approves the package for  RB  review by signing the transmlttal
memo. .Assistant Administrators  and Regional  Administrator may participate  If their offices  were represented
on the workgroup (or with the approval of  the lead office Steering Committee  Representative  H they were not).
The review period is generally 15 working  days   but may be shorter for rules with court or statutory deadlines.
Because of geographic  considerations. RB  review for the Regions Is  effectively shorter.   Therefore  It  Is
imperative  that the Regions  be Involved  In  the  early stages of rule development and Regional workgroup
members Involve their management In all stages of the rule for a  smooth Red  Border sign-off.   ROB can, If the
Program office so desires,  send the RB package by e-mail.  ROB encourages this.  The RDB desk officer will
contact the Regional Regulatory Contact In advance of sending the package by e-mail.  During  RB review the
appropriate  ROB  desk  officer receives written comments  tram  the reviewing offices and transmits them  to the
lead office.  The Regions should mall or fax their response to the  appropriate RDB desk officer, as noted on the
red border sign-off sheet, by the deadline.

See  Also:    Fact  Sheet f2.  'Start Action Notices.*  Fact  Sheet §3. The Workgroup.* Fact Sheet 16.
•Workgroup Closure Meetings,* and Fact Sheet  §8,  'Red Border Review,* available from  the  Regulatory
Development Branch  (202-260-5475).
Fact Sheet 14 (Rev. 6/93)                                                 Regulation Management Series

-------
                               REGULATORY  SCOPING

Purpose:  Regulatory Scoping engages the Administrator/Deputy Administrator and other EPA senior
managers early in the planning and shaping of the Agency's  most significant rules.  Scoping meetings
should occur early in the pre-proposal phase of a rutemaking, after the workgroup has formed and  held
enough preliminary meetings to articulate major  issues that can  be identified early.   Some  rules may,
however, require more than one scoping meeting; for  example, when work begins  on a final rule and
significant substantive  changes are  being considered.

Attendance:   The  scoping  meeting  is  limited to Assistant Administrators (AAs) and  Regional
Administrators (RAs) or their deputies  who are selected by the Administrator/Deputy  Administrator's
(DA) Special Assistant.  Normally the Administrator or the DA will chair the meeting.   The AAs for  OW.
OPPTS, OAR, OSWER, OPPE, and OGC and the RA from the Lead Region will attend.

Procedures:  o       The lead program should schedule the meeting with Linda Hilwig  in the Deputy's
                      office.

               o       The lead program should develop  a  brief issue paper  and  deliver to all
                      participants at  least ten working  davs prior to the meeting.  The paper should
                      present known alternatives/directions  and should  support a general discussion.
                      The paper should not present fully developed regulatory options.

               o       The scoping meeting allows the Deputy Administator to  give guidance on areas
                      to evaluate and  alternatives to consider.   The  Assistant Administrators  may
                      also raise issues to consider in  developing the rule.

               o       Working  with the Administrator/Deputy  Administrator  Special  Assistant,  the
                      Regulatory Development  Branch (RDB) in the Office of Regulatory Manaqement
                      and Evaluation will issue a closure memorandum subsequent to the meeting.
                      RDB should also be informed as soon as the meeting is scheduled.

               o       Each program office should designate an individual to serve as a contact person
                      for Scoping meetings  so  that the  Administrator/Deputy  Administrator  and
                      other program offices can be assured of consistency in communication.


Selection  of  Rules:  The Steering Committee will screen all major and significant rules (as  well as
those  selected as 'Priority  Rules* by  the  Administrator/Deputy Administrator)  when the program
office presents  the Start Action Notice.  The  Steering Committee may  also designate  rules after the
Start  Action Notice stage as  candidates  for scoping as  deemed appropriate.   RDB will routinely
communicate  Steering  Committee selections to the Administrator/Deputy Administrator.

See  Also:   Fact Sheet 92, "Start Action Notices" available from the Regulatory Development Branch
(202-260-5475).
Fact Sheet 15 (Rev. 7/92)                                         Regulation Management Series

-------

-------
              OFFICE   OF   RESEARCH
                         DEVELOPMENT
     The Office of Research and Development (ORD) has broad
responsibility for developing, directing, and conducting a
national research program in pollutant sources, fate, and health
and welfare effects.; pollution prevention and control; waste
management and utilization technology; and environmental sciences
and monitoring.

     The offices most likely to participate in or provide
information to OPPT include the following:

     o    Office of Exploratory Research;  OER is responsible for
          planning, administering, managing and evaluating EPA
          anticipatory and extramural grant research in response
          to Agency priorities as articulated by Agency planning
          mechanisms and ORD research committees.

     o    Office of Technology Transfer and Regulatory Support:
          OTTRS is responsible for integrating and disseminating
          ORD's scientific and engineering information and
          expertise into regulatory decision making.  This Office
          has the lead role for technology transfer within ORD,
          providing technical and policy assistance to ORD
          laboratories and serving as a focal point for
          communication and coordination with EPA Program
          Offices, Regional Offices, and non-EPA organizations
          (e.g., state and local governments, universities, and
          other federal agencies).  OTTRS includes the Center for
          Environmental Research Information (CERI).  CERI
          coordinates intra-and extra-Agency communications,
          developing technology transfer products such as data
          bases, publications, audiovisual aids, seminars, and
          conferences to share the results of ORD research with
          state1 and local governments, academia, international
          agencies, etc.

     o    Office of Modelingr Monitoring Systems, and Quality
          Assurance;  OHMSQA includes the Quality Assurance
          Management Staff (QAHS), which assists Agency offices
          in the development of data quality assurance plans, and
          evaluates their effectiveness.  The Modeling and
          Monitoring Systems Staff plans, manages, coordinates
          and reviews Agency research, development, and
          demonstration programs in toxics research to define the
          technigues and systems necessary for monitoring human
          and ecological exposure and relating ambient
          concentrations of pollutants to exposure of critical
          receptors; developing precise and accurate techniques
          for surveillance and enforcement; and managing and
          providing specialized monitoring or other specialized
          systems on request.

-------
     .o    Office of Environmental Engineering and^Technology
          Demonstration;  The Risk Reduction Engineering
          Laboratory (RREL) in Cincinnati, Ohio provides an
          engineering basis to the policies, programs and
          regulations established regarding toxic substances,
          wastewater, pesticides, solid and hazardous waste,
          Superfund activities, and drinking water treatment.
          For example, RREL develops and demonstrates cost-
          effective methods for the treatment and management of
          industrial processing and manufacturing of toxic
          substances and discharges.  The Laboratory will consult
          with and provide technical assistance to any program
          Office or Region on request.

     o    Office of Environmental Processes and Effects Research:
          OEPER directs and conducts research to determine the
          ecological effects of toxic chemicals, obtaining data .
          needed to establish standards, criteria, or.guidelines
          for protecting non-human components of the environment
          and ecosystem integrity and preventing harmful human
          exposure to pollutants.  This Office oversees six
          Environmental Research Laboratories around the United
          States.

     o    Office of Health Research;  OHR serves as the focal
          point for matters pertaining to the effects of human
          exposure to environmental pollutants.  It provides
          technical assistance and health research information to
          steering committees and regulatory review committees,
          Regions, Program Offices, and other offices by
          planning, implementing and evaluating a comprehensive
          health research program.

     o    Office of Health and Environmental Assessment:  OHEA
          works with the Program Offices to develop exposure and
          human health assessments.

     The last five offices oversee a national network of research
laboratories that conduct research into atmospheric research,
environmental monitoring, air and energy engineering, and
hazardous waste and toxics research.

-------
        OFFICE   OF   GENERAL  COUNSEL

     The Office of General Counsel serves as the primary legal
advisor to the Administrator; provides legal services to all
portions of the Agency with respect to all programs and
activities of the Agency; provides legal opinions, legal cousel,
and litigation support; and assists in the formulation and
administration of the Agency's policies and programs as legal
advisor.  The "Pesticides and Toxic Substances Division" provides
legal counsel, opinions, litigation support, and services with
regard to OPPTS activities.

-------
36-0

-------

-------
                                  Chair:  Max Baucus (D-MT)
                                  .  key staff: Cliff Rothenstein
                                            Tim Mohin (on detail from EPA)
                                            224-6176

                                    current interests:
                                                pollution prevention
                                                environmental technology
                                                environmental justice

                                    Current bills:
                                               Clean Water Act reauthorization
                                                National Environmental Technology
                                                environmental justice

                                    legislative accomplishments:
                                                asbestos - extension of schools
                                                 inspection deadline

                                 Ranking Minority: John Chafee (R-RI)

                                    key staff: Richlnnes
                                            224-8832
                                    current bills:
                                                Clean Water Act reauthorization
The current Interests, current bills, and legislative accomplishments listed under each of the members are only those with an OPPT connection.

-------
• - • ; mMMNmSlSuc MMK»' . -•• '• -v ' '-'.
Chair: Max Baucus (D-MT) ,

1

Chair: Harry Reid (D-NV)

key staff: Jerry Reynoldson
224-3542

current interests:
lead
TSCA reauthorization

current bills:
Lead Exposure
Reduction Act 1993
legislative accomplishments:
Title X





Ranking Minority: Robert Smith
(R-NH)
key staff: Claudia MacMurray
224-2841

;





T














eurauwANDNUUBUi

Chair: Joseph Lieberman (D-CT)

key staff: Joyce Rechtschaffen
Sara Walzer
224-4041

current interests:
pollution prevention
carpet emissions

current bills:
P2 planning act
environmental innovation
research
legislative accomplishments:
PPA



Ranking Minority: Alan Simpson
(R-WY)




















-



Chair: Frank Lautenberg (D-NJ)
key staff: Leonard Shen
Rick Erdheim (TRI)
224-6176

current interests:
TRI
pollution prevention
NJ Institute of Technology

current bills:
metal in packaging (Pb)
greentech jobs
recycling
toxic cleanup equity
legislative accomplishments: '
EPCRA (TRI)
PPA
asbestos in schools ban
program reauthorization
Ranking Minority: David Durenberger
(R-MN)
key staff: Jimmie Powell
224-8832
The current interests, current bills, and legislative accomplishments listed under each of the members are only those with an ORPT connection.
' ". . • Z . '

-------
                                 Chair:  Barbara Mikulski (D-MD)

                                   key staff: Carrie Apostolou
                                            224-7211
                                   current interests:
                                             pollution prevention
                                              lead

                                   current bills:
                                              environmental technologies agency

                                   legislative accomplishments:
                                               involved in development of a separate
                                                 EPA P2 policy staff

                                 Ranking Minority: Phil Gramm (R-TX)
                                   key staff: Stefan Kohashi
                                            224-7211
                                John Kerry (D-MA)

                                  key staff: Kate English 224-7211
                                          (Carol Andress - NEMWI)

                                 current interests:
                                            spearheaded Senate support for P2 Executive Order
The current Interests, current bills, and legislative accomplishments lljjf£ under each ol the members are only those with an OPPT connection.

-------

-------
               5 t
                                    Chair: John Dingell (D-MI)

                                      key staff: Dick Frandsen
                                              David Fmnegan
                                              225-2927
                                      current interests:
                                               contracts mismanagement

                                   Ranking Minority:  Carlos Moorhead
                                                        (R-CA)
                                       key staff: Charles Ingebretson
                                               Nandan Kenkeremath
                                               225-3641

                                       current interests:
                                                 risk assessment
                                       current bills:
                                                 risk assessment
Th» current Interests, current bills, and legislative accomplishments listed under each of the members are only those with an OPPT connection.

-------
                                          C/va/r; Jo/in DingelJ (D-MI)
 Chair:  Henry Wax man (D-CA)
     key staff: PhilBarnett
             Greg Wetstone
             225-4952

     current interests:
               public health
               lead (Pb)
               hazards in schools

     legislative accomplishments:
               Title X
 Ranking Minority: Thomas Bliley
                     (R-VA)
Chair:  Al Swift (D-WA)

   key staff: Jim Cumberland
           George Hall
           225-9304
   current interests:
            lead

   legislative accomplishments:
            Title X
Ranking Minority: Michael Oxley
                    (R-OH)
The current interests, current bills, and legislative accomplishments listed under each of the members are only those with an OPPT connection.
                                                      5

-------
                 '*-    "    '''   '''     '   *
                             Chair: Michael Synar (D-OK)

                                key staff: JimAidala
                                         225-6427

                                current interests:
                                         chemical testing
                                         core TSCA
                                         carpet emissions


                             Bernard Sanders (I-VT)

                                 key staff: Doug Boucher
                                         225-4115

                                 current interests:
                                          carpet emissions

                             Ranking Minority: J. Dennis Hasten (R-IL)
The current Interests, current bills, and legislative accomplishmerti^ded under each of the members ere only those with an OPPT connection

-------
                               Chair:  Louis Stokes (D-OH)

                                 key staff: Michelle Burkett
                                         225-3241

                                 current interests:
                                          P2 budget

                                 current bill:
                                          FY94 Appropriations

                                 legislative accomplishments:
                                          responsible for language in FY94 conference
                                            report on P2 policy staff, SRRP

                               Esteban Torres (D~CA)

                                 key staff: Fran McPolland
                                          225-3241

                                 legislative accomplishmenbt:
                                           FY94  language in conference report
                                             on P2 policy staff
                               Ranking Minority: Jerry Lewis (R-CA)
The current Interests, current bills, and legislative accomplishments listed under each of the members are only those with an OPPT connection.

                                    •                             l    !

-------

-------
                  OPPT AND THE REGIONAL OFFICES
1.   EPA has ten regional offices

     —   Boston
          New York
          Philadelphia
          Atlanta
          Chicago
          Dallas
          Kansas City (KS)
          Denver
          San Francisco
          Seattle

2.   Every region has a Pesticides and Toxic Substances Branch
     that houses our programs. . In eight regions, this Branch is
     located in the Air Division.  In the others (Regions 2, 5),
     it is in the Environmental Services Division.  This Branch
     is responsible for'both pesticides and toxics programs; the
     only person in HQ with this breadth of responsibility is our
     Assistant Administrator.

3.   OPPT programs that have regional components include:  PCBs;
     asbestos; lead; 33/50; Toxics Release Inventory (TRI);
     Biotechnology; Core TSCA (testing, new chemicals, reporting
     programs); and pollution prevention.  The regions focus on
     two aspects of OPPT programs — in some cases, enforcement
     of existing regulations and, in others, on outreach to
     industry and the public concerning our programs.  In some
     cases (e.g., TRI), the regions do both.

4.   The regional offices are also our most important conduit to
     state programs.  Because of this, and because most of our
     programs either have or will have regional components, it is
     very important to ensure that the regions are thoroughly
     plugged in to what we are doing in developing policy,
     programs, or regulations.

5.   We hope to have available to you in the next few weeks a
     Regional Directory that will list for you all important
     regional staff.  When you see it, be sure and put it
     someplace where you can easily put your hands on it.
     Depending on what your job is, you may find it invaluable.

6.   The Environmental Assistance Division maintains a small
     staff of people whose job it is to help you involve the
     regions.  Please call us whenever you think it useful, or
     when you want to learn more about our regional friends.  My
     name is Bob Janney,  and my number is 202-260-1584.

     Thanks.

-------

-------
                        U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
               Administrative
                Law Judges

                Civil Rights

                 Small &
               Disadvantaged
             Business Utilization

                 Science
               Advisory Board

         Cooperative Environmental
               Management
             Executive Support
                  Office

            Executive Secretariat
                     ADMINISTRATOR

                 HiplJTYADMINisfRATOR
Assistant Administrator
 for Administration and
Resources Management
Assistant Administrator
        for
     Enforcement
 Assistant Administrator
         for
 International Activities
  Inspector General
 Assistant Administrator
  for Air and Radiation
 Assistant Administrator
for Prevention. Pesticides
        and
   Toxic Substances
                                                    Associate  Administrator for.
                                                      Regional Operations &
                                                      State/Local Relations
              Associate Administrator for
                  Communications &
                     Public Affairs
                                                   Associate  Administrator for
                                                        Congressional &
                                                        Legislative Affairs
  General Counsel
Assistant Administrator
for Policy. Planning and
      Evaluation
Assistant Administrator
  for Research and
    Development
Assistant Administrator
         for
        Water
    Assistant Administrator
      for Solid Waste and
     Emergency Response
1
Region 1
Boston








I
Region II
New York

r~
Region VII
Kansas City
I
Region III
Philadelphia

1
Region VIII
Denver





I
Region IV
Atlanta ^

l
Region IX
San Francisco










i
Region V
Chicago

"~I
Region X
Seattle
i
Region VI
Dallas



                                                 FIGURE 1
                                                    1-14

-------

-------
                                      OFFICE OF PREVENTION,  PESTICIDES
                                               TOXIC SUBSTANCES
                                         OFFICE OF PESTICIDE PROGRAMS
                                               DOUGLAS D. CANPT
                                                   Director
                                                (703) 305-7090
                                               SUSAN N. UAYLAND
                                                Deputy Director
                                                (703) 305-7090
BIOLOGICAL t ECONOMIC
  ANALYSIS DIVISION

  ALLEN L. JENNINGS
      Director
   (703) 308-8200
PROGRAM MANAGEMENT t
  SUPPORT DIVISION

  ALLAN S. ABRAMSON
      Director
   (703) 305-5440
ENVIRONMENTAL FATE t
  EFFECTS DIVISION
        L. BARTON
      Director
   (703) 305-7695
REGISTRATION DIVISION

   ANNE E. LINDSAY
      Director
   (703) 305-5447
                                                          POLICY t SPECIAL PROJECTS
                                                                    STAFF

                                                               WILLIAM JORDAN
                                                                    Chief
                                                               (703) 305-7102
   FIELD OPERATIONS
       DIVISION

  STEPHEN L. JOHNSON
       Director
    (703) 305-7410
   SPECIAL REVIEW t
REREGISTRAT1ON DIVISION

   DANIEL M. BAROLO
       Director
    (703) 308-8000
HEALTH EFFECTS DIVISION

 PENELOPE FENNER-CRISP
       Director
    (703) 305-7351

-------
                      OFFICE OF PESTICIDE PROGRAMS
                           FUNCTIONAL STATEMENT

The Office of Pesticide Programs is responsible to the Assistant Administrator, Office
of Pesticide  and Toxic Substances, for leadership of the overall pesticide activities of
the Agency under the authority of the Federal Insecticide,  Fungicide and Rodenticide
Act (FIFRA) and several provisions  of the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act
(FFDCA), including the development of strategic plans for the control of the national
environmental  pesticide situation.  Such  plans are  implemented by the  Office of
Pesticide Programs, other EPA components, other Federal Agencies, or by State, local,
and private sectors. The Office is also responsible for establishment of tolerance levels
for pesticide residues which  occur in or on food; registration and ^registration of
pesticides;  special review of pesticides suspected of posing unreasonable risks to
human  health or the environment; monitoring of  pesticide  residue levels  in food,
humans, and nontarget fish and wildlife; preparation of pesticidp regisration guidelines;
development of standards for the registration and ^registration of pesticide products;
provision of  program policy direction  to technical and manpower training activities In
the pesticide areas; development of research needs and monitoring requirements for
the pesticide program and related areas;  review of impact statements  dealing with
pesticides, and carrying out of assigned international activities.
DIRECTOR                          DOUGLAS CAMPT

DEPUTY DIRECTOR                 SUSAN WAYLAND

-------
             OFFICE OF POLLUTION PREVENTION AND TOXICS
     The  Office of  Pollution  Prevention  and Toxics  (OPPT)  is
responsible  to .the  Assistant  Administrator of the Office of
Prevention,  Pesticides  and Toxic  Substances (OPPTS)  for
implementation  of those activities of the Agency, as mandated  by:

o    The  Toxic  Substances Control Act  (TSCA);
o    The  Asbestos School Hazard Abatement Act of 1984  (ASHAA);
o    The  Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response Act of  1986  (AHERA);
o    Section 104(i) of  the Comprehensive Environmental Response,
     Compensation,  and  Liability  Act of  1986 (CERCLA);
o    Sections 313,  322,  and other sections of the Emergency
     Planning and Community Right-To-Know Act of 1986  (EPCRA);
     and
o    The  Pollution  Prevention Act of 1990 (PPA).

     The  Director of OPPT is  responsible for developing,
implementing, and operating Agency programs and policies for:

o    new  and existing chemicals;
o    Design  for the Environment program  activities;
o    acquisition analysis and dissemination of the Toxic Release
     Inventory;
o    the  Pollution  Prevention Act; and
o    providing support  to the TSCA Interagency Testing Committee.

     In each of these areas,  the  Director is responsible for
collecting and coordinating information; developing  data;
providing technical support for assessing health, the environment
and the economy; and negotiating  and regulating control actions.

     The  Director works  cooperatively with the Administrator's
Pollution Prevention Policy Staff, which is responsible for
coordinating, guiding,  and mediating prevention activities
throughout,EPA.

      The Director provides operational guidance to  EPA regional
offices,  reviews and evaluates pollution prevention  and toxic
substances activities at EPA  Headquarters and regional offices,
coordinates TSCA activities and provides information to
exporters.  The Director is also  responsible for coordinating
communication with EPA'/^regions,  industrial community, congress,
environmental groups ana other interested parties on matters
relating to the implementation of the statutes named above;
providing technical support to international activities managed
by the Office of International Activities; and collaborating with
EPA's Office of Research and  Development in defining and
reviewing Agency research related to characterizing the health
and environmental effects of chemicals and microorganisms.

-------
                  OFFICE  OF  POLLUTION  PREVENTION & TOXICS
                              NAIL CODE:  TS-792

NAj£                                      TELEPHONE

Greenwood, Mark A.',  Director              260-3810          E539
Elliot, Rosalie D. (Roz), Secretary    — 260-3810          E539
Carra, Joseph S., Deputy Director         260-1815          E537
Ward, Roberta A. (Bobbie), Secretary      260-1815          E537

Bates, Libby, AARP                        260-1814          E539
Beal, Diane D.                            260-1822          E537
Dain, Mary (Joyce),                        260-2326          E539
Evans, Cassaundra                         260-1813          E539
Hanson, Bill                              260-3469          E539
McKeil, Mary                .    ,          260-3584          E539
Smith, Aurelia, AARP                      260-1811          E537
Stahl, Sharon E.                          260-2718          E539
Interagencv Testing Committee

Walker, John D.                           260-1820          E541
Williams, Nonna S. L.                     260-1825          E541

-------
              POLLUTION PREVENTION AND TOXICS
                         MARK GREENWOOD
                             Director
                          JOSEPH CARRA
                      \     Deputy  Director    1
Quality  Assurance
  Joseph  Glatz
      Office of
  Program Management
    and  Evaluation  .
Joseph  F. Powers, Jr. ,
TSCA CBI Security
 James  Combs
                            Planning and Evaluation
                                    Staff
                                Ralph  Privee
                               Management Staff
                                 Jan  Peck
                            Human Resources Team
                              Kathleen  Bailey
                                                                  11/93

-------
310

-------
           OFFICE OF PROGRAM MANAGEMENT AND EVALUATION


     The Office of Program Management and Evaluation  (OPME)
serves as the principal staff office to the Office Director for
Pollution Prevention and Toxics  (OPPT) on matters relating to
budgeting, program planning, resource management, administrative
operations, and program evaluation.  OPME is responsible for:

(1)  recommending and implementing administrative policies and
     procedures;

(2)  preparing OPPT's official budget planning instructions,
     consolidations and submissions to the Agency, OMB and
     congress;

(3)  coordinating the development of all planning documents for
     OPPT;

(4)  monitoring and auditing all OPPT resources;

(5)  evaluating program performance and recommending corrective
     action(s);

(6)  designing and implementing administrative management
     information systems;

(7)  conducting performance agreement reviews;

(8)  providing financial and analytical support;

(9)  providing administrative,  personnel management,  and
     financial management services;

(10) coordinating planning activities necessary to develop
     recommendations on OPPT programs,  including the
     identification of alternative program goals, priorities,
     objectives and plans;

(11) ensuring that OPPT's programs conform to the requirements of
    .the Federal Paperwork Reduction Act;

(12) recommending and,  as directed, conducting reviews and
     evaluations of OPPT^programs to determine effectiveness,
     efficiency and ability to  attain goals and objectives,
     including the development  of appropriate criteria to measure
     program performance and environmental results;

(13) providing input to the Agency's Management Accountability
     and Reporting System;

(14) developing and implementing OPPT-wide systems or processes
     necessary to provide program evaluation;

-------
(15) coordinating OPPT input to the major Agency tracking systems
     including Strategic Tracking for Activities with Results
     System (STARS), Action Tracking System (ATS), and the
     Regulatory Agenda;

(16) ensuring that OPPT's programs conform to the requirements of
     the Federal Manager's Financial Integrity Act (FMFIA);

(17) coordinating development of, or modifications to delegations
     of authority affecting OPPT, and maintaining an up-to-date
     compilation of such delegations;

(18) providing support for OPPT-wide human resources including
     staff training and career development, internal
     communications and Total Quality Management (TQM)
     implementation;                                   ;

(19) providing oversight of TSCA security and determining that
     contractor/regional sites are physically secure through
     annual site inspection;

(20) providing guidance to OPPT and other authorized parties as
     to what security measures are required for handling TSCA
     CBI;

(21) implementing the EPA conflict of interest program;  and

(22) carrying out the OPPT quality assurance program.

-------
PLANNING AMD EVALUATION STAFF

The Planning and Evaluation Staff is responsible for:

(1)  preparing OPPT's official budget planning instructions,
     consolidating and processing OPPT's final budget submissions
     for submission to the Agency,-OMB and the Congress;

(2)  providing analytical, technical, administrative and
     implementation support for OPPT's short and long term
     strategic planning priorities;

(3)  coordinating the development of all planning documents for
     OPPT;

(4)  providing financial, and analytical support for all OPPT
     functions;

(5)  coordinating planning activities necessary to develop
     recommendations on OPPT programs, including the
     identification of alternative program goals, priorities,
     objectives and plans;

(6)  providing input to the Agency's Management Accountability
     and Reporting System;

(7)  coordinating OPPT input to the major Agency tracking systems
     including Strategic Tracking for Activities with Results
     System (STARS),  Action Tracking System (ATS),  and the
     Regulatory Agenda;

(8)  ensuring that OPPT's programs conform to the requirements of
     the Federal Manager's Financial Integrity Act (FMFIA);

(9)  developing and implementing OPPT-wide systems or processes
     necessary to provide program evaluation;

(10)  evaluating program performance and recommending corrective
     action(s);                .

(11)  recommending and,  as directed,  conducting reviews and
     evaluations of OPPT programs to determine effectiveness,
     efficiency and ability to attain goals and objectives,
     including the development of appropriate criteria to measure
     program performance and environmental results;

(12)  ensuring that OPPT's programs conform to the requirements of
     the Federal Paperwork Reduction Act,  including preparation
     of new and renewal Information Collection Requests (ICRs)
     and the annual  Information Collection Budget;  and

(13)  coordinating development of modifications to delegations of
     authority affecting OPPT,  and maintaining an up-to-date
     compilation of such delegations.

-------
MANAGEMENT STAFF
The Management Staff is responsible for:
(1)  recommending and implementing administrative policies and
     procedures'OPPT wide;
(2)  designing and implementing administrative management
     information systems;
(3)  conducting performance agreement reviews;            	
(4)  monitoring and auditing all OPPT resources;
(5)  providing the immediate office OPPT with all administrative,
     personnel management, and financial management services;
(6)  preparing and executing financial management (intramural and
     extramural)  support activities for all OPPT; and
(7)  providing contractual and administrative support services
     for all of OPPT-wide activities for services and supplies.

-------
HUMAN RESOURCES TEAM
The Human Resources Team is responsible for providing:
(1)  support to .OPPT as a supplement to the Agency's Office of
     Human Resource Management (OHRM) for OPPT-wide human
     resources including staff training and career development;
(2)  internal OPPT communications; and
(3) - OPPT Total Quality Management (TQM) implementation.
TSCA SECURITY STAFF
The TSCA Security Staff is responsible for:
(1)  providing oversight of TSCA security and determining that
     contractor/ regional sites are physically secure through
     annual site inspection;
(2)  providing guidance to OPPT and other authorized parties as
     to what security measures are required for handling TSCA
     CBI ;
(3)  implementing the EPA conflict of interest program; and
(4)  carrying out the OPPT quality assurance program.

-------
                  OFFICE OF PROGRAM MANAGEMENT & EVALUATION
                             MAIL  CODE:  TS-792A

                            FAX NUMBER:  260-1764
IMMEDIATE OFFICE

Powers, Joseph F., Jr., Director
Jeffries, JoAnn, Secretary
Glatz, Joseph A.
Combs, James A., Jr.

MANAGEMENT STAFF

Peck, Janet A., Chief
Carter, Mildred, AARP
Watson, Trudie C.

Bynum, Candace E.
Corsey, Minerva L.
DePaulis, Jean Y.
Giovinazzo, Donna M.
Vieira, Pamela J.
Williams, Kia M.
Wood, Fred 0., AARP
                                          TELEPHONE
                                          260-1761
                                          260-1761
                                          260-3390
                                          260-6475
                  E525
                  E525
                  NEG012
                  Elll
260-1761
260-1761
260-1761
260-1778
260-4350
260-1839
260-3783
260-1838
260-3843
260-3975
E529B
E529
E529
E529A
E525B
E531C
E531C
E529C
E529A
E529C
PLANNING AND EVALUATION STAFF
Houston, Mary, AARP

Carlson, Ronald D.
Brooks, Gail V.
GalUner, Susan M.
Hoover, Michelle
Thomson, Willia*
260-1765
260-1765

260-4352
260-4144
260-8999
260-0115
260-1845
                                                            E519A
                                                            E519

                                                            E519B
                                                            E523B
                                                            E523B
                                                            E523C
                                                            E523C
HUMAN RESOURCES TEAM

Bailey, Kathleen, Chief
Watson, Trudie

Anderson, Vicki
Grim, Patricia M.
TMillman, Brian
                                          260-3413
                                          260-1761

                                          260-1763
                                          260-1842
                                          260-7187
                  £501
                  E529

                  E525A
                  E529C
                 E525A

-------
CHEMICAL
                                                DIVISION
  I
New Chemical Branch
 Paul Campanella
   Section I
  Rose Allison
                                    Charles  Auer
                                      Director
                                  Denise  Keehner
                                  Deputy  Director
   Section  IV
  Mary Cuchmac
   Section V
  Stuart  Mcarthur
    Section II
David  Giamporcaro

   Section  III
    Vacant
                                Existing  Chemicals
                                      Branch
                                  Robert McNally
                            \
              Section I
             Daniel  Helfcott
              Section  II
             John Bowser
                                                  1
                                           Chemical Testing
                                            and  Information .
                                               Branch
                                      .       Frank Kover      /
                                                                                  Chemical Information
                                                                                    Reporting  Section
                                                                                    Barbara Ostrow
                                                                                    Chemical  Testing
                                                                                       Section
                                                                                Christophert  Blunck (Act)
                                                                                           9/93

-------
37*

-------
                    CHEMICAL CONTROL DIVISION


     The Chemical Control Division  (CCD) provides program
management and rule development support for the Toxic Substances
Control Act  (TSCA) new chemicals program, the chemical testing
program, information reporting and recordkeeping rules; and for
chemical(s)  categories of the existing chemicals program not
designated for management by the Chemical Management Division
(CMD) or another OPPT Division.  The Division is responsible for:
 (1)  developing and implementing appropriate regulatory and non-
     regulatory control measures for new and existing chemicals
     under the authorities of TSCA sections 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and
     13;

 (2)  developing generic and chemical-specific orders and notices
     pursuant to TSCA sections 5(a), 5(e), 5(f), and 6(b) for new
     chemicals and under TSCA sections 4, 5(a), 6, 7> 8, 9, and
     13 for existing chemicals;

 (3)  holding public hearings on such rules as required;

 (4)  managing any necessary post-promulgating programs such as
     review of exemption applications;

 (5)  overseeing and managing the risk management-1 (RM1) and risk
     management-2 (RM2) phases of the existing chemicals program-
     -including developing project work plans, schedules,
     outputs, and budgets;

 (6)  coordinating RM1 assessment activities with the support of
     the Chemical Screening and Risk Assessment Division (CSRAD),
     (and other OPPT divisions), and chairing RM1 meetings;

 (7)  overseeing and managing RM2 assessments (scoping and
     decision reports), guidance meetings, and decision meetings;

 (8)  developing and publishing referrals of chemical problems to
     other Federal agencies,  when appropriate, under section 9(a)
    . or 9(d)  of TSCA and coordinating, with the support of CSRAD,
     the preparation of chemical advisories;

 (9)  overseeing and managing the new chemical regulatory
     evaluation and decfsion-making process under section 5 of
     TSCA;

 (10) selecting appropriate control measures;       (FOR WHAT)

 (11) implementing necessary control actions (in the form of
     either negotiated binding agreements or promulgated orders
     or rules);

(12) overseeing and managing the regulatory evaluation and

-------
     decision-making process for existing chemicals under TSCA
     sections 5(a), 6, 7, and 9;

(13) evaluating alternative remedial control measures available
     under TSCA.and other authorities administered by EPA and
     other Federal agencies;

(14) identifying options and making recommendations regarding
     appropriate regulatory controls;

(15) drafting and publishing proposed and final rules under TSCA
     implementing the adopted approaches;

(16) initiating and carrying out actions to follow-up, and, if  .
     necessary, further control, particularly hazardous new
     chemicals entering commercial production;

(17) overseeing and managing the chemical testing program under
     TSCA section 4;

(18) developing and implementing information gathering rules
     under TSCA section 8 and import certifications under section
     13;

(19) managing development and implementation of the Master
     Testing List (MTL) for the selection of specific chemicals,
     or categories of chemicals, for testing under TSCA section
     4;

(20) negotiating industry testing without rulemaking;

(21) developing testing actions (rules,  consent orders,  or
     voluntary agreements)  on high priority chemicals from the
     MTL and responses to the TSCA Interagency Testing Committee
     (ITC);

(22) evaluating modifications to,  and exemptions from testing;
     and

(23) developing and cooperating with other Federal agencies in
     the development of rules and guidelines under TSCA section
     13.

-------
EXISTING CHEMICALS BRANCH

The Existing Chemicals Branch (ECB) is responsible for:

(1)  overseeing and managing the RM1 and RM2 phases of the
     Existing Cn'emicals Program, including developing project
     work plans, schedules, outputs and budgets; coordinating
     RM1/2 assessment activities with the support of CSRAD;

(2)  coordinating scheduling of RM1 meetings;

(3)  documenting and tracking decisions made under the existing
     chemical process;

(4)  coordinating with CSRAD to assess section 4 test data
     through the Existing Chemical Program (RMl/2) and managing
     disposition and follow up activities of section 4 cases with
     complete data sets;

(5)  organizing and coordinating RM2 assessments (scoping and
     decision reports);

(6)  Guidance Meetings and Decision Meetings;

(7)  managing assigned post-RM2  activities of the Existing
     Chemicals Program, including developing non-regulatory risk
     management approaches and,  where appropriate, conducting
     regulatory investigations and implementing regulatory
     approaches under sections 5,  6, 7,  and 9,  of TSCA,
     including:

     a)    developing existing chemical controls under section 5
          or 6 of TSCA;

     b)    developing control actions to prohibit or limit the
          manufacturing,  processing or distribution of specific
          chemical substances, or controlling the manner or
          method of their use or disposal;
                                    .»

     c)    writing proposed and final rules,  complete with support
          documentation;

     d)    managing any necessary post-promulgation programs such
          as review of exemption applications;

     e)    responding to section  21  of TSCA  citizen petitions
          requesting regulatory  action,  including holding public
          hearings;

     f)    initiating control actions and preparing development
          plans for chemical regulatory control programs; and

     g)    coordinating rulemaking technical  support work provided
          by other divisions of  OPPT.

-------
     The Branch consists of two Sections, Section 1 and Section
2.  Both sections perform the functions which follow with the
exception that Section 1 focuses on oversight and management of
RM1 and RM2 activities/ while Section 2 focuses on oversight and
management of pgst-RM2 activities of the Existing Chemicals
Program.

     The Sections are responsible for overseeing and managing
regulatory and non-regulatory efforts, to reduce or eliminate
risks of injury to health and the environment from existing
chemicals.  This involves:

     1)   overseeing and managing the RM1 and RM2 phases of the
          Existing Chemicals Program, including developing
          project work plans, schedules, outputs, and budgets;

     2)   coordinating RMl assessment activities with the support
          of CSRAD (and other. OPPT divisions);

     3)   overseeing and managing RM2 assessments (scoping and
          decision reports), Guidance Meetings,  and Decision
          Meetings.

-------
NEW CHEMICALS BRANCH

The New Chemicals Branch  (NCB) is responsible for:

(1)  overseeingtand managing evaluation and disposition of
     section 5 of TSCA Pre-manufacture Notices  (PMNs) and Test
     Market Exemption Applications (TMEAs) for chemicals and
     micro-organisms within the timeframe indicated by section 5
     of TSCA;

(2)  developing new chemical and micro-organism follow-up actions
     under section 5 of TSCA;

(3)  coordinating multi-office and inter-agency regulatory
     activities in chemicals identified for possible regulation
     under several authorities, EPA offices or other Federal
     agencies;

(4)  developing and managing rules and policies under TSCA
     governing the environmental release of biotechnology
     products and other programs as appropriate;
                      \
(5)  assisting other EPA offices, including the Agency's Office
     of Enforcement and Compliance Monitoring, in the
     interpretation and implementation of final rules (technical
     support to the branch is provided by OPPT's Health and
     Environmental Review Division,  the Economics, Exposure and
     Technology Division as required);

(6)  preparing Federal Register notices to extend the
     notification period for selected chemicals and micro-
     organisms under section 5(c) of TSCA;

(7)  providing justification for the extension,  and communicating
     formally and informally with PMN submitters as necessary to
     acquire additional information,  or for clarification of
     notice data (based on preliminary assessment of exposure
     and/or risk concerns, requesting technical assessments from
     support divisions as appropriate, integrating these
     assessments and recommending appropriate control measures
     for potential unreasonable risk cases);

(8)  coordinating these recommendations with the above mentioned
     divisions;         g

(9)  developing and publishing orders and regulations, supporting
     documentation and other appropriate materials based upon
     adopted approaches in proposed  and final rulemaking
     packages;

(10)  initiating order or injunction  actions under sections 5(e)
     or 5(f)  of  TSCA,  and arranging  for hearings as necessary in
     coordination with the Agency's  Office of General Counsel;

-------
 (11) .drafting and promulgating  section  5  of  TSCA Significant New
     Use Rules  (SNURs)  extending  the provisions  of  section 5(e)
     of TSCA orders  to  all  subsequent producers  of  the  previously
     new chemical or micro-organism;
                •
 (12) identifying and evaluating chemical  and biotechnology issues
     of regulatory and  non-regulatory options for meeting  the
     statutory  requirements of  section  5  of  TSCA, negotiating
     such controls,  and, alternatively, developing  major
     procedural rules and policies to apply  to these
     requirements; and

 (13) maintaining liaison with the Agency's Office of Enforcement
     and Compliance  Monitoring  to ensure  effective  compliance
     monitoring.

     The Branch consists of five  Sections:   Sections 1, 2,  3, 4,.
and 5.                                               .

Sections l and  2 are responsible  for:

 (1)  identifying and analyzing  regulatory and non-regulatory
     options to meet statutory  requirements  of section  5 of TSCA;

 (2)  integrating risk assessment  findings, engineering  risk
     reduction  and benefit  analyses in order to prepare PMN
     option analyses, decision  papers and rules;

 (3)  recommending disposition of  chemicals reviewed under  section
     5 of TSCA  prior to their production in  commerce;

 (4)  preparing  Federal Register notices under sections  5(c) or
     5(f)  of TSCA;

(5)  reviewing  and revising PMN review process; and

(6) maintaining liaison with OECM.

Section 3  i» responsible for:

(1) administration,  policy and  legal staff;

(2)  tracking and scheduling review of section 5 TSCA notices;

(3)  maintaining records of notices in the review process; and

(4)  initiating and reviewing new chemicals process issues and
     improvements.

-------
Section 4 is responsible for:

(1)  preparing new chemical follow-up policy and procedures;

(2)  preparing .regulations to implement section 5 of TSCA new
     chemical follow-up;

(3)  developing risk management strategies for new chemicals;

(4)  development plans for chemical regulatory programs; and

(5)  holding public hearings.

Section 5 is responsible for:

(1)  developing and managing rules and policies under TSCA
     governing the environmental release of biotechnology
     products and other programs as appropriate,, and

(2)  overseeing and managing the evaluation and disposition of
     Premanufacture Notices (PMNs) and other related applications
     that are received under the authority of section 5 of TSCA
     relating to biotechnology products.

-------
CHEMICAL TESTING AND INFORMATION BRANCH

     The Chemical Testing and Information Branch  (CTIB) is
responsible for:
                •                                          ,
(1)  developing criteria and procedures for evaluating whether
     chemicals or categories of chemicals should be subject to
     testing under section 4 of TSCA and providing general
     oversight and program management for U.S. efforts on the
     OECD's SIDs Program;

(2)  managing the Master Testing List to establish priorities for
     chemicals/categories testing and developing rules under TSCA
     section 4 or negotiating testing programs via consent orders
     with the affected industry members;

(3)  coordinating with the assistance of CSRAD, reviews via the
     OPPT Existing Chemicals RM Process of chemical substances,
     mixtures, and categories of chemicals recommended for
     consideration by the Interagency Testing Committee (ITC) or
     identified by other OPPT activities;

(4)  coordinates,  with the support of CSRAD and other OPPT
     divisions preparation of testing actions;

(5)  coordinates with EETD,  HERD,  and CMD assessments on the
     availability of adequate testing facilities and personnel to
     perform testing that may be required under section 4 of TSCA
     and holds public hearings on such rules after proposal;

(6)  preparing Agency responses on substances designated for
     priority consideration by the TSCA Interagency Testing
     Committee;

(7)  developing rules and procedures for granting exemptions from
     testing under section 4 of TSCA;

(8)  reviewing and recommending responses to requests for such
     exemptions;

(9)  managing,  with the support of CSRAD,  HERD, EETD,  and CMD,
     OPPT efforts  to inspect and audit testing being conducted
     pursuant to section ,4 of TSCA and recommends and coordinates
     such efforts  with tjXe Office  of Compliance Monitoring;

(10)  managing review of test data  received under section 4 to
     ensure adherence to test requirements;

(11)  developing and promulgating significant new use rules,
     record-keeping and reporting  rules and guidelines for
     existing chemicals under TSCA with support from the CSRAD,
     HERD,  CMD,  and the EETD;

-------
 (12) evaluating and  implementing non-regulatory alternatives  for
     obtaining existing data for the chemical  industry where
     appropriate; and

 (13) developing, and  implementing chemical import policy and
     regulations under section 13 of TSCA.

     The Branch has  two Sections:  Chemical Testing Section and
 Chemical Information Reporting Section.

     The Chemical Testing Section (CTS) is responsible for review
 of chemical substances, mixtures, and categories of chemicals
 recommended for testing consideration by the TSCA ITC and the
 OPPT Existing Chemical Program.  The Section negotiates testing
 programs in lieu of  rules, where appropriate; prepares Agency
 responses on substances designed for priority consideration by
 TSCA ITC including section 4 of TSCA rules; develops rules and
 procedures for granting exemptions from testing under section
 4(c) of TSCA; and analyzes policies and procedures for
 implementing section 4 of TSCA; manages the MTL; manages and
 coordinates compliance efforts under section 4 with OPPTS/OCM.

     The Chemical Information Reporting section (CIRS) is
 responsible for developing and promulgating significant new use,
 recordkeeping, and reporting rules and guidelines for existing
 chemicals under sections 5(a) and 8 of TSCA, and for evaluating
and implementing non-regulatory alternatives for obtaining such
data from the chemical industry.  The Section serves as the focal
point in OPPT and functioning as a liaison with OPPTS/OCM for
sections 8 and 13 of TSCA.

-------
                          CHEMICAL CONTROL DIVISION
                              MAIL CODE:  TS-794
IMMEDIATE OFFICE  '

Auer, Charles M., Director
Keehner, Denise,  Deputy Director
Clark, Sharon D., Secretary

Brooks, Edward M.
Cocimano, Ruth L.
Evans, Ronald
Swofford, Allison
Timm, Gary Everett
Yokley, Annie, AARP
                                          TELEPHONE
260-3749
260-3749
260-3749

260-3945
260-1860
260-3856
260-3749
260-3945
260-3749
                                                            E513
                                                            E513B
                                                            E513

                                                            E515A
                                                            E513
                                                            E501A
                                                            E513
                                                            E515C
                                                            E513
EXISTING CHEMICALS BRANCH

McNally, Robert C., Chief
Secretary
Semeniuk, George M.

      SECTION I

Helfgott, Dan, Acting Chief
Dominiak, Mary F.
Fox, Mary J.
Grandson, Carolyn
Hausoul, John
Leitzke, John S.

      SECTION II

Bowser, John J., Chief  .
Blaschka, Andrea M.
Cooper, Gail
Schutz, David E.
Stalter, Laura
Sutula, Martha A.
260-3945
260-3945
260-2134
260-2291
260-7768
260-7298
260-1560
260-1855
260-3507
260-1771
260-8156
260-1855
On Detail
260-0028
260-1853
                                                            E517
                                                            E517
                                                            E515D
                                                            E510
                                                            E515B
                                                            E515B
                                                            E401
                                                            E515B
                                                            E447K
                                                            E515C
                                                            NE103
                                                            E500

                                                            E500
                                                            E515B
NEM CHEMICALS BRANCH       *

Campanella, Paul J., Chief
Mudd, Bernice B., Secretary
Coutlakis, Anna C.
Freifeld, Milton, AARP
                                          260-3725
                                          260-3725
                                          260-3592
                                          260-7275
                  E611D
                  E611
                  E501B
                  E500
                                                                         388

-------
      SECTION I
Allison, Rose Ann, Chief
Binder, Audrey 6.
Keitt, Laurie A.  .
Moss, Kenneth T.  "'
PTeasants, Edna
Wright, Robert,  III

      SECTION II

Giamporcaro, David E., Chief
Clark, Eleanor F.
Howard, Shirleen D.

      SECTION III

Matthai, Paul D., Chief
Kearney, Renee,  Secretary
DIP lore, David Marion
Howard, Mark T.
Jones, Darlene M.
Keigwin, Richard P.
Lee, William B.
Pollard, Karen K.

      SECTION IV

Cushmac, Mary E., Chief
Eckerson, Harold D., Jr.
Hetfield, Carol L.
Quick, Melvin M.
Seidenstein, Roy S.
Siegelbaum, Heidi A.
Wiggins-Lewis, Miriam 6.

      SECTION V

McArthur, Stuart C., Jr., Chief
Alwood, Raymond J.
Boyd, Joe B.
.Cole, Alan S.
         260-3391
         260-3380
         260-1849
         260-3395
         260-6111
         260-7800
         260-6362
         260-3402
         260-3780
         On Detail
         260-3375
         260-3374
         260-4143
         260-2279
         260-2440
         260-1769
         260-8993
         260-4443
         260-1591
         260-1745
         260-3379
         260-2252
         260-8262
         260-3937
         260-8994
         260-1857
         260-2278
         260-1861
to PPD
        E613D
        E613B
        E613
        E611
        E611
        E6I1A
        E505
        E503E
        E613C
        E611
        E513

        E608
        E613
        E613A
        E609B
        E609A
        E611B
        E609C
        E611E
        E609A
        E611B
        E613B
        E613
        E611E
        E515B
        E611C
CHEMICAL TESTING AND INFORwflON

Kover, Frank  0., Chief
Edwards, Eula M. Secretary
Davis, Gloria Jean
Perry, Elizabeth, AARP
Carter, Edna, AARP
Williams, David R.
BRANCH
         260-8130
         260-8130
         260-3438
         260-8139
         260-3436
         260-3468
        NE100
        NE100
        E447
        NE100
        NE100
        NE100

-------
      CHEMICAL INFORMATION REPORTING SECTION
BTunck, Christopher R., Chief
Boswell, Karen Jeanne
Calvo, Kathleen M..
Hewlett, Mary Louise
Kuchkuda, Joan M.
Nelson, Roger A.
Roan, Stephanie G.

      CHEMICAL TESTING SECTION

Ostrow, Barbara B., Chief
Benenati, Francis E.
Christensen, Carol
Cronin, Keith J.
Harris, John R.
Jones, Robert W.
Northrop, Ralph C., Jr.
Roman, Catherine A.
Schaeffer, John E., Jr.
260-1636
260-1635
260-6229
260-8126
260-3467
260-8126
260-1105
260-1540
On Detail
260-8129
260-8157
260-8154
260-8150
260-5023
260-8155
260-8152
E413
E4I3
NEG008
NE100
E411A
NE100
NE100
NE118

NE100
NE100
NE100
NE100
NE100C
NE100
NE100

-------
                                       CHEMICAL MANAGEMENT DIVISION
                                                   John Melone
                                                     Director
                                                    Lin  Moos
                                                  Deputy Director
.  Field  Program
     Branch
 Regina  Bushong
     I
         Section I
       Esther Tepper
         Section II
       Diane Sheridan
Operations
  Branch
Henry Baney
    Section I
 Margaret  Reynolds

    Section II
    John Smith
  Program Development
         Branch
.      Doreen Cantor     .
             Section I
            Brion Cook
Technical  Programs
      Branch
  Cynthia  Stroup
            Section. II
        Michael  Mattheisen
          Section I
        Philip  Robinson

           Section  II
         Janet Remmers
                                                                                                                 9/93

-------

-------
                 CHEMICAL MANAGEMENT DIVISION


      The  Chemical Management  Division  (CMD)  is  responsible for
 the  development .and management  of multi-media regulatory  and non-
 regulatory  control programs,  and other private  or public  sector
 initiatives to reduce  and manage risks from  designated National
 Program Chemicals  (NPCs)  or other priority risk management
 chemicals within the Office of  Pollution Prevention and Toxics
 (OPPT).   .

      CMD  is responsible  for developing national strategies,
 regulations, non-regulatory initiatives and  operating programs to
 reduce and  manage risks  from  NPCs and other  priority risk
 management  chemicals.  CMD carries  out these responsibilities  in
 coordination and communication  with international organizations,
 other Federal Agencies,  EPA Program Offices, and Regional
 Offices,  States, localities,  environmental groups, industry
 associations, interest groups,  and  the general  public.  CMD  uses
 the  authorities  granted  under TSCA  sections  5,  6, 7, 9 and 11,
 specifically, and other  parts of TSCA for other OPPT administered
 statutes, as appropriate and  necessary to carry out its
 responsibilities.

      CMD will also carry out  post promulgation  activities
 concerning permits, exemptions, or  similar activities necessary
 to implement regulations  governing  its assigned chemicals
 including section 21 or  other citizen petitions.

      CMD also designs, develops and  implements  technical  programs
 as necessary to support management of NPCs and  other priority
 chemicals, by providing  special expertise and office-level
program technical leadership  in the professional skill areas of
 statistical analysis, modeling, survey design, monitoring
programs technical design, operations research,  chemical
measurement, and analytical methods.  CMD technical programs are
developed and managed.in  support of CMD-assigned chemicals, and
other OPPT projects where CMD skills are essential.  CMD
technical program resources are also used to provide analytical
support to other EPA Programs, and the EPA Regional Offices.

Specifically,  CMD:

 (1)   under ASHAA and AHE£A authorities,   develops and manages
     comprehensive Federal grants,  outreach,  liaison,  technical.
     assistance and other programs,  to enhance development and
     implementation of State and local response actions to reduce
     asbestos health risks in schools and public/commercial
     buildings;

 (2)   uses TSCA section 5, 6,  or 7  authorities,  or other enabling
     statutes,  as appropriate, to  establish programs to reduce
     asbestos  risks in schools or  public/commercial buildings, or
     in commercial  products;

-------
(3)  develops and manages the Agency-wide lead program, including
     the use of regulatory controls, non-regulatory control
     measures, and other private or public sector initiatives
     such as rulemaking, negotiation and voluntary agreements,
     outreach, liaison, public education, and technical
     assistance'programs to reduce risks of lead  exposure; these
     responsibilities include fostering Regional, State and local
     networks and training programs;

(4)  manages and implements section 6(e) of TSCA and regulations
     promulgated thereunder that address the manufacture,
     processing,  distribution in commerce, use,  marketing and
     disposal of polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs); processes
     applications for exemptions from the requirements of  section
     6(e)(3)(A)  of TSCA; develops and manages outreach, public
     education,  liaison, and technical assistance programs to
     assist in reducing risks of PCBs, in coordination with
     Regional, state and local authorities;         '   .

(5)  provides statistical and quantitative analysis expertise to
     OPPT,  other EPA programs, and other Federal Agencies  in
     support of risk management decision-making  for NPCs and
     other  designated chemicals of concern; provides similar
     technical support to EPA Regions, States and localities in
     evaluating site-specific risks associated with emergencies,
     disposals and other clean-up activities involving NPCs or
     other  chemicals of concern; and

(6)  develops and administers rules, voluntary agreements,
     program strategies and other public or private sector
     initiatives  to reduce and manage risks from designated NPCs
     and other program priority chemicals such as mineral  and
     organic fibers,  metals,  halogenated organics,  or  other
     substances appropriate to CMS management.

-------
PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT BRANCH

     The Program Development Branch (PDB) is responsible for
development and management of control programs and strategies to
reduce risks from assigned National Program Chemicals and
assigned chemicals of concern.  PDB develops rules and non-
regulatory risk reduction strategies to control risks from lead,
asbestos, and other designated chemicals or chemical categories
of concern.  PDB develops and manages such programs and
regulations in coordination with other Federal agencies, the
international community, other EPA programs, and EPA Regions.

     The Branch will consist of two Sections, entitled Section 1
and Section 2, which carry out the full range of Branch
responsibilities.

-------
TECHNICAL PROGRAMS BRANCH

      The Technical Programs Branch (TPB) develops and implements
technical programs, including analytical support, data collection
and analysis, development of analytical methods, and survey and
sampling design,' in support of NPCs, other chemicals and chemical
categories of concern assigned to the Division.  TPB provides
similar support to other OPPT chemical management initiatives,
other EPA programs, and EPA Regions which require such special
technical expertise.  Using both extramural or intramural
resources, TPB may issue guidance, develop technical standards,
design and execute field monitoring or other data collection
activities, perform statistical analyses, develop mathematical
models, or provide similar support.

     The Branch will consist of two Sections, entitled Section 1
and Section 2 which carry out the full range of Branch
responsibilities.

-------
FIELD PROGRAMS BRANCH

     The Field Programs Branch  (FPB) is responsible for
development and management of Federal grants, outreach, public
education, worker training and accreditation, and other
assistance programs as necessary to enhance development and
implementation of State and local programs to reduce asbestos
risks in schools and public/commercial buildings, and to reduce
general populations' risks from exposure to lead.  The Branch
develops model .state training programs, and issues guidelines or
develops rules as needed to implement ASHAA, AHERA, TSCA or other
enabling statutes.

     The Branch will consist of two Sections:  Section 1 and
Section 2.  Both Sections will be involved in the full range of
ASHAA and AHERA related activities.

-------
 OPERATIONS  BRANCH

 The Operations Branch (OB)  is responsible for:

 (1)   implementing section 6(3)(l)  of TSCA and regulations
      promulgated thereunder that prescribe methods  for the
      marking and disposal of polychlorinated  biphenyls (PCBs)
      (disposal regulations).   Activities  include  providing
      interpretative guidance of  these regulations to  the  Regions,
      Headquarters personnel charged  with  enforcing  the disposal
      regulations,  the regulated  community;              	

 (2)   reviewing applications and  issuing permits for alternative
      disposal methods that  may have  applications  in more  than  one
      EPA Region and providing expert advice concerning the
      disposal and destruction of PCBs;

 (3)   initiating changes  in  the disposal regulations;  as required,
      through notice and  comment  rulemaking  as well  as address,
      for the benefit of  the Assistant Administrator for the
      Office of Prevention,  Pesticides and Toxic Substances, any
      policy issues that  arise concerning  application  of the
      disposal regulations;

 (4)   implementing sections  6(e)(2) and 6(e)(3) of TSCA and all
      regulations promulgated  thereunder.   (This activity  includes
      implementing existing  regulations addressing the
      manufacture,  processing,  distribution  in commerce, and use
      of PCBs,  as well  as proposing and promulgating,  through
      notice and comment  rulemaking,  new regulations in this
      area.);

 (5)   responding to all inquiries from, and providing
      interpretative guidance  to the  Regions, Headquarters
      enforcement personnel, the regulated community and the
      general  public, concerning these regulations;

 (6)   addressing,  through notice and  comment rulemaking, any
      continuing use authorization of  PCBs that are deemed
      appropriate,  as well as  processing all applications for
      exemptions  from the time requirements of section 6(e)(3)(A)
      of TSCA;

 (7)   responding  to  any Action 21 TSCA petitions addressing PCBs;

 (8)   developing voluntary agreements; and

 (9)   technical oversight of the Texas Eastern Consent  Decree.

     The Branch will consist of two Sections:  Section 1 and
Section 2..   Both Sections will be involved in methods  for marking
and disposal of PCBs.

-------
                        CHEMICAL MANAGEMENT DIVISION
                             MAIL CODE:  (TS-798)

                                          TELEPHONE
IMMEDIATE OFFICE
Melone, John W., Director
Moos* Linda Vlier, Deputy Director
Miller, Patricia, Secretary

Wells, William A.
Cross, Patricia D.
McNeal, Diane R.
260-1866
260-1866
260-1866

260-3905
260-3908
260-1565
E315B
E315A
E315

E315D
E315C
E315B
TECHNICAL PROGRAMS BRANCH

Stroup, Cindy R., Chief
Hamlin, Crystal G.
Schultz, Bradley D.
Schwemberger, John, Jr.
Wooten, Sineta

      SECTION I

Remmers, Janet C., Chief
Cash, Gordon G.
Dutrow, Elizabeth A.
Lim, Benjamin S.
Scalera, John V.
Snapley, Sarah S.
Watford, Darlene

      SECTION II

Robinson, Philip E., Chief
Brown, Samuel F.
Chen, Manie
Conomos, Margaret G.
Dillman, Susannah H.
Dinh, Khoan T.
Grindstaff, Gary F.
Hacker, Jill
Leczynski, Barbara
Reinhart, Daniel M.
Schultz, Bradley D.
260-3889
260-8480
260-3896
260-7195
260-3888
260-1583
260-3900
260-3978
260-3509
260-6709
260-3979
260-3989
260-3910
260-2282
260-3913
260-3958
260-5375
260-3891
260-3952
260-3952
260-3986
260-3585
260-3986
E313B
E313
E309
E309
E311A
NEG012C
NEG12A
NEG012
NEG012
NEG012
NEG012
NEG012
E303
E329
NE313
E307
E311
E313
E329
E329
E309
E311A
E309
PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT BRANCH

Cantor, Doreen, Chief
Walker, Lakeshia
260-1777
260-1777
E511E
E511

-------
      SECTION I
Cook, Brion T., Chief
Boles, James
Franklin, Charles .
Jacobson, Jonathan*
Laurson, Nancy V.
Maher, Karen J.
Pearce, Melinda i.
Topping, David

      SECTION II

Mattheisen, Michael 0., Chief
Cestone, Paul
Franklin, Charles
Jellinek, Andrea J.
Thompson, E. June
260-1878
260-1866
260-1781
260-1871
260-1865
260-3894
260-3886
260-7737
260-7363
260-1923
260-1781
260-1028
260-1537
E311
E511
E511F
E315D
E511C
E329
E313
E329
E511C
E329
E511F
E511
E511A
OPERATIONS BRANCH

Baney, Henry H., Chief
White, Toni B., Secretary

Butler, Geraldine, AARP
Hannemann, David K.
Stewart, Esther, AARP

      SECTION I

Reynolds, Margaret E., Chief
Gimlin, Peter
Hilton, Geraldine
Simons, Thomas G.

      SECTION II

Smith, John H., Chief
Blake, Joan
Dodohara, Hiroshi A.
Lue, Winston H.
260-3935
260-3933

260-3933
260-3961
260-3933
260-3933
260-3972
260-3992
260-3933
260-3964
260-6236
260-3959
260-3911
NE117
NE117

NE118
NE118
NE117
NE117
NE118
NE118
NE117
NE117C
NE118
NE118
NE117
FIELD PROGRAMS BRANCH       *

Bushong, Regina, Chief
Myrick, Barbara A., Secretary

      SECTION I

Tepper, Esther M., Chief
Cooper, Georgene 0.
Hebenstreit, Haria
260-3790
260-3790
260-7849
260-3904
260-2926
EB53
EB44
E605A
£315
EB35
                                                                           MOO

-------
Hoffman, Karen S.                         260-3454        - E623
Jordan, Robert H.                         260-2328          E607
King, Philip H.                           260-9563          E607
Potacka, Marianna                         260-5467          EB45
Primack, Jack, AAR?             .          260-3407          E607
Scott, Pearly, AARP                       260-7849          E605
Weiner, Betty L.                          260-2924          EB63

      SECTION II

Sheridan, Diane M., Chief                 260-3435          EB59
Burger, Vilda (Lynn)                  ,    260-5409          EB21
Cox, Selwyn                               260-7986          EB63
Haus, Heather                             260-4595          EB35
Heisler, John                             260-7269          EB63
Henshall, Mark H.                         260-1781          E511F
Moscoso, Rodrigo (Roddy)                  On detail.
Shapiro, Steve                            308-8536          CM2
Siler, Shirley, AARP                      260-3793          EB55
                                                                         Ho/

-------

-------
                          CHEMICAL SCREENING & J^. ASSESSMENT DIVISION
-C
o
                                              JOSEPH COTRUVO

                                                 DIRECTOR


                                              WILLIAM WAUGH



                                                DEPUTY DIRECTOR
                        Risk Analysis Branch

                          •^
                         Oscar Hernandez
                               Section  I


                             Lois  Dicker
                               Section  II


                               James Darr
                           Risk Methodology and

                              Policy Section

                              Richard  Hefter
Analysis &  Information

 Management Branch

   Mark Townsend
         Information

          Section


       Theodore Jones
   New Chemicals  Section


       Raymond Kent
                                                                                                      9/93

-------

-------
         CHEMICAL SCREENING AND RISK ASSESSMENT DIVISION


     The Chemical Screening and Risk Assessment Division  (CSRAD)
is responsible for:

(1)  identifying, evaluating and developing human and ecological
     risk assessment techniques and providing analyses based upon
     these techniques to support the Emergency Planning and
     Community Right-To-Know Act (EPCRA) and the Toxic Substances
     Control Act (TSCA) regulatory needs;

(2)  providing technical program management for  testing program
     and risk identification and risk assessment components of
     the new and existing chemicals programs;

(3)  developing assessments and chemical profiles in support of
     TSCA rule development including section 6, and sections 110
     and 313 of EPCRA;

(4)  participating with CCD in identification of chemicals and
     categories of chemicals of sufficient risk for priority
     attention for possible control;

(5)  developing and implementing procedures for systematically
     screening information on new and existing chemicals
     including section 8(e)  information and uses of chemicals for
     further evaluation as well as management of section 8(e)
     Compliance Audit Program (CAP) implementation;

(6)  supporting RM1/2 assessments;

(7)  participating in development of the Master Testing List to
     include coordinating the review of relevant data on
     candidate substances and making priority recommendations to
     CCD;

(8)  assisting in evaluations of requests for exemptions from
     testing;

(9)  interacting with other EPA Offices, Federal Agencies, and
     international  bodies including the World Health Organization
     (WHO)  and the  Organization for Economic Cooperation and
     Development (OECD)'^on development of cooperative programs;
     and

(10)  serving as the focal point for Regions and other individuals
   .  and organizations requiring technical assistance and risk
     guidance  information.

-------
RISK ANALYSIS BRANCH

     The Risk Analysis Branch, consisting of Section 1, Section
2, and a Risk Methodology and Policy Section, is responsible,
pursuant to the.provisions of TSCA and EPCRA for:

(1)  developing, overseeing and managing a program to define and
     evaluate risks to health and the environment posed by
     chemicals and biological agents for existing and new
     chemicals as needed in support of the risk management
     process in OPPT;

(2)  preparing assessments and chemical profiles and advisories
     in conjunction with CCD and the Analysis and Information
     Management Branch on selected substances of concern to OPPT;

(3)  assisting in the disposition and follow-up activities of
     section 4 cases and assembling data sets for that purpose;

(4)  coordinating OPPT's existing chemical assessments with
     various internal Agency and external organizations
     developing and using risk assessments;

(5)  identifying, evaluating and developing human and ecological
     risk assessment techniques and preparing appropriate
     analyses using those techniques for users;

(6)  identifying technical and related issues essential to the
     risk assessment and management processes and articulating
     them for effective management use;

(7)  participating in EPA national and international cooperative
     programs on new and existing chemicals under the aegis of
     OECD including the SIDs program with leadership on the
     Hazard Assessment Advisory Body;

(8)  managing and participating in the review of test data
     submitted under TSCA requirements;

(9)  assuring that risk assessments conform with the prevailing
     office and Agency requirements for format,  content and
     specificity;

(10)  development and implementation of procedures and policies on
     new and existing chemicals and for 8(e)  and 8(e)  CAP
     operation and implementation; and

(11)  managing and maintaining the CBI data room function for
     HERD,  CSRAO, and EETD and continuing support of SAT;
     maintaining full documentation of information,  analyses and
     decisions for administrative records and PMN files, and
     RM1/2  and 8(e)  in conjunction with RAB.

-------
ANALYSIS AND INFORMATION MANAGEMENT BRANCH

     The Analysis and Information Management Branch consists of a
New Chemicals Section and Information Section and is responsible
under TSCA and EPCRA for:       ..._..
               •

(1)  coordinating and integrating assessments under TSCA section
     5, as well as for existing chemical and biotechnology
     products, as needed, in conjunction with the Risk Analysis
     Branch;

(2)  identifying technical and related issues essential to the
     risk assessment and management process and articulating them
     effectively for management use;

(3)  assuring that risk assessments conform with the prevailing
     office and Agency requirements for format, content, and
     specificity;

(4)  developing needed issue or position papers on subjects
     associated with risk assessment activities;

(5)  providing support to other divisions and units engaged in
     implementation of TSCA and EPCRA responsibilities;

(6)  providing information support for conduct of chemical and
     biotechnology assessments for the office, as needed;

(7)  preparing and disseminating assessment information to users
     within and outside of EPA;

(8)  coordinating ATSDR interaction under SARA 110 for OPPT;

(9)  providing support for TRI activities in OPPT;

(10)  preparing chemical profiles in conjunction with RAB on
     selected substances of concern to OPPT; and

(11)  participating in chemical screening and 8(e)  activities as
     needed.

-------
                CHEMICAL SCREENING & RISK ASSESSMENT DIVISION
                              MAIL CODE:  TS-778
IMMEDIATE OFFICE

Cotruvo, Joseph  A., Director
Waugh, William T., Deputy Director
*cAlpine, Barbara A., Secretary
ficQuIre, Michelle

Brooks, Sonya Larie
Richburg, Florence L.
Scoggins, Ginger M.
                                          TELEPHONE  -       RQQH.
260-3442          E415C
260-3442          E415D
260-3442          E415
260-3442          E415

260-8144          E415
260-3488          E415F
On Detail to EAD.
RISK ANALYSIS BRANCH

Hernandez, Oscar, Chief
Shorter, Tony A., Secretary
Hirzy, John W. (Bill)
Taylor-Moody, Sheila D.
Varron, Julieta

      SECTION I

Dicker, Lois C., Chief
Anderson, Larry D.
Brandt, Ethel P.
Kwiat, James K.
Mattick, Richard
Strassman-Sundy, Sandra
Topping, Dave
260-1832
260-3446
260-2327
260-1832
260-1832
260-3387
260-1564
260-2853
260-3479
260-3926
260-1832
E409
E441
E407
E409
E409
E405
£405
EB41
E413
E421C
E405
E329
      SECTION II

Darr, James F., Chief
Jones, Rebecca
McMahon, Paul N.
Nadolney, Carlton H.
0'Bryan, Terry R.
Price, Martha G.
Terek, Joseph, AARP
260-3470
260-3461
260-1521
260-3486
260-3483
260-3473
260-3603
E447M
£124
E421C
EB31
E421B
E421C
E421C

-------
      RISK METHODOLOGY AND POLICY SECTION
Hefter, Richard, Chief
Leukroth, Richard W.
Miller, Patrick G,., Jr.
Miltenberger, Lenora
Rodier, Donald J.
Susanke, Greg
260-3584
260-7319
260-1267
260-3465
260-1276
260-3926
                                                            E539
                                                            E411
                                                            E441C
                                                            E403
                                                            E429A
                                                            E421C
ANALYSIS & INFORMATION MANAGEMENT BRANCH

Tovmsend, Mark W., Chief                  260-3446
Handon, Damon D., (SIS)                   260-3442
Herman, Juanita M., Secretary             260-3446
Segal, Mark C.                            260-3389
Stewart, James A.                         260-3494

      INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SECTION

Jones, Theodore C., Chief                 260-3502
Brooks, David A.                          260-3501
Dage, Elbert L.                           308-8568
Drayton-Miller, Gloria                    260-3462
Franklin, Mlchele A.                      260-5182
Hart, Vivian L.                           260-1282
Randecker, Lorraine                       260-1503
Revesz, Ilona A. (Agnes)                  260-3998
White, Eileen C.                          260-0729
Hormell, Richard L.                       260-3493
                  E441B
                  E415
                  E441
                  E447B
                  E441A
                  E447F
                  E447I
                  CS220
                  E447D1
                  E415
                  E227
                  E441C
                  EB41
                  E447C
      NEH CHEMICALS SECTION

Kent, Raymond J., Chief
Broder, Michael H,
Hilgard, Patricia M.
Locke, Diana
Locke, Raymond K.
Mandula, Barbara
Scheltema, Christina L.
Von-der-Pool, Sylvon P.
                                          260-7974
                                          260-3498
                                          260-3491
                                          260-7975
                                          260-5106
                                          260-4225
                                          260-3496
                                          260-1504
                  E447E
                  E447G
                  E447G
                  E447G
                  NE100
                  EB41
                  E447G
                  E447D

-------
MIO

-------
             - ENVIRONMENTAL ASSISTANCE  DIVISION
                           Susan  Hazen
                             Director
                          James  Willis
                          Deputy Director
Communications  and
  Outreach Branch
  Thomas Tillman
       Reaional/State  & Public
        Outreach Section
         Priscilla Flattery
    Conaression. Leaislative &
     Public Outreach Section
       Barbasra Cunningham
                                         , 33/50  Program
                                         Management Staff
                                           David Sarokin
 Toxic Release
Inventory Branch
 Samuel Sasnett
     Technical  & Policy
          Section
         Maria Doa
     Program Development
           Section
           Vacant
                                                                    9/93
                                                                      HU

-------

-------
                ENVIRONMENTAL ASSISTANCE DIVISION


The Environmental Assistance Division (EAD) is responsible for:

(1)  providing *6omprehensive outreach, liaison, and technical
     assistance activities to enhance development and
     implementation of OPPT pollution prevention and toxic
     chemical use control programs under the Toxic Substances
     Control Act (TSCA), the Asbestos School Hazard Abatement Act
     (ASHAA), the Asbestos Hazard Response Act (AHERA), Section
     104 (i) Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation,
     and Liability Act (CERCLA) of 1986, the Emergency Planning
     and Community Right-to-Know Act (EPCRA),  and the Pollution
     Prevention Act (PPA) 1990;

(2)  implementing statutory requirements, technical assistance
     initiatives, and outreach programs for the development and
     implementation of the reporting provisions of section 313 of
     The Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act (SARA)  as
     amended by the PPA; and promoting the use, availability and
     understanding of the information collected;

(3)  providing comprehensive environmental assistance activities
     designed to:

     (a)  involve EPA Regions,  States, industry,  non-governmental
          organizations, and the public in OPPT initiatives and
          decision-making;

     (b)  increase understanding of pollution prevention and
          toxic chemical use and control programs;

     (c)  enhance State and local capabilities to carry out
          pollution prevention and toxic chemical use and control
          programs;

     (d)  build national pollution prevention and toxic chemical
          use and control programs with EPA Regions;  and
                              **
     (e)  reduce risk through communications;  and (f)  enhance
          implementation and decentralization of  OPPT programs;

(4)  developing assistarae,  OPPT outreach and information
     exchange strategies for pollution prevention and toxic
     chemical use and control programs to increase awareness of,
     participation in,  and input to the development and
     implementation of these programs by external constituent
     groups such as industry associations,  environmental groups,
     other public interest groups,  labor unions,  State and local
     environmental officials,  EPA staff front Regional offices or
     other headquarters program offices,  international
     organizations or foreign governments,  and the general
    • public;

-------
(5)   coordinating the development and implementation of major
     Agency non-regulatory initiatives with the private sector,
     other federal agencies and with Canada and Mexico addressing
     the border environments to promote pollution prevention and
     toxic use and control programs;

(6)   responding to Congressional correspondence and inquiries;
     (7)  preparing Congressional testimony; and

(8)   providing Regional Offices with technical information in
     risk assessment and risk management activities for chemicals
     reviewed and evaluated by OPPT Existing Chemicals Program.

-------
 33/50  SPECIAL  PROJECT  STAFF

     The  33/50 Special Projects Staff  (33/50SPS)  is responsible
 for  providing  full  time technical and  policy analysis support  to
 an Agency-wide effort  directed by the  Administrator.  The
 Administrator  has directed implementation of the  Pollution
 Prevention  Strategy which lays out a process for  reducing the  use
 and  emissions  of seventeen (17) toxic  chemicals from individual
 sources.  These include heavy metals,  such as lead and.mercury,
 that are  clearly associated with serious environmental and health
 problems, as well as certain volatile  organic compounds.  In
 addition, the  Staff may be assigned other projects as outlined in
 the  Pollution  Prevention Strategy and/or special  projects that
 fall within the scope  of identified OPPT functions.

     The  33/50 Special Projects Staff  is responsible for managing
 a multi-media  Agency team that will implement a significant
 portion of  EPA's Pollution Prevention  Strategy.   The Staff,
 comprised of multi-media interdisciplinary specialists, will
 design and  operate  a voluntary initiative aimed at reducing the
 releases of certain high priority toxic chemicals.  The Staff  is
 responsible for:

 (1)  designing a strategy to identify  and target  release of these
     specific  chemicals;

 (2)  developing a plan to identify and communicate with
     industrial releasers of the identified chemicals;

 (3)  working with the  industrial community to identify
     opportunities  for prevention and  reduction;

 (4)  providing technical assistance and guidance where necessary;

 (5)  defining  goals and measures of progress for this effort;  and

 (6)  tracking  and monitoring progress  over the course of the next
     five years; and report and provide feedback to the
     Administrator as  necessary on such progress.

     The 33/50  Special  Projects Staff  is responsible for
coordinating all activiti.es related to this initiative with
Headquarters Program Offices such as Air, Water, Solid Waste,
Regional Operations and State/Local Relations,  and other offices
within EPA.  Coordination with EPA Regions and State officials,
environmental,  labor and industry groups will be performed in
cooperation with the Office of Regional Operations and
State/Local Relations.   The Chief is responsible for ensuring
that projects meet targeted objectives.  The Staff is also
responsible for seeing that programmatic- and policy needs of all
EPA offices, as related to the Administrator's directives for  the
Staff are incorporated  into the management of the Staff's program
agenda.  The Staff Chief will establish a multi-media forum for

-------
the purpose of timely resolution of differing views.  The Staff
will draw on the skills and expertise of the staff of the Office
of Pollution Prevention and~Toxics.

     This is an. Agency-wide effort with policy-making direction
provided by the*Deputy Administrator.  The Deputy Administrator
will receive advice and staff work provided by the full-time
members of the Staff.  In addition to the full-time members
assigned to the Staff, the Assistant Administrators and Regional
Administrators will provide workgroup members and part-time
assistance as required.  The Director of the Staff serves as
Chair of the Workgroup.

-------
COMMUNICATIONS AMD OUTREACH BRANCH

The Communications and Outreach Branch  (COB) is responsible for:

(1)  development; and implementation of outreach and assistance
     strategies'for OPPT programs;

(2)  serving along with certain other units of OPPT as a focal
     point for technical and policy information exchanges between
     Agency officials and external groups to ensure appropriate
     public participation in identifying and resolving
     environmental issues;

(3)  designing and conducting external notification programs to
     foster understanding of TSCA, ASHAA, AHERA, and Title III of
     SARA authorities and policies that protect human health and
     the environment from unreasonable risks of exposure to
     chemicals;

(4)  managing a national telephone hotline and information
     distribution project responding to about 40,000 callers
     annually and to,internal OPPT requests for assistance with
     major dissemination activities;

(5)  conducting public hearings, press conferences, workshop,
     technical symposia, etc., as needed to facilitate the
     resolution of controversial environmental issues;

(6)  establishing and maintaining a network of contacts in both
     environmental and labor organizations at both the national
     and grass roots levels to work with both in-house and
     external leaders in public health and environmental pro-
     tection to facilitate effective development and
     implementation of policies, regulations, and risk
     communication methods and strategies;

(7)  conducting press relations activities;

(8)  development of outreach and guidance materials in
     cooperation with OPPT program staff;

(9)  notifying foreign governments of chemical exports as
     required by Section J.2 (b)  of TSCA;

(10)  informing and providing Congress information about
     activities under TSCA,  ASHAA, AHERA, Title III of SARA,  and
     the PPA of 1990;

(11)  involving Congress in OPPT activities at the early stages of
     their development in order to improve their understanding of
     the complex issues involved;

(12)  legislative tracking and analysis including briefings for
     senior management regarding the impact of proposed
                                                                HIT-

-------
     legislation;

 (13) researching complex issues involving authorities other than
     those administered by OPPT in order to resolve intermedia
     issues;   .          ..    .„,  __
                *

 (14) responding to written or  oral Congressional requests for
     information and,assistance with OPPT programs;

 (15) preparing Congressional testimony and conducting pre-hearing
     briefings for senior agency management;

 (16) publishing Congress and Toxics, the document which keeps
     OPPT management and staff informed on Congressional
     activities related to OPPT programs;

 (17) publishing the Chemicals-In-Prooress Bulletin (the official
     source of information on  EPA activities under statutes
     administered by OPPT);

 (18) ensuring strong communications links — both management and
     program specific — between Headquarters and the regions are
     built and maintained;

 (19) negotiating regional commitments for OPPT programs;

 (20) coordinating headquarters and regional integration of their
     planning and budget cycles;

 (21) developing and managing special efforts to enhance OPPT
     programs by more deeply involving the regions and states;

 (22) assuring the success of the Forum on State and Tribal Toxic
     Actions (FOSTTA) through management of the program;

 (23) establishing links with various organizations for  states;
     and

 (24) establishing regional networks associated with particular
     programs/activities and determine the need for regional
    . management and/or staff orientation/training.

     This branch consists of two sections:  Regional, State, and
Public Outreach Section^and Congressional, Legislative and
Public Outreach Section;  The Regional, State, and Public
Outreach Section is responsible for:

 (1)  coordinating TSCA and EPCRA programs with Regions and
     States;

 (2)  tracking and monitoring regional and State program
     activities, and

 (3)  all public outreach activities that support OPPT programs.
                                                          M18

-------
     The Congressional, Legislative and Public Outreach Section
is responsible for: .

(1)  all external communications-with Congress;

(2)  preparing Congressional testimony and briefing materials;

(3)  responding to constituents; and
                                         /
(4)  all Congressional and legislative affairs outreach
     activities.

-------
TOXICS RELEASE INVENTORY MANAGEMENT BRANCH

     The Toxics Release Inventory Management Branch (TRIM), under
the supervision, of a Chief, irresponsible ~f or:

(1)  developing rules and policies for implementing the reporting
     provisions of Section 313 of Title III of the Superfund
     Amendments and Reauthorization Act (SARA) of 1986, as
     amended by the Pollution Prevention Act of 1990;

(2)  developing policies for adding or deleting chemicals to the
     list of toxic chemicals and/or industry sectors for which
     reporting is required;

(3)  managing the review of petitions to add or delete chemicals,
     industry sectors, and/or change reporting thresholds,
     relying on OPPT's RM1 process for necessary technical
     assistance;

(4)  developing technical guidance and other outreach activities
     to assist industry and Federal facilities in complying with
     the reporting requirements;
                                                   \
(5)  developing quality control programs to assure the
     consistency and reliability of the information;

(6)  designing and directing studies utilizing the Toxics Release
     Inventory Database;

(7)  evaluating the effectiveness and utility of the  reporting
     program;

(8)  providing liaison with other program offices that wish to
     use the TRI data and other related information collected
     under other statutory authorities;

(9)  developing alternative approaches for presenting the
     information for different.audiences,  including annual
     reports and public release of each year's TRI data;

(10)  developing out-reach programs to regions, states, industry,
     trade and professional associations,  non-governmental
     organizations and '£ie general public on the nature, value .
     and use of TRI information;

(11)  managing the TRI hotline;  and

(12)  supporting international activities to develop community
     right-to-know programs.

-------
ENVIRONMENTAL ASSISTANCE DIVISION
       MAIL  CODE:  TS-799
NAM!

IMMEDIATE OFFICE

Hazen, Susan B., Director
Thomas, Sylvia E., Secretary
Willis, James, Deputy Director
Proctor, Joan A., Secretary

Davis, Sandra D.
Gudger, Barbara D.
James, William, SIS
McCoy, LaTanya, SIS
Powell, Beverly
Pratt, John


33/50 PROGRAM MANAGEMENT STAFF

Sarokin, David J., Director
Hall, Ernestine R., Secretary
Banks, Sharon R.
Burns, Michael
Cypser, Myra
Depont, Lee Ann
Griffiths, Robin
Hall, Loren H.
Harman, John W.
Smith, Ursula, AARP
Tirpak, Chris C.  '


COMMUNICATION AND OUTREACH BRANCH

Tillman, Thomas, Chief
Mudd, Doris, AARP

      GOVERNMENT OPERATIONS SECTION

Cunningham, Barbara, Acting Chief
Boyle, Joseph F.            >'
Clough, Stephanie
Hammond, Sarah A.
Heikkinen, Ruth E.
Janney, Robert E.
Phillips, Ginny
Price, Michelle M.
McBride, Hflla, AARP
Wesleya Lula, AARP
                   TELEPHONE
260-1024
260-1024
260-3949
260-3949
260-0828
260-3456
260-1024
260-1024
260-3949
260-1628
260-6396
260-6907
260-4572
260-5497
(703) 578-1816
260-9499
260-1018
260-3931
260-6395
260-5382
260-7538
260-7605
260-3790
260-2249
260-1802
260-4075
260-7258
260-1803
260-1584
260-7854
260-3372
260-3790
260-3790
E543
E543
E545B
E545
E545A
E545
E543
E543
E543
E543
E535
E535
E606
E535
Residence
ET618
EB29
E415A
E533
E533
E533B
EB47
EB55
EB6I
EB55C
EB55A
EB01
EB49
EB67
EB65
EB63
EB55
EB55

-------
      EXTERNAL LIAISON SECTION
Flattery, Priscilla, Chief
Faeth, Lisa E.
Griffin, Martha, AARP
Gillen, Matthew E.'
Gurin, Jane R.
Hunter, Mary (Polly)
Kinard, Michele R.
King, James
Topper, Henry C.
Woodburn, Wanda
 260-1772
 260-1817
-260-3793
 260-1801
 260-9121
 260-6209
 260-6958
 260-6581
 260-6750
 260-3795
EB550
E420
EB55
E621A
EB49
EB44
EB44
EB01
E623
EB57
TOXICS RELEASE INVENTORY BRANCH

Sasnett, Samuel K., Chief
Harvey, Thelma, AARP

      TECHNICAL AND POLICY SECTION

Doa, Maria J., Chief
Crawford, Tirothoy Wade
Franklin, Kathleen A.
McNamara, Tamara M.
Vail, Cassandra
Wunderlich, Linda

      PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT SECTION

Fesco, Eileen A.
Gibson, Mary E. (Eileen).
Mitchell, Kenneth L.
 260-1512
 260-3949
 260-9592
 260-1715
 260-2250
 260-5997
 260-0675
 260-9499
 260-7232
 260-6449
 260-3960
E545C
E545
E345A
E229
E339
E229
E232
E609
E349
E347H
E347H

-------
                                ECONOMICS, EXPOSURE ANDWCHNOLOGY DIVISION
       Regulatory  Impacts
             Branch

           Robert Lee
                Section I
            Susan Krueger (Act)
                Section II
             Robert Lenahan
                                                       Mary  Ellen  Weber
                                                           Director

                                                      Larry  Longanecker
                                                         Deputy Director
                                                                                      Design  for Environment
                                                                                              Staff
                                                                                           Jean Parker
Chmeical Engineering
     Branch
 Wardner Penberthy
       New Chemicals
          Section
        Gail Froiman

      Existing  Chemicals
          Section
         Daniel Fort
Industrial  Chemistry
      Branch
    Joseph Breen
           Section I
         Paul  Anastas
          Section  II
        Russell  Farris
                                                                               Section  III
                                                                                Henry Lau
Exposure Assessnent
       Branch
              i
   Thomas Murray
      Exposure Integration
           Section
        Patrick Kennedy
       Environmental Fate
            Section
         Robert  Boethling

        Modeling Section
          Lynn Delpire
L
V
tw
                                                                                                                      9/93

-------

-------
           ECONOMICS,  EXPOSURE,  AND TECHNOLOGY DIVISION


     The Economics, Exposure and Technology Division (EETD)
performs all technical analyses in the areas of economic,
industrial chemistry, engineering, and exposure assessment in
support of all OPPT regulatory and non-regulatory programs.  In
addition, EETD manages the TSCA inventory and the Design for the
Environment Program.  EETD is responsible for:

(1)  developing and implementing rules and policies for
     maintaining and updating the TSCA Chemical Substances
     Inventory and providing inventory search support for all
     TSCA programs;

(2)  providing all economic, industrial chemistry, and
     engineering analyses including integrated assessments of
     human and environmental exposure to chemical substances and
     microorganisms in support of OPPT program activities;

(3)  providing exposure assessment, economic, industrial
     chemistry and engineering support needed for the Toxics
     Release Inventory program activities and for sections 4, 5,
     6, 7 and 8 of TSCA rulemaking, assessment activities, and
     voluntary programs and technical outreach activities;

(4)  providing state of the art methodologies for the
     applications of economics (including incentives and other
     innovative approaches), engineering, exposure assessment,
     and industrial chemistry to support risk analysis, risk
     reduction, and regulatory and non-regulatory risk management
     activities of OPPT;

(5)  ensuring that the economic and technical feasibility and
     relative costs, benefits, and socio-economic impacts of
     alternative approaches to reducing risks are fully
     considered in the formulation, selection, and justification
     of risk reduction options for all regulatory and non-
     regulatory activities of OPPT;
                              >
(6) .integrating the assessment of total chemical exposure,
     direct and indirect,  to humans and the environment for all
     OPPT program areas; ,

(7)  providing scientific assessments of total exposure to
     chemicals and microorganisms,  including materials balances,
     treatment systems,  efficiencies of releases from these
     systems,  population information,  assessment methods for
     direct and indirect exposure,  chemical fate and biological
     fate;

(8)  developing and preparing all environmental fate test
     guidelines for sections 4 and 5 of TSCA, supporting data
     auditing activities for testing;  and

-------
(9)   identifying and developing new methods and techniques for
     laboratory testing and evaluation of the transport and
     transformation of chemical substances through intramural
     efforts,  extramural studies,  and collaboration with EPA's
     Office of Research and Development and other Federal and
     international organizations.

-------
DESIGN FOR THE ENVIRONMENT STAFF

     The Design for Environment (DfE) Staff leads the development
and implementation of the DfE and Use Clusters Cleaner
Technologies program activities -and .is responsible for:

(1)  coordinating technical, economic, engineering, exposure and
     chemistry support for the development of Agency-wide
     regulatory and non-regulatory cross-media and pollution
     prevention actions which would benefit by substitute
     analysis for DfE activities;

(2)  developing ways to identify pollution prevention
     opportunities by evaluating industrial processes related to
     Agency priority concerns to determine lower risk substitutes
     within specific use categories;

(3)  developing methodologies for incorporating full lifecycle
     analysis into the comparative substitute assessments;

(4)  developing ways to implement industrial design of cleaner
     processes and products through providing exposure, economic,
     engineering and chemistry technical support for integrating
     substitute assessment into regulatory development actions
     and into voluntary pollution prevention activities;

(5)  designing a strategy to identify and encourage voluntary use
     of cleaner technologies through developing EPA/industry
     joint pollution prevention studies which focus on
     comparative substitute assessments within a use category;

(6)  developing plans to identify and communicate with
     industrial, commercial or federally operated users of
     chemicals who may benefit from technical information
     regarding comparative substitute assessments and pollution
     prevention opportunities;

(7)  developing a strategy to provide comparative substitute
     assessment information to small businesses to support
     voluntary pollution prevention, since the large numbers of
     small businesses contribute substantially to pollution
     streams across all media;

(8)  producing pollutio*^prevention conferences as necessary
     which focus on development of technical information
     regarding design and use of cleaner technologies and
     products;

(9)  defining goals and measures of progress in each area of
     effort;

(10) .tracking and monitoring progress in each^program area
     throughout its development;        ;

-------
(11)  developing data management systems to ensure the continuing
     and current availability of technical exposure,  economic,
     engineering and chemical information on cleaner substitutes;

(12)  reporting and providing feedback to the Administrator and
     other senior Agency management as necessary on the progress
     of this initiative;

(13)  coordinating all activities related to this initiative
     throughout Headquarters, the Regions,  State/Local entities,
     environmental,  labor and industry groups,  in cooperation
     with the Offices of International Affairs,  Office of
     Regional Operations and State/Local Relations and the Small
     Business Ombudsman;

(14)  integrating the programmatic and policy needs of all EPA
     offices into the development and implementation of the DfE
     agenda; and

(15)  providing integration of safer substitutes  and cleaner
     technologies analyses into pollution prevention activities.

-------
 REGULATORY IMPACTS BRANCH

      The Regulatory Impacts Branch (RIB)  is responsible for:

 (1)   conducting., chemical market and-use analyses and analyses of
      the costs,  benefits,  and socio-economic impacts of
      regulatory  and non-regulatory actions  for OPPT;

 (2)   estimating  the costs,  benefits,  and  cost-effectiveness of
      alternative regulatory actions under sections  4,  5,  6, 7,
      and 8 of  TSCA,  sections 110 and  313  of the Superfund
      Amendments  and Reauthorization Act (SARA),  the Asbestos
      Hazard Emergency Response Act (AHERA)  and the  Asbestos
      School Hazard Abatement Act (ASHAA);

 (3)   assessing the economic effects on  chemical manufacturers,
      processors  and users,  and the impact on small  businesses,
      employment,  the national economy,  international trade, and
      technological innovation;

 (4)   preparing analyses  of  chemical markets,  industry trends,
      chemical  substitutes and chemical  uses as  required to
      support program activities including DfE and Pollution
      Prevention;

 (5)   providing economic/policy studies  required by  TSCA (e.g.,
      indemnification and reimbursement) and special studies,
      National  Toxics Report,  and conferences as directed  by the
      OPPT Office  Director or EETD Division  Director;

 (6)   participating in the development of  regulations,  ensuring
      that economic and social issues are  fully  considered in
      regulatory decision processes, and preparing Regulatory
      Impact Analyses,  Regulatory Flexibility Analyses  and other
      economic  analyses required by statute  or Executive Order;

 (7)   ensuring  that economic and market  analysis techniques  are up
      to the state-of-the-art and are in conformance with  accepted
      practice  and OPPT and  EPA.guidelines;

 (8)   providing project management lead  for  RM2,  test rules, DfE
      and  pollution prevention projects;

 (9)   developing methodology and economic models  to  incorporate
      pollution prevention and economic  incentives into the
      rulemaking and  non-rulemaking activities of OPPT;  and

 (10)  providing chemical  market  studies  and  use  and  substitutes or
      use  cluster  studies in support of  regulatory development of
      other  EPA media program offices.

     Within RIB there  are two sections.  Section 1  is  primarily
responsible for economic analyses  to support the Premanufacture
NoticJe (PMN) and  follow-up  programs under section 5  of TSCA. It

-------
also has primary responsibility for economic support of SARA and
AHERA (asbestos) actions.

     Section 2 is primarily responsible for economic analyses to
support OPPT existing chemicals-activities under sections 4, 6, 7
or 8 of TSCA.  It is also responsible for providing project leads
for RM2 and test rules and for developing economic methodology to
incorporate economic incentives into the activities of OPPT.
Both Sections are responsible for economic analyses to support
DfE and Pollution Prevention programs, the National Toxics
Report, special studies, economic/policy studies and conferences.

-------
INDUSTRIAL CHEMISTRY BRANCH

     The Industrial Chemistry Branch (ICB) is responsible for:
               •.       ....   .„_
(1)  maintaining and updating the TSCA Chemical Substance
     Inventory and providing inventory search support;

(2)  providing industrial chemistry support for OPPT regulatory
     and non-regulatory decision-making;

(3)  providing industrial chemistry support including
     characterization of the chemical structure and physical -
     chemical properties of substances, evaluation of unlikely •
     contaminants, byproducts and co-products of chemical
     substances, identification of chemical analogues and
     characterization of functional properties;

(4)  performing all industrial chemistry analyses needed for
     initial review, detailed assessments and follow-up of
     Premanufacture Notices (PMNs) submitted under section 5 of
     TSCA,  for all section 5 and 6 TSCA regulatory analyses, and
     other regulatory or non-regulatory decision-making supported
     by OPPT analysis;

(5)  providing industrial chemistry input to all major OPPT risk
     assessments;

(6)  providing technical support to the EETD's Regulatory Impacts
     Branch by evaluating the functional characteristics of
     chemicals in relationship to their intended or possible new
     uses and their substitutes;

(7)  maintaining, operating, and*updating the TSCA Chemical
     Substances Inventory;

(8)  providing master inventory search support for all TSCA
     programs, as well as TSCA compliance monitoring activities
     for inventory issues;

(9)  processing section 5 of TSCA premanufacture notices (PMNs),
     exemptions,  Bona Fide Intent to Manufacture submissions,  and
     Test Marketing Exemptions,  by searching the Master Inventory
     File to determine Whether the subject chemical is on the
     Inventory;

(10)  responding to all incoming inquiries regarding whether a
     substance is on the Inventory or how a certain substance is
     defined for Inventory listing;

(11)  processing all Notice of Commencement of Manufacture/
     Imported submissions, and adds to the Inventory the newly
     manufactured substances;

-------
 (12) serving as the final expert on  chemical nomenclature  issues
     within OPPT and EPA;

 (13) assigning and reviewing generic names for confidential
     substances;           .    „„   .„,„.

 (14) working closely with other OPPT divisions to resolve
     scientific issues regarding the identification of substances
     including synfuel products and microorganisms;

 (15) processing section 5(h)(4) of TSCA polymer exemptions, low-
     volume exemptions, and Significant New Use Rule  (SNUR)
     chemicals;

 (16) developing and operating a biotechnology inventory;

 (17) implementing section 8(a) of TSCA Update Rule;

 (18) managing the OPPT contract which provides Master Inventory
     search support to OPPT;

 (19) ensuring that analyses are up to the state-of-the-art and
     are in conformance with accepted practice and OPPT and EPA
     policy guidelines; and

 (20) providing industrial chemistry and project management
     support to EETD's DfE Program.

     The Branch consists of three Sections:  Section 1 provides
 industrial chemistry support for initial- and detailed reviews
under section 5 of TSCA.  Section 2 provides industrial chemistry
support for the PMN program, section 5 of TSCA exemptions and
related activities.  Section 3 is responsible for maintaining and
updating the TSCA Chemical Substance Inventory and providing
inventory search support.  All three sections provide support for
use cluster and DfE activities.

-------
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING BRANCH  -

The Chemical Engineering Branch  (CEB) is responsible for:
                *
                •
(1)  providing  engineering support for OPPT regulatory and non-
     regulatory decisions.  The  scope of support includes
     providing  estimates of occupational exposure and release
     rates from industrial sources and conducting studies of
     technological alternatives  for reducing human and
     environmental exposure, including personal protective
     devices and other industrial hygiene measures, processes
     changes and effluent controls;

(2)  performing all engineering  analyses needed for initial and
     detailed reviews of Premanufacture Notices (PMNs), for
     regulatory actions under section 5 and 6 of TSCA and for any
     other regulatory or non-regulatory decision-making supported
     by OPPT analysis;

(3)  providing  engineering support for preparation of risk
     assessments and performing  analyses of available engineering
     data to forecast trends in  production methods development,
     including  source reduction  and other pollution prevention
     technologies;

(4)  performing other special studies as directed by the OPPT
     Office Director and the EETD Division Director;

(5)  ensuring that analyses are  up to the state-of-the-art and
     are in conformance with accepted practice and OPPT and EPA
     policy guidelines; and

(6)  providing  engineering, industrial hygiene, occupational
     exposure and project management support to EETD's Design for
     Environment Program.

     The Chemical Engineering Branch has two sections:  The New
Chemicals Section provides engineering analyses to support the
initial and detailed reviews and follow-up of Premanufacture
Notices (PMNs)   submitted under section 5 of TSCA.   The Existing
Chemicals Section provides engineering analyses to support the
existing chemicals activities of OPPT under sections 4 and 6 of
TSCA and general rulema^ngs under section 5 of TSCA (e.g.,
exemptions).  Both sections are responsible for designing,
evaluating, and analyzing use clusters and for supporting DfE
activities.
                                                               433

-------
 EXPOSURE ASSESSMENT-BRANCH

 The  Exposure Assessment Branch  (EAB)  is responsible  for:

 (1)   integrating the assessment of total chemical exposure,
      direct and indirect, to humans and the environment in
      support of OPPT's regulatory and non-regulatory program
      activities;

 (2)   supporting OPPT's testing and existing chemical programs by
      providing integrated assessments of direct and  indirect
      chemical exposure to humans and  the environment, and
      providing similar support for assessments of new chemicals
      and microorganisms and for existing chemical control
      regulations;

 (3)   providing scientific assessment  of total chemical exposure,
      including materials balance, treatment systems, assessment
      methods for direct or indirect exposure, chemical fate and
      biological fate;

 (4)   developing and preparing all environmental fate test
      guidelines developed for sections 4 and 5 of TSCA;

 (5)   supporting OPPT's data auditing  activities for  testing
      performed under sections 4 and 5 of TSCA; and

 (6)   identifying and developing new methods and techniques for
      laboratory testing and evaluation of the transport and
      transformation of chemical substances and microorganisms
      through intramural efforts, extramural studies, and
      collaboration with Agency's Office of Research  and
      Development and other Federal and international
      organizations; and

 (7)  providing exposure assessment and project management support
     to EETD's Design for Environment Program.

     The Exposure Assessment Bi'anch has three Sections:  The
Exposure Integration Section (EIS)  is responsible (with support
of other division units)  for the preparation of exposure
assessments for new and existing chemicals being evaluated under
TSCA.  The Section prepares exposure assessments to  support the
new chemical assessment process and the section 5(h)(4) of TSCA
exemption process, and coordinates assessments in these two areas
among the other units in the division.

     The Environmental Fate Section (EFS)  is responsible for
development and preparation of all environmental fate test
guidelines, developed for sections 4 and 5 of TSCA.  Reviews
exposure assessments and, in conjunction with other division
units they perform exposure assessments in support of OPPT's
section 4 of TSCA test rules.

-------
     The Modeling Section is responsible for providing chemical
property, chemical f«te and chemical transport modeling support
to both the new and existing chemicals exposure assessments.  The
Section is also responsible for the model based prediction's of
the number of people potentially.exposed to toxic substances.  In
addition, the Section incorporates study results, provided by
other sections, into these models and supports the development of
exposure test guidelines for section 4 of TSCA.  In collaboration
with Agency's Office of Research and Development as well as 'other
Federal and international organizations, the Section develops new
models of this type.

-------
NAME

IMMEDIATE OFFICE
ECONOMICS, EXPOSURE & TECHNOLOGY DIVISION
           MAIL CODE:  TS-779

                       TELEPHONE
Weber, Mary Ellen, Director               260-0667
Longanecker, Larry E., Deputy Director    260-0667
Owens, Aretha D., Secretary               260-0668

Allen, Anita T.                           260-1731
Anderson, Doris (AARP)                    260-0667
Bennett, Phyllis Metric                   260-0721
Kawtoski, Nancy                           260-1733
                                          E235
                                          E234
                                          E235B

                                          E233
                                          E235
                                          E232
                                          E233
DESIGN FOR ENVIRONMENT STAFF

Parker, Jean Elizabeth, Staff Director    260-0686
Raraus, Catherine Ann                      260-1707
Bergman, Stephanie                        260-1821
Boyd, Beverly                             260-1689
Carabello, Kathryn                        260-1157
Harris, Gordon (AARP)                     260-0686
Meline, Jed                               260-0695
O'Brien, Claudia                          260-0688
Sweeney, Brian                            260-0720
                                          E243
                                          E227
                                          E239
                                          E237
                                          E226
                                          E243
                                          E335
                                          E229
                                          E227
EXPOSURE ASSESSMENT BRANCH

Murray, Thomas M., Chief
Sutton, Gary, Secretary

Carr, Ray
Lee, Ethel, AARP
Leifer, Asa
Turner, Catherine J.

      EXPOSURE INTEGRATION SECTION

Kennedy, Patrick U., Chief
Abel, Sidney H.            ^
Cinalli, Christina Anne    ^
Flessner, Conrad J., Jr.
Jennings, Patricia D.
Ryan, Mary K.

      ENVIRONMENTAL FATE SECTION

Boethllng, Robert S., Chief
Austin, Helen K. (Kay)
Lynch, David G.
                        260-1873
                        260-1874

                        260-1874
                        260-6710
                        260-3915
                        260-3929
                        260-3916
                        260-3920
                        260-3913
                        260-3918
                        260-5588
                        260-3898
                        260-3912
                        260-3927
                        260-3911
E319A
E319

E319
£333
E323
E333
E321B
E318
E325
E322
£322
£327
£325
£320
£320

-------
Mamantov, Andrew
Thorn, Gary C.

      MODELING SECTION
                  •
Delpire, Lynn, Chief
Harrigan, Pat
Ho Ulster, Sondra L.
Mold, I. Annette
260-3925
260-3921
260-3928
260-3919
260-3390
260-3930
                                                            E327
                                                            E323
                                                            E317A
                                                            E318
                                                            E317B
                                                            E317B
REGULATORY IMPACTS BRANCH

Lee, Robert E., II, Chief
Davis, Ronald L., Secretary
Axelrad, Daniel A.

      SECTION I

Lenahan, Robert J., Chief
Jones, Laverne A., Secretary
Andrei, Robert N.
Benjamin, Kent A.
Krueger, Susan Lynn
RaMie, Carol
Silagi, William A.

      SECTION II

Cole, Gary, Chief
Miller, Susie, AARP
Agarwal, Nishkam S.
Blake-Hedges, Lynne
Bouwes, Nicolaas U., Sr.
Harris, Lisa M.
Jehassi, Ohad
260-1670
260-0676
260-1713
260-1672
260-0677
260-7693
260-1714
260-1285
260-3723
260-1710
260-8995
260-1292
260-1687
260-7241
260-1567
260-1674
260-6911
                                                            E238
                                                            E232
                                                            E241
                                                            E242
                                                            E236
                                                            E239
                                                            E231
                                                            E241
                                                            E240
                                                            E236
                                                            EB71
                                                            E133
                                                            E230
                                                            E231.
                                                            E240
                                                            E237
                                                            E237
INDUSTRIAL CHEMISTRY BRANCH

Breen, Joseph J., Chief
Beasley, Lois Y., Secretary
Stanfield, Horine, (AARP)

      SECTIOH I

Anastas, Paul T., Chief
Bickart, Paul H.
Darling, Diana L.
Farris, Carol A.
Podall, Harold E.
Raksphal, Ram
Tou, Jenny Y.L.
Williamson, Tracy
                                          260-3569
                                          260-3569
                                          260-3569
                                          260-2257
                                          260-0683
                                          260-3484
                                          260-1732
                                          260-1682
                                          260-0691
                                          260-6750
                                          260-3960
                  E347
                  E347
                  E347
                  E347G
                  E351A
                  E359
                  E301
                  E301
                  E351
                  E623
                  E347H

-------
      SECTION II
Farris, Russell E., Chief
Bushman, Daniel R.
Devito, Stephen C..
Hassur, Steven M.
Metz, Fred L.
Tobin, Paul S.
      SECTION III

Lau, Henry P., Chief
Anapolle, Kent E.
Jones-Brown, Yvonne.R.
Lee, DoYoung
Matta, Lygia B.
Powell, DeLois J.
Sarna, Jasbir K.
Thomas, Timothy E.
Tirado, Nestor F.
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING BRANCH

Penberthy, Uardner 6., Chief
Ray, Marie Y., Secretary

Engel, Alfred, AARP
Fehrenbacher, Nary C.
Pinex, Lera, AARP

      NEH CHEMICALS SECTION

Froiman, Gall, Chief
Jackson, Eric N.
Jon, Jay H.
Nguyen, Nhan T.
Shapiro, Ellen L.

      EXISTING CHEMICALS SECTION

Fort, Daniel L., Chief
Hayes, Albert, AARP         A
Macek, Gregory J.
Pederson, Nark E.
Prothero, Scott ».
Quillen, Paul R.
Rellly, M. Breeda
Wong, Kin F.
260-6396
260-6700
260-1748 -
260-1735
260-0684
260-1736
260-1527
260-8026
260-1549
260-2539
260-1551
260-1547
On extended
260-1442
260-4200
260-1664
260-1664
260-0695
260-0696
260-0695
260-3741
260-2251
260-7971
260-0697
260-9557
260-1694
260-0662
260-9597
260-9596
260-1566
260-7689
260-9557
260-0693
E535F
E240
E359
- E359A
E351A
E359
E211
E207
E212
E207
E216
E210
leave.
E209
E318
E345C
E345
E335
E343
E335
E345E
E337
E337
E340
E343
E345D
E335
E343B
E337
E335
E341A
E343C
E345B

-------
       HEALTH &  ENVIRON^PfTAL REVIEW DIVISION
               JOSEPH MERENDA
                   Director
                VANESSA VU
         i       Deputy  Director      J
                       I   •
                     Senior  Science Staff
                       Roger  Garrett
   Health Effects
       Branch
Pauline Wagner (Act)
       Epidemiology &
     Quantitative Methods
           Section
     Elizabeth Margosches,
    v^         	x
         Toxicology
           Section
          Mary Henry
        Metabolism  and
        Carcinogenesis
           Section
        Pauline Wagner   /
                                       1
Environmental  Effects
     Branch
 Maurice Zeeman
          Ecology      N
          Section
      Richard Clements
   V                 J
        Ecotoxicology
         Section
        Robert Morcock
                                                                          9/93

-------

-------
             HEALTH AND ENVIRONMENTAL  REVIEW DIVISION


     The Health and Environmental Review Division (HERD) is
responsible for.;

(1)  assessing the health and environmental hazards of new and
     existing chemicals and microorganisms and preparing
     integrated hazard assessment documents as needed to support
     the full range of OPPT's regulatory and non-regulatory
     programs;

(2)  reviewing and evaluating health and environmental effects
     test data submitted under TSCA or other authorities
     administered by OPPT, and providing expert scientific
     support to Agency audits of testing programs producing such
     data;

(3)  managing the OPPT Structure Activity Team (comprised of
     senior level scientists from several OPPT divisions and the
     academic community) which provides expert technical guidance
     to OPPT and other EPA program offices and Regions on the
     potential environmental fate, health hazards and ecological
     hazards of new and existing chemicals and microorganisms;

(4)  developing and updating health and environmental effects
     test methods and guidelines in support of OPPT programs;

(5)  managing and coordinating OPPT's  participation in activities
     to harmonize test guidelines among programs and
     internationally;

(6)  developing and updating procedures and criteria for
     assessing the health and environmental hazards of chemicals
     and microorganisms and ensuring that procedures and criteria
     employed by OPPT are consistent with Agency guidelines and
     the current scientific state-of-the art; and

(7)  collaborating with EPA's Office of Research and Development
     in defining and reviewing Agency  research related to
     characterizing the health and environmental effects of
     chemicals and microorganisms.

-------
HEALTH  EFFECTS  BRANCH

The Health  Effects  Branch  (HEB)  is responsible  for:

 (1)   assessing  the  metabolism and pharmacokinetics, and the
      genotoxic,  oncogenic, reproductive and developmental,
      neurotoxic,  and  other health hazards of new and existing
      chemicals  and  microorganisms as needed to  support OPPT's
      regulatory and non-regulatory programs;

 (2)   reviewing  epidemiological data to evaluate effects of
      chemical exposures on human health;

 (3)   preparing  integrated hazard assessment documents as needed
      to support chemical screening and risk assessment activities
      of OPPT's  regulatory and non-regulatory programs;

 (4)   analyzing  laboratory and epidemiological data to estimate
      dose-response  relationships in support of  OPPT risk
      assessment activities;

 (5)   reviewing  and  evaluating health effects study designs and
      the resulting  data submitted under TSCA or other authorities
      administered by  OPPT and providing expert  scientific support
      to Agency  audits of testing programs producing such data;

(6)   co-chairing (along with the Environmental  Effects Branch)
      the OPPT Structure Activity Team (comprised of senior level
      scientists  from  several OPPT divisions and the academic
      community) which provides expert technical guidance to OPPT
      and other  EPA  program offices and Regions  on the potential
      environmental  fate, health  hazards and ecological hazards of
      new and existing chemicals  and microorganisms and providing
      expert support to the SAT on metabolism, pharmacokinetics,
      and health effects;

(7)   developing and updating health effects test methods and
      guidelines  in  support of OPPT programs;
                               .*
(8)   developing and updating procedures and criteria for
      assessing the  health hazards of chemicals  and microorganisms
      and ensuring that procedures and criteria employed by OPPT
      are consistent with. Agency  guidelines and the current
      scientific state-o^-the art; and

(9)   collaborating with EPA's Office of Research and Development
      in defining  and reviewing Agency research related to
      characterizing the health effects of chemicals and
     microorganisms.

     The Health Effects Branch is comprised of three sections as
follows: an Epidemiology and Quantitative Methods Section which
is responsible for branch activities relating to epidemiology and
dose-response estimation; a Metabolism and Carcinogenesis Section

-------
which is responsible for branch activities relating to the
metabolism, pharmacokinetics, genotoxic effects, and
carcinogenicity of chemicals; and a Toxicology Section which is
responsible for branch activities relating to all health effects
other than genotoxicity and oncogenicity.   -

-------
ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS BRANCH

The Environmental Effects Branch  (EEB) is responsible for:

 (1)  assessing .the environmental and ecological hazards of new
     and existing chemicals and microorganisms as-needed to
     support OPPT's regulatory and non-regulatory programs;

 (2)  preparing integrated hazard assessment documents as needed
     to support chemical screening and risk assessment activities
     of OPPT's regulatory and non-regulatory programs;

 (3)  reviewing and evaluating environmental effects and
     ecological study designs and the resulting data submitted
     under TSCA or other authorities administered by OPPT and
     providing expert scientific support to Agency audits of
     testing programs producing such data;

 (4)  co-chairing (along with the Health Effects Branch) the OPPT
     Structure Activity Team (comprised of senior level
     scientists from several OPPT divisions and the academic
     community) which provides expert technical guidance to OPPT
     and other EPA program offices and Regions on the potential
     environmental fate, health hazards and ecological hazards of
     new and existing chemicals and microorganisms and providing
     expert support to the SAT on environmental and ecological
     effects;

(5)  developing and updating environmental and ecological effects
     test methods and guidelines in support of OPPT programs;

(6)  developing and updating procedures and criteria for
     assessing the environmental and ecological hazards of
     chemicals and microorganisms and ensuring that procedures
     and criteria employed by OPPT are consistent with Agency
     guidelines and the current scientific state-of-the art; and

(7)  collaborating with EPA's Office of Research and Development
     in defining and reviewing Agency research related to
     characterizing the environmental and ecological effects of
     chemicals and microorganisms.

     The Environmental Effects Branch is comprised of two
sections as follows: an^Ecotoxicology Section which is
responsible for branch activities relating to the effects of
chemicals and microorganisms on specific classes of organisms;
and an Ecology Section which is responsible for branch activities
relating to the effects of chemicals and microorganisms on
ecological systems.

-------
SENIOR SCIENCE STAFF

The Senior Science staff is responsible for:

(1)  providing expert advice to ...the..Division Director and
     division staff concerning particularly complex or novel
     scientific or science policy issues;

(2)  managing and coordinating OPPT's participation in activities
     to harmonize test guidelines among programs and
     internationally;

(3)  coordinating HERD collaboration with EPA's Office of
     Research and Development in defining and reviewing Agency
     research related to characterizing the health and
     environmental effects of chemicals and microorganisms;

(4)  providing expert scientific peer review of test guidelines
     and hazard assessments prepared by HERD staff or others and
     coordinating HERD'S internal and external scientific peer
     review processes; and

(5)  as requested by the Division Director, reviewing and
     evaluating health or environmental effects test data,
     assessing health or environmental hazards, and preparing
     integrated hazard assessment documents needed to support
     OPPT's regulatory and non-regulatory programs.

-------
                   HEALTH & ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW DIVISION
                             NAIL CODE:  TS-796
NAJ£              .              -    —   TELEPHONE

IMMEDIATE OFFICE

Merenda, Joseph J.,  Jr., Director         260-1241
Vu, Vanessa, Acting Deputy Director       260-1256
Dickens, Carolyn A., Secretary            260-1241
Wages, Rochelie, Secretary                260-1243

Coney, Kathryn E.                         260-1243
Donaldson, Jacqualine E.                  260-1249
Kennedy, Kathleen                         260-1248
Queen, Frances, AARP                      260-1250

SENIOR SCIENCE STAFF

Garrett, Roger L., Director               260-3430
Henderson, Debra Y., Secretary            260-3430

Arcos, Joseph C.                          260-3478
Argus, Nary F.                            260-1250
DiCarlo, Frederick J.                     260-3398
Falke, Ernest V.                          260-3433
Hester, Lorraine, AARP                    260-4665
Lee, Cheng-Chun                           260-1250
Milman, Harry A.                          260-1292
Stern, Arthur N.                          260-5281

HEALTH EFFECTS BRANCH

APPROVED HIRE FOR BR. CHIEF
Frazier, Sharon T., Secretary             260-1256
Auletta, Angela E.                        260-1513
White, Yolanda E.                         260-3430
                  BOON
                  E617A
                  E617B
                  E617
                  E619

                  E619
                  E619B
                  E619A
                  E601
                  E132
                  E125C

                  £415
                  E601C
                  E124B
                  E127
                  EB29
                  E601B
                  £133
                  E447I
                  £139
                  £135
                  E139
      EPIDEMIOLOGY AND QUANTITATIVE METHODS SECTION
Margosches, Elizabeth H., Chief
Beaubier, Jeff              £
Hogan, Karen A.             *
260-1511
260-2263
260-3895
£305
£616
E329A

-------
      TOXICOLOGY SECTION
Henry, Mary C., Chief
Glasgow, Carol E.
Malshet, Vasant G.,
Murphy, James J.
Sawhney, Daljit S.
Seed, Jennifer G.
Tahan, Letitia M.
      260-1301
      260-8164
      260-6712
      260-1294
      260-0289
      260-8145
      260-8141
E130
NE100
E403
E138
E133
E126
NE100F
      METABOLISM AND CARCINOGENESIS SECTION
Wagner, Pauline M., Chief
Beier, John M.
Cimino, Michael C.
Keifer, Leonard C.
Lai, David Y.
Woo, Yin-Tak
      260-3981
      260-9417
      260-3451
      260-1548
      260-6222
      260-0291
E131
E124
E136
£128
E129
E134
ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS BRANCH

Zeeman, Maurice G., Chief
Quarles, Clementine A., Secretary
      260-1237
      260-1237
E431C
E431
      ECOLOGY SECTION

Clements, Richard G., Acting Chief
Kim, Anne
Mauriello, David A.
McClung, Gwendolyn
Morison, Rufus
Nabholz, Joseph V.
Sayre, Philip G.
      260-5270
      260-1273
      260-2260
      260-1272
(703) 998-5145
      260-1271
      260-9570
E427
E427
E431D
E431D
Home
E427
E447H
      ECOTOXICOLOGY SECTION

Morcock, Robert E., Chief
Hayashi, Fumihifo
Johnson, David E.
Lipnick, Robert Louis       .
Meyn, Ossi                  (
Newsome, Larry Done11
Rabert, William S.
Smrchek., Jerry C.  .
      260-1265
      260-1278
      260-1261
      260-1274
      260-1264
      260-1262
      260-1266
      260-1268
E423
E431G
E425
E431F
E431B
E425
E423
E423

-------

-------
                                   INFORMATION MANAGEMENT DIVISION
               1
          TRI  Inforation
        Management Branch

       Steven  Newburg-Rinn
            r ••
                                                Linda  Travers
                                                  Director

                                               George Bonina

                                                Deputy Director
            TRI Data Administration
                   Section

               Douglas Sellers
              TRI System Section

                  Ruby Boyd
Information  Access
      Branch

    Odelia Funke
     Information Products
          Section
       Timothy Sullivan



      Informaiton Services

         Gerald Brown
                                            1
TSCA Information

Management Branch

   Frank Caesar
  TSCA  Data  Administration
          Section
         Juanita Geer
   TSCA Systems Section
                   •fr
      Joanne Martin
j:
£-
-O
                                                                                                         9/93

-------

-------
                 INFORMATION MANAGEMENT DIVISION


     The Information Management Division  (IMD) is responsible for
establishing a strong information base to support implementation
of the Toxic Substances Control Act  (TSCA), the Emergency
Planning and Community Right-To-Know Act  (EPCRA), and the
Pollution Prevention Act  (PPA).  IMD is the primary source of
chemical information in EPA.  Responsibilities of IMD include:

(1)  developing and implementing OPPT-wide strategies, policies,
     and standards for information management technology, public
     accessibility, information integration, systems development,
     data quality, data definitions, and records management;

(2)  developing and implementing policies and procedures for
     disseminating chemical data within EPA, to other Federal
     agencies, state and local governments, Congress,
     environmental and public interest groups, the general
     public, and other countries;

(3)  developing, implementing, and evaluating policies and
     procedures for control and security of TSCA CBI;

(4)  developing and operating automated and non-automated
     information systems to process, store, and make accessible
     information under TSCA, EPCRA, and PPA;

(5)  supporting other OPPT Divisions in collecting,  storing,
     maintaining and accessing information under TSCA, EPCRA, and
     PPA;

(6)  managing receipt and handling of all data and documents
     submitted under TSCA, EPCRA,* and PPA;

(7)  serving as the OPPT lead for all activities under the
     Freedom of Information Act (FOIA);

(8)  developing information products and providing them to the
     user community;

(9)  providing information retrieval services that search
     scientific literature, commercial databases,  OPPT databases,
     and other Agency a^a Federal databases;

(10)  maintaining a collection of scientific literature relating
     to health and environmental effects of chemicals;

(11)  operating the OPPT public docket and public reading room
     which serve as the primary source of information on OPPT
     rulemakings and other administrative actions;

(12)  providing policies,  management and support for personal
     computers and local area networks in OPPT;
                                                              4SI

-------
(13)  supporting  enforcement activities under TSCA, EPCRA, and
     PPA;  and

(14)  serving as  the OPPT focal point for coordination with the
     Agency's Office of Information Resources Management (OIRM)
                                                         MS*

-------
TRI INFORMATION MANAGEMENT BRANCH

     The Toxics Release Inventory  (TRI) Information Management
Branch is responsible for collecting, processing, and quality
assuring information submitted by  industry-under EPCRA and PPA.
Responsibilities of the TRI Information Management Branch
include:

(1)  establishing and operating the TRI Reporting Center (TRC)
     which receives, processes, and quality assures information
     submitted under EPCRA and PPA;

(2)  establishing, operating, and maintaining the automated and
     non-automated systems needed to support operation of the TRC
     and accessibility of TRI information within EPA;

(3)  providing systems support necessary to ensure that the
     public and a wide range of users have access to TRI data on-
     line and on other media such as CO ROM;

(4)  developing and implementing strategies, policies, and
     procedures for TRI information management, including
     integrating TRI with other OPPT and Agency information
     systems;

(5)  developing and implementing policies and procedures for
     EPCRA Trade Secrets; and

(6)  supporting enforcement activities under EPCRA and PPA.

     The Branch consists of two sections.  The TRI Systems
Section is responsible for developing and maintaining automated
systems to process TRI submissions and provide access to TRI
data.   The TRI Data Administration Section is responsible for
operating the TRC, dealing with EPCRA trade secrets, and
supporting enforcement activities.

-------
T8CA INFORMATION MANAGEMENT BRANCH

     The TSCA Information Management Branch is responsible for
receiving, processing, managing, and protecting all TSCA CBI,
supporting other OPPT Divisions -in managing TSCA CBI and non-CBI,
and operating the OPPT public docket and reading room.
Responsibilities of the TSCA Information Management Branch
include:

(1)  establishing and managing the TSCA Confidential Business
     Information Center (CBIC) which manages TSCA CBI and serves
     as the primary source of CBI data and documents;

(2)  developing, implementing, and evaluating policies and
     procedures for control and security of TSCA CBI including
     developing the TSCA security manual, clearing employees for
     access, and training Document Control Officers (DCOs);

(3)  establishing and operating automated and non-automated
     systems to track and control CBI documents within and
     outside of OPPT;

(4)  supporting the TSCA Security Officer in conducting
     inspections of CBI facilities at EPA Headquarters, EPA
     Regions, EPA laboratories, and contractor sites;

(5)  establishing and operating a program to minimize
     inappropriate CBI claims;

(6)  establishing and operating the OPPT public docket and public
     reading room which serve as the primary source of
     information on OPPT rulemakings and other administrative
     actions;

(7)  supporting other OPPT divisions in establishing public
     dockets;

(8)  receiving public comments submitted in response to TSCA and
     EPCRA rulemakings and administrative actions;

(9)  establishing and operating the OPPT Document Processing
     Center (DPC)  which receives and processes information
     submitted under TSCA;

(10)  developing, operating,  and maintaining automated and non-
     automated information systems to process, store,  search, and
     make accessible confidential and non-confidential
     information-submitted under TSCA;

(11)  supporting other OPPT Divisions in collecting,  storing,
     maintaining and accessing information under TSCA,  EPCRA, and
     PPA;

(12)  supporting other OPPT divisions in managing automated and

-------
     non-automated information;

 (13) providing policies, management and support for personal
     computers and local area networks in OPPT;
               •            "   ••«**•  •*.!*."-      „ • M
 (14) supporting*enforcement activities under TSCA;

 (15) coordinating, managing, and responding to all FOIA requests;
     and                , ,

 (16) developing and implementing OPPT-wide strategies, policies,
     and standards for information management technology, systems
     development, data quality, data definitions, and records
     management.

     The Branch consists of two sections.  The TSCA Systems
Section is responsible for developing and maintaining automated
systems to process and access TSCA confidential and non-
confidential information, providing OPPT-wide support for
personal computers and networks, and developing and implementing
standards for system development and data definitions.

     The TSCA Data Administration Section is responsible for
management of confidential and non-confidential documents,
providing support for management of TSCA CBI,  responding to all
FOIA requests, TSCA information security activities, and
maintaining and providing access to public dockets.

-------
 INFORMATION ACCESS  BRANCH

     The  Information Access  Branch  is responsible  for developing
 and marketing  information products, outreach to EPA Regions,
 states, local  governments, and public interest groups, and
 providing access to chemical information.  Responsibilities of
 the Information Access Branch include:

 (1)  developing TSCA and TRI information products  and providing
     them to the user community;

 (2)  training  the user community in the use of TSCA and TRI
     databases and  information products;

 (3)  acting as a liaison with industry, states, academia,
     environmental  groups, and the  general public  on information
     issues;

 (4)  providing a focal point for information available in all
     OPPT databases, commercial databases, and other Agency and
     international  databases;

 (5)  developing and implementing policies and procedures for
     disseminating  chemical  data to other Federal  agencies, state
     and  local governments,  Congress, environmental and public
     interest  groups, the general public, and other countries;

 (6)  working with the international chemical information
     community to exchange information;

 (7)  providing information retrieval services that search
     scientific literature and provide hardcopy and microfiche
     copies of appropriate articles and reports to requestors;
     and

 (8)  maintaining the OPPT chemical library, including a
     collection of  scientific literature relating to health and
     environmental  effects of chemicals.

     The Branch consists of  two sections.  The Information
Products Section is responsible for development of information
products,  outreach  and marketing, training, and acting as a
liaison with industry, states, academia, environmental groups,
and the general public 
-------
                        INFORMATION MANAGEMENT DIVISION
                              MAIL CODE:  TS-793
IMMEDIATE OFFICE

Travers, Linda  A., Director
Bonina, George A., Deputy Director
Younger, Mamie W., Secretary

Barber, Alma, AARP
Eichenwald, Carl
McLean, Sarsah M.
Smith, Delora Y., SIS
Wedderburn, Janette, AARP
Wheeler, Andrew R.
                                         -TELEPHONE
260-3938
260-3759
260-3938

260-3938
260-3956
260-3982
260-3938
260-0649
260-3980
                                                            E108
                                                            E108
                                                            E108

                                                            E108
                                                            E118
                                                            E115
                                                            E108
                                                            E115
                                                            E117
INFORMATION ACCESS BRANCH

Funke, Odelia, Chief
Lewis, Monica

      INFORMATION PRODUCTS SECTION

Nowak, Geraldine D., Acting Chief
Erickson, Janet L.
Flemming, Lisa I. Frisch
Goodman, Linda A.
Shepard, Gwendolyn
Smith, Elizabeth A.
Williams, Deborah A.

      INFORMATION SERVICES SECTION

Brown, Gerhard E., Chief
Bradshaw, James C., Jr.
Delaney, Rosie M.
Dickerson, Karen Danfor
Richardson, Renee G.
Sterling, Settle F.
Sykes, Hattie B.           j

OTS LIBRARY
                                          260-9702
                                          260-1524
                                          260-2320
                                          260-9389
                                          260-1545
                                          260-3679
                                          260-1607
                                          260-1633
                                          260-4136
                                          260-7248
                                          260-1543
                                          260-1546
                                          260-1621
                                          260-2321
                                          260-1592
                                          260-0556

                                          260-3944
                  G012
                  B002
                  NEB002
                  NEB002
                  NEB002
                  E421
                  NEG004
                  NEG008A
                  NEB002
                  NEB002A
                  NEB002
                  NEB002
                  NEB013
                  NEB002
                  NEG008
                  NEB002P

                  NEG002
TRI INFORMATION MANAGEMENT BRANCH

Newburg-Rinn, Steven D., Chief
Richardson, Tonya J., Secretary
Begg, Mary J.
260-3757
260-3757
260-3757
                                                            NEG008C
                                                            NEG008
                                                            NEG008

-------
      TRI DATA ADMINISTRATION SECTION
Sellers, Douglas W., Chief
Green, Elnora £., Secretary
Stewart, Yolanda  t
Barbour, Joyce Ann
Hanley, Mary C.
Krause, Jennifer
Marcus, Evelyn L.
Orr, Kimberlie R.
Pelosky, Mark E.
Petersen, Janette
Rivers, Jackie, AARP
Stephens, Donna Y.

      TRI SYSTEMS SECTION

Boyd, Ruby N., Chief
Bell, Mary, AARP
Diskin, Jack A.
Drew, Carl S.
Evans, Delores H.
Merrick, Eleanor  T.
Rivers, Jackie
Wallace, William S.
260-3598
260-3587
160-1588  -
260-1632
260-1624
260-6687
260-1610
260-6238
On extended
260-1558
260-3587
260-7099
260-8387
260-1592
260-1613
260-4515
260-1625
260-1596
260-3587
260-8680
leave.
 NEG004
 NEG004
 NEG004
 NEG008
 NEG008
 NEG008
 NEG004H
 NEG004

'NEGOOS
 NEG004
 NEG004
      NEG008D
      NEG008
      NEG008I
      NEGOOS
      NEG008
      NEGOOS
      NEG004
      NEGOOS
TSCA INFORMATION MANAGEMENT BRANCH

Caesar, Frank V., Chief                   260-0425
Bryan, Bessie M., Secretary               260-0425
Lewis, Cynthia                            260-0425
Sherlock, Scott M.                        260-4399

      TSCA DATA ADMINISTRATION SECTION

Geer, Juanita Ann, Chief                  260-1532
Cheatham, Anthony                         260-1553
Gross, Edward                             260-7795
Hammond, LaRona M.                  •     260-3886
Jones, Zenobia                            260-1605
McDonald, Georglanne T.                   260-4182
Pannell, Vanessa                          260-3554
Ransey-Corney, Magoline, AAflT            260-1532
Repasch, Joni T.            '             260-1604
Roberts, Michel S.                        260-1738
Sullivan, John J.                         260-4183
Williams, Joyce R.                        260-1656
Zelsman, Loren D.                         260-1600
                  E114
                  E114
                  E114
                  E108
                  E205
                  E203
                  NEG004
                  E329
                  NEG008A
                  £202
                  E201A
                  E201
                  NEG004E
                  E201A
                  E202
                  NEB013
                  NEG004I
                                                                          MS*

-------
      TSCA SYSTEMS SECTION

Martin, Joanne M., Chief.
Bloch, Doris E.
Bryant, Voicetta 5.
Garnell, Wilson
Goosby, Everlyn R.
Huddleston, Donald J.
Petty, Eyvone
Smith, Leslie J.
Thornton, Carolyn C.
Vogel, Nancy
Wardell, Thomas
 260-0431
 260-5457
-260-7098
 260-5696
 260-1739
 260-6386
 260-1444
 260-5696
 260-8620
 260-3480
 260-0431
E214
E214
E214
E215
E113
E108
E202
E215
£116
E214G
E215

-------

-------
POLLUTION PREVENTION DIVISION
              Vacant       A
               Director
            David Kling
           Deputy Director
Prevention  Integration
      Branch
  John Cross (Act)
                               Policy Analysis
                                  Branch
                                James  Craig
                                               9/93

-------

-------
                  POLLUTION PREVENTION DIVISION


     The Pollution Prevention Division (PPD) has lead
responsibility within the Office-of Pollution Prevention and
Toxics for implementing the Office's responsibilities under
section 4(b) of the Pollution Prevention Act of 1990 (PPA).
PPD's responsibilities include both programmatic responsibi-
lities, and coordination with other Agency programs and Regional
offices.to promote pollution prevention.   Specifically, it
includes:

(1)  implementation (in cooperation and assistance from Regions)
     of the Pollution Prevention State Grants Programs;

(2)  develops and implements the pollution prevention Technical
     Assistance Program (in cooperation with the Office of
     Research and Development);

(3)  implements the pollution prevention outreach program;

(4)  develops Pollution Prevention Sector strategies;

(5)  manages the development and implementation of the Agency
     pollution prevention Training Program (in cooperation with
     the Training Institute);

(6)  develops and implements pollution prevention educational
     initiatives;

(7)  provides oversight of pollution prevention Model Community
     Programs;

(8)  promotes pollution prevention with international
     organizations;

(9)  develops and evaluates methods for Agency use in its
     internal management systems to promote pollution prevention;

(10)  coordinates OPPT's involvement in the Source Reduction
     Review Project;

(11)  develops measurement methodology using TRI data;
                     '  <*
(12)  serves as OPPT and Agency  lead on labeling and environmental
     marketing issues;  and

(13)  develops Reports to Congress as required under the PPA.

-------
PREVENTION INTEGRATION BRANCH

The Prevention Integration Branch:

(1)  manages and implements .(in full cooperation and assistance
     from the Regions) the Pollution Prevention State Grants
     Programs; establishes eligibility criteria and conduct
     competition for Pollution Prevention Grants; evaluates the
     effectiveness of States' grant programs and effectiveness of
     State program activities; establishes Regional
     responsibilities and involvement in overseeing Grants and
     working with States, including the PPITS (grants management
     tracking system); and works through the Pollution Prevention
     Policy Council, to establish criteria and procedures for
     promoting Pollution Prevention through existing Agency grant
     programs;

(2)  manages the development and implementation (cooperatively
     with ORD) of the pollution prevention Technical Assistance
     Program, including development and implementation of the
     pollution prevention Electronic Clearinghouse (PPIC and its
     international component ICPIC); implementation of pollution
     prevention Hotline; and development of a hard-copy pollution
     prevention library;

(3)  manages the development and implementation of the pollution
     prevention Outreach Program, including publication of the
     monthly pollution prevention newsletter, publication of the
     pollution prevention Monthly Activity Report, coordination
     with industry and environmental groups, and support for the
     State Roundtable;

(4)  coordinates with EPA Regional offices involved in pollution
     prevention through work with Regional prevention contacts,
     managing Regional extramural funds,  establishing
     expectations for Regional prevention programs, providing
     support in the form of training, data, and policy guidance,
     and assuring funding for Regional offices;

(5)  coordinates and facilitates the development and
     .implementation of Pollution Prevention Sector strategies for
     agriculture, energy/transportation and the Federal sector;

(6)  manages the development and implementation of the Agency
     pollution prevention Training Program (cooperatively with
     the EPA Training Institute and other program offices);

(7)  assists in developing and implementing pollution prevention
     educational initiatives, including,  as appropriate,  programs
     at all levels including k-12 curricula, University-based
     curricula,  and professional education;

(8)  assists in development and oversight of pollution prevention
     Model Community Programs and provides pollution prevention

-------
                        POLLUTION PREVENTION DIVISION
                             NAIL CODE:  PN-222B
IMMEDIATE OFFICE

Kling, David J., Director
Cross, John F., Deputy Director

Campbell, Lula, AARP
Corey, Olga, AARP
Little, Louise R. B.
Warren, Antoine
                                          TELEPHONE
260-3557
260-3556

260-3557
260-6920
260-4341
260-3556
      3134CY
      3134CY

      3134CY
      3134CY
      3134CY
      3134CY
PREVENTION INTEGRATION BRANCH

Vacant, Chief
Adams, Denise
Gearhart, Diana Lynn

Anderson, Elizabeth
Bassett, David A.
Ehrensberger, Kathleen
HanIon, Deborah H.
Hann, Lena Lillian
Hayes, James E.
Mosley, Pamela
Shoaff, John
Wells, Harry W., Jr.
260-3675
260-4167
260-4167

260-2602
260-2720
260-7554
260-2726
260-2237
260-3557
260-2722
260-1831
260-4472
      3134CY
      3134CY
      3134CY

      3134CY
      3134CY
      3103CY
      3134CY
      3134CY
      3134CY
      3103CY
      3103CY
      3134CY
POLICY ANALYSIS BRANCH

Craig, James W., Chief
Davis, Yvonne Stancil, Secretary

Fege, David C.
Goidel, Eun-Sook
Lynch, Julie A.
Robison, John
Shannon, Julie L.          &
Spitzer, Martin A.         w
Tyson, Kathy Sue
Weiler, Edward M.
Woodman, Jocelyn Hayley
260-4168
260-4164

260-4164
260-3296
260-4000
260-3590
260-2736
260-4342
On extended
260-2996
260-4418
leave.
 3134CY
 3134CY

 3134CY
 3134CY
 3134CY
 3134CY
 3134CY
 3134CY

'3134CY
 3134CY
                                                                         MU5

-------

-------
     input to Agency geographic initiatives;  and

(9)   works with several international  organizations  to promote
     pollution prevention,  including,  as appropriate,
     participation in OECD's Programme on Technology and
     Environment,  UNEP's Industry and  Environment Office,  support
     for the International  Cleaner Production Information
     Clearinghouse,  and informational  exchange with  various
     governmental  and non-governmental organizations.

-------
POLICY ANALYSIS BRANCH

The Policy Analysis Branch (PAB) is responsible for:

(1)  ensuring that the Agency considers .the effects of its
     existing and proposed programs on source reduction through
     participating in efforts to track Agency Pollution
     Prevention resources, developing and evaluating methods for
     the Agency to use its internal management systems to promote
     pollution prevention;

(2)  encouraging source reduction through regulatory activities
     by managing and coordinating OPPT involvement in the Source
     Reduction Review Project; developing and providing training
     and guidance for work group chairs and participants (inside
     and outside OPPT); institutionalizing pollution prevention
     into Agency regulatory development across programs; and
     participating in regulatory development where PAB has
     expertise;

(3)  implementing the responsibilities of the Office under the
     Pollution Prevention Act for data and measurement, including
     development of measurement methodology using TRI data;
     managing and coordinating the work of the Pollution
     Prevention data advisory committee; coordinating TRI and the
     RCRA Biennial report; working with TRIMS to incorporate
     changes into TRI that promote pollution prevention; using
     TRI data to assess source reduction progress; and
     incorporating pollution prevention into program office
     regulatory development data collection;

(4)  serving as OPPT and Agency lead on labeling and
     environmental marketing issues, including development and
     implementation of the agency eco-labeling initiative and
     environmental claims, and support as appropriate for the
     Agency Consumer Sector strategy;

(5)  conducting analyses for the promotion of pollution
     prevention, including analyses in the following areas:
     barriers and incentives, life cycle analysis, and total cost
     accounting; and

(6)  developing Reports to Congress required under the Pollution
    'Prevention Act.    +

-------
                 PUBLIC LAW 94-469—OCT. 11, 1976               90 STAT. 2003
 Public Law 94-469
 94th  Congress

                              An Act
To regulate commerce and  protect  human  health and the environment by    Oct. II. 1976
  requiring testing and r.'-cessary use restrictions on certain chemical substances,     r« *IAO.I
.  and for other purpose*.                                                    p. diwj
  Be it enacted by the Senate and Howie of Representative* of the
 United States of America in Coi>gret8 assembled,                       Toxic Substances

 SECTION L SHORT TITLE AND TABLE OP CONTENTS.                 i?iwr
  This Act may be cited as the "Toxic Substances Control Act".
                       TABLE OF CONTENTS

Sec. 1. Short title and table of contents.
See. 2. Findings, policy, and intent
Sec. 3. Definitions.
Ser. 4. Testing of chemical substances and mixtures.
Sec. 5. Manufacturing and processing notices.
Sec. tt. Regulation of hazardous chemical substances and mixtures.
Sec. 7. Imminent buzards.
Sec. 8. Reporting and retention of information.
Sec. 9. Relationship to other Federal laws.
Sec. 10. Research, development, collection, dissemination, and utilisation of data.
Svc. 11. Inspection* and subuoenus.
Her. 12. Exi>orts.
Sec. 13. Entry into customs territory of the United States.
Sec. 14. Dlaclfwureofdata.
See. 15. Prohibited acts.
Sec. 16. Penalties.
Sec. 17. Specific enforcement and soisure.
Sec. 18. Preemption.
8w. If). Judicial review.
See. 20. Citisen*' dril action*.
Sec. 21. Citizens' petition*.
See. 22. National defense wairer.
Sec. 23. Employee protection.
See. 24. Employment effect*.
Sec. 25. Studies.
Sec. 26. Administration of the Act
See. 27. Development and evaluation of test methods.
See 28. State program*.
Hec. 29. Authorisation for appropriation*.
Sec. 30. Annual report.
Bee. 81. Effective date.
SEC 2. FINDINGS, POLICY, AND INTENT.
  (a)  FINDINGS.— The Congress finds thatr-                           15USC2601.
       (1) human beings and the environment are being exposed each
    year to a large number of chemical substances and mixtures ;
       (2) among the many  chemical substances and mixtures which
    are constantly being developed and produced, there are some
    whose manufacture, processing, distribution in commerce, use, or
    disposal may present an unreasonable risk of injury to health or
    the environment; and
       (3) the effective regulation of interstate commerce in  such
    chemical substances and mixtures, also necessitates the regulation
    of intrastate commerce in such chemical substances and mixtures.
  (b) POLICY. — It is the policy of the United States that — '
       ( 1 ) adeauate data should be developed with respect to the 'effect
    of chemical substances and mixtures on health and the environ*

-------
 90 STAT. 2004
              PUBLIC LAW 94-469—OCT. 11. 1976
15 USC 2602.
7 USC 136 Dote.
42 USC 2911
note.
26 USC 4181.

26 USC 4182.
4221.


21 USC 321.
21 USC 453.
21 USC 601.

21 USC 1033.
     ment and that the development of such data should be the respon-
     sibility of those who manufacture and those who process such
     chemical substances and mixtures;
       (2)  adequate authority should exist to regulate chemical sub-
     stances and mixtures which present an unreasonable risk of injury
     to health or the environment, and to take action with respect to
     chemical substances and mixtures which are imminent hazards;
     and
       (3)  authority over chemical substances and mixtures should be
     exercised in such a manner as not to impede unduly or create
     unnecessary economic barriers to technological innovation while
     fulfilling the primary purpose of this Act to assure that such inno-
     vation and commerce in such chemical  substances and mixtures
     do not present an unreasonable risk of injury to health or the
     environment.
   (c)  INTENT OF CONGRESS.—It is the  intent of Congress that the
 Administrator shall carry out this Act  in a reasonable and prudent
 manner, and that the Administrator shall consider the environmental,
 economic, and social impact of any action the Administrator takes or
 proposes to take under this Act.
 SEC S. DEFINITIONS.
  'As used in this Act:
   (1)  the  term "Administrator"  means the Administrator of  the
 Environmental Protection  Agency.
   (2) (A.) Except as provided in subparagraph (B), the term "chem-
 ical substance" means any organic or inorganic substance of a particu-
 lar molecular identity, including—
       (i) any combination of such substances occurring in whole or
     in part as a result of a chemical reaction or occurring in nature,
     ana
       (ii)  any element or uncombined radical.
   (B) Such term does not include—
       (i) any mixture,
      (ii) any pesticide fas defined in the Federal Insecticide, Fungi-
     cide, and Kodenticide  Act) when manufactured, processed,  or
     distributed 1^ commerce for use as a pesticide,
       (iii) tobacco or any tobacco product,
      (iv) any source material, special nuclear material, or byproduct
     material (as such terms are denned in the Atomic Energy Act
     of 1954 and regulations issued under such Act),
      (v) any article the sale of which is subject to the tax imposed
    by section 4181 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 (deter-
     mined without regard to any exemptions from such tax provided
     by section 4182  or 4221 or any other provision of such Code), and
      (vi) any food, food additive, drug, cosmetic, or device (as such
     terms are defined in section 201 of the Federal Food, Drug, and
     Cosmetic Act)  when manufactured, processed, or distributed in
    commerce for use as a food, food additive, drug, cosmetic, or
     device.
The term "food" as  used in clause (vi) of this subparagraph includes
poultry and poultry products (as defined in sections 4(e)  and 4(f)
of the Poultry Products Inspection Act), meat and meat food prod-
ucts (as defined in section l(j) of the Federal Meat Inspection Act),
and eggs and egg products (as defined in section 4 of the Egg Prod-
ucts Insnection Act).
  (3) The term "commerce"  means trade, traffic, transportation, or
other commerce (A) between a place in a State and any place outside

-------
               PUBLIC LAW 94-469—OCT. 11, 1976              90 STAT. 2005

of such State, or (B) which affects trade, traffic, transportation, or
commerce described in clause (A).
  (4) The terms "distribute in commerce" and "distribution in com-
merce" when used to describe an action taken with respect to a chem-
ical substance or mixture or article containing a substance or mixture
mean to sell, or the sale of, the substance, mixture, or article in com-
merce; to introduce or deliver for introduction into commerce, or the
introduction or delivery for introduction into commerce of, the sub-
stance, mixture, or article; or to hold, or the holding of, the substance,
mixture, or article after its introduction into commerce.
  (5) The term "environment" includes water, air, and land and the
interrelationship which exists among and between water, air, and land
and all living things.
  (6) The tenu "health and safety study" means any study of any
effect of a chemical  substance or  mixture on health or the environ-
ment or on both, including underlying data and epidemiological
stupes, studies of occupational  exposure to  a chemical substance or
mixture, toxicological,  clinical,  and ecological studies of a  chemical
substance or mixture, and any test performed pursuant to  this Act.
  (7) The term "manufacture" means  to import into  the  customs
territory of  the United States  (as defined in general headnote 2 of
the Tariff Schedules of the United States), produce, or manufacture.  19 USC 1202.
  (8) The term "mixture" means any combination of two or more
chemical substances if the combination does  not occur in nature and
is not, in whole or in part, the  result of a chemical  reaction; except
that  such tenu does include any combination which occurs,  in whole
or in part, as a result of a chemical reaction if none of the  chemical
substances comprising the combination is a  new chemical substance
and  if the combination could have been manufactured for  commer-
cial  purposes without a chemical reaction at the time  the  chemical
substances comprising the combination were combined.
  (9) The term "new chemical  substance" means any chemical sub-
stance which is not included in  the chemical substance list compiled
and published under section C (b).         ,,                          Pott, p. 2027.
  (10) The term "process" means the preparation of a chemical sub-
stance or mixture, after  its  manufacture, for  distribution in
commerce—
      (A) in  the same form or physical state as, or in a  different
    form or physical state from, that in -which it  was received by the
    person so preparing such substance or mixture, or
      (B) as  part of  an  article  containing the  chemical substance
    or mixture.
  (11) The term "processor" means any person who processes a chemi-
cal substance or mixture.
  (12) The term "standards for the development  of test data" means
a prescription of—
      (A)the-
          (i) health and environmental effects, and
          (ii) information relating to toxicity, persistence, and other
        characteristics which affect health and the environment,
    for which test data for a chemical substance or mixture are to
    be developed and any analysis that is to be  performed on such
    data, and
      (B) to the extent necessary to assure that data respecting such
    effects and characteristics are  reliable and adequate—
          (i)  the manner in which such data are to be developed,
          (ii) the specification of any test protocol or methodology
        to be employed in the development of such data, and

-------
90 STAT. 2006
                          PUBLIC LAW 94-469—OCT. 11, 1976
Rdw.
                        (iii) such other requirements as are necessary to provide
                      such assurance.
                (13) The term "State" means any State of the United States, the
              District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Virgin
              Islands, Guam,  the  Canal Zone, American Samoa,  the Northern
              Mariana Islands, or any other territory or possession  of the United
              States.
                (14) The term "United States", when used in the geographic sense,
              means al I of the States.
              SEC 4. TESTING  OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES AND MIXTURES.
IS USC 2603.      (a) TESTING RKQUIRKMENTS.—If the Administrator  finds that—
                    (l)(A)(i) the manufacture, distribution  in commerce, proc-
                  essing, use, or disposal of a chemical substance or mixture, or that
                  any combination  of such activities, may present an unreasonable
                  risk of injury to health or the environment,
                    (ii)  there  are insufficient data and exper'01"^ upon which the
                  effects of such manufacture, distribution in conferee, processing,
                  use, or disposal of such substance or mixture or of any combina-
                  tion of such  activities on health or the environment can reason-
                  ably 'be determined or predicted, and
                    (iii) testing of such substance or mixture with respect to such
                  effects is necessary to develop such data; or
                    (B) (i) a chemical substance or mixture is or will be produced
                  in substantial quantities, and (I) it enters or may  reasonably be
                  anticipated to enter the environment in substantial quantities or
                  (II) there is or may be significant or substantial human exposure
                  to such substance or mixture,
                    (ii)  there are insufficient data and experience upon which the
    .              effects of the manufacture, distribution in commerce, processing,
                  use, or disposal of such substance or mixture or of  any combina-
                  tion of such  activities on health or the environment can reason-
                  ably be determined or predicted, and
                    (iii) testing of such substance or mixture —ith respect to such
                  effects  is necessary to develop such data; and
                    (2) in the case of a mixture, the effects which  the mixture's
                  manufacture, distribution in commerce, processing, use, or  dis-
                  posal or any combination of such activities may have on health or
                  the environment may not be reasonably and more efficiently deter-
                  mined or predicted by testing the chemical substances which com-
                  prise the mixture;
             the Administrator shall  by rule require that testing be  conducted on
             such substance or mixture to develop data with respect to the health
             and  environmental effects for which there is an insufficiency of data
             and  experience and which are relevant to a  determination that the
             manufacture, distribution in commerce, processing, use, or disposal
             of such substance or mixture, or that any combination of such activities,
             does or does not present an unreasonable risk of injury to health or
             the environment.
               (b)(l) TESTING REQUIREMENT RULE.—A rule uiider subsection  (a)
             shall include—
                    (A)  identification of the chemical substance or mixture  for
                  which testing is required under the rule,
                    (B)  standards  tor the development of test data  for such sub-
                  stance or mixture, and
                    (C)  with respect to chemical  substances which are not new
rj-j-r--""— -      chemical substances  and to mixtures, a specification of the period
         ,.        (which period  may not  be  of unreasonable duration) within
Stoodinbfor
deretopnent'of

-------
               PUBLIC LAW 94-469—OCT. 11, 1976             90 STAT. 2007

     which the persons required to conduct the testing shall submit to
     the Administrator data developed in accordance with the stand-
     ards referred to in subparagraph (B).
 In determining the standards and period to be included, pursuant to
 subparagraphs (B)  and (C), in a  rule  under  subsection (a), the
 Administrator's considerations shall  include the  relative costs of the
 various test protocols and methodologies which may be required under
 the  rule and the reasonably foreseeable availability of the facilities
 and personnel needed to perform the testing required under the rule.
 Any such rule may require the submission to the Administrator of pre-
 liminary data during the period pi-escribed under subparagraph (C).
   (2) (A) The health and environmental effects for which standards
 for the development of test data may be prescribed include carcino-
 genesis, mutagenesis, teratogenesis, behavioral disorders, cumulative
 or synergistic effects, and anv other effect which maypresent an unrea-
 sonable risk of injury to health or the environment. The characteristics
 nf chemical  substances and mixtures for which such standards may
 be prescribed include persistence, acute toxicity, subacute toxicity,
 chronic toxicity, and any other characteristic which may present such
 A risk. The methodologies that may be prescribed in such standards
 include epidemiologic studies, serial or hierarchical tests, in vitro tests,
 and  whole animal tests, except that before prescribing epidemiologic
 studies of employees, the Administrator shall consult with the Director
 of the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health.
   (B) From  time to time, but not less than once  each 12 months, the  Review of
 Administrator shall review the adequacy of the standards for develop-  *uadwd».
 ment of data prescribed in rules under subsection (a) and shall, if
 necessary, institute proceedings to make appropriate revisions of such
standards.
  (3) (A) A rule under subsection (a) respecting a chemical substance
 or mixture shall require the persons  described in subparagraph (B)
to conduct tests ana submit data to the Administrator on such sub-
stance or mixture, except that the Administrator may permit two or
more of such  persons to designate one such person or a qualified third
 party to conduct such tests and submit such data on behalf of the per-
sons making the designation.
  (B) The following persons shall be required to conduct tests and
submit data on a chemical substance or mixture subject to a rule under
subsection (a):
      (i)  Each person who manufactures or intends to manufacture
    such substance or mixture if the Administrator makes a finding
    described in subsection  (a) (1) (A)(ii) or (a)(1)(B)(ii)  with
    respect to the manufacture of such substance  or mixture.
      (ii) Each person who processes or intends  to process such sub-
    stance or mixture if the Administrator makes a finding described
    in subsection (a)(l) (A) (ii)  or  (a) (1) (B) (ii) with respect to
    the processing of such substance or mixture.
      (iii) Each person who manufactures or processes or intends to
    manufacture or process such substance or mixture if the Adminis-
    trator makes a finding described  in subsection (a) (1) (A) (ii) or
     (a) (1) (B) (ii) with respect to the distribution in commerce, use,
    or disposal of such substance or mixture.
  (4) Any rule  under subsection (a) requiring the  testing of and
submission of data  for a particular  chemical substance or mixture
shall expire at the end of the reimbursement period (as defined in sub-
section (c) (3) (B)) which is applicable to test data for such substance
or mixture unless the Administrator repeals the rule before such date;

-------
90 STAT. 2008
             PUBLIC LAW 94-469—OCT. 11, 1976
Oral presentation
and written
TranjchpC
Publication.
Application.
Fair tod
Rule*.
and a rule under subsection (a) requiring the testing of and submission
of data for a category of chemical substances or mixtures shall expire
with respect to a chemical substance or mixture included in the cate-
gory at the end of the reimbursement period (as so defined) which is
applicable to test data for such substance or mixture unless the Admin-
istrator before such date repeals the application of  the  rule  to such
substance or mixture or repeals the rule.
  (5) Rules issued under subsection (a) (and any substantive amend-
ment thereto or repeal thereof) shall  be promulgated  pursuant  to
section 553 of title 5, United States Code, except that (A) the Admin-
istrator shall give interested persons an opportunity for the oral pres-
entation of data, views, or arguments, in addition to an opportunity to
make written submissions; (B) a transcript shall be made of any oral
presentation; and (C) the Administrator shall make and publish with
the rule  the findings described  in paragraph (1)(A) or (1)(B)  of
subsection (a)  and, in the case of a rule respecting a mixture, the
finding described in paragraph  (2) of such subsection.
  (c) EXEMPTION.—(1) Any  person required by a rule under subsec-
tion (a)  to conduct  tests and  submit data on a chen.ical  substance  or
mixture may apply  to the Administrator (in such form  and  manner
as the Administrator shall prescribe)  for an exemption from such
requirement.
  (2) If, upon receipt of an application under paragraph (1), the
Administrator determines that—
      (A) the chemical substance or mixture with respect to which
    such application was submitted is equivalent to a chemical sub-
    stance or mixture for which data has been submitted to the Admin-
    istrator in accordance with a rule under subsection (a)  or for
    which data is being developed pursuant to such a rule, and
      (B)  submission of data by the applicant on such substance  or
    mixture would be duplicative of data which has been submitted
    to the  Administrator in  accordance with such rule or which is
    being developed pursuant to such rule,
the Administrator shall exempt, in accordance with paragraph (3)
or (4), the applicant from conducting tests and submitting  data  on
such substance or mixture under the rule with respect to which such
application teas submitted.
  (3) (A) If the exemption under paragraph (2) of any person from
the requirement to conduct tests and submit test data on a chemical
substance or mixture is granted on the basis of the existence of previ-
ously submitted test data and  if such exemption is granted during the
reimbursement period for such test data (as prescribed  by subpara-
graph (B)), then (unless such person and the persons referred to in
clauses (i) and (ii) agree on the amount and method of reimburse-
ment) the Administrator shall order the person granted the exemption
to provide fair and equitable reimbursement  (in an amount deter-
mined under rules of the Administrator)—
      (i) to the person who  previously submitted sach test data, for
    a portion of the costs incurred by such person in complying with
    the requirement to submit such data, and
      (ii)  to any other person who has been required under this sub-
    paragraph to contribute  with respect to such costs, for a portion
    of the amount such person was required to contribute.
In  promulgating rules for the determination of fair and equitable1
reimbursement to the persons described in clauses  (i) and  (ii) for
costs incurred with respect to a chemical substance or  mixture, the
Administrator shall, after consultation with the Attorney  General

-------
                PUBLIC LAW 94-469—OCT. 11, 1976
90 STAT. 2009
and the Federal Trade Commission, consider all relevant factors,
including the effect on the competitive position of the person required
to provide reimbursement in relation to the person to be reimbursed
and the share of the market for such substance or mixture of the per-
son required to provide reimbursement in relation to the share of such
market of the  persons to be reimbursed.  An  order under this sub-
paragraph shall, for purposes of judicial review, be considered final
agency action.
  (B) For purposes of subparagraph (A), the reimbursement period
for any test data for a chemical substance or mixture is a period—
       (i) beginning on the date such data is submitted in accordance
     with a rule promulgated under subsection (a), and
       (ii) ending—
           (I)  five years after the date referred to in clause (i), or
           (II) at the expiration of a period which begins on the date
        referred to in clause (i) and which is equal to the period
        which the Administrator determines was necessary to develop
        such data,
     whichever is later.
  (4) (A) If the exemption under paragraph (2) of any person from
the requirement to conduct tests and submit test data on a chemical
substance or mixture is granted on the basis of the fact that test data
is being developed by  one or more persons pursuant to  a rule promul-
gated under subsection (a), then (unless such person and the persons
referred to in clauses  (i) and (ii) agree on the amount and method
of reimbursement) the Administrator shall order the person granted
the exemption  to provide fair and equitable reimbursement  (in an
amount determined under rules of the Administrator)—
       (i) to each such person who is developing such test data, for a
    portion of  the costs incurred by each such person in complying
    with such rule, and
       (ii) to any other person who has been required under this sub-
    paragraph  to contribute with respect to the costs of complying
    with  such  rule, for a portion  of the amount such person  was
    required to contribute.
In promulgating rules for,the determination  of fair and equitable
reimbursement  to the persons described in clauses (i) and (ii) for
costs incurred with respect to a chemical substance or mixture, the
Administrator shall, after consultation with the Attorney General and
the Federal Trade Commission, consider the factors described  in the
second sentence of .paragraph (3) (A). An order under this subpara-
graph shall, for purposes of judicial  review, be considered final agency
action.
  (B)  If any exemption is granted under paragraph (2} on the basis
of the fact that one or more persons  are developing test data pursuant
to a rule promulgated under subsection (a) and if after such exemp-
tion is granted the Administrator determines that no such person has
complied with such rule, the Administrator shall (i) after providing
written notice to the person who holds such exemption and an oppor-
tunity for a hearing, by order terminate such exemption, and  (ii)
notify in  writing such person of the requirements of the rule with
respect to which such exemption was granted.
  (d)  NOTICE.—Upon the receipt of any ..test data pursuant to  a rute
under subsection (a),  the Administrator shall publish  a notice  of the
receipt of such data  in the Federal Register  within  15'days  of its
receipt. Subject to section 14, each such notice shall (1) identify the
chemical substance or mixture for  which data have  been received;
(2) list the uses or intended uses of such substance or mixture and the
 ReuBDUnenent
 period.
 Publication in  <
 Federal Refuter.

-------
 90 STAT. 2010
             PUBLIC LAW 94-469—OCT. 11, 1976
 Aw, p. 2034.

 Committee to
 nuke
 recommendation*
 to
 Administrator.
Recommenda-
tion*, list of
chemical
substances and
mixtures.
Publication in
Federal Register;
transmittal to
Administrator.
List revision,
publication in
 information required by the applicable standards for the development
 of test data; and (3) describe the nature of the teat data developed.
 Except us otherwise provided in section 14, such data shall lx> made
 available by the Administrator for examination by any person.
  (e) PRIORITY LIST.—(1)(A) There is established a committee to
 make recommendations to the Administrator .respecting the chemical
 substances and mixtures to which the Administrator should  give
 priority consideration for the promulgation of a rule under subsec-
 tion (a). In making such a recommendation with respect to any chem-
 ical  substance or mixture, the committee shall consider all relevant
 factors, including—
      (i) the quantities  in which the substance or mixture is or will
     be manufactured,
      (ii) the quantities in  which the substance or mixture enters or
     will enter the environment,
      (iii) the number of individuals whoare or will be exposed to the
     substance or mixture in  their places of employment and the dura-
     tion of such exposure,
      (iv) the extent to which human beings are or will *-: exposed to
     the substance or mixture,
      (v) the extent  to which  the substance  or mixture is closely
     related to a chemical substance or mixture which is known to
     present an unreasonable risk of injury to health or the environ-
     ment,
      (vi) the existence of data concerning the effects of the substance
     or mixture on health  or the environment,
      (vii) the extent to which testing of the substance or mixture
     may result in the development of data upon which the effects of
     the siiltttance or mixture on health or the environment can rea-
     sonably be determined or predicted, and
      (viii) the reasonably foreseeable availability of facilities and
     personnel for performing testing on the substance or mixture.
The  recommendations of the committee shall be in the form of a list
of chemical subst:—es rnd mixtures which shall be set forth, either by
individual sulstance or mixture or by groups of substances or mix-
tuces, in the order in which the committee determines the Administra-
tor  should take action  under subsection  (a) with  respect to  the
substances and mixtures.  In establishing such list, the committee shall
give priority  attention to'those chemical substances and mixtures
which are known to cause or contribute to or which are suspected of
causing or contributing to cancer, gene mutations, or birth defects. The
committee shall designate chemical substances and mixtures on the list
with respect to which the committee determines the Administrator
should,  within 12 months of the date on which such sutatances and
mixtures are first designated, initiate a proceeding under subsection
(a).  The total number of chemical substances and mixtures on the list
which are designated under the preceding sentence may not, at any
time, exceed  50.
  (B) As soon as practicable but not later than nine months after
the effective date of this Act. the committee shall publish in the Fed-
eral  Register and transmit to the Administrator the list and designa-
tions required  by subparagraph (A) together with the reasons for the
committee's inclusion of each chemical substance or mixture on the, list.
At least every six months after the date of the> transmission to the Ad-
ministrator of the list pursuant to the preceeding sentence, the commit-
tee shall make such revisions in the list as it determines to be necessary
and  shall transmit them to the Administrator together with the com-
mittee's reasons for the revisions. Upon receipt of any such revision,

-------
PUBLIC LAW 94-469—OCT. 11, 1976
                                                               90STAT. 2011
                                                 Comment*.
                                                  Publication in
                                                  Federal Register.
the Administrator shall publish in the Federal Register the list with
such revision, the reasons for such revision, and the designations made
under subparagraph (A). The Administrator s'aall provide reasonable
opportunity to any interested person to file with the Administrator
written comments  on the committee's list, any revision of such list
by the committee, and designations made by the committee, and shall
make such comments available to the public. Within the 12-month
period beginning on the date of the first inclusion on the list of a
chemical substance or mixture designated by the committee under sub-
paragraph (A) the Administrator shall with respect to such chemical
substance  or mixture either initiate a rulemaking proceeding under
subsection  (a)  or if such a proceeding is not initiated within such
period, publish in the Federal Register the Administrator's reason for
not initiating such a proceeding.
  (2) (A)  The committee established by paragraph (1) (A) shall con- Membership
sist of eight members as follows:
       (i)  One member appointed by the Administrator from the
    Environmental Protection Agency.
       (ii)  One member appointed by the Secretary of Labor  from
    officers or employees of the Department of Labor engaged in the
    Secretary's activities under the Occupational  Safety and  Health
    Act of 1970.
       (iii) One member appointed by the Chairman  of the Council
    on Environmental Quality from  the Council or  its officers  or
    employees.
       (iy) One member appointed by the Director of the National
    Institute for Occupational  Safety and Health from officers or
    employees of the. Institute.
       (v)  One member appointed by the Director of the National
    Institute of Environmental Health  Sciences from officers  or
    employees of the Institute.
      (vi) One member appointed by the Director of the National
    Cancer Institute from officers or employees of the Institute.
    '  (vii) One member appointed by the Director of the National
    Science Foundation from officers or employees of the Foundation.
      (viii) One member appointed by the Secretary of Commerce
    from officers or employees of the Department of Commerce.
  (B) (i) An appointed member may designate an individual to serve
on the committee on the member's behalf.  Such a designation may be
made only with the approval of the applicable appointing authority
and only if the individual is from the entity from which the member
was appointed.
  (ii) No individual may serve as a member of the committee for more
than four  years in the aggregate. If any member of  the committee
leaves the entity from which the member was appointed, such member
may not continue as a member of the committee, and the member's
position shall be considered to be vacant. A vacancy in the committee
shall be filled in the same manner in which the original appointment
was made.
  (iii) Initial appointments to the committee shall be  made not  later
than the 60th day after the effective date of this Act.  Not later than
the 90th day after such date the members of tjje  committee shall hold a
meeting for the selection of a chairperson from among their number.
  (C)'(i) No member of the committee, or designee of such member,
shall accept employment or compensation from any person subject to
any requirement of this Act or of any rule promulgated or order issued
thereunder, for a period of at least 12 months after termination  of
service on the committee.

-------
90 STAT. 2012
                            PUBLIC LAW 94-469—OCT. 11, 1976
Publication in
Federal Register.
S DSC 701.
PabUatkw a
Fedenl Register,
Poo, p. 2034.

IS USC 2604.
                (ii) No person, while serving as a member of the committee, or des-
              ignee of such member, may own any stocks or bonds, or have any
              pecuniary interest, of substantial value in any person engaged in the
              manufacture, processing, or distribution in commerce of any chemical
              substance or mixture subject to any requirement of this Act or of any
              rule promulgated or order issued thereunder.
                (iii) The Administrator, acting through attorneys of the Environ-
              mental Protection  Agency, or the Attorney General  may bring an
              action in the appropriate district court of the United States to restrain
              any violation of this subparagraph.
                (D)  The Administrator shall provide  the committee such admin-
              istrative support services as may be necessary to enable the committee
              to carry out its function under this subsection.
                (f ) REQUIRED ACTIONS. — Upon the receipt of —
                    (1) any test data required to be submitted under this Act, or
                    (2) any other information available to the Administrator,
              which indicates to  the Administrator that there may be a reasonable
              basis to conclude that a chemical substance or mixture presents or will
              present a significant risk  of serious or widespread  harm to human
              beings  from cancer, gene mutations, or birth defects, the Administra-
              tor shall, within the 180-day period beginning on the date of the receipt
              of such data or information, initiate appropriate action under section
              5, 6, or 7 to prevent or reduce to a sufficient extent such risk or publish
              in the Federal Register a finding that such risk is not unreasonable. For
              good cause shown the Administrator may extend such period for an
              additional period of not more than 90 days. The Administrator shall
              publish in the Federal Register notice of any such extension and the
              reasons therefor. A finding by the Administrator that a risk is not
              unreasonable shall be considered agency action for purposes of judicial
              review under chapter 7 of title 5, United States Code. This subsection
              shall not take effect until two years after the effective date of this Act.
                (g) PETITION FOR STANDARDS FOR THE DEVELOPMENT OF TEST DATA. —
              A person intending to manufacture or process a chemical substance
              for which notice is required under section 5 ( a) and who is not required
              under a rule under subsection (a) to conduct tests and submit data
              on such substance may petition the Administrator to prescribe stand-
              ards for the development of test data for sucli substance. The Admin-
              istrator shall by  order either grant or deny any such petition within
              60 days of its receipt If the petition is granted, the Administrator
              shall prescribe such standards for such substance within 75 days oi
              the date the petition is granted. If the petition is denied, the Admin-
              istrator shall publish, subject to section 14, in the Federal Register the
              reasons for such denial.
              SEC 5.  MANUFACTURING AND  PROCESSING NOTICES.
                (a) IN GENERAL. — (1)  Except as provided in subsection  (h), no
              person may —
                    (A)  manufacture a  new chemical substance on or after the 30th
                  day after the date on which the Administrator first publishes the
                  list required by section 8 ( b ) , or
                    (B)  manufacture or process any chemical substance for a use
                  which  the Administrator has determined, in accordance with
                  paragraph (2) , is a significant new use,
              unless such person submits to the Administrator, at least 90 days before
              such manufacture or processing, a notice, in accordance with subsection
              (d), of such person's intention to manufacture or process such sub-
              stance  and such person complies with any applicable requirement of
              subsection (b).

-------
               PUBLIC LAW 94-469— OCT. 11, 1976              90 STAT. 2013

   (2) A determination by the Administrator that a use of a chemical
substance is a significant new use with respect to which notification
is required under paragraph (1) shall be made by a rule promulgated
after a consideration of all relevant factors, including —
       (A) the projected volume of manufacturing and processing of
    a chemical substance,
      (B) the extent to  which a use changes the type or form of
    exposure of human beings or the environment to a chemical
    substance,
      (C) the extent to  which a use increases the magnitude  and
    duration of exposure of human beings or the environment to a
    chemical substance, and
      (D) the reasonably anticipated manner and methods of manu-
    facturing. processing, distribution in commerce, and disposal of
    a chemical substance.
   (b) SUBMISSION OF TEST DATA. — (1) (A) If (i) a person is required
by subsection  (a) (1) to submit a notice to the Administrator before
beginning the manufacture  or  processing of  a chemical substance,
and  (ii) such person is required to submit test data for such sub-
stance pursuant  to  a rule promulgated under section 4  before the
submission of such notice, such person shall submit to the Adminis-
trator such data in accordance  with  such rule at the time notice is
submitted in accordance with subsection (a) (1).
   (B) If-
      (i)  a person is required by  subsection (a.)(l)  to submit a
    notice to  the Administrator, and
      (ii) such person has been granted an exemption under section
    4(c) from the requirements of a rule promulgated under section
    4 before the submission of such notice,
such person may not, before the expiration of the 90 day period which
begins on  the date of the submission in accordance with such rule of
the test data the submission or development of which was the basis
for the exemption, manufacture such substance  if  such  person  is
subject  to  subsection (a)(l)(A)  or manufacture or process  such
substance for a significant new use if the person is subject to subsection
  (2) (A) If a person—
       (i) is required by subsection  (a) (1) to submit a notice to the
    Administrator before beginning the manufacture or processing
    of a chemical substance listed under paragraph (4), and
       (ii)  is not required  by a rule  promulgated  under section 4
    before the submission of such notice to submit test data for such
    substance,
such person shall submit to  the Administrator data prescribed by
subparagraph (B) at the time notice is submitted in accordance with
subsection  (a)(l).
  (B) Data submitted pursuant to subparagraph (A) shall be data
which the  person submitting the data believes show that —
       (i) in the case of a substance with respect to which notice is
    required under subsection (a) (1) (A), the manufacture, process-
    ing, distribution in commerce, use, and disposal of the chemical
    substance or any combination of such activities will not present
    an unreasonable risk of injury  to health or the environment, or
       (ii)  in the  case of a chemical substance with respect to which
    notice is  required under subsection (a)(l)(B), the intended
    significant new use of the chemical substance will not present an
    unreasonable risk of injury to  health or the environment.

-------
90 STAT. 2014
                           PUBLIC LAW 94-469—OCT. 11, 1976
Onl
praeatttioo.
Transcript
PoblicatioB.
                 (3) Data submitted under paragraph (1) or (2) shall  be  made
 Pott, p. 2034.     available, subject to section 14, for examination by interested persona,
                 (4)(A)(i)  The Administrator may, by  rule, compile and  keep
               current  a list of chemical substances with respect to which the
               Administrator finds that the manufacture, processing, distribution in
               commerce, use, or disposal, or any combination ox such activities,
               presents or may present an unreasonable risk of injury to  health or
               the environment
                 (ii) In making a finding under clause (i) that the manufacture.
               processing, distribution in commerce, use, or disposal of a chemical
               substance or any combination of such activities presents or may present
               an unreasonable  risk of  injury  to health or the  environment, the
               Administrator shall  consider all  relevant factors, including—
                     (I) the effects of the chemical substance on health and the
                   magnitude of human exposure to such substance; and
                     (II) the effects of the chemical substance on the environment
                   and the magnitude of environmental exposure to such substance.
                 (B) The Administrator shall, in prescribing a rule under subpara-
               graph (A) which lists  any chemical substance, identify those  uses,
               if any, which  the Administrator determines, by rule under subsection
               (a) (2),  would constitute a significant new use of such substance.
                 (C) Any rule under subparagraph fA), and  any  substantive
               amendment or repeal of such a rule, shall be promulgated  pursuant
               to the procedures specified in section 553 of title 5, United States
               Code, except that (n the Administrator shall give interested persons
               an opportunity for the oral presentation of data, views, or arguments,
               in addition to an opportunity to make written submissions, (ii) a
               transcript shall be kept of any oral presentation, and (iii) the Admin-
               istrator  shall  make and publish with the rule the  finding described
               in subparagraph (A).
                 (c)  EXTENSION OF NOTICE PERIOD.—The  Administrator  may for
               good cause extend for additional periods (not to exceed in the aggre-
               gate 90 days)  the period, prescribed by subsection (a) or (b) before
               which the manufacturing or processing of a chemical substance sub-
Pnblkatioa !•     ject  to such subsection may begin.  Subject to  section 14, such an
Federal Regum.   extension and the reasons therefor shall be published in the Federal
               Register and shall constitute a final agency action subject to judicial
               review.
                 (d) CONTENT or NOTICE ; PUBLICATIONS IN THB FEDERAL REGISTER.—
               (1) The notice required by subsection (a) shall include—
                     (A) insofar as known to the person submitting the  notice or
                  insofar as reasonably aacertainable, the information described in
                  subpantgrnphs  (A),  (B), (C),  (D), (F),  and (G) of section
                  8(aH2),and
                     (B) in such form and manner as the Administrator  may pre-
                  scribe, any test data  in the possession or control of the person
                  giving such notice which are related to the effect of any manu-
                  facture, processing, distribution in commerce, use, or disposal of
                  such substance or any article containing such substance,  or of any
                  combination of such activities, on health or the environmentt and
                     (C) a description of any other data concerning the environ-
                  mental and health effects of such substance,  insofar as known to
                  the person making the notice or insofar as reasonably aacertain-
                  able.
               Such a notice  shall be made available, subject to section 14, for exam-
               ination by interested persons.
                 (2) Subject to section 14, not later than five days (excluding Satur-
               days, Sundays and legal holidays) after the date of the receipt of a

-------
                PUBLIC LAW 94-469—OCT. 11, 1976             90 STAT. 2015

notice under subsection (a) or of  data  under subsection  (b),  the
Administrator shall publish in the Federal Register a notice which—
       (A) identifies the chemical substance for which notice or data
    has been received;
       (B) lists the uses or intended uses of such substance; and
       (C) in the case of the receipt of data under subsection (b),
    describes the nature of the tests performed on such substance and
    any  data which was developed  pursuant to subsection  (b) or a
    rule under section 4.
A notice under this paragraph respecting a chemical substance shall
identify the chemical substance by generic class unless the Administra-
tor determines that more specific  identification is  required in  the
public interest.
   (3)  At the beginning of each month the Administrator shall pub-
lish a list in the Federal Register of  (A) each chemical substance for
which notice has been received under subsection (a) and for which
the notification period prescribed by subsection (a), (b), or (c) has not
expired,  and (B) each chemical substance  for which such notifica-
tion period has expired since the last  publication in the Federal Regis-
ter of such list.
   (e) REGULATION PENDING DEVELOPMENT OF INFORMATION.—(1) (A)
If the Administrator determines that—
       (i)  the information available to the Administrator  is insuf-
    ficient to permit a reasoned evaluation of the health and environ-
    mental effects of a chemical substance with respect to which notice
    is required by subsection (a) ; and
       (ii)(I) in the absence of sufficient information to permit the
    Administrator to make such an evaluation, the manufacture,
    processing,  distribution in commerce, use, or disposal of such
    substance, or any combination of such activities, may present an
    unreasonable risk of injury to health or the environment, or
       (II) such substance is or will  be produced in substantial  quan-
    tities,  and such substance either enters or may  reasonably be
    anticipated  to enter the environment in substantial quantities or
    there is or may be significant or substantial human exposure  to the
    substance,
the Administrator may issue a proposed order, to take effect on  the  Proposed order.
expiration of the notification period  applicable to the manufacturing
or processing of such substance under subsection (a), (b), or (c), to
prohibit  or limit the  manufacture,  processing, distribution in com-
merce, use, or disposal of such  substance or to prohibit or limit any
combination of such activities.
   (B) A proposed order may not be issued under subparagraph (A)
respecting  a chemical  substance  (i) later than 45 days before  the
expiration  of the notification period applicable to the manufacture or
processing of such  substance under subsection (a), (b), or  (c), and
(ii) unless the Administrator has, on or  before the issuance of  the
proposed order, notified, in writing,  each manufacturer or processor,
as the case may  be, of such substance of the determination which
underlies such order.
   (C)  If a manufacturer or processor of a chemical substance  to be
subject to a proposed order issued under snbparagrnph (A) files with
the Administrator (within the  30-day period beginning on  the date
such manufacturer or processor received the notice required by subpar-
agraph (B)(ii)) objections specifying with  particularity the provi-
sions  of the order deemed objectionable ana stating the  grounds
therefor, the proposed order shall not take effect.

-------
90 STAT. 2016             PUBLIC LAW 94-469—OCT. 11, 1976

Injunction.          (2)(A)(i) Except  as provided in clause (ii), if with respect to a
application.      chemical substance with respect to which notice is required by sulisec-
              tion (a), the Adminictrator makes the determination described in
              paragraph (1) (A) and if—
                    (I)  the Administrator does not issue a proposed order under
                  paragraph (1) respecting such substance, or
                    (II)  the Administrator  issues such an order respecting such
                  substance but such order does not take effect because objections
                  were filed under paragraph (1) (C) with respect to it,
              the Administrator, through attorneys of the Environmental Protection
              Agency, shall apply to the United States District Court for the Dis-
              trict of Columbia or the United States district court for the judicial
              district in which the manufacturer or processor, as the case may be, of
              such substance is found, resides, or transacts business for an injunction
              to prohibit or limit the manufacture, processing, distribution in com-
              merce, use, or disposal of such substance (or to prohibit or limit  any
              combination of such activities).
                 (ii)  If the Administrator issues a proposed order under paragraph
     \~         (1) (A) respecting a chemical substance but such order Joes not take
              effect because objections have been filed under paragraph (1) (C) with
              respect to it, the Administrator is not required to ap^ly for an injunc-
              tion under clause (i)  respecting such substance  if the Administrator
              determines, on the basis of  such objections, that the determinations
              under paragraph (1) (A) may not be made.
                 (B)  A district court of the United States which receives an appli-
              cation  under subparagraph (A)(i) for an injunction respecting a
              chemical substance shall issue such injunction if the court finds that—
                    (i) the information available to the Administrator is insufficient
                  to permit a reasoned evaluation of the health and environmental
                  effects of a chemical  substance with respect to which  notice is
                  required by subsection (a); and
                    (ii) (I) in the  absence of sufficient information to permit the
                  Administrator to  make such an evaluation, the manufacture, proc-
                  essing,  distribution in  commerce, use, or disposal  of such
                  substance, or any combination of such activities, may present an
                  unreasonable risk of injury to health or the environment, or
                    (II) such substance is or will be produced in substantial quan-
                  tities,  and such  substance  either enters  or may  reasonably be
                  anticipated to enter the environment in substantial quantities or
                  there is or may be significant or substantial human exposure to
                  the substance.
                 (C)  Pending the completion of a proceeding for the issuance of an
              injunction under subparagraph (B) respecting a chemical substance,
              the court may, upon application of the Administrator made through
              attorneys of the Environmental Protection Agency, issue a temporary
              restraining order or a preliminary  injunction to prohibit the manu-
              facture, processing, distribution in commerce, use, or disposal of such
              a substance (or any combination of such activities) if the court finds
              that the notification period  applicable under subsection (a), (b), or
              (c) to the manufacturing or processing of such substance may expire
              before such proceeding can be completed.
                 (D) After the submission to the Administrator of test data sufficient
              to evaluate the health add environmental effects of a  chemical sub-
              stance subject to an injunction issued under subparagraph (B)  and
              the evaluation of such data by the Administrator, the district court
              of the United States which issued such injunction shall, upon petition,
              dissolve the injunction unless the Administrator, has initiated a pro-

-------
               PUBLIC LAW 94-469—OCT. 11, 1976
90 STAT. 2017
ceeding for the issuance of a rule under section 6(a) respecting the
substance. If such a proceeding has been initiated, such court shalfcon-
tinue the injunction  in effect until the effective date of the rule pro-
mulgated  in such proceeding or, if such proceeding is terminated
without the promulgation of a rule, upon the termination of the pro-
ceeding, whichever occurs first.
  (f) PROTECTION > GAINST UNREASONABLE RISKS!—(1)'It the Admin-
istrator finds that there is a reasonable basis to conclude that the manu-
facture, processing, distribution in commerce, use,  or disposal of a
chemical substance with respect to which notice is required oy subsec-
tion (a), or that any combination of such activities, presents or will
present an unreasonable risk of injury to health or environment before
a rule promulgated under section 6 can protect against such risk, the
Administrator shall, before the expiration of the notification period
applicable under subsection (a), (b), or (c)  to the manufacturing or
processing of such substance, take the action authorized by paragraph
(2) or (3) to the extent necessary to protect against such risk.
  (2)  The Administrator  may issue a  proposed rule under section  Proposed rate.
6 (a) to apply to a chemical substance with respect to which a finding
was made under paragraph (1)—
       (A)  a  requirement limiting  the amount of such substance
    which  may  be  manufactured,  processed,  or distributed  in
    commerce,
       (B) a requirement described in paragraph (2), (3),  (4), (5),
    (6), or (7) of section 6(a), or
       (C)  any combination of the requirements referred to in sub-
    paragraph (B).
Such a proposed rule shall be effective upon its publication in the Fed-
eral Register. Section 6(d)(2)(B) shall apply with respect to such
rule.
  (3) (A) The Administrator may—
       (i)  issue a proposed order to prohibit the manufacture, process-  Proposed order.
    ing, or  distribution in commerce of a substance with respect to
    which a finding  was made under paragraph (1), or
       (ii) apply, through attorneys of the Environmental Protection
    Agency, to the United States District Court for the District of
    Columbia or the United States district court for the judicial dis-
    trict in  which the manufacturer, or processor, as the case may be,
    of such substan, o, is found, resides, or transacts business for an
    injunction to prohibit the manufacture,  processing, or  distribu-
    tion in commerce of such substance.
A  proposed order issued  under clause (i)  respecting a chemical
substance shall take effect on the expiration of the notification period
applicable under subsection (a), (b), or (c) to the manufacture or
processing of such substance.
  (B) If the district court of the United States to which an applica-
tion has been made under subparagraph (A) (ii) finds that there is a
reasonable  basis  to  conclude  that the  manufacture,  processing,
distribution in commerce, use, or disposal of the chemical substance
with respect to which such application was madt, or that any combina-
tion of such activities, presents or will present an unreasonable risk
of injury to health or  the environment, before  a rule promulgated
under section 6 can  protect against such risk, the  court shall issue
an injunction to prohibit the manufacture, processing, or distribution
in commerce of such substance or to prohibit any combination of such
activities.
 Publication in
 Federal Register.
  Injunction
  application.

-------
 90 STAT. 2018
             PUBLIC LAW 94-469—OCT. 11. 1976
Publication in
Federal Register.
Fair and
equitable
reimbursement.
   (C) The provisions of subparagrapha (B) and (C) of subsection
 (e) (1) shall apply with respect to an order issued under clause (i)
 of subparagraph (A); and the provisions of subparagmph (C) of sub-
 section (e) (2) shall apply with respect to an injunction issued under
 subparagraph (B).
   (D) If the Administrator issues an order pursuant to subparagraph
 (A)(i) respecting a chemical substance and objections are filed in
 accordance with subsection (e) (1) (C), the Administrator shall seek
 an injunction under subparagraph (A) (ii) respecting such substance
 unless the Administrator determines, on the basis of such objections,
 that such substance does not or will not present an unreasonable risk
 of injury to health or the environment.
   (g) STATEMENT OF REASONS FOR Nor TAKING ACTION.—If  the
 Administrator has not initiated any action under this section or section
 6 or 7 to prohibit or limit the manufacture, processing, distribution
 in commerce, use, or disposal of a chemical substance, with respect to
 which notification or data is required by subsection (a) (1) (B) or (b),
 before the expiration of the notification period applicable to the manu-
 facturing or processing of such substance, the Administrator shall
 publish a statement of the Administrator's reasons fc.  not initiating
 such action. Such a statement shall be published in the Federal Reg-
 ister before the exoiration of such period. Publication of such state-
 ment in accordance with the preceding sentence is not a prerequisite
 to the manufacturing or processing of the substance with respect to
 which the statement is to be published.
   (h)  EXEMPTIONS.—(1) The Administrator may, upon application,
 exempt any*person from any requirement of subsection (a) or (b) to
 permit such person  to manufacture or process a chemical substance
 for test marketing purposes—
       (A ) upon a showing by such person satisfactory to the Admin-
    istrator  that  the manufacture,  processing,  distribution   in
    commerce, use, and disposal of such substance, and that any com-
    bination of such activities, for such purposes will not present any
    unreasonable risk of injury to health or the environment, and
       (B)  under  such restrictions as the Administrator considers
    appropriate.
   (•2) (A) The Administrator may, upon application, exempt any per-
son from the requirement of subsection (b) (2)  to submit data for a
chemical substance. If, upon receipt of an application under the pre-
ceding sentence, the Administrator determines that—
       (i) the chemical substance with respect to which such applica-
    tion was submitted is equivalent to a chemical substance for which
    data has been submitted to the Administrator as required by sub-
    section  (b)(2),and
      (ii)  submission of data  by the applicant  on such substance
    would  be duplicative of data which has been submitted to the
    Administrator in accordance with such subsection.
the Administrator shall exempt the applicant from the requirement
to submit such data on such substance. No exemption which is granted
under this subparagraph with respect to the submission of data for a
chemical substance may take effect before the beginning of the reim-
bursement period applicable to such data.
   (B) If the Administrator exempts any person, under subparagraph
(A), from  submitting data required under subsection fb)(2) for a
chemical substance because of the existence of previously submitted
data and if such exemption is gi anted during the reimbursement period
for such data, then (unless such person and the persons referred to in

-------
                PUBLIC LAW 94-469—OCT. 11, 1976              90 STAT. 2019

 clauses (i)  and (ii) agree on t!'e amount and method of reimburse-
 ment) the Administ rator shall order the person granted the exemption
 to provide fair and equitable reimbursement (in an amount determined
 under rules of the Administrator)—
       (i) to the person who previously submitted the data on which
     the exemption  was based, for a portion of the costs incurred by
     such person in  complying with the requirement under subsection
     (b) (2) to submit such data, and
       (ii) to any other person who has been required under this sub-
     paragraph to contribute with respect to such costs, for a portion
     of the amount such person was required to contribute.
 In promulgating rules for the determination of fair and equitable
 reimbursement to the  persons described in clauses (i) and (ii)  for
 costs incurred with  respect to a chemical substance, the Administrator
 shall, after consultation with the Attorney General and the Federal
 Trade Commission, consider all  relevant factors, including the effect
 on the competitive  position of the person required to provide reim-
 bursement in relation to the persons to be reimbursed and the share of
 the market for such substance of the person required to provide reim-
 bursement in relation to the share of such market of the persons to be
. reimbursed.  For purposes of judicial review, an order under this
 subparagraph shaft be considered final agency action.
   (C) For purposes of this paragraph, the reimbursement period for   Reimbunement
 any previously submitted  data for a chemical substance is a period—   period.
       (i) beginning on the date of the termination of the prohibition,
     imposed under this section, on the manufacture or processing of
     such  substance by  the person who submitted such data to the
     Administrator, and
       (ii) ending—
           (I) five years after the date referred to in clause  (i), or
           (II) at  the  expiration of a period which begins  on the
        date referred to in clause (i) ana is equal to the period which
        the Administrator determines was necessary to develop such
        data,
     whichever is later.
   (3) The requirements of subsections (a)  and (b) do not apply with
 respect to the manufacturing or processing  of any *fr«arm«^ sub-
 stance which is manufacturebfor processed, or proposed to be manu-      ;
 factored or  processed,  only  in smaH quantities (as denned by the
 Administrator by rule) solely for purposes of—
       (A) scientific experimentation or analysis, or
       (B)  chemical research on, or analysis of such substance or
     another substance, including such research or analysis for the
     development of a product,
 if all persons engaged in such experimentation, research, or analysis
 for a manufacturer or processor are notified (in such form and manner
 as the Administrator may prescribe) of any risk to health which the
 manufacturer, processor, or the  Administrator has reason to believe
 may be associated with such chemical substance.
   (4) The Administrator may, upon application and by rule, exempt
 the manufacturer of any new chemical substance from all or part of
 the requirements of this section if the Administrator  determines that
 the manufacture, processing, distribution in  commerce, use, or dis-
 posal of such chemical substance, or that any combination, of such
 activities, will not present an unreasonable risk .of injury fb health or
 the environment A rule promulgated under this paragraph (and any
 substantive amendment to, or repeal of, such a rule) shall be promul-
 gated in accordance with paragraphs (2) and (3) of section 6(c).

    305-152 0-79-3


                                                                        -US'

-------
 90 STAT. 2020
PUBLIC LAW 94-469—OCT. 11, 1976
                 (5) The Administrator may, upon application, m..ke the require-
               ments of subsections (a)  and (b) inapplicable with respect to the
               manufacturing or processing of any chemical substance (A) which
               exists temporarily es a result of a chemical reaction in the manufac-
               turing or processing of a mixture or another chemicJ substance, and
               (B)  to which  there is no, and will not be, human or environmental
               exposure.
 Publication in       (6) Immediately upon receipt of an application under paragraph
 Federal Register,  (i) or (5) the Administrator shall  publish in the Federal Register
, Comment,       notice of the receipt of such application. The Administrator shall give
               interested persons an opportunity to comment upon any such applica-
               tion and shall,  within 45 days of its receipt, either approve or deny the
 Publication in     application. The  Administrator shall publish in  the Federal Register
 Federal Register,  notice of the approval or denial of such an application.
                 (i) DEFINITION.—For purposes of this section, the terms "manufac-
               ture" and "process" mean manufacturing or processing for commercial
               purposes.
               SEC C. REGULATION OF HAZARDOUS CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES AND
                       MIXTURES.
 15 USC *60S.      (a) SCOPE OF KEOUUXTIOX.—If the Administrator finds that there in
               a reasonable basis to conclude that the manufacture, processing, dis-
               tribution in commerce, use, or disposal of a chemical  substance or
               mixture, or that  any combination of such activities, presents or will
               present an unreasonable risk of injury to health or the environment,
               the Administrator shall by rule apply one or more of the following
               requirements to such substance or mixture to the extent necessary to
               protect adequately against  such  risk using the least  burdensome
               requirements:
                     (1)  A requirement  (A) prohibiting the manufacturing, process-
                   ing, or distribution in commerce of such substance or mixture, or
                   (B) limiting the amount of such substance or mixture which may
                   be manufactured, processed, or distributed in commerce.
                     (2)  A requirement—
                         (A) prohibiting the manufacture, processing, or distribu-
                       tion in commerce of such substance or mixture  for  (i) a
                       particular  use or (ii) a particular use in a concentration in
                      excess of a level specified by the  Administrator in the rule
                       imposing the requirement, or
                         (B) limiting the amount of  such substance or mixture
                       which may be manufactured, processed, or distributed in
                      commerce for (i) a particular use or  (ii) a particular use
                       in  a concentration  in  excess of  a level specified by the
                       Administrator in the rule imposing the requirement.
                     (3)  A requirement that such substance  or mixture or any
                  article containing such substance or mixture be marked with or
                  accompanied by clear and  adequate warnings and  instructions
                   with respect  to its use, distribution in commerce, or disposal or
                   with respect to any combination of such activities. The form and
                  content of  such warnings and instructions shall be prescribed by
                  the Administrator.
                     (4)  A requirement that manufacturers and processors of such
                  substance or  mixture make and retain records of the processes
                   used to manufacture or process such substance or  mixture and
                  monitor or conduct tests  which are reasonable «nd  necessary to
                  assure compliance with the requirements of any rule applicable
                  under this subsection.

-------
                PUBLIC LAW 94-469—OCT. 11, 1976              90 STAT. 2021

       (5) A requirement prohibiting or otherwise regulating any
    manner  or method of commercial use of  such  substance  or
    mixture.
       (6) (A)  A requirement prohibiting or otherwise regulating any
    manner or method  of disposal of such substance-or mixture, or
    of any article containing such substance or mixture, by its manu-
    facturer or processor or by any other person who uses, or disposes
    of, it for commercial purposes.
       (B) A requirement under subparagraph (A) may not require
    any  person to take an}- action which  would be in  violation  of
    any  law or requirement of, or in effect for, a State or political
    subdivision, and shall require each person subject to it to notify
    each State  and ]x>litical  subdivision in  which a required disposal
    may occur of such disposal.
       (7) A requirement directing manufacturers or processors  of
    such substance or mixture (A) to give notice of such unreasonable
    risk of  injury to distributors in commerce of such substance or
    mixture and, to the extent reasonably ascertainable, to other per-
    sons in possession of such substance or mixture or exposed to such
    substance or mixture, (B)  to give public  notice of such risk of
    injury,  and  (C) to replace or repurchase  such  substance  or
    mixture  as elected  by the person to which  the requirement is
    directed.
Any requirement (or combination of requirements) imposed under
this subsection  may be limited in application to specified geographic
areas.
  (b)  QUALITY CONTROL.—If the Administrator has  a reasonable
basis to conclude that a particular manufacturer or processor is manu-
facturing or processing a chemical substance or mixture in a manner
which  unintentionally causes the chemical substance or  mixture to
present or which will cause it to present an unreasonable risk  of
injury to health or the environment—
      (1) the Administrator may by  order require such manufac-
    turer or processor to submit a description of the relevant quality
    control procedures followed in the manufacturing or processing
    of such chemical substance or mixture; and
      (2) if the Administrator determines—
          (A)  that  such quality control procedures are inadequate
        to prevent the chemical substance or mixture from presenting
        such risk of injury,  the Administrator may order the manu-
        facturer or processor to revise such quality control procedures
        to the extent necessary to remedy such inadequacy; or
          (B)  that the use of such quality control procedures has
        resulted in the distribution in commerce of chemical substances
        or mixtures  which present an unreasonable risk of injury to
        health  or the environment, the Administrator may order the
        manufacturer or processor to (i) give notice of such risk to
        processors or distributors in  commerce of any such  sub-
        stance  or mixture, or to both, and, to the extent reasonably
        ascertainable, to any other person in possession of or exposed
        to any  such substance, (ii) to give public notice of such risk,
        and  (iii) to provide such replacement or repurchase of any
        such substance or mixture as is necessary to adequately pro-
        tect ^ealth or the environment.
A determination under subparagraph  (A) or (B) of paragraph (2)  Hewing.
shall be made on the record after opportunity for hearing in accord-
ance with section 554 of title 5, United States Code. Any manufacturer

-------
90 STAT. 2022             PUBLIC LAW 94-469—OCT.  11, 1976

              or processor subject to a requirement to replace or repurchase a chem-
              ical substance or mixture  may elect cither  to replace or repurchase
              the substance or mixture and shall take either such action in the man-
              ner prescribed by the Administrator. ~
Statement.         (c) PROMULGATION OK SUBSECTION (a) RULES.—(1) In promulgat-
publicatkm.      ing any rule under subsection (a) with respect to a chemical substance
              or mixture, the Administrator shall consider and publish a statement
              with respect to—
                    (A) the effects of such substance or mixture on health and the
                  magnitude of the exposure of human beings to such substance or
                  mixture,
                    (B) the effects of such substance or mixture on the environment
                  and the magnitude of the exposure of  the environment to such
                  substance or mixture,
                    (C) the benefits of  such substance or mixture for various uses
                  and the availability of substitutes for such uses, and
                    (D) the reasonably ascertainable economic consequences of the
                  rule, after consideration of the effect on the national economy,
                  small  business, technological  innovation, the environment, and
                  public health.
              If the Administrator determines that a risk of injury to health or the
              environment could be eliminated or reduced to a sufficient extent by
              actions taken under another Federal law (or laws)  administered in
              whole or in part by  the Administrator, the Administrator may not
              promulgate, a nde  under subsection (a) to protect against such risk
              of injury  unless the Administrator finds, in the Administrator's dis-
              cretion, that it is in  the public interest to protect against such risk
              under this Act. In making such a finding the Administrator shall con-
              sider (i) all relevant aspects of the risk, as determined by the Adminis-
              trator in  the Administrator's discretion, (ii)  a comparison of the
              estimated  costs of  complying with actions taken under this Act and
              under such law (or laws), and (iii) the relative efficiency of actions
              under this Act and under  such law (or laws) to protect against such
              risk of injury.
                (2) When prescribing a nde under subsection (a)  the Adminis-
              trator shall proceed in accordance with section 553 of title 5, United
              States Code (without regard to any reference in such section to sec-
5 USC 556, 557.  tions 556 and 557 of such title), and* shall also (A) publish a notice of
No*f**         proposed nilemaking stating with particularity the reason for the
              proposed rule; (B) allow  interested persons to submit written data,
              views, and arguments, and make all such submissions publicly avail-
^^          able; (C)  provide  an opportunity for an informal hearing in accord-
|!|""T'™1'       ance with paragraph (3): (D) 'promulgate, if appropriate, a final
 eanng.        n||e Daserson  is
                  entitled—
                        (i) to present such person's  position orally or by  docu-
                      mentary submissions (or both), and
                        (ii) if the Administrator determines that there are dis-
                      puted issues of material fact it is necessary  to resolve, to
                      present such rebuttal  submissions and to conduct (or have
                      conducted under subparagraph (B)(ii)) such crosS-examina-
                                                                         qg*
view*,

-------
               PUBLIC LAW 94-469—OCT. 11, 1976
90 STAT. 2023
        tion of persons as the Administrator determines  (I)  to be
        appropriate, and (II) to be required  for a full and true dis-
        closure with respect to such issues:
      (B) The Administrator may prescribe such rules and make such  Rules.
    rulings concerning procedures in such hearings to avoid unneces-
    sary costs or delay. Such rules or rulings may include (i) the
    imposition of reasonable time limits on each interested person's  -
    oral presentations, and (ii) requirements that any cross-examina-
    tion to which a person may be entitled under subparagraph (A)
    be conducted by the Administrator on behalf of that person in such
    manner as the Administrator determines  (I) to  be appropriate,
    and (II) to be required for a full and true disclosure with respect
    to disputed issues of material fact.
      (C) (i)  Except as provided in clause (ii), if a group of persons
    each of whom under subparagraphs  (A) and  (B)  would be
    entitled to conduct (or have conducted)  cross-examination and
    who are determined by the  Administrator to have the same or
    similar interests in the proceeding cannot agree upon a  single
    representative of such interests for purposes of cross-examination,
    the Administrator may make rules and rulings (I) limiting the
    representation of such interest for such purposes, and  (II) gov-
    erning the manner in  which such cross-examination shall be
    limited.
      (ii) When  my  person who is a member of a group with respect
    to which  the Administrator has made  ii  determination  under
    clause (i) is unable to agree upon group  representation with the
    other members of the group, then  such person shall not be denied
    under the authority of clause (i)  the opportunity to conduct (or
    have conducted) cross-examination as to  issues affecting the per-
    son's particular interests if  (I) the person satisfies the Admin-
    istrator that  the  person has made a reasonable  and good faith
    effort to reach agreement upon  group representation with the
    other members of the group and  (II)  the Administrator deter-
    mines that there are substantial and relevant issues which are not
    adequately presented by the  group representative.
      (D)  A  verbatim transcript .shall be taken of any oral presen-  Verbatim
    tation made, and cross-examination conducted in  any informal  transcript.
    hearing under this subsection. Such transcript shall be available
    to the  public.
  (4) (A) Tl.c ^ ^ministrntor may, pursuant to rules prescribed by the  Compensation.
Administrator, pi o vide compensation for reasonable attorneys' fees,
expert witness fees, and other costs of participating in a rulemaking
proceeding for the promulgation of a rule under subsection  (a) to
any person—
      (i)  who represents an interest  which would substantially con-
    tribute to a fair determination of the issues to be resolved in the
    proceeding, and
      (ii) if—
          (I) the economic interest of such  person is  small in com-
        parison to the costs of effective participation in the proceed-
        ing by such person, or
          (II) such  person demonstrates to the satisfaction  of the
        Administrator that such person  does not have sufficient
        resources adequately to participate in the proceeding without
        compensation under this subparagraph.
In determining for purposes of clause (i) if an interest will substan-
tially contribute to a fair determination of the issues to be resolved in

-------
90 STAT. 2024
             PUBLIC LAW 94-469—OCT. 11, 1976
Publication in
Federal Register.
Notice.
a proceeding, tlx> Administrator shall take into account the number
and complexity of Mich issues and the extent to whiclr represent at ion
of siK-h interest will contribute to widespread public participation in
the proceeding  and rrpresentation"of a fair balance of interests for
the resolution of such issues.
   (B) In determining whether comix'iisatJon should  be provided to
a |>erson under subparagraph (A) and tlte amount of such compensa-
tion, the Administrator shall take into account the financial burden
which will be incurred by such person in participating in the rule-
making proceeding. The  Administrator shall  take such action as
may be necessary to ensure that the aggregate amount of compensa-
tion paid under this paragraph in any fiscal year to all persons who,
in rulemaking proceedings in which they receive compensation, are
persons who either—
       (i) would  be regulated by the proposed rule, or
       (ii)  represent IXTSOIIS who  would be so regulated,
may not exceed 25 per centum of the aggregate amount paid as com-
pensation under this paragraph to all persons in srch fiscal year.
   (5)  Paragraph (1), (2), (3), and  (4)  of this subsection  apply
to the promulgation  of  a rule repealing, or  making a  substantive
amendment to, a  rule promulgated under subsection (a).
   (d)  EFFECTIVE  DATK.— (1) The Administrator shall specify in any
rule under sultsection  (a) the date on which it shall take effect, which
date shall IK as soon as feasible.
   (•2) (A) The Administrator may declare a proposed  rule under sub-
section (a) to be effective upon its publication in the Federal Register
and until the effective date of final action taken, in accordance with
subparagraph (B), respecting such rule  if—
       (i) the Administrator determines that—
           (I)  the manufacture,  processing,  distribution in  com-
        merce, use, or disposal of the chemical  substance or mixture
        subject to such  proposed  rule or any  combination of such
        activities is likely to result in an unreasonable risk of serious
        or widespread injury  to health or the environment before
        such effective date; and
           (II) making such proposed rule so effective is necessary to
        protect the public interest; and
       (ii)  in the case of a proposed rule to prohibit the manufacture,
    processing, or  distribution of a chemical substance  or mixture
    because of the risk determined under clause (i)(I),  a  court has
    in an action  under section 7 granted relief with  respect to such
    risk associated with such substance or mixture.
Such a proposed rule which is made so effective shall not, for pur-
poses of judicial  review, be considered final agency action.
   (B) If the Administrator makes a proposed rule effective u|x>n its
publication in the Federal Register, the Administrator shall, as expe-
ditiously as possible,  give interested persons prompt notice of such
action, provide reasonable opportunity, in accordance with paragraphs
(2) and (3) of subsection (c), for a hearing on such rule, and either
promulgate such  rule (as proposed or with modifications) or revoke
it; and if such a hearing is requested, the Administrator shall com-
mence the hearing within five days from the date such  request is made
unless the  Administrator and the person making the request agree
upon a later date for the hearing to begin, and after the hearing is
concluded the Administrator shall, within ten days of the conclusion
of the hearing, either promulgate  such rule  (as proposed or with
modifications) or revoke it.

-------
               PUBLIC LAW 94-469—OCT. 11, 1976
90 STAT. 2025
  (e) POLYCHLORINATED BIPHENYLS.—(1)  Within six months after .Rules.
the effective  date of this Act the Administrator shall  promulgate
rules to—                  ""
      (A) prescribe methods for the disposal  of  polychlorinated
    biphenyls, and
      (B) require polychlorinated biphenyls to.be marked with clear
    and  adequate warnings, and instructions with  respect to their
    processing, distribution in commerce, use, or disposal or with
    ivsjject to any combination of such activities.
Requirements prescribed by rules under this paragraph shall be con-
sistent with the requirements of paragraphs (2) and (3).
  (•2) (A) Except as; provided under subparagraph (B), effective .one .
year after the effective date of this Act no person may manufacture,
process, or distribute in commerce or use any polychlorinated biphenyl
in any manner other than in a totally enclosed manner.
  (B) The Administrator may by rule authorize the manufacture,
processing, distribution in commerce or use  (or any combination of
such activities) of any polyclilorinated biphenyl in a manner other than
in a totally enclosed manner if the Administrator finds that such manu-
facture, processing,  distribution in commerce, or use  (or combination
of such activities) will not present an unreasonable risk of injury to
health or the environment.
  (C) For the purposes of this paragraph, the term "totally enclosed
manner" means any manner which will ensure that any exposure of
human beings or the environment to a polychlorinated biphenyl will
lie insignificant as determined by the Administrator by rule.
  (3) (A) Except as provided in subparagraphs (B)  and (C)—
      (i) no person may manufacture any polychlorinated biphenyl
    after two years after the effective date of this Act, and
      (ii) no pei-son may process or distribute in commerce any poly-
    chlorinated biphenyl after two and one-half years after such date.
  (B) Any person may petition the Administrator for an exemption
from the requirements of subparagraph (A), and the Administrator
may grant by  rule such  an  exemption if the Administrator finds
that—
      (i) an unreasonable risk of injury to health or environment
    would not result, and
      (ii) good faith efforts have been made to develop a chemical
    substance which does not present an unreasonable risk of injury
    to health or the environment and which may be substituted for
    such polychlorinated biphenyl.
An  exemption granted under this subparagraph shall be subject to
such terms and conditions as the Administrator may prescribe and
shall be in effect for such period  (but not more than one year fiv>m
the  date it is granted)  as the Administrator may prescribe.
  (C) Subparagraph (A) shall not apply to the distribution in com-
merce  of any  polychlorinated  biphenyl  if such  polychlorinated
biphenyl was sold for purposes other than resale before two and one
half years after the date of enactment of this Act.
  (4) Any rule under paragraph (1), (2)(B), or  (3)(B) shall be
promulgated in accordance with paragraphs (2), (3), and (4) of sub-
section (c).
  (5) This subsection does not limit the  authority of the Adminis-
trator, under any other provision of this Act or any other Federal law.
to take action respecting any polychlorinated biphenyl.
 "Totally enclosed
 manner."
  Petition for
  exemption.
  Terms and
  condition*.

-------
90 STAT. 2026
             PUBLIC LAW 94-469—OCT. 11, 1976
Gvil action.
IS USC 2606.
Jurisdiction.
 SEC. 7. IMMINENT HAZARDS.
   (a) ACTIONS .AUTHORIZED AND RKQUIKED.—'I)  The Administrator
 may commence a civil action in an appropriate district court of the
 United States—
       (A)  for seizure of an  imminently hazardous chemical  sub-
    stance or mixture or any article containing such a substance or
    mixture,
       (B) for relief (as authorized by subsection  (b))  against any
    person who man u fact HITS, processes, distributes in commerce, or
    uses, or disposes of, tin imminently hazardous chemical substance
    or mixture or any article containing such a substance or mix-
    ture, or
      (C) for both such seizure and relief.
 A civil  action may be commenced  under this paragraph notwith-
 standing the existence of a rule under section  4, 5, or 6 or an order
 miller section 5, and notwithstanding the pendency of any adminis-
 trative or judicial proceeding under any provision of this Act.
   (2) If the Administrator has not made a n»'» under section 6(a)
 immediately effective (as authorized by subsection ?(d)(2)(A)(i))
 with respect to an imminently hazardous chemical substance or mix-
 ture, the Administrator shall commence in a district court of the United
 States with respect to such substance or mixture or article containing
 such substance or mixture a civil  action described  in subparagraph
 (A), (B),or (C) of paragraph (1).
   (b)  RELIEF AUTHORIZED.—(1) The  district  court of the  United
 States in which an action under subsection (a)  is brought shall have
 jurisdiction  to grant such temporary or permanent relief as may be
 necessary to protect health or the environment from the unreasonable
 risk associated with the chemical substance, mixture, or article involved
 in such action.
   (2) In the case of an action under subsection (a)  brought against
 a person who manufactures, processes, or distributes in commerce a
 chemical substance or mixture or an article containing a chemical sub-
stance or mixture, the relief authorized by paragraph (1) may include
the issuance of a mandatory order requiring (Ax  in the case of pur-
chasers of such substance, mixture, or article known to the defendant,
 notification to such purchasers of the risk associated with it; (B) pub-
 lic notice of such risk; (C) recall; (D) the replacement or repurchase
of such substance, mixture, or article; or (E) any combination of the
 actions described in the preceding clauses.                  x
   (3) In the case of an action under subsection (a) against a chemi-
cal substance, mixture, or article, such substance, mixture, or article
 may be proceeded against by process of libel for its seizure and con-
demnation. Proceedings in such an action  shall  conform as nearly as
 possible to proceedings in rem in admiralty.
   (c) VENUE AND CONSOLIDATION.—(1) (A)  An action under subsec-
tion (a) against a person who manufactures, processes, or distributes a
chemical substance or mixture or an article containing a chemical sub-
stance or mixture may be brought in the United States District Court
 for the District of Columbia or for any judicial district in which any
of the defendants is found, resides, or transacts  business; and process
 in such an action  may be served on a defendant in any other district
 in which such defendant resides or may be found. An action under sub-
 section (a) against a chemical substance,  mixture, or article may be
 brought in any United States district court within the jurisdiction of
 which the substance, mixture, or article is found.
   (B)  In determining the judicial  district in which an action may be
 brought  under subsection  (a) in instances in which such action may

-------
                PUBLIC LAW 94-469—OCT. 11, 1976             90 STAT. 2027

be brought in more than one judicial district, the Administrator shall
take into account the convenience of the parties.
  (C) Subpeonas requiring attendance of witnesses  in  an action
brought under subsection (a) may be served in any judicial district.
  (2) Whenever proceedings under subsection .(a) involving identi-
cal chemical substances, mixtures, or articles are pending in courts in
two or more judicial districts, they shall be consolidated for  trial by
order of any such court upon application  reasonably made by any
party in interest, upon notice to nil parties in interest.
  (d) ACTION UNDER SECTION 6.—Where appropriate, concurrently
with the filing of an action under subsection (a) or as soon thereafter
as may be practicable, the Administrator shall  initiate a  proceeding
for the promulgation of a rule under section.6(a).
  (e) REPRESENTATION.—Notwithstanding any other provision of law,
in any action under subsection  (a), the Administrator may direct
attorneys of the Environmental  Protection Agency to appear and
represent the Administrator in such an action.
  (f) DmNvriON.—For the purposes of subsection  (a), the term
"imminently hazardous chemical substance or mixture" means a chemi-
cal substance or ir.ixture which presents an imminent and unreason-
able risk of serious or widespread injury to health or the environment.
Such a risk to health or the environment shall be considered imminent
if it is shown that the manufacture, processing, distribution  in com-
merce, use, or disposal of the chemical substance or mixture, or that any
combination of  such activities, is likely to result in such injury  to
health or the environment before a final rule  under section 6'can
protect, npninst such risk.
SEC. 8. REPORTING AND  RETENTION OF INFORMATION.
  (a)  REPORTS.—(1)  The  Administrator shall promulgate rules  Rule*.
under which—           ,                                         15USC2607.
      (A) each person (otlier than  a small manufacturer or proc-
    essor) who manufactures or processes or proposes to manufacture
    or process a chemical substance (other than a chemical substance
    described  in subparagraph  (B)(ii))  shall  maintain such rec-
    ords, and shall submit to the  Administrator such reports, as the
    Administrator may reasonably require, and
      (B)  each person (other than  a small manufacturer or proc-
    essor) who manufactures or processes or proposes to manufacture
    or process—
          (i) a mixture, or
          (ii)  a chemical substance in small quantities (as defined
        by the Administrator by rule) solely for purposes of scientific
        experimentation or  analysis or chemical  research  on. or
        analysis of, such substance or another substance, including
        any such research  or analysis for the development of a
      *  product,
    shall maintain records and submit to the Administrator reports
    but only to the extent the Administrator determines the main-
    tenance of records or submission of reports, or both, is necessary
    for the effective enforcement of this Act.
Th» Administrator may not require in a rule promulgated under this
paragraph the maintenance of records or the submission of reports
with respect to  changes  in the proportions of the components  of a
mixture unless the Administrator finds that the' maintenance of such
records or the submission of such reports, or both, is necessary for
the effective enforcement of this Act. For purposes of the compilation

-------
90 STAT. 2028              PUBLIC LAW 94-469—OCT. 11, 1976

              of the list ofchemical substances required under subsection (b), the
              Administrator shall promulgate rules pursuant to this subsection not
              later than 180 days after t he effective date of this Act.
                 (2)  The Administrator may require under paragraph (1) mainte-
              nance  of records and reporting with respect to the following insofar
              as known to the person  making  the report or insofar  as reasonably
              ascectainable:
                     (A) The common or trade name, the chemical identity, and the
                   molecular structure of each chemical substance or mixture for
                   which such a report is required.
                     (B) The categories or proposed categories of use of each such
                   substance or mixture.
                     (C)  The total amount of each such substance and mixture
                   manufactured or processed, reasonable estimates of  the  total
                   amount to be manufactured or processed, the amount  manufac-
                   tured or processed for each of its categories of use, and reasonable
                   estimates of the amount to be manufactured or processed for each
                   of its categories of use or proposed categories of use.
                     (D) A description of the byproducts resulting from the manu-
                   facture, processing, use,  or  disposal  of  each  such substance or
                   mixture.
                     (£) Ail existing data concerning the environmental and health
                   effects of such substance or mixture.
                     (F)  The number of individuals exposed, and reasonable esti-
                   mates of the number who will be exposed,  to such substance or
                   mixture in their places of employment and  the duration of such
                '  exposure.
                     (G) In the initial report under paragraph (1) on  such substance
                   or mixture, the manner  or  method of its disposal, and in any
                   subsequent report on such substance or mixture,  any change in
                   such manner or method.
              To  the extent feasible, the Administrator shall  not  require under
              paragraph (1), any reporting which is unnecessary or duplicative.
                 (3)  (A) (i) The Administrator may by rule require a small manu-
              facturer or processor of a chemical substance to submit to the Admin-
              istrator such information  respecting the chemical substance as the
              Administrator may require for publication of the first list  of chemi-
              cal substances required by subsection (b).
                 (ii) The Administrator may by  rule require a small manufacturer
              or processor of a chemical substance or mixture—
                     (I) subject to a rule proposed or promulgated under section 4,
                   5(b) (4), or 6, or an order in effect under section 5(e), or
                     (II)  with  respect to which relief has been granted pursuant to
                   a civil action brought  under section 5 or 7,
               to maintain such records on such substance or mixture, and to submit
              to the Administrator such reports on such substance  or mixture, as
              the Administrator may reasonably require. A rule under this clause
               requiring reporting may require  reporting with respect to the matters
               referred to in paragraph (2).
 Standards.         (B) The  Administrator, after consultation with the  Administrator
               of the Small Business Administration, shall fay  rule prescribe stand-
               ards for determining the manufacturers and  processors which qualify
               as small manufacturers and processors for purposes of this paragraph
               and paragraph (1).
                 (b) INVENTORY.—(1) The Administrator shall compile, keep cur-
               rent, and publish a list of each chemical substance which is manufac-
               tured or processed in the United  States. Such list shall at least include
               each chemical substance which any person reports, under section 5 or

-------
                PUBLIC LAW 94-469—OCT. 11, 1976             90 STAT. 2031

 administered by it to protect against such risk consult with the Admin-
 istrator for the purpose of avoiding duplication of Federal action
 against such risk.
   (b) LAWS ADMINISTERED BY THE ADMINISTRATOR.—The Administra-
 tor snail coordinate actions taken under this Act with actions taken
 under other Federal laws administered in whole or in part  by the
 Administrator. If the Administrator determines that a risk to health or
 the. environment associated with a chemical substance or mixture could
 be eliminated or reduced to a sufficient extent by actions taken under
 the authorities contained in such other Federal laws, the Administrator
 shall use such authorities to protect against such risk unless the Admin-
 istrator determines, in the Administrator's discretion, that it is in the
 public interest to protect against such risk  by  actions taken under
 this Act. This subsection shall not be construed: to relieve the Admin-
 istrator of any requirement imposed on the Administrator by such
 other Federal laws.
   (c) OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH.—In exercising any author-
 ity under this Act, the Administrator shall not, for purposes of section
 4(b)(l)  of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, be  29USC651 note.
 deemed to be exercising statutory authority to  prescribe or enforce
 standards or regulations affecting occupational safety and health.
   (d) COORDINATION.—In administering this Act, the Administrator
 shall consult and coordinate with the Secretary of Health, Education,
 and Welfare and the heads of any other appropriate Federal execu-
 tive department  or  agency, any  relevant  independent regulatory
 agency, and any other appropriate instrumentality of the Federal Gov-
 ernment for the purpose of achieving the maximum enforcement of this
 Act vhile imposing the least burdens of duplicative requirements on
 those subject to the Act and for other  purposes. The Administrator
 shall, in the report required by section 30, report annually to the
 (Congress on actions taken to coordinate with  such other Federal
 departments, agencies, or instrumentalities, and on actions taken to
 coordinate the authority under this Act. with the authority granted
 under other Acts referred to in subsection (b).
 SEC 10. RESEARCH. DEVELOPMENT, COLLECTION, DISSEMINATION.
          AND UTILIZATION OF DATA.
   (a)  AUTHORITY.—The Administrator  shall,  in  consultation  and  15 USC 2609.
 cooperation with  the Secretary of Health, Education, and Welfare
 and with other heads of appropriate departments and agencies, con-
 duct such research, development,  and monitoring as is necessary to
 carry out the purposes of this Act. The  Administrator may enter into
contracts and may make grants for research, development, and moni-
 toring under this subsection. Contracts may be entered into under this
subsection without regard to sections 3648 and 3709 of the Revised
 Statutes (31 U.S.C. 529,14 U.S.C. 5).
  (b) DATA SYSTEMS.—(1) The Administrator shall establish, admin-
 ister, and be responsible for the continuing activities of an interagency
 committee which shall design, establish, and coordinate an efficient and
effective  system, within the Environmental  Protection Agency, for
the collection, dissemination to other Federal departments and agen-
cies, and use of data submitted to the Administrator under this Act.
  (2) (A) The Administrator shall, in  consultation and cooperation
 with the Secretary of Health, Education, and Welfare and other heads
 of appropriate departments and agencies design, establish, and coordi-
 nate an efficient and 'effective system for the retrieval of tpxicological
 and other scientific data which could be useful to the Administrator in
 carrying out the purposes of this Act. Systematized retrieval shall be
 developed for use by all Federal and other departments and agencies

-------
90 STAT. 2032              PUBLIC LAW 94-469—OCT. 11, 1976

               with responsibilities in the area of regulation or study of chemical
               substances and mixtures and their effect on health or the environment.
                 (B)  The Administrator, in consultation and cooperation with the
               Secretary of Health, Education, and Welfare, may make grants and
               enter into contracts for the development of a data retrieval system
               described in subparagraph. (A). Contracts may be entered into under
               this  subparagraph without regard to sections 3648 and 3709 of the
               Revised Statutes (31 U.S.C. 529,41 U.S.C. 5).
                 (c) SCREENING TECHNIQUES.—The Administrator shall coordinate,
               with the Assistant Secretary for Health of the Department of Health,
               Education, and Welfare, research undertaken by the Administrator
               and directed toward the development of rapid, reliable, and economical
               screening techniques for carcinogenic, mutagenic, teratogenic, and
               ecological effects of chemical substances and mixtures.
                 (d)  MONITORING.—The Administrator shall, in consultation and
               cooperation with the. Secretary of Health, Education,  and Welfare,
               establish and  be responsible for research aimed at the development, in
               cooperation with local, State, and Federal  agencies, of monitoring
               techniques and instruments which may be used in the detection of toxic
               chemical substances and mixtures and which  are reliable, economical,
               and capable of being implemented under a wide variety of conditions.
                 (e) BASIC RESEARCH.—The Administrator shall, in consultation and
               cooperation with the Secretary of Health, Education, and Welfare,
               establish research programs to develop the fundamental scientific basis
               of the  screening and monitoring techniques  described in subsections
               (c) and (d), the bounds of the reliability of such techniques, and the
               opportunities for their improvement.
                 (f) TRAINING.—The Administrator  shall  establish and promote
               programs and workshops  to train or facilitate the training of Fe
-------
               PUBLIC LAW 94-469—OCT. 11, 1976             90 STAT. 2033

tlie premises or conveyance inspected (including records, files, papers,
processes, controls, and facilities) bearing on whether the requirements
of this Act applicable to the chemical substances or mixtures within
such premises or conveyance have been complied with.
  (2) No ins|>cctipn under subsection (a) snail extend to—
      (A)  financial data,
      (B)  sales data  (other than shipment data),
      (C)  pricing data,
      (D)  personnel  data, or
      (E)  research data (other than data  required by this Act or
    under a rule promulgated thereunder),
unless the nature and extent of such data are described with reasonable
specificity in the  written notice  required  by subsection (a) for such
inspection.
  (c) SriipOEN.vs.—In carrying out this Act, the Administrator n.ay
by  subpoena require the attendance and  testimony of witnesses un'd
tlu>. production of reports, papers,  documents, answers to questions,
and other information that the Administrator deems necessary. Wit-
nesses shall be paid the same fees and mileage that are paid witnesses
in the courts 01 the United States. In the event of contumacy, failure,
or refusal of any  person to obey any such subpoena, any district court'
of the United States in which venue is proper shall have jurisdiction
to order any such )>erson to comply with  such subpoena. Any failure
to obey such an order  of the court is punishable by the court as a con-
tempt thereof.
SEC 12. EXPORTS.
  (a) IN GENERAL.—(1) Except as provided m paragraph (2) and 15USC2611.
subsection (b), this Act (other than section 8) shall not apply to any
chemical substance, mixture, or to an article containing a chemical
substance or mixture,  if—
       (A) it can be shown that such substance, mixture, or article is
    being manufactured, processed, or distributed  in commerce for
    export from the United States, unless such substance, mixture, or
    article was, in fact, manufactured, processed, or distributed in
    commerce, for use in the United States, and     ,
       (H) such substance, mixture, or article  (when distributed in
    commerce), or any container in which it is enclosed (when so dis-
    tributed^  boars a stamp or label stating thai s,.^h substance, mix-
    ture, or article is intended for export.
   (2) Paragraph (1)  shall not apply to any cnemical substance, mix-
ture, or article if the Administrator finds that the substance, mixture,  -
or article will present an unreasonable risk of injury to health within
the United  States or to the environment of the United States. The
Administrator may require, under section 4, testing of any chemical
substance or mixture  exempted  from this Act by paragraph  (1) for
the purpose of determining whether or not such substance or mixture
presents an unreasonable risk of injury to health within the United
States or to the environment of the United States.  -
   (b) NOTICE.—(1) If any person exports or intends to export to a
foreign country a cnemical substance or mixture for which the submis-
sion of data is required under  section 4 or 5(b), such person shall
notify the Administrator of such exportation or intent to export and
the Administrator shall furnish to the government of such country
 notice of the availability of the data submitted to the Administrator
 under such section for such substance or mixture.
   (2) If any person exports or intends to export to a foreign country
 a chemical substance or mixture for which  an order has been issued

-------
90 STAT. 2034             PUBLIC LAW 94-469—OCT. 11, 1976

              under section 5 or a rule has l*en proposed or promulgated under sec-
              tion 5 or 6, or with respect to which an action is pending, or relief has
              been granted under section 5 or 7, such person shall notify the Admin-
              istrator of such exportation or intent to export and the Administrator
              shall furnish to the government of such country notice of such rule,
              order,  action, or  relief.
              SEC 13. ENTRY INTO CUSTOMS TERRITORY OF THE UNITED STATES.
IS USC 2612.       (a)  Ix GKXERAI..—(1) The Secretary of the Treasury shall refuse
              entry hito the customs territory of the United States (as defined  in
19 USC 1202.    general headnote  2 to the Tariff Schedules of the United States) of
              any chemical substance, mixture, or article containing a chemical sub-
              stance  or mixture offered for such entry if—
                     (A) it fails to comply with any rule in effect under this Act, or
                     (B) it is offered for entry in violation of section 5 or 6, a rule or
                  order under section  5 or 6, or an order issued  in a civil action
                  brought under section 5 or 7.
Notification.        (2)  If a chemical substance, mixture, or article  is refused entry
              under  paragraph (1), the Secretary of the Treasury shall notify the
              consignee of  such entry refusal, shall not release it  to the consignee,
              and shall cause its disposal or storage (under such rules as the Secre-
              tary of the Treasury may prescribe) if it has not been exported by the
              consignee within  90 days from the date of receipt of notice of such
              refusal, except that the  Secretary of the Treasury may, pending a
              review by the Administrator of the entry refusal, release to the con-
              signee  such substance, mixture, or article on execution of bond for the
              amount of the full invoice of such substance, mixture, or article (as
              such value is set forth in the customs entry), together with the duty
              thereon. On failure to return such substance, mixture, or article for
              any cause to the custody of  the Secretary  of the Treasury when
              demanded, such consignee shall be liable to the United States for liqui-
              dated damages equal to the full amount of such bond. All charges for
              storage, cartage, and labor on and for disposal of substances, mixtures,
              or articles which  are refused entry or release under  this section shall
              be paid by the owner or consignee, and in default of such payment
              shall constitute a lien against any future entry made by such owner or
              consignee.
                 (b) RULES.—The Secretary of the Treasury, after consultation with
              the Administrator, shall  issue rules for the administration of subsec-
              tion (a) of this section.
              SEC 14. DISCLOSURE OF  DATA.
IS USC 2613.       (a)  Ix  GENERAL—Except  as provided by  subsection  (b), any
              information reported to,  or otherwise obtained by, the Administrator
              (or any representative of the Administrator) under this Act, which is
              exempt from disclosure pursuant to subsection (a) of section 552  of
              title 5, United States Code, by reason  of subsection (b) (4) of such
              section, shall, notwithstanding the provisions of any other section  of
              this Act, not l>e disclosed by the Administrator or  by any  officer  or
              employee of the United States, except that such information—
                     (1)  shall be disclosed to any officer or employee of the United
                  States—
                         (A) in connection  with.the official duties of such officer
                       or employee under any law for the protection of health  or
                       the environment, or
                         (B) for specific law enforcement purposes;
                     (2) shall be disclosed to contractors with the United States and
                  employees of such contractors if in the opinion of the Administra*

-------
                PUBLIC LAW 94-469—OCT. 11, 1976             90 STAT. 2035

     tor such disclosure is necessary for the satisfactory performance
     by the contractor of a contract with the United States entered into
     on or after the date of enactment of this Act for the performance
     of work in connection with this Act and under such conditions
     as the Administrator may specify;     .    „„
       (3) shall be disclosed if the Administrator determines it neces-
     sary to protect health or the environment arrainst an unreasonable
     risk of injury to health or the environment; or
       (4) may be disclosed when relevant in any proceeding under
     this Act, except that disclosure in  such a  proceeding shall be
     made in such manner as to preserve confidentiality to the extent
     practicable without impairing the proceeding.
In any proceeding under section 552(a) of title 5, United States Code,
to obtain information the disclosure of  which has been denied because
of the provisions of this subsection, the Administrator may not rely on
section 55-2(b) (3) of such title to sustain the Administrator's action.
  (b)  DATA FROM HEALTH AND SAFETY STUDIES.—(1)  Subsection (a)
docs not prohibit the disclosure of—
       (A) any health and safety study which is submitted under this
     Act with respect to-
          ft) any chemical substance or mixture which, on the date
        on which such study is to be disclosed has been offered for
        commercial distribution, or
          (ii)  any chemical substance or mixture for which testing is
        required under section 4 or for which notification is required
        under section 5, and
       (R) any data reported to. or otherwise obtained by. the Admin-
     istrator from a health and safety study which relates to a chemical
    substance or mixture  described in clause (i) or (ii) of subpara-
    graph (A).
This paragraph does not authorize the release of any data which dis-
closes processes used in the manufacturing or processing of a chemical
substance or mixture or, in the case of  a mixture, the  release of data
disclosing the portion of the mixture comprised by any of the chemical
substances in the mixture.
  (2) If a request is'made to the Administrator under subsection (a)
of section 552 of title 5, United States Code, for information which is
described in the first sentence of  paragraph (1) and which is not
information described in the second sentence of such paragraph, the
Administrator ..iay  not deny such request on the basis of subsection
(b) (4) of such section.
  (c) DKSMIXATIOX AND RKI.KASK OK COXKIDKXTIAL DATA.—(1) In sub-
mitting data under this Act, a manufacturer, processor, or distributor,
in commerce may (A) designate the data which such person believes
is entitled to confidential  treatment under subsection   (a), and (B)
submit such designated data separately  from other data  submitted
under this Act. A designation under this paragraph shall be made in
writing and in such manner as the Administrator may prescribe.
  (2) (A) Except as provided by subparagraph (B), if the Adminis-
trator  proposes to release  for inspection data which has been desig-
nated under paragraph (1)(A), the Administrator shall notify, in
writing and by  certified mail, the manufacturer, processor, or distrib-
utor in commeYce who submitted such data of the intent to release such
data. If the  release  of such data is to be made pursuant .to a request
made under section 5.V2(a) of title 5, United States Code, such notice
shall be given  immediately upon  approval of such request by the
Administrator.  The Administrator may not  release such data until

-------
 90 STAT. 2036              PUBLIC LAW 94-469—OCT. 11, 1976

               • he expiration of 30 days after the manufacturer, processor, or distrib-
               utor in commerce submitting such data has received the notice required
               by this subparagraph. """
Notification         (B) (i) bubparagraph (A) shall not apply to the release of infor-
               mation under paragraph (1), (2), (3), or (4) of subsection (a), except
               that the Administrator may not release data under paragraph (3) of
               subsection (a) unless'the Administrator has notified  each manufac-
               turer, processor, and distributor in commerce who submitted such data
               of such release. Such notice shall be made in writing by certified mail
               ut least  15  days before the release of such data, except that if the
               Administrator determines  that the release of such  data  is necessary
               to protect agaiimt an imminent, unreasonable risk of injury to health
               or the. environment, such notice  may be made by such moans as the
               Administrator determines will provide notice at least 24 hours before
               such release is made.
                 (ii) Subparagraph (A) shall not apply to the release of information
               described in subsection (b)fl)  other than information described in
               the second sertence of such subsection.
                 (d) CRIMINAL  PKXALTV FOR  WnoNcrrL  DISCLOSURE.—(1)  Any
               officer or employee of the United States or former officer or employee
               of the United States, who  by virtue of such employment or official
               l>osition has obtained possession of, or has access to, material the dis-
               closure of which is prohibited by subsection  (a), and who  knowing
               that disclosure of such material is prohibited by such subsection, will-
               fully discloses the material  in any manner to any person not entitled to
               receive it, shall  be guilty of a misdemeanor and fined not more than
               $5.000 or imprisoned for not more than one year, or both. Section
               1905 of  title 18, United States Code, does not apply with respect to
               the publishing, divulging, disclosure, or making known of, or making
               available, information reported or otherwise obtained under this Act.
                 (2)  For the purposes of paragraph  (1), any contractor with the
               United States who is furnished information as authorized by subsec-
               tion (a) (2), and any employee of any such contractor, shall be con-
               sidered to be an employee of the United States.
                 (e)  ACCESS BY COXORESR.—Notwithstanding any limitation con-
               tained in this section or any other provision of law, all information
               reported to or otherwise obtained bv the Administrator (or any repre-
               sentative of the Administrator) under this Act shall be made available,
               upon written request of any duly authorized  committee  of the Con-
               gress, to such committee.
               SEC 15.  PROHIBITED ACTS.
IS USC 2614.       It shall be unlawful for  any person to—
                     (1) fail or refuse to  comply with (A) any rule promulgated or
                  order issued under section 4. (B) any requirement prescribed by
                  section 5 or 6, or (C) any mie promulgated or order issued under
                  section 5 or 6;
                     (2) use for commercial purposes a chemical substance or mix-
                   ture which such person knew or had reason to know was manufac-
                   tured, processed, or distributed in commerce in violation of section
                   .r» or 6, a rule or order under section 5 or 6, or an  order issued in
                   action brought under section 5 or 7;
                     (3) fail or refuse to (A) establish or maintain records, (B)
                   submit reports, notices, or other information, or (C) permit access
                   to or copying of records, as required by tlys Act or a rule there-
                   under; or
                     (4) fail or refuse to permit entry or inspection as required by
                   section 11.

-------
                PUBLIC LAW 94-469—OCT. 11. 1976
90 STAT. 2037
 SEC 16. PENALTIES.
   (a)  CIVIL.—(1) Any person who violates a provision of section 15  15 USC 2615.
 shall be liable to the United States for a civil penalty in an amount
 not to exceed $25,000 for each such violation. Each day such a viola-
 tion continues shall, for purposes of this subsection, constitute a sepa-
 rate violation of section 15.              -     ..._  	
   (2) (A) A civil penalty for a violation of section 15 shall be assessed  Hearing.
 by the Administrator by an order made on the record after oppor-
 tunity (provided in accordance with this subparagraph) for a hearing
 in accordance with section  554 of title 5, United States Code. Before
 issuing such an order, the Administrator shall give written notice to
 the person to be assessed a civil penalty under such order of the Admin-
 istrator's  proposal  to issue such order and provide such person an
 opportunity to request, within 15 days of the date the notice is received
 by such person, such a hearing on the order.
   (B) In determining the amount of a civil penalty, the Administra-
 tor shall  take into account the nature, circumstances, extent,  and
 gravity of the violation or violations and, with respect to the violator,
 ability to pay, effect on ability to continue to do business, any history
 of prior such violations, the degree  of culpability, and such other
 matters as justice may require.
   (C)  The  Administrator' may compromise, modify, or remit, with
 or without conditions, any civil penalty which may be imposed under
 this subsection. The amount of such penalty, when finally determined,
 or the amount agreed upon in compromise, may  be  deducted from
 any sums owing by the United States to the person charged.
   (3)  Any  person who requested in accordance  with  paragraph (2)  Petition for
 (A)  a hearing respecting the assessment of a civil penalty and who is  j»dici«l reriew.
 aggrieved by an order assessing a civil penalty may file a petition for
 judicial review of such order with the United States Court of Appeals
 for the District of Columbia Circuit or for any other circuit in which
 such person resides or transacts business. Such a petition may only be
 filed within  the 30-day period beginning on the date the order making
 such assessment was issued.
   (4)  If any person fails to pay an assessment of a civil penalty—
       (A) after the order making the assessment has become a final
    order and if such person does not file a petition for judicial review
    of the order in accordance with paragraph (3), or
       (B)  after a court in an action brought under paragraph  (3)
    has entered a final judgment in favor of the  Administrator,
the Attorney General shall  recover the amount assessed (plus interest
at currently prevailing rates from the date of the expiration of the 30-
day period  referred to  in  paragraph  (3) or the date of such final
judgment, as the case may be) in an action brought in any appropriate
district court of the United States. In such an  action, the validity,
 amount, and appropriateness of such penalty shall not be subject to
 review. •
  (b)  CRIMINAL.—Any person who knowingly or willfully violates  •
any provision of section 15  shall, in addition to or in lieu of any civil
penalty which may be imposed under subsection (a) of this section for
such violation, be subject, upon conviction, to a fine of not more than
$25,000 for  each day of violation, or to ;mprisonment for not more
than one year, or both.
SEC 17. SPECIFIC ENFORCEMENT AND SEIZURE.
   (a)  SPECIFIC ENFORCEMENT.—(1) The district courts of the United  15 USC 2616.
 States shall have jurisdiction over civil action? to—
       (A) restrain any violation of section 15,
                                                                      £61

-------
90 STAT. 2038              PUBLIC LAW 94-469—OCT. 11,  1976

                     (B) restrain any person from taking any action prohibited by
                   section  5 or 6 or by a rule  or order under section 5 or 6,
                     (C) compel the taking of any action required by or under this
                   Act.or
                     (D) direct any manufacturer or processor of a chemical sub-
                   stance or mixture manufactured or processed in violation of sec-
                   tion 5 or 6 or a rule or order under section 5 or 6.and  distributed
                   in commerce, (i) to give notice of such fact to  distributors in
                   commerce of such substance or mixture and, to the extent reason-
                   ably ascertainable, to other persons in possession of such sub-
                   stance or mixture or exposed to such substance or mixture, (ii) to
                   give public notice of such risk of injury, and (iii) to either replace
                   or repurchase such substance or mixture, whichever the person to
                   which the requirement is directed elects.
                 (2) A civil action described in paragraph (1) may be brought—
                     (A) in the case of a civil action described in subparagraph (A)
                   of such paragraph, in the United States district court for the judi-
                   cial district wherein any act, omission, or transaction constituting
                   a violation of section 15 occurred or wherein the defendant is found
                   or transacts business, or
                     (B) in the case of any other civil action described in such  para-
                   graph, in the United States district court for the judicial district
                   wherein the defendant is found or transacts business.
               In any such civil action process may be served on a defendant in any
               judicial  district in which a defendant resides or may be found. Sub-
               poenas requiring attendance of witnesses in any such action may be
               served in any judicial district.
                 (b) SEIZURE.—Any chemical substance or mixture which was manu-
               factured, processed, or distributed in commerce in violation of this Act
               or any rule promulgated or order issued under this Act or  any article
               containing such a substance or mixture  shall be liable to be proceeded
               against, by process of libel for the seizure and condemnation of such
               substance, mixture, or article, in any district court of the United States
               within the jurisdiction of which such substance, mixture, or article is
               found. Such proceedings shall conform as nearly as possible  to proceed-
               ings in rem in admiralty.
               SEC 18. PREEMPTION.
15 USC 2617.       (a)  EFFECT ON STATE LAW.—(1) Except as provided in  paragraph
               (2), nothing in this Act shall affect the authority of any State or politi-
               cal subdivision of a State to establish or continue in effect regulation
               of any chemical substance, mixture, or article containing  a chemical
               substance or mixture.
                 (2)  Except as provided in subsection (b)—
                     (A) if the Administrator requires by a rule promulgated under
                   section 4 the testing of a chemical substance or mixture, no State or
                   political subdivision  may, after the effective date of such  rule,
                   establish or continue in effect a requirement for the testing of such
                   substance or mixture for purposes similar to those for which test-
                   ing  is required under such  rule; and
                     (B) if the Administrator prescribes a rule or order under sec-
                   tion 5 or 6 (other than a rule imposing a requirement described
                   in subsection (a > (6) of section 6) which is applicable to a chemical
                   substance or mixture, and which is designed to protect against a
                   risk of injury to health or the environment aflsociatfid with such
                   substance or mixture, no State or political subdivision of a  State
                   may, after the  effective date of such  requirement, establish or
                   continue in effect, any requirement which is applicable to such sab-
                   stance or mixture, or an article containing such substance or mix-

-------
PUBLIC LAW 94-469—OCT. 11, 1976
                                                                  90 STAT. 2039
                                                  Petition.
                                                  15 USC 2618.
     tare, and which is designed to protect against such risk unless such
     requirement (i)  is identical to the requirement prescribed by the
     Administrator, (ii) is adopted under the authority of the Clean
     Air Act or any other Federal law, or (iii) prohibits the use of such
     substance or mixture in such State or political subdivision (other
     than its use in the manufacture or processing of other substances
     or mixtures).                        j
   (b) EXEMPTION.—Upon application,of a State or political subdivi-  Application.
 sion of a State the Administrator may by rule exempt from subsection
 (a) (2), under such conditions as may be prescribed in such rule, a
 requirement of such State or political subdivision designed to protect
 against a risk of injury to health or the environment associated with
 a chemical substance, mixture, or article containing a  chemical sub-
 stance or mixture if—                 {{
        (1)  compliance with  the  requirement would not cause  the
     manufacturing, processing, distribution in commerce, or use of the.
     substance, mixture, or article to be in violation of the applicable
     requirement under this Act described! in subsection (a) (2), and
       (2) the State or political subdivision requirement (A) provides
     a significantly higher degree of protection from such risk than the
     requirement under this Act described  in subsection  (a) (2) and
     (B)  does not, through difficulties in marketing, distribution, or
     other factors, unduly burden interstate commerce.
 SEC 19. JUDICIAL REVIEW.              !
   (a) IN GENERAL.—(1)(A)  Not later than 60 days after the date
 of the promulgation  of a rule under section 4(a), 5(a)(2), 5(b)(4),
 6(a),  6(e), or 8, any person may file a petition for judicial review of
 such rule with the United States Court of Appeals for the District of
 Columbia Circuit or for the circuit in which such person resides or in
 which  such person's principal place of  business is located. Courts
 of appeals of the United  States shall have exclusive jurisdiction of
kny action to obtain judicial review (other than in an enforcement
(Proceeding) of such a rule if any district| court of the United States
 would have had jurisdiction of such action but for this subparagrnph.
   (B)  Courts of appeals of the United  States shall have exclusive
 jurisdiction of any action to obtain judicial review (other thnn in an
 enforcement proceeding) of an order issued under subparagraph (A)
 or (B) of section 6(b) (1) if any district court of the United States
 would have had jurisdiction of such action but for this subparagraph.
   (2)  Copies of any petition filed under paragraph  (1)(A) shall be
 transmitted forthwith to the Administrator and to the Attorney Gen-
 oral by the clerk of the court with which such petition was filed. The
 provisions of section  2112 of title 28, United States Code, shall apply
 to the filing of the ruleniaking record of proceedings  on which  the
 Administrator based  the rule being reviewed under this section and to
 the transfer of proceedings between United States courts of appeals.
   (3)  For purposes  of this section, the j term "rulemaking record"
 means—                               j|
       (A) the rule being reviewed under this section;
       (B) in the case of a rule under section 4 (a), the finding required
     by such section, in the case of a rule under section 5(b) (4), the
     finding required by such section, in the case of a ntle under section
    6(a)  the finding required by section 5(f) or 6(a), as the case may
     be, in the case of a rule under section 6(a), the statement required
     by section 6(c) (1), and*in the case of a rule under section 6(e),
   ;  the findings required  by  paragraph! (2) (B) or  (3) (B) of such
     section, as the case may be;         J;
                                                  Jurudiction.
                                                  Petition cupiet,
                                                  trans;nitul to
                                                  Admini-'-ator
                                                  and Attorney
                                                  General
                                                  "Rulemaking
                                                  record."

-------
90 STAT. 2040             PUBLIC LAW 94-469— OCT. 11, 1976

                     (G) any transcript required to be made of oral presentations
                   made in proceedings for the promulgation of such rule ;
                     (D) any written submission of interested parties respecting the
                   promulgation of such rule ; and
Notice,   ,             (E) any other infonnation which the Administrator considers
                   to be relevant to such rule and which the Administrator identified,
      Register.       on or before the date of the promulgation of such rule, in a notice
                   published in the Federal Register.                   ,
                 (b) ADDITIONAL SUBMISSIONS AND PRESENTATIONS ; MODIFICATIONS. —
               If m an action under this section to review a rule the petitioner or the
               Administrator applies to the court for leave to make additional oral
               submissions or written presentations respecting such rule and shows
               to the satisfaction of the court that such submissions and presentations
               would be material and that there were reasonable grounds for the sub-
               missions and failure to make such submissions and presentations in
               the  proceeding before the Administrator, the court may order the
               Administrator to provide additional opportunity to make such sub-
               missions and  presentations. The Administrator may modify .or set
               aside the rule oeing reviewed or make a new rule by reason of the
               additional submissions and presentations and shall file such modified
               or new rule with the return of such submissions and presentations.
Review.         The court shall thereafter review such new or modified rule.
                 (c) STANDARD or REVIEW.— -(!)( A) Upon the filing of a petition
               under subsection (a) (1) for judicial review of a rule, the court shall
               have jurisdiction (i) to grant appropriate relief, including interim
               relief, as provided in chapter 7 of title 5, United States Code, and
               (ii) except as otherwise provided in subparagraph (B), to review
               such rule in accordance with chapter 7 of title 5, United States Code.
                 (B) Section 706 of title 5, United States Code, shall apply to review
               of a rule under this section, except that —
                     (i) in the case of review of a rule under section 4(a), 5(b) (4),
                   6(a), or 6(e),  the standard for review prescribed by paragraph
                   (2) (E) of such section 706 shall not apply and the court  shall
                   hold unlawful  and set aside such rule if the court finds that the
                   rule is not supported by substantial evidence in the rulemaking
                   record (as  denned in subsection (a) (3))  taken as a whole;
                     (ii) in the case of review of a rule under section 6 (a), the  court
                   shall hold unlawful and set aside such rule if it finds that —
                         (I) a determination  by the Administrator under section
                       6(c) (3) that the petitioner seeking review of such rule is not
                       entitled to conduct (or have conducted) cross-examination or
                       to present rebuttal submissions, or
                         (II) a rule of, or ruling by, the Administrator under sec-
                       tion 6(c) (3) limiting such petitioner's cross-examination or
                       oral]
                   has precluded disclosure of disputed material facts which was
                   necessary to a fair determination by the Administrator of the
                   rulemaking proceeding taken as a whole; and section 706(2) (D)
                   shall not apply with respect to a determination, rule, or ruling
                   referred to in subclause (I) or (II); and
                     (iii) the court may not review the contents and adequacy of—
                         (I) any statement required to be made pursuant to section
                       6(cHl),or
                         (II) any statement of basis  and purpose required by sec-
                       tion 553 (c) of title 5, United States Code, to be incorporated
                       in the rule
                   except as part of a review of the rulemaking record taken as a
                   whole.

-------
                PUBLIC LAW 94-469—OCT.  11, 1976
90 STAT. 2041
The term "evidence" as used in clause (i) means any matter in the "Evidence."
rulemaking record.
  (C) A determination, rule, or ruling of the Administrator described
in subparagraph (B)(ii)  may be reviewed only in an action under
this section and only in accordance with such subparagraph.
  (2) The judgment of the court affirming or setting aside, in whole
or in part, any rule reviewed in accordance with this section shall be
final, subject to review by the Supreme Court of the United States
upon certiorari or certification, as provided in section 1254 of title 28,
United States Code.
  (d) FEES AND COSTS.—The decision of the court in an action  com-
menced under subsection (a), or of the Supreme Court of the United
States on review of such a decision, may include an award of costs of
suit and reasonable fees for attorneys and expert witnesses if the court
determines that such an award is appropriate.
  (e) OTHER REMEDIES.—The remedies as provided in this section shall
be in addition to and not in lieu of any other remedies'provided by law.
SEC. 20. CITIZENS' CIVIL ACTIONS.
  (a) IN GENERAL.—Except as provided in subsection (b), any person 15 USC 2619.
may commence a civil action—
      (1) against any person (including (A) the United States, and
     (II)  any other governmental instrumentality or agency to the
    extent permitted by the eleventh amendment to the Constitution)
    who is alleged to be in violation of this Act or any, rule promul-
    gated under section 4, 5, or 6 or order issued under section 5
    to restrain such violation, or
      (2) against the Administrator  to  compel  the  Administrator
    to perform any act or duty under this Act which is not discre-
    tionary.
Any civil action under paragraph (1) shall be brought in the United
States district court for the district in which the alleged violation
occurred or in which the defendant resides or in which the defendant's
principal place of business is located. Any  action brought under para-
graph  (2) shall be brought in the United States District Court for
the District of Columbia, or the United States district court for the
judicial district in which the plaintiff is domiciled. The district courts  Jurisdiction.
of the United Sta'es shall have jurisdiction over ~uits brought under
this section, wiu.out regard to the amount in controversy or the citizen-
ship of  the parties. In any civil action under this subsection process
may be served on a defendant in any judicial district in which the
defendant resides or may be found and subpoenas for witnesses may
be served in any judicial district.
  (b) LIMITATION.—No civil action may be commenced—
      (1) under subsection (a) (1) to restrain a violation of this Act
    or rule or order under this Act—
           (A) before the expiration of 60 days after the  plaintiff
        has given notice of such violation (i) to the Administrator,
        and (ii) to the person who is alleged to have committed such
        violation, or
           (B) if the Administrator has commenced and is diligently
        prosecuting a proceeding for the  issuance of an order under
        section 16(a) (2) to require compliance with this Act or with
        such rule or order or it the Attorney General has commenced
        and is diligently prosecuting a civil action in a court of tlie
        United States to require compliance  ruth this Act or with_
        6'ieh  rule or order, but if such proceeding or civil  action is
        commenced after the giving of notice, any person giving such
        notice may intervene as a matter of right in such proceeding
         ora>tion;or
 Notice.

-------
 90 STAT. 2042              PUBLIC LAW 94-469—OCT. 11, 1976

 Notice.                (2) under subsection (a) (2) before the expiration of 60 days
                   after the plaintiff has given notice to the Administrator of the
                   alleged failure of the Administrator to perform an act or duty
                   which is the basis for such action or, in the case of an action under
                   such subsection for the failure of  the Administrator to file an
                   action under section 7, before the  expiration of ten days  after
                   such notification.
 Rule.           Notice under this subsection shall be given  in such manner as the
               Administrator shall prescribe by rule.
                 (c) GENERAL.—(1) In any action under this section, the Adminis-
               trator, if not a party, may intervene as a matter of right.
                 (2) The court, in issuing any final order in any action Drought pur-
               suant to subsection (a), may award costs of suit and reasonable fees
               for attorneys and expert witnesses if the court determines that such
               an award is appropriate. Any court, in issuing its decision in an action
               brought to review such an order, may award costs of suit and reason-
               able  fees for attorneys if the court determines that such an award
               is  appropriate.
                 (3) Nothing in thio section shall restrict any right,  ,/hich any person
               (or class of persons) may have under any statute or common law to
               seek  enforcement of this Act or any rule or order under this Act
               or to seek any other relief.
                 (d) CONSOLIDATION.—When two or more civil actions brought under
               subsection (a) involving the same defendant and the sajne issues or
               violations are pending in two or more judicial districts, such pending
               actions, upon application of such defendants to such actions which is
               made to a court in which any such action  is brought, may, if such court
               in its discretion so decides, be consolidated for trial  by order (issued
               after giving all parties reasonable notice  and opportunity to be heard)
               of such court and tried in—
                     (1) any district  which is selected by  such defendant and in
                   which one of such  actions is pending.
                     (2) a district which is agreed upon by stipulation between all
                   the parties to such actions and in which one of such actions is
                  . pending, or
                     (3) a district which is selected by the court and in which one
                   of such  actions is pending.
               The court issuing such an order shall give prompt notification of the
               order to the other courts in which the civil actionb consolidated under
               the order are pending.
               SEC  21. CITIZENS' PETITIONS.
15 USC 2680.       (a) IN GENEBAI*—Any person may petition the Administrator to
               initiate a proceeding for the issuance, amendment, or repeal of a rule
               under section 4, 6, or 8 or an order under section 5(e) or (6) (b) (2).
                 (b) PROCEDURES.—(1) Such petition shall be filed in the principal
               office of  the Administrator  ana shall set forth the  facts which it is
               claimed establish that it is necessary to issue, amend, or repeal a rule
               under section 4, 6, or 8 or an order under section  5(e), 6(b) (1) (A),
               OT6(bm)(B)..
Pttbfe heuiag.       (2) The Administrator may hold a public hearing or may conduct
               such investigation or proceeding as the  Administrator  deems appro-
               priate in order to determine whether or not such petition should be
               granted.
                 (3) Within 90 days after filing of a petition described in paragraph
               f 1), the Administrator shall either grant or deny the petition. If the
               Administrator grants such petition, the Administrator shall promptly


                                                                       50,

-------
               PUBLIC LAW 94-469—OCT. 11. 1976              90 STAT. 2043

commence an  appropriate proceeding in  accordance with section 4,
5,6. or 8. If the Administrator denies such  petition, the Administrator Publication in
shall  publish  in  the  Federal Register the Administrator's reasons federal Register.
for such denial.
  (4) (A) If  the Administrator denies a petition "filed  under this Civil action.
section (or if  the Administrator fails to grant  or deny such petition
within the 90-day period) the petitioner may commence a civil action
in a district court of the United States to compel the Administrator
to initiate a  rulemaking proceeding as requested in the petition. Any
such action  shall be filed within 60 days after the Administrator's
denial of the petition or, if the Administrator fails to grant or deny
the petition  within  90 days after filing the petition, within 60 days
after  the expiration of the 90-day period.
  (B) In an  action under subparagraph (A)  respecting a petition
to initiate a proceeding to issue a rule under section 4, 6, or 8 or an
order under section 5(e) or 6(b) (2), the petitioner shall be provided
an  opportunity to  have such petition considered by the court in  a
de novo proceeding. If the petitioner demonstrates to the satisfaction
of the court by a preponderance of the evidence that—
       (i) in the case of a petition to initiate a proceeding for the
    issuance of a rule under section 4 or an order under section 5(e)—
          (I) information available to the Administrator is insuffi-
        cient  to permit  a reasoned evaluation of the health and
        environmental effects of the chemical substance to be subject
        to such rule or order; and
          (II) in the absence of such information, the substance may
        present an unreasonable risk to health or the environment,
        or the substance is or will be produced in substantial quan-
        tities and it enters or may reasonably be anticipated to enter
        the environment in substantial quantities or there is or may
        be significant or substantial human exposure to  it; or
      (ii) in  the case of a petition to initiate  a proceeding for the
    issuance of a rule under section 6 or  8 or an order under section
    6(b) (2), there  is a reasonable basis to conclude that the issuance
    of such a rule or  order is necessary to protect health or the
    environment against an unreasonable  risk of injury to health or
    the environment.
the court shall order the Administrator to initiate the action requested
by  the petitioner. If the court finds that the  extent of the risk to
health or the  environment alleged  by the petitioner is less than the
extent of risks to health or the environment with respect to which
the Administrator  is taking action under this Act and there  are
insufficient resources available to the Administrator to take the action
requested by the  petitioner, the court may permit the Administrator
to defer initiating the action requested by the petitioner until such time
as the court prescribes.
  (C) The court in issuing any final order in any action brought pur-
suant to subparagraph (A)  may award costs of suit and reasonable
fees for attorneys and expert witnesses if the  court determines that
such an award is appropriate. Any court,  in issuing its  decision in an
action brought to review such an order, may award costs of suit and
reasonable fees for attorneys  if the court determines that such an
award is appropriate.
  (5) The remedies under this section shall be in addition to, and not
in lieu of, other remedies provided by law.
                                                                        50}

-------
 90 STAT. 2044
                            PUBLIC LAW 94-469—OCT. 11, 1976
Publication in
Federal Register.
Notice to
eongmuonal
Notification.



InTeatigatioo.

Notification.
               SEC 22. NATIONAL DEFENSE WAIVER.
IS USC 2621.       The Administrator shall waive compliance with any provision of
               this Act upon a request and determination by the President that the
               requested waiver is'necessary in the interest of national defense. The
               Administrator shall maintain a written record of the basis upon
               which such waiver was granted and make such record available for in
               camera examination when  relevant in a judicial proceeding under
               this Act. Upon the issuance of such a waiver, the Administrator shall
               publish in the Federal Register a notice that the waiver was granted
               for national  defense purposes,  unless, upon the request of the Presi-
               dent, the Administrator determines to omit such publication because
               the publication itself would be contrary to the interests of national
               defense, in which event the Administrator shall submit notice thereof
               to the Armed Services Committees of the Senate and the House of
               Representatives.
               SEC 23. EMPLOYEE PROTECTION.
15 USC 2622.       (a)  IN GENERAL.—No  employer may discharge any employee or
               otherwise  discriminate against any  employee  with respect  to  the
               employee's compensation, terms, conditions, or privileges of employ-
               ment because the employee (or any person acting pursuant to a request
               of the employee) has—
                     (1)  commenced,  caused to be commenced, or is about to com-
                  mence or cause to be commenced a proceeding under this Act;
                     (2)  testified or is about to testify in any such proceeding; or
                     (3)  assisted or participated or is about to assist or participate
                  in any manner in such a proceeding or in any other action  to \
                  carry out the purposes of this Act
                 (b)  REMEDY.—(1) Any employee who believes  that the employee
               has been discharged or otherwise discriminated against by any  person
               in violation of subsection  (a) of this section may, within 30 days after
               such alleged violation  occurs,  file  (or  have  any person file on  the
               employee's behalf) a complaint with the Secretary of Labor (here-
               inafter in this section  referred to as the "Secretary") alleging such
               discharge or discrimination. Upon receipt of such a complaint,  the
               Secretary shall notify the person named in the complaint of the filing
               of the complaint.
                 (2) (A)  Upon receipt of a complaint filed under paragraph (1), the
               Secretary shall conduct an investigation of the violation alleged in the
               complaint. Within 30 days of the receipt of such complaint, the Secre-
               tary shall complete such investigation and shall notify in writing the
               complainant  (and any person acting on behalf of the complainant)
               and the person alleged to have committed such violation 'of the  results
               of the investigation conducted pursuant to this paragraph.  Within
               ninety days of the receipt of such complaint the Secretary shall, unless
               the proceeding on the complaint is terminated by the Secretary on the
               basis of a settlement entered  into  by the Secretary and the  person
               alleged to  have committed such violation, issue an order either pro-
               viding the relief prescribed by subparagraph  (B) or denying  the
Notice, hearing.    complaint. An order of the Secretary shalfbe made on the record after
               notice  and opportunity for. agency hearing. The Secretary may  not
               enter into a settlement terminating a proceeding on a complaint with-
               out the participation and consent of the complainant.
                 (B) If in  response to a complaint filed under paragraph (1)  the
               Secretary determines that a  violation of subsection (a) of this section
               has occurred, the Secretary shall order (i) the person who committed  i
               such violation to take  affirmative action to abate the violation, (ii)
                                                                     67*

-------
               PUBLIC LAW 94-469—OCT. 11, 1976             90 STAT. 2045

such person to reinstate the complainant to the complainant's former
position together with the compensation (including back pay), terms,
conditions, and privileges of the complainant's employment, (lii) com-
pensatory damages, and (iv) where appropriate, exemplary damages.
If such an order issued, the Secretary, at the request of the complain-
ant, shall assess against the person against whom the order is issued a
sum equal to the aggregate amount of all costs and expenses (including
attorney's fees) reasonably incurred, as determined oy the Secretary,
by the complainant for, or in connection with, the bringing of the com-
plaint upon which the order was issued.
   (c) REVIEW.—(1) Any employee or employer adversely affected or
aggrieved by an order issued under subsection (b) may obtain review
of the order in the United States Court of Appeals for the circuit in
which the violation, with respect to  which  the order  was issued,
allegedlv occurred. The petition for review must be filed within sixty
days from the issuance of the Secretary's order. Review shall conform
to chapter 7 of title 5 of the United States Code.
   (2) An order of the Secretary, with respect to which review could
have been obtained under paragraph  (l), shall  not be subject to
judicial review  in any criminal or other civil proceeding.
   (d) ENFORCEMENT.—Whenever a person has failed to comply with
an order issued under subsection  (b) (2), the Secretary shall file a civil
action in the United States district court for the district in which the
violation was found to occur to enforce such order. In actions brought
under this subsection, the district  courts shall have  jurisdiction to
grant all appropriate relief, including injunctive relief and compensa-
tory and exemplary damages. Civil actions brought under this sub-
section shall be heard and decided expeditiously.
  (e) EXCLUSION.—Subsection (a) of this section shall not apply with
respect to any employee  who, acting without direction from the
employee's employer  (or any agent of the employer),  deliberately
causes a violation of any requirement of this Act.
SEC. 24. EMPLOYMENT EFFECTS.
   (a) IN GENERAL.—The Administrator shall evaluate on a continuing  Evafautioa.
basis the  potential effects on employment (including reductions in  IS DSC 2625.
employment or loss of employment from threatened plant closures)
of—
      (1) the issuance of a rule or order under section  4,5, or 6, or
      (2) a requirement of section 5 or 6.
  (b)(l)  INVESTIGATIONS.—Any employee (or any representative^of
an employee) may request the Administrator to make an investigation
of—
      (A) a discharge or  layoff or threatened discharge or layoff of
    the employee, or
      (B) adverse  or threatened adverse effects on  the employee's
    employment,
allegedly resulting from a rule or order under section 4, 5, or 6 or ft
requirement of section 5 or 6. Any such request shall be made in writ-
ing, shall  set foith with reasonable particularity the grounds for the
request, and shall  be signed by the employee, or representative of such
employee, making the request
  (2) (A) Upon receipt of a  request made in accordance with para- Poblfc I
graph  (1) the Administrator  shall (i)  conduct the investigation
requested, and (ii) if requested by any interested person, hold public
hearings on any matter involved in the investigation unless the Admin-
istrator, by order  issued within 45 days of the date such hearings are

-------
90 STAT. 2046
            PUBLIC LAW 94-469—OCT. 11, 1976
Notification.
Publication in
Federal Register.
Reooaunenda-
15 USC 2624.
Sabmittal to
Coagma.
GAO reriew.
Consohatioa.
Report to
Congreaa.
15 USC 2625.
requested, denies the request for the hearings because the Adminis-
trator determines there are no reasonable grounds for holding such
hearings.  If  the  Administrator makes such a  determination, the
Administrator shall notify in writing the persor. requesting the hear-
ing of the determination and the reasons therefor ana shall publish the
determination and the reasons therefor in the Federal Register.
  (B) If public hearings are to be held on any matter involved in an
investigation conducted under this subsection—
      (i) at least five days' notice shall be provided the person mak-
    ing the request for the investigation and any person identified in
    such request,
      (ii) such hearings shall be held in  accordance  with section
    6(c)(3),  and
      (lii) each employee who made or for whom was made a request
    for  such  hearings and  the employer  of such employee shall be
    required to present information respecting the applicable matter
    referred to in paragraph  (1)(A)  or (1)(B)  together with the
    basis for such information.
  (3) Upon completion of an investigation under paragraph (2), the
Administrator shall make findings of fact, shall make such recom-
mendations as the Administrator deems appropriate, and shall make
available to the public such findings and recommendations.
  (4) This section shall not be construed to require the Administrator
to amend or repeal any rule or order in effect under this Act
SEC 25. STUDIES.
  (a) INDEMNIFICATION STUDY.—The Administrator shall conduct a
study of all Federal laws administered by the Administrator for the
purpose of determining whether and under what conditions, if any,
indemnification should oe accorded any person as a result of any action
taken by the Administrator under any such law. The study shall—
      (1) include an estimate of the probable cost of any indemnifica-
    tion programs which may be recommended;
      (2) include an examination of all viable means of financing the
    cost of any recommended indemnification; and
      (3) be  completed and submitted to Congress within two years
    from the ctfc rtive date of enactment of this Act
The General Accounting Office shall review the adequacy of the study
submitted to Congress pursuant to paragraph (3) and shall report the
results of its  review to the Congress within six months of the date
such study is submitted to Congress.
  (b) CLASSIFICATION, STORAGE, AND RETRIEVAL STUDY.—The Council
on Environmental Quality, in consultation  with the  Administrator,
the Secretary of Health, Education, and Welfare, the  Secretary of
Commerce, and the heads of other appropriate Federal departments or
agencies, shall coordinate a study of the feasibility of establishing (1)
a standard classification system for chemical substances and related
substances, and (2) a standard means for storing and for obtaining
rapid access to information respecting such substances. A report on
such study shall be completed and submitted to Congress not later than
18~months after the effective date of enactment of this Act
SEC M.  ADMINISTRATION OF THE ACT.
  (a) COOPERATION OF  FEDERAL AGENCIES.—Upon  request by the
Administrator, each Federal department and agency is authorized—
      (1) to  make its services, personnel, and  facilities available
     (with or without reimbursement)  to the Administrator to assist
    the  Administrator in the administration of this Act rand

-------
                PUBLIC LAW 94-469—OCT. 11, 1976             90 STAT. 2047

       (2)  to furnish to the Administrator such information, data,
    estimates, and statistics, and to allow the Administrator access to
    all information in its possession as the Administrator may reason-.
    ably determine to be necessary for the administration of this Act.
   (b)  FEES.—(1) The Administrator may, by rule, require the pay-
ment of a reasonable fee from any person  required to submit data
under section 4 or 5 to defray the cost of administering this Act Such
rules shall not provide for any fee in excess of $2,500 or, in the case of
a small business concern, any fee in excess of $100. In setting a fee
under this paragraph, the Administrator shall take into account the
ability to pay or the person required to submit the data and the cost
to the Administrator of reviewing such data. Such rules may provide
for sharing such a fee in any case in which the expenses of testing are
shared under section 4 or 5.
   (2) The Administrator, after consultation with the Administrator  CoMdutioa.
of the Small Business Administration, shall by rule prescribe stand-  Rule-
ards for determining the persons which qualify as small business
concerns for purposes of paragraph (1).
   (c) ACTION Wmi RESPECT TO CATEGORIES.—(1) Any action author-
ized or required to be taken by the Administrator under any provision
of this Act with respect to a chemical substance or mixture may be
taken by the Administrator in accordance with that provision with
respect to  a category of chemical substances or mixtures. Whenever
the Administrator takes action under a  provision  of this Act with
respect to a category of chemical substances or mixtures, any reference
in this Act to a chemical substance or mixture  (insofar as it relates
to such action) shall be deemed to be a reference to each chemical
substance or mixture in such category.
   (2) For purposes of paragraph (1) :                              Definition.
      (A) The term "category of chemical substances" means a group
    of chemical substances the members of which are similar in molec-
    ular structure,  in physical, chemical, or biological properties, in
    use, or in  mode of entrance into the human  body or into the
    environment, or the members of which are in some other way suit-
    able for classification as such for purposes of this Act, except that
    such term does not mean a group of chemical substances which are
    grouped together solely on the oasis of their being new chemical
    substances.
      (B) The term "category of mixtures" means a group of mix-
    tures the members of which are similar in molecular structure, in
    physical, chemical, or biological properties, in use, or in the mode
    of entrance into the human body or into the environment, or the
    members of which are in some other way suitable for classification
    as such for purposes of this Act
  (d) ASSISTANCE OFFICE,—-The  Administrator shall establish in the  EtuMuhment.
Environmental  Protection Agency an identifiable  office to provide
technical  and other nonfinancial assistance to manufacturers and
processors of chemical substances and mixtures respecting the require-
ments of this Act applicable to such manufacturers and processors, the
policy of the Agency respecting the application of such requirements
to such manufacturers and processors, and the means and methods by
which such manufacturers and  processors  may comply with such
requirements.
  (e) FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES.—(1) Except  as provided under para-
graph (3), each officer or employee of the Environmental Protection
Agency and the Department of Health, Education, and Welfare who-rs.
      (A) performs any function or duty under this Act, and;'
                                                                    5l\

-------
 90 STAT. 2048              PUBLIC LAW 94-469—OCT. 11, 1976

                     (B)  has any known financial interest (i) in any person subject
                   to this Act or any rule or order in effect under this Act, or (ii) in
                   .any person who applies for or receives any grant or contract under
                   this Act,
               shall, on February 1,1978, and on February 1 of each year thereafter,
               file with the Administrator or the Secretary of Health, Education, and
               Welfare  (hereinafter in  this subsection referred to  as the  "Secre-
               tary"), as appropriate, a written statement concerning all such inter-
               ests held by such officer or employee during the preceding calendar
               year. Such statement shall be made available to the public.
                 (2) The Administrator and the Secretary shall—
                     (A)  act within 90 days of the effective date of this Act—
                         (i)  to define the term "known financial interests" for pur-
                      poses of paragraph (1), and
                         (ii) to establish the methods by which the requirement to
                      file written statements specified in  paragraph  (1)  will be
                      monitored and enforced, including appropriate provisions for
                      review by the Administrator and the Secretary of such state-
                      ments; and
 Report to              /B)  report to the Congress on June 1, 1978, and on June 1 of
 CoB8reM-            eacn  year thereafter with  respect to  such statements and the
                   actions taken in regard  thereto during  the preceding calendar
                   year.
                 (3)  The Administrator may by rule identify specific positions with
              the Environmental Protection Agency, and the Secretary may by rule
              identify specific positions with the Department of Health, Education,
              and Welfare,  which are of a nonregulatory  or nonpolicymaking
              nature, and tjie Administrator and the Secretary may by rule provide
              that officers or employees occupying such positions shall be exempt
              from the requirements of paragraph (1).
                 (4)  This subsection does not supersede any requirement of chapter
              11 of title 18, United States Code.
Penalty.           (5) Any officer or employee who  is subject to, and knowingly vio-
              lates, this subsection or any rule issued thereunder, shall be fined not
              more than $2,500 or imprisoned not more than one year, or both.
                 (f) STATEMENT OF BASIS AND PURPOSE.—Any final order  issued
              under this Act shall be accompanied by a statement of its basis and
              purpose. The contents and adequacy of any such statement shall  not
              be subject to judicial review in any respect.
Appointment        (g)  ASSISTANT ADMINISTRATOR.—(1) The President, by and with
              the advice and consent of the Senate, shall appoint an Assistant
              Administrator for Toxic Substances of the Environmental Protection
              Agency. Such Assistant Administrator shall be a qualified individual
              who is, by reason of background and experience, especially qualified
              to direct a  program concerning the effects of  chemicals on human
              health and the environment.  Such Assistant Administrator shall be
              responsible for (A) the collection of data, (B) the preparation of
              studies, (C) the making of recommendations to the Administrator for
              regulatory and other actions to carry out the purposes and to facili-
              tate the administration of this Act, and (D) such other functions as
              the Administrator may assign or delegate.
                (2) The Assistant Administrator to be appointed under paragraph
              (1) shall (A.) be in addition to the Assistant Administrators of the
              Environmental Protection Agency authorized by section 1 (d) of Reor-
5 USC app. II.    ganization Plan No. 3 of 1970, and (B) be compensated at the rate of
              pay authorized for such Assistant Administrators.

-------
               PUBLIC LAW 94-469—OCT. 11, 1976
90 STAT. 2049
SEC. 27. DEVELOPMENT AND EVALUATION OF TEST METHODS.
  (a) Ix GENKRAI..—The Secretary of Health, Education, and Welfare,
in consultation with the Administrator and acting through the Assist-
ant Secretary for Health, may conduct, and make grants to public and
nonprofit private entities and enter into contracts with public and
private entities for, projects  for the development and evaluation of
inexpensive and efficient methods (1) for determining and evaluating
the health and environmental effects of chemical substances and mix-
tures, and their toxicity, persistence, and other characteristics which
affect health and the environment, and (2) which may be used for the
development of test data to meet the requirements of rules promulgated
under  section 4. The Administrator shall consider such methods in
prescribing under section 4 standards for the development of test data.
   (b)  APPROVAL BY SECRETARY.—No grant may be made or contract
entered into under subsection (a) unless an  application therefor has
been submitted to and approved by the Secretary. Such an application
shall be submitted in such form and manner and contain such informa-
tion as the Secretary may require. The Secretary may apply such
conditions to grants and contracts under subsection (a)  as  the Secre-
tary determines are necessary to carry out the purposes of such subsec-
tion. Contracts may be entered into under  such subsection without
regard to sections 3648 and 3709 of the Revised Statutes (31 U.S.C.
5-29;41U.S.C.5).
   (c) ANNUAL RETORTS.—(1) The Secretary shall prepare and sub-
mit to  the President and the Congress on or before January 1 of each
year a  report of the number of grants made and contracts entered into
under this section and the results of such grants and contracts.
   (2) The Secretary shall periodically publish in the Federal^tegister
reports describing the progress and results  of  any contract entered
into or grant made under this section.
SEC 28. STATE PROGRAMS.
  (a) IN GENERAL.—For the purpose of complementing (but not reduc-
ing) the authority of, or actions taken by, the  Administrator under
tins Act, the Administrator may make grants to States for the estab-
lishment and operation of programs to prevent or eliminate unreason-
able risks within the States to health or the environment which are asso-
ciated with a chemical substance or mixture and with respect to which
the Administrator is unable or is not likely to take action under this
Act for their prevention or elimination. The amount of a grant under
this subsection shall be determined by the Administrator, except that
no grant for any State program may  exceed 75 per centum of the
establishment and operation  costs  (as  determined by the  Admin-
istrator) of such  program during the period for which the grant is
made.
   (b) APPROVAL BY ADMINISTRATOR.—(1) No grant may be made under
subsection  (a) unless an  application therefor  is  submitted to and
approved by  the  Administrator. Such an application shall be sub-
mitted  in such form and manner as the Administrator may require and
shall—
       (A)  set forth the need of the applicant for a grant under subsec-
    tion (a),                    .    ,
       (1!)  identify the agency or agencies of the State which shall
    establish or operate, or both, the program for which the applica-
    tion is  submitted,
       (C)  describe the actions proposed to be taken under such pro-
    gram,
 Consultation.
 15 USC 2626.
 Gnats or
 contract*.
 application.
 Report to
 President and
 Coagraa.

 Publication in
 Federal Register.
 15 USC 2627.
 Grants,
 application.

-------
 90 STAT. 2050
             PUBLIC LAW 94-469—OCT. 11, 1976
Application
approval.
Report to
Congre..*.
15 USC 2628.
Report to
President and
CongrcM.
5 USC 2629.
       (D) contain or be supported by assurances satisfactory to the
    Administrator that such program shall, to the extent feasible,
    be integrated with other programs of the applicant for environ-
    mental and public health protection,
       (E) provide for  the making of such reports and evaluations
    as the Administrator may require, and
       (F) contain such other information as,the Administrator may
    pi-escribe.
  (2) The Administrator may approve an application submitted in
accordance with paragraph (1) only if the applicant has established to
the satisfaction of the Administrator a priority nerd, as determined
under rules of the Administrator, for the grant for which the appli-
cation has been submitted. Such rules shall take into consideration the
seriousness of the health effects in a State which are associated  with
chemical substances or mixtures, including cancer, birth defects, and
gene mutations, the extent of the exposure in a State of human beings
and the environment to chemical substances and mixtures, and the
extent  to which chemical substances and mixtures a-e  manufactured,
processed, used, and disposed of in a State.
  (c) ANNUAL REPORTS.—Not later than six months after the end of
each of the fiscal years 1979, 1980, and 1981, the Administrator shall
submit to the Congress a report respecting the programs assisted by
grants under subsection (a) in the preceding fiscal year and the extent
to which the Administrator has disseminated information respecting
such programs.
  (d)  AUTHORIZATION.—For the purpose of making  grants under!
subsection (a) there are authorized to be appropriated $1,500,000 forf
the fiscal year ending September 30,1977, $1.500,000 for the fiscal  year
ending September 30, 1978, and $1,500,000 for the fiscal year ending
September 30, 1979.  Sums appropriated under  this subsection shall
remain available until expended.
SEC 29. AUTHORIZATION FOR APPROPRIATIONS.
  There are authorized to be appropriated to the Administrator for
purposes of carrying out this Act (other than sections  27 and 28 and
subsections (a) and (c) through (g) of section 10 thereof) $10,100,000
for the fiscal year ending September 30,1977, $12,625,000 for the fiscal
year ending September 30,1978, $16,200,000 for the fiscal year ending
September 30, 1979.  No part of the funds appropriated* under this
section may be used  to construct  any research laboratories.
SEC M. ANNUAL REPORT.
  The Administrator shall prepare and submit to the President and
the Congress on or before January 1,1978, and on or before January 1
of each succeeding year a comprehensive report on the administration
of this Act during the preceding fiscal year. Such report shall include—
       (1) a list of the testing required under section 4 during the year
    for which the report is made and an estimate of the costs incurred
    during such year by  the persons required to perform such tests;
       (2) the number of notices received during such year under
    section 5, the number of such notices received during such year
    under such section for chemical substances subject to a section 4
    rule, and a summary  of any action taken during such year under
    section 5 (g);
       !Z) a list of rules issued during such year under section 6;
       4) a list, with a brief statement of the issues, of  completed orj|
    pending judicial actions under this Act and administrative actions
    under section 16 during such year;

-------
                PUBUC LAW 94-469—OCT. 11, 1976              90 STAT. 2051

       (5) a summary of major problems encountered in the adminis-
     tration of this Act; and
       (6) such recommendations for additional  legislation as the  Recommenda-
     Administrator deems necessary to carry out the purposes of this  tioiu-
     Act
SEC II.  EFFECTIVE DATE.               "    ""    ~"
  Except as provided in section 4(f), this  Act shall take effect  on  15USC2601
January 1,1977.                                                      «»t«.

  Approved October 11, 1976.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY;

HOUSE REPORTS: No. 94-1341 accompanying H.R. 14032 (Comm. on Interstate and
                Foreign Commerce) and No. 94-1679 (Comm. of Conference).
SENATE REPORTS: No. 94-698 (Comm. on Commerce) and No. 94-1302 (Comm. of
                 Conference).
CONGRESSIONAL RECORD. Vol. 122 (1976):
      Mar. 26, considered and patted Senate.
      Aug. 23, considered and passed House, amended, in lieu of H.R. 14032.
      Sept. 28, Senate and House agreed to conference report
WEEKLY COMPILATION OF PRESIDENTIAL DOCUMENTS, Vol. 12. No. 42:
      Oct. 12, Presidential statement.
   Note.—A change ha* been made In the slip bw format to provide for one-lime
   preparation of copy to be used for publication of both slip law* and the United
   States Statutes at Large voiiuaes. ComattoU from users are invited by the Office of
   the Federal Register. National Archives and Records Service, Washington, D.C
   20408.

-------

-------
TITLE   X— RESIDENTIAL   LEAD-BASED
   PAINT HAZARD  REDUCTION ACT  OF

   1992

SEC. 100L SHORT TITLE.
    This title may be cited as the "Residential Lead-Based Paint
Hazard Reduction Act of 1992*.
SEC 1002. FINDINGa
    The Congress finds that—
       (1) low-level toad poisoning is widespread «*nn«g Ameri
   children, afflicting as many as 3,000,000 children under age
                   *n<^    -       ommni
    6, with minority *n<^ low-income communities disproportion-
    ately affected;
        (2) at low levels, lead poisoning in children causes intel-
    ligence quotient dfrficiencign, reading and learning disabilities
    impaired hearing, reduced attention span, hyperactivity, ana
    behavior problems;
        (3) pre-1980 American h«M«"g stock contains more tb?n
    3,000,000 tons  of lead in the form of lead-based paint with
    the vast majority of homes built before 1950 gn«fcy™«g substan-
    tial amounts of lead-based paint;
        (4) the  ingestion of household dust containing lead from
    deteriorating or abraded lead-based paint is the most common
    cause of lead poisoning in children;
        (5) the  health and development of children living in as
    many as 3,800,000 American homes is endangered by cnipping
    or peeling lead paint,  or excessive amounts of lf>ad-CTr>tflrrM-
    nated dust in their homes;
        (6) the danger posed by lead-based paint hazards can be
    redv*d by abating wad-based paint or by taking interim m~as-
    ure0 *.z prevent paint deterioration fnd limit children's exposure
    to lead oust ***** ^rhips.
        (7) despite the enactment of laws in the early 1970*s requir-
    ing the Federal Government to eliminate as far as practicable
    lead-based paint hazards in federally owned, assisted, and
    insured ^w?liaipgt *hA Federal response to  *M* na^f?^fll  crisis
    remains severely limited; and
        (8) the Federal Government must take a leadership role
    in building the fafitMytrmfoire—incfa^fag an informed public,
    State andiocal delivery systems, certified inspectors, contrac-
    tors, and laboratories, trained workers, and available financing
                                                         of
    and iTtfrcrffFicQ  necetw^ry to ensure that the ™«>tif">»l goal
    eliminating  lead-based paint hazards in  hftn"ng can be
    achieved as expeditiously as possible.
SEC. 1003. PURPOSES.

    The purposes of this Act are-
        CD to develop a national strategy to build the infrastructure
    necessary to eliminate lead-based paint hazards in all housing
    as expeditiously as possible;

-------
                       H.R. 6334- 227

       (2) to reorient the national approach to the presence of
    lead-based paint in housing to implement, on a priority basis,
    a broad program to evaluate and reduce lead-based paint haz--
    ards in the Nation's housing; stock;
       (3) to encourage  effective action to prevent childhood lend
    poisoning by establishing a workable framework for lead-based
    paint hazard evaluation and reduction and by ending the cur-
    rent confusion over HMUMirab^ standards of care!
       (4) to ensure that the imV-t""* of lead-based paint hazards
    is taVffn into account in thff development of Government hous-
    ing policies  and in the sale, rental, and renovation of homes
    and apartments;
       (5) to wifthiiiM national resources expeditiously, through
    a p

hip among all levels of government and the private
develop the most promising; cost-effective methods
    sector, to
    for evaluating •***? reducing toad-bused
       (6) to reduce tfr^ threat of ffcfl«"9od  lead poisoning in
    housing owned, assisted, or transferred by the Federal Govern-
    ment; and
       (7) to educate the public
    sources of lead-based paint poisoning and steps to reduce and
SEC. 1004. DEFINITIONS.
    For thit purposes of ft"f Act, fl*f following
apply:
       (1) ABATEMENT.— The term "abatement? means any set of
    measures designed to permanently eliminate iMd-WMd paint
                         with standards «tffa»Mj§h^ by appro-
    priate Federal agencies. Such term includes
           (A) the removal of lead-based paint and lead-contami
       nated dust, .the pOT™**1**^ ffftntaipTr>iffit or
       of lead-based paint; the replacement of lead-painted sur-
       faces or fixtures,  and the removal  or covering of lead
         preparation,   cleanup,   disposal,   and
       t clearance testing activities associated with
                 all
       (2) ACCESSIBLE SURFACE,— The term •accessible surface*
    means an interior or exterior surface painted with lead-baaed
    paint that is accessible for a young child to mouth or chaw.
       (3) CERTIFIED CONTRACTOR.— The  term "certified contrac-

           (A) a contractor, inspector, or supervisor who has com-
       pleted a training program certified by the appropriate Fed-
       eral agency and oka met any other requirements for certifi-
       cation or Bcensure established by sucn agency or who has
       been  certified by any State through a program which has
       been found by such Federal agency to be at least as rigorous
       aa the Federal cortiPcfltion program? and
           (B) workers or designers who have fully met training
       requirements  established  by  the  appropriate  Federal
       agency.
       (4) CONTRACT FOB THE PURCHASE AND SALE OF RESIDENTIAL
    REAL PROPERTY.— The term "contract for the purchase and sale
    of residential real property" means any contract or agreement
    in which one party agrees to purchase an interest in  real

-------
                   H.R.5334-228

property on whicE there is situated 1 or more residential dwell-
ings used or occupied, or intended to be used or occupied,
in whole or in part, as the home or residence of 1 or more
persons.
    (5) DETERIORATED PAINT.—The term "deteriorated paint*
means any interior or exterior paint that is peeling, chipping,
         or cracking or any paint located on an interior or
exterior surface or fixture that is damaged or deteriorated.
    (6) EVALUATION.— The term "evaluation" means risk
ment, inspection, or risk Msasmnftnt and inspection.
                                                        -
    (7) FEDERALLY ASSISTED HOUSING.—Tne term  "federally
assisted housing" means residential dwellings receiving project-
based assistance under programs including—
                                  ofthe
       (A) section 221(dX3) or 236 of the National Housing
    Act;
       (B) section 1 of the Hfl^fag and Urban Development
    Act of 1966;
       (C section  8 of the United States Housing Act  of
    1937; or
       (D) sections 502(a), 504,  514, 515, 516 and 533  of
    the Housing Act of 1949.
    (8) FEDERALLY  OWNED  HOUSING.— The  term  "federally
owned housing* means residential dwellings owned or managed
by a Federal agency, or for which a Federal agency is a trustee
or conservator. For  the purpose of this paragraph, the term
"
"Federal agency* inclvd^f tfM> Department of Housing and
Urban Development, the Farmers Home Administration, the
Resolution Trust Corporation, the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation, the General Services Administration, the .Depart-
ment of Defense, the  Department of Veterans  Affairs, the
   lartment of tho Interior, the Department of transportation,
   1 any other Federal agency.
    (9) FEDERALLY SUPPORTED WORK.— The term "federally sup-
ported work* means any lead hazard evaluation or reduction
activities conducted in federally ovmid or assisted housing or
funded r  whole or in  part through any  fi«*»*ei*j assistance*
program of thft Department  of Ho'^f^pg *n^ Urban  Develop-
ment, the Fanners Home •Administration, or the  Department
of Veterans Afiairs.
    (10) FRICTION SURFACE.— The term "friction surface* means
an interior or exterior  surface that is subject to abrasion or
friction, including certain window, floor,  and stair  surfaces.
    (11) IMPACT SURFACE.— The term Impact surface* means
an interior or exterior  surface that  is subject to damage by
repeated impacts, for example, certain parts of door frames.
    (12) INSPECTION.— The term "inspection* means a surface-
by-surface investigation to determine the presence of lead-based
paint as provided in section 302(c) of the Lead-Based Paint
Poisoning Prevention Act and the provision of a report explain-
ing the results ofthe investigation.
    (13)  INTERIM CONTROLS.— The  term  "interim   controls*
means a set of measures designed to reduce temporarily human
exposure or likely exposure to lead-based paint hazards, includ-
ing specialized cleaning, repairs, maintenance, painting, tem-
porary containment,  ongoing monitoring  of lead-based  paint
hazards or potential hazards, and the establishment and oper-
ation of management and resident education.programs.

-------
                   H.R. 5334—229

    (14)  LEAD-BASED  PAINT.—The  term  "lead-baaed paint*
means paint or other surface coatings  that contain lead in
excess of limits established under section 302(c) of the Lead-
Based Paint Poisoning Prevention Act
    (15)  LEAD-BASED PAINT HAZARD.—The term  "lead-based
 Saint hazard" means any condition that causes exposure to
 jad from lead-contaminated dust, lead-contaminated soil, lead-
contaminated paint that is deteriorated or present in accessible
surfaces, friction surfaces, or impact surfaces that would result
in adverse human health effects as established by the appro-
priate Federal agency.
    (16) LEAD-CONTAMINATED DUST.—The term lead-contami-
nated dust* "i*""? surface dust in residential dwellings that
contains  an area or mass  concentration of lead in excess of
levels determined  bv the appropriate Federal agency to pose
a threat of adverse nealth effects in pregnant women or young
children.
    (17)  LEAD-CONTAMINATED SOIL.—The term "lead-contami-
nated soil* means bare soil on residential  real property that
contains  lead at or in excess of the levels determined  to be
hazardous to human health by the appropriate Federal agency.
    (18) MORTGAGE LOAN.—The term "mortgage loan* includes
any loan (other thvi temporary f?T|^Tf target housing that Ojualifies as affordable VAVfing under
section 215 of the Cranston-Gonzalez National Affordable Hous-
ing  Act  (42 U.S.C. 12746), including  housing that receives
assistance under subsection (b) or (o) of section 8 of the United
States Housing Act of 1937 (42 U.S.C. 1437ffb) or (o)).
    (21) PUBLIC HOUSING.—The term "public housing* has the
same ™»n»v'pg given the term in section 3(b)  of the United
States Housing Actof 1937 (42 U.S.C. 1437aXbXD).
    (22)  REDUCTION.—'The  term "reduction'' means measures
designed to reduce or eliminate human exposure to lead-based
paint hazards through methods including interim controls And
abatement.
    (23) RESIDENTIAL DWELLING.—The term "residential dwell-
ing* means—
        (A) a single-family dwelling, including attached struc-
    tures such as porches and stoops; or
        (B) a single-family dwelling unit  in a  structure that
    contains more than  1  separate residential  dwelling unit,

-------
                       H.R. 5334— 230

       and in which each such unit ia used or occupied, or intended
       to be used or occupied, in whole or in part, aa the home
       or residence of 1 or more persona.
       (24)  RESIDENTIAL REAL PROPERTY.— The term  "residential
   real property" means real property on which there ia situated
   1 or more residential dwellings used or occupied,  or intended
   to be  used  or occupied, in whole or  in part, aa the home
   or residence of 1 or more persona.
       (25) RISK ASSESSMENT.— The term "risk assessment" means
   an on-site investigation to determine and report the ftiistanca,
   nature, severity and location of lead-baaed paint hazards in
   residential dwellings, including—
           (A)  information gathering regarding the age y«4 his-
       tory of the housing and occupancy by children under age
       6;
           (B) visual
           (C) iJTmt^ wipe sampling or other environmental sam-
       pling t-.chniquesi
           (D) other activity aa may be appropriate; and
           (E) provision of a report explaining the results of the
       investigation.
       (26) SECRETARY.— The term "Secretary* means the Sec-
    retary of Housing and Urban Development.
       (27) TARGET HOUSING.— The term "target housing* means
    any housing constructed prior to 1978, except housing tar the
    elderly  or persona with disabilities (unless any child who ia
    less than 6 years of age  resides or ia expected to reside in
    such  housing for the elderly or persona with disabilities) or
    any 0-bedroom dwelling.  In  the  case of jurisdictions which
    banned the sale or use of lead-baaed paint prior to 1978, the
    Secretary, at the Secretary's discretion, may designate an ear-
    lier date.

    Subtitle A— Lead-Based  Paint Hazard

                       Reduction

SEC. 1011. CHANTS FOB LEAD-BASED PAINT HAZARD REDUCTION IN
           TABGET HOUSING.  .
    (a) GENERAL AUTHORITY.— The Secretary ia authorized to pro-
vide grants to eligible applicants  to evaluate and reduce lead-
based paint hazard? in priority housing that ia not federally assisted
housing, federally owned housing, or public housing, in accordance
with theprovisions of this section.
    (b) EXIGIBLE APPLICANTS.— A State or unit of local government
that has an approved comprehensive housing afTordabihty strategy
under section  105 of the Cranston-Gonzalez National Affordable
Housing  Act (42  U.S.C. 12705) ia eligible  to apply  for a grant
under this section.
/   (c) FORM .OF APPLICATIONS.— To receive a grant under this
section, a State or unit of local government shall submit an applica-
tion in such form and in such manner aa the Secretary shall
prescribe. An application shall contain—
       (1) a copy of that portion of an applicant's comprehensive
    housing affordability strategy required by section 105(bX16)
    of the Cranston-Gonzalez  National Affordable Housing Act (42
    U.S.C. 12701 etseq.);

-------
                       H.R.5334— 231

       (2) a description of the amount of assistance the applicant
    seeks under th<« section:
       (3) a description of the planned activities to be undertaken
    with grants under this section, including an  estimate of the
    amount to be allocated to each activity!
       (4) a description of the forms of financial iimristance to
    owners and occupants of priority housing that  will be provided
    through grants under this section; and
       (5) such assurances as the Secretary may require regarding
    the applicant's capacity to carry out the activities.
    (^l<>r t^1'* section;
        (7) assist in  the  temporary relocation of  families forced
    to vacate priority housing while lead hazard reduction measures
    are bfliny conducted?
        (8) educate the public on the nature  and causes of lead
    poisoning and measures to reduce exposure to lead, including
    exposure due to ffMpdftntifll lead-based paint hazards;
        (9) test soil, interior surface dust, and the blood-lead levels
    of children under the age of 6 residing in priority housing
    after lead-baged paint hazard reduction activity has been con-
    ducted, to t.'j»ure that such activity does not cause excessive
    exposures to lead; and
        (10) carry put such other activities that the Secretary deter-
    mines appropriate to promote the purposes of this Act

-------
                       H.R.5334—232

    (f) FORMS OF ASSISTANCE,—The applicant may provide the serv-
ices described in this section through a variety of programs, includ-
ing grants, loans, equity investments, revolving loan funds, loan
funds, loan guarantees, interest write-downs, and other forms of
assistance approved by the Secretary.
    (g) TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE AND CAPACITY BUILDING.—
        (1) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary shall develop the capacity
    of eligible applicants to carry out the requirements of section
    105(bX16) of the Cranston-Gonzalez National Affordable Hous-
    ing Act and to carry out activities under this section. In fiscal
    yean 1993 and  1994, the Secretary may make grants of up
    to $200,000 for the purpose of establishing State training, cer-
    tification or accreditation programs that meet foft requirements
    of section  402 of the Toxic Substances Control Act, as added
    by section 1021 of this Act
        (2) SET-ASIDE.—Of the total amount approved in appropria-
    tion *£&  under subsection (o),  there shall be set aside to
    carry cut this subsection $3,000,000 for fiscal year 1993  and
    $3.000,000 for fiscal year 1994,
    (h) MATCHING REQUIREMENT.—Each recipient of a grant under
this section shall make contributions toward the cost of activities
that receive aifflistmicft m*Aar tjhi* section in an amount not  less
than  10 percent of  the total  grant  amount  under this section.
    (i) PROHIBITION  OP SUBSTITUTION OF FUNDS.—Grants under
this  subtitle may not  be used to replace other amounts made
available or designated by State or local  governments for  use for
the purposes under this subtitle.
    (j) LIMITATION ON  USE.—An applicant shall ensure that not
more  than 10 percent of the grant will be used for administrative
expenses associated with the activities funded.   •
    (k)  FINANCIAL RECORDS.—An applicant .shall  maintain  and
                                citM
        the Secretary with financial  recorda sufficient,  in  the
determination  of the nutmtiirv. to ensure proper accounting and
disbursing of amounts received from a grant under this section.
    G) REPORT.—An applicant under thia section shall submit to
the Secretary,  for any fiscal year in which the applicant expends
grant funds under thia section, a report that—
        (1) describes the use of the amounts received;
        (2) states the number of risk assessments and the number
    of inspections conducted in residential dwellings?
        (3) states the number of residential dwellings  in which
    lead-based paint ^nTnipdt have been reduced through HforiTn
    controls;
        (4) states the number of residential dwellings  in which
    lead-based paint hazards have been abated; and
        (5) provides any other information that the Secretary deter-
    mines to be appropriate.
    (m) NOTICE OF FUNDING AVAILABILITY.—The Secretary shall
publish a Notice of Funding Availability pursuant to thia section
not later than 120 days after funds are appropriated for this section.
    (n) RELATIONSHIP  TO OTHER LAW.—Effective 2 years after the
date of promulgation of regulations under section 402 of the Toxic
Substances Control Act, no grants for lead-based  paint hazard
evaluation or  reduction may oe awarded to  a  State  under this
section unless  such State has an authorized program under section
404 of the Toxic Substances Control Act.

-------
                       H.R. 5334— 233

    (o) AUTHORIZATION OP APPROPRIATIONS.— For the purposes of
carrying  out this Act, there are authorized to be appropriated
$125,000,000 for fiscal year 1993 and $250,000,000 for fiscal year
1994.                                             ^
SEC. 1012, EVALUATION AMD REDUCTION OP LEAD-BASED PAINT HAZ-
           ABD8 IN FEDERALLY ASSISTED HOUSING. ___   ._
    (a) GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.— Section 302 of the Lead-Based
Paint Poisoning Prevention  Act (42 U.S.C. 4822) is  amended—
       (1) by striking the title of the section and inserting:

  •REQUIREMENTS FOR HOUSING RECEIVING FEDERAL ASSISTANCE1*;

       (2) in the first sentence of subsection (a>—
            (A) by striking "Hie Secretary* and inserting the fol-
       lowing:
       "(1) ELIMINATION OP HAZARDS.— The Secretary"; and
            (B) by inserting before the period "or otherwise receives
       more than $6,000 in project-based assistance under a Fed-
       eral hflwfing program ;
        (3) by striking the second sentence of subsection (a) and
    inserting: Ttagifni^g on January 1, 1995, such procedures shall
    apply to all such housing that constitutes target housing, as
    defined in section 1004 of the Residential  Lead-Based faint
    Hazard Reduction Act.of 1992, and shall provide for appropriate
    fr»««iiT^g to conduct risk fliflfnismftntst fa*pflcti5Hiit ip^rin* con-
    trols, and libm^infTit of tead-bamcd paint ^***fT*^fi At a mini-
mum, such procedures shall require—
        "(A)
    phlets,
    Substa
                the provision of lead hazard information pam-
               developed pursuant to section 406 of the Toxic
         ubstances Control Act, to purchasers and tenants;
            "(B) periodic  risk  assessments  and interim controls
        in accordance with a schedule determined by the Secretary,
        ^ME initial risk assessment of *»y^* unit constructed prior
        to 1960 to be  conducted not later than January 1, 1996,
        and, for units constructed between 1960 and 1978-—
               tO not less than 75 percent  shall be performed
            by January 1, 1998:
               "(ii) not less than 60 percent  shall be performed
               anuary 1,2000; and
               *(iii) UM> remainder shall be performed by January
             .2002;
              3) inspection fir the presence of lead-based paint
        prior to federally-funded renovation or rehabilitation that
        is likely to disturb painted surfaces;
            *(D) reduction of lead-based paint hazards in the course
        of rehabilitation project! receiving less than $25,000 per
        unit in Federal funds;
            "(E) abatement of lead-based  paint  hazards in the
       'i.:
        "
-------
                       H.R. 6334—234

           "(G) such other measures as the  Secretary deems
       appropriate."; and
       (4) in the third sentence, by striking The Secretary may*
    and inserting the following:
       "(2) ADDITIONAL MEASURES.—The Secretary may".
    (b) MEASUREMENT CRITERIA.—Section 302(b) of the Lead-Based
Faint Poisoning Prevention Act  (42 U.S.C. 48220)))  is amended
by striking "for the detection" and all that follows through the
end of paragraph (2) and inserting "for the risk assessment, interim
control, inspection, and abatement of lead-based paint hazards in
housing covered by this section shall be based upon guidelines
developed pursuant to section 1017 of the Residential Lead-Based
Paint Hazard Reduction Act of 1992.*.
    (c) INSPECTION.—Section 302(c) of the Lead-Based Paint Poison-
ing Prevention Act (42 ILS.C, 4822(c)) is amended—
       (1) in the  second sentence, by striking "qualified"  and
    inserting "certified"} ?nd
       (2) in the thud and fourth sentences, by fa««i-H«g "or
    0.5 percent by weight? after "squared".
    (d) PUBLIC HOUSING.—Section  302(dXl) of the  Lead-Based
Paint Poisoning Prevention Act (42 U.S.C. 4822(dXD) is amended—
       (1) in the heading, by striking "CIAP* and inserting "MOD-
    ERNIZATION"; and
       (2) in the fourth sentence,  by striking  "to eliminate the
    lead-based  paint poisoning hazards" and inserting "of lead-
    based paint and lead-based paint hazards".
    (e) HOME INVESTMENT PARTNERSHIPS.—Section 212(a) of the
Cranston-Gonzalez National Affordable  Housing Act (42  U.S.C.
12742(a))  is amended by  adding at the end tne  following  new
paragraph:
       "(5)  LEAD-BASED PAINT HAZARDS.—A participating jurisdic-
    tion may use funds provided under this subtitle for the evalua-
   • tion  and reduction, of lead-based paint **^T***^*t as «^«>fi"«>^
    in section 1004 of the Residential Lead-Based Paint Hazard
    Reduction Act of 1992.*.
    (f) COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT BLOCK GRANTS.—Section 105(a)
of the Housing and Community Development Act of 1974 (42 U.S.C.
5306Xa)) is amended—
       (1) in paragraph (19), by striking "and" at the end;
        (2) in paragraph (20), by striking the period at the end
    and maartirnr "• ana": ttnA
    ^^•W^B ••••ww ^w«*^p • ^^mm/^m gj ^^mm*m
        (3) by  adding  at  the  end the following new paragraph:
        "(21) lead-based paint hazard evaluation and reduction,
    as defined in  section 1004 of the Residential Lead-Based Paint
    Hazard Reduction Act of 1992.".
    (g) SECTION 8 RENTAL ASSISTANCE.—Section 8(cX2XB) of the
United States Housing Act of 1937 (42 U.S.C. 1437f(cX2XB)) is
amended  by adding at the end the  following: The  Secretary may
(at the discretion of the Secretary and subject to the availability
of appropriations  for contract amendments), on a project by project
basis for projects receiving project-based assistance, provide acHust-
ments to the ma*imtnn monthly rents to cover the costs of evaluat-
ing and reducing lead-based paint hazards, as  defined in section
1004 of the Residential Lead-Based Paint Hazard  Reduction Act
of 1992.".
                                                                    5J?

-------
                       H.R. 5334—235

    (h) HOPE FOR PUBLIC AND INDIAN HOUSING  HOMEOWNER.
SHIP.—The United States Housing Act of  1937 (42 U.S.C. 1437
et seq.) is amended—
       (Din section 302(b>-
           (A) by redesignatinff paragraphs (4) through (8)  as
       paragraphs (5) through (9), respectively; and
                 inserting after paragraph (3) the following:
                   on for lead-based paint hazards, as required
    by section 302(a) of the Lead-Based Taint Poisoning Prevention
    Act,-"; and
       (2) in section 303(b)—
           (A) by riMtofignating paragraphs (4) through (13)  as
       paragraphs (5) through (14), respectively; and
           (B) by f«j«ft*ig after paragraph (3) the following:
       "(4) Abatement of lead-based paint hazards, as required
    by section 302(a) of the Lead-Based Paint Poisoning Prevention
    Act.".
    (i) HOPE FOR HOMEOWNERSfflP OF MULTIFAMILY UNITS.—The
Cranston-Gonzalez  National Affordable Housing Act  (42  U.S.C.
12701 et seq.) is amended—
       (Din section 422(b>-
           (A) by redesignating paragraphs (4) through (8)  as
          agraphs (5) through (9), respectively; and
           (B) by inserting after paragraph (3) the allowing:
       "(4) inspection for lead-based paint hazards, as required
    by section 302(a) of the Lead-Based Paint Poisoning Prevention
    Act,-";and             ^^
       (2) in section 423Q>>—
           (A) by redesignating paragraphs (4) through (13)  as
       paragraphs (5) through (14), respectively; and
           (B) by inserting alter paragraph (3) the following:
       "(4) Abatement oTIead-based paint harards, as required
    by section 302(a) ofthe Lgad-Based rfi«t Poisoning Prevention
    Act.".
    (!) HOPE FOR HOMEOWNERSHIP OF SINGLE FAMILY HOMES.—
The Cranston-Gonzalez National Affordable Tfrff*f***g Act (42 U.S.C.
12701 et seq.) is amended—
       (Din section 442(b>—
           (A) by redesignatfag paragraphs (4) through (8)  as
        par
        paragraphs (5) through (9), respectively; and
           (B) by i
                 inserting after paragraph (3) the following:
        "(4) inspection for lead-based paint hazards, as required
    by section 302(a) of the Lead-Based Paint Poisoning Prevention
    Act;"; and
        (2) in section 443(b)—
        para
            (A) by redesignating paragraphs (4) through (10) as
            graphs (5) through (11), respectively: and
                                ,
             ) by inserting after paragraph (3) the following:
                      of lead-based  aint hazards, as re
        *(4) Abatement of lead-based paint hazards,  as  required
    by section 302(a) of the Lead-Based Faint Poisonincr ^^evention
    Act".
    (k) FHA INSURANCE FOR SINGLE FAMILY HOMES.—
    .   (1)  HOME  IMPROVEMENT  LOANS.— Section 2(a)  of the
    National Housing .Act (12 U&C.  1703(a)) is amended in the
    fifth paragraph—
            (A) by inserting after the first sentence the following:
        "Alterations, repairs, and improvements upon or in connec-

-------
                       H.R. 6334—236

        tion with existing structures may also include the evalua-
        tion and reduction of lead-based paint hazards.*; and
            (B) by adding at the end the following:
        "(4) the terms 'evaluation1, "reduction', and lead-baaed paint
    hazard'  have the same meanings given those terms in section
    1004 of the Residential Lead-Based Paint Hazard Reduction
    Act of 1992.*.
        (2)  REHABILITATION  LOANS.—Section  203(kX2XB) of the
    National Housing Act (12 U.S.C. 170900(2X6)) is amended
    by adding at the end the following: The term 'rehabilitation*
    may also include measures to evaluate and reduce lead-based
    paint hnTaHf, as such terms are defined in section 1004 of
    the Pagi'fcnti*l Lead-Based  Paint Hazard Reduction Act of
    1992.*.
    (1)  FHA INSURANCE  FOB MULTIFAMILY HOUSING.—Section
221(dX4Xiv) of the National Housing Act (12 U.S.C. 1715KdX4Xiv))
is amended by i^wting after "rehabilitation"  the first  time it
appears the following: "(including the cost of evaluating and reduc-
ing lead-based *^aint hy***rff, as such ten*1* are defined in section
1004 of the Residential Lead-Based Paint  Hazard Reduction Act
of 1992)*.
    (m) RURAL HOUSING.—Section  501(a) of the Housing Act of
1949 (42 U.S.C. 1471) is amended by adding at the end the follow-
ing:          	
        "(5) DEFINITIONS.—For purposes of this title, the terms
    'repair', 'repairs', 'rehabilitate', and 'rehabilitation*  include
    measures to evaluate  and reduce lead-based  paint hp^Hf,
    as such terms are  defined in section 1004 of the Residential
    Lead-Based Paint Hazard Reduction Act of 1992.*.

SEC. 1019. DISPOSITION OF FEDERALLY OWNED HOUSING.
    Section  302(a) of the Lead-Based Paint Poisoning Prevention
Act (42 U.S.C. 4822(a)) (as amended by section 1012(a)) is amended
by striking the fourth sentence and adding at the end the following:
        "(?) DISPOSITION 07 FEDERALLY OWNED HOUSING.—
            "CA) PRE-1960 TARGET HOUSING,—Beginning on January
        1, 1995. procedures established under paragraphs  (1) and
        (2)  shall  reouire the inspection and  abatement of lead-
        based paint hazards in all federally owned target housing
        constructed prior to 1960.
            "(B) TARGET BOUSING CONSTRUCTED BETWEEN ueo AND
        1978.—Beginning on January 1, 1995, procedures estab-
        lished under paragraphs (1) and (2) shall require an inspec-
        tion for leaii-based paint and lead-based paint fr***?*^*-
        in all federally owned target housing constructed between
        I960 and 1978. The results of such  inspections shall be
        made available  to prospective purchasers,  identifying the
        presence of lead-based paint and lead-based paint hazards
        on a surface-by-surface basis. The Secretary shall have
        the discretion to waive the requirement of this subpara-
        graph for housing in which a federally funded risk assess*
        ment, performed by a certified contractor, has determined
        no lead-based paint hazards are ipreaent.
            TO BUDGET AUTHORITY.—To the  extent that subpara-
        graphs (A) and (B) increase the cost to the Government
        of outstanding direct loan  obligations or loan guarantee
        commitments, such activities shall be treated as modifica-

-------
                       H.R.5334-237

       tions under section 604(e) of the Federal Credit Reform
       Act of 1990 and shaT be subject to the  availability of
       appropriations. To the extent that paragraphs (A) ana (B)
       impose additional costs to the Resolution Trust Corporation
       ana the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, its require-
       ments shall be carried out only if appropriations  an pro-
       vided in advance hi an appropriations Act In the absence
       of appropriations sufficient to cover the costs of subpara-
       graphs (A) and  (B), these requirements shall  not apply
       to the affected agency or agencies.
           "(D) DEFINITIONS.—For the purposes of this subsection,
       the terms Inspection', 'abatement*, lead-based paint haz-
       ard', federally owned housing', target housing', *nsk assess-
       ment?,  ai*d 'certified contractor* have the same meaning
       given such terms in section 1004 of the Residential Lead-
       Based Paint Hazard Reduction Act of 1992.
       "(4) DEFINITIONS.—For purposes of this subsection, the
    terms "risk assessment?. Inspection*, Interim control*, 'abate-
    ment*, 'reduction', and lead-based paint hazard* have the same
    meaning given such terms in section 1004 of the Residential
    Lead-Based Paint Hazard Reduction Act of 1992.
SEC 1014. COMPREHENSIVE BOUSING AFFORDABIUrY STRATEGY.
    Section 105 of the Cranston-Gonzalez National Affordable Hous-
ing Act (42 U.S.C. 12705) is amended—
       (1) in  subsection (bX14), by  striking "and* at the end;
       (2) in  subsection (bX15), by  striking the period at the
    end and JTlTt'Tig *j and")
       (3) by inserting  after paragraph (15)  of subsection (b) the
    following new paragraph:
       "(16) estimate the numir- of housing units within the
    jurisdiction that are occupies.   ?  low-income families or very
    1	_.	*___,«	„ *f_*    »{« Ua^J^aj^l pafrit hf TflHff.
   low-income f**mfH^s ••f«y tfa*t ^ ^sain
   as defined" in section 1004 of the Residential Lead-Based Paint
   Hazard Reduction Act of 1992, outline the actions proposed
   or being t^fffl to evaluate and reduce tosd-hmod pft^t np**>Tdf1
   and describe how lead-based paint hazard reduction will be
   integrated into housing policies and programs.*; and  -
       (4) m subsection (eV-
           (A) by striking "When preparing"  and famtrting the
       following:
       "(1) IN GENERAL.—When preparing": and
           (B) by adding at  the end the following new paragraph:
       *(2) LEAD-BASED PAINT HAZARDS.—When preparing tnat
   portion of a housing strategy required by subsection (oX16).
   a jurisdiction shall consult with State or local health and child
   welfare agencies and examine existing data related to lead-
   based paint hazards and poisonings,  including health depart-
   ment nVtft on the addresses of housing units in which fkiiaifm
   . have been identified as lead poisoned.".
SEC.  1015. TASK  FORCE ON LEAD-BASED PAINT HAZARD REDUCTION
           AND FINANCING,    .
   (a) IN GENERAL.—The  Secretary, in consultation  with the
Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency, shall estab-
lish a task force to make recommendations on expanding resources
and  efforts to evaluate  and  reduce lead-based paint nazards  in
private housing.

-------
                       H.R. 5334—238

    (b) MEMBERSHIP.—The taak force shall include individuals rep-
resenting the  Department  of Housing and  Urban Development,
the Farmers Home Administration, the Department of Veterans
Affairs, the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, the Federal
National Mortgage Association,  the Environmental  Protection
A          t          *  A*    9  x1_  %_ ** J*^» 	  	 _ J  —,»^ >  _ A_< _
unvttui mortgage uuuron, wngia-uuuu/ out* UAIUMACUUU^ *««» V»MIM>
intereste, nonprofit housing developers, property liability insurers,
public housing agencies, low-income housing advocacy organiza-
tions, national. State ana local lead-poisoning prevention advocates
and experts, and community-based organizations located in areas
with substantial rental
    (c) RESPONSIBILITIES.— The task force shall make recommenda-
tions to the Secretary and the Administrator of the Environmental
Protection Agency concerning—
        (1) incorporating the need to- finance lead-based paint haz-
    ard reduction into underwriting standards;
        (2) developing new loan products and procedures for financ-
    ing lead-based paint hazard evaluation and reduction activities;
        (3) adjusting appraisal guidelines to  address lead safety;
        (4) incorporating risk assessments or inspections for lead-
    based paint as a routine procedure in the origination of new
    residential mortgages; '
        (5) revising guidelines, regulations, and educational pam-
    phlets issued by the Department of Housing and Urban Devel-
    opment and other Federal agencies relating to lead-based paint
    poisoning prevention;
        (6) reducing the current uncertainties of liability related
    to lead-based paint in rental housing by clarifying standards
    of care for landlords and lenders, and by exploring the "safe
    harbor"(concept;       .             .
        17) incr°Q*iffg the availability of liability insurance for own-
    ers of rental h wring and certified contractors an^ ••t
    alternative systems to compensate victims of lead-based paint
    poiffoninr *""
        (8) evaluating the utility and appropriateness of requiring
    risk assessments or inspections ana notification to prospective
    lessees of rental housing.
    (d) COMPENSATION.—The members of the task force shall not
receive Federal compensation for their participation.
SEC. lOlfl. NATIONAL CONSULTATION ON LEAD-BASED PAINT HAZARD
           REDUCTION*
    In carrying out this Act, the Secretary shall consult on  an
ongoing basis with the Administrator of the Environmental Protec-
tion Agency, the Director of the Centers for Disease Control, other
Federal agencies concerned with lead poisoning  prevention, and
the task force established pursuant to section 1015.
SEC. 1017. GUIDELINES FOB LEAD-RASED PAINT HAZARD EVALUA-
           TION AND REDUCTION ACTIVITIES.
    Not later than 12 months-after the date of enactment of this
Act, the Secretary, in consultation with the Administrator of the
Environmental Protection Agency, the Secretary of Labor, and the
Secretary of Health and Human Services (acting through the Direc-
tor of the Centers for Disease Control), shall issue guidelines  for
the conduct of federally supported work involving risk assessments,

-------
                       H.R. 5334—239

inspections, interim controls, and abatement of lead-based paint
hazards. Such guidelines shall be based upon criteria that measure
the condition of the housing (and the presence of children under
age 6 for the purposes of risk assessments) and shall not be based
upon criteria that measure the health of the residents of the
housing.

SEC. 1018. DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION CONCERNING LEAD UPON
          TRANSFER OF RESIDENTIAL PROPERTY.
    (a) LEAD DISCLOSURE  IN PURCHASE AND SALE OR LEASE OF
TARGET HOUSING.—
       (1) LEAD-BASED PAINT  HAZARDS.—Not later than 2 yean
    after the ^"H of fn<><>trnfftit of this  Act* the Secretary and
    the Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency shall
    promulgate regulations under this  section for the disclosure
    of lead-based paint hazards in target housing which is offered
    for sale or lease. The  regulations  shall require that, before
    the purchaser or lessee is obligated • under any contract to
           e or lease the housing, the seller or lessor shall—
           (A)  rovide the purchaser or lessee with a lead hazard
        information pamphlet, as prescribed by Mv> Administrator
        of the Environmental Protection Agency under section 406
        of the Toxic Substances Control Act;
           (B) disclose to the  purchaser or lessee the  presence
        of any known lead-based naint, or any known lead-based
        paint ho**"*^*, in such birti"ir>ff ynd provide to t|w purchaser
        or lessee anv lead hazard evaluation report available to
        the seller or lessor; and
           (C) permit the purchaser a 10-day period (unless  the
        parties mutually agree upon a different period, of time)
        to conduct a risk assessment or inspection for the presence
        of lead-based paint hazards.
        (2) CONTRACT  FOR  PURCHASE AND  SALE.— Regulations
    promulgated under this section shall provide that every contract
    tor  the purchase and  sale of any interest in target housing
    fh«jj  contain a  I/gad  Warning Statement ***** a statement
    signed by the purchaser that the purchaser has  •
           (A) read thft I/gad Warning Statement and
        its contents;
           (B) received a lead hazard information pamphlets
           (C) had a 10-da  opportunity (unless the parties mutu-
                                              before ba
        of lead-based paint
        (3) CONTENTS OF LEAD WARNING STATEMENT.— The Lead
    Warning Statement shall  contain the following text printed
    in large  type on a  separate sheet of paper attached to the
    contract:
    "Every purchaser of any interest in residential real  property
on which a residential dwelling was built prior to 1978 is notified
that such property may present exposure to lead from lead-based
paint that may place young children at risk of developing lead
poisoning. Lead. poisoning in young children may produce perma-
nent neurological damage, including learning disabilities, reduced
intelligence quotient, behavioral problems, and impaired  memory.
Lead poisoning also poses a particular risk to  pregnant women.

-------
                       H.R. 5334—240

The seller of any interest in residential real property is required
to provide  the buyer with any information on  lead-based paint
hazards from risk assessments or inspections in the seller's posses-
sion and notify the buyer of any known lead-based paint hazards.
A risk assessment or inspection for possible lead-based paint haz-
ards is recommended prior to purchase.".
        (4) COMPLIANCE ASSURANCE.—Whenever  a seller or lessor
    has entered into a contract with an agent for the  purpose
    of selling or leasing a unit of  target housing, the regulations
    promulgated under this  section  shall require the agent, on
    behalf of the seller or lessor,  to ensure compliance with the
    requirements of this section.
        (5) PROMULGATION.—A suit may be brought against the
    Secretary of Housing and Urban Development and the Adminis-
    trator of the Environmental Protection Agency under section
    20 of the Toxic Substances Control Act to compel promulgation
    of the regulations required under this section ana the Federal
    district court fh*n have jurisdiction to order such promulgation.
    (b) PENALTIES FOR VIOLATIONS.—
        (1) MONETARY PENALTY.—Any person who knowingly vio-
    lates any provision of this section shall be subject to civil
    money penalties in accordance with the provisions of section
    102 of the Department of Housing and urban Development
    Reform Act of 1989 (42 U.S.C. 3645).
        (2) ACTION BY SECRETARY.—The Secretary is authorized
    to take such lawful action as may be necessary to enjoin any
    violation of this section.
        (3) Civn. LIABILITY.—Any  person who knowingly violates
    the provisions of this  section  shall  be jointly and severally
    liable to the purchaser or lessee in an amount equal to 3
    times the amount of damages incurred by such individual
        (4) COSTS.—In any civil action brought for damages pursu-
    ant to paragraph (3), the appropriate court may award court
    costs  to  the party commencing  such action,  together with
    reasonable attorney fees and any expert witness fees, if that
    party prevails.
        (5) PROHIBITED ACT.—It shall be a prohibited act under
    section 409 of the Toxic Substances Control Act for any person
    to fail or refuse to comply with a provision of this section
    or with any rule or order issued under this section. For purposes
    of enforcing this section under the Toxic Substances Control
    Act, the penalty for each  violation applicable under section
    16 of that Act shall not be more  than $10,000.
    (c) VALIDITY OF CONTRACTS AND LIENS.—Nothing in this section
shall  affect the validity or enforceability of any sale or  contract
for the purchase and sale or lease of any interest in nwdential
real property or any loan, loan agreement, mortgage, or lien made
or arising in connection with a mortgage loan, nor shall anything
in this section create  a defect in title.
    (d) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The regulations under this section shall
take  effect 3 years after the date of the enactment of this title.

-------
                      H.R. 5334— 241


    Subtitle B— Lead Exposure Reduction

SEC 102L CONTRACTOR TRAINING AMD CZRTD7ICATION.
    (a) AMENDMENT TO THB Tone SUBSTANCES CONTROL ACT.—
The Toxic Substances Control Act (16 U.S.G. 2601 et §eq.) is
amended by adding after title m the following new title:

         "TITLE IV— LEAD EXPOSURE

                    REDUCTION

"SEC. 401. DEFINITIONS.
    Tor the purposes of this title:
        "(1) ABATEMENT.— TOIO ten** *fkn*j>TPM>t> nMM«if any set of
    nna««yinftg «i«^igti^ fo permanently eliminate lead-based p*>fafe
    ii«gaM«i« in n****yT*^*Tt<** with standards  ifftyMithini  by the
    Administrator under this title. Such term includes
           trl repairs, Tn°iT^^<>r"^iir**( pa***^**>ffi. temporary
containment, ongoing T»o*yfa"T|g of lead-based paint hazards
'or p^t^ntifll  ^*Tj>T*iff. *Tid fat ^tt«Mi«^»»«»"^ tnn operation of
                                                 operation of
        agB^pqn^ ant  rBfllfUlt ftllCation pTOgT**™*! —
        "(9) LEAD-BASED PAINT.— The term 'uad-based painf means
    paint or other surface coatings that fmfa»«« lead in
    of LO  milligrams per centimeter squared or OJ5 percent by
    weight or (A) in the case of paint or other surface coatings

-------
                   H.R. 6334— 242

on target housing,  such lower level as  may  be established
by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development, as defined
in section 302(c) of the Lead-Based Paint Poisoning Prevention
Act. or 03) in the case of any other paint or surface coatings,
such other level as  may be established by the Administrator.
    •(10) LEAD-BASED PAINT HAZARD.— The  term lead-based
paint hazard* ^•mns  any condition that causes exposure to
lead from lead-contaminated dust, lead-contaminated soil, lead-
contaminated paint that is deteriorated or present in accessible
surfaces, friction surfaces, or impact surfaces that would result
in adverse human health effects as established by the Adminis-
trator under this title.
    "(11) LEAD-CONTAMINATED DUST.— The term lead-contami-
nated dust* means surface dust  in residential dwellings that
contains ffp area or mass  concentration  of load in fiTntii of
levels determined by the Administrator under this title to pose
a threat of adverse nealth effects in pregnant women or young
children.
    "(12) LEAD-CONTAMINATED SOIL.— Hie term lead-contami-
nated soiT means bare soil on residential real property that
contains  lead at or in excess of the levels determined to be
hazardous to human health by tf**> ^<^Tt"Tii'>tTistor undtr thj«
title.
    "(13) REDUCTION.— Th& term 'reduction* ****>•«• fnaaam^g
         to reduce or eliminate human exposure to lead-baaed
paint fraMT^f through ni**^1?^* fagindfay r^r^ controls and
abatement.
    "(14) RESIDENTIAL DWELLING.— The term 'residential dwell-
    Tnnnns
        "(A) a single-family dwelling, fa*»i«dfag> attached struc-
    tures such as porches and stoops; or
        *CB) a single-family dwelling unit in a structure that
contains more than 1 separata residential dwelling unit.
            ^Bffh such unit is used or occupied, or intend*m
    fr\^ fa which
    MI be used or occupied, in whole or in part, as the borne
    or residence of lor more persona.
    "(16) RESIDENTIAL REAL  PROPERTY.— The term 'residential
real property' means real property on which there is situated
1 or more Tftffidfli****! dwellings *am>d or occupied, or intended
to be  used or occupied, in whole  or in  part, as the home
or residence of 1 or more persons.
    "(16) RISK ASSESSMENT.— The term 'risk assessment* means
an on-site investigation to determine and report the «nrintenr»,
nature, severity and  location of lead-based paint hazards in
rftffidential dwellings, including—
        "(A) information  gathering regarding the age and his-
    tory of the housing and occupancy by children under age
    6;
        *(B) visual inspection; .
        "(C) limited  wipe sampling or other environmental
    sampling techniques*
        TD) other activity as may be appropriate; and
        "(E) provision of a report explaining the results of
    the investigation.
    "(17) TABGET HOUSING.— The term target housing* means
any housing constructed  prior to 1978, except housing for the
elderly or persons with  disabilities (unless any child who is
                                                             533

-------
                       H.R.5334-243

    less than 6 yean of am resides or is expected to reside in
    such housing lor the elderly or persons with disabilities) or
    any 0-bedroom dwelling. In the case of jurisdictions which
    banned the sale or use of lead-based paint prior to 1978, the
    Secretary of HOTufag *n<* Urban Development, at the Sec*
    retards discretion, may designate an earlier date.
"SEC. 40*. LEAD-BASED PAINT ACTIVITIES TBAININO AMD CERTIFI-
           CATION.
    "(a) REGULATIONS.—
       "(1) IN GENERAL.—Not later than 18 months after the date
    of flift ^TWflfrn**^ of *hi* flection^ the Administrator shall, in
    consultation with the Secretary of Labor, the Secretary of Hous-
    ing and Urban Development, and the Secretary of Health and
    Human Services (acting through the Director of the National
    Institute for OoBUPfltfanal Safety y*yj Ht>slth)i
    regulations governing lead-baaed paint activities to ensure that
    individuals engaged in such activities are properly trained;
    tbflt training prfftffflfriT  are affraditodt «n«^ AM contractors
    engaged in sucn activities are certified* Such
    	*._%	  _«	  •	«	  m>     	mt 	 •  	 •   * •    _ _*
    contain standards for performing lead-based paint activities,
    taking into account reliability, effectiveness, and safety. Such
        lations t^*n require ft*it all risk assessment,
                   Activities performed in target hffmt*Mg *h*lt
    be performed by CBrtifvHi contractors, as sucn tw*** is defined
    in section 1004 of the Residential Lead-Based Faint Hazard
    Reduction Act of 1992. The  provisions of this section shall
    supersede the provisions set forth n^ar thft heading *Lead
    Abatement Training and Certification* and under the heading
    Training Grants* in title UL of the Act entitled 'An Act
    appropriations for the Departments of Veterans Affairs
    Housing **H Urban Development, *T*^ for sundry
                  iigiftnst torpyrftl^^pf. ^^ ftflfe«^ for
year ending September 30, 1992, and for other purposes'. Public
     102—13
    Law 102—139, •*!inr>^ffBtfld • undffr paragraph (1) •^**n rt>ntsin  specific
    requirements for the accreditation of lead-baaed paint activities
    training programs for workers, supervisors, inspectors and plan-
    ners, and otner individuals involved in lead-based paint activi-
        fagitMjfaff, but not MTPH*H to, aflrh of the following?
            *XA) aCnimum reouirements for ^*f accrraitation of
                            >                              .
                         training curriculum
            *(O MinitniiTti training hflUT rTMluirf***1****^11?
            *(D) MTnin^itn^ hands-on training reouirements*
            "OS)  Minin^iint  trainee  COTP potency  flp*i proficiency
        reouirements.
                       ^ requirements for training program qual-
        ity control.
        *(3)  ACCREDITATION   AND   CERTIFICATION  FEES.— The
    Administrator (or the State in the CUM of an authorized State
    .program) shall impose a fee on —
         .   *XA) persons operating training  programs accredited
        under this title; and

-------
                       H.R. 5334— 244

           M(B) lead-based paint activities contractors certified in
        accordance with paragraph (1).
    The fees shall  be established at such level as is necessary
    to cover the costs of administering and enforcing the standards
    and regulations under this section  which are applicable to
    such programs and contractors. The fee shall not be imposed
    on any State, local government, or nonprofit training program.
    The Administrator Tor the State in the case of an authorized
    State program) may waive the fee for lead-based paint activities
    contractors under subparagraph (A) for the purpose of training
    their own employees.
    "(b) LEAD-BASED PAINT ACTIVITIES.— For purposes of this title,
the term lead-based paint activities' means—
        "(1) in the caae of target housing, risk assessment, inspec-
    tion, and abatement! flTH
        "(2) in the case of any public building constructed before
    1978, commercial building, bridge, or other structure or super-
    structure, identification  of lead-based paint and materials
    containing lead-based paint, deleading, removal of lead from
    bridges, and demolition.
For purposes of paragraph (2), the term 'deleading' means activities
conducted by  a person who  offers to  eliminate lead-based paint
or lead-based paint hazards-or to plan such activities.
    "(c) RENOVATION AND REMODELING.—
        "(1) GUIDELINES.— In order to reduce the risk of exposure
    to lead in connection with renovation and remodeling of target
    h wring, public buildings constructed before 1978, nr»n commer-
    cial buildings, the Administrator shall,  within 18 months after
    the enactment of this  section, promulgate guidelines for the
    conduct of such renovation ana remodeling activities which
    may create a risk of exposure  to dangerous levels, of lead.
    The Administrator fh^fl dmiflnv"**** such guidelines to pwsonff
    engaged in such renovation av* remodeling through hardware
    and paint stores, employee o»aXaizations, trade groups, State
    and local agencies, and tnrough otner appropriate ****M***T,
        "(2) STUDY OP CERTIFICATION-— The Administrator shall
    conduct A study of the extent to which persons engaged in
    various types of renovation and remodeling activities in target
    housing, public buildings constructed before 1978, and commer-
    cial buaJkhngs are exposed to lead in the conduct of such activi-
    ties or disturb lead and create a lead-based paint hazard on
    a regular or occasional basis. The Administrator shall complete
    such study and publish the results thereof within 30 months
    after the enactment of this section.
        "(3) CERTIFICATION DETERMINATION.— Within 4 years after
    the enactment of this section, the Administrator snail revise
    the regulations under subsection  (a) to  apply  the regulations
    contractors are engaged in such activities, the Administrator
    shall utilize the results of the study under paragraph (2) and
    consult with the representatives of labor organizations, lead-
    based paint activities contractors, persons engaged in remodel-
    ing and renovation, experts in lead health effects, and others.
    If the Administrator determines that any category of contractors
    engaged in renovation or remodeling does not require certifi-

-------
                       H.R.5334—245

    cation, the Administrator shall publish an explanation of the
    basis for that determination.
•SEC. 409. IDENTIFICATION OP DANGEROUS LEVELS OP LEAD.
    "Within  18 months after the'enactment of this title,  the
Administrator shall promulgate  regulations which shall identify,
for purposes of this title* and the Residential Lead-Based Paint
Hazard Reduction Act of  1992, lead-based paint hazards, lead-
contaminated dust, and lead-contaminated soiL
"SEC. 404. AUTHORIZED STATE PROGRAMS,
    "(a) APPROVAL.—Any State  which  seeks to administer and
enforce the standards, regulations, or other requirements estab-
lished  under section 402 or  406,  or both, may, after notice and
opportunity for public bearing, develop and submit to>the Adminis-
trator  yp application, in such form as flie ^^"^^ftrstor •h*n
require, for authorization of such a State program. Any such State
may ilso certify to fat Administrator at the *"r^ ot submitting
suck program tnat the State program  meets the requirementsToT
paragraphs (1) and (2) of subsection (b). Upon submission of such
certification, the State program shall be deemed to be authorized
under  this section,  ana shall apply in such State in lieu of the
corresponding Federal program under section 402 or 406, or both,
as  the case may be,  y****! such tiffH* as tf1^ ^<^Tn*r>**tTstor  riis~
approves the program or withdraws **»• «"**
shall approve or disapprove too application.  Tne Administrator
may approve the application onljr if, after notice and after oppor-
tunity for public hearing, tf** Administrator ^if1^* that-
        'll) the  State program is at least as protective of human
    health and the environment as the Federal program under
    section 402 or 406, or both, as the case may be, and
        "(2) such State program provides adequate enforcement.
Upon authorization of a State program VT"^*^ "iff scctiopt it
* "    «   A • A             .  ^ h ^^t .     A ••      A    . w
be unlawful for any person to violate or fail or refuse to comply
with any requirement of such program*
    "(c) WITHDRAWAL OP AUTHORIZATION.—If a State is not admin-
istering ^"4  wtfoffinf a program authorized wider tkf* sectloii
in compliance with rtfl"***™**, regulations, and other requirements
of this  title,  the Administrator shall so notify the State and, if
corrective action is not completed within .a reasonable time, not
to exceed 180 days, the Administrator shall withdraw authorization
of such program  and establish a Federal program pursuant to
this title.
    "(d) MODEL  STATE  PROGRAM.—Within 18  months after the
enactment of thfa title, the Administrator *^»]\ promulgate a model
State program which may be adopted by any State which seeks
to administer and enforce a State program under this title. Such
model program shall,  to the extent  practicable, encourage States
to utilize  existing  State and  local certification an^ accreditation
programs and procedures. Such program shall encourage reciprocity
among the States  with  respect to the certification under section
402.
    "(e) OTHER STATE REQUIREMENTS.—Nothing in this title shall
be construed to prohibit any State or political subdivision thereof
from imposing any requirements which are more  stringent  than
those imposed by this title.

-------
                       H.R. 5334— 246

    "(0 STATE AMD LOCAL CERTIFICATION.— The regulation* under
this title shall, to the extent appropriate, encourage States to seek
program authorization and to use yi«ti«g State and local certifi-
cation  and accreditation procedures, except that a State  or local
government shall not require more than 1 certification under this
section for any lead-based paint activities contractor to carry  out
lead-based paint activities in the State or political subdivision
thereof!
    *(g) GRANTS TO STATES.— The Administrator is authorized to
make grants  to States to develop and carry out authorized State
programs under this section. Hie grants  shall be  subject to such
terms and conditions as the Administrator may establish to further
the purposes of this title.
    "(h)  ENFORCEMENT BY ADMINISTRATOR.— If a  State does  not
have a State program authorized under this section and in effect
by the date which is 2 years after promulgation of the regulations
under  section 402 or 406, the Administrator shall, by such date,
establish a Federal program for section 402 or 406  (as the case
may be)  for such elate and administer and enforce such program
in such State.
        T-  n
    "(a) PROGRAM To PROMOTE LEAD EXPOSURE ABATEMENT.— The
Administrator,  in cooperation  with other  appropriate  Federal
                                iuJwct a **ornpr*>^l*>TITivft
                        .
to promote  safe, effective, *n<^ affordable
and abatement of lead-based p_aint and other lead expos
                          _
    *Xb)  STANDARDS  FOR  ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLING  LABORA-
TORIES.— <1) The Administrator shall establish protocols, criteria,
and minimum performance standards for laboratory analysis of
lead in paint films, soil, and dust Within 2 years after the enact-
ment of *hi* title, ^H* A«iniiiiMtrs.tof( in consultation with tfw Sec*
paragraph, that effective voluntary accreditation programs are in
place and operating on a nationwide basis at the  time of such
flfttflpminaHnn fQ DO CTT^^^d vn'?*'11' such program, a laboratory
shall, at a minimum, demonstrate an ability to test substances
accurately for lead content.
    "(2) Not later than 24 months after the date of the enactment
of thJT T**7tfont yf*4  untupaXty thftrmftflii  thfl Administrator •fr*n
publish and  make aveilabla  to the  public a  list of certified or
accredited environmental sampling laboratories.
    "(3) If the Administrator determines under paragraph (1) that
effective voluntary accreditation programs are in place for environ-
mental sampling  laboratories, th<» Administrator ?f*M^ review the
performance  and  effectiveness of such programs within 3 years
after such determination. If, upon such review, the Administrator
determines that the voluntary accreditation programs are  not effec-
tive in assuring the quality and consistency of laboratory  analyses,
the Administrator shall, not more than 12 months thereafter, estab-
lish a certification program that meets the requirements of para-
graph (1).
    "(c) EXPOSURE STUDIES.—(1)  Hie Secretary of Health and
Human Services  (hereafter in this subsection referred to as  the
'Secretary'), acting through the Director of the Centers for Disease

-------
                        H.R. 6334- 247

Control,  (CDC), and the Director of the National  Institute of
Environmental Health Sciences, shall jointly conduct a study of
the sources of lead exposure in children who have elevated blood
lead levels (or other indicators of elevated lead body burden), as
defined by the Director of the Centers for Disease Control
    "(2) The  Secretary, in consultation with the  Director of the
National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, shall conduct
a comprehensive study of means to reduce hazardous occupational
lead abatement exposures. This study shall include, at a •n
each of the following—
        *XA) Surveillance and intervention capability in the States
    to identify and prevent hazardous exposures to lead abatement
    workers*
        **(B) Demonstration of lead abatyifflt control ^if^^T and
    devices and work practices to identify and prevent hazardous
    lead exposures in the workplflCTi
        "(dT Evaluation, in consultation with the National Institute
    of Environmental Health Sciences, of health effects of low and
    high levels of occupational lead  exposures  on reproductive,
    neurological, renal, *ny V«^i^,
        *(D)  Identification of high risk octrapatiftfrri  settings to
    whichprevention activities and resources should be targeted.
        *XE) A study amusing the potential exposures and risks
    from lead to janitorial and custodial workers.
    "(3) The studies described in paragraphs (1) and (2) shall,
as appropriate, mfaminn the relative contributions to elevated lead
body burden from each of the following:
        "(A) Drinking water.
        TOFood.
        "(C) Lead-baaed paint and dust from lead-based paint.
        "(D)  Exterior 'sources such  as* ambient sir and lead in
    soiL  -
        ~CE) Occupational exposures, and other exposures th&; the
    Seu* etary determines to be appropriate.
    "(4) Not later than  30 months alter the date of the enactment
of this section, the Secretary shall submit a report to the Congress
concerning th* studies described inparagraphs (1) and (2X
    "(d) PUBLIC EDUCATION.— (1) The Administrator, in conjunction
with the Secretary of Health and Human Services, acting through
the Director of the Agency for Toxic Substances end Disease Reg-
istry, and in conjunction with the Secretary of Housing and Urban
Development, shall sponsor public education and outreach activities
to increase public awareness of—
        "CA) the scope and severity of lead poisoning from household
     sources;
      . e *(B)  potential exposure to sources of lead in  schools and
     childnoou *^y tvn CTPtwft; ___ — •».  -—
      '  "(C)  tf*4> implications of exposures for IT1**** a«
-------
                       H.R. 5334— 248
        *(H) risk BHHftflff™"^ And inspection m^^hodn for lead-based
    paint hazards; and
        «(D measures to reduce the risk of lead exposure from
    lead-based paint             ~
    "(2) The activities described hi paragraph (1) shall be designed
to provide educational services and information to—  _
        "(A) health professionals;
        "(B) the general public, with emphasis on parents of young
    children!
        "(C) homeowners, landlords, and fr>«««fa»;
        *(D) consumers of home improvement products;
        "(E) the residential real estate industry; and
        *(F) th*> JiiMiMi renovation inc~
    *X3) In implementing the activities described in paragraph (1),
                                             h toe
th0 Administrator «hffl assure coordination with flift Presidents
Commission on EnviT*?Tlt>iat**a^ Quality's education **!fll awareness
^fi^ppfllfffl O& 10AA DQUIQlUmC*
    *(4) Tbft A^itiiii^ia^rft^Qf fa cotisniltfltion  with thi> Cludi
E&TftfiDP* I^A CQ^S
ict Safety Com
 by retailers o
                Product Saioty OflmtHJiiforii. shall develop faft>»»"*-
                                         .
turn to be distributed by retailers of home improvement products
to provide consumers with practical jpfen^^*^*?** related to tf»<> haz-
ards of renovation and. remodeling  where lead-based paint may
be present
    *(e) TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE.—
        "(D CLEABlNGHOUSE.j-Not later than 6 months after the
                    stihsoftiftnt t^* Administrator •h»M establish,
    in rrt"*nlt4>^fon with ^f Secretary of Housing and Urban. Devel-
    opment and the Director of the Centers for Disease Control,
    a National fn^n-t«gh«yy«* on Childhood Lead Poisoning (herein-
    after  in this section  referred  to as  ^Clearinghouse*). The
    Clearinghouse shall—
            *XA) collect, evaluate, •"«! dinnftmi"**** current informa-
        tion on th*> nflBflflfnT1**1^^ »ni\  reduction of Iftud-hflflod paint
        **«*a**1" adverse health efiEects, sources of exposure, detec-
        tion at**| risk SSSftllSnf"^^
                          n-up
            "(B) «*«»i«faii« a rapid-alert system to
                      i« a rapid-
                        activities
        lead-based paint activities contractors of •*£»**"•"* devel-
        opments in research related to
        and
            *(C) pOTfoT*11 any other duty
        determines necessary to achieve the purposes of this Act
        "(2) HOTLINE.— Not later than 6 months after the enact-
    ment of this subsection, the Administrator, in cooperation with
    other Federal agencies and with State and local governments,
    shall establish a single lead-based paint hazard hotline to pro-
    vide the public with answers to questions about lead
    prevention and  referrals to the CVnringhouBft for
    "(f) PRODUCTS FOB LEAD-BASED PAINT ACTIVITIES.—Not later
than 30 months »ffa»r the dflfo of ffpfl^fa«*^»^t of ^"« jgcHftti. fch«*
President shall, after notice and opportunity for comment, establish
bv rule  appropriate criteria,  testing protocols,  and performance
characteristics as are necessary to ensure, to the greatest extent
possible and consistent with the purposes and policy of this title,
that lead-based paint hazard evaluation and reduction products
introduced into commerce after a  period specified in the rule are

-------
                       H.R. 5334— 249

effective for the intended UM described by the manufacturer. The
rule'shall identify the types or classes of products that an subject
to such rule. The Pres    ' *- *— ' ---- " ------ " '" -------   *  "
to the Tna**mnm extent
tones,  as appropriate,
in developing the rules. The President may delegate the authorities
under fl"f subsection to the  Environmental Protection Agency or
the Secretary of Commerce or such other appropriate agency.

•SEC 406. LEAD HAZABD INFORMATION PAMPHLET.
    "(a) LEAD  HAZARD  INFORMATION PAMPHLET.— Not later  than
2 years after the enactment of this section, after notice and oppor-
tunity for comment, th^ Administrator of the Environmental Protec-
tion Agency, in consultation with the. Secretary of Housing **i«i
Urban D«velopment and with the Secretary of Health and Human
Services, shall publish, and from time to time revise, a lead hazard
information pflirpH** to be used in connection with ***** title **ui
section 1018 of the Residential Lead-Based Paint Hazard Reduction
Act of 1992. The pamphlet •hall—
       "(1) contain «"farm regarding th^ health risks associ-
    ated with exposure to lead;
       "(2) provid
    hazards in federally assisted, federally owned, and target nous-
    ing;
        *(3) dMcrfhe tfw risks of lead exposure for iHh^Mn*n M"ditr
    6 years of age,  pregnant women, women of childhearing age,
    persons involved in home renovation, and others residing in
    a dwelling with lead-based paint hazards;
        "(4) describe the risks of renovation in a dwelling with
                   fr*
        "(5) provide information on approved methods for evaluat-
    ing *T"i reducing load-hnsftd paint hazards and tfmir efZec-
    tiveness in identifying', rftd^cing, ^Ifaifagtfagj or preventing
    exposure to lead-based paint h»rards;
        *(8) advise persons ho* ^ obtain a list of contractors
    certified pursuant  to  th** title in lead-based paint hazard
    evaluation y*yj reduction in t^+ sxtA in which the pamphlet
    istobo .^ed;
        "(7) state that a risk assessment or inspection for lead-
    based paint is recommended prior to the purchase, lease, or
    renovation of target housing;
        "(8) state that certain State and local laws impose addi-
    tional requiremente related to lead-baaed paint in housing and
           a listing of Federal, State, and local agencies in each
                   address and  telephone number, that can pro-
MMimi i1
provide
State,!
    vide information about applicable laws and available govern-
        .•   •  A  .     A.**     • ^K     •      A       ^^
        fo] fti^^l private BffBJBtfinffft *n^ financin
        "(9) provide such other information
    hazards  associated  with residential real property as  the
    Administrator deems appropriate.
    "(b) RENOVATION OF TAEGET HOUSING.— Within 2 years after
 the enactment of tf*fo section, the Administrator tfryjl promulgate
 regulations under this subsection to reouire  each person who per-
 forms for compensation a renovation ox target housing to provide
 a lead hazard information pamphlet  to  the owner flnd occupant
 of such housing prior to commencing the renovation.

-------
                        H.R. 5334— 250

•SEC. 407. REGULATIONS.^
    The regulations of .the  Administrator under this title shall
include such recordkeeping  and reporting requirements as may
be necessary to insure the effective implementation "of this title.
The  regulations may be amended from time to time as necessary.

•SEC. 408. CONTROL  OF LBAD*BA8EO PAINT HAZARDS AT FEDERAL
            FACILITIES.
    "Each  department, agency,  and instrumentality of executive,
legislative, and judicial branches of the Federal Government (1)
having jurisdiction over any property or  facility, or (2) engaged
in any activity resulting,  or which may  result, in a lead-based
paint hazard, and each -officer, agent, or  employee thereof shall
be subject to, and comply with, afl Federal, State, interstate, and
local requirements, both substantive and procedural (including any
requirement for COTtifichtioiii licensing, recordkeeping, or reporting
or any provisions for injunctive relief and such sanctions as may
be imposed by a court to enforce such relief) respecting lead-based
paint, lead-based point activities,  and lead-based paint hazards
in the same manner, and to the same extent as any nongovern-
mental entity is subject to such requirements, including the pay-
ment of reasonable service charges. The Federal, State, interstate,
and local substantive and procedural requirements referred to in
thif subsection include, but are not limited to, all administrative
orders and all civil and administrative penalties and ^»«*« regard-
less of whether such  penalties or fines are punitive or coercive
in nature, or whether imposed for isolated, intermittent or continu-
ing  violations. The United  States hereby  expressly  waives any
immunity otherwise applicable to the United States  with respect
to any such substantive or procedural requirement (including, but
not limited to, any injunctive relief administrative order, or civil
or administrative penalty or fine referred to in the preceding sen-
tenwj. or reasonable service chargeX The reasonable service charges
referred  to in this section include, but are not limited  to, fees
or charges assessed for certification and licensing, ae well as any
other nondiflffriminiitory charges tft«t are  n mutinied in connection
with a Federal, State, interstate, or local  lead-based paint, lead-
based paint activities, or lead-based paint hazard activities program.
No agent, employee, or officer of the United  States shall be person-
ally liable for any civil penalty under any Federal, State, interstate,
or local law relating to lead-based paint, lead-based paint activities,
or lead-based paint hazards with respect to any act or omission
within the scope of his official duties.

•SEC 409. PROHIBITED ACTS.
     "It shall be unlawful for any person to fail or refuse to comply
with a provision of this  title  or with any rule  or order issued
under this title.

 -SEC. 410. RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER FEDERAL LAW.
     -Nothing in this title  shall affect the authority of other appro-
priate Federal agencies to establish  or enforce any requirements
which are at least as stringent as those established pursuant to
this title.

-------
                       H.R. 5334—251

•SEC 41L GENERAL. PROVISIONS  RELATING TO  ADMINISTRATIVE

    "(a) APPLICABILITY.—This section applies to the promulgation
or revision of any regulation issued under this title.   ....  	
    "(b) RULEMAKING DOCKET.—Not later than the date of proposal
of any action to which this section applies, the Administrator shall
establish a rulemaking docket for such action (hereinafter in this
subsection referred to as a 'rule'). Whenever a rule applies only
within a particular State, a second (identical) docket shall be estab-
lished in  the  appropriate regional  office  of the Environmental
Protection Agency.
    •*(c) INSPECTION AND COPYING.—<1) The rulemaking docket
required mHft** subsection (b) tb*^ be open for inspection by the
public at imifomiblft tim^ BODC i find to the/ pffitipE of proposed rule-
making. Any person may copy documents contained in the docket.
The Administrator shall provide copying facilities which may be
used at  the expense of the person leering copies, but the Adminis-
trator may «**ive or reduce such expenses to such <*•*•««<«« as
the public interest requires. Any person may request copies  by
   °* if  th«y person pays ttw ffKTWMiffi infll'ifling pflnonF1**! costs
           f      * ""*•*        •"     *      ^^^P m
to do the copying.
    "(2XA) Promptly upon receipt by the agency, aU written com-
ments and documentary information on the proposed rule received
from any  person for inclusion to ^ME docket ^wifg the
           be placed in the docket. The transcript of public hear-
ings, if any, on the  proposed rule shall also be included to the
docket promptly upon  receipt from the person who transcribed
such hearings.  All documents which become available after the
proposed rule has been published and which the Administrator
determines are of central relevance to the ™i»m«M»ig shall be
placed to the docket as soon as possible after their availability.
    "(B) The drafts of proposed rules submitted by the Admtois-
tr&vo«r to uio CjmcQ of "fl-ftpftffftnifl^iT &&d BodiVB* lor ABJT ipw0fMBmy
review process prior  to proposal of any such rule, aQ  docnmente
accompanying such drafts, and all written comments thereon by
other agencies and all written responses to such written comivta
by the Administrator shall be placed to the docket no later than
the date of proposal of the rule. The drafts of the final rate submit-
ted for sucn review process prior to promulgation and all such
written comzuAnts thereon. *n oocumBnts n*"i""|Miny^tl   ch *^ITI*^T
wrtten comzuAnts tereon. *  oocumBnts n*"i""|Minytlg suc  *ITIT.
and written responses thereto shall be placed in the docket no
later than the date of promulgation.
    "(d) EXPLANATION.— <1) The promulgated rule shall be accom-
panied by an explanation of the reasons for any major changes
in the promulgated rule from the proposed rule.
    *X2) The promulgated rule  shall •!««? be accompanied by a
response to each ofthe significant comments, criticisms, and new
data submitted in written or oral prgMntationT during thfl ^MHttumt
period.
    "(3) The promulgated rule may not be based (in part or whole)
on  any information or data  which  has not been placed in the
docket as of the date of such promulgation.
    *(e) JUDICIAL REVIEW.— -The  material referred to in subsection
(cX2XB) shall not  be included in the record for judicial review.
    "(f) EFFECTIVE DATE.— The requirements of this section shall
take effect with respect to any rule  the proposal of which occurs
after 90 days after, the date ofthe enactment of this section.

-------
                       H.R. 5334—252

"SEC. 412. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.
    There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out the
purposes of this title such sums as may be necessary.*.
    (b)  TECHNICAL AND CONFORMING  AMENDMENTS.—The Toxic
Substances Control Act (15 U.S.C. 2610) is amended as follows:
        (1) In paragraph (1) of section 7(a), strike "or 6* and insert
    "6, or title IV" and after "5" insert "or title IV".
        (2) In the first sentence of subsection (a) of section 11:
           (A) Strike "or mixtures" before "are manufactured* «p4
        insert *, mixtures, or products subject to title IV".
           (B) Insert "such products," before "or such articles".
        (3) In paragraph (1) of subsection (b) of section  11, strike
    "or mixtures*  and insert *,  mixtures, or products subject to
    title TV".
        (4) In paragraph (1) of section  13(aX strike "or 8" in each
    place  it appears and insert ", 6, or title IV" and strike "or
    rand insert-, 7 or title IV.
        (5) In section 16, insert "or 409* after "section 15* each
    place it appears.
        (6) In twction 17, amend subsection (a) to read as follows:
    "(a) SPECIFIC  ENFORCEMENT.—(1)  The  district courts of the
United States shall have jurisdiction over civil actions to—
        "CA) restrain any violation of section 15 or 409,
        "(B) restrain any person from fa»igfay any action prohibited
              ~ ~      "  ~~   "                tmrtiay Section
by section 5, 6, or title IV, or by a rule or order
5,6, or title IV,
    "(C) compel the taking of any action required by or under
this Act, or
    "(D) direct any manufacturer or processor of a chemical
substance, mixture, or product subject to title IV manufactured
or processed hi violation of section 5, 6, or title IV, or a rule
or order under section 5, 6, or title IV, and distributed in
commerce, (i)  to  give' notice of such fact to  distributors in
      ice of such substance, mixture, or product and, to the
      reasonably ascertainable, to other persona in possession
    extent
    of such rrbfffaince,  mixture, or  product'or  exposed to such
    substance, *"*»^m^  or product,  (*i)  to give public notice of
    such riric of injury, ana (iii) to  either replace or repurchase
    such substance, mixture, or product, whichever the person to
    which the requirement is directed elects.*.
        (7) In the first  sentence of subsection (b) of section 17—
            CA) strike "or mixture* after "Any <*^»<»*qt<*y^  substance*
        and inserting ", mixture, or product subject to title IV";
        anj
            (B) insert "product," before "or article* in  each place
        that it appears.
        (8) In section 19—
            (A) In the first sentence of subsection (a),  after "title
        IT insert "or IV".
            (B) Before  the  semicolon at the end of  subsection
        (aX3XB) insert "and in the case of a rule under title IV,
        the fining1 required for tbfr imP1**"^ of such a rule*.
        (9) In section 2
-------
                       H.R.5334-253

              TITLE IV—LEAD EXPOSURE REDUCTION
•See. 401. Definition*.
•See. 402.
•See. 403.
•See. 404.
•See. 405.
dentificati
Authorized
                     sctivitiee braining mn4 certificati
           itification of dangerou* leveii of lead.
                 Stftt
                 ent v\
                     program.
         -ff*{ huavd ipfonnftiiMi pamphlet.
    406.
•Sec. 407.

•See. 4091 Prohibited***.    ' " "
•See. 410. Relationahip to other Federal law....
"See. 411. General provinon* relating to administrative proceedings.
*See. 412. Authorit**"**! of epp^ffpriii™*1*- -

    (c) SHORT TITLE.—This subtitle may be  cited as the "Lead-
Baaed Paint Exposure Reduction Act".


         Subtitle C—Worker Protection

SEC 1031. WORKER PBOTECTXON.

    Not later than  180 days after the enactment of this Act, the
Secretary of ttflbor *h*^ issue an ITI***^*^* Pn*l regulation regulating
      .•*•           *•••*•      .   . ^   •  *   . ^  ^^  f
occupational erposure to lead in the construction industry. Such
interim fT-—«i regulation *^a^ provide
                                    employment and
employment to employees which are as safe and healthful as those
which would prevail under the Department of Housing and Urban
Development guidelines published at Federal Register 66, page
38973 (September 28, 1990) (Revised Chapter 8X  Such  interim
final regulations shall take effect upon issuance (except that such
regulations may include a reasonable delay in the effective date),
shall  have the legal effect of an  Occupational Safety *nd Health
Standard, and shall apply until a final standard becomes effective
under section 6 of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of
1970.
SEC. 1032. COORDINATION BETWEEN ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
           AGENCY AND DEPARTMENT OF LABOR.
    The' Secretary of'Labor,-in  promulgating regulations under
section  1031, shall consult and coordinate with the Administrator
of the Environmental Protection Agency for the purpose of achieving
the fna'ritYuiTti ^nfardtnu^T!^ of title IV of the Toxic Substances Croi*
~wl Act and the Occupational Safety aud Health Act of 1970 while
imposing the least burdens of duplicative recpiinnnttnti on those
subject to such title and Act and for other purposes.
SEC. 10SS. NIOSH BESPONSXBXUrXES.
    Section 22 of the Occupational Safety  and Health Act of 1970
is amended by adding  the  following new subsection at  the end
thereof:
    «(g) LEAD-BASED PAINT ACTIVITIES.—
        "(1)  TRAINING  GRANT PROGRAM.—(A) The  Institute, in
    conjunction  with the  Administrator  of the Environmental
    Protection Agency, may make grants for the training and edu-
    cation of workers and supervisors who are or may Be directly
    engaged in lead-based paint activities.
        "(B)  Grants  referred to in  subparagraph  (A) shall be
    awarded to nonprofit organizations  (including  colleges  and
    universities, joint labor-management trust funds, States, and
    nonprofit government employee organizations)—
            *Xi) which are engaged in the training and education
        of workers and supervisors who are or who may be directly

-------
                       H.R.5334— 254

       engaged in lead-based, paint activities (as defined in title
       IV of the Toxic Substances Control Act),
           "(ii)   which  have  demonstrated   experience   in
       implementing and operating health and safety training
       and education programs, Pni\ "~    '  '
           "(ui) with a demonstrated ability to reach, and involve
       in lead-baaed paint training programs, target populations
       of individuals who are or wul be engaged in lead-based
       paint activities.
    Grants  under this subsection shall be awarded only to those
    organizations that fund at least 30 percent of their lead-based
    paint activities training programs from non-Federal sources,
                  d contributions. Grants may also be made to
    local governments to carry out such training and education
    for their employees.
        "(C) There are authorized to be appropriated, at a mini-
    mum, $10,000,000 to the Institute for each of the fiscal years
    1994 through 1997 to make grants under this paragraph.
        "(2) EVALUATION OF PROGRAMS.— The Institute shall con-
    duct periodic and comprehensive assessments of the efficacy
    of the worker and supervisor training programs developed and
    offered by those receiving grants under this section. Hie Direc-
    tor shall prepare reports on the results  of these assessments
    addressed to the Administrator of the Environmental Protection
    Agency to v^rhiHft rw?nirn*Midfl*i
-------
                       H.R. 5334—255

       (9) evaluate the long-term cost-effectiveness of interim con-
  " trol and abatement strategies; and
       (10)  assess the effectiveness of hazard  evaluation and
    reduction activities funded by-this Act

SEC. 1053. AUTHORIZATION.
    Of the total amount approved in appropriation Acts- under
section 1011(o), there shall ba  set aside  to carry out this  part
$5,000,000 for fiscal year 1993, and $5,000,000 for fiscal year 1994.

                PART 2—GAO REPORT

SEC 1066. FEDERAL IMPLEMENTATION AND INSURANCE STUDY.
    (a) FEDERAL IMPLEMENTATION STUDY.—The Comptroller Gen-
eral of the United States shall assess the effectiveness of Federal
enforcement and compliance with lead safety laws and regulations,
including any changes needed in annual inspection procedures to
identify lead-based paint hazards  in units receiving assistance
under subsections (o) and (o) of section 8 of the United States
Housing Act of 1937.
    (b) INSURANCE STUDY.—The Comptroller General of the United
States shall assess the availability of liability insurance for owners
of residential h«m«|»*g that con*1*1"* lead-hasod paint  *n*^ persons
engaged in lead-based paint hazard evaluation flfi*t refaction activi-
ties. In carrying out the  assessment, the  Comptroller  General
shall—
       (1) analyze any precedents in thi* in*vt'*Tu*<*  industry for
    the containment 4Mid *hflteftMffit of environmental hn*flTd*. such
    as asbestos, in federally assisted housing;
       (2) provide an assessment of the recent insurance experi-
    ence in the public hn*MrfT*g lead hazard i^ffft^fimtiftn ••»«! reduc-
    tion program; and
       (3) T*wi!*?nimi*r>d Tn««fny^f fog JBCT*><|f*f>g thiy availability of
    liability insurance to owners and contractors engaged in feder-
    ally supported work.

                Subtitle E—Reports

SEC 1081. REPORTS OP THE SECRETARY OF HOUSING AND URBAN
          DEVELOPMENT.
    (a) ANNUAL REPORT.—Tha Secretary shall transmit to the Con-
gress an annual report that—
       (1)( sets forth the Secretary's  assessment  of the progress
    made  in *mplning, inH^d^g studies th^fc ana-
    lyze the relationship between interim control and abatement
    activities flrd the incidence of lead pAifA^^g in resident chfl-
       (3) recommends legislative i*r>^ administrative initiatives
    that may improve the performance by the Department of Hous-
    ing and Urban Development in combating lead hazards through
    the expansion of lead hazard evaluation and reduction activi-
    ties;

-------
                   H.R. 6334— 256

    (4) describes the results of research carried out in accord-
ance with subtitle D; and
    (5) estimates the  amount of Federal assistance annually
expended on lead hazard evaluation  and reduction activities.
(b) BIENNIAL REPORT.—
    (1) IN GENERAL.— 24 months after the date of enactment
of this Act, and at the end of every 24-month period thereafter,
the Secretary  shall report to  the  Congress on the progress
of the Department of Housing and urban Development in
implementing expanded lead-based paint hazard evaluation and
reduction activities.
    (2) CONTENTS.— The report shall—
        (A) assess the effectiveness of section 1018 in making
    the public aware of lead-based paint hazards;
        (B) estimate the extent to which lead-based paint haz-
    ard evaluation and reduction activities are being conducted
    in the various categories of housing;
        (C) monitor  and report expenditures for lead-based
    paint hazard evaluation and reduction for programs within
    the jurisdiction of th*y Department of Housing a"^ Urban
    Development;
        (D) identify  the infrastructure  needed to eliminate
    lead-based paint hazards in all housing as expeditiously
    as possible, ""*!•" fting cost-effective technology, standards
    fln*i T**ffv1ff Montt trained ""^ certified contractors, certified
    laboratories, liability  insurance,  private  fi«amnng tech-
    niques, and appropriate Government subsidies;
        (£) assess  *ne yftfont to  which
    described in subparagraph (D) exists, make recommenda-
    tions to correct  shortcomings, and  provide estimates of
    the coats of measures needed to build an adequate infra-
    structure; and
       (F) inH"^it any additional information that the Sec-
    retary deems appropriate.

-------

-------
            PUBLIC LAW 101-508—NOV. 5,1990      104 STAT. 1388-321
SEC W01. SHORT TITLE.                                           PoUution

  This subtitie may be cited as the "Pollution Prevention Act of  oftm"0 A<*
1990".                                                         42 use 13101
                                                              not*.
SEC M02. FINDINGS AND POLICY.                                   42 USC 13101.

  (a) FINDINGS.—The Congress finds that:
      (1) The United States of America annually produces millions
    of tons of  pollution and spends tens of billions of dollars per
    year controlling this pollution.
      (2) There are significant opportunities for industry to reduce
    or prevent pollution at the source through cost-effective changes
    in production, operation, and raw materials use. Such changes
    offer industry  substantial  savings in  reduced  raw material,
    pollution control, and liability costs as well as help protect the
    environment and reduce risks to worker health and safety.
      (3) Tie opportunities for source reduction are often not re-
     • •  • •    * *   • ' A «     	 1 «•      J  A!_  •  J  _ j	• •
    emphasize  multi-media  management  of  pollution;  and
    businesses need information and technical assistance to over-
    come institutional barriers to the adoption of source reduction
    practices.
      (4) Source reduction  is fundamentally different and more
    desirable than waste management and pollution control The
    Environmental Protection Agency needs to address the histori-
    cal lack of attention to source reduction.
      (5) As a first step in preventing  pollution through  source
    reduction, the Environmental Protection Agency must establish
    a source reduction program which collects and disseminates
    information, provides financial assistance to States, and imple-
    ments the other activities provided for in this subtitle.
  (b) POLICY.—The Congress hereby  declares it to be the national
policy of the United States that pollution should be prevented or
reduced at the source whenever feasible; pollution that cannot be
prevented should be recycled in an environmentally safe manner,
whenever feasible; pollution that cannot be prevented or recycled
should be treated  in an  environmentally safe manner whenever
feasible: and disposal or other release into the environment should
be employed only as a last resort and should be conducted in an
environmentally safe manner.

SEC 6603. DEFINITIONS.
  For purposes of this subtitle—
      (1) The term "Administrator" means the Administrator of the
    Environmental Protection Agency.
      (2) The term "Agency"means the Environmental Protection
    Agency.      /          *->^
      (3) pie ternv^toxic chemical'/ means any substance on the list
    described in section dldU!J oi the Superfund Amendments and
    Reauthorization Act of 1986.
      (4) The term "release" has the same meaning as provided by
    section 329(8) of the Superfund Amendments and Reauthoriza-
    tion Act of 1986.
42 USC 13102.

-------
104 STAT. 1388-322 .    PUBLIC* LAW 101-508-NOV. 5,1990

                    (5XA)  The  term  "source  reduction"  means  any  practice
                  which—
                        (i)  reduces  the .amount of any hazardous substance,
                      pollutant, or contaminant entering any waste stream or
                      otherwise released into the environment (including fugitive
                      emissions) prior to recycling, treatment, or disposal;  and
                        (ii) reduces the hazards to public health and the environ-
                      ment associated with the release of such substances, pollut-
                      ants, or contaminants.
                  The term includes equipment or technology modifications, proc-
                  ess or procedure  modifications, reformulation or  redesign of
                  products, substitution of raw materials, and.improvements in
                  housekeeping, maintenance, training, or inventory control
                    (B) The term "source reduction" does c Jt include cny practice
                  which alters the physical, chemical, or biological characteristics
                  or the volume of a hazardous substance, pollutant, or contami-
                  nant through a process or activity which itself is not integral to
                  and necessary for the production of a product or the providing
                  of a service.
                    (6) The term "multi-media" means * ater, air, and land.
                    (7) The term "SIC codes" refers to the 2-digit code numbers
                  used for classification  of economic activity in  the Standard
                  Industrial ^ft||*ifi cation M^n«)
42 USC 13108.    SEC O04. EPA
                    AuTHOEima.— The  Administrator  shall  establish  in
                      an office to carry out the functions of the Administrator
              under this subtitle. The office shall be independent of the Agency's
              single-medium program offices but shall have the authority to
              review and advise such offices on their activities to promote a multi-
              media approach  to source reduction. The  office shall be under the
              direction of such officer of the Agency as the Administrator shall
              designate.
                (b) FUNCTIONS.— The Administrator shall develop and implement
              a strategy to promote source reduction. As part of the strategy, the
              Administrator shall—
                    (1) establish standard  methods of measurement of source
                  reduction;
                    (2) ensure  that the Agency considers the effect of its existing
                  and proposed programs  on source reduction efforts and shall
                  review regulations of the Agency prior and subsequent to their
                  proposal to determine their effect on source reduction;
                    (3) coordinate source  reduction activities in each Agency
                  Office and coordinate with appropriate offices to promote source
                  reduction practices in other Federal  agencies, and generic re-
                  search and  development on techniques and processes which
                  have broad applicability;
                    (4) develop improved methods of coordinating, streamlining
                  and assuring public access to data  collected  under Federal
                  environmental statutes;
                    (5) facilitate the adoption of source reduction techniques by
                  businesses. This strategy shall include the  use  of the Source
                  Reduction Clearinghouse and State matching grants provided in
                  this subtitle to foster the exchange  of information regarding
                  source reduction techniques, the dissemination of such informa-
                  tion to businesses, and the  provision  of technical assistance to

-------
            PUBLIC LAW 101-50'8—NOV. '5,1990      104 STAT. 1388-3™
                   •s
    businesses. The strategy shall also consider the capabilities of
    various businesses to make use of source reduction techniques;
      (6) identify, where appropriate, measurable goals which re-
    flect the policy of this subtitle, the tasks necessary to achieve
    the goals,  dates at which the principal tasks are  to be accom-
    plished, required resources, organizational responsibilities, and
    the means by which progress in meeting the goals will be
    measured;
      (8) establish an advisory panel of technical experts comprised
    of representatives from industry, the States, and public interest
    groups, to advise the Administrator on ways to improve collec-
    tion and dissemination of data;
      (9)  establish  a. training  program- on  source reduction
    opportunities, including workshops  and guidance documents,
    for State and Federal permit issuance, enforcement, and inspec-
    tion officials workirg within all agency program offices.
      (10) identify and make recommendations to Congress to elimi-
    nate barriers to scarce reduction including the use of incentives
    and disincentives:
      (11) identify opportunities to'use Federal  procurement to
    encourage source reduction;
      (12) develop, test and  disseminate model source reduction
    auditing  procedures  designed  to highlight source reduction
    opportunities; and                                        '    '
      (IS) establish an annual award program  to recognize a com-
    pany or companies  which operate outstanding, or innovative
    source reduction programs.

SEC 6M5. GRANTS TO STATES FOR STATE TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE PRO-  42 USC 13104.
          GRAMS.
  (a) GENERAL AUTHORITY.—The Administrator shall make match-
ing grants to  States for programs to promote the use of  source
reduction techniques by businesses.
  (b) CRITERIA.—when evaluating the  requests for grants under this
section, the Administrator shall consider,  among other  things,
whether  the  proposed  State  program  would  accomplish  the
following:                                       -
      (1) Make specific technical  assistance available to businesses
    seeking  information  about  .source  reduction opportunities,
    including funding for experts to provide onsite technical advice
    to business seeking assistance and to assist  in the development
    of source reduction plans.
      (2) Target assistance to  businesses for whom lack of informa-
    tion is an impediment to source reduction.
      (3) Provide training in source reduction techniques. Such
    training may be provided through local engineering schools or
    any otfier appropriate means.,.
  (c) MATCHING FUNDS.—Federal  funds  used in any State program
under this section shall provide no more than 50 per centum of the
funds made available to a State in each year of that State's partici-
pation in the program.
  (d)  EFFECTIVENESS.—The Administrator .shall establish  appro* -
priate  means for measuring the  effectiveness of the  State  grants
made  under this section in promoting the use  of source reduction
techniques by businesses.                             .

-------
104 STAT. 1388-324   "   PUBLIC LAW 101-508— NOV. 5, 1990

                (e) INFORMATION.— States receiving grants under this section shall
              make information generated -under the grants available  to  the
              Administrator.

42 USC 13105.    SEC CMC. SOURCE REDUCTION CLEARINGHOUSE.
                (a) AUTHORITY.— The  Administrator  shall  establish a  Source
              Reduction Clearinghouse to compile information including a com-
              puter data  base which contains  information  on  management,
              technical,  and  operational approaches to source  reduction. The
              Administrator shall use the clearinghouse to—
                   (1) serve as a center for source reduction technology transfer,
                   (2) mount active .outreach and education programs  by  the
                  States to further the adoption of source reduction technologies;
                  and
                   (3) collect and compile information reported by States receiv-
                  ing grants under section 6605 on the operation ar d success of
                  State source reduction programs,    «
                (b) PUBLIC AVAILABILITY.— The Administrator shaT make avail-
              able to the public such information on source reduction as is gath-
              ered pursuant to this subtitle and such other pertinent information
              and analysis regarding source reduction as may be available to the
              Administrator.  The data base shall permit entry and  retrieval of
              information to any person.

42 USC 13106.    SEC 6607. SOURCE REDUCTION AND RECYCLING DATA COLLECTION.
                (a) EXPORTING RBQUOUEBOBNTB.— Each owner or operator of a fad
              ity required to file an annual toxic chemical release  form unde*
              section 313 of the Supeifund Amendments and Reauthorization Act
              of 1986 ("SARA")  for any toxic chemical shall include with each
              such annual filing a toxic cnemicai source reduction and recycling
              report  for the proceeding T0 calendar year. The tflxat_fihemicfid
              source reduction and recycling report shall cover each toxic chemi-
              cal required to be reported in. the annual toxic chemical  release
              form filed by the owner or operator under section 313(c) of that Act.
              This section shall  take  effect with the annual report filed under
              section  318  for the first fall calendar year beginning after  the
              enactment of this subtitle.
                (b) ITEMS INCLUDED IN REPORT.— The toxic chemical source reduc-
              tion and recycling report  required under subsection (a) shall set
            .  forth each of the -following on  a facility-by-facility basis for each
              toxic chemicalt
                    (1) The quantity of the chemical entering any waste stream
                  (or otherwise released  into the environment) pnor to recycling,
                  treatment,  or disposal during the calendar year for which the
                  report is filed and  the percentage change from the previous
                  year. The quantity  reported shall not include any amount re-
                  ported under paragraph (7). When actual measurements of the
                  quantity of a toxic chemical entering the waste streams are not
                  readily available, reasonable estimates should be made based on
                  best engineering judgment
                    (2) The  amount of the chemical from the facility which  is
                  recycled (at the facility or elsewhere) during such calendar yea,
                  the percentage change from the previous year, and the proce(
                  of recycling used.
                    (3) The source reduction  practices used with respect to that
                  chemical during such  year  at the facility. Such practices shall
                  be reported in accordance with the following categories unless
                TO Co m n-w«
                           O««h«Mv

-------
                                    6

104 STAT. 1388-326     PUBLIC .LAW 101-508— NOV. 5, 1990
                    ,  •
              available in the same manner as the data collected under section
              313 of the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986.
42 USC 18107.    SEC MOS. EPA REPORT.

                (a) BIENNIAL REPORTS.— The Administrator shall provide Congress
              with a report within eighteen months after enactment of this sub-
              title and biennially thereafter, containing a detailed description of
              the actions taken to implement the strategy to promote source
              reduction developed under section  4(b) and of the results of such
              actions. The report shall include an assessment of the effectiveness
              of the clearinghouse  and grant program established under this
              subtitle in  promoting the goals of the strategy, and shall  evaluate
              data gape and data duplication with respect to data collected under
              Federal environmental statutes.
                (b) SUBSEQUENT REPORTS.— Each biennial report submitted under
              subsection  (a) after the first  report shall contain  each of the
              following:
                    (1) An analysis of the data collected under section 6607 on *>n
                  industry-by-industry basis for not less than five SIC  codes or
                  other categories as the Administrator deems appropriate. The
                  analysis shall begin with those  SIC codes or other categories of
                  facilities which generate the largest quantities of toxic chemical
                  waste.  The analysis shall include an evaluation of trends in
                  source  reduction by  industry,  firm size, production,  or other
                  useful means. Each such subsequent report shall cover five SIC
                  codes or  other  categories which were not covered  in a prior
                  report until all SIC codes or other categories have been covered.
                    (2) An analysis of the usefulness and  validity of  the data
                  collected  under section 6607 for measuring trends in source
                  reduction and the adoption of source reduction by business.
                    (3) Identification of regulatory and nonregulatory barriers to
                  source  reduction, and of opportunities for using existing regu-
                  latory  programs, and incentives and disincentives to promote
                  and assist source reduction.
                    (4) Identification of industries and pollutants  that require
                  priority assistance in multi-media source reduction ' *
                    (5) Recommendations as to incentives needed to encourage
                  investment and research  and development in source reduction.
                    (6) Identification of opportunities and development of prior-
                  ities for research and development in source reduction methods
                  and techniques.
                    (7) An evaluation  of the cost and technical feasibility, by
                  industry  and processes, of source reduction .opportunities and
                  current activities and an identification of any industries for
                  which  there are significant barriers to source reduction with an
                  analysis of the basis of this identification.
                    (8) An  evaluation of methods of coordinating, streamlining,
                  and improving public access to data collected under Federal
                  environmental statutes.
                    (9) An evaluation  of data gaps  and data duplication with
                  respect to data collected under Federal environmental statutes.
              In the report following the first biennial report provided for under
             . this subsection, paragraphs, (3) through (9) may be included at the
              discretion of the Administrator.
                  So in oriciaal. Probably should t» "reduction.'1.

-------
            PUBLIC-LAW 101-508—NOV. 5,1990      104 STAT. 1388-

    che Administrator finds other categories to be more appro-
    priate:                ,_   ....   ..   „    ...
          (A) Equipment, technology, process, or procedure modi-
        fications.
          (B) Reformulation or redesign of products.
          (O Substitution of raw materials.
          (D) Improvement in  management training, inventory  -
        control, materials handling,  Or other general  operational
        phases of industrial facilities.
      (4) The amount expected to be reported under paragraph (1)
    and (2) for  the two calendar years immediately following the
    calendar year for. which the report is filed. Such amount shall
    be expressed as a percentage change from the amount reported
    in paragraphs (1) and (2).
      (5) A ratio of production in the reporting year to production in
    the previous year. The ratio  saould be calculated to most closely
    reflect all activities  involving  the toxic chemicaL In specific
    industrial classifications subject to this section, where a feed-
    stock or some variable ot>er than production is the primary
    influence on waste characteristics or volumes, the  report may
    provide an index based on that primary variable for each toxic
    chemical. The Administrator is encouraged to develop produc-
    tion indexes to accommodate individual industries for use on a
    voluntary basis.
      (6) The techniques which  were  used to identify source reduc-
    tion opportunities. Techniques listed should include, but are not
    limited to,  employee recommendations, external and internal
    audits, participative  team management, and material balance
    audits. Each type of source reduction listed under paragraph (3)
    should be associated with the techniques or multiples of tech-
    niques used to identify the source reduction technique.
      (7)  The amount of any  toxic chemical  released into  the
    environment which  resulted  from a  catastrophic event re-
    medial action, or other one-time event and is not associated
    with production processess during the reporting year.
      (8) The amount of the chemical from the facility which is
    treated (at the facility or elsewhere) during such calendar year
    and the percentage change from the previous year. For the first
    year of reporting under this subsection, comparison with the
    previous year is required only to the extent such information is
    available.
  (c) SARA PROVISIONS.—The provisions of sections 322, 325(c), and
326 of the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986
shall apply to the reporting requirements of this section in the same
manner as to the reports required under section 313 of that Act The
Administrator may modify the form required for purposes of report-
ing information under section 313 of that Act to the extent he deems
necessary to include the.additional  information required under this
-section.
  (d)  ADDITIONAL  OPTIONAL INFORMATION.—Any person  filing a
report under this section for any year may inclOtte with the report
additional information regarding source reduction, recycling, and
other pollution control techniques in earlier years.
  (e)  AVAILABILITY  OF  DATA.—Subject to section  322  of  the
Superfund Amendments  and  Reauthorization  Act of 1986,  the
Administrator shall make data collected under this section publicly

-------
            PUBLIC LAW 101-508—NOV. 5, 1990      104 STAT. 1388-327

SEC M09. SAVINGS PROVISIONS.   '                                 42 USC '
  (a) Nothinf in this subtitle shall be construed to modify or inter-
fere with  1 ie  implementation  of  title  in  of the Superfund
Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986.
  (b) Nothing contained in this subtitle shall be construed, inter-
preted or applied to supplant,uiisplace, preempt or otherwise dimin-
ish the responsibilities and liabilities under other State or Federal
law, whether statutory or common.
SEC M10. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.                      42 USC 13109.
  There is authorized  to be  appropriated to the Administrator
$8,000,000 for each of  the  fiscal yean 1991.  1992. and 1993 for
functions carried out under this .subtitle (other than State Grants),
and $8,000,000 for each of the fiscal yean 1991,1992 and 1993, for
grant programs to States issued punuant to section 6605.

-------
-SSb

-------
                                                                                               SARA OF 1986
    TITLE HI—EMERGENCY PLANNING AND COMMUNITY
                       RIGHT-TO-KNOW

SEC 300. SHORT TITLE; TABLE OF CONTENTS.
  (a) SHORT TITLE.—This title may be cited as the "Emergency
Planning and Community Right-To-Know Act of 1986".
  (b) TABLE OP CONTENTS.—The table of contents of this title is as
follows:
Sec. 300. Short title; table of content*.
             Subtitle A—Emergency Planning and Notification
Sec. 301. Establishment of State commissions, planning districts, and local commit-
         tee*.
Sec. 302. Substance* and facilities covered and notification.
Sec. 303. Comprehensive emergency response plan*.
Sec. 304. Emergency notification.
Sec. 305. Emergency training and review of emergency systems.
                  Subtitle B—Reporting Requirements
Sec. 311. Material safety data sheets.
Sec. 312. Emergency and hazardous chemical inventory forms.
Sec.-313. Toxic chemical release forms.
                  ,  Subtitle C—Genera] Provision*
Sec 321. Relationship to other law.   ,
Sec. 322. Trade secrets.
Sec. 323. Provision of information to health professionals, doctors, and nurses.
Sec. 324. Public availability of plans, data sheets, forms, and followup notice*.
Sec. 325. Enforcement
Sec. 326. Civil Actions.
Sec. 327. Exemption.
See 328. Regulations.
Sec 329 Definitions.
Sec 330. Authorization of appropriations.
(42 USC 11001 note)


        Subtitle A—Emergency Planning and Notification

SEC 301. ESTABLISHMENT OF  STATE COMMISSIONS, PLANNING DIS-
          TRICTS. AND LOCAL COMMITTEES.
  (a)  ESTABLISHMENT  OP  STATE  EMERGENCY  RESPONSE COMMIS-
SIONS.—Not later than six months after the date of the enactment
of this title, the Governor of each State shall appoint a State emer-
gency response commission.  The Governor, may designate as  the
State emergency response commission one or more existing emer-
gency response organizations  that are State-sponsored  or appoint-
ed. The Governor  shall,  to the extent practicable, appoint persons
to the State  emergency response commission who have technical
expertise in the emergency response field. The State emergency re-
sponse commission shall appoint local emergency planning commit-
tees under subsection (c) and shall supervise and coordinate the ac-
tivities of such committees. The State emergency response commis-
     -•                                                       »74
sion shall establish procedures  for receiving and  processing  re-
quests from the public for information under section 324, including
tier II information under section 312. Such procedures shall include
the designation of an  official to  serve as coordinator  for informa-
tion. If the Governor of any State does not designate a State emer-
gency  response commission within such period, the Governor shall
operate as the State emergency response commission until the Gov-
ernor makes such designation.
  (b)  ESTABLISHMENT  OP  EMERGENCY PLANNING DISTRICTS.—Not
later than nine months after the date of the enactment of this title,
the State emergency response commission shall designate emergen-
cy planning districts in order to facilitate preparation and imple-
mentation of emergency plans. Where appropriate, the State emer-
gency  response commission  may  designate existing political subdi-
visions or multijurisdictional planning organizations  as such dis-
tricts.  In emergency planning areas  that involve more than one
State, the State emergency response commissions of all potentially
affected  States  may designate emergency  planning districts and
local  emergency planning committees by agreement. In  making
such designation, the State emergency response commission  shall
indicate which facilities subject to the requirements of this subtitle
are within such emergency planning district.        ;
  (c)  ESTABLISHMENT OP  LOCAL  EMERGENCY PLANNING  COMMIT-
TEES.—Not later than 30 days after designation of emergency  plan-
ning districts or 10 months after the date of the enactment of this
title, whichever is earlier, the State emergency response commis-
sion shall appoint members of a local emergency planning commit-
tee for each emergency planning district. Each committee shall  in-
clude,  at a minimum, representatives from each  of the following
groups or organizations: elected  State and local officials;  law en-
forcement, civil defense, firefighting, first aid, health, local environ-
mental, hospital, and transportation personnel; broadcast and print
media; community  groups; and  owners and o|>erators of facilities
subject to the requirements of this subtitle. Such committee  shall
appoint a chairperson  and shall establish rules by which the com-
mittee shall function. Such rules  shall include provisions for public
notification of committee activities, public meetings to discuss the
emergency plan, public comments,  response to such comments  by
the committee, and distribution of the emergency plan. The  local
emergency planning committee shall establish  procedures  for  re-
ceiving and processing requests from the  public for  information
under section 324, including tier II information under section 312.
Such procedures shall include the designation of an official to serve
as coordinator for information.
  (d)  REVISIONS.—A State emergency response  commission  may
revise its designations  and appointments under subsections (b) and
(c) as  it deems  appropriate. Interested persons may  petition the
State emergency response commission to modify the membership of
a local emergency planning committee.
[42 USC. iiooi)
SEC. 302. SUBSTANCES AND FACILITIES COVERED AND NOTIFICATION.
  (a) SUBSTANCES COVERED.—

-------
      S«e.302
SARA OF 1986
                                                           976
cn
      (1) IN.GENERAL.—A substance is subject to the requirements
    of this subtitle if the substance is on the list published under
    paragraph (2).
      (2)  LIST OF  EXTREMELY HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES.—Within  30
    days after the date of the enactment of this title, the Adminis-
    trator shall  publish a list of extremely hazardous substances.
    The list shall be the same as the list of substances published in
    November 1985 by  the Administrator in Appendix  A of the
    "Chemical Emergency Preparedness Program  Interim Guid-
    ance".  .
      (3) THRESHOLDS.—(A) At the time the list referred to in para-
    graph (2) is published  the Administrator shall—
          (i) publish an  interim final  regulation  establishing a
        threshold  planning quantity for each substance on the list,
        taking into account the criteria described in paragraph (4),
        and  '•
          (ii) initiate a rulemaking in order to publish final regula-
        tions establishing a threshold planning quantity for  each
        substance  on the list.
      (B) The threshold planning quantities may, at the  Adminis-
    trator's  discretion, be based on classes of chemicals or catego-
    ries of facilities.
      (C) If the Administrator fails to publish an interim final reg-
    ulation establishing a threshold planning quantity for a  sub-
    stance within  30 days after the date of the enactment of this
    title, the threshold planning  quantity for the substance shall
    be 2 pounds until such time as the Administrator publishes
    regulations establishing a threshold for the substance.
      (4) REVISIONS.—The Administrator may revise the list and
    thresholds under paragraphs (2) and (3) from time to time.  Any
    revisions to the  list shall take into account the toxicity, reac-
    tivity, volatility, dispensability, combustibility, or flammability
    of a substance.  For purposes of the preceding sentence, the
    term "toxicity" shall  include any short-  or long-term health
    effect which may result from a short-term exposure to the sub-
    stance.
  (b) FACILITIES COVERED.—(1) Except as provided in section 304, a
facility is subject to the requirements of this subtitle if a substance
on the list referred to in subsection (a) is present at the facility in
an amount in excess of the threshold planning quantity established
for such substance.
  (2) For purposes of emergency planning, a Governor or a State
emergency response commission may designate additional facilities
which shall be subject to the requirements of this subtitle, if such
designation is made after public  notice and opportunity  for com-
ment. The Governor or State emergency response commission shall
notify the facility concerned of any facility designation under this
paragraph.
  (c) EMERGENCY PLANNING NOTIFICATION.—Not later than seven
months  after the date of the enactment of this title the owner or
operator of each facility subject to the requirements of this subtitl*
by re§^  ;f subsection (bXl) shall notify the State  emergency r*>
           nission for the State in which such facility is located
                  I

                                          that such facility is subject to the requirements of this subtitle.
                                          Thereafter, if a substance on the list of extremely hazardous sub-
                                          stances referred to in subsection (a) first becomes present at such
                                          facility in excess of the threshold planning quantity established for
                                          such substance, or if there is a revision of such list and the facility
                                          has present a substance on the revised list in excess of the thresh-
                                          old planning quantity established for such substance, the owner or
                                          operator of the facility shall notify the State  emergency response
                                          commission and the local emergency planning committee within 60
                                          days after such acquisition or revision that such facility is subject
                                          to the requirements of this subtitle.
                                           (d) NOTIFICATION or ADMINISTRATOR.—The State  emergency  re-
                                         sponse commission shall notify the Administrator of facilities sub-
                                         ject to the requirements of this subtitle by notifying the Adminis-
                                         trator of—
                                               (1) each notification received from a facility under subsection
                                             (c), and
                                               (2) each facility designated by the  Governor or State emer-
                                             gency response commission under subsection (bX2). •
                                         (42 UAC. 11002]

                                         SEC 3M. COMPREHENSIVE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLANS.  ;
                                           (a) PLAN REQUIRED.—Each local emergency planning'committee
                                         shall complete  preparation of an emergency plan in accordance
                                         with this section not later than two years after the date of the en-
                                         actment of this  title. The committee shall review such plan once a
                                         year, or more frequently as changed circumstances in the commu-
                                         nity or at any facility may require.                    ;
                                          (b) RESOURCES.—Each local emergency planning committee shall
                                         evaluate the need for resources necessary to develop, implement,
                                         and exercise the emergency plan, and shall make recommendations
                                         with respect to additional resources that may be required and the
                                         means for providing such additional resources.          I
                                          (c) PLAN  PROVISIONS.—Each emergency plan shall include (but is
                                        not limited to) each of the following:
                                              (1) Identification of facilities subject to the  requirements of
                                            this subtitle that  are within the emergency planning district,
                                            identification of routes likely to be used for  the transportation.
                                            of substances on the list of extremely hazardous substances re-
                                            ferred to in  section 302(a), and identification of additional fa-
                                           cilities contributing or subjected to additional risk due to their
                                           proximity to facilities subject to the requirements of this sub-
                                           title, such as hospitals or natural gas facilities.
                                              (2) Methods and procedures to be followed  by facility owners
                                           and operators and local emergency and medical  personnel to
                                           respond to any release of such substances.
                                              (3) Designation of a  community emergency coordinator and
                                           facility  emergency coordinators,  who  shall  make determina-
                                           tions necessary to implement the plan.
                                             (4) Procedures providing reliable, effective, and timely notifi-
                                           cation by the facility emergency  coordinators and the cor^-^u-
                                           Kity emergency coordinator to persons designated  in the     J
                                           •ncy plan, and to the public, that a release has occur ret

-------
                         SARA OF 1986
978
    s!3WT.t. with the emergency notification requirements of section
    304).
      (5) Methods for determining the occurrence of a release, and
    the area or population likely to be affected by such release.
      (6) A description of emergency equipment and facilities in
    the community and at each facility in the community subject
    to the requirements  of this subtitle, and an identification of
    the persons responsible for such equipment and facilities.
      (7) Evacuation plans, including provisions for a precaution-
    ary evacuation and alternative traffic routes.
      (8) Training programs, including schedules  for training of
    local emergency response and medical personnel.
     • (9) Methods and schedules for exercising the emergency plan.
  (d) PROVIDING OF INFORMATION.—For each  facility subject to the
requirements of this subtitle:
      (1). Within 30 days  after establishment of a local emergency
    planning committee  for the emergency planning  district in
    which such facility is located, or within 11 months after the
    date of the enactment of this title, whichever is earlier,, the
    owner  or operator of the  facility, shall  notify  the emergency
    planning committee (or the Governor if there is no committee)
    of a facility representative who will participate  in the emer-
    gency planning process as a facility emergency coordinator.
      (2) The owner or  operator of the facility  shall  promptly
    inform the emergency planning  committee of any  relevant
    changes occurring at such facility as such changes occur or are
    expected to occur.
      (3) Upon request from the emergency planning committee,
    the owner or operator of the facility shall promptly provide in-
    formation to such committee necessary for developing and im-
    plementing the emergency plan.
  (ft REVIEW BY THE STATE  EMERGENCY RESPONSE COMMISSION.—
After completion of an emergency plan under subsection (a) for an
emergency planning district,  the local emergency planning commit-
tee shall suqmit a copy of the plan to the State emergency response
commission  of each State in which  such district  is located. The
commission shall review  the plan and make recommendations to
the committee on revisions of the plan that may be necessary to
ensure coordination of such plan with emergency response plans of
other emergency planning districts. To the maximum extent practi-
cable, such review shall not delay implementation of such plan.
  (0 GUIDANCE DOCUMENTS.—The national response team, as estab-
lished pursuant to the National Contingency Plan as established
under section 105 of the Comprehensive Environmental Response,
Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980 (42 U.S.C. 9601 et seq.),
shall publish guidance documents for preparation and implementa-
tion  of emergency plans. Such documents shall be published not
later than five months after the date of the enactment of this title.
  (g) REVIEW OF PLANS BY REGIONAL RESPONSE TEAMS.—The region-
al response teams, as established pursuant to the National Contin-
gency Plan as established under section 105  of the  Comprehensive
Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980
(42 U.S.C. 9601 et seq.), may review and comment  upon an emer-
                                                                                            SARA OF 1986
              plan or other issues related to preparation, implemei......lonr
        or exercise of such a plan upon request of a local emergency plan-
        ning committee. Such review shall not delay implementation of the
        plan.
        [42 VSC. 11003]
        SEC 304. EMERGENCY NOTIFICATION.
          (a) TYPES OF RELEASES.—
              (1) 802(a) SUBSTANCE WHICH REQUIRES CERCLA NOTICE.—If a re-
             lease of an extremely hazardous substance referred to in sec-
             tion 802(a) occurs from a facility at which a hazardous chemi-
             cal is produced, used, or stored and such release requires a no-
             tification under section 103(a) of the Comprehensive Environ-
             mental  Response, Compensation,  and  Liability Act  of  1980
             (hereafter in this section referred to as  "CERCLA") (42 U.S.C.
             9601 et seq.), the owner or operator of the facility shall imme-
             diately provide notice as described in subsection (b).
              (2)  Onus  302(a) SUBSTANCE.—If a release of an extremely
             hazardous substance referred to in section 302(a) occurs from a
             facility at which a hazardous chemical is  produced, used, or
             stored, and such  release is not subject  to the notification  re-
             quirements under section 103(a) of CERCLA, the owner or op-
             erator of the facility shall immediately provide notice as de-
             scribed in subsection (b), but only if the release—
                  (A) is not a federally permitted release as defined in sec-
                tion  101(10) of CERCLA,                    :
                  (B) is in an amount in excess of a Quantity which the Ad-
                ministrator has determined (by regulation) requires notice,
                and                                       :
                  (C) occurs in a manner which would require  notification
                under section 103(a) of CERCLA.
             Unless and  until superseded by regulations establishing  a
             quantity for an extremely  hazardous  subwtance described in
             this paragraph, a quantity  of 1 pound shall be deemed that
             quantity the release of which requires  notice as described in
             subsection (b).
              (3) NoN-302(a) SUBSTANCE WHICH REQUIRES CERCLA NOTICE.—If
             a release of a substance which is not on the list referred  to in
             section 302(a) occurs at a facility at which a hazardous chemi-
             cal is produced, used, or stored, and such release requires noti-
             fication under section 103(a) of CERCLA. the owner or operator
             shall provide notice as follows:
                  (A) If the substance is one for which a reportable quanti-
                ty has been established under section  102(a) of CERCLA,
                the owner or operator shall provide notice as described in
                subsection (b).
                  (B) If the substance is one for which a reportable quanti-
                ty has  not  been  established under   section 102(a) of
                CERLCA—
                      (i) Until April 30, 1988,  the owner or operator  shall
                    provide, for releases of one pound or more of the sub-
                    stance the same notice to the community emergency
                    coordinator  for the  local emergency planning commit-
                    tee, at the same time and in the same form, as notice

-------
Sec. 304
SARA OF 1986
980
           is provided to the National Response Center under sec-
           tion 103(a)of CERCLA.
             (ii) On and after April 30, 1988, the owner or opera-
           tor shall provide, for releases of one pound or more of
           the substance, the notice as described in subsection (b).
      (4) EXEMPTED RELEASES.—This section does not apply to any
    release which results in exposure to persons solely within the
    site or sites on which a facility is located.
  (b) NOTIFICATION.—
      (1) RECIPIENTS OP NOTICE.—Notice required under subsection
    (a) shall be given immediately after the release by the owner
    or operator of a facility (by such means as telephone, radio, or
    in  person) to the community emergency coordinator for  the
    local emergency planning committees, if established pursuant
    to section 301(c), for any area likely to be affected by the re-
    lease and to the State emergency planning commission of any
    State likely to be affected by the release. With respect to trans-
    portation of a substance subject to the requirements of this sec-
    tion, or storage incident  to such transportation, the notice re-
    quirements of this section with  respect to  a release shall be
    satisfied by dialing 911 or, in the absence of a 911 emergency
    telephone number, calling the operator.
      (2) CONTENTS.—Notice required under subsection (a) shall in-
    clude each of the following (to the extent known at the time of
    the notice and so long as no delay in responding to the emer-
    gency results):    \
         (A) The chemical name or identity of any substance in-
       volved in the release.
         (B) An indication of whether the substance is on the list
       referred to in section 302(a).
         (C)  An estimate of the quantity of any such substance
       that was released into the environment.
         (U) The time and duration of the release.
         (E)  The medium  or media into which  the  release oc-
       curred.
         (F)  Any known or anticipated acute or chronic health
       risks associated with the emergency and, where appropri-
       ate, advice regarding medical attention necessary for ex-
       posed individuals.
         (G)  Proper precautions to take as a result of the release,
       including evacuation (unless such information is readily
       available to the community emergency coordinator pursu-
       ant to the emergency plan).
         (H) The name and telephone number of the person or
       persons to be contacted for further information.
  (c) FOLLOWUP EMERGENCY NOTICE.—As soon as practicable after a
release which requires notice under subsection (a), such owner or
operator shall provide a written followup emergency notice (or no-
tices, as more information becomes available) setting forth and up-
dating the information required under subsection (b), and including
additional--formation with respect to—
      (tfife  us taken to respond to and contain the release,
                                                                     981
                                                                     SARA OF 1986
                                                                  Sec. 305
                                                  (2) any known or anticipated acute or chronic health risks
                                                associated with the release, and
                                                  (3) where appropriate, advice regarding, medical attention
                                                necessary for exposed individuals.
                                              (d) TRANSPORTATION  EXEMPTION Nor APPLICABLE.— The exemp-
                                            tion provided  in section 327  (relating  to transportation) does not
                                            apply to this section.
                                            [42 U.8.C. 11004)
                                            SEC. 305. EMERGENCY TRAINING AND REVIEW OP EMERGENCY SYSTEMS.
                                              (a) EMERGENCY TRAINING.—
                                                  (1) PROGRAMS.—Officials of the  United  States Government
                                                carrying out existing Federal programs fur emergency (.mining
                                                are authorized to specifically provide training and education
                                                programs  for  Federal, State, and  local personnel in hazard
                                                mitigation, emergency preparedness, fire prevention and con-
                                                trol, disaster response, long-term disaster recovery, national se-
                                                curity, technological and natural hazards, and emergency proc-
                                                esses. Such programs  shall provide special emphasis for such
                                                training and education with respect to hazardous chemicals.
                                                  (2) STATE AND LOCAL PROGRAM SUPPORT.—There is authorized
                                                to be  appropriated to the Federal  Emergency  Management
                                                Agency for each of the fiscal years 1987, 1988, 1989, and 1990,
                                                $5,000,000 for making grants to support programs of State and
                                                local governments, and to support  university-sponsored pro-
                                                grams,  which  are designed  to  improve emergency planning.
                                                 Sreparedness,  mitigation, response, and recovery capabilities
                                                 uch programs shall provide special emphasis with rc'spc-ci to
                                                emergencies associated with hazardous chemicals: Surd Brants
                                                may not exceed 80 percent of the cost  of any such program.
                                                The remaining 20 percent of such  costs shall be.funded from
                                                non-Federal sources.                            '
                                                  (3) OTHER PROGRAMS.—Nothing  in this  section shiill affi-ct
                                                the availability of appropriations  to the  Federal  Emergency
                                                Management Agency  for  any programs carried out by such
                                                agency other than the programs referred  to in paragraph (2).
                                              (b) REVIEW or EMERGENCY SYSTEMS.—
                                                  (1) REVIEW.—The Administrator shall initiate, not later than
                                                30 days after the date of the enactment of this title, a review of
                                                emergency systems for monitoring, detecting, and preventing
                                                releases of extremely hazardous substances  at representative
                                                domestic facilities that produce, use, or store extremely hazard-
                                                ous substances. The Administrator may select representative
                                                extremely hazardous substances from the substances on  the
                                                list referred to in section 302(a) for  the purposes of this review.
                                                The Administrator shall report interim findings to the Con-
                                                gress not  later than seven months after  such date of enact-
                                                ment,  and issue a final  report of findings and  recommenda-
                                                tions to the Congress not later than 18 months after such date
                                                of enactment.  Such report shall be prepared in consultation
                                                with the States and appropriate Federal agencies.
                                                  (2) REPORT.—The report required by this subsection •'  "I
                                                elude the  Administrator's findings  regarding each o!     \
                                                lowing:

-------
Sec. 311
SARA OF 1988
982
          (A) The status of current technological capabilities to (i)
        monitor, detect, and prevent, in a timely manner, signifi-
        cant releases of extremely hazardous substances, (ii)  deter-
        mine the magnitude and direction of the hazard  posed by
        each release, (Hi) identify specific substances, (iv) provide
        data on the specific chemical composition of such releases,
        and (v) determine the relative concentrations of the con-
        stituent substances.
          (B) The status of public emergency alert devices or sys-
        tems for providing timely and effective public warning of
        an accidental release  of extremely  hazardous substances
        into the environment, including releases into the atmos-
        phere, surface  water, or  groundwater from facilities that
        produce, store,  or use significant quantities of  such ex-
        tremely hazardous substances.
          (C) The technical and economic feasibility of establish-
        ing, maintaining, and operating perimeter alert  systems
        for detecting releases of such extremely hazardous sub-
        stances into the atmosphere, surface water, or groundwat-
        er, at facilities that manufacture, use, or store significant
        quantities of such substances.
      (3) RECOMMENDATIONS.—The report required by this subsec-
    tion shall also include the Administrator's recommendations
    for—           :
          (A) initiatives to support the development of new or im-
        proved  technologies or systems that would facilitate  the
        timely monitoring, detection, and prevention of releases of
        extremely hazardous substances, and
          (B) improving devices or systems for effectively alerting
        the public in a timely manner, in the event of an  acciden-
        tal release of such extremely hazardous substances.
I42US.C. 11005)
              Subtitle B—Reporting Requirements
SEC. 311. MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS.
  (a) BASIC REQUIREMENT.—
      (1) SUBMISSION or MSDS OR LIST.—The owner or operator of
    any facility which is required to prepare or have available a
    material safety data sheet for a hazardous chemical under the
    Occupational  Safety and Health Act of 1970 and regulations
    promulgated under that Act (15 U.S.C. 651 et seq.) shall submit
    a material safety data sheet for each such chemical, or a list of
    such chemicals as described in paragraph (2), to each of the fol-
    lowing:
          (A) The appropriate local emergency planning commit-
        tee.
          (B) The State emergency response commission.
          (C) The fire department with jurisdiction over the facili-
        ty.
      (2) CONTENTS OF LIST.—< A) The list of chemicals referred to in
    paragraph (1) shall include each of the following:
         . (i) A list of the hazardous chemicals for which a material
        safety data  sheet  is  required under the  Occupational
SARA OF 1986
                                                    Safety and Health Act of 1970 and regulations promulgat-
                                                    ed  under that Act,  grouped in categories of health and
                                                    physical hazards as  set forth under  such Act and regula-
                                                    tions promulgated under such Act, or in such other catego-
                                                    ries as the Administrator may prescribe under  subpara-
                                                    graph (B).
                                                      (ii) The chemical  name or the common name of each
                                                    such chemical as provided on  the  material safety data
                                                    sheet.
                                                      (iii) Any hazardous component of each such chemical as
                                                    provided on the material safety data sheet.
                                                  (B) For purposes of the list under this paragraph, the Admin-
                                                istrator may modify the  categories of health and  physical haz-
                                                ards as  set forth  under the Occupational  Safety and Health
                                                Act of 1970 and regulations promulgated  under that Act by re-
                                                quiring information to be reported  in terms of groups, of haz-
                                                ardous chemicals which present similar hazards in  an emer-
                                                gency.
                                                  (3) TREATMENT OF MIXTURES.—An owner or operator may
                                                meet the requirements of this section with respect to a hazard-
                                                ous chemical which is a mixture by doing one of the following:
                                                      (A) Submitting a material safety data sheet for, or iden-
                                                    tifying on a list, each element or compound in the mixture
                                                    which  is a hazardous chemical.  If more than one mixture
                                                    has  the same  element or compound,  only one  material
                                                    safety  data sheet, or one listing, of the element or com-
                                                    pound  is necessary.
                                                      (B) Submitting a material safety data sheet for, or iden-
                                                    tifying on a list, the mixture itself.
                                              (b)  THRESHOLDS.—The  Administrator may establish  threshold
                                             quantities for hazardous chemicals below which nu facility shall be
                                             subject to the provisions of this section. The threshold quantities
                                             may,  in the Administrator's discretion, be based on  classes of
                                             chemicals or categories of facilities.
                                              (c) AVAILABILITY OF MSDS ON REQUEST.—
                                                  (1) TO LOCAL EMERGENCY  PLANNING COMMITTEE.—If an owner
                                                or operator of a facility submits a list of chemicals under sub-
                                                section (aXD, the owner or  operator, upon request by the local
                                                emergency  planning committee, shall   submit the  material
                                                safety data sheet for any chemical on the list to such commit-
                                                tee.
                                                  (2) To PUBLIC.—A local emergency planning committee, upon
                                                request by any person, shall make available a material  safety
                                                data sheet to the person in accordance with section 324. If the
                                                local emergency planning  committee does not have the re-
                                                quested material safety data sheet, the committee shall request
                                                the sheet from the facility, owner or operator and then make
                                                the sheet available to the  person  in accordance with section
                                                324.
                                              (d)  INITIAL SUBMISSION  AND UPDATING.—(1) The initial  material
                                             safety data sheet or list required under  this section with respect to
                                             a hazardous chemical shall be provided before the later of—
                                                  (A) 12 months after the date of the enactment of this title, or

-------
Sec. 312
SARA OF 1986
984
      (B) 3 months after the owner or operator of a facility is re-
    quired to prepare or have available a material safety data
    sheet for the chemical  under the Occupational Safety and
    Health Act of 1970 and regulations promulgated under that
    Act.
  (2) Within 3 months following discovery by an owner or operator
of significant new information concerning an aspect of a hazardous
chemical for which a material safety data sheet was previously sub-
mitted to  the local emergency planning  committee under subsec-
tion (a), a revised sheet shall be provided to such person.
  (e) HAZARDOUS CHEMICAL DEFINED.—For purposes of this section,
the term "hazardous chemical" has the meaning given such term
by section 1910.12(KKc) of title 29 of the  Code of Federal Regula-
tions, except that such term does not include the following:
      (I) Any food, food additive,  color additive, drug, or cosmetic
    regulated by the Food and Drug Administration.
      (2) Any substance  present as a solid in any manufactured
    item to  the extent exposure to the substance does  not occur
    under normal conditions of use.
      (3) Any substance  to  the  extent  it is used  for personal,
    family, or household  purposes, or is present in the same form
    and concentration as a product packaged for distribution and
    use by the general public.
      (4) Any substance to the extent it is used in a research labo-
    ratory or a hospital or other medical facility under the direct
    supervision of a technically qualified individual.
      (5) Any substance to the extent it is used  in routine agricul-
    tural operations  or is a fertilizer held for sale by a retailer to
    the ultimate customer.
|42 US.C. 11021J
SEC. 312. EMERGENCY AND  HAZARDOUS CHEMICAL INVENTORY FORMS.
  (a) BASIC REQUIREMENT.—(!) The owner or operator of any facili-
ty which is required to prepare or have available a material safety
data sheet for a hazardous chemical under the Occupational Safety
and Health Act of 1970  and regulations promulgated under that
Act shall prepare and submit an emergency and hazardous chemi-
cal  inventory form (hereafter in this title referred to as an "inven-
tory form") to each of the following:
      (A) The appropriate local emergency planning committee.
      (B) The State emergency response commission.
      (C) The fire department with jurisdiction over the facility.
  (2) The inventory form containing tier I  information (as described
in subsection (dXl)) shall  be submitted on or before March 1_ 1988,
and annually thereafter March  1, and shall contain data with re-
spect to the  preceding calendar year. The preceding sentence does
not apply  if an owner or operator provides, by the same deadline
and with respect to the same calendar year, tier II  information (as
described in subsection (dX2)) to the recipients described in para-
graph (1).
  (3) An^^ner or operator may meet the requirements of this sec-
tion wj^^B  oect to  a hazardous  chemical  which is a mixture by
doing c^^P  he following:
                   i
985
SARA OF 1986
                                                                                                  See. 312
                                                 (A) Providing information on the inventory form "on each ele-
                                               ment or compound in the mixture which is a hazardous chemi-
                                               cal. If more than one mixture has the same element  or com-
                                               pound, only one listing on the inventory form for the element
                                               or compound at the facility is necessary.
                                                 (B) Providing information on the inventory form on the mix-
                                               ture itself.
                                             (b)  THRESHOLDS.—The  Administrator  may establish  threshold
                                           quantities for hazardous chemicals covered  by  this section below
                                           which no facility shall be subject  to the provisions of this section.
                                           The threshold quantities may, in the Administrator's discretion, be
                                           based on classes of chemicals or categories of facilities.
                                             (c) HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS COVERED.—A hazardous chemical sub-
                                           ject to the requirements of this section is any hazardous chemical
                                           for which a material safety data sheet or a listing is required under
                                           section 311.
                                             (d) CONTENTS or FORM.—
                                                 (1) TIER I INFORMATION.—
                                                    (A) AGGREGATE INFORMATION BY CATEGORY.—An invento-
                                                   ry  form shall provide the information described in sub-
                                                   paragraph (B) in aggregate terms for hazardous chemicals
                                                   in categories  of health and physical hazards as set forth
                                                   under the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1070 and
                                                   regulations promulgated under that Act.     f
                                                    (B) REQUIRED INFORMATION.—The information referred
                                                   to in subparagraph (A) is the following:
                                                         (i) An estimate (in ranges) of the maximum amount
                                                       of hazardous chemicals in each category present at the
                                                       facility at any time during the  preceding calendar
                                                       year.                                  .
                                                         (ii) An estimate (in ranges)  of  the  average daily
                                                       amount  of hazardous chemicals  in  each  category
                                                       present at the facility during the preceding calendar
                                                       year.
                                                         (iii) The general location  of hazardous chemicals in
                                                       each category.                 .         ;
                                                    (C) MODIFICATIONS.—For purposes of reporting informa-
                                                   tion under this paragraph, the Administrator may—
                                                         (i) modify the categories of health and physical haz-
                                                       ards as set forth under the Occupational Safety and
                                                       Health Act of 1970 and regulations promulgated under
                                                       that Act  by requiring information to be reported in
                                                       terms of groups of hazardous chemicals which present
                                                       similar hazards in an emergency, or
                                                         (ii) require reporting on individual hazardous chemi-
                                                       cals of special  concern to emergency response person-
                                                       nel.
                                                 (2) TIER ii INFORMATION.—An inventory form  shall provide
                                               the following additional, information  for each hazardous chemi-
                                               cal present at the facility, but only upon request and in accord-
                                                  e with subsection (e):
                                                     (A) The chemical  name or the  common  name
                                                   chemical as provided on the material safety data sh

-------
Sec. 3|
SARA OF 1986
916
SARA OF 1986
         (B) An estimate (in ranges) of the maximum amount of
        the hazardous chemical present at the facility at any time
        during the preceding calendar year.
         (C) An estimate (in ranges) of the average daily amount
        of the hazardous chemical present at  the facility during
        the preceding calendar year.
       •  (D) A brief description of the manner of storage of the
        hazardous chemical.
         (E) The location at the facility  of the hazardous chemi-
        cal.  '
         (F) An indication of whether the owner elects to with-
        hold location information of a specific hazardous chemical
        from disclosure to the public under section 324.
 (e) AVAILABILITY OF TIER II INFORMATION.—
     (1) AVAILABILITY  TO STATE COMMISSION, LOCAL COMMITTEES,
    AND FIRE DEPARTMENTS.—Upon request by a State emergency
    planning commission, a local emergency planning committee,
    or  a fire department  with jurisdiction over the facility, the
    owner or operator of a facility shall provide tier II information,
    as  described  in subsection (d), to the person  making the re-
    quest. Any such request shall be with respect to a specific facil-
    ity.
     (2) AVAILABILITY  TO OTHER STATE AND LOCAL OFFICIALS.—A
    State or  local official acting in his or her official capacity may
    have access to  tier II information by submitting a  request to
    the State emergency  response commission  or  the local emer-
    gency planning committee. Upon receipt of a request for tier II
    information, the State commission  or local committee shall,
    pursuant to paragraph (1), request the facility  owner or opera-
    tor for the tier II information and make available such infor-
    mation to the official.
     (3) AVAILABILITY TO PUBLIC.—
         (A) IN GENERAL.—Any person  may request a State emer-
       gency response commission or  local emergency planning
       committee for tier II information relating to the preceding
       calendar year with respect to a facility. Any such request
       shall be in writing and shall be with respect to a specific
        facility.
         (B)  AUTOMATIC  PROVISION OF  INFORMATION TO PUBLIC.—
        Any  tier II information which a State emergency response
       commission or local emergency planning committee has in
        its possession shall be made available to a person making
        a request under this paragraph  in accordance with section
       324.  If the  State emergency response commission or local
       emergency  planning committee does not have the tier II
        information in its possession, upon a request for tier II in-
        formation the  State  emergency  response commission  or
        local  emergency  planning  committee shall, pursuant  to
        paragraph  (1), request the facility owner  or operator for
        tier II information with respect to a hazardous chemical
        which a facility  has stored in an amount in excess  of
        10,000 pounds present at the facility at any time during
        the preceding calendar year and make such information
                                                   available in accordance with  section 324 to the  person
                                                   making the request.
                                                     (C)   DISCRETIONARY  PROVISION  OF  INFORMATION   TO
                                                   PUBLIC.—In the case of tier II information which is not in
                                                   the possesion of a State emergency response commission or
                                                   local emergency planning committee and which is with re-
                                                   spect to a hazardous chemical  which a facility has stored
                                                   in an amount less than 10,000 pounds present at the facili-
                                                   ty at any time during the preceding calendar year, a re-
                                                   quest from a person must include the general need for the
                                                   information. The State emergency response commission or
                                                   local emergency planning  committee  may, "pursuant to
                                                   paragraph (1), request the facility owner or operator for
                                                   the tier II information on behalf of the person making the
                                                   request. Upon receipt of any  information requested  on
                                                   behalf of such person, the State emergency response com-
                                                   mission or  local emergency  planning committee shall
                                                   make the information available in accordance with section
                                                   324 to the person.                                 :•
                                                     (D) RESPONSE IN 45 DAYS.—A State emergency response
                                                   commission or local emergency planning committee shall
                                                   respond to a request for tier II information  under  this
                                                   paragraph no later than 45 days after  the date of receipt
                                                   of the request.
                                             (f) FIRE DEPARTMENT ACCESS.—Upon request to an owner or oper-
                                           ator of a  facility which files an inventory form under this section
                                           by the fire department with jurisdiction over the facility, the owner
                                           or operator of the facility shall allow the fire department to con-
                                           duct an on-site inspection of the  facility and shall provide to the
                                           fire department specific location information on hazardous chemi-
                                           cals at the facility.                                 :
                                             (g) FORMAT OF FORMS.—The Administrator shall publish a uni-
                                           form format for inventory forms within three months after the
                                           date of the enactment of this title. If the Administrator does not
                                           publish such forms, owners and operators of facilities subject to the
                                           requirements of this  section shall  provide the information required
                                           under this section by letter.
                                           (42 U.8.C. 11022]
                                           SEC. 313. TOXIC CHEMICAL RELEASE FORMS.
                                             (a) BASIC REQUIREMENT.—The owner or operator of a facility sub-
                                           ject to the requirements of this section shall complete a toxic chem-
                                           ical  release form as  published under subsection (g) for each toxic
                                           chemical  listed under subsection (c) that was manufactured, proc-
                                           essed, or otherwise used in quantities exceeding the toxic chemical
                                           threshold quantity established by subsection (0 during the preced-
                                           ing calendar year at such facility. Such form shall be submitted to
                                           the Administrator and to an  official or officials of the State desig-
                                           nated  by the Governor on or before July 1,  1988, and  annually
                                           thereafter on July  1  and shall  contain data  reflecting releases
                                           during the preceding calendar year.
                                             (b) COVERED OWNERS AND OPERATORS OF FACILITIES.—
                                                 (1)  IN GENERAL.—(A) The requirements of this section shall
                                               apply to owners and operators of facilities  that have  10 or

-------
 Sec. 313
SARA OF 1986.
9U
     more full-time employees and that are in Standard Industrial
     Classification Codes 20 through 39 (as in effect on July 1, 1985)
     and that manufactured,  processed, or otherwise used a toxic
     chemical listed under subsection (c) in excess of the quantity of
     that toxic chemical established under subsection (f) during the
     calendar year for which a release form is required under this
     section.
      (B) The Administrator may add or delete Standard Industrial
     Classification Codes for purposes of subparagraph (a), but only
     to the extent necessary to provide that each Standard Industri-
     al Code to which this section applies is relevant to the pur-
     poses of this section.
      (C) For purposes of this section—
          (i) The term "manufacture" means to produce, prepare,
        import, or compound a toxic chemical.
          (ii) The term "process" means the preparation of a toxic
        chemical,  after its manufacture, for distribution in com-
        merce—
              (I) in the same form or  physical state  as, or in a dif-
            ferent form  or physical state from, that in which it
            was received by the person so preparing such chemi-
            cal, or
              (II) as  part of an article containing the toxic chemi-
            cal,     j
      (2) DISCRETIONARY  APPLICATION  TO  ADDITIONAL FACILITIES.—
    The Administrator, on his own motion or at the request of a
    Governor of a State  (with regard to  facilities located in that
    State),  may apply the requirements of this section to the
    owners and operators of any particular facility  that manufac-
    tures, processes,  or  otherwise uses  a toxic chemical listed
    under subsection (c) if the Administrator determines that such
    action is warranted on  the basis of toxicity of the toxic chemi-
    cal, proximity to  other facilities that release the  toxic chemical
    or to population centers, the history of releases of such chemi-
    cal at such facility, or such other  factors as the  Administrator
    deems appropriate.
  (c) Toxic CHEMICALS COVERED.—The toxic chemicals subject to
the requirements of this section are those chemicals on the list hi
Committee Print Number 99-169 of the Senate Committee on Envi-
ronment and Public Works, titled "Toxic Chemicals Subject to Sec-
tion 313 of the Emergency Planning and Community Right-Tc-
Know Act of 1986" (including any revised version of the list as may
be made pursuant to subsection (d) or (e)).
  (d) REVISIONS BY ADMINISTRATOR.—
      (1) IN  GENERAL.—The Administrator  may by rule  add or
    delete a chemical from the list described in subsection (c) at
J   any time.
      (2) ADDITIONS.—A chemical may be added if the Adminiatra-
    tor  determines, in his  judgment,  that there is  sufficient evi-
    dence to establish any one of the following:
         (A) The chemical is known to cause or can reasonably be
             oated to cause significant  adverse  acute  human
              effects at concentration levels that are reasonably
                    1                     '  •
989
SARA OF 1986
                                                       Sec. 313
                                                  likely to exist beyond facility site boundaries as a result of
                                                  continuous, or frequently recurring, releases.
                                                    (B) The chemical is known to cause or can reasonably be
                                                  anticipated to cause in humans—
                                                        (i) cancer or teratogenic effects, or
                                                        (ii) serious or irreversible—
                                                            (I) reproductive dysfunctions,
                                                            (II) neurological disorders,
                                                            (III) heritable genetic mutations, or
                                                            (IV) other chronic health effects.
                                                    (C) The chemical is known to cause or can reasonably be
                                                  anticipated to cause, because of—
                                                        (i) its toxicity,
                                                        (ii) its toxicity  and peraiHtcncc in the environment,
                                                      or
                                            I            (iii) its toxicity and tendency to bioaccumulate in
                                                      the environment,
                                                  a significant adverse effect on the environment of suffi-
                                                  cient seriousness, in the judgment of the Administrator, to
                                                  warrant reporting  under  this  section. The  number of
                                                  chemicals included on the list described in subsection (c)
                                                  on the basis of the preceding sentence  may constitute in
                                                  the aggregate no more than 25 percent of the total number
                                                  of chemicals on the list.                     ;
                                              A determination under this paragraph shall  be based on gener-
                                              ally accepted scientific principles or laboratory  tests, or appro-
                                              priately designed and conducted epidemiological or other popu-
                                              lation studies, available to the Administrator.
                                                 (3)  DELETIONS.—A chemical may be deleted if the Adminis-
                                              trator determines there is not  sufficient evidence  to establish
                                              any of the criteria described in paragraph (2).
                                                 (4) EFFECTIVE DATE.—Any revision made on or after January
                                              1  and before December 1 of any calendar year shall take effect
                                              beginning with the next calendar year. Any revision  made on
                                              or after December 1 of any calendar year and before January 1
                                              of the next calender year shall take effect beginning with the
                                              calendar year following such next calendar year.
                                             (e) PETITIONS.—
                                                 (1) IN GENERAL.—Any person may petition the Administrator
                                              to add or delete a chemical from the list described in subsec-
                                              tion (c) on the basis of the criteria in subparagraph (A) or (B) of
                                              subsection (dX2). Within 180 days after receipt of a petition, the
                                              Administrator shall take one of the following actions:  ,
                                                    (A) Initiate a rulemaking to add or delete the chemical
                                                  to the list, in accordance with subsection (dX2) or (dX3).
                                                    (B) Publish an explanation of why the petition is dented.
                                                 (2) GOVERNOR PETITIONS.—A State Governor may petition the
                                              Administrator to add or delete a chemical from  the list de-
                                              scribed in subsection (c) on the basis of the criteria in subpara-
                                              graph (A), (B), or (C)  of subsection (dX2). In  the case of such a
                                              petition  from  a State Governor to delete a chemical, th   -
                                              fjon shall be treated in the same  manner as a petition i
                                              under paragraph (1) to delete n chemical. In the case; ol

-------
Sec 313_
SARA OF 1986
                                                          990
    petition from a State Governor to add a chemical, the chemical
    will be added to the list within 180 days after receipt of the
    petition, unless the Administrator —
         (A)  initiates a rulemaking to add the chemical to the
       list, in accordance with subsection (dX2), or
         (B)  publishes  an explanation  of why  the Administrator
       believes the petition does not meet the requirements  of
       subsection (dX2) for adding a chemical to the list.
 (f) THRESHOLD FOR REPORTING.—
     (1)  Toxic  CHEMICAL  THRESHOLD  AMOUNT.— The  threshold
   amounts for purposes of reporting toxic chemicals under this
   section are as follows:
         (A)  With respect to a  toxic chemical  used at a  facility,
       10,000 pounds of the toxic chemical per year.
      .   (B)  With respect to a toxic  chemical manufactured  or
       processed at a facility—
             (i) For the toxic chemical release form required to  be
          submitted under this section on or before July 1, 1988,
          75,000 pounds of the toxic chemical per year.
             (ii) For the  form  required  to be submitted on  or
          before July 1, 1989,  50,000 pounds of the toxic chemi-
          cal per year.
             (iii) For the form, required to be submitted on  or
          before July 1,  1990, and  for  each form  thereafter,
          25,000 pounds of the toxic chemical per year.
     (2) REVISIONS.— The Administrator may establish a threshold
   amount for a toxic chemical different from  the amount estab-
   lished by paragraph (1). Such revised threshold  shall obtain re-
   porting on a substantial majority of total releases of the chemi-
   cal at all  facilities subject to the requirements of this section.
   The amounts  established under this paragraph may, at the Ad-
   ministrator's  discretion, be based on classes of chemicals  or
   categories of facilities.
 tg) FORM.—
     (1) INFORMATION REQUIRED.— Not later than June 1, 1987, the
   Administrator shall publish  a uniform toxic chemical release
   form for facilities covered by this section. If the Administrator
   does not publish such a form, owners and operators of facilities
   subject to  the requirements of this section shall provide the in-
   formation required under this subsection by letter postmarked
   on or before  the date on which the form is due.  Such form
   shall-
         (A)  provide for the name and location of, and principal
       business activities at, the facility;
         (B)  include an appropriate certification, signed  by a
       senior official  with  management  responsibility  for the
       person or persons completing the report, regarding the ac-
       curacy and completeness of the report; and
U\      (C)  provide for submission of each of the  following items
       of information for each  listed toxic chemical known to  be
       present at the facility:
SARA OF 1986
Sec
                                                       (i) Whether the toxic chemical at the facility is man-
                                                     ufactured, processed, or otherwise used, and the gener-
                                                     al category or categories of use of the chemical.
                                                       (ii)  An estimate of  the maximum  amounts (in
                                                     ranges) of the toxic chemical present at the facility at
                                                     any time during the preceding calendar year.
                                                       (iii) For each wasteatream, the waste treatment or
                                                     disposal  methods employed, and an estimate of the
                                                     treatment efficiency typically achieved by such meth-
                                                     ods for that wastestream.
                                                       (iv) The annual quantity of the toxic chemical enter-
                                                     ing each environmental medium.
                                               (2) USB or AVAILABLE DATA.—In order to provide the informa-
                                             tion required under this section,  the owner or operator of a fa-
                                             cility may use readily available data (including monitoring
                                             data) collected  pursuant to other provisions of law, or, where
                                             such data are not readily available, reasonable estimates of the
                                             amounts involved. Nothing in this section  requires the moni-
                                             toring or measurement of the quantities, concentration, or fre-
                                             quency  of any toxic chemical released into the environment
                                             beyond  that monitoring  and measurement required under
                                             other provisions of law or  regulation. In order to assure con-
                                             sistency, the Administrator shall require that  data be ex-
                                             pressed in common units.                           S
                                            (h) USE OF  RELEASE FORM.—The release forms  required under
                                          this section are intended to provide information to  the Federal,
                                          State, and local governments and  the public, including citizens of
                                          communities surrounding covered facilities. The release form shall
                                          be available, consistent with section 324(a), to inform persons about
                                          releases of toxic  chemicals  to the environment; to assist ''govern-
                                          mental agencies,  researchers, and  other persons in the conduct of
                                          research and data gathering; to aid in the development of appropri-
                                          ate regulations, guidelines,  and standards; and for other similar
                                          purposes.
                                            (i) MODIFICATIONS IN REPORTING FREQUENCY.—
                                               (1)  IN GENERAL.—The Administrator may modify the  fre-
                                             quency  of submitting a report under this section, but the Ad-
                                             ministrator may  not modify the frequency to be any more
                                             often than annually. A modification may apply, either nation-
                                             ally or in a specific geographic area, to the following:
                                                   (A)  All toxic chemical release forms required under this
                                                 section.
                                                   (B)  A class of toxic chemicals or a category of facilities.
                                                   (C) A specific toxic chemical.
                                                   (D) A specific facility.
                                               (2)  REQUIREMENTS.—A modification may be  made under
                                             paragraph (1) only if the Administrator—
                                                   (A)  makes  a finding that  the modification  is consistent
                                                 with the provisions of subsection (h), based on—
                                                       (i) experience from previously submitted toxic chem-
                                                     ical release forms, and
                                                       (ii) determinations made under paragraph (3), and

-------
Sec. 313
SARA OF 1986
992
         (B) the finding is made by a rulemaking in accordance
        with section 553 of title 5, United States Code.
      (3) DETERMINATIONS.—The Administrator shall make the fol-
    lowing determinations with respect to a proposed modification
    before making a modification under paragraph (Ih
         (A) The extent to which information relating to the pro-
        posed modification provided on the toxic chemical release
        forms has been  used by the Administrator or other agen-
     .   cies of the Federal Government, States, local governments,
        health professionals, and the public.
         (B) The extent to which the information is (i) readily
        available to potential  users from  other  sources, such as
        State reporting programs, and (ii) provided to the Adminis-
        trator under another Federal law or through a State pro-
        gram.
         (C) The extent to which the  modification would impose
        additional and unreasonable burdens on facilities subject
        to the reporting requirements under this section.
      U) 5-YEAR  REVIEW.—Any modification made under this sub-
    section  shall be reviewed  at least once  every 5 years.  Such
    review shall  examine the modification and ensure that the re-
    quirements of paragraphs (2) and (3) still justify continuation
    of the modification. Any change to a modification reviewed
    under this paragraph shall be made in  accordance with this
    subsection.    I
      (5) NOTIFICATION  TO CONGRESS.—The  Administrator  shall
    notify Congress of an intention to initiate  a rulemaking  for a
    modification  under this subsection. After  such notification, the
    Administrator shall  delay  initiation of the rulemaking for at
    least 12 months, but no more than 24 months, after the date of
    such notification.
      (6) JUDICIAL REVIEW.—In any judicial review of a rulemaking
    which establishes a modification under this subsection, a court
    may hold unlawful and set aside agency action, findings, and
    conclusions found to be unsupported by substantial evidence.
      (7) APPLICABILITY.—A modification under this subsection may
    apply to a calendar year or other reporting period beginning
    no earlier than January 1, 1993.
      (8) EFFECTIVE DATE.—Any modification made on or after Jan-
    uary 1 and before December 1 of any calendar year shall take
    effect beginning with the next calendar year. Any modification
    made on or after December 1 of any calendar year and before
    January 1 of the next calendar year shall take effect beginning
    with the calendar year following such next calendar year.
  (j) EPA MANAGEMENT OF DATA.—The Administrator shall estab-
lish and maintain in a computer data base a  national toxic chemi-
cal  inventory based on data submitted to the Administrator under
this section  The  Administrator shall make  these data accessible by
computer telecommunication and other means  to any person on a
cost r^AA  -sable basis.
  UO^^V. .—Not later than June 30,  1991,  the Comptroller Gen-
eral, it^^.isultation with the Administrator  and appropriate offi-
                                                                   993
                                                                   SARA OF 1986
                                                               Sec. 313
                                          cials in the States, shall submit to the Congress a report including
                                          each of the following:
                                               (1) A description of the steps taken by the Administrator and
                                              the States to implement the requirements of this section, in-
                                              cluding steps taken to make information  collected  under this
                                              section available to and accessible by the public.
                                               (2) A description  of the extent to which  the information col-
                                              lected under this section has been used by the Environmental
                                              Protection Agency, other Federal agencies, the States, and the
                                              public, and the  purposes for which the information has been
                                              used.
                                               (3) An identification and evaluation of options for modifica-
                                              tions to the requirements of this section  for the purpose of
                                              making information collected under this section -more useful.
                                           (1) MASS BALANCE STUDY.—
                                               (1) IN GENERAL.—The Administrator shall arrange for a mass
                                              balance study to be carried out by the National Academy of
                                              Sciences using mass balance information collected by the Ad-
                                              ministrator .under paragraph (3). The  Administrator  shall
                                              submit to Congress a report on such  study no later than 5
                                              years after the date of the enactment of this title.
                                               (2) PURPOSES.—The purposes of the study are as follows: '
                                                    (A) To assess the value of mass balance analysis in deter-
                                                 mining the  accuracy of information on toxic chemical re-
                                                 leases.                                    \
                                                    (B) To assess the value of obtaining mass balance infor-
                                                 mation, or portions thereof, to determine the waste reduc-
                                                 tion efficiency of different facilities, or categories of facili-
                                                 ties, including  the effectiveness of toxic chemical regula-
                                                 tions promulgated under laws other than this title.
                                                    (C) To assess the utility of such information'for evaluat-
                                                 ing toxic chemical management practices at facilities, or
                                                 categories of facilities, covered by this section. |
                                                    (D) To determine the implications of mass balance infor-
                                                 mation collection on a national scale  similar to the  mass
                                                 balance information collection carried  out by the Adminis-
                                                 trator under paragraph (3), including  implications of the
                                                 use of such collection as part of a national annual quantity
                                                 toxic chemical release program.
                                               (3)  INFORMATION  COLLECTION.— the Administrator by any person that the informal!'
                                              particular part thereof) to which the Administrator or a

-------
   Sec. 321
SARA OF 19S6
                                                              994
               oyee, or representative ht j access under this section
       if TiHR; public would divulge information entitled to protection
       under section 1905 of title 18, United States Code, such infor-
       mation or part shall be considered confidential in accordance
       with the purposes of that section, except that such information
       or  part may be disclosed to other officers, employees, or au-
       thorized representatives of the United  States concerned with
       carrying out this section.
        (C) The Administrator may promulgate regulations prescrib-
       ing procedures for collecting mass balance information under
       this paragraph.
        
-------
Sec. 322
SARA OF 1986
                                                           996
(bX4), such regulations shall be equivalent to comparable provisions
in the Occupational  Safety and Health  Administration Hazard
Communication Standard (29 C.F.R. 1910.1200) and any revisions of
such standard prescribed by the Secretary of Labor in accordance
with the final ruling of the courts of the United  States in United
Steolworkers of America, AFL-CIO-CLC v. Thome G. Auchter.
  (d) PETITION FOR REVIEW.—
      (1) IN GENERAL.—Any person may petition the Administrator
    for the disclosure  of the specific chemical identity of a hazard-
    ous  chemical, an  extremely hazardous substance, or a toxic
    chemical which is claimed as a trade secret under this section.
    The Administrator may, in the absence of a petition under this
    paragraph, initiate a determination, to be carried out in ac-
    cordance with this subsection, as to whether information with-
    held constitutes a trade secret.
      (2) INITIAL EBVIBW.—Within 30 days after the date of receipt
    of a petition under paragraph (1) (or upon the Administrator's
    initiative), the Administrator shall review the explanation filed
    by a trade secret  claimant under subsection  (aj(2) and deter-
    mine whether  the explanation presents  assertions which, if
    true, are sufficient to support a finding that the specific chemi-
    cal identity is a trade secret.
      (3) FINDING or SUFFICIENT ASSERTIONS.—
         (A) If  the Administrator determines pursuant to  para-
       graph (2) that the explanation presents  sufficient asser-
       tions to support a finding that the specific chemical identi-
       ty is a trade  secret, the Administrator  shall notify the
       trade secret claimant that he has 30 days to supplement
       the explanation  with detailed information to support the
       assertions.               ""
         (B) If the Administrator determines, after receipt of any
       supplemental  supporting detailed information under sub-
       paragraph (A), that the assertions in the explanation are
       true  and that the  specific chemical identity is a  trade
       secret, the Administrator shall so notify the petitioner and
       the petitioner  may seek judicial review of the determina-
       tion.
         (C) If the Administrator determines, after receipt of any
       supplemental supporting detailed information under sub-
       paragraph (A), that the assertions in the explanation are
       not true and that the  specific  chemical  identity is not a
       trade secret,  the  Administrator shall notify the trade
       secret claimant that the Administrator intends to release
       the specific  chemical identity.  The trade secret claimant
       has 30 days in which he may appeal the Administrator's
       determination  under this subparagraph to the Administra-
       tor. If the Administrator does not reverse his determina-
       tion  under this  subparagraph  in such an appeal by the
       trade secret claimant, the trade secret claimant  may seek
      judicial review of the determination.
            WC OF INSUFFICIENT ASSERTIONS.—
             If the Administrator determines pursuant to para-
           .1 (2) that  the explanation presents insufficient asser-
                                                                    997
                                                                    SARA OF 1986
Sec. 322
                                                   tions to support a finding that the specific chemical identi-
                                                   ty is  a trade secret,  the Administrator shall notify the
                                                   trade secret claimant that he has 30 days to appeal the de-
                                                   termination to the Administrator, or,  upon a showing of
                                                   good cause, amend the original explanation by providing
                                                   supplementary assertions  to support  the trade  secret
                                                   claim.
                                                     (B)  If the Administrator docs not reverse his determina-
                                                   tion under subparagraph (A) after an appeal or an exami-
                                                   nation of any supplementary  assertions under  subpara-
                                                   graph (A), the Administrator  shall so  notify the trade
                                                   secret claimant and the trade secret claimant may seek ju-
                                                   dicial review of the determination.
                                                     (C)  If  the  Administrator reverses  his determination
                                                   under subparagraph (A) after an appeal or an examination
                                                   of any supplementary assertions under subparagraph (A),
                                                   the procedures  under paragraph (3)  of this subsection
                                                   apply.
                                             (e) EXCEPTION FOR  INFORMATION PROVIDED TO HEALTH PROFES-
                                           SIONALS.—Nothing in  this section, or regulations adopted pursuant
                                           to this section, shall authorize any person to withhold  information
                                           which is required to be provided to a health professional, a  doctor,
                                           or a nurse in accordance with section 323.            /
                                             (0 PROVIDING INFORMATION TO THE ADMINISTRATOR; AVAILABILITY
                                           TO  PUBLIC.—Any  information submitted to  the Administrator
                                           under subsection (aX2) or subsection  (dX3) (except a specific chemi-
                                           cal identity) shall be available to the public, except that upon a
                                           showing satisfactory to the Administrator by any person that  the
                                           information (or a particular part thereof) to which the Administra-
                                           tor has access under  this section if made public would divulge in-
                                           formation  entitled to protection under section  1905 lot  title  IK,
                                           United  States Code, such information or part shall be considered
                                           confidential in accordance with the purposes of that section, except
                                           that such information or part may  be disclosed to other officers,
                                           employees, or authorized representatives of the United States con-
                                           cerned with carrying out this title.                 ,
                                             (g) INFORMATION PROVIDED TO STATE.—Upon  request by a State,
                                           acting through the Governor of the State, the Administrator shall
                                           provide to the State any information  obtained  under subsection
                                           (aX2) and subsection (dX3).
                                             (h) INFORMATION ON ADVERSE EFFECTS.—(1) In any case in which
                                           the identity of a  hazardous chemical or an extremely hazardous
                                           substance is claimed as a trade secret, the Governor or State emer-
                                           gency  response commission established  under section  301 shall
                                           identify the adverse  health effects associated with the hazardous
                                           chemical or extremely hazardous substance and  shall assure that
                                           such information is provided to any  person requesting information
                                           about such hazardous chemical or extremely hazardous substance.
                                                in any  case  in which  the identity of a toxic  chem:~-l
                                                ied as a trade secret, the Administrator shall identify
                                                s health  and  environmental  effects associated with tl
                                           'chemical and  shall assure that Ritrh  informnlion is inrhidcH m  the

-------
SARA OF 1986
                                 998
  computer database required by section 313(j) and is provided to any
  person requesting information about such toxic chemical.
    (i) INFORMATION PROVIDED  TO CONGRESS.—Notwithstanding any
  limitation contained in this section or any other provision of law,
  all information reported to or otherwise obtained  by the Adminis-
  trator (or any representative of the Administrator) under this title
  shall be made available to a duly authorized committee of the Con-
  gress upon written request by such a committee.
  I42U-SC11042J
  SEC. 323.  PROVISION OF INFORMATION TO HEALTH  PROFESSIONALS,
           DOCTORS. AND NURSES.
   (a) DIAGNOSIS OR  TREATMENT  BY  HEALTH PROFESSIONAL.—An
 owner or operator of a facility which is subject to the requirements
 of section 311, 312, or 313 shall provide the specific chemical identi-
 ty, if known, of a hazardous  chemical, extremely hazardous sub-
 stance, or a toxic chemical to any health professional who requests
 such information in writing if the health professional provides a
 written statement of need under this subsection and a written con-
 fidentiality agreement under subsection (d). The written statement
 of need shall oe a statement that the health professional has a rea-
 sonable basis to suspect that—
      (1)  the  information is needed for purposes  of diagnosis  or
     treatment of an individual,
      (2)  the individual or individuals being diagnosed or treated
     have been exposed to the chemical concerned, and
      (3) knowledge of the specific chemical identity of such chemi-
    cal will assist in diagnosis or treatment.
 Following such a written request, the owner or operator to whom
 such request is made shall promptly provide the requested informa-
 tion to the health professional. The authority to withhold the spe-
 cific chemical  identity of a chemical under section 322 when such
 information is a trade secret  shall not apply to information re-
 quired to  be provided under this subsection, subject  to the provi-
 sions of subsection (d).
  (b)  MEDICAL  EMERGENCY.—An owner or operator  of  a facility
 which is subject  to the requirements of section 311, 312, or 313
 shall  provide a copy of a material  safety data sheet, an inventory
 form, or a toxic chemical release form, including the specific chemi-
 cal identity, if known, of a  hazardous chemical, extremely hazard-
 ous substance, or a toxic chemical, to any treating  physician or
 nurse who requests such information if such physician or nurse de-
 termines that—
      (Da medical emergency exists,
      (2) the specific chemical identity of the chemical concerned is
1   necessary for or will assist in emergency or first-aid  diagnosis
    or treatment, and
      (3) the individual or individuals being diagnosed or treated
    have been exposed to the chemical concerned.
 Immediately following such a  request, the owner or operator to
 whom such request is made shall provide the requested informa-
 tion to the physician or nurse. The authority to withhold the specif-
 ic chemical identity  of a chemical from a  material safety  data
 sheet, an,"inventory form, or a toxic chemical release form under
                                                                    SARA OF 1986
                                           section 322 when such information is a trade secret shall not apply
                                           to information  required to be provided to a treating physician or
                                           nurse under this subsection. No written confidentiality agreement
                                           or statement of need shall be required as a precondition  of such
                                           disclosure, but  the owner or operator disclosing such  information
                                           may require a written confidentiality agreement in  accordance
                                           with subsection (d) and a statement setting forth the items listed in
                                           paragraphs (1) through (3) as soon as circumstances permit.
                                             (c) PREVENTIVE MEASURES BY LOCAL HEALTH PROFESSIONAI.S.—
                                                 (1) PROVISION OF INFORMATION.—An owner or operator of a
                                               facility subject to the requirements of section 311, 312, or 313 _
                                               shall provide the specific chemical identity, if known, of a haz-'
                                               ardous chemical, an extremely hazardous substance, or a toxic
                                               chemical to any health professional (such as a physician, toxi-
                                               cologist, or epidemiologist)—
                                                     (A) who is a local government  employee or a parson
                                                   under contract with the local government, and
                                                     (B) who requests such information in writing and pro-
                                                   vides a written statement of need under paragraph (2) and
                                                   a written confidentiality agreement under subsection (d).
                                               Following such a  written request, the owner or operator  to
                                               whom such request is made shall promptly provide the  request-
                                             .. ed information to the local health professional. The authority
                                               to withhold the specific chemical identity of a chemical under
                                               section 322 when such information is a trade secret shall not
                                               apply to information required to be provided under this subsec-
                                               tion, subject to the provisions of subsection (d).   •.
                                                 (2) WRITTEN STATEMENT OF NEED.—The written statement of
                                               need shall be a statement that describes with reasonable detail
                                               one or more of the following health needs for the  information:
                                                     (A) To assess exposure of persons living in  u  local com-
                                                   munity to the hazards of the chemical concerned.
                                                     (B) To conduct or assess sampling to determine exposure
                                                   levels of various population groups.
                                                     (C) To conduct periodic medical surveillance of  exposed
                                                   population groups.
                                                     (D) To provide medical treatment to exposed individuals
                                                   or population groups.
                                                     (E) To conduct studies to determine the health effects of
                                                   exposure.
                                                     (F) To conduct studies to aid in the  identification  of a
                                                   chemical that may reasonably be anticipated to cause an
                                                   observed health effect.
                                             (d) CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT.—Any person obtaining infor-
                                           mation  under subsection (a) or (c) shall,  in  accordance with feuch
                                           subsection (a) or (c), be required to agree  in a written confidential-.
                                           ity agreement that he will not use the information for any  purpose
                                           other than the health  needs asserted in the statement of  need,
                                           except as may  otherwise be authorized by the terms of the agree-
                                           ment or by the person providing such information. Nothing in this
                                           subsection shall preclude the parties to a confidentiality agreement
                                           from pi i ran ing any remedies to the extent permitted hy law.

-------
                                                               ivuv

      (e) REGULATIONS.—As soon as practicable after the date of the en-
    actment of this title, the Administrator shall promulgate  regula-
    tions describing criteria and parameters for the statement of need
    under subsection  (a)  and (c)  and the  confidentiality agreement
    under subsection (d).
    142 USC. I1043|

    SEC. 324. PUBLIC AVAILABILITY OP PLANS. DATA SHEETS, FORMS, AND
              FOLLOWUP NOTICES.
     (a) AVAILABIUTY TO PUBLIC.—Each emergency response plan, ma-
    terial safety data sheet, list described in section 311(aX2), inventory
    form, toxic chemical release form, and followup emergency  notice
    sh.ill be made available to the  general public, consistent with sec-
    tion 322, during normal working hours at the location or locations
   designated  by the  Administrator,  Governor, State emergency  re-
   sponse commission, or local emergency planning committee, as ap
   propriate. Upon request by an owner or operator of a facility sub-
   ject to the  requirements of section 312,  the State emergency re-
   sponse commission  and the appropriate local emergency planning
   committee shall withhold from disclosure  under this section the lo-
   cation of any specific chemical  required by section 312(dX2)  to be
   contained in an inventory form as tier II information.
    (b) NOTICE op PUBLIC AVAILABILITY.—Each local emergency plan-
   ning committee shall annually publish a notice in local newspapers
   that the emergency response plan, material safety data sheets, and
   inventory forms have been submitted under this section. The notice
  shall state that followup emergency notices may subsequently be
  issued. Such notice shall announce that members of the public who
  wish to review any such plan, sheet, form, or followup notice may
  do so at the location designated under subsection (a).
  \4-2V S.C. 11044}
  SEC. 325. ENFORCEMENT.

    (a) CIVIL PENALTIES  FOR EMERGENCY PLANNING.—The Adminis-
  trator may order a facility owner or operator (except an owner or
  operator of a facility designated  under section 302(bX2)) to comply
  with section  302(c) and section 803(d). The United States district
  court for the district in which the facility is located shall have ju-
  risdiction to enforce the order, and any person who violates or fails
  to obey such an order shall be liable to the United States for a civil
  penalty of not more than $25,000 for each day in which such viola-
  tion occurs or such failure to comply continues.
   (b) CIVIL, ADMINISTRATIVE,  AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES FOR EMER-
 GENCY NOTIFICATION.—
      (1) CLASS i ADMINISTRATIVE PENALTY.—(A) A civil penalty of
    not  more than $25,000 per violation may be assessed by  the
U\ Administrator in the case of a violation of the requirements of
-U section 304.

O   (B) No  civil penalty may be assessed under this subsection
    unless the person accused of the violation is given notice and
    opportunity for a hearing with respect to the violation.
      (C) IJ^BK  rmining the amount of any penalty assessed pur-
    suant ^^H  subsection, the Administrator shall take into ac-
    count ^•Fature, circumstances, extent and gravity of the vio-
                      /
  1001
SARA OF 1986
                                                          Sec. 325
      lation or violations and, with respect to the violator, ability to
      pay, any prior history of such violations, the degree of culpabil-
      ity, economic benefit or savings (if any) resulting from the vio-
      lation, and such other matters as justice may require.
        (2) CLASS 11 ADMINISTRATIVE PENALTY.—A civil penalty of not
      more than $25,000 per day for each day during which the viola-
      tion continues may be assessed by  ,the Administrator  in  the
      case of a violation of the  requirements of section 304.  In  the
      case of a second or subsequent violation the amount of such
      penalty  may  be  not more than $75,000  for each day during
      which the violation  continues.  Any civil penalty under  this
      subsection shall be assessed and collected in the same manner,
      and subject to the same provisions, as in the case of civil penal-
      ties assessed and collected under  section 16 of the Toxic Sub-
      stances Control Act. In  any proceeding for the assessment of a
      civil penalty  under  this  subsection the Administrator'may
      issue subpoenas for the attendance and testimony of witnesses
      and the production of relevant  papers, books, and documents
      and may promulgate rules  for discovery procedures.
       (3) JUDICIAL ASSESSMENT.—The Administrator  may bring  an
      action in the United States District court for the appropriate
      district to assess and collect a penalty of not more than $25,000
      per day for each day during which the violation continues in
      the case of a violation  of the requirements of section 304.  In
      the case of a second or subsequent violation, the amount of
     such penalty  may  be not more  than  $75,000  for  each day
     during which the violation continues.
       (4) CRIMINAL PENALTIES.—Any person who knowingly and
     willfully fails to provide notice in  accordance with section 304
     shall, upon conviction, be fined  not more than $25,000 or im-
     prisoned for not more than two years, or both (or in the case of
     a second or subsequent conviction,  shall be  fined  not more
     than $50,000  or  imprisoned for  not  more than  five years,  or
     both).
   (c) CIVIL AND ADMINISTRATIVE PENALTIES FOR  REPORTING RE-
 QUIREMENTS.—(1) Any person (other than a governmental entity)
 who violates any requirement of section 312 or 313 shall be liable
 to the United States for a civil penalty in an amount not to exceed
 $25,000 for each such violation.
   (2) Any person (other than a governmental  entity) who violates
 any requirement of section 311  or 323(b),  and any person who fails
 to furnish to the Administrator information required  under section
 322(aX2) shall be liable to the United States for a civil penalty: in
 an amount not to exceed $10,000 for each such violation.
   (3) Each day a violation described in paragraph (1) or (2) contin-
 ues  shall, for purposes of this subsection,  constitute a separate vio-
 lation.
   (4) The Administrator may assess any civil penalty for which a
 person  is liable under this subsection  by administrative order or
HS£ bring an action to assess and collect the penalty in thr   ygB
^IPes district court for the district in which the person  fro    ^B
|Ke  penalty i« sought resides or in which such person's p.   ..par
 place of business is located.

-------
                           SARA OF 1986
                                                            1002
    (d) CIVIL, ADMINISTRATIVE AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES WITH  RE-
  SPECT TO TRADE SECRETS.—
       (1)  CIVIL  AND ADMINISTRATIVE  PENALTY  FOR  FRIVOLOUS
     CLAIMS.—If the Administrator determines—
           (AXi) under section S22(dX4) that an explanation submit-
         ted by a trade secret claimant presents insufficient asser-
         tions to support a finding that a specific chemical identity
         is a trade secret, or (ii) after receiving supplemental sup-
         porting detailed information  under  section S22(dX3XA),
         that the specific chemical identity  is not a trade secret;
         and
          (B) that the trade secret claim is frivolous,
     the  trade secret claimant is liable for a  penalty of $25,000 per
     claim. The Administrator may assess the penalty by adminis-
     trative order or may bring an action in the appropriate district
     court of the United States to assess and collect the penalty.
       (2) CRIMINAL PENALTY FOR DISCLOSURE or TRADE SECRET INFOR-
     MATION.—Any person who knowingly and willfully divulges or
    . discloses any information entitled to protection under section
     322  shall,  upon conviction, be subject to a fine of not more
     than $20,000  or to imprisonment not to exceed  one year,  or
     both.
  (e) SPECIAL ENFORCEMENT PROVISIONS FOR  SECTION 823.—When-
ever any facility owner or operator required to provide information
under  section 323 to a health professional who has requested such
information fails or refuses to provide such information in accord-
ance with such section, such health professional may  bring  an
action  in the appropriate United  States district court to require
such facility owner or operator to provide the information. Such
court shall have jurisdiction  to issue  orders  that take such other
action  as' may be necessary to enforce the requirements of section
323.
,  (f) PROCEDURES FOR ADMINISTRATIVE PENALTIES.—
     (1)  Any person against whom  a civil penalty is assessed
    under this section may obtain review thereof in the appropri-
    ate district court of the United States by filing a notice of
    appeal in such court  within 30 days after the date of such
    order and by simultaneously sending a copy of such notice by
    certified  mail to the Administrator. The Administrator shall
    promptly file in such court a certified copy of the record upon
    which such violation was found or such penalty imposed. If
    any person fails to pay an assessment of a civil penalty after it
    has become  a final and unappealable order or after the appro-
    priate court has entered final judgment in favor of the United
    States, the Administrator may request the Attorney General of
    the United States to institute a civil action in an appropriate
    district court of the United States to collect the penalty, and
    such court shall have jurisdiction to hear and decide any such
    action. In hearing such action,  the court shall have authority
    to review the violation and the assessment of the civil penalty
   on the record.
     (2)-The-Administrator may issue subpoenas for the attend-
   ance and testimony of witnesses and the production of relevant
                         SARA OF  1986
    papers, books, or documents in connection with hearings under
    this section. In case of contumacy or refusal to obey a subpoe-
    na issued pursuant to this paragraph  and served upon  any
    person, the district court of the United  States for any district
    in which such person is found, resides, or transacts business
    upon application by the United States and after notice to such
    person, shall  have jurisdiction to issue an order requiring such
    person to appear and give testimony before the administrative
    law judge or  to appear and produce documents before tin; ad-
    ministrative law judge, or both, and any failure to obey such
    order of the  court may be punished by such court as a  con-
    tempt thereof.
(42 UAC. 11045)
SEC 326. CIVII, ACTIONS.
  (a) AUTHORITY To BRING CIVIL ACTIONS.—
      (1) CITIZEN  SUITS.—Except as provided in subsection (e),  any
    person may commence a civil action on his own behalf against
    the following:
          (A) An owner or operator of a •facility for failure to do
       any of the following:                        ,
              (i) Submit a followup emergency notice' under  sec-
           tion 304(c).
              (ii) Submit a material  safety data sheet or  a  list
           under section 311(a).                    '
              (iii) Complete and submit an inventory form under
           section 312(a)  containing tier I information as  de-
           scribed in section  312(dXD unless such requirement
           does not apply by reason of the second sentence of sec-
           tion 312(aX2).                           ;
              (iv)  Complete and submit a toxic chemical release
           form  under section 313(a).                i
         (B) The Administrator for failure to do any of the follow-
       ing:
             (i) Publish inventory forms under section 312(g).
             (ii)  Respond to a petition to add or delete  a chemical
           under section 313(eXl) within 180 days after receipt of
           the petition.
             (iii)  Publish  a toxic chemical  release form  under
           313(g).'
             (iv)  Establish a computer database  in accordance
           with section 313(j).
             (v)  Promulgate trade secret regulations  under sec-
           tion 322(c).
             (vi)  Render a decision  in response to  a petition
           under section 322(d) within  9 months after  receipt of
           the petition.
         (C)  The Administrator, a State Governor,  or a  State
       emergency response commission, for  failure to  provide a
       mechanism for public availability of information  in accord-
       ance with section 324(a).
 1 So in original l*mluilily nhould roari "nrrlinn .

-------
Sec. 326
            (D) A State  Governor or a State emergency response
          commission for failure to respond to a request for tier II
          information under section 312(eX3) within 120 days after
          the date of receipt of the request.
        (2) STATE OR LOCAL surra.—
            (A) Any State of local government may commence a civil
          action against an owner or operator of a facility for failure
          to do any of the following:
               (i) Provide notification to  the emergency response
              commission in the State under section 302(c).          '
               (ii) Submit a  material safety  data sheet or a list
              under section 31 Ha).
               (iii)  Make available information  requested  under
             section 31 l(c).
               (iv) Complete and submit an inventory form under
             section  312(a) containing tier I  information  unless
             such  requirement  does not apply by reason  of the
             second sentence of section 312(aX2).
           (B) Any State emergency response commission or local
         emergency planning committee may commence a  civil
         action against an owner or operator of a facility for  failure
         to provide information  under section 303(d) or for  failure
         to submit tier II information under section 312(eXl).
           (C) Any State may commence a civil action against the
         Administrator] for  failure  to  provide information  to the
         State under section 322(g).
   (b) VENUE.—
       (1) Any action under subsection (a) against an owner or oper-
     ator of a  facility shall be brought in the district court for the
     district in which the alleged violation occurred.
       (2) Any action  under subsection (a) against the Administra-
     tor may be brought in the United States District Court for the
     District of Columbia.
   (c) RELIEF.—The district court shall  have jurisdiction in actions
 brought under subsection  (a) against an owner or operator of a fa-
 cility to enforce the requirement concerned and to impose any civil
 penalty provided for violation of that requirement. The district
 court shall have jurisdiction in actions brought under subsection (a)
 against the Administrator to order the Administrator  to perform
 the act or duty concerned.
  (d) Nones.—
      (1) No action may be commenced under subsection (aXIXA)
    prior to 60 days after the plaintiff has given notice of the al-
    leged violation to the Administrator, the State in which the al-
    leged violation occurs, and the alleged violator. Notice under
(J\ this paragraph shall be given in such manner as the Adminis-
_^j trator shall prescribe by regulation.
«|    (2) No action may be commenced under subsection (aXIXB) or
    (aXIXC)  prior to 60 days after the date on  which the  plaintiff
    givesj|^fc  » to the Administrator, State Governor, or State
    emen^^B •esponse commission (as the case may be) that the
    plainnVP^lll  COmmonro »!•«. »-»!— *»-»-•-
                                                                    1005
                                                                                               SARA OF 1986
Sec. 329
                                                                       graph  shall be given in such manner as the  Administrator
                                                                       shall prescribe by regulation.
                                                                     (e) LIMITATION.—No action may be commenced under subsection
                                                                   (a) against an owner or operator of a facility  if the  Administrator
                                                                   has commenced and is diligently purusing an  administrative order
                                                                   or civil action to enforce the requirement concerned  or to impose a
                                                                   civil penalty under this Act with respect to the violation of the re-
                                                                   quirement.
                                                                     (0 COSTS.—The court, in issuing any final  order  in any action
                                                                   brought pursuant to this section, may award costs of litigation (in-
                                                                   cluding reasonable attorney and expert witness fees)  to the  prevail-
                                                                   ing or the substantially prevailing party whenever the court deter-
                                                                   mines such an award is appropriate. The court may, if a temporary
                                                                   restraining order or preliminary injunction is sought, require the
                                                                   filing of a bond or equivalent security in accordance with the Fed-
                                                                   eral Rules of Civil Procedure.
                                                                     (g) OTHER  RIGHTS.—Nothing in this  section shall restrict or
                                                                   expand any right which any person (or class of persons) may have
                                                                   under any Federal or State statute or common law to seek enforce-
                                                                   ment of any  requirement or to seek any other relief (including
                                                                   relief against the Administrator or a State agency).     /
                                                                   •  (h) INTERVENTION.—                               '
                                                                        (1) BY THE UNITED STATES.—In any action under this section
                                                                      the United States or the State, or both, if not a party, may in-
                                                                      tervene as a matter of right.                     '
                                                                        (2) BY PERSONS.—In any action under this section, any person
                                                                      may intervene as a matter of right when such  person has a
                                                                      direct interest which is  or may be adversely  affected  by the
                                                                      action and the disposition of the action may, as a practical
                                                                      matter, impair or impede  the person's ability to protect that
                                                                      interest unless the Administrator or the State shows that the
                                                                      person's interest is adequately  represented by  existing  parties
                                                                      in the action.                                    )
                                                                   [42 US.C. 11046)
                                                                   SBC. 9X1. EXEMPTION.                                  ;
                                                                     Except as provided in section 304, this title does not apply to the
                                                                   transportation, including the storage  incident  to such transporta-
                                                                   tion,  of any substance or chemical subject to the requirements of
                                                                   this title, including the transportation and distribution of natural
                                                                   gas.
                                                                   [42 VJB.C. 11047)
                                                                   SEC 328. REGULATIONS.
                                                                     The Administrator may prescribe such  regulations  as may  be
                                                                   necessary to carry out this title.
                                                                   [42 US.C. 11048]
                                                                   SEC. 32t. DEFINITIONS.
                                                                     For purposes of this title—
                                                                        (1) ADMINISTRATOR.—The term  "Administrator"  means the
                                                                      Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency.
                                                                      fc (2) ENVIRONMENT.—The term "environment" include?    1
                                                                      air, and land and the interrelationship which exists arm.
                                                                      betwoon water, air, nnd land and all living things.

-------
      Sec.
            (3) EXTREMELY HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE.—The term "extremely
          hazardous substance" means a substance on the list described
          in section 302(aX2).
           (4) FACILITY.—The term "facility" means all buildings, equip-
          ment, structures, .and other stationary items which are located
          on a single site or on contiguous or adjacent sites and which
          are owned or operated by  the same person (or by any person
          which controls, is controlled by, or under common control with,
         such  person). For purposes of section 304, the term  includes
         motor vehicles,  rolling stock, and aircraft.
           (5) HAZARDOUS CHEMICAL.—The term "hazardous chemical"
         has the meaning given such term by section 31 He).
           (6)  MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET.—The term "material safety
         data  sheet", means  the sheet required to be  developed under
         section 1901.1200(g) of title 29 of the Code of Federal  Regula-
         tions, as that section may be amended from time to time.
           (7)  PERSON.—The term "person" means any individual, trust,
         firm,  joint stock company, corporation (including a government
         corporation), partnership, association, State, municipality, com-
         mission, political subdivision of a State, or interstate body.
           (8)  RELEASE.—The term "release"  means any  spilling, leak-
                         ring, emitting, emptying, discharging, inject-
                         hing, dumping, or disposing into the environ-
                         e abandonment or  discarding of barrels, con-
        tainers, and other closed receptacles) of any hazardous chemi-
        cal, extremely hazardous substance, or toxic chemical.
          (9) STATE.—The term "State" means any State  of the  United
        States, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto
        Rico, Guam,  American Samoa, the  United States  Virgin Is-
        lands,  the Northern Mariana Islands, and  any other territory  ,
        or possession over which the  United States has jurisdiction.
          (10)  Toxic CHEMICAL.—The term "toxic chemical" means a
        substance on the  list described in section 313(c).
    (42 USC. 11049]

    SEC. 330. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.
      There are authorized to be appropriated  for fiscal  years  begin-
    ning after  September 30,  1986, such sums as may be  necessary to
    carry out this title.
    (42 US6. 11050]

        TITLE IV—RADON GAS AND INDOOR AIR QUALITY
                            RESEARCH1
   SEC. 401. SHORT TITLE.

     This title may be cited as the "Radon Gas and Indoor Air Quality
   Research Act of 1986".
   (42 U.SC. 7401 note]
ir\ SEC. 402. FINDINGS.
     The Congress finds that:
   	
    1 For other provision* relating to radon, tee title III of the Toxic Substance* Control Act in
   thu print.               (
                                                                                                     SARA OF 1986
      (1) High levels of radon gas pose a serious health threat in
    structures in certain areas of the country.
      (2) Various scientific studies have suggested that exposure to
    radon, including exposure to naturally occurring radon  and
    indoor air pollutants, poses a public health risk.
      (3) Existing Federal radon and indoor air pollutant research
    programs are fragmented and underfunded.
      (4) An  adequate information  base concerning exposure to
    radon and indoor air pollutants should be developed by the ap-
    propriate Federal agencies.
(42 U.S.C. 7401 note]
SEC 403. RADON GAS AND INDOOR AIR QUALITY RESEARCH PROGRAM.
  (a) DESIGN OP PROGRAM.—.The Administrator of the Environmen-
tal  Protection Agency shall establish a research program with re-
spect  to radon gas and indoor air quality. Such program shall be
designed to—
      (1) gather data and information  on all aspects of indoor air
    quality in order to contribute to the understanding  of health
    problems associated with the existence of air pollutants in the
    indoor environment;
      (2) coordinate Federal, State, local, and private' research  and
    development efforts relating to the improvement of indoor air
    quality; and                                  :
      (3) assess appropriate Federal Government actions to miti-
    gate the environmental and health  risks associated with indoor
    air quality problems.
  (b)  PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS.—The  research  program  required
under this section shall include—
      (1) research and development concerning the identification,
    characterization, and monitoring of the sources  and levels of
    indoor air pollution, including radon, which includes research
    and development relating to—                  j
         (A) the measurement of various pollutant concentrations
        and their strengths and sources,
         (B) high-risk building types, and
         (C) instruments for indoor air quality data collection;
      (2) research relating to the effects of indoor a
-------

-------
  f
              UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                          WASHINGTON. O.C. 20460
  v~ •
                                                           O'ncc Of
                                                    'CSTICIOC* ANO TOXIC
                             JAN 13

MEMORANDUM


SUBJECT:  Compressed Workweek Program
                          9^»      «—
         LVictor J. Kimm  ^U3O^ t".  _
          Acting Assistant Administrator/
           for Pesticides and Toxic  Subs.tan<

TO:       All OPTS Employees
     I am pleased .to announce that we have received approval
to implement a Compressed Workweek Schedule (CWS) Program
within OPTS.  A copy of the OPTS Workweek Program Procedures
are available from your Administrative Officer.

     Included in the package is the Compressed workweek
Scheduling Request (form) which you should complete and return
to your supervisors for their approval.  All employees, even
those who do not wish to go on the CWS, are asked to complete
th<2 form so that supervisors are knowledgeable of all their
employees desired schedules and can then approve schedules
that will ensure adequate office coverage.  Please return
your request to your supervisor NLT January 19, 1989.

     Provided you have approval, you may start working under
the CWS Program on January 29, 1989.

     If you have any questions regarding the CWS, you should
discuss them with your supervisor.   Any policy questions
concerning the OPTS Compressed workweek Program can be
directed to Joyce Hay, 382-7759.

-------

-------
               OPTS COMPRESSED WORKWEEK PROGRAM
                          PROCEDURES
                          INTRODUCTION

     T^.is document describes an optional compressed workweek
program  for-OPTS employees.  Compressed workweeks will allow
employees to work longer  daily schedules and get an extra day
off every pay period.  OPTS plans to implement the 5-4/9
Compressed Workweek Schedule Program that compresses 80 hours.
of work  into nine days each pay period.  Under this program,
employees will work one five-day-week and one four-day week
in each  pay period.  They will wcrk a total of eight nine-hour
days/ one eight-hour day, and have one day off per pay period.

     Any compressed workweek schedule other than the 5-4/9
program  may be considered on a individual case-t«-case basis
where rare, unusual/ or extenuating circumstances exist.
Such situations will require the approval of the Assistant
Administrator for Pesticides and Toxic Substances.
                           COVERAGE

     All OPTS full-time and part-time employees, managers,
and supervisors are eligible to participate in the compressed
workweek program.  Participation is voluntary.
                                                    \

                       RESPONSIBILITIES

Supervisors

     1.  Timely approval or disapproval of the employee's
request to participate in the CWS program.  Approval or
disapproval will be based on considerations of work needs and
employee's personal needs.  Supervisors should discuss any
problems related to employees reauest and work for a schedule
satisfactory to both.

     2.  Providing Timekeepers with copies of all approved
requests and ensuring that accurate time and attendance
records are maintained for every employee.

     3.  Ensure that there is adequate office coverage each
day.

     4.  Providing the employee with a copy of the approved
CWS request form or a written statement of the grounds for
disapproval.

-------

 Zrslovees          ...   ....   ,_„  ,	   ~_ —.

     Adhering to the compressed workweek schedule as approved
 by their supervisor.  Once aporoved, the schedule will remain
 in effect until changes are  reauested by the employee and
 approved by the supervisor.  Changes to on-file schedules are
 accomplished by submitting a new schedule for supervisory
 approval at least one pay period in advance of the proposed
 change.

     Under special or unusual circumstances employees and
 supervisors may agree to a temporary change to another day off
 within the same pay period.  Denial of such a reauest should
 not be arbitrary or capricious.
                      GENERAL PROVISIONS

Work Hours

     The Agency's public service hours are from 8:00 a.m. to
4:30 p.m..  These hours constitute that portion of the day
when we guarantee a full range of services to the public.
The compressed workweek schedule offers an advantage of
increased availability to the public.  Offices will be ooen
five days a week, Monday through Friday.  NFFE bargaining
unit employees may request daily work schedules between the
hours of 6:00 a.m. and* 6:00 p.m.  AFGE bargaining unit and
all other OPTS employees may reauest daily'work schedules
between the hours of 7:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m.  Earlier or
later daily schedules may be considered with supervisory
approval.  Office Directors may limit beginning and ending
work hours for their organization or any portions of their
organization.


Lunch Period

     The normal lunch period will continue to be  30 minutes
with the lunch period not counting in the number  of daily
work hours.
Compressed Day Off

     Employees may request that their day.off,  subject  to
supervisory approval/ be any Monday or  Friday during  the
bi-weekly pay period.  Alternate  "day off"  schedules  may be
considered on an individual case  by case  basis  by  supervisors

-------
                             -3-
 Compressed "Short" Day

      It  is suggested that the one 3-hour day be scheduled on
 the opposite Monday or Friday of the approved "day off".
 However, this is based on mutual consent between the employee
 and suoervisor.
Holidays

     When a holiday falls on an employee's regularly scheduled
workday, the employee will be credited with the appropriate
nunber of hours he/she was scheduled to work on that day.
     when a holiday
falls on
     n .
                             a full-time employee's "day off
the employee is given an "in lieu of" holiday on either the
day preceding or following the scheduled day off.   The
following applies:
         If the holiday falls on the Friday
employee's scheduled day off -
is the preceding Thursday.
           then the "in
         If the holiday falls on the .Monday
emoloyee's scheduled day off -
is the following TuesJ^y.
           then the "in
                                            that
                                            lieu
                                            that
                                            lieu
is •
of"
the
 holiday
is the
of" holiday
     Part-time employee's do not get
     a holiday falls on any of their
  CFR 610.406)
                 an "in lieu  of"  holiday
                 non-work  days.   (Per
Absence and Leave

     Time off during an employee's approved work schedule is
charged to the appropriate"leave category (i.e. 9-hour workday,
9-hours' leave, 8-hour workday, 8-hours1 leave, etc.).  Hours
worked and/or charged to leave, comp time, or excused absences
(late arrival/early departures due to weather conditions, etc.)
must total 80 hours for full-time employees and 64 hours or
less for part-time employees each pay period.

-------
                             -4-
 Overtime

      Overtime work may still""be"6rdered and approved subject
 to  applicable overtime regulations.  Under the compressed
 workweek  schedule, overtime for 5-4/9 employees is defined as
 time  in excess of 9 hours in a 9-hour day or 3 hours in an
 8-hour day or more than 80 hours in a pay period that is
 authorized in accordance with existing statutes/ regulations,
 and EPA policies.  An employee may request compensatory tipe
 off in-lieu-of overtime pay as provided in law, regulation,
 and EPA policies.  Any ordered and approved comp time earned
 as a  result of working on the scheduled "Day Off" should be
 used  within the following two pay periods.

 Modification of Compressed Workweek Schedules

      When an employee who is on a compressed workweek schedule
 is required to travel, participate in a training course, take
 military or court leave, or serve where the hours of work are
 different from the approved schedule, the employee and the
 supervisor may find it necessary to make adjustments to the
 bi-weekly schedule.  In these kinds of situations, the supervisor
will  decide on a case by case basis what adjustment, if any,
are necessary and notify the employee and the timekeeper.


                        IMPLEMENTATION

      All employees must indicate their interest in particip-
ating in the compressed workweek program by completing the
attached form.  Employees will acknowledge in their request
 that  they have read and will comply with the OPTS Plan."
Supervisors will discuss with employees any problems concern-
 ing their request and, working for a schedule satisfactory to
both,  will approve oc disapprove the compressed workweek
schedules.  If the supervisor and employee ca-n not reach a
work  schedule agreement, the employee may appeal to the next
higher level supervisor.

      Again, participation in the compressed workweek schedule
 is voluntary.  Any employee who wishes to withdraw from the
compressed workweek schedule nay do so in writing at least
one pay period in advance of returning to the standard 8-hour
workday schedule.
                                                      580

-------
                             -5-
                     ..  CONTINUANCE ..OF-PROGRAM

      Every  OPTS  employee, manager, and supervisor  is encouraged
 to  participate.   The success of the  compressed workweek program
 requires  mutual  cooperation on the part of all supervisors and
 emp'ioyees.

      If,  after a  trial period, it appears that the efficiency,
 level of  service, or productivity of any organizational work
 unit  is impaired, the  supervisor may determine that his/her
 organization or  any subunit should be excluded from the program
 If'this occurs,  the scoervisor should make the showing, in
 writing,^to the  Assistant Administrator and request that the
 organization or  subunit be exempt from the program and that
 the emploiees'be  returned to the standard 8-hour weekday
 schedule.

     *In addition, a supervisor may, at his/her option, cancel
 an employee's participation in the compressed workweek program,
 if the individual displays conduct which warrants closer and
 more hands-on supervision which could not be accomplished under
 the compressed workweek program.   Under these circumstances,
 the employee would revert to the standard 8-hour workday schedule
i                     EXPERIMENTAL PERIOD

    This compressed workweek plan will be implemented at the
earliest practicable date once appropriate Agency and Union
approvals are received.  The experimental period will run for
one full year from the date the program is implemented.  An
evaluation of the success of this program will determine if
the program should be extended, cancelled, or implemented as
a  permanent program within OPTS.
                    APPROVED
                              Victor J. KTmffl
                              Acting Assistant Administrator
                                for Pesticides and Toxic
                                  Substances
                      AS AMENDED ON	....  . .
                                          JAN  I 3


*This action must be negotiated by the Agency  if  the  employee
is in the NFFE Union bargaining unit.

-------

-------
             COMPRESSED  WORKWEEK  SCHEDULING  REQUEST
 NAME:
 ORGANIZATION:
 DATE  CWS  WILL  BEGIN:
L	/  1-   I  have  read  the  OPTS Compressed Workweek Schedule Plan
          and  I wish to participate..in  the program.  I  request
          the  following pay period schedule.
               Mon.
Tues.
wed.
Thurs.
Fri.

Week 1 of PP

Week 2 of PP
a . in .
p.m.
a > m .
p.m.
a.m.
p.m.
a.m.
p.m.
a.m.
p.m.
a.m.
p.m.
a.m.
p.m.
a.m.
p.m.
a.m.
p.m.
a.m.
p.m.
Enter beginning and ending times of each work day. (Indicate the
total hours for each day to include lunch period.)  Enter "OFF"
on desired Monday or Friday to be your "Compressed Day Off".


/  / 2.  I have read the OPTS Compressed Workweek Schedule Plan
         and I do not wish to participate in the program.
                              Employee Signature*        Date

•Signature signifies employee will comply with OPTS CWS Plan.
Approved ^	/
Disapproved /	/
                              Supervisor's Signature
                                Date
                              Approving/Reviewing Official
  (This form will be retained by the employee's Timekeeper.)

-------
stH

-------
                 LEAVE   PROCEDURES
ANNUAL LEAVE
     Annual leave is an approved absence with pay from official
duties.  All employees who have appointments that last more than
90 day (except intermittent) earn leave.  It is generally used
for vacation time; however, it can also be used to allow periods
of time off for personal and emergency purposes.  Annual leave
may be used as soon as it is accrued, when properly requested and
approved.  Except in emergencies, supervisors and employees
should plan for use of leave to insure the continuity of work
with loss of efficiency.  In emergency situation, employees must
notify their supervisor as soon as possible after the scheduled
time to report to work (normally not more than one hour) to
request approval for the absence.  EPA's leave is charged in
hourly increments and the minimum leave charge is one hour.
Accrual rates Tor full time employees are as follows:

     Years of Service         Leave Accrual

       0-3 years              4 hours per pay period
       3-15 years             6 hours per pay period
       Over 15 years          8 hours per pay period

SICK LEAVE

     Sick leave is a period of approved absence with pay from
official duty.  Full time employees accrue 4 hours of sick leave
each pay period.  Part-time employees earn leave on a pro-rated
basis.  Sick leave may be authorized only:  when an employee is
unfit for duty because of sickness, injury, or incapacitation;
for personal medical, dental, or optical examination or treatment
including treatment or rehabilitation for alcohol or drug abuse.
Super"4 ~ors have the authority to approve sick leave ?n
-------
                               -2-

     supervisor as early as possible.  A SF-71 should be
     completed immediately upon your return to work.

LEAVE WHILE ON TRAVEL STATUS

A.   Annual Leave to be used while on travel status must be
     approved ahead of time and stated in Section 11-D of the
     travel authorization.  An SF-71 must accompany the travel
     authorization for signature by the authorizing official.
     Annual leave may be approved by the authorizing office;
     there should be no cost incurred by the government for this
     personal time. -

B.   sick Leave to be used while on travel status must be
     approved ahead of time and stated in section 11-D of the
     travel authorization.  Sick leave may be approved by the
     authorizing office; there should be no cost incurred by the
     government for this personal time.

C.   Emergency Sick Leave while on travel status will be charged
     as follows:  If an employee in travel status becomes ill
     while on travel forcing them to stay in the hotel room;
     missing their meeting; or not completing the mission of the
     travel they are to be charged sick leave.  An employee will
     not be charged sick leave for time travelling and returning
     to residence.  An employee who becomes ill while on travel
     status will be fully reimbursed for the travel.

LEAVE WITHOUT PAY (LffOP)

     Leave without pay is an approved temporary absence from duty
in a non-pay status and is requested by an employee.  Extended
leave without pay is a period exceeding 30 days.  Granting leave
without-p-y is always a matter of administrative discretion and
may not be demanded by an employee, except in situations when a
disabled veteran needs time off for medical treatment or
reservists or National Guard members need time off to perform
military training duties.

     Leave without pay for 30 days or less can be approved by the
leave-approving supervisor.  Extended leave without pay
procedures are more involved and require the absence and later
return to duty to be recorded in an employee's Official Personnel
folder.  The approving office must submit an SF-52.  Request for
Personnel Action, and supporting documentation to the appropriate
servicing human resources office.

     The maximum initial period for which leave without pay may
be approved is 12 months.  Requests for extensions of leave
without pay are reviewed more carefully than original requests.
Leave without pay exceeding 24 months must be approved by the
Administrator.
                                                          Sty

-------
                               -3-
VOLUNTARY LEAVE BANK

     The principal goal of the leave bank program is to provide
income protection to employees whose leave has been exhausted due
to a medial emergency affecting them or a family member.  Under
the leave bank program, employees may enrol as "Bank" members
with a minimum contribution of one pay period's accrual of annual
leave (i.e., 4, 6, or 8 hours).  The objective is to build up a
large reserve of annual leave hours in the "Bank" that can be
granted to members who qualify as leave recipients.

     All full-time and part-time employees except those excluded
by law (e.g., presidential appointees, intermittent employees,
Public Health Service (PHS), Commissioned Officers) are eligible.
Generally anyone with an annual leave account under the civil
service leave *.aw is covered.  This includes Interpersonal
Agreement •.ir\) employees appointed to EPA and consultants and
experts.

     For more information or forms to join the leave bank, please
call 260-5116.

-------

-------
                                                                                                               71-11J
OffKX Of ftHSONNEl MANAGEMENT
MM Supph. 99O-;. 8 2-9	
                                           APPLICATION FOR LEAVE
  INSTRUCTIONS: Please complete Items 1-8 after reading the Privacy Act Statement shown below.
  1. Nam* (Pnnt or type— Last, First, M.I.)
                                                                                 2. Employee I.D. Number
 3.
 5.  I hmeby request (If more  than one box is checked, explain in Item S.
r~~l*r           Remarks):        .      .„.     .,. „    • _
I X/IAnnuol l*ove. (Annual leave requested may not exceed the amount
                available for use during the leave year.)

    Sick Leave. (Complete reverse side of form.)
    Leave Without Pay.
    Compensatory Time.
    Other. (Specify)
                                                           4-A     Month

                                                           FROM!    (f
                                                            TCh
                                                                   Month

                                                                    (ft
                                                                           Day
                                                                                  Hour
                                                                                                    PM.
                                                                            Day
                                                                                  Hour
                                                                                                   A-M.
4-C
Total Number
of Hours
                                                            6. Remarks
      j^-    ,                             ^*TB • WB^ejBi •r^wo7B^«rBV

[ V^Approvtid     |  | Disapproved (If disapproved, give reason. If annual
                             leave, initiate action to reschedule.)
                                                            Signature 'Annual Itatr appnnvif ma\ nnt rxrrrrf tHr amount
                                                                   attiilablf fttr u.v dunnc the /«n-r_»«jr.'
                                                                                                        Date
                                                                                                        •Muni* /fat  Ymn
                                                NSN  7S40-OO-7S3-S067
                                     Pleate detach thit notict before submitting SF 71.

                                            PRIVACY ACT STATEMENT

  Section 6311 of Title 5 to the U.S. Code authorizes collection of this information. The primary use of this information
  is by management and your payroll office to approve and record your use of leave. Additional disclosures of the
  information may be: To the Department of Labor when processing a claim for compensation  regarding a job
  connected injury or illness; to a State unemployment compensation office regarding, a claim; to Federal  Life
  Insurance or Health Benefits carriers regarding a claim; to a Federal, State, or local law enforcement agency when
  your agency becomes aware of a violation or possible violation of civil or criminal law; to a Federal agency when
  conducting an investigation on you for employment or security reasons; to the Office of Personnel Management or
                                                 (Continued Mt tUotne)
EMPLOYEE—Check the appropriate box below (Items 1-4) if you are applying for tick leave If your agency requires such certification, please have
your doctor or practitioner complete the Certification section below Falsification of information in this portion of the form may be grounds for
disciplinary action, including dismissal
1. 1 was incapacitated far duty by:
[n Sickness.
[ ] On-The-Job Injury.
3. 1 will be undergoing medical,
r—i treatment.
PHotf-The-Job Injury.
1 | Pregnancy and Confinement.
dental, or optical examination or
2. 1 was required to care for a member of my family with a contagious
disease. (Guv name and relationship of family member, and name of
__ disease. I
4. 1 was exposed to a contagious disease. iGn-e name of disease and
~~I cirrunu/anna of exposure. 1
CERTIFICATION OF PHYSICIAN OR PRACTITIONER
Employee-'s Name :_ -
Period Under Professional Care /Indicate Month. Dav. Yean
From: |TOI
Remarks . £
I certify that the employee named was under my professional care for the period indicated above, and that the employee's condition during this period
made reporting to work inadvisable.
Signature of Physician or Practitioner
                                                                                         Date I Month. Cav. Year/
General Accounting Office when  the information is required for evaluation of leave administration;  and to the
General Services Administration in connection with its responsibilities for records management.
Where the employee  identification  number  is your Social Security Number, collection  of this information  is
authorized by Executive Order 9397. Furnishing the information  on this form, including  your Social Security
Number, is voluntary, but failure  to do so may result in disapproval of this request.
If your agency uses the information  furnished on this form for purposes other than these indicated above, it may
provide you with an additional statement reflecting those purposes.          •u.s.Govefnmem Priming omc»: 19912- 312-071/50002

-------
3X CO'"

-------
f
                        Committee On Integrity and  Management Improvement
                                  Time  And  Attendance
         To ensure that its employees are compensated for their
         work properly and on time. EPA has developed specific
         procedures for tracking and reporting the time employees
     spend working or taking leave. This Awareness Bulletin sup-
     plements the information contained in EPA's Timekeeping
     Manual by summarizing the requirements concerning correct
     timekeeping procedures and emphasizing the need to employ
     safeguards to ensure the accuracy of time and  attendance re-
     porting.

     Who Is Responsible?

    (Everyone employed by EPA plays an important role in
    nmekeeping. Employees maintain an accurate account of their
    lame, obtain their supervisors' approval on the appropriate
     forms in advance for leave, overtime and compensatory time;
     and report any inaccuracies in their pay statements to the desig-
     nated agents. Timekeeper* obtain and maintain appropriate
     documentation from employees and complete, certify and safe-
     guard bmecards that accurately-reflect the employee's time and
     attendance. Designated agents receive, safeguard and distribute
     cash award checks and bi-weekly statements, deliver hmecards
     to timekeepers, collect timecards from supervisors; and verify
     and photocopy timecard data before delivering timecards to
     Payroll.  Supervisors appoint trained  timekeepers and  desig-
     nated agents; approve leave and review and certify timecards
     for all employees under their purview; and review payroll list-
     ings to  ensure no unauthorized charges are  made to their
     accounts.                                  >,

     What Kind Of Safeguards Are Necessary?
     When supervisors and timekeepers sign nmecards, they certify
     :nc accuracy of time and attendance  reporting and authorize
     payment of government  heets. Controls are particularly
     essential where alternative work schedules (compressed work
     weeks, flextime, etc.) are involved. In such instances, the su-
     pervisor or timekeeper may not be present to observe an em-
     ployee's amvai and departure. Therefore, if time and at-
     tendance reporting is based on direct observation, the  super-
     visor and timekeeper must make sure that someone designated
     to observe actual attendance is present dunng all work  hours.
    .However, the supervisor still retains  responsibility  for the
    Accuracy of time and attendance reporting.
    ' Once the timecards are signed, controls to prevent timecard
     alteration should  be strictly observed.  This means that
     timekeepers should hand completed timecards directly to the
     supervisor. The supervisor in rum hands timecards directly to
     the designated agent. Finally, the designated  agent delivers
them directly to the Payroll Office. Under no circumstances
may a timekeeper perform a designated agent duties or vice
verse. This separation of duties assures that the information
certified by the timekeeper and supervisor on the timecard is
the same information that finds its way to the Payroll Office and
is reflected on the employee's pay statements. This information
is also reflected in bi-weekly payroll listings that supervisors
review for accuracy.
                                             t
Why Must A Timecard Reflect The Actual Hours
Worked?
A timecard is legal documentation of the actual hours worked
by an individual and its accuracy is certified by the timekeeper
and supervisor.  Hours must be reported on the day they  are
worked and not on another day even if they add up to 80 hours
at the end of a pay penod.
  Full time employees normally should not be required to work
in excess  of their regularly scheduled tour of duty. However,
irregular or occasional overtime can be ordered or approved
when necessary to avoid serious backloggingof regular work or
to meet some special workload peak, unforseen development
or circumstances. The Federal government has strict require-
ments for approval and documentation of overtime and com-
pensatory time. EPA does not recognize the unofficial exchange
of hours beyond the normal schedule for time off at a later date
without completion of the proper documentation.
  Such unofficial timekeeping could  have unexpected and
negative consequences. For example, employees injured  on-
the-job dunng undocumented periods of time may have  dif-
ficulty collecting Workmen's Compensation. Likewise, em-
ployees on government travel shown to be in a non-pay or leave
status may lose entitlement to benefits if they have an accident
or die while on travel. Management could also find itself at nsk.
Employees who ma -  have agreed or even requested that their
overtime hours be rr orded "unofficially'', may one day request
and be entitled tr   ack pay for hours of  overtime actually
worked as this ove nme was "suffered or permitted" by man-
agement. By these  examples, you can see  that accurate
timekeeping protects both the employee and employer.

Can Employees Get Paid For Working At Home?
There are no statutory or regulatory restrictions banning pay for
working at home except for overtime pay which is prohibited.
However, EPA has strictly limited work at home dunng regular
hours to-those instances which are pre-approved, well- (
documented,  and  can meet the test of public scrutiny.  The
Comptroller General of the United States  has ruled  on  this
matter (File B-222246, September 4,1986.) and held that gener-
ally Federal employees may be compensated for government

-------
,
 work performed at :ne:r nomes on!\ urder\er\ .jnited circum-
 stances Such circumstances include temporary or irtermir.er.t
 p«nods dunng *hich employees are.unaole to commute to
 their work place because of the'ir physical condition, but are
 otherwise able to perform their jobs.  If supervisors authorize
 such exceptions, they must be able to measure actual work
 performance m the home against quantity and quality norms .to
 verify time and attendance reports. Work at home'cannot be
 approved for employees who,  for personal reasons or con-
 venience, would prefer a  more flexible schedule, or for em-
 ployees who are ill and who are unable to perform their ordin-
 ary dunes at the assigned work place.

 Are Employees Allowed To Attend Conventions,
 Conferences, And Meetings Without Charge To
 Leave?
 Such activities should in no way interfere  with or impede the
 proper conduct of the Agency's official business. However, in
 accordance with the EPA Leave Manual, employees can attend
 conventions, conferences, and  meetings  in connection  with
 and as a part of their official duties while in a duty status. If
 attendance is not directly related to  official duties, but will
 contribute to the goals of the Agency, the leave granting official
 may authorize attendance through an excused absence. In
 addition, the Comptroller General has determined that reason-
 able and appropriate amounts of time may be devoted to the
 support of the  morale-building activities which benefit the
 Agency.

Must Employees Sign For Leave For Brief  Absences
Or Tardiness?
The supervisor may elect not to require a charge to leave. The
EPA Leave Manual permits absences from duty of less than one
hour to be handled administratively by excusing the employee
for adequate reasons, by requiring additional work equivalent
to the period of absence or tardiness, or by charge against
compensatory time, annual leave. LWOP, or AWOL. It is es-
sential that supervisors inform timekeepers of their decisions in
these cases.
 May Supervisors .Schedule Employees  Hours Of
 Duty For Less Than S1: Hours If Shorter Lunch
 Periods Are Taken To Make Lp The Time?

 Headquarters employees cannot ha%e dut\ hour> 5v;neduiej
 this manner The handbook. Flextime in EPA. slates m part ;hat_
 "Each employee must take the normally scheduled halt-hr
 lunch penod dunng core time. Full-time employees worning
 eight hour day will end their workday 81-: hours after arm at a.
 the office." Full-time employees on nine-hour compressed
 workweek days will end their workday 91': hours after arrival at
 the office. For part-time employees, workdays ot six-hours or
 more require an additional half-hour for lunch while, workdays
 of four hours or less should not include a lunch break. Regional
 offices may establish their own policy regarding this issue


 What Are The Penalties For Falsifying Tune And
 Records?
 Employees who falsify time and attendance records, whether
. themselves or for another employee, or who ignore, conceal or
 cover up such offenses, are subject to penalties ranging from
 written repnmand to removal. A criminal violation  may also
 exist. The Agency Conduct and Discipline Manual. Appendix
 C,  Table of Offenses and Penalties, contains  more detailed
 information.
                                                               Additional Assistance                        (
                                                               Additional information is available in the Resources Manage-
                                                               ment Directive, 2550A-Part 1 • Timekeeping,  and the Leave
                                                               Manual, which is issued by the Office of Human Resou
                                                               Management. If you require assistance or clarification cone
                                                               ing time and attendance procedures, you may contact the <
                                                               tomer Assistance Section of the Financial Management Dm j
                                                               on 382-5116. If you know or suspect timecard fraud, vou sho"
                                                               call the Office of Inspector General (OIG) m Headquarter
                                                               the nearest Divisional Office of Inspector General. A telepno.
                                                               hotline number to the OIG is also available: FTS 362-49, /  or
                                                               toll-free 800-424-4000. Information is confidential and callers
                                                               can remain anonvmous.

-------
         dBft Committee on Integrity and Management Improvement
                                                                                        Bulletin
                                                                                        92-1
                                                                                        February 1992
                                 Leave  Policies
YTi PA has developed specific policies and procedures for
••-'taking and recording leave. This awareness bulletin has
been developed in a question and answer format and is
designed to anticipate and answer questions pertaining to lesser
known leave categories. It is intended as a supplement to the
EPA Leave Manual and should not be considered to be aD
inclusive. The answers to the following questions are intended
only as guidelines and are dependent upon the specific
Question:   It there a separate leave category for maternity
           or paternity reasons?

Answer:    No. These absences are charged to sick leave
           (maternity only), annual leave, and/or leave
           without pay (LWOF).

Question:   Do an forms of military duty quaUfy for military
           team?

Answer:    No. Some examples that do not qualify are
           R.O.T.C training. Civil Air Patrol duty, and
           temporary Coast Guard Reserve duty. If you are
           in doubt, contact your local human resources
           office.

Question:   Can employees on military Uavt rtcttvt their
           civilian pay and their military pay?

Answer:    Yes. Employea are entitled to receive fuQ
           civilian pay aid military pay white using their
           accrued miuary leave. Military leave accrues at
           the rate of IS days per year. To the extent  that
           military leave is not used in a fiscal year, it may
           be carried over to the next year up to a maximum
           of 30 days. One exception is that employees on
           military duty to enforce the law win have their  -
           civilian pay reduced by the amount of pay
           received for military duty.

Question:   Can tmployttt request extended LWOPf
;'
Answer:    Yes. Management may elect to approve extended
           LWOP if there is a reasonable expectation that
           the employee will return and if one of the
           following is an apparent outcome: (1) increased
           ability on the job because of employee's use of
Question:
Answer:
Question:
Answer:
Question:


Answer:
Question:

Answer:
Question:
Answer:
LWOP time, such as for training; (2) protection
or improvement of employee's health; (3)
retention of a desirable employee; or (4)
furtherance of a program of interest to the
Government. See the EPA Leave Manual for
required levels of approval for extended LWOP.

Can an employee be granted funeral leave to
make arrangements for, or to atttnd, the funeral
or memorial urvictfor an immtdiau Vf lotivt?

No, unless the relative died as a result of wounds.
disease, or injury incurred while serving in the
Armed Forces in a combat zone.

An employees entitled to court leave if they are
summoned for witness service in a "nonofflciaf
capacity on behalf of a private party?

No. Employees will be charged annual leave or
LWOP. However, for service as a "nonofficisE
witness in a matter to which the U.S., District of
Columbia. State, or local government is a party.
the  employee may be granted court leave.

It an SP-71 sufficient for requesting court leave
for jury service?

No. The employee should present a copy of the
order or subpoena to the supervisor with the
SF-71. Upon return from jury service, a
certificate of attendance signed by the clerk of the
court or other appropriate official should be
/* a charge toAWOL disciplinary action?

No. AWOL itself is not a disciplinary action. It is
based on a supervisor's decision that no form of
leave has been or should be approved. It may be
the basis for later disciplinary action.

/* an employee permitted time off without loss of
pay or charge to leave when making a blood
donation?

Yes. Employees who donate blood to the Red
Cross, or in emergency situations to local

-------
 Question:
 Answer:
Question:


Answer:
Question:
Answer:
Question:
Answer:
 hospitals or bloodbanks of non-profit institutions,
 will be excused from duty to donate blood for up
 to four hours (not including the lunch period)
 unless their presence at work is required by the
 press of business.

 Can a supervisor approve a request for
 advanced sick leave iftht employ** has annual
 leave available?

 Yes. In cases of serious ailment or disability,
 employees may be advanced sick leave, even if
 they have annual leave to their credit Any
 request for advanced sick leave must be
 supported by • medical certificate.

 Co* sick Uart be used to care for a family
 member who is Off

 No. unless a public health authority has
 determined that either (1) the family member has
 a contagious disease and requires the employee's
 care and attendance, or (2) because of exposure
 to the contagious disease, the employee's
 presence at  work could jeopardize the health of
 other employees.

Does am employee have to use leave when an
 illness/Injury is work related, and the employee
is awaiting a decision on a workmen's
compensation claim?

 Yes. The employee is entitled up to 45 days for
 traumatic injury, after which the employee has to
 use his/her own leave or LWOP until the claim
has been approved by the Department of Labor.
After approval, the employee's leave can be
restored under the Leave Buy Back Program.
Contact your Iwal human nnMwcM office for
additional information regarding this piogum.

/* there a Omit on the amount of annual leave
that can be taken in conjunction with official
travel?

No. There are no limitations to the amount of
annual leave which may be approved, except the
employee most have already accrued the annual
leave that wifl be taken. However, immediate
supervisors should consider the ratio of
official/personal travel days as a factor when
granting approval for all annual leave in  	
conjunction with travel.
Question:   Can annual leave be approved and taken in i
            same pay period as overtime is earned?

Answer:    Yes; however, this should be a rare occurrence.
            Although not prohibited, repeated use of annual
            leave during the same pay period as overtime \:
            earned indicates that the necessity of the overu.
            and supervisory planning are questionable. In
            addition, overtime and annual leave usage during
            the same day should be avoided.

Question:   Can an employee have leave restored which was
            forfeited because of the exigencies of public
            business If the leave was planned but not
            scheduled in wrilmt?

Answer:    No. Leave exceeding an employee's maximum
            allowable accumulation must be scheduled and
            approved in writing prior to the beginning of the
            third biweekly pay period before the end of the
            leave year. If it is subsequently canceled because
            of work exigencies and forfeited, it may be
            restored in a separate leave account

Question:   Under what circumstances can an employee be
            gnnted administrative leave?
                                               ""j
                                               'Wltii

                                               lve I
                                               istraq
Answer:    Administrative leave, officially known as an
            excused absence, is an absence from dutyi
            loss of pay or charge to an employee's leave
            account Supervisors may approve adnunistrai|
            leave for such purposes as emergency conditic
            (hazardous weather, power failure, flooding.
            etc.); blood donations to an outside organization;
            voting (where the polls are not open at least 3
            hours before or after an employee's regular hours
            of work); and attendance at conventions,
            conferences, and meetings (if attendance is not
            directly related to official 
-------
                      BULLETIN
Office of   • m m m    Human Resources Management	HEADQUARTERS
                                                Number:  94-0007
                                                Date:December 28.1993
    MEMORANDUM

    SUBJECT:  Hazardous Weather Policy in Washington, D.C.  Area

    FROM:     Linda J.  Wallace, Acting Director
              Headquarters  Operations and
                 Client Services Division

    TO:       All EPA Headquarters Employees
                                   *
         In preparation for the Winter season, we are  reissuing the 0PM
    guidelines and the policy that will be followed in EPA Headquarters
    when hazardous weather conditions exist  in  the  Washington,  D.C.
    Metropolitan area.

         Decision on Federal leave policy during an emergency situation
    are  made  by  the   Director,  Office  of  Personnel  Management.
    Announcement of the leave decision will  be  made through the  EPA
    Office of Human Resources Management and/or local news media.   In
    the event of a hazardous weather situation that develops overnight,
    you  should monitor local radio  and  television broadcasts  for
    information regarding leave policy before leaving for work.  Most
    of the announcements are  self-explanatory.

         0PM will  provide one of the  following  announcements  to  the
    media when an emergency occurs before the workday begins:

         a.   "Federal  agencies  ara open; employees are  expected  to
              report for work on time.11

         b.   "Federal  agencies are operating under a delayed  arrival
              policy; reasonable delays in reporting for work  will b«
              excused."

              (Means Federal agencies will open on time, but reasonable
              delays in reporting to work will be excused without lose
              of pay or charge to  leave for employees  who experience
              serious commuting delays.)

-------
                              - 2 -


     c .    "Federal agencies  are  operating under a  liberal  leave
          policy: employees nay take leave without prior approval.*'

          (Means Federal agencies will open on time, but employees
          not designated as  "essential"  may  take  annual leave or
          leave without pay  (LWOP) without the  prior approval of
          their supervisors.   Employees designated as "essential"
          are expected to report for work on time.)

     d.    "Federal  agencies   are   operating  under   a  delayed
          arrival/liberal  leave  policy;  reasonable  delays  in
          reporting for work will  be excused,  and  employees may
          take leave without prior approval."

          (Means Federal agencies will open on time, but reasonable
          delays in reporting for work will be excused without loss
          of pay or charge  to leave for employees who experience
          serious commuting delays.  Employees  not  designated as
          "essential" may take annual leave or LWOP without prior
          approval of their supervisors.  "Essential" employees are
          expected to report for work on time.)

     e.    "Federal agencies are closed."


EMERGENCIES PORING NORMAL WORK HOURS

     If  authorized  by  OPM,  early  dismissals  will  follow  the
Metropolitan Washington Council  of Governments  (COG)  Residential
Zone Dismissal  Plan.  As its name implies,  the COG plan affects
employees according to where they live, not where they work.  Under
the COG plan, employees whose homes are the most distant from the
city center will go home first.  The residential zones defined in
the COG Plan are as follows.

     Zone 1  residents live beyond  Montgomery,  Price Georgss, and
           ., .aunties.
     Zone  2  residents  live  in  portions  of  Montgomery,  Price
     Georges, and Fairfax Counties that lie outside the Beltway.

     Zone 3 residents live inside the Beltway,  but outside of the
     District of Columbia.

     Zone 4 residents live in., the District of Columbia.

     A map which outlines the zones is attached.

-------
      When  a  decision  is  made  to  send  Federal workers   home  early,
 0PM  will  inform  agencies  of  the  dismissal  time  for  Zone  1
 residents.   (The dismissal time  for  Zone  1 residents will be  at
 least 1  hour after  METRO and  traffic  officials have been notified
 to prepare for an outbound rush.)  Employees who  live  in the other
 zones will be dismissed  at half-hour  intervals thereafter.

      Whether Supervisors charge leave when an emergency develops
 during normal work  hours depends upon whether the employee is  on
 duty or  on leave at the  time  of  dismissal.

      a.    Supervisors should  not charge leave,  but grant excused
           absences, for employees on duty at the time of dismissal.
           An excused  absence is appropriate for the  remainder  of
           the workday even if an employee was  scheduled to  take
           leave  later in the  day.

      b.    When an employee is absent on previously approved annual
           leave,  sick  leave, or.. LWOP  for the  entire  workday,
           supervisors should  continue to charge the employee leave
           for the entire workday.

      c.    When an employee is scheduled to return from leave during
           the period  of the dismissal, supervisors should continue
           to charge  leave  for  absence until the time set  for
           dismissal,  then charge any continuing absence due to the
           emergency  in  the  same manner  as  absences  of other
           employees who  were on duty at the time of  dismissal  —
           i.e.,  as  an excused absence.

      d.    When an employee is scheduled to report  for work before
           the dismissal, but  fails to do  so,  supervisors  should
           charge annual leave, sick leave,  or LWOP, as  appropriate,
           for the entire workday.

      e.    When  an  employee   leave before  official  word of  the
           pencing dismissal is received, supervisors should charge
           leave  of  AWOL  (absence without  leave), as  appropriate,
           for the remainder  of the workday.

      f.    When an employee leaves (with supervisory approval) after
           receiving official  word of  the  pending dismissal  but
           before the  zone dismissal  time  supervisors  may  charge
           leave  for  the period  remaining  before the  employee's
           official  dismissal  time.  „.

      Any questions  regarding  this Hazardous Weather Policy should
 be directed  to your Human Resources Service Manager on 260-3266.

"Attachment

-------
   Council of Governments
   Residential Zone Dismissal Plan
 for the Washington Metropolitan Area
Alt,. -.I.
 '•COCMCft
Number* R4pr*s*nt Dismissal Stages

-------
                   o-
Performance
Agreements

-------
             Performance Management
  In EPA, Each employee is required to have a set of performance standards
(contained in the overall Performance Agreement package; EPA Form 3115-
24) which describes the employee's work and establishes what constitutes
an acceptable level of performance.  These performance standards are
discussed and agreed to by both the employee and the supervisor.
Performance standards should be in place within the first 30 days of starting
any new position.

  Twice a year, you and your supervisor have an opportunity to review and
discuss performance.  The first discussion takes place during the "midyear"
review (end of April).  During the midyear review, you and your supervisor
should review the  Performance Agreement and ensure that the performance
standards are  still  accurate and that the weights are still appropriate.  Your
supervisor will also take this opportunity to discuss your general
performance.  While midyear review is a discussion of performance there is
no formal performance rating given at this time.

  Each October, you wiffcreceive a format performance rating by your
supervisor.  You and your supervisor will meet to discuss your performance.
Once your supervisor has determined what your appropriate rating should be,
he/she will then discuss the rating with the next higher-level supervisor.
Having completed  this discussion, your supervisor will then talk with you
and advise you of  your annual performance rating.
  A sample of the Performance Agreement, Appraisal and Certification
follows.

-------
              I
  Performance Agreement, Appraisal, and Certification
Instructions: Use Sections A, B, C, and D of this form for all performance agreements beginning
October 1,1987. You need not retype all existing performance standards in the new format. Section E
Instead, you can continue to use the existing format for standards that will remain the same. Use the
new format, Section E, when new standards are developed or significant changes are made in existing
standards.
This form is available in automated format Contact your Servicing Personnel Office for more informa-
tion.
Do Not Remove This Cover Sheet Until the Entire Form Is Placed in the Employee
Performance File in the Servicing Personnel Office.
    Security Provisions: Personal information entered on this form, such as performance high-
    lights, ratings on individual performance standards, and the overall performance appraisal, is
    protected by the Privacy Act Protected records maintained in office files, on floppy disks, or
    in any other manner, must be secured in accordance with the safeguards specified for perfor-
    mance records (See 49 FR 36930).
EPA Form 3115*24 (Rev. 8-87) Previous editions are obsolete. 4
                                                                                  601

-------
SEPA
    us environmental Protection Agency
         Washington. DC 20460

 Performance Agreement
Appraisal and Certification
            employee s Name
            (Last. First, Ml)
TO«, Pay Plan. Series, Grade, Step
                              Organization (AA. Ofe. Olv, Br)
                                   Performance Period
                                                                                        From
                                                                                                        To
                                                Privacy Act Statement
   Authority: The Information on this form Is collected under the Authority of the Civil Service Reform Act of 1978, S U.S.C. Sec. 1101 at. seq.,
   and Executive Order 12107. Collection of your Social Security Number Is authorized by Executive Order 9397.

   Effects of Not Providing the Information Requested: Your disclosure of the Information Is voluntary, but your failure to do so means that
   management will provide the Information without Input from you.

   Purposes and Routine Uses: This Information Is used to define the critical lob elements, performance standards and measures directly
   related to your job. It will be used to document your midyear review and final performance appraisal. The Information may also be used In
   connection with selection for and publicizing of cash and honor awards; other personnel actions based on performance, such as
   reductlon-ln-force actions; training decisions; the hiring or retention  of an individual or issuance of other benefits; relevant judicial or
   administrative proceedings or law enforcement purposes; personnel research or survey purposes; and negotiated grievance procedures.
   Disclosures may also be made to the MSPB, EEOC, and other Federal agencies for purposes authorized bylaw; to a Congressional office
   at your request, and to officials of labor organizations when relevant  and necessary to their duties of exclusive representation of Federal
   employees. This Is a summary of the routine uses for these records. For a full description of the routine uses, see 48 FR 36958 (1984).

   Confidentiality: Certifications, critical job elements, performance standards, performance measures and similar position specific Information
   may be made available under the Freedom of Information Act. Performance highlights, ratings on standards, the rating of record, personnel
   decisions and other personal Information are protected by the Privacy Act This information will be available only to your Immediate and
   higher level supervisors and to other Agency officials in the exercise of their official duties, for a routine use as set forth In this statement or
   as otherwise authorized by the Privacy Act

                                                Security Provisions
   Personal Information entered on this form, such as performance highlights, ratings on Individual performance standards, and the overall
   performance appraisal, is protected by the Privacy Act Protected records maintained in office files,  on floppy disks, or In any other manner,
   must be secured In accordance with the safeguards specified for performance records (See 49 FR 38930).
 Section A.
   Performance Agreement and Midyear Review Certifications
 Sign and date the appropriate block below to certify completion of the events.
 I. Discussion and/or
   approval of the
   performance agreement
                                  Employee
                        Signature
                        Date
                                        Supervisor
                              Signature
                              Date
                                   Approving Official
                            Signature
                            Date
 II. Midyear performance
  review and career
  development
  discussion
                        Signature
                              Signature
                        Date
                              Date
 Section B.
         Overall Performance Appraisal and Certification
 I.  Supervisor | have appraised this employee's performance and prepared a recommended rating.
 Name and Title (type or print)
                      Signature
                                    Date
it. Reviewing Official (SES and PMRS Only) The recommended rating reflects my assessment of the employee's
  	performance.        	
 Name and Title (type or print)
                      Signature
                                    Date
 111. Approving Official (All Employees)  | approve the rating of record and related personnel
                                  decisions for this employee.           	
 Name and Title (Type or print)
                      Signature
                                    Date
 IV. Rating of Record
                            Outstanding
                  Exceeds
                  Expectations
Fully
Successful
Unsatisfactory
v. Employee     My supervisor and I have discussed my performance for this period in relation to my performance
      	standards and measures, and mv supervisor has informed me of mv rating of record.     	
Signature
                      Date
            Comments Attached?
                         n
    Social Security Numboi
                                                                                Yes
                                                                 No
EPA Form 3115-24 (Rev. 8-87) Previous editions are obsolete.

-------
 Section C
                             Appraisal Worksheet
Employee's Name
                  Title, Pay Plan, Grade
                                Organization
                                             Performance Period
                                                                               From
                                         Instructions to Supervisors
   1. Calculate*a value for each standard by multiplying its weight by the recommended rating.*
   2. Add the values for each performance standard to get a total value.
   3. Use the table below to convert the total value to a recommended rating of record.
   4. Sign  the Appraisal  form  in  Section  B, Overall Performance Appraisal  arid  Certification.  Send  the
   recommendation on for higher level review and approval.
   5. After review and approval by higher level management, conduct the appraisal discussion with the employee.

   * If the rating on any standard is "1" (Unsatisfactory), use the columns on the right hand side of the Worksheet
   to calculate the overall rating for the CJE to  which the standard belongs. To do this, add the values of the
   standards In the CJE, and divide by the sum of the weights of the standards for that CJE. If the resulting  CJE
   rating Is below 2.0, overall performance must be "Unsatisfactory11 regardless of the total value for all performance
   standards. Following approval of an Unsatisfactory rating, supervisors should put a Performance Improvement
   Plan In place within 15 working days from the date the rating is communicated to the employee.
                              Instructions to Reviewing and Approving Officials
   1. Review the recommended rating and the performance agreement on which it is based.
   2. If you do not agree with the rating for a standard, adjust the rating and value on the individual performance
   standard and on the Appraisal Worksheet and recalculate the total value of all of the standards. Change the
   adjective rating  on the Worksheet if necessary.
   3. Sign in the appropriate block in Section B, Overall Performance Appraisal and Certification.
   4. Approving officials assign the rating of record by checking the appropriate adjective rating in Section B.IV.
   5. Approving officials are also the final authority on other personnel decisions related to the rating. (For PMRS
   employees,  rating and other personnel decisions (except for performance awards) may be delegated to Office
   Directors. Performance award decisions remain with the AA, RA, IQ, or GC and are certified by them through the
   PMRS ADP Support System.)
  CJE No.
Standard No.
Weloht
Rating
Value
                                                                   Required Only When Rating on a Standard la "1'
CJE Values
CJEWelghta
CJE Rating
                                    Total Value
 Conversion of Total Value to Recommended Rating of Record
  Range of Total Values
       100-199

       200-299

       300-399

       400-449

       450-500
               Recommended Rating of Record CX' one)
               Unsatisfactory

               Minimally Satisfactory
               Fully Successful
               Exceeds Expectations

               Outstanding	
                                               Compensation Decisions
Other Personnel Decisions
EPA Form 3115-24 (Rev. 8-67) Previous editions are obsolete.

-------
 Section 0
          Performance Agreement Summary
 Employee's Name
         TOe, Pay Ran, Grade
Organization
Performance Period
                                                                         From
                     Summary of Critical Job Elements, Performance Objectives, and Weights
   List 4-7 critical job elements and the performance objectives/standards related to each element. There shoul<
   be no more than 10 performance objectives or standards in the entire performance agreement Weight each
   objective according to its relative importance. The sum of the weights must be 100.

   Example:                             "    ""*"

    Weights
    20
    10
CJE1.  Develop policies and programs to implement the Performance  Management System.

       OBJ 1. Revise performance management plans
       OBJ 2. Issue guidance on Performance Standards Review Boards
    Weights
                   Critical Job Elements and Performance Objectives/Standards
EPA Form 3115-24 (Rev. 8-87) Previous editions are obsolete.
                                     Continue on Plain Bond If Necessary.

-------
 Section E
Performance  Standard
      Fill In  the  performance objective for the  standard and the weight assigned to the standard. Add
      assumptions if external factors should be considered in the final appraisal. Performance measures may
      include quality, quantity, timeliness, and manner of performance.
Employee's Name
Critical Job
Element No.
Standard No.
Weight | Rating | Value
x •
1 1
Rating System for Quality, Quantity, Timeliness, and Manner of Performance (use whole numbers only):
Outstanding = 5; Exceeds Expectations = 4; Fully Successful = 3; Minimally Satisfactory = 2;   Unsatisfactory = 1
Objective
Assumptions
                                            Performance Measure*
Outstanding
Fully Successful
Unsatisfactory
Performance Highlights
EPA Form 3115-24 (Rev. 8-87)

-------

-------
                                             September 15,  1993

                CONFERENCE  ROOMS
LOCATION
ET Basement
ET 1st Fl.
i
ET 1st Fl.
ET 3rd Fl.
ET 5th Fl.
ET 5th Fl.
ET 6th Fl.
ET 7th Fl.
NE 1st Fl.
NE Ground
ROOM I
B 44
119
125A
352
520
542
642
711
103
GO 10
NE Basement B011
Other Conference Rooms
NUMBER
260-3790
260-3938
260-3430
260-2659
260-3749
260-3810
260-2902
260-7833
260-8130
260-1866
260-1524
PEOPLE
20
10
20
10
20
30
30
15
30
20
20
CONTACT PERSON
Doris Mudd
Alma Barber/
Mamie Younger
Debbie/Sharon
Lois Beasley
Annie Yokley
Aurelia/Roz
Whoever Answers
Margaret Season
Eula Edwards
Pat Miller
Nikki Austin
Conference Rooms in the WIC—Contact:  Ann Harris at 260-2046
       j
Reservations for EPA Auditorium—Contact:  Ann Harris at 260-2046
         s,
EPA Training Conference Rooms—Contact:  Debra Dorsey at 260-6678

EPA Educational Center Rooms—Contact:  Ann Harris at 260-2046

Crystal Mall Fish Bowl—Contact:  Earlina Smith at 703-305-7102
                                                              66?

-------
to*

-------
WELLNESS FESTIVAL 1992





An EPA Wellness Program



  in conjunction vith



   Occn-Health/ Inc.

-------
(010

-------
liiYSTAL STATION SUMMER FITNESS SCHEDULE
                       for June 29 - September 27
L. .ar Hours: Monday, Wednesday, and Friday 7:00 AM - 3:00 PM.
          Tuesday and Thursday       10:00 AM - 6:00 PM.

Phone: 703-308-8579
TIME
10:30 AM
11:15AM
1:00 PM
1:45 PM





MONDAY


INT*
TONE/STR*
TUESDAY
INT/ADV*
TONE/STR*


WEDNESDAY


INT*
TONE/STR*
THURSDAY
INT/ADV*
TONE/STR*


FRIDAY


INT*
TONE/STR*
 'Denotes a 45 minute class
                       Class Descriptions
INT -    10 minute warm-up; 25-30 minutes of low and high impact aerobic movements at
        an intermediate level of intensity. 5 minute warm-down.
INT/ADV - A class for the SERIOUS aerobiciser. 10 minute warm-up; 30 minutes of our
        highest intensity aerobics and most advanced moves and combinations. 5 minute
        warm-down.
TONE/STR - Tone and Stretch. 45 minutes of intensive toning work. This class can
        also be used to complement the preceding cardiovascular class.
Please note that the movements in any class can be modified to be high or low impact.
 PLEASE NOTE...WHEN AN AEROBICS CLASS
 IS IN SESSION, THE REST OF THE CENTER IS
                         CLOSED!!
                                                        (ell

-------
          EPA  SUMMER FITNESS  SCHEDULE
                            for June 29 - September 27
                  WATERSIDE MALL MULTI-PURPOSE ROOM
'IME
8:00 AM
8:45 AM
9:00 AM
11:00 AM i
1:00 PM
2:00 PM i
3:00 PM ;
5:30 PM '
6:00 PM i
MONDAY


BEGINNER .
INT/ADV
INT

-

BEG/INT*
TUESDAY


TONE/STR*
INT/ADV
STEP & TONE*


STEP*

WEDNESDAY (THURSDAY


BEG STEP
INT/ADV
INT
@@
@@

STEP & TONE*


TONE/STR*
&IT/ADV
STEP & TONE-


STEP*

FRIDAY
STEP*
TONE/STR*

INT/ADV
INT



"
'Denotes a 45 Minute Class
                             Class Descriptions
BEGINNER - 10 minute warm-up; 20-25 minutes of low to moderate intensity aerobics
           using basic movements and combinations. The emphasis is on toning and
           flexibility. Although the focus is on beginners, all levels are welcome.
BEG/INT -  A 45 minute class consisting of 10 minute warm-up, 25 minutes of moderate
           intensity aerobics, and a brief abdominal session.
INT -      10 minute warm-up; 25-30 minutes of low and high impact aerobic movements at
           an intermediate level of intensity. This class finishes with movements designed
 ;          to increase your levels of flexibility and conditioning.
'NT/ADV -  A class for the SERIOUS aerobiciser. 10 minute warm-up; 30 minutes of our
           highest intensity aerobics and most advanced moves and combinations. The class
           will include abdominal and floor work as time permits.'
•EG STEP-A 60 minute class designed with the beginner in mind. The class consists of a 10
          minute warm-up, 20-25 minutes of STEP aerobics, and finishes with toning,
          flexibility, and cool down.
STEP -    A 45 minute aerobics class utilizing "The Step." This class consists of a 10 minute
    1     warm-up, 25 minutes of Step Aerobics, and 10 minutes of cool down/stretch.
STEP & TONE - A 45 minute class consisting of a 6-8 minute warm-up, 20 minutes of STEP
          aerobics, and finishing with 15 minutes of toning and abdominal work.
TONE/STR - Tone and Stretch. 45 minutes of intensive toning work. The muscle toning in this
          class may be used to complement a preceding cardiovascular class.


Please note that the movements in any class can be modified to be high or low impact.

                        	Video Tapes	

       The Fitness Center has a selection of exercise videos available for use whenever
       the Multi-Purpose room is not being used for an organized class. Please ask a
                          Fitness Technician for assistance.
 @@ - The Serf-Defense seminar will be held the 3rd Wednesday of each month, from 2-4 PM.

 enter Hours: Mon - Fri, 6:30 AM - 7:00 PM.             Phone: 202-260-3976

-------
HOW TO BECOME A MEMBER OF THE WELLNESS CENTER:

Optinn #1

A.      Stop by (be center and pick up a physician's clearance form.
        Have the form Wed out and signed by your physician and return it to the Wcllness Center.
                                            ~'     " I \O    " "     '"~    '  -
                                                 —OR—                    	

B.      Bring us a note from your doctor on his/her stationary that slates you are in good health and (hat there
        is nothing preventing you from regular exercise.

Option #2

Have a fitness Evaluation done at the WeUness Center.
First obtain a medical history questionnaire from the center.
After filling out the questionnaire, make an appointment for your evaluation (provided that none of your answers
on the questionnaire preclude you from doing (his.)

        The Fitness Evaluation will provide useful information as to your current fitness level and provide us with
baseline values In track your progress.  Following  is a detailed  listing of the tests that will be conducted in  the
evaluation and the information  they will provide:

A.      Resting Heart Rate • Your radial pulse will he palpated for 30 seconds. When this number is multiplied
by 2. it gives an estimate of your heart rate at rest.  A normal resting heart rate is between 60-80 beats  per
minute.
B.      Resting Blood IVessure - Your Wood pressure wtO be measured in a sealed position. Normal resting Wood"
pressure should be dose to 12(VKO.
C      Circumference Measurements - Using a tailoring tape measure, body girths of the fiiUowuta areas win be
measured to compare against future re-evaluations:
        1)      Right Calf.
        2)      Rfaht Thigh.
        3)      Hips.
        4)      Waist.
        5)      Chest
        6)      Right Bleep.
D.      Body Composition  - Often, there may be little or no weight loss due to exercise,  but there Is normally  a
decrease in body fat. To measure your body fat, three sites will be pinched using a skin caliper to measure the
thickness of the skin and underlying Git The three sites are: Men - Chest, Abdomen, and Thigh; Women • Tricep,
Iliac, and Thigh. These measurements will give an estimate  of your overall percentage of body fat Acceptable
ranges of body fat are
        Men:     9 • 15%.
        Women: 18 - 24%.
K.      Muscular Strength • Using a handgrip dynamometer, your grip strength will be tested.  This win give an
estimate of overall  muscular strength.
F.       Muscular Endurance - This two minute test estimates overall muscular endurance  based on the Abdominal
muscles.  Yon will perform as many Abdominal Curls as you can utilizing correct form.
CJ.       Flexibility • The Sit & Reach test measures the flexibility of the muscles in the lower hack and hamstring
regions.  Poor flexibility  can limit one's range of motion, promote poor posture, and increase lower back pain.
II.       Cardiovascular  Endurance  • This test will  range  in length from 6-15  minutes depending  on your
endurance level.  Using a cycle erRometer, the Fitness Staff will monitor your heart rale and blood pressure as you
proceed through increasing pedal resistance at specific time intervals.  The test will be  stopped when you have
achieved 85% of your maximal heart rate or you can no longer continue. By knowing your heart rate at a specified
resistance, an estimate of how efficiently your body  utilizes the oxygen  you breathe in  while exercising can  be
obtained.

Waterside Mail:  260-3976                Crystal Station:  308^579'
                                                                                               6/3

-------

-------
                     SERVICES OF 'ixfe KIM^IMSS CENHHERS

Fitness  Evaluations:    These  are available only at the Waterside Mall
facility.  Each  evaluation  provides  useful  information  as  to  your
current  fitness  level  and  baseline  values  from which to trade your
progress.  See "How to Become A  Member  of  the  Wellness  Center"  for
further description".          ~   '—•   *"-    "•  —    ~~    	

Exercise  BeconDendation/NbrkDob  Appointments:   These are available at
both the Waterside Mall and  Crystal  Station  facilities.  The  Fitness
Center Staff will talk with you about your fitness needs and goals.
Based  upon  this  discussion, a  member  of  the  staff will develop an
exercise routine to help you accomplish your goals.  You will  be  shown
the  proper  form and technique for all the exercises and equipment that
we have recommended for you.
Aerobic rriannfm  Classes are taught throughout the day at the Waterside
Mall and Crystal Station facilities.  Please visit  your  center  for  a
current schedule.
                           EQOHWENT AVAHAHE2
Waterside Mall:
     Stairmaster (2)
     Exercise cycles (4)
     Concept II rower.
     Nordic Track Cross-Country Skier
     Cybex strength machines (13)
     Dumbbells from 2 to 70 pounds

Crystal Station:
     Stairmaster
     Exercise cycles (5)
     Concept II rower
     Treadmill
     8 station weight machine
                     •Lifestyle Advisor" Newsletter

This  bimonthly  publication  provides  information on current topics  of
interest on a variety of subjects pertaining to  fitness  and health.   It
is distributed through the EPA mail system.  Check  your  mail in June for
the next issue.
                         Monthly nantioaa Topics

Each  month the Wellness Center/ which  is made up of the Health Unit and
Fitness Center/ presents. a screening  to assess one aspect of your health
or a seminar or class to help  educate you.   There is a  different  topic
each  month.  Check your mail  for  the bimonthly newsletter or individual
flyers..

-------
 of a health maintenance  organization  find  personal  physicians.  The
 names   of  three physicians  specific  to  the needs of the patient and
 his/her geographic location will be provided upon request.

 Mb X-ray  equipment is present in the Health  Unit.  Persons  needing  an
 X-ray will  be referred to an outside facility. ..  ._	

 Tetanus  or tetanus-diphtheria booster injections are available to those
 civil servants who have been injured and require a booster injection.

 OuLLuuin  travel  infanation and ianonizationss  The Health Obit provides
 information on recommended and required shots for all countries  of  the
 world.  The staff  frequently  consults  with  the  staff  of the State
 Department  Immunization Clinic to  keep  abreast  of  any  outbreaks  of
 diseases  which require special immunizations not usually recommended.
 EPA civil  servants  going  on  official  foreign  travel can get those
 vaccines  which  do not require special certificates or handling  in  the
 Waterside  Mall  Health   Chit.  These   vaccines   include   Tetanus,
 Tetanus-diphtheria/ injectable  Typhoid/ Cholera, and  Gamma   Globulin.
 The staff  must refer those employees needing Yellow Fever vaccine and
 antimalarial drugs to the State Department Immunization Clinic.

 Indoor  air quality profaleaBt  Persons with medical  conditions  possibly
 related  to indoor  air  quality can be evaluated at the Waterside Mall
 Health  Dhit.  A  complete medical and  environmental  history  is  taken.
 Tests   including spirometry/ blood work/ urinalysis/ and vital signs are
 completed.  The  clinic physician also examines the individual.

HIV testing:  This testing can be done upon written request by EPA civil
 servants.  Results are kept confidential.
Mflrtical eaezgeacies*   The  staff  responds  to  the  scene  of  medical
emergencies  and  transports  the  employee back to the Health Chit when
possible for further evaluation.  An ambulance is  called  when  needed.
Patients are stabilized until the ambulance arrives.
Faixcaild **¥* Piufc^i station
These  units  are  one-nurse  units.  A  physician  is not present.  The
nurses in these units rotate on a  monthly  basis.  They  can  do  blood
pressure  monitoring/ treat  minor  illnesses  and  injuries/ respond to
medical emergencies/ and do health education.
                HEALTH SCREENINGS AND EDOCATIGN PROGRAMS

The Wellness Center comprised of the Health Chit and the Fitness  Center
provide  six  health  screenings  and  six  education programs per year.
Screenings  that  have  been  sponsored  thus   far   include   diabetes/
cholesterol/ hypertension/ and  prostate cancer.  Education classes have
included*total vellness/ CFR, smoking cessation/ child abuse.

-------
          HIGHLIGHTS OF SERVICES AVAILABLE IN THE HEALTH UNITS

Waterside Mall Health Unit

Physicals:      EPA  contracts  with  Occu-Health, Inc. to  provide  500
physicals per year.  'Those EPA civil servants eligible for this  service
are those who are GS 14 or its equivalent and above or those who are age
40  years  or  greater.  Currently  the  names of those persons desiring
physicals are placed on a waiting list.  Appointments are  scheduled  as
the employees' names are reached on the list.

The physical consists of two parts.  The first part, also referred to as
the pre-physical, is done one morning and includes an electrocardiogram,
a vision screening exam, a glaucoma screening, a hearing screening test,
height, weight, vital   signs, blood   work   including  the  total  and
fractional cholesterols, and urinalysis.  All results are assembled  for
review by the Health Unit physician.

Part  two  of  the  physical  consists  of meeting with the physician to
review all results of testing completed in part one.  The physician also
completes a hands on examination.  Females who desire a  pap  smear  can
elect to have one performed at the time of the physical.

Allergy  injections:  EPA civil servants are eligible to receive allergy
injections in the Waterside  Mall  Health  Unit.  These  employees  must
provide  their  own  serum  and  a signed set of instructions from their
private physician.  Allergy shots are given between 1:30 and  3:30  P.M.
Monday through Friday.

Blood  pressure  nonitorlng:    Employees  needing  to  have their blood
pressure checked may avail themselves of this service between the  hours
of 8:00 A.M. and 1:00 P.M. and 3:30 and 4:00 P.M. Monday through Friday.
                      -O«/  fl~?/>pnJ-rm€.*JT
Cholesterol  checks:    EPA-—civil  servants  are  eligible for periodic
cholesterol checks  using  the  flftgecgtickmetbed—ana  SheKeflbtron
machine.  The  Health  Unit^gtafJi  lauSijglaiijuitJlpyees who are working
with their priva£e_phy8±etanor dietician to monitor^*beAr_ progress  in
reducing
including fractionation,  every three months.

Glucose checks:  EPA civil servants who suspect they may be diabetic can
have a screening fasting glucose done.  This test is not diagnostic  and
dees  not  take  the  place  of  a  diagnostic  workup by the employee's
personal physician but does serve as a reference point.

Sick call:'  Employees who are ill or injured are seen in the Health Unit
for evaluation and treatment within the limits of the contract  and  the
facility.  One  dose  of  over-the-counter  medications  may be given as
appropriate for minor ailments.

The Health Unit physician at Waterside Mall may evaluate an employee but
must refer  him/her  to  his/her  own  private  physician.  Prescription
medication  is  not available through the Health-Unit.  The clinic staff
can help persons who do not have a private doctor or who are not  members

-------
                THE EPA HEALTH WITS AND FITNESS

HEALTH UNITS*

Waterside Mall Health Cbit:  260-4321
     Located in the EPA Wellness Center at the coiner of Makende Place
     and R Street/ S.W.

Sick Call and Emergencies  8:00 A.M. to 4:30 P.M.  Monday-Friday

Blood Pressure Monitoring  8:00 A.M. to 1:00 P.M.  Monday-Friday
                          '3:30 P.M. to 4:00 P.M.  Monday-Friday
Allergy Clinic             1:30 P.M. to 3:30 P.M.  Monday-Friday
                           "Or   nfijo/fjrrte-tJrf
Cholesterol Checks        .lOiOO A.ll7 Lu TiiOO A^.gMuulaj*'Ilmila
-------
                     THE STAFF OP OCCD-HEALTH, INC.

Daniel Jimenez, M.D., M.P.H.:  Medical Director
     Dr. Jimenez  is  an  ambulatory  care specialist who also practices
Occupational Medicine.  Prior to assuming his post as  Director  of * the
EPA Health Unit as veil as Program Director for the Wellness Center/  Dr.
Jimenez  was  the  Medical  Director  of  the  General  Motors  Plant in
Baltimore.  A graduate of the University  of  the  Philippines  and  the-
University of the East/ he finished his residency training at the George
Washington  University  Medical Center and obtained his Master of Public
Health degree from  the  Johns  Hopkins  University.  Dr. Jimenez  is  a
faculty -member  of  the  Department of Community and Family Medicine at
Georgetown University School of Medicine.  Dr. Jimenez is  certified  in
Advanced  Cardiac  and  Advanced  Trauma Life Support and Pediatric Life
Support.
                            Health Doit Staff

jeazme Shafer, R.M., C.O.H.N.s  Head Nurse
     Jeanne, a Certified Occupational Health Nurse through the  American
Board  of  Occupational  Health  Nurses/ is a graduate of the Alexandria
Hospital School of Nursing.  She has more than 14  years  experience  in
occupational  health  nursing  in  addition to experience in pediatrics/
operating room/ telephone advice/ and general medical-surgical  nursing.
She  is  a  member  of  the  American Association of Occupational Health
Nurses and  the  Metropolitan  Washington  Association  of  Occupational
Health  Nurses  and  attends  her local association continuing education
classes.

Shirley Comiiigban, R.N.:  Staff Nurse
     Shirley/ a graduate of Georgia College/ has a mmber  of  years  of
nursing  experience  in  a  variety  of clinical areas including cardiac
care/ medical-surgical  floors/ occupational  health/ and   correctional
institutes.
              >/ R.N.:  Staff Nurse
     Bonnie/ a  graduate of St. Francis Hospital School of Nursing/ is a
Minnesota native vho has practiced nursing in six states  -  from  Rhode
Island  to  Havaii  -  and  the  District  of Columbia.  Bonnie has been
employed in the EPA Health Unit since 1988.  Her previous experience  as
a   staff   nurse   has  included  intensive  care/ emergency  room/ and
medical-surgical nursing.

Sherrie Scott:  Secretary/Receptionist
     Sherrie has ten years experience working with the public in
secretarial/ receptionist/ and data entry  positions.  She  has  studied
business courses.

Leah Tillman/ R.N./ B.S.N.:  Staff Nurse
     Leah  received her Bachelor or Science in Nursing from Southhampton
University and will complete  her  Masters  of  Science  in  Health  and
Wellness  Promotion  Counseling  from Trinity College in December/ 1992.
She has 14  years  of  nursing  experience  in  emergency  medicine  and

-------
occupational  health  and  vellness.  Leah  is  certified  to teach self
breast examination and smoking cessation.

Angela Ward, R.N., B.S.N.:  Staff Nurse
     Angela earned a Bachelor of Science in Nursing from the  University
of  Alabama.  Her  background  includes acute, long-term, and.ambulatory
care nursing.  Management, preventive  medicine, quality  assurance, and
vellness  education are highlights of her nursing experience.  Angela is
certified as an instructor in smoking cessation by the  American  Cancer
Society, basic  life  support  by  the  American  Heart Association, and
HIV/AIDS education by the American Red Cross.
                          Fitness Center Staff

Mitchell Frids  Wellness Coordinator
     Mitchell  earned  his  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Kinesiology   and
completed  two  years M.A. work in Exercise Physiology at the University
of Maryland, where he instructed exercise skill classes for  two  years.
Mitchell  has  been in the Health and Wellness industry for seven years,
occupying all positions from Fitness Technician to General Manager.  His
expertise is in the areas of testing and training the cardiovascular and
muscular systems.  He is certified by the  American  College  of  Sports
Medicine, the American Red Cross, and the American Heart Association.
                                           v
Barbara Barnard:  Fitness Technician
     Barbara  earned  a  Bachelor of Arts degree at Virginia Polytechnic
Institute where she first began teaching aerobics.  In her  seven  years
of  teaching  experience, she has taught in the Blacksburg and Tidewater
areas  of  Virginia  and  now  in  the  Washington, D.C. area.  She   is
certified by the American Council on Exercise and has completed course
work in biology, nutrition, human anatomy and physiology, and creative
visualization.

 Lisa douse:  Fitness Technician
     Lisa  is a graduate of Vanderbilt University where she was the head
aerobics instructor for two years.  Before moving to the  D.C. area, she
taught  aerobics  at  health  clubs throughout the Cleveland, Ohio area.
She is certified by the American Council on Exercise  in  Aerobic  Dance
and Personal Training.

Bill Mines:  Fitness Technician
     Bill is a graduate of Eastern Illinois.  He has served as the Youth
Program  Director  for  the  Mattoon  area YMCA where he also instructed
members  on  the  correct  usage  of  exercise  equipment.  He  is  also-
experienced  in  teaching  both  high  and  low aerobic classes and also
coordinates and designs personal fitness programs.

Julie Shapiros  Fitness Technician
     Julie earned a Bachelor of  Science  at  James  Madison  University
where  she  first began teaching aerobics.  Her formal aerobics training
was at Body Line in  Bethesda, Maryland.  After  four  years  there, she
moved ' on  to  coordinate  the  Bethesda Sports and Health Club program.
Julie is also a personal trainer.  She  is  certified  by  the  American
Council on Exercise.

-------
                           OFFICERS OF
       NATIONAL FEDERATION OF FEDERAL EMPLOYEES LOCAL 2050
OFFICE
President
President-Elect
Senior Vice Pres.
Chief Steward

Treasurer
Secretary
Vice-President
Vice-President
Vice-President
Vice-President
 NAME
 Bill Hirzy
 Dwight Welch
 James Handley
 Steve Spiegel
PHONE - VOICE
260-2383
260-2383
202-546-5692
703-998-6780
    308-8507
 Bernie Schneider  305-5555
 Pat Sims          260-2860
 Freshteh Toghrol  305-7887
 Otto Gutenson     260-4909
 Irv Mauer         305-7430
Rufus Morison    703-998-5145
   PHONE- FAX
   260-3746
   260-3746
   308-8433

   305-5147
   260-1347
   305-5147
   260-4903
   305-5147
703-998-5062

-------

-------
          June 7,  1993
TO:  OPPT Divisions

RE:  OPPT Acronym List
     Attached is a revised OPPT
Acronym List.  Please distribute
a copy to each person in your
Division.
      If you have any comments or
additions,  please give  Gail
Brooks (OPME) a call at 260-4144
 (TS-792A  or E523).
^Attachment
                                               it

-------

-------
                        OPPT ACRONYMS
                     (Revised:  June 7, 1993)
AA
AALA

AAP
AARP
ABPO  .
ACE

ACGIH

AC&C
ACM
AGO
ADP
AFGE
AH ERA
AIA
AICHE
AICR
AIHA
AIHC
AIMB*

AKA
ALJ
ANPR
ANSI

AO
AO
A06
APA
APDS
APHA
API
API
ARPA
ASCMS

ASHAA

ASHARA

ATM
ATS
Assistant Administrator
American Association for Laboratory
Accreditation   (Lead Program)
Asbestos Action Program
American Association of Retired Persons
Asbestos Ban Phase-Out (Rule)
Agriculture in  Concert with the Environment
(Pollution Prevention Program)
American Conference of Government Industrial
Hygienist
Abatement Control and Compliance
Asbestos Containing Materials
Administrative  Contract Officer
Automated Data  Processing
American Federation of Government Employees
Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response'Act (1986)
Asbestos Information Act
American Institute of Chemical Engineers
Alternative Internal Control Review  (FMFIA)
American Industrial Hygienist Association.
American Industrial Health Council
Analysis and Information Management  Branch
(CSRAD/OPPT)
Also Known As
Administrative  Law Judge
Advanced Notice of Proposed Rulemaking
American National Standard Institute
(formaldehyde)
Administrator's Office (aka OA, AX)
Administrative Officer
Agency Operating Guidance (OPPE)
Administrative  Procedure Act
Automated Procurement Documentation System
American Public Health Association
American Paper  Institute
American Petroleum Institute
Advanced Research Project Agency (DoD)
Administrative Support Career Management
System (OHRM)
Asbestos in Schools Hazard Abatement Act of
1984
Asbestos School Hazard Abatement
Reauthorization Act
Automatic Teller Machine
Administrator's Tracking System
  An OPPT Reorganization Entry (10/92).

-------
 ATS
 ATSDR

 AU
 AWOL
 AX
BAG
BASIS

BBS
BC
BD
BEAD

BEP
BG
BSCC
CAA
CAAA
CAG
CAIR

CAPS
CAS
CASAC
CATS
CBZ
CBIC

CBITS
CCD*
CCR
CDC

CDD
CDF
CD-ROM
CEB*
CEC
CECATS

CEQ
Action  Tracking System
Agency  for Toxic Substances  and Disease
Registry
Accessible Unit-(FMFIA)
Absent  Without  Official  Leave
Administrator's Office (aka  AO,  OA)
                                ***
Biotechnology Advisory Committee
Battelle's Automated Search Information
System
Bulletin Board System  (WIC)
Branch Chief
Budget Division
Biological and Economics Analysis Division
(OPPTS/OPP)
Black Employment Program
Billion Gallons
Biotechnology Science Coordination Committee

           ***

Clean Air Act
Clean Air Act Amendments (OAR)
Carcinogen Assessment Group (ORD)
Comprehensive Assessment Information Rule
(TSCA)
Comprehensive Abatement Performance Study
Chemical Abstract Service
Clean Air Scientific Advisory Committee (CAA)
Corrective Action Tracking System (FMFIA)
Confidential Business Information
Confidential Business Information Center
(EPA)
CBZ Tracking System
Chemical Control Division (OPPT/OPPTS)
Council on Chemical Research
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
(HHS)
Chlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxin
Chlorinated dibenzofuran
Computer Disk - Read Only Memory
Chemical Engineering Branch (EETD/OPPT)
Center for Emission Control
CSB Existing Chemicals Assessment Tracking
System
Council on Environmental Quality
* An OPPT Reorganization Entry (10/92).

-------
 CERCLA
 CERCLIS
 CP
 CFC
 CPC
 CFR
 CHIPS
 CICIS
 CIP
 CIS
 CMA
 CMD*
 COB*
 COLA
 CONUS
 CORK
 CPO  .
 CPSC
 CRAVE

 CRTK
 CS6
 CSRAD

 CSRS
 CTIB*

 CTP
 CTSA

 GUI
 CUS
 CWA
 CY
DA
DAA
DAPSS
DCA
DCO
DCMA
DCN
 Comprehensive  Environmental Response,
 Compensation,  and Liability Act of 1980
 (Superfund)
 Comprehensive  Environmental Response,
 Compensation and  Liability Information System
 (OSWER)
 Conservation Foundation
 Chlorofluorocarbons
 Combined  Federal  Campaign
 Code of Federal Regulations
 Chemical  Hazard Information Profiles (OPPTS)
 Chemicals in Commerce  Information System
 Chemicals-in-Progress  (Bulletin)
 Chemicals Information  System
 Chemical  Manufacturers Association
 Chemical  Management Division (OPPT/OPPTS)
 Communication  and Outreach Branch (EAD/OPPT)
 Cost of Living Adjustments
 Conterminous United States
 Chemicals on Reporting Rules
 Certified Project Officer
 Consumer  Product  Safety Commission
 Carcinogen Risk Assessment Verification
 Endeavor
 Community Right-to-Know
 Council of State  Governments
 Chemical  Screening and Risk Assessment
 Division  (OPPT/OPPTS)
 Civil Service  Retirement System
 Chemical  Testing  and Information  Branch
 (CCD/OPPT)
 Chemical  Testing  Program (OPPT)
 Cleaner Technology Substitutes  Assessment
 (DfE)
 Chemical  Use Inventory
 Chemical  Update System
 Clean Water Act (aka FWPCA)
 Calendar  Year

           ***

Deputy Administrator (AO)
Deputy Assistant Administrator
Document  and Personnel  Security System
Document Control Assistant .
Document Control Officer
Dry Color Manufacturers Association
Document Control Number
  An OPPT Reorganization Entry (10/92)
                    r

-------
 DEU            —   Delegated Examining Unit (Personnel)
 DfE            —   Design for the Environment
 DFES*           —   Design for the Environment Staff (EETD/OPPT)
 DHHS            —   Department of Human and Health Services
                     (aka HHS)  ~~   ""
 DIY            ~   Do-It-Yourself
 DNT            —   Decision Not  to Test
 DOC            —   Department of Commerce
 DOD            —   Department of Defense
 DOD            —   Deputy Office Director
 DOE            —   Department of Energy
 DOI            —   Department of the  Interior
 DOJ            —   Department of Justice
 DOL            — .   Department of Labor
 DOT            —   Department of Transportation
 DOW            --   Defenders of  Wildlife
 DQO            —   Data Quality  Objective
 DRA            —   Deputy Regional Administrator
 ORE            —   Destruction and Removal Efficiency
                     (Superfund)
 DRC            ~   Deputy Regional Counsel

                                ***

 EA              ~   Environmental Assessment (NEPA)
 EAB*            ~   Exposure Assessment Branch (EETD/OPPT)
 EAD*            ~   Environmental Assistance Division
                     (OPPT/OPPTS)
 EA6            —   Exposure Assessment Group (ORD)
 EC              ~   Existing Chemicals
 EC              ~   Extramural Coordinators
 ECAP            ~   Employee Counseling and Assistance Program
 ECB*            —   Existing Chemicals  Branch (CCD/OPPT)
 ECC6            —   Existing Chemical Coordination Group
 ECMR            —   Existing Chemical Management Review
 ECP             —   Existing Chemical Program (ECAD/OPPT)
 EDB             ~   Ethylene dibromide
 EDF             —   Environmental Defense Fund
 EDI             --   Electronic Data Interchange
 EEB*            —   Environmental Effects Branch (HERD/OPPT)
 EEC             —   European Economic Community
 EEO             ~   Equal  Employment Opportunity (OCR, AO)
 EETD*           --   Economics,  Exposure & Technology Division
                     (OPPT/OPPTS)
 EFED            ~   Environmental Fate  and Effects Division
                     (OPP/OPPTS)
EHC             ~    Environmental Hazard Communication
EIA             ~    Environmental Information Association
* An OPPT Reorganization Entry (10/92),

-------
ELPAT           —    Environmental  Laboratory Proficiency
                     Analytical Testing (Lead Program)         .
ELR             —    Environmental  Law Reporter
EMAP            —    Environmental  Monitoring and Assessment
                     Project  (ORD)
EO              —    Executive Order
EP              —    Extraction Procedure
EPA             —    Environmental  Protection Agency
EPA             —    Environmental  Protection Assistant
EPAAR           —    EPA Acquisition Regulation
EPCRA           —    Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-
                     Know Act
EPS             —    Environmental  Protection Specialist
ERC             —    EPCRA Reporting Center (Arlington,  VA)
ESA             —    Endangered Species Act
ETS             —    Extramural Tracking System
EUP             —    Experimental Use  Permits (OPP/OPPTS)

                               ***

FACA            —    Federal Advisory  Committee Act
FAN             —    Fixed Account  Number
FAR             —    Federal Acquisition Regulations
FATES           —    FIFRA and TSCA Enforcement System
FATF            —    Federal Asbestos  Task  Force
FCCSET          —    Federal Coordinating Council of Science,
                     Engineering and Technology
FDA             —    Food and Drug  Administration
FDIC            —    Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
FEHB            —    Federal Employees Health Benefits
F.EHBP           —    Federal Employees Health Benefits Program
FERS            —    Federal Employee  Retirement  System
PICA            —    Federal Insurance Contributions Act
                     (Social Security)
FIFRA           —    Federal Insecticide, Fungicide,  and
                     Rodenticide Act
FMD             —    Financial Management Division (OARM)
FMFIA         —    Federal Managers'  Financial-Integrity Act
FOD             —    Field Operations  Division (OPP/OPPTS)
FOIA            —    Freedom of Information Act
FOSTTA          —    Forum of State and Tribal Toxic Actions
FPB*            —    Field Programs Branch  (CMD/OPPT)
FR              --    Federal Register
FRM             —    Final Rulemaking
FSSD            ~    Facilities and Support Services Division
                     (OARM)
FTE           -—    Full-Time Equivalent (aka Full-time Employee)
FTR             —    Federal Travel Regulations
* An OPPT Reorganization Entry (10/92).

-------
 FTS '
 FWPCA
 FWS
 FY
 FYI
GAO
GEMS
GLP
GPO
G-H-R
GIS
GS
GSA
GTR
GW
HEB*
HED
HEX
HERD*

HEX-BCH
HHS

HMTA
HMO
HPV
HQ
H.R.
HR
HSDB
HUD
 Federal Telecommunications  Systems
 Federal Water Pollution Control  Act (aka CWA)
 Fish and Wildlife  Service  (DOI)
 Fiscal^Year„   	  __
 For Your Information
                                ***
General Accounting Office  (U.S.  Congress)
Graphic Exposure Modeling  System (OPPT)
Good Laboratory Practices
Government Printing Office
Grams Rudman Rollings  (aka G-R)
Geographic Information Survey
General Service
General Services Administration
Government Transportation  Request
Groundvater
                               ***
Health Effects Branch  (HERD/OPPT)
Health Effects Division  (OPPT/OPPTS)
Health Effects Institute
Health and Environmental Review Division
(OPPT/OPPTS)
Hexachloronorbornadiene
Department of Health and Human Services
(aka DHHS)
Hazardous Materials Transportation Act
Health Maintenance Organization
High Production Volume
Headquarters (EPA)
House Report (Congress)
House of Representatives   (Congress)
Hazardous Substance Data Bank
Department of Housing and Urban Development

           ***
IAB*
IAG
IASCP


IBM
ICB*
ICC
ICC
Information Access Branch (IMD/OPPT)
Interagency Agreement
Indoor Air Source Characterization Project
(OPPT & OAR)
International Business Machines
Industrial Chemistry Branch (EETD/OPPT)
Interstate Commerce Commission
Internal Control Coordinators
* An OPPT Reorganization Entry (10/"52}

-------
 ICPIG

 ICR
 ICR
 IFI
 IG
 IH
 IMD*
 IMSD

 IPCS
 IRIS
 IRPTC

 ISI
 ISSI

 ITC
 ITP
 ITP
 IUR
LBP
LBPPPA
LCA
LEAS
LEAP
LEPCS
LOREX
LUST
LWOP
     Internal Communication arid Publishing
     interest Group (EPA)
     Information Collection Request
     Internal Control Review.
     International Fabricare Institute
     Inspector General
     Individual Holiday  (AARPs)
     Information Management Division  (OPPT/OPPTS)
     Information -Management and Services Division
  --V (OARM)
     International Program on Chemical Safety
     Integrated Risk Information System (EPA)
—y   International Register of Potentially Toxic
     Chemicals
     Information Systems Inventory (EPA)
--   Information Systems Solutions International,
     Inc.
     Interagency Testing Committee
     Industrial Toxics Project (OPPT)
     International Travel Plan
     Inventory Update Rule (TSCA)

                ***

     Lead-Based Paint
     Lead-Based Paint Poisoning Prevention Act
     Life-Cycle Analysis
     Local Education Agencies
     Lead Education/Abatement Program
     Local Emergency Planning Committees
     Low Release and Exposure (Poll.Prev.)
     Leaking Underground Storage Tanks (aka UST)
     Leave Without Pay

                ***
MACCS
MAP

MBTI
MCP
MIC
M&IE
MIS
MITS

MOA
MOU
     Molecular Access System
     Model Accreditation Plan
     (Asbestos-In-Buildings)
     Myers-Briggs Type Indicator
     Management Control Plan (FMFIA)
     Methyl isocyanate
     Meal and Incidental Expenses
     Management Information System
     Management Information Tracking Systems
     (OPPTS)
     Memorandum of Agreement
     Memorandum of Understanding
* An CPPT Reorganization Entry (10/92).
                                         •,*•

-------
                                                                 8
 HPD
 MSDS
 MTCS
 MTL
 NTS
 NTS
 MZBB
N/A
N/A
NAAQS

NACA
NACE
NACEPT

NAFTA
NAPA
NAR
HAS
NCA
NCB*
NCC
NCELs
NCI
NCIC
NCP
NCSL
NDCAA

NEPA
NESHAPS

NFRM
NFWF
NGA
NHATS
NHEXAS
NHMP

NICE,
NICS
 Minimum Premarket  Dataset (OECD)
 Material safety data  sheet
 Manufacturing  Technology Centers
 Master  Testing List  (OPPT)
 Milestone Tracking System
 Management Tracking System (OW)
 Modified Zero  Base Budget

           ***

 Not Applicable
 Not Available
 National Ambient Air  Quality  Standards
 Program (CAA)
 National Agricultural Chemicals Association
 National Association  of  Corrosion  Engineers
 National Advisory  Council for Environmental
 Policy  and Technology  (Lead  Program)
 North American Free Trade Agreement
 National Academy of Public Administration
 National Association  of  Retailers
 National Academy of Sciences
 Neighborhood Cleaners Association
 New Chemicals  Branch  (CCD/OPPT)
 National Computer  Center (WIC)
 New Chemical Exposure Limits
 National Cancer Institute
 Non-Confidential Information  Center  (EPA)
 National Contingency  Plan (CERCLA)
 National Conference of State  Legislature
 National Directory of AHERA Accredited
 Courses
 National Environmental Policy Act  of 1969
 National Emissions Standards  for Hazardous
 Air Pollutants
 Notice of Final Rulemaking
 National Fish and  Wildlife Foundation
 National Governor's Association
 National Human Adipose Tissue Survey
 National Human  Exposure Assessment
 National Human Monitoring Program  (Adipose
Tissue Program)
National Industrial Competitiveness through
 Efficiency:  Energy,  Environment,  and
 Economics (Pollution  Prevention Program)
National  Institute for Chemical Studies
 (West Virginia Feasibility Study)
  An OFPT Reorganization Entry (10/92).

-------
NIEHS

NIK
NIOSH

NIST

NLM
NMP
NOG
NONS
NOTES
NFL
NPRM
NRC
NRDC
NSF
NTA
NTI
NTIS
NTP
NUCEA

NWF
National  Institute of  Environmental  Health
Sciences
National  Institutes of Health
National  Institute of  Occupational Safety and
Health
National  Institute of  Standards and
Technology
National  Library of Medicine
N-MethyIpyrrolidone
Notice of Commencement
Notice of Noncompliance
Notice of Technical Errors
National  Priority List
Notice of Proposed Rulemaking
Nuclear Regulatory Commission
Natural Resources Defense Council
National  Science Foundation
Negotiated Testing Agreement
National  Environmental Technology Institute
National  Technical Information Services  (Wic)
National  Toxicology Program
National  University Continuing Education
Association
National  Wildlife Federation
OA
OA
OAQPS

OAR
OARM

OASYS
OB*
OC
OCE
OCL
OCM
OCR
OCR
OCR
00
00
ODW
OE
OEA
                               ***
Office of Administration  (OARM)
Office of the Administrator  (aka AO, AX)
Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards
(OA&R, RTP)
Office of Air and Radiation  (aka OA&R)
Office of Administration and Resources
Management
Office Automation System
Operations Branch (CMD/OPPT)
Office of the Comptroller (OARM)
Office of Criminal Enforcement (OECM)
Office of Congressional Liaison (OEA)
Office of Compliance Monitoring (OPPTS)
Office of Civil Rights (AO)
Optical Character Recognition
Optical Character Reader
Office Director
Optical Disk
Office of Drinking Water  (OW)
Office of Enforcement
Office of External Affairs
* An OPPT Reorganisation Entry (10/92).

-------
                                                                10
 OECD

 OECM

 OERR

 OFA
 OGC
 OGE
 OGWP
 OHEA

 OHR
 OHRM
 OIA
 016
 OLA
 O&M
 OMB
 OMSE

 OPA
 OPME

 OPMO

 OPP
 OPPE
 OPPT

 OPPTS

 ORD
 OSDBU

OSHA
OSHA
OSTP
OSWER
0/T
OTA

OUST
OW
 Organization  for  Economic  Cooperation and
 Development
 Office  of  Enforcement  and  Compliance
 Monitoring
 Office  of  Emergency and Remedial  Response
 (OSWER)
 Office  of  Federal Activities  (OEA)
 Office  of  General Counsel
 Office  of  Government Ethics
 Office  of  Groundwater  Protection  (OW)
 Office  of  Health  and Environmental Assessment
 (ORD)
 Office  of  Health  Research  (ORD)
 Office  of  Human Resource Management  (OARM)
 Office  of  International Activities
 Office  of  Inspector General
 Office  of  Legislative  Analysis  (OEA)
 Operations and Maintenance
 Office  of  Management and Budget
 Office  of  Management Systems and  Evaluation
 (OPPE)
 Office  of  Public  Affairs (OEA)
 Office  of  Program Management and  Evaluation
 (OPPT)
 Office  of  Program Management Operations
 (OPPTS)
 Office  of  Pesticide Programs  (OPPTS)
 Office  of  Policy, Planning, and Evaluation
 Office  Pollution  Prevention and Toxics
 (OPPTS)
 Office  of  Pollution, Pesticides and Toxic
 Substances
 Office  of Research and Development
 Office  of Small and Disadvantaged Business
 Utilization
 Occupational Safety and Health Act
 Occupational Safety and Health Administration
 Office  of Science and  Technology  Policy
 Office  of Solid Waste  and  Emergency Response
Overtime
Office of Technology Assessment (U.S.
Congress)
Office of Underground  Storage Tanks  (OSWER)
Office of Water
                               ***
  An OPPT Reorganization Entry (10/92).

-------
                                                                11
PAB*
PAFT

PAIR

PAIS
Pb
PbB
PBB
PC
PC&B
PCS
PCEQ

PCI
PDB*
PE
PELS
PIB*
PIC
PIC
PIES

PITS
PHD
PMI
PUN
PMS
POAC
POC
POTW
PPA
PPA
PPB
PPCG

PPD*
PPIC

PPIS

PPM
PR
PRA
PRO
 Policy Analysis  Branch (PPD/OPPT)
 Program for Alternative Fluorocarbon Toxicity
 Testing
 Preliminary. Assessment-Information Rule
 (TSCA)
 Public Affairs Information  Service (EPA)
 Lead
 Blood  Lead
 Polybrominated Biphenyl
 Personal Computer
 Personal Compensation  and Benefits
 Polychlorinated  biphenyl
 President's Commission on Environmental
 Quality (Title  X/Lead Program)
 Per Capita  Income
 Program Development Branch  (CMD/OPPT)
 Program Element
 Permissible Exposure Levels
 Prevention  Integration Branch  (PPD/OPPT)
 Prior  Informed Consent
 Public Information Center
 Pollution Prevention Information Exchange
 System
 Project Information Tracking System (OPPT)
 Planning and Management Division (regional)
 Plumbing Management Industry (Pb Program)
 Premanufacture Notification (TSCA)
 33/50  Program Management Staff  (EAD/OPPT)
 (formerly SPO (Special  Projects Office
 (SPO/IO/OPPT)
 Program Office ATM Coordinator
 Point  of Contact
 Publicly-Owned Treatment Works
 Pollution Prevention Act (OPPTS & OPPE)
 Projected Program Accomplishments
 Parts per Billion
 Pollution Prevention and Control Group
 (International Program)
 Pollution Prevention Division  (OPPT/OPPTS)
 Pollution Prevention Information
 Clearinghouse
Pollution Prevention Incentives for
 States
Parts per Million
Procurement Request
Paperwork Reduction Act
Program Research & Operations
 (same as S&E/effec. in FY93)
* An OPPT Reorganization Entry (10/92).

-------
                                                                12

 PRP             —   Principal Responsible Party(ies)  (Superfund)
 PSA             —   Public Service Announcement
 PTL             ~   Priority Testing List (ITC)
 PTSD            —   Pesticides and Toxic Substances Division
                     (OGC)
 PV              ~   Priority Value (ASHAA Program)

                                ***

 QA              —   Quality Assurance
 QAMS            —   Quality Assurance Management Staff (ORD)
 QAPjPs          —   Quality Assurance Project Plans (Indoor Air)
 QAT             —   Quality Action Team (Stonnell Report & TQM)
 QC              —   Quality Control
 QSARs           —   Quantitative  Structure Activity Relationships

                                ***

 RA              —   Regional Administrator
 RA              ~   Remedial Action
 RA/RM           —   Risk Assessment:/Risk Management
 RAB*            —   Risk Analysis Branch (CSRAD/OPPT)
 RC              —'   Regional Counsel
 RCF             —-   Refractory Ceramic Fiber
 RCS             —   Regulation Coordination Staff OPPTS)
 RCRA            —   Resource Conservation and Recovery Act
 R&D             —   Research and  Development
 REDS            —   Reregistration Eligibility Documents
                     (OPP/OPPTS)
 RFA             —   Regulatory Flexibility Act
 RFP             —   Request for Proposal (contracts)
 RIA             —   Regulatory Impact Analysis  	
 RIB             —   Regulatory Impacts Branch (EETD/OPPT)
 RLTC            —   Regional Lead Training Center
 RM              ~   Risk Management
 ROD             —   Record  of Decision (Superfund)
 RoL             —   Register of Lists (EPA)
RTP             —   Research Triangle Park (North Carolina)
RY              --   Reporting Year

                                ***

SA              ~   Special  Assistant
SAB             —   Science  Advisory  Board (AO)
SAC             —   Secretarial Advisory Council
SAP             —    Scientific Advisory Panel
SAR           -  —    Start Action  Request.
  An OPPT Reorganization Entry (10/92).

-------
                                                                13
 SAR/MPD


 SARA

 SAT
 SBA
 SBO
 SDWA
 SEC
 SEE
 SES
 SP
 SIC
 SIDS
 SIP
 SIS
 SIS
 SNUN '
 SNUR
 SOW
 SRRD

 SPMS
 SRRP

 SSA
 SSS
 STARR
7STARS

 STP
 SWDA
 Structure activities relationship/minimum
 pre-market data
 Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act
 (CERCLA)  —   ~.   -  —   	
 Structure Activity Team
 Small Business Administration
 Senior Budget  Officer
 Safe Drinking  Water Act
 Securities and Exchange Commission
 Senior Environment Employment
 Senior Executive Service
 Standard Form
 Standard Industrial Classification
 Screening Information Data Set
 State Implementation Plans (Pb)
 Secretarial Information System
 Stay-in-School (student)
 Significant New Use Notice (TSCA)
 Significant New Use Rule (TSCA)
 Statement of Work
 Special Review and Registration Division
 (OPPT)
 Strategic Planning and  Management  System
 Source Reduction Review Project (Pollution
 Prevention Program)
 Social Security Administration
 Senior Science Staff (HERD/OPPT)
 Staged Action  for Risk  Reduction
 Strategic Targeted Activities for  Results
 Systems
 Sewage Treatment Plant
 Solid Waste Disposal Act

           ***
T&A
TAIS
TANSTAAFL
TAP
TAPP
TCDD
TCE
TCRI
TCLP
TDD
TOY
TEM
Tim* and Attendance
TSCA Assistance Information Service
There Ain't No Such Thing As a Free Lunch
Technical Assistance Program
Time and Attendance, Personnel, Payroll
Dioxin (Tetrachlorodinbenzo-p-dioxin)
Trichloroethylene
Toxic Chemical Release Index
Toxic Characteristic Leaching Procedure
Telecommunications Device for the Deaf
Temporary Duty
Transmission Electron. Microscopy
  An .OPPT Reorganization Entry (10/92)

-------
TERA

TRIMB*
TIPP

TITLE III
TLVs
TMEs
TMEAS
TPC
TQM
TRC
TRDB
TRI
TRIE*
THIS
TRI/TOXNET

TSCA
TSCATS
TSIMB*
TSP
TUR
TURI
TVA
TVOC
UN
UNCEO

UNECE
UNEP
US
USA
USA
use
USCA
USOA
UST
UTS
                                            14

TSCA Environmental Release Application
(OPPTS)
TRI Information Management Branch  (IMD/OPPT)
Tidewater Interagency Pollution Prevention
Program  (Pollution Prevention Program)
TITLE III of the Superfund Amendment  and
Reauthorization Act of  1986  (also  known as
EPCRA)
Threshold Limit Values
Test Market Exemptions
Test Market Exemption Applications
EPA's Testing Priority  Committee
Total Quality Management
Title III Reporting Center
Test Rule Development Branch (ECAD/OPPT)
Toxic Release Inventory
Toxic Release Inventory Branch (EAD/OPPT)
Toxic Release Inventory System
Toxic Release Inventory Public Access System
(on NLM's TOXNET)
Toxic Substances Control Act
TSCA Test Submissions Database (OPPT).
TSCA Information Management Branch (IMD/OPPT)
Thrift Savings Plan
Toxics Use Reduction
Toxic Use Reduction Institute
Tennessee Valley Authority
Total Volatile Organic  Compound

           ***

United Nations
United Nations Conference on Environment and
Development
United Nations Economic Commission for  Europe
United Nations Environment Program
United States
United States Attorney
Unites States of America
United States Code
Unites States Code Annotated
United States Department of Agriculture
Underground Storage Tanks (aka LUST)
Upward Tracking System

           ***
  Afi OPPT Reorganization Entry (10/92).

-------
                                                                15
VA              —    Vulnerability Assessment (FMFIA)
VA              —    Veterans Administration
VOC             —    Volatile Organic Compound
                                ***
WA            -  —    Work Assignments
WAN             —    Work Assignment Manager
WAR             —    Weekly Activity Report
WG          *    ~—    Workgroup                          *
WHO             —    World Health Organization (UN)
WIC             —    Washington Information Center (Wash. , DC)
WISE            —    Women in Science and Engineering
WITS            —    Washington Interagency Telecommunication
                     System
                                ***

XRF            —   X-Ray  Florescence (Testing Device)

                                ***

ZBB            —   Zero Base  Budget
* An OPPT Reorganization Sntry (10/92)

-------

-------